{"1": {"fulltext": "Mm", "height": "4492", "width": "2732", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "p o\\nu\\n,#v\u00c2\u00b0* c\\nv.\\nV\\nsV\\n*s", "height": "4547", "width": "2651", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "y 8 1 A", "height": "4547", "width": "2651", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "k\\n.1\\nv^ s l\\nr\\nv\\ni\\n^X\\nN\\nV\\n*s\\nV*\\nNo*\\n1\\nS\\nY*\\nXI\\nft *1\\nI\\ns x ft\\nK\\n^i 11\\nV\\n2\\n^3 X**\\nr\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t", "height": "4537", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "OLLENDORPFS\\nNEW METHOD\\nOF LEARNING TO\\nREAD, WRITE, AND SPEAK\\nTHE\\nGERMAN LANGUAGE\\nTO WHICH IS ADDED\\nA SYSTEMATIC OUTLINE\\nOF\\nGERMAN GRAMMAR,\\nBY\\nG. J. ABLER, A.M.,\\nPROFESSOR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITf\\nOF THE CITY OF NEVf-YORK.\\nNEW-YOEK:\\nD. APPLETON COMPANY,\\n846 S48 BBOADWAY.\\nM.DOCC.LVI.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "OTKSSX according k Act- of Congress, in the year 1845,\\nD. APPLETON CO.,\\nA Hs\u00c2\u00bb Clerk s Office of the D 3fcrfet Court for the Southern District oi New-V^tA\\nNOTICE\\nKey to the exercises of this Grammar is published ia ft serrate vo*\u00c2\u00abm\u00c2\u00ab", "height": "4524", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION.\\nIn presenting to the American Public a new and improved edi-\\ntion of Ollendorff s New Method, it would seem to be only\\nnecessary to state what alterations or additions have been\\nmade. To say anything in commendation of the book itself\\nappears almost gratuitous for the extensive circulation which\\nit now enjoys in England, and the increasing demand for it in\\nthis country, its costliness notwithstanding, constitute the strong\\nest evidence in its favour. The fact that Ollendorff has been\\nsought after with avidity, whilst many other Grammars of high\\nmerit have met with but a slow and cold reception, justifies the\\ninference that, as a book of instruction, it presents facilities\\nwhich in similar works were either entirely wanting or but\\nimperfectly afforded.\\nEven the excellent and highly scientific Grammar, written\\nfor the use of Englishmen by the genial Becker himself, who\\nby his Organism, his Deutfcfye SBortbttbung, and subsequently\\nby his \u00c2\u00a9eutfcfye (Srammattf, has made such valuable contribu-\\ntions to the Philosophy of Language, and has almost revolu-\\ntionized the terminology of Grammar in his own country, has,\\nin the space of fifteen years, not even undergone a second edi-\\ntion, and is now entirely out of print. Surely, Becker has de-\\nserved a better fate among scholars at least", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "IV\\nThe success of Ollendorff is unquestionably due to hia\\nmethod, by which he has made the German, heretofore noto-\\nriously difficult to foreigners, accessible to the capacity of all,\\nyoung or old, learned or unlearned. Instead of pre-supposing\\na familiarity with English Grammar in the pupil, and then\\npresenting a synthetic view of the principles of the language,\\nas is commonly done, he begins apparently without any system,\\nwith the simplest phrases, from which he deduces the rules,\\nuntil gradually and almost imperceptibly he makes the pupil\\nmaster of the etymology and syntax of every part of speech.\\nThe rules are, as it were, concealed amid the multitude of\\nexercises which are added to each lesson, and which serve to\\nfortify the learner in the princip es he has already acquired.\\nAnother characteristic feature of the book, and one in which\\nits practical merit chiefly consists is, that the examples on\\nwhich the rules are based, and those which are intended to\\nillustrate the rules, are not derived from the German Classics\\nthey are neither the ideal language of Poetry, nor the rigorous\\nlanguage of Science, but of life, short sentences, such as one\\nwould be most likely to use in conversing in a circle of friends,\\nor in writing a letter.\\nSpecial prominence is given from the beginning to the end\\nof the book to the idioms of the language, as it were the Ger-\\nman side of the German a most important element in the\\nacquisition of any language. In the beginning of the book\\nthe exercises are of necessity very brief and simple, and the\\nAuthor, according to his own confession (page 351), has of-\\nten sacrificed logical accuracy to his eagerness for thoroughly\\ngrounding the pupil in the principles of inflection and construc-\\ntion previously laid down. As the pupil advances the exer-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "cises become longer and more complicated. The same phrases\\nare often repeated and thrown into new combinations, and\\nconstant reference is made to previous parts of the work. It\\nis thus that Ollendorff gradually introduces at once the ety-\\nmology and syntax of German Grammar. His method is so\\nlucid, that no one can go through with the exercises provided\\nhe be guided by a competent master without acquiring such\\na familiarity with the principles of the language, and such a\\nstock of words and idioms as will enable him to speak and to\\nwrite it with considerable facility.\\nThe book, as it is now presented to the public, is from the\\nFrankfort edition, which, in accuracy of expression, as far as\\nthe English is concerned, in the wording of the rules as well\\nas in typographical arrangement, is so far superior to the Lon-\\ndon edition, that it seems to be the work of a different author.\\nSo striking was found to be the difference between the two edi-\\ntions that the Editor, who at first was not in possession of a\\nGerman copy, and had already put into the hands of the printer\\na considerable portion of the London copy revised, deemed it\\nafterwards his duty to recommence the stereotyping of the book\\non the basis of the German.\\nThe Editor has ventured to make such alterations as he\\nthought would give additional value to the book. Instead of\\ndevoting two lessons to a mere mechanical explanation of Ger-\\nman writing, as was done in the other editions, he simply pre*\\nfixed to the book, on one page, an improved form of the\\nalphabet, and a specimen of German current hand, from which\\nthe learner can at once perceive how the different letters are\\nmade and united into words. The orthography of the German,\\nwhich in some cases was antiquated, has been conformed to", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "the most recent and best authorities, chiefly to Heyse, whose\\ngrammars are at present, perhaps, more extensively used in\\nGermany than any others. In some instances, where perspi-\\ncuity would otherwise have suffered, the phraseology of rules\\nhas been amended. Wherever the English was crabbed or in-\\ncorrect in the exercises it has been revised and altered. Great\\ncare has been taken to present an edition free from typographi-\\ncal errors, which often, in works of this kind, are the cause of\\nneedless and most discouraging perplexity to beginners. In\\nthis connection the Editor would make special mention oi\\nMr. Edw. Stohlmann, corrector of the press, whose fidelity is\\nworthy of all confidence and commendation.\\nBy the addition of the Systematic Outline, the Editoi\\nhas had a twofold object in view. In a work like Ollendorff s,\\nin which each lesson contains a variety of exercises, which\\nhave no necessary connection with each other, and in which\\nthe different parts of speech are not systematically classified,\\nbut scattered in every part of the book, a comprehensive index\\nwould have been indispensable. Without it, the book would\\nhave been useless for the purposes of reference, and a complete\\nand connected view of the laws which govern the inflection\\nof any one part of speech would have been equally impossible.\\nIt seemed to him, that an attempt at a complete index to the mat-\\nter contained in the book would be a difficult task, and unsatis-\\nfactory in the end. He has therefore subjoined, as a substitute,\\nan outline of Grammar, in which the inflection of words is\\ntreated briefly, but yet with completeness, and where the learnei\\nmay find in different language perhaps, and in rigorously sys.\\noematic connection, the principles which he met with in the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "vii\\nprevious part of the work, besides much that will be new t\u00c2\u00ab\\nhim.\\nThe second and principal object of making such large addic\\ntions to the book was to adapt it to the use of those who aim,\\nnot at a practical knowledge of the language, but desire it for\\nscientific or literary purposes only. As persons of this descrip-\\ntion are commonly men of liberal culture, habituated to the\\nterminology of Grammar, and the study of language, they are\\ngenerally impatient of beginning at once the reading cf some\\nfavourite author, and they are aware too, that for them the\\nshortest road to reach the goal is to master at once the elements\\nof Grammar. As the Author himself has had considerable\\nexperience in guiding such to a knowledge of the German, he\\nhas endeavoured to meet their wants by bringing within the\\ncompass of about one hundred and thirty pages a concise ana-\\nlysis of the different parts of speech, with copious paradigms to\\nthe declensions and conjugations. Though the Outline is brief.\\nit will be found that the inflection of the declinable parts oi\\nspeech, as well as the gender of substantives, is unfolded\\nmore fully than in Grammars of much larger size. The\\nmaterials are from the best sources, chiefly from the works oi\\nBecker and Heyse. Since it was impossible to add a separate\\nSyntax without greatly increasing the bulk of the book, the use\\nand government of each part of speech has been briefly point-\\ned out in connection with its etymology.\\nThe Table of Classification of the Irregular Verbs, and\\nalso the Government of Verbs, have, after a thorough revi-\\nsion and some additions to the list, been adopted from the Lon.\\ndon edition. The Author regrets that the limits of the wort\\nwould not admit of a more extended treatment of the Parti.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "Vlll\\ncles. A clear and thorough analysis of the Adverbs, the Pre-\\npositions, and Conjunctions, in which the Greek-like power of\\nthe German chiefly resides, with a sufficient number of exam\\npies to make it intelligible, has never yet boen given to the\\nEnglish student. It is believed, however, that no one will\\nsuffer any practical inconvenience from this deficiency, as par-\\nticular attention is paid to the use of the particles in other\\nparts of the book.\\nWith respect to his Systematic Outline, the Editor would\\nin conclusion say, that he feels confident that it possesses every\\ndesirable condition of a complete introduction to the reading of\\nthe German. May it contribute to spread the study of a lan-\\nguage, which in richness and flexibility is the acknowledged\\nsuperior of all its modern sisters which in creations of Art\\nand in works of Science yields precedence to none of a\\nlanguage which contains in itself the germs of its own repro-\\nduction, and of an endless development which still is, as ii\\n?er has been, ^gefonfcert, uugemt fd)t unb mtr fidfj felbergtetc I*\\nG.J. A.\\nSeptember, 1845.\\nVew-York University,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS\\nSYSTEMATIC OUTLINE\\nFag*\\nParts of Speech, 1 377\\nCases, \u00c2\u00a72 377\\nARTICLES.\\nDeclension of the articles, 3. 378\\nThe article, before proper names, 5 379\\nbefore abstract substantives and names of materials, 6. 379\\nbefore common nouns, 7. 380\\nidiomatic use of, 8 380\\nin sentences, 9 381\\ncontracted with prepositions, 10 381\\nSUBSTANTIVES OR NOUNS.\\nClassification of nouns, \u00c2\u00a711 382\\nI. Their Gender, determined by their signification, 13 and 14. 383\\ndetermined by their termination, 15\u00e2\u0080\u0094 20. 383\\nGender of compound substantives, 20 386\\nof foreign substantives, 21 387\\nII. Number. Rules for the formation of the plural, 22, 23 and 24. 388\\nNouns employed in the plural only, 27 390\\nNouns with two forms of the plural, 28 390\\nHI. Inflection. Declension of common and abstract nouns, 30. 391\\nEarlier Declension, 31-\u00c2\u00a7 38 .391\\nLater Declension, 38-$ 42. .397\\nDeclension of foreign substantives, 42. 400\\nDeclension of proper names of persons, 43-\u00c2\u00a7 48 401\\nof places, 48. 404\\nIV. Government of substantives, 49-\u00c2\u00a7 52. 405\\nADJECTIVES.\\nClassification \u00c2\u00a9f adjectives, \u00c2\u00a752*5 55- 406\\nA*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "X\\nPagH\\nI. Inflection, 55. First declension, 56 408\\nSecond declension, 57 and 58. 410\\nThird declension, 59. 411\\nObservations on the three declensions, 60 and 61. 412\\nII. Comparison, terminational and compound, 62-\u00c2\u00a7 66. 414\\nirregular and defective, 66 and 67. 415\\naf adverbs, 68. 416\\nIII. Use and Government of Adjectives, 70. 417\\nAdjectives with the infinitive, 72 with the genitive, 73 w ith\\nthe dative, 74; with the accusative, 74. iii. 418\\nNUMERALS.\\nClassification of numerals, 75 419\\nList of Cardinals and Ordinals, 76. 420\\nObservations on their inflection and use, 77-$ 80. 421\\nCompound Numerals: Distributives, Iteratives, c, Dimidiativcs,\\nc, 80 and $81 423\\nIndefinite Numerals, 82; implying number, 83; quantity, 84\\nnumber and quantity both, 85 424\\nThe use of numerals, 86 and 87. 426\\nPRONOUNS.\\nClassification of pronouns, $88 427\\nJ. Personal Pronouns, 89 including reflexive, 90, Obs. 3, and\\nreciprocal pronouns, 90, Obs. 4 427\\nIndefinite personal pronouns, 92. 429\\nII. Possessive Pronouns, \u00c2\u00a793; conjunctive, 94. .430\\nAbsolute possessive pronouns, 95 431\\nIII. Demonstrative Pronouns, their inflection and use, 97-\u00c2\u00a7 99. 433\\nIV. Determinative Pronouns, 100-\u00c2\u00a7 103. 434\\nV. Relative Pronouns, 103-\u00c2\u00a7 106. 435\\nVI. Interrogative Pronouns, 106-\u00c2\u00a7 109. 437\\nVERBS.\\nClassification of Verbs Transitive, 109; Intransitive, 110;\\nReflexive, 113; Impersonal, 114; Auxiliary, 115. 439\\nPersonal terminations, 117; moods, 118; tenses, 119. 442\\nThe infinitives, 120 participles, their formation and signification, 121. 442\\nThe omission of the prefix in the perfect participle, 122. 443\\nAuxiliary Verbs of Tenses, their use in the formation of compounds\\ntenses, 123 443\\nRules for the formation of compound tenses, 124 444", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "XI\\nConditionals, 126. 444\\nConjugation of the auiiliary verbs a ett, 127 fettt, 128 toerben,\\n129 445\\nIntransitive verbs which assume the auxiliary fja\u00c2\u00a3 en, 131. 454\\nIntransitive verbs which assume the auxiliary fettt, 132. 454\\nConjugation of Verbs, 134 regular and irregular mode of conju-\\ngation, 137. 455\\nTable of terminations, 140 457\\nFormation of the tenses of the passive voice, 142. 458\\nConjugation of Transitive Verbs, 143. 459\\nReflexive Verbs, 144 463\\nIntransitive Verbs, 145 464\\nImpersonal Verbs, 146 466\\nCompound Verbs separable and inseparable, 148-\u00c2\u00a7 155. 467\\nConjugation of compound verbs, 469\\nSyntax of the Verb agreement, 156\u00e2\u0080\u0094 159 470\\nUse of the tenses and moods, 159\u00e2\u0080\u0094 165. .471\\nThe infinitive without u, 167 and 168 472\\nThe infinitive with It, 169-\u00c2\u00a7 172. .473\\nUse of the participles, 172-\u00c2\u00a7 178 475\\nADVERBS.\\nDefinition and classification of adverbs, 178. 477\\nAdverbs of Place and of Time, 179 477\\nModality, of Quantity, of Quality or Manner,\\nof Intensity, 478\\nSignification of the adverbs Ij i n and *j e V, 180 478\\nThe pronominal adverbs ba and ft) 0, ami their compounds, 479\\nComparison of adverbs, see 68.\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nDefinition, 181 list of German prepositions, 480\\nPrepositions whicb govern the genitive, 184. 480\\nthe dative, 185 481\\nthe accusative, 186 .481\\nPrepositions governing both the dative and accusative, 187. 482\\nThree prepositions which govern the genitive and dative both, 188. 482\\nCONJUNCTIONS.\\nClassification of conjunctions copulative, disjunctive, adversative, con-\\nditional, concessive, c, 191 483", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "xii\\nINTERJECTIONS.\\nPast\\nA list of German interjections, 193 484\\nObservations on their use, 485\\nClassification of the Irregular Verbs, 486\\nA Table of the Sixteen Verbs which are Irregcla? only in\\npart, 489\\nTable of Irregular Verbs, 490-506\\nThe government of verbs, 506 -Ml", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "OLLENDORFF S\\nGERMAN GRAMMAR.\\nFIRST LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00a9rste Cation.\\nOF READING.\\nIn German every letter is pronounced. Hence it fol-\\nlows, that foreigners are able to read the language\\nwith greater facility: reading may be acquired in one\\nlesson.\\nPRINTED LETTERS OF THE GERMAN ALPHABET.\\nThere are in German, as in English, twenty-six let-\\nters, of which we give\\nThe Figures,\\nTAe Pronunciation,\\nThe Power\\nA\\nr\\nCAPITALS.\\nSMALL LETTERS.\\nah,\\na,\\nbay,\\nb,\\ne,\\n*t\\ntsay,\\nc,\\nQ,\\nday,\\nd,\\ne,\\na,\\ne,\\ngf,\\nf,\\nef,\\nf,\\nP\\ngay,\\ng.\\nh\\nhah,\\nh,\\nh\\ne,\\ni,\\nh\\nyot,\\nJ.\\nh\\nkah,\\nk,\\n1/\\nel,\\n1,\\nSK,\\nm,\\nem,\\nm,\\nn,\\nen,\\nn,\\n0/\\no,\\no,\\nla print, the Germans have but one capital letter for the rowel i and Uw\\n*oasonant", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "Tht\\nFigures, The Pr\\nonunciatioji,\\nThe Powtf\\na\\nt\\nN\\nCAPITALS.\\nSMALL LETTERS.\\nP/\\npay,\\nP\\nQ,\\n9/\\nkoo,\\nq\\nerr,\\nr,\\nt 0,\\ness,\\ns,\\nK\\nt,\\ntay,\\nt,\\nu,\\noo,\\nu,\\nfe\\nfow,\\nv,\\nas,\\nvay,\\nw\\n3P,\\niks,\\nX*\\n2),\\nD/\\nypsilon,\\ny\\n3,\\n*r\\ntset,\\nz.\\nMost of the German letters being pronounced as in\\nEnglish, we shall only present those that follow a dif-\\nferent pronunciation.\\nTABLE OF THOSE VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS, THE PRONUNCIATION\\nOF WHICH IS NOT THE SAME AS IN ENGLISH.\\nFigures\\n6\\nm,\\nat,\\nait,\\nName\\nah-a,\\no-a,\\noo-a,\\ne-a,\\na-e,\\na-ypsilon,\\nah-e,\\nah-a-oo,\\na-oo,\\nAre In\\npronounced the English\\nas words\\na,\\ni,\\nt\\nie,\\nI,\\nmade,\\nbird,*\\nfield,\\nI,\\noy, boy,||\\nGerman Examples.\\nSetter, fathers.\\n?ott e, lion.\\n\u00c2\u00a9lucf,happiness\\nSEBtefe, meadow.\\nSOBetfe, manner.\\nfei)tt, to be.\\n$aifer, emperor.\\nSSdume, trees.\\nI Ute, people.\\nThe English word bird does not quite answer to the sound of this vowel\\nit has rather the sound of eu in the French words feu, coeur, fleur, jeunc*\\npeu.\\nf There is no sound corresponding to this rowel in English, and, in order to\\nlearn it well, the pupils must hear it pronounced it answers to the sound of M\\nin the French words: bat, nK vertu.\\nt The method which we have adopted, of placing analogous sounds to-\\ngether, will facilitate to learners the study of the pronunciation. There are\\neven some provinces in Germany, where a and o are both pronounced a i\\\\\\nand te, e; et or fy, ett and ciU,\\nWe have only been able to indicate the sound* otf the two diphthongs aB", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "Figures.\\nName Are pronounced\\nIn the English\\nGerman Examples\\nas\\nwords\\nau,\\nah--oo, ou,\\nhouse,\\njjau\u00c2\u00a3, house.\\n\u00c2\u00abr\\n00, oo,\\nboot,\\nQUt, good.\\nOf the simple and compound consonants the follow\\ning difFer in their pronunciation from the English con*\\nsonants\\nbefore a, 0, it, before a consonant, or at the end\\nof a syllable, has the sound of k. Ex. QatO, Cato\\n(Sbttrab, Conrad Gmr, cure Srebtt, credit \u00c2\u00a9pectafel,\\nnoise. Before the other vowels, the letter c is pro-\\nnounced like ts. Ex. Sdfar, Caesar \u00c2\u00a9cero, Cicero\\n@ere\u00c2\u00a3, Ceres.\\n\u00c2\u00aej, which is called tsay-hah, is pronounced like k\\n1. when at the beginning of a word. Ex. G f)or, choir\\nSfyromf, chronicle (Shrift, christian 2. when followed\\nby f or g. Ex. S5ucf)fe, box; SEBadf)^ wax. In w^ords\\nderived from the French, it preserves the French\\nsound. Ex. Qfyaxlataxt, quack. This consonant, when\\npreceded by a, 0, U, is pronounced from the throat.\\nEx. Sadf), rivulet god), hole SSittf), book \u00c2\u00a9pracfye,\\nlanguage. Placed any where else, it is articulated\\nwith a less guttural sound. Ex. SSitcfyer, books SSIed),\\niron plate trf), I \u00c2\u00a9ejTcfyt, face.\\nat the beginning of a syllable, has a hard sound,\\nas in the English word go. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9a e, gift \u00c2\u00a9ott, God\\ngut, good \u00c2\u00a9ift, poison. When at the end of a syl-\\nlable, it has a medium sound between those of the gut-\\ntural d) and f Ex. ZciQ, day ntogttd), possible Mug,\\nprudent (Sfjtg, vinegar ettug, eternal. In words bor-\\nrowed from the French, g is pronounced as in French.\\nEx. ?oge, box (in a theatre) \u00c2\u00a9erne, genius.\\nand eu approximative^ their pronunciation is not quite the same, and in qj\\nder to become familiar with them, the pupils must hear their master pre\\nuounce them", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "The pronunciation of g cannot be properly acquired*\\nunless from the instructor s own lips he must there-\\nfore make his pupils pronounce the following words\\n^ct^c, tradition. SRfifjtgga nger/ idler.\\n%al\u00c2\u00a7, tallow. Sowing, pupil.\\n\u00c2\u00a38erg, mountain. 2CnQft, anguish.\\nSmtQ, dwarf. \u00c2\u00a3an$e, length.\\nCaugnen, to deny. S0?enc;c, quantity\\n\u00c2\u00a9teg, victory. dkfang, singing,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2gafytcjfett, capacity. SiianQ, sound.\\n9)?6gUcl)Eett, possibility. $tng, ring.\\nSOJagb, maid- servant. Sungftau, virgin.\\nyjlacfic, maid-servants. Sunggcfclt, bachelor.\\nThe letter f) is aspirated at the beginning of a sylla-\\nble. Ex. \u00c2\u00a7anb, hand; \u00c2\u00a3efc, hero; \u00c2\u00a3ut, hat. It is\\nmute in the middle and at the end of a syllable, and\\nthen it lengthens the vowel that precedes or follows it.\\nEx. SSafyn, road \u00c2\u00a7o{)tt, mockery ?ofyit, reward lefyrett,\\nto teach Scaler, crown (coin) $uf), cow Zijxane,\\ntear tfyiUt, to do.\\n3 (yot) has the sound of y in the English word you\\nEx. Sagb, chase 2 ager* hunter jeber, each jefct, at\\npresent.\\nD.\\nQ is always followed by u, and in combination with\\nthat letter pronounced like kv in English. Ex. Dual,\\ntorment Duette, source.\\nwhen initial, has the pronunciation of z in Eng-\\nlish. Ex. (Same, seed \u00c2\u00a9eefe, soul.\\n@df) is pronounced like sh in English. Ex \u00c2\u00a9cfyaf,\\nsheep \u00c2\u00a9d)i(b, shield.\\n\u00c2\u00a9a.\\nf} is pronounced like ss in English Ex. \u00c2\u00a3a#, hatred", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "toetft, white. This double consonant Is compounded of\\nf and J, and is called ess-tset.\\nis compounded of t and g, and has the sound of\\nthese two consonants combined. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9cfyctg, treasure\\n$11$, finery.\\nS3 is sounded like Ex. Setter, father SBowmttb,\\ntutor SSoIf, people.\\n.SB-\\nSB is pronounced like an English v and not like w.\\nEx. SOBalb, forest Sffitefe, meadow.\\n3*\\n3 has the pronunciation of ts. Ex. 3 a fy*V tooth t,\\ntent.\\nEXPLANATION OF SOME SIGNS USED IN THIS BOOK.\\nExpressions which vary either in their construction\\nar idiom from the English are marked thus f\\nA hand (f\u00c2\u00a7^ denotes a rule of syntax or construction.\\nSECOND LESSON\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Zmitt tttlxon\\nMasculine.\\nNeuter\\nNominative,\\nthe.\\nNom.\\nt ev.\\nba$.\\nGenitive,\\nof the.\\nGen.\\nm.\\nm.\\nDative,\\nto the.\\nDat.\\nbent.\\nbent.\\nAccusative,\\nthe.\\nAce.\\nbem\\nba$.\\nTo Instructors. Each lesson should he dictated to the pupils, whi\\nshould pronounce each word as soon as dictated. The instructor should also\\nexercise his pupils by putting the questions to them in various ways. Each\\nlesson, except the second, includes three operations the teacher, in the first\\nplace, looks over the exercises of the most attentive of his pupils, putting to\\nthem the questions contained in the printed exercises he then dictates\\nto them the next lesson and lastly puts fresh questions to them on all the\\npreceding lessons. The teacher may divide one lesson into two, or two into\\nthree, or even make two into one, according to the degree of intelligence of\\nhis punils.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "6\\nHave you\\nYes, Sir, I have.\\nHave you the hat 1\\nYes, Sir, I have the hat.\\nThe ribbon,\\nthe salt,\\nthe table,\\nthe sugar,\\nthe paper,\\nObs. The Germans\\ncapital letter.\\n$aUn Sie\\n3a, twin \u00c2\u00a3ett, id) f)afce.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00a9te ten ut\\n3a, mcin \u00c2\u00a3etr, id) f)abe ben \u00c2\u00a3ut\\nt as SBanfc\\nbog \u00c2\u00a9alg\\nben tfd)\\nben 3uder\\nbag papier.\\nbegin all substantives with a\\nNom. my.\\nNom. meim menu\\nGen. of my.\\nGen. nteme ntemeg.\\nDat. to my.\\nDat. meittenu ntemenu\\nAce. my.\\nAce. memem ntetm\\n3f)r,3/0wr,is declined like nteitu Example\\nMasculine. Neuter.\\nNom. your.\\nGen. of your.\\nDat. to your.\\nAce. your.\\nNom. 3f)r. 3^*\\nGen. SfyreS, SfyreS*\\nDat. Severn. Sfyrenu\\nAce. Sfyrem Sfyr*\\nHave you my hat 1\\nYes, Sir, I have your hat.\\nHave you my ribbon\\nI have your ribbon.\\n$aben gte nietnen \u00c2\u00a3ut\\n3a, mein $civ, id) Fja c Sfiren #ut.\\n\u00c2\u00a3obcn (Sie mein 23anb\\n3d) F)a( c 3br SBanb.\\nEXERC\\nJISE 1.\\nHave you the salt? Yes, Sir, I have the salt. Have yon your\\nsalt 1 I have my salt. Have you the table I have the table.\\nHave you my table 1 I have your table. Have you the sugar]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have the sugar. Have you your sugar 1 I have my sugar.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHave you the paper? I have the paper. Have you my paper]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have your paper, f\\n3 f)t with a small letter signifies their, and has the same declension as\\n31)?, your.\\nf Pupils desirous of making rapid progress, may compose a great many\\nphrases in addition to those we have given them in the exercises but they\\nmust pronounce them aloud, as they write them. They should also make\\nseparate lists of such substantives, adjectives, pronouns and verbs, as they\\nmeet with in the course of the lessons, in order to be able to find those words\\nmore easily, when they have occasion to refer to them in writing their lessons*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "THIRD LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 SUrittc tctlion.\\n*H5etcf)cr, which, has the same declension as ber.\\nWhich.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nNom. tt eW)cr. weWjeg*\\nAce. wetcfyem tt elcf)eg.\\nDECLENSION OF AN ADJECTIVE PRECEDED BY THE DEFINITH\\nARTICLE, OR A WORD WHICH HAS THE SAME TERMINATION.*\\nNom. the good.\\nGen. of the good.\\nDat. to the good.\\nAce. the good.\\nMasc.\\nNom. ber gute*\\nGen. beg gutem\\nDat. bem guteu*\\nAce. ben guten.\\nNeut.\\nbag gute*\\nbeg guten.\\nbem gutett.\\nbag gute*\\nObservation. Adjectives vary in their declensior\\nwhen preceded by meut, my 3f)r, your or by one of\\nthe following words em, a fern, no, none bem, thy\\nfern, his tfyr, her mtfer, our (Suer, your. Example\\nMase.\\nNeut.\\nNom. my good.\\nGen. of my good.\\nDat. to my good.\\nAce. my good.\\nN. mem guter* mem guteg.\\nG. meineg gutett. memeg guten*\\nD. memem guten. memem guten.\\nA. meineu gutett. mem guteg.\\nGood,\\nbad,\\nbeautiful or fine,\\nugly,\\ngreat, big or large,\\nHave you tbe good sugar]\\nYes, Sir, I have the good sugar\\nHave you the fine ribbon 1\\nI have the fine ribbon.\\nWhich hat have you 1\\nI have my ugly hat.\\nWhich rib o on have you 1\\nI have your fine ribbon.\\nftftftt;\\nfd)6n\\nWtd\\natop.\\naUn h ten guten 3udfet\\n3a, mem at, uf fjabe ten guten\\nSucfer.\\n$aUn @ie tag fdjftte SBant\\n3d) fjabc tag fd)6 ne 23ant.\\nSS5c(cf)cn \u00c2\u00a3ut fja cn @te\\n3d) fyate metnen Fjd plid cn #ut\\n28eldf e$ 23ant W en \u00c2\u00a9U?\\n3* Me 3ftr fd)8ne\u00c2\u00ab SBank\\n4\u00c2\u00ab biefcr, this jitter, that, he", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "EXERCISE 2.\\nHaveyou the fine hat 1 Yes, Sir, I ha\\\\e tie fine hat. Have\\nyou my bad hat 1 I have your bad hat. Ha\\\\e you the bad salt?\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have the bad salt. Have you your good salt] I have my good\\nsalt. Which salt have you I have your good salt. Which su-\\ngar have you 1 I have my good sugar. Have you my good su-\\ngar] I have your good sugar. Which table have you I I have\\nthe fine table. Have you my fine table? I have your fine table.\\nWhich paper have you] I have the bad paper. Have you my\\nugly paper I have your ugly paper. Which bad hat have you\\nI have my bad hat. Which fine ribbon have you] I have youi\\nfine ribbon.\\nFOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 bierte Action.\\nNat.\\nI have not.\\nNo, Sir.\\nHave you the table 1\\nNo, Sir, I have it not.\\nHave you the paper 1\\nNo, Sir, I have it not.\\nThe stone,\\nthe cloth,\\nthe wood,\\nthe leather,\\nthe lead,\\nthe gold,\\nit.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nNom. er* e\\nAce. it)n. ti.\\n3d) f)aU n i d) t\\nsjlc m, mem \u00c2\u00a3crr.\\n\u00c2\u00a3akn \u00c2\u00a9ie ben \u00c2\u00a3tfd)\\n9?etn, mem \u00c2\u00a3etr, id) r/afce tf)tt n Vfl) t\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00a9te t a$ papier\\n\u00c2\u00a3ftem, mem #ert, id) fyabc el\\nnid)t.\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9tern\\nt a$ Sud)\\nbag \u00c2\u00a3ol$\\nbaS 2ebet\\nbat S3let\\nbat \u00c2\u00a9ctb.\\nObs. The terminations en and ern are used to form\\nadjectives and denote the materials of anything.\\nOf,\\nt o n\\ngolden or of gold,\\nQcfben\\nleaden of lead,\\nWetcrn\\nstone of stone,\\nftetnern\\npretty,\\nF)tiO(cl) (cirtig)\\nHave you the paper hat\\nI have it not.\\nj aben \u00c2\u00a9te ben paptetenen, #ut\\n3d) W* tfjn nicr t.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "The wooden table,\\nthe horse of stone,\\nthe coat,\\nthe horse,\\nthe dog,\\nthe shoe,\\nthe thread,\\nthe stocking,\\nthe candlestick,\\nthe golden ribbon,\\nten fjo^etnen Stfcf)\\ntag fietnetne $fert\\nten motf (tag \u00c2\u00a3(ett)\\ntag *pfcrt\\nten \u00c2\u00a3ttnt\\nten \u00c2\u00a9cbuf)\\nten gatcn\\nten (gtrumpf\\nten Seucfytet\\ntag goltene 33ant.\\nEXERCISE 3.\\nHare you the wooden table] No, Sir, I have it not. Wjiich\\niable have -youl I have the stone table. Have you my golden\\ncandlestick I have it not. Which stocking have you I have\\nthe thread (faten) stocking. Have you my thread stocking 1\\nnave not your thread stocking. Which coat have you 1 I have\\nmy cloth (tucben) coat. Which horse have you I have the wood-\\nen horse. Have you my leathern shoe I I have it not. Have\\nyou the leaden horse]*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I have it not. Have you your good\\nwooden horse I have it not.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Which wood have you I have\\nyour good wood. Have you my good gold 1 1 have it not.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhich gold have you I have the good gold.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Which stone have\\nyou I have your fine stone. Which ribbon have you I have\\nyour golden ribbon. Have you my fine dog] I have it. Have\\nyou my ugly horse I have it not.\\nFIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 JFunfte Uttion.\\nThe chest, the trunk,\\nthe button,\\nthe money,\\nAnything, something,\\nNot anything, nothing,\\nHave you anything\\nI have nothing.\\nThe cheese,\\nthe old bread,\\nthe pretty dog,\\nthe silver (metal),\\nthe silver ribbon,\\nKie you hungry\\nten Jt offer\\nten jtnopf\\ntag \u00c2\u00aeelt*\\nS t w a g\\n9Hcl)tg.\\n#a en (Ste etroag\\n3d) fjafcc mcf)t\\nten \u00c2\u00a3afe\\ntag aUe 25rot\\nten arttgen (r;iu;fcr)en) #unt\\ntag (Sttbct\\ntag ftlfcerne 23ant.\\nC (Sint \u00c2\u00aete rjuncjttcj\\nC f \u00c2\u00a3akn @te hunger?*\\nAs ini. French\\nl*\\navez-vGUs faim 1", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "10\\nI am hungry.\\nAre you thirsty\\nI am thirsty.\\nAre you sleepy\\nI am sleepy.\\nAre you tired\\nI am not tired.\\nOf the (genitive).\\nC 3$ bin fyuncjug.\\nItSd) fjabe unget.\\nC(Stnb Ste burfttg?\\n1 1 \u00c2\u00a3a en 3te \u00c2\u00a9utft I*\\n5 3* ton burfttg.\\ni t 3d) babe SDurft.\\ngpinb Sie fdW fmg\\n3* bin fctyafmg.\\n\u00c2\u00a9tnb @tc mtibe\\n3d) bin ntd)t mitbe.\\nNeut.\\nbeg.\\nO s. Nouns of the masculine and neuter gender\\ntake or eg in the genitive case singular.\\nThe tailor s, or of the tailor, beg 6cf)netberg\\nthe dog s, or of the dog, fc)c$ punbeg\\nthe baker s, or of the baker, be$ JBacfetg\\nthe neighbour s, or of the neigh- bc\u00c2\u00a3 9?ad)barg\\nbour,\\nof the salt, t C6 \u00c2\u00a9al$eg.\\nThe baker s dog.\\nThe tailor s coat.\\nC bcr unb bc^ S3atfer$,\\nbeg Sacfetg \u00c2\u00a3unb.\\nC bcr Kocf beg \u00c2\u00aecf)netberg,\\nI beg \u00c2\u00a9djnctfcet* SKocf.f\\nEXERCISE 4.\\nHave you the leathern trunk 1 I have not the leathern trunk.\\nHave you my pretty trunk I have not your pretty trunk.\\nWhich trunk have you 1 I have the wooden trunk. Have you\\nmy old button I have it not. Which money have you 1 I have\\nthe good money. Which cheese have you 1 I have the old cheese.\\nHave you anything I have something. Have you my large\\ndog I have it not. Have you your good gold I have it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhich dog have you 1 I have the tailor s dog. Have you the\\nneighbour s large dog 1 I have it not. Have you the dog s golden\\nribbon 1 No, Sir, I have it not. Which coat have you 1 I have\\nthe tailor s good coat. Have you the neighbour s good bread 1\\nI have it not. Have you my tailor s golden ribbon 1 I have it.\\nHave you my pretty dog s ribbon 1 I have it not. Have you the\\ngood baker s good horse I have it. Have you the good tailor s\\nAs in French: avez-vous serif?\\nr The first of these two expressions is more usual, the latter is preferred\\nin poetry", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "11\\nhorse? I have it not. Are you hungry] I am hungjy. Are\\nyou sleepy 1 I am not sleepy. Which candlestick have you I\\nhave the golden candlestick of my good haker.\\nSIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qaifste flection.\\nAnything or something good.\\nNothing or not anything bad.\\nHave you anything good\\n1 have nothing bad.\\nWhat\\nWhat have you 1\\nWhat have you good 1\\nI have the good bread.\\nThat or the one.\\ntwa$ \u00c2\u00a9utc$.\\n3Mci)t$ \u00c2\u00a9dbted te*.\\n4*a6en @ie ttwa\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00aeutc$ 1\\n3d) fyabe md)t$ @d)led)te\\n2Ba$ fjabcn Stc\\n2Bas fjaben \u00c2\u00a9te \u00c2\u00a9ute$\\n3d) ijabe ba^ gute 23to\\nikfasc.\\nNeut.\\ntext.\\nThe neighbour s, or that of the ben beg 9?ad)bar\\nneighbour.\\nThe tailor s, or that of the tailor. bctS t c^ @d)rtetbet$.\\nOr.\\nber.\\nThe book, ba^ 23ud).\\nHave you my book or that of the \u00c2\u00a3aben Sie mcin 23ud) cbet ba$ be$\\nneighbour 1 9tfad)bar$\\nhave that of the neighbour. 3d) fja e bag beg 9?ad)bar\\nHave you your hat or the \u00c2\u00a3aben Sic 3^cn \u00c2\u00a3ut obcc ben be$\\nbaker s ^defers\\nEXERCISE 5.\\nHave you my book 1 I have it not. Which book have you\\nI have my good book. Have you anything ugly 1 I have nothing\\nugly. I have something pretty. Which table have you 1 I have\\nthe baker s. Have you the baker s dog or the neighbour s 1 I\\nhave the neighbour s. What have you I have nothing. Have\\nyou the good or bad sugar]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I have the good. Have you the\\nneighbour s good or bad horse? I have the good (one*). Have\\nyou the golden or the silver candlestick 1 I have the silver can-\\ndlestick. Have you my neighbour s paper or that of my tailor 1\\nI have that of your tailor. Are you hungry or thirsty T I am\\nhungry. Are you sleepy or tired I am tired. W T hat have you\\nWords in the exercises between parentheses, are not to be translated", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "12\\npretty 1 I have nothing pretty. Have you the leather shoe i\\nhave it not.\\nSEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 QwbztiU Ceciicn.\\nHave you my coat or the tailor s \u00c2\u00a3aben Ste metnen SKocf eter ten t)H\\n@d)nctterg\\nI have yours. 3d) fyabe ten Sfatgcn.\\nMasculine. Neuter.\\nI N. ber tneintge. bct3 nteimge,\\nJ A. ben metmgen. ba3 meim ge.\\ni ours. A, ben S^ngen* ba$ Styrtge.\\nAbsolute possessive pronouns, as ber ntetmge, mine 5\\nber 3fyrige, yours ber fetnige, his, c, are declined like\\nadjectives preceded by the definite article. (See Les-\\nson in.)\\nObs. When the conjunctive possessive pronouns\\nmem, my 3fy*V your few, his, c, are used for the\\nabsolute possessive pronouns ber tneinfge, mine ber\\nSbrfge, yours, c, they terminate in the masculine in\\ner and in the neuter in i Ex.\\nIs this your hat 1 3ft tag 3? r \u00c2\u00a3ut\\nNo, Sir, it is not mine, but yours. \u00c2\u00a3fltin, metn \u00c2\u00a3crr, eg if! nid)t meinet,\\nfon tern Sljrer.\\nIs this my book 1 3ft tag metn 23ud)\\nNo, it is not yours, but mine. 9?etn, eg ijt md)t Sfyreg, fonterti\\nmeineg.\\nTKp TYlflT*-\\nter 20?ann (vir)\\n1 ter 50?enfcr) (gen. en, he mo)\\ni 1J.C/ AllClli J\\nthe stick,\\nter \u00c2\u00a9tocf\\nmy brother,\\nmctn ^Bruter\\nthe shoemaker,\\nter (Sd)ul)mad)et\\nthe merchant,\\nter ^aufmann\\nthe friend,\\nter greutit*\\nave you thp merchants\\nstick\\n#a-bcn \u00c2\u00a9w ten @tccf teg $auf*\\nor yours 1\\nmanng oter ten S^ri^en\\nNeither,\\nBet ct\\nNor.\\n01 oct)*\\nI have neither trie merchant s 3$ M e rcetet ten Stecf teg JCmif*\\nstick nor mine. manng nod) ten roeintgw*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "13\\n.416 you hungry or thirsty g\\nI am neither hungry nor thirsty. n\\nEXERCISE 6.\\nHave you your cloth or mine 1 I have neither yours nor mine,\\n^1 have neither my bread nor the tailor s. Have you my stick or\\nyours 1 have mine. Have you the shoemaker s shoe or the\\nmerchant s 1 I have neither the shoemaker s nor the merchant s\\nHave you my brother s coat 1 I have it not. Which paper\\nhave you I have your friend s. Have you my dog or my\\nfriend s I have your friend s. Have you my thread stocking or\\nmy brother s 1 I have neither yours nor your brother s. Have\\nyou my good baker s good bread or that of my friend 1 I have\\nneither your good baker s nor that of your friend. Which bread\\nhave you] I have mine. Which ribbon have you! I have\\nyours. Have you the good or the bad cheese 1 I have neither\\nthe good nor the bad. Have you anything 1 I have nothing.\\nHave you my pretty or my ugly dog 1 I have neither your pretty\\nnor your ugly dog. Have you my friend s stick 1 I have it not*\\nAre you sleepy or hungry I am neither sleepy nor hungry.\\nHave you the good or the bad salt I have neither the good nor\\nthe bad. Have you my horse or the man s 1 I have neither yours\\nnor the man s. What have you 1 have nothing fine. Are you\\ntired I am not tired.\\nEIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 tf)te tttilOW.\\nThe cork, t cr $)ftopf (^fropfen)\\nthe corkscrew* t)Ct Spfropfetcfjet ($propfcn$tefar)\\nthe umbrella, t tt SKcflcnfcfyttm\\nthe boy, far incite (gen. n).\\nObs. Masculine substantives ending in e, take it\\nin the genitive case singular, and keep this termina-\\ntion in all the cases of the singular and plural.\\nThe Frenchman, fcet ^rangefe (gen. tt)\\nthe carpenter, t ct Bunmctmarm\\nthe hammer* t et \u00c2\u00a3ammer\\nthe iron, foa$ (Stfcn\\niron or of iron, eifcrn (adjective)\\nthe nail, bet 9?ctgcl\\nthe pencil, t et SSUifiift", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "14\\nthe thimble\\nthe coffee,\\nthe honey,\\nthe biscuit,\\nHavel]\\nYou have.\\nWhat have 1 1\\n{on have the carpenter s ham-\\nmer.\\nHave I the nail\\nYou have it.\\nHave I the bread 1\\nYou have it.\\nI am right.\\nI am wrong.\\nAm I riorht\\nbet $tngetf)ut\\nbet cifj*e\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3ontg\\nbet 3rc tebacf.\\n\u00c2\u00a3abetd\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fyaben.\\n2Ba$ fjafce td) 1\\nSte baben ben \u00c2\u00a3ammet be$ 3tmmcr\\nmannS.\\n\u00c2\u00a3a e id) ben 9?agel\\nSte Ijaften tfyn.\\n\u00c2\u00a3abe id) ba$ 23rob\\n@tc ftaben e$.\\nt 3* fjaOe ftedjt.\\nt 3d) i)aU Untecfyt.\\nt \u00c2\u00a3abettf) \u00c2\u00a3Hcd t?\\nEXERCISE 7.\\n1 have neither the baker s dog nor that of my friend. Are you\\nsleepy 1 I am not sleepy. I am hungry. You are not hungry.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHave I the cork No, Sir, you have it not. Have I the carpen-\\nter s wood You have it not. Have 1 the Frenchman s good um-\\nbrella 1 You have it. Have I the carpenter s iron nail or yours 1\\nYou have mine. You have neither the carpenter s nor mine.\\nWhich pencil have I You have that of the Frenchman. Have\\nI your thimble or that of the tailor 1 You have neither mine nor\\nthat of the tailor. Which umbrella have 1 You have my good\\numbrella. Have I the Frenchman s good honey You have it\\nnot. Which biscuit have 1 1 You have that of my good neigh-\\nbour. Have you my coffee or that of my boy 1 I have that of\\nyour good boy. Have you your cork or mine I have neither\\nyours nor mine. What have you I have my good brother s good\\npencil. Am I right? You are right. Am I wrong? You are\\nnot wrong. Am I right or wrong 1 You are neither right nor\\nwrong. You are hungry. You are not sleepy. You are neither\\nhungry nor thirsty. You have neither the good coffee nor the good\\nsugar. What have I You have nothing.\\nNINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 NtXintC %ttt\\\\OXl.\\nHave 1 the iron or the golden\\nnail 1\\nYou have neither the iron nor\\nthe golden nail\\n.g abe id) ben etfetnen cbet ben cjotbe*\\nnen Sftaget\\n(Ste tyaben roebet ben etfernen nod)\\nben gotbenen faciei.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "15\\nThe sheep,\\nbat (Scfyaf\\nthe ram,\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3ammct (tier @d)8p$)\\nthe chicken (the hen),\\nt a\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3uf)tt\\nthe ship,\\nba$@d)tff;\\nthe bag (the sack),\\ntec Sac!;\\nthe young man,\\nbet junge 9#enfcf; (gen. en)\\nthe youth,\\nbet Sunfjtincj.\\nWho?\\n2Bet?\\nWho has\\n2Bct f)at?\\nWho has the trunk?\\n2Bct f)at ben \u00c2\u00a3cffet\\nThe man has the trunk.\\n2)et Sftann f)at ben jtoffet.\\nThe man has not the trunk.\\nSet tfflcmn fyat ben $offet n t d) t.\\nWho has it 1\\n5Bct f)at tl)n\\nThe young man has it.\\nSet lunge SBenfd) feat if)n.\\nThe young man has it not.\\nSet iungc Sftenfcr; fyat tr)n n t d) t.\\nHe has.\\n(St 5 at.\\nHe has the knife.\\n(St fjat ba$ SKcffcr.\\nHe has not the knife.\\n(St ftat t a$ 93?effet n t c^ t\\nHe has it.\\n(St f)at e\\nHas the man\\n\u00c2\u00a3at bet Sftann\\nHas the painter 1\\n\u00c2\u00a3at bet 9Met\\nHas the friend 1\\nj at bet greunb\\nHas the boy the carpenter s\\n\u00c2\u00a3at bet RnaU ben \u00c2\u00a3ammet bc\\nhammer 1\\n3tmmetmann$\\nHe has it.\\n(St fjat tf)n.\\nHas the youth it!\\n\u00c2\u00a3at tt)n bet Sungttng\\nIs he thirsty 1\\n3ft et Uurfttg? (fiat et SDurji?)\\nHe is thirsty.\\n(St tft butfttg. ((St |at \u00c2\u00a9urjt)\\nIs he tired\\n3ft et nitibe\\nHe is not tired.\\n(St ift n t cl t miibe.\\nEXERCISES. 8.\\nIs he thirsty or hungry 1 He is neither thirsty nor hungry.\\nHas the friend my hat 1 He has it. He has it not. Who has\\nmy sheep Your friend has it. Who has my large sack The\\nbaker has it. Has the youth my book 1 He has it not. What has\\nhe 1 He has nothing. Has he the hammer or the nail 1 He has\\nneither the hammer nor the nail. Has he my umbrella or my\\nstick 1 He has neither your umbrella nor your stick. Has he my\\ncoffee or my sugar He has neither your coffee nor your sugar\\nhe has your honey. Has he my brother s biscuit or that of the\\nFrenchman He has neither your brother s nor that of the French-\\nman he has that of the good boy. Which ship has he 1 He has\\nmy good ship. Has he the old sheep or the ram 1\\nHas the young man my knife or that of the painter 1 He has\\nneither yours nor that of the painter. Who has my brother s fine", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "16\\ndog Your friend has it. What has my friend 1 He has the\\nbaker s good bread. He has the good neighbour s good chicken.\\nWhat have you 1 I have nothing. Have you my bag or yours\\nI have that of your friend.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have I your good knife 1 You have\\nit, You have it not. Has the youth it (\u00c2\u00a3cit c\u00c2\u00a3) 1 He has it not.\\n-What has he? He has something good. He has nothing bad.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Has he anything] He has nothing. Is he sleepy? He is not\\nsleepy. He is hungry. Who is hungry The young man is\\nhungry. Your friend is hungry. Your brother s boy is hungry.\\nMy shoemaker s brother is hungry. My good tailor s boy is\\nthirsty. Which man has my book 1 The big (grcp) man has it.\\nWhich man has my horse Your friend has it. He has your\\ngood cheese. Has he it 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Yes, Sir, he has it.\\nTENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ZdjttU Icttiotl.\\nThe peasant, bet 25auet (gen. n)\\nthe ox, bet Dcfefr;\\nthe cook, bet Mctf)\\nthe bird, bet 53ccjc(.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nm i Nom. fern, fern*\\n11189 I Ace. femen, fein.\\nObs. A. The conjunctive possessive pronoun fetlt is\\ndeclined like meitt and %fyv. (See Lessons II. and III.)\\nThe servant, bet SBcbtcnte\\nthe broom, bet *3efen.\\nHas the servant his broom #at bet 23ebtente femen SBcfen t\\nHis eye, fein ?(u$e\\nhis foot, fetnen gup\\nhis rice, fetnen $et$*\\nHas the cook his chicken or \u00c2\u00a3at bet jtecf) fetn \u00c2\u00a3uf)n cbet t a$ beg\\nthat of the peasant 1 SBcmetn 1\\nHe has his own. (5t fjat t a$ fetntge.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nHis or his own (absolute N. ber femtge* bag femtge.\\npossessive pronoun). A. ben femigen* bag fefm ge*\\nHas the servant his trunk or $at bet SBebtente fetnen Jtoffet ober\\nmine 1 ben metntcjen\\nHe has his own. (5t f)ot ben fetntgen.\\nHave you your shoe or his 1 ciben @te 3f)ten ScI)uF) obet bep\\nfetntgen\\nI have his. 3d) fyafte ben fctntcicm", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "17\\nSomebody or anybody, some\\none or any one (indefi-\\nnite pronoun).\\nNom.\\nJ Gen.\\n1 Dat.\\n(^Acc.\\n3emcmb*\\nSemanbeg*\\nSemanbem*\\nSemanbetu\\nHas anybody my hat\\nSomebody has it.\\nWho has my stick\\nNobody has it.\\nNo one, nobody or not anybody* 92 1 c nt a n b\u00c2\u00bb\\nOfo. 2?. Jiiemanb is declined exactly like Setltattb\\n\u00c2\u00a3at Semanb metncn \u00c2\u00a3ut\\nij Scmanb (jat tfyn.\\n@S Ijat tfjn Semanb.\\nSQBcr fjat metncn \u00c2\u00a9tecf\\n\u00c2\u00a3ftiemcmb (jat tfyn.\\nWho has my ribbon 1\\nNobody has it.\\nNobody has his broom.\\nS\u00c2\u00a3et f)at twin SBanb\\nSftiemanb ftat eg.\\nStttcmcmb fytit feincn SScfen.\\nEXERCISES. 10.\\nHave you the ox of the peasant or that of the cook] I hnve\\nneither that of the peasant nor that of the cook. Has the peasant\\nhis rice 1 He has it. Have you it I have it not. Has his boy\\nthe servant s broom He has it. Who has the boy s pencil\\nNobody has it. Has your brother my stick or that of the painter\\nHe has neither yours nor that of the painter he has his own.\\nHas he the good or bad money 1 He has neither the good nor the\\nbad. Has he the wooden or the leaden horse He has neither\\nthe wooden nor the leaden horse. What has he good 1 He has\\nmy good honey. Has my neighbour s boy my book He has it\\nnot. Which book has he 1 He has his fine book. Has he my\\nbook or his own He has his own. Who has my gold button\\nNobody has it.-*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has anybody my thread stocking 11 Nobody\\nhas it.\\n11.\\nWhich ship has the merchant] He has his own. Which\\nnorse has my friend He has mine. Has he his dog He has\\nit not. Who has his dog 1 Nobody has it. Who has my bro-\\nther s umbrella 1 Somebody has it. Which broom has the ser-\\nvant? He has his own. Is anybody hungry] Nobody is hun-\\ngry. Is anybody sleepy] Nobody is sleepy. Is any one tired\\nNc one is tired. Who is right] Nobody is right.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have I his\\noiscuit You have it not. Have I his good brother s ox\\nYou have it not. Which chicken have I] You have Ls.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Is\\nanybody wrong]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Nobody is wrong.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": ".8\\nELEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00a9Ifie UtixoXi.\\nThe sailor,\\nthe chair,\\nthe looking-glass,\\nthe candle,\\nthe tree,\\nthe garden,\\nthe foreigner,\\nthe glove,\\nThis ass,\\nthat hay,\\nThe grain,\\nthe corn,\\nThis man,\\nthat man,\\nthis book,\\nthat book,\\nbet matttft, t cr 23eot$fnecl)t\\nbet (StuM;\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9ptegef\\nbet 93cmm\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9atten\\nbet gtembe\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3cmbfcf)ufj.\\nbtcfet (Sfcl\\nbtefes (bieS) \u00c2\u00a3etu\\nt a$ \u00c2\u00a3otn;\\nbat \u00c2\u00a9ettetbe.\\nbtefet 20?ann\\njenet OTcinn\\nbtefet (bte\u00c2\u00a3 a $ucf)\\nieneS JBud).\\nThis or this one.\\nThat or that one.\\nN. G. d. a\\nMasc. btefer e3~ em e*\\nNeut. jetted e\u00c2\u00a3 em\u00e2\u0080\u0094 eS\\nObs. It will be perceived that btefer and jener are\\ndeclined exactly like the definite article. (See Lesson\\nIL) The English almost always use that, when the\\nGermans use btefet. In German j e tt e X is only em-\\nployed when it relates to a person or a thing spoken\\nof before, or to make an immediate comparison be-\\ntween two things or persons. Therefore, whenever\\nthis is not the case, the English that must be translated\\nby btefer*\\nHave you this hat or that one 1 $af m \u00c2\u00a7k biefen obet (enen #ut\\nBut.\\nUhcv, fonbetn.\\nObs. Slber is used after affirmative and negative\\npropositions fonbew is only used after negative propo-\\nsitions.\\nI have not this, but that one. 3d) fyafce ntcbt btcfen, fonbetn jencn.\\nHas the neighbour this book or $at bet 9?aci)fcat btcfet obet {etteS\\nthat one 1 SBucf) 1\\na 2 teS is often used for biefe\u00c2\u00a7 in the nominative and accusative neu-\\nter, particularly when it is not followed by a substantive, and when it re-\\npresents a whole sentence, a3 will be seen hereafter.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "19\\nHo has this, but not that one. (5t Ijat btcfe\u00c2\u00a3, abet ntd)t jetted.\\nHave you this looking-glass or \u00c2\u00a7aUn t biefen ct)cc jcncn (Spio\\nthat one? gel?\\nI have neither this nor that one. 3d) fyafce tt cbcr btcfen nod) Jenen.\\nThat ox, bicfer d)|~c\\nthe letter, bet SSrief\\nthe note, bet Scttct (Dag SStUet)\\nthe hcrse-shoe, fcas #ufeifcn.\\nexercise 12.\\nWhich hay has the foreigner 1 He has that of the peasant.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has\\nthe sailor my looking-glass He has it not. Have you this can-\\ndle or that one 1 I have this one. Have you the hay of my gar-\\nden or that of yours I have neither that of your garden nor that\\nof mine, but that of the foreigner. Which glove have you I\\nhave his glove. Which chair has the foreigner He has his\\nown. Who has my good candle This man has it. Who has\\nthat looking-glass 1 That foreigner has it. What has your ser-\\nvant (3hr JtBcfctcnter) 1 He has the tree of this garden. Has he\\nthat man s book? He has not the book of that man, but that ot\\nthis boy. Which ox has this peasant 1 He has that of your\\nneighbour. Have I your letter or his You have neither mine\\nnor his, but that of your friend. Have you this horse s hay 1 I\\nhave not its hay, but its shoe. Has your brother my note or his\\nown He has that of the sailor. Has this foreigner my glove\\nor his own He has neither yours nor his own, but that of his\\nfriend. Are you hungry or thirsty 1 I am neither hungry nor\\nthirsty, but sleepy. Is he sleepy or hungry 1 He is neither slee-\\npy nor hungry, but tired. Am 1 right or wrong You are neither\\nright nor wrong, but your good boy is wrong. Have I the good\\nor the bad knife 1 You have neither the good nor the bad, but the\\nugly (one). What have I You have nothing good, but some-\\nthing bad. Who has my ass 1 The peasant has it.\\nTWELFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 gtDdlfte Action.\\nN. G. D. A.\\nThat or which (relative jj Masc. toelcfyer eg\u00e2\u0080\u0094 em ett.\\npronoun). Neut. mttkjeg eg em eg.\\nObs. A. It will be perceived that the relative pro-\\nnoun wefefyer is declined like the definite article, which\\nmay be substituted for it but then the masculine and\\nneuter of the genitive case is beffen instead of beg.\\n58eld)er is never used in the genitive case.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "20\\nHave you the hat, which my #ctt en @te ben #ut, wetd^cn metn\\nbrother has 1 SBtubct fiat\\n1 have not the hat, which your 3d) fyafte ntdbt ten Jput, n etcl en 3(jt\\nbrother has. 23rubct b U\\nHave you the horse, which I IpaUn @tc fea$ Spfcrb, rocldjcS id)\\nhave] J)cibe?\\nI have the horse, which you have. 3d) t)a6c bag fetb, tx e(cf)C$ Sic\\nfoafcen.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nf Nom. berjemge. ba^jemge.\\nTAfltf or the one (determi- Gen. begjemgen. be^ emgeit.\\nnative pronoun). Dat. bemjem gert. bemjentgen.\\n[Ace. benjemgem bagjemge.\\nObs. B. 2) e r j e n i g e is always used with a rela-\\ntive pronoun, to determine the person or thing to which\\nthat pronoun relates. It is compounded of the definite\\narticle and jetttg, and declined like an adjectiye, pre-\\nceded by this article. The article alone may also be\\nsubstituted in its stead, but must then undergo the\\nmodification pointed out in the foregoing observation,\\nas will be seen hereafter.\\nI have that, or the one which f 3 abe e **9*\u00c2\u00bb 6te\\nyou nave C 3* fabe ben, roefeften \u00c2\u00a9ic baton.\\nr@te fya en basjentge, rocldjeS idfr\\nYou have that which I have. fjabe.\\nC Ste fyafcen a$, roe(d)e$ id) fjabe,\\nf Masculine.\\nI Ace. benjetugett, toefefyen.\\nThat which or the one which. Neuter\\nNom. ba^jetuge, n elcf)e^*\\nAce. ba^jentge, n eW)e\u00c2\u00a3.\\nWhich carriage have you \u00c2\u00a3Bctd)en SOBcigcn baUn Ste\\nI have that which your friend 3d) !)a( c ben (benjenigen), rcelcfien\\nhas. 3fyr greunb fiat.\\nThe carriage, ber \u00c2\u00a3Bctgen\\nthe house, bag \u00c2\u00a3au$.\\ni ne same. j N ut ha c (ba n amKcf)e).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "21\\nObs. C. Serf el be, the same, is compounded o!\\nthe definite article and fefl), and is declined like berje*\\nttige* It is frequently used instead of the personal pro-\\nnoun of the third person to avoid repetition and to\\nmake the sentence more perspicuous.\\nHave you the same stick, which $abm (Ste benfeffcen (ben namtu\\nI have 1 d)cn) Stocf, ben id) \\\\)aU\\nhave the same. 3cf) fyafte benfetOen (ben ncimltcfyen).\\nHas tha^ man the same cloth, $at btefet 93?ann ta^fc(6c (ba^ nam*\\nwhich you have lid)c) SLutf), ml$)C$ (bas) \u00c2\u00a9ic\\nfjaben\\nHe has not the same. (St f)ot ntd)t taSfel C (bciS namUcfyc;.\\nSas he (that is, has the same $ai fccrfel e metnen \u00c2\u00a3cmbfd)uf)\\nman) my glove 1\\nTe has it not. (5t fjat tljn (benfd en) nid)i.\\nEXERCISE 13.\\nHave you the garden, which 1 have 1 I have not the one that\\nyou have. Which looking-glass have you 1 I have the one\\nwhich your brother has. Has he the book that your friend has 1\\nHe has not the one which my friend has. Which candle has he\\nHe has that of his neighbour. He has the one that I have.\\nHas he this tree or that one] He has neither this nor that, but\\nthe one which I have. Which ass has the man 1 He has the\\none that his boy has. Has the stranger your chair or mine 1 He\\nhas neither yours nor mine but he has his friend s good chair.\\nHave you the glove which I have, or the one that my tailor has\\n1 have neither the one which you have, nor the one which youi\\ntailor has, but my own. Has your shoemaker my fine shoe, or\\nthat of his boy 1 He has neither yours nor that of his boy, but\\nthat of the good stranger. Which house has the baker] He has\\nneither yours nor mine, but that of his good brother. Which car-\\nriage have I Have I mine or that of the peasant You have\\nneither yours nor that of the peasant you have the one which\\nhave. Have you my fine carriage I have it not but the\\nFrenchman has it. What has the Frenchman Hs has nothing.\\nWhat has the shoemaker] He has something fine. What has\\nhe fine He has his fine shoe. Is the shoemaker right He is\\nnot wrong but this neighbour, the baker, is right. Is your horse\\nhungry It ((5$) is not hungry, but thirsty. Have you my ass s\\nhay or yours I have that which my brother has. Has your\\nfriend the same horse that my brother has He has not the same\\nhorse, but the same coat. Has he (\u00c2\u00a3at betfelbe) my umbrella 1 He\\nhas it not.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "22\\nTHIRTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Almonte Uttion.\\nDECLENSION OF MASCULINE AND NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES\\nI. Singular.\\nRules. 1. Substantives of the masculine and neu-\\nter gender take e\u00c2\u00a3 or g in the genitive case singular\\nthose ending in 3, j, f take e3 all others, particu-\\nlarly those ending in ef, ett, er, cfyen and (em, take i.\\n2. Masculine substantives which end in e in\\nthe nominative singular, take n in the other cases of\\nthe singular and plural, 51 and do not soften the radical\\nvowel.\\nII. Plural.\\nRules. 1. All substantives, without exception,\\ntake it in the dative case of the plural, if they have\\nnot one in the nominative.\\n2. All masculine and neuter substantives ending in\\net, en, er, as also diminutives in djen and (em, have the\\nsame termination in the plural as in the singular.\\n3. In all cases of the plural masculine substan-\\ntives take e, and neuter substantives er and soften thfr\\nradical vowels a, o, U, into a, 6, it*\\n4. In words of the neuter gender ending in el, ett,\\net, the radical vowel is not softened in the plural, ex-\\ncept in ba\u00c2\u00a3 Softer, the convent plur. bte $I6jler* b\\nThe hats, tie \u00c2\u00a3ute\\nthe buttons, bte itnopfe\\nthe tables, tie Stfcfye\\nthe houses, t ie \u00c2\u00a3aufer c\\nthe ribbons, tie 23antcr.\\n8 Except ber \u00c2\u00a3(ife, the cheese gen. be$ $cife\u00c2\u00a7 plur. bte Jta)e.\\nThe declension of those substantives which deviate from thwe rulei\\nwill be separately noted\\nc It must be observed that in the diphthong W, a is softened. In the diph*\\nthong eit, U is not softened, as bev $mmb, the friend plur. bte Sretlttbe, th\u00c2\u00ab\\nfriends", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "23\\nThe threads\\nthe tailors,\\nthe notes,\\nThe hoys,\\nthe Frenchmen,\\nmen or the men\\ntie gfafctt!\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9cfynetfcet\\nfcie 3cttcl, tie Stffettc.\\ntie jtnafcen\\ntie gtangofen\\ntie S^enfdjen.\\nDECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES PRECEDED BY THE DEFINITE\\nARTICLE IN THE PLURAL.\\nNom. the good.\\nGen. of the good.\\nDat. to the good.\\nAce. the good.\\nThe good boys.\\nThe ugly dogs.\\nFor all genders.\\nNom. bte QUtext.\\nGen. bergutem\\nDat. bengutett,\\nAce. bte guten,\\n3Die guten jtnaktn\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ie f)aplid)cn \u00c2\u00a3unt e. d\\nObs. Adjectives preceded in the plural by a p *\u00c2\u00a7es\\nsive pronoun, have the same declension as witfe\\ndefinite article.\\nFor all genders.\\nf Nom. nteute gutett*\\nMy good (plural). t \u00c2\u00a3fi\\nHave you my good books\\nI have your good books.\\n\\\\Dat. memen guten*\\nAce. meinegutetu\\naUn (Ste meine guten SSucfyei:\\n3d) t)aiK Sfyte guten SBucfyet.\\nA TABLE\\nOF THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES.\\nSubst. Masculine\\nSubst. Feminine.\\nSubst. Neutef.\\nN.\\nNO\\nN.\\n6\\nG.\\nD.\\ni or e\u00c2\u00a3*\\nor e*\\nG.I\\ninvariable.\\nG.\\nD\\nor c$\\nor e*\\n71\\nLA-\\nA. j\\nA.\\nThe word \u00c2\u00a3uutb, dog, does not soften the yowel u in the plural", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "24\\nSat\\nN.\\nst. Masculine.\\nSubst. Feminine.\\nN 1\\nSubst. Neuter.\\nN. cr.\\n4\\nG.\\nD.\\n\u00c2\u00bben or m\\nG.I\\n_ en or n.\\ni\\nG.\\nD.\\ner*\\nent.\\ne*\\nA.J\\nA.\\ner*\\nEXERCISE. 14.\\nHave you the tables Yes, Sir, I have the tables. Have you\\nmy tables 1 No, Sir, I have not your tables. Have I your but-\\ntons 1 You have my buttons. Have I your fine houses 1 You\\nhave my fine houses. Has the tailor the buttons 1 He has not\\nthe buttons, but the threads. Has your tailor my good buttons 1\\nMy tailor has your good gold buttons. What has the boy He\\nhas the gold threads. Has he my gold or my silver threads 1\\nHe has neither your gold nor your silver threads. Has the\\nFrenchman the fine houses or the good notes 1 He has neither the\\nfine houses nor the good notes. What has he 1 He has his good\\nfriends. Has this man my fine umbrellas 1 He has not your fine\\numbrellas, but your good coats. Has any one my good letters 1\\nNo one has your good letters. Has the tailor s son (tet @o!)tt) my\\ngood knives or my good thimbles 1 He has neither your good\\nknives nor your good thimbles, but the ugly coats of the stranger s\\nbig (grcp) boys. Have I your friend s good mbbons? You have\\nnot my friend s good ribbons, but my neighbour s fine carriage.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHas your friend the shoemaker s pretty sticks, or my good tailor s\\npretty dogs? My friend has my good shoemaker s fine books;\\nbut he has neither the shoemaker s pretty sticks nor your good\\ntailor s pretty dogs. Is your neighbour right or wrong 1 He is\\nneither right nor wrong. Is he thirsty or hungry 1 He is neithei\\nihirsty nor hungry.\\nFOURTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 t Ut{el)ttte Cation\\nThe Englishman,\\nthe German,\\nthe Turk,\\nthe smallbooks,\\nthe large horses,\\nHave the English the fine hats\\nof the French 1\\nt et (Sncjtanbet;\\nfccr \u00c2\u00a9eutfcfye\\nfccr \u00c2\u00a3utt e\\ntie fletnen 93iid)er\\ntie gropen $)fette.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben tte engWnbet tie fcf)(5tmt \u00c2\u00a7fr\\nte tet gtan$ofen?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "For allgeiders.\\nf Nom. btejetttgen or bit.\\nThose J Gen ber i eni 9 en berer\\nj Dat. benjemgett benem\\n(^Acc. btejentgen bie.\\nObs. A. When the definite article is substituted\\nfor berjemge, its genitive plural is berer, and its dative\\nplur. bettetu (See also Lesson XII. Obs. B.)\\nHave you the books which the \u00c2\u00a3akn (Sie tie 23ucfyer, wctc^c tie\\nmen have banner fya en\\nhave not those which the men 3d) fyaOe mcf)t tiqcnigen (tic), wU\\nhave but I have those which dje tic fanner fyafcen abet id)\\nyou have. fyabt tic (ttqemgen), roctcfye (Sic\\nfyafcen.\\nFor all genders.\\nl/*e same. gee Lesgon 0)\\nHave you the same books, which \u00c2\u00a3akn (Sic ttefelben SBucfyet, tie tdj\\nI have f)abe 1\\nI have the same. 3$ fabe ticfet en.\\nThe Italian, the Italians, tet Stalicncr, tie Stattenet\\nthe Spaniard, the Spaniards, tcr ^pemtet, tic (SpanietJ*\\nFor all genders.\\nf Nom. welcfye or bit.\\nWhich (nlur J Gen bemt\\nLAcc. todefye bte.\\nObs. B. When the definite article stands for torfdjer,\\nits genitive case plural is not berer, but btttn. (See\\nLesson XII. Obs. A.) The genitives befiett, beren, are\\npreferable to the genitives toefefye^, tttetcfyer, being more\\neasily distinguished from the nominative.\\nFor all genders.\\nN. G. D. A.\\nThese.\\nbiefe, btefer, btefett, btefe*\\nThose.\\njette, jener, itntn, ftnt.\\n3)tefet6en is declined like bieieufgett.\\nb Nouns derived from foreign languages do not soften the radical vowel in\\nthe plural.\\n2", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "26\\nObs. C. The definite article may be used instead\\nof these pronouns. Before a noun it follows tLe regu-\\nlar declension but when alone, it undergoes the same\\nchanges as when substituted for berjem ge (See Obs. A.\\nabove). The pronoun ber, ba$, is distinguished from\\nthe article ber, i a$, by a stress in the pronunciation.\\nAs an article, it throws the principal accent on the\\nword which immediately follows.\\nWhich books have you 2Md)C SSiicbo: fjafccn \u00c2\u00a9ie?\\nHave you these books or those 1 \u00c2\u00a3aben gte btcfc ober jcne 93 ticket 1\\nI have neither these nor those. 1\\nI have neither the one nor the 3d) r)a c u?ebcr btcfc nod) jcnc.\\nother. c y\\nI have neither those of the Span- 3d) rjctfcc rocbcr tic bet @pamer nod)\\niards nor those of the Turks. tie bet Suticn.\\nEXERCISES. 15.\\nHave you these horses or those 1 I have not these, but those.\\nHave you the coats of the French or those of the English? I have\\nnot those of the French, but those of the English. Have you the\\npretty sheep (ta\u00c2\u00a3 @d).af takes c, and is not softened in the plural)\\nof the Turks or those of the Spaniards I have neither those ol\\nteh Turks nor those of the Spaniards, but those of my brother.\\nHas your brother the fine asses of the Spaniards or those of the\\nItalians 1 He has neither those of the Spaniards nor those of the\\nItalians, but he has the fine asses of the French. Which oxen has\\nyour brother He has those of the Germans. Has your friend my\\nlarge letters or those of the Germans 1 He has neither the one nor\\nthe other (See Note c Lesson XIV.). Which letters has he\\nHe has the small letters which you have. Have I these houses or\\nthose 1 You have neither these nor those. Which houses have\\n1 1 Y vi have those of the English. Has any one the tall tailor s\\ngold buttons 1 Nobody has the tailor s gold buttons, but somebody\\nhas those of your friend.\\n16.\\nHave I the notes of the foreigners or those of my boy 1 You\\nhave neither those of the foreigners nor those of your boy, but those\\nof the great Turks. Has the Turk my fine horse He has it\\nnot.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Which horse has he] He has his own. Has your neigh-\\nbour my chicken or my sheep 1 My neighbour has neither your\\nchicken nor your sheep.- What has he 1 He has nothing good.\\nHave you nothing fine I have nothing fine. Are you tired -I\\nc The English phrases the former and the latter, the one and the other, are\\ngenerally expressed in German by btefer, plur. biefe, and jener, plur. jeite, bui\\nin an inverted order, btefer referring to the latter and jener to the former", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "27\\nam not tired. Which rice has your friend 1 He has that of his\\nmerchant. Which sugar has he He has that which I have.\\nHas he your merchant s good coffee or that of mine 1 He has nei-\\nther that of yours nor that of mine he has his own. Which ships\\n(ba$ @?d)tff forms its plural in c) has the Frenchman He has the\\nships of the English. Which houses has the Spaniard 1 He has\\nthe same which you have. Has he my good knives He has your\\ngood knives. Has he the thread stockings which I have He has\\nnot the same that you have, but those of his brother.\\nFIFTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 MnfytyWz tcttiotl.\\nThe glass,\\nthe comb,\\nHave you my small combs 1\\nI have them.\\nThem,\\nMy (plural),\\nYour,\\nHis,\\nTheir,\\nHave you my fine glass 1\\nHas he my fine glasses 1\\nHe has them.\\nThe man has them.\\nHe has them not.\\nThe men have them.\\nHave the men them 1\\nHave you my chairs or his\\nI have neither yours nor his\\nWhich chairs have you 1\\nI have mine.\\nSome sugar,\\nsome bread,\\nsome salt,\\nbet Jtanmn\\n\u00c2\u00a3afrcn \u00c2\u00a9te mctne fteinen jiffmmel\\n3d) f)abe fte.\\nft e (after the verb).\\nPlural for all genders.\\nN. G. D. A.\\nmeme-memer-memen-nteme\\n3{)re -Sfyrer -Sfyren -Sfjre.\\nfeme -femer -feinen -feme*\\ntfyre -tfyrer -tfyrett -tfyre*\\n\u00c2\u00a3akn Ste man fcr one^ \u00c2\u00a9tag 1\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr mctne fcfyonen \u00c2\u00a9lafct* 1\\nSt f)at fie*\\nDec ODIann rjat fte.\\nSt r)at fte nt cf)t.\\nDie Scanner Ijafecn fte.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen fte tie banner 1\\n$akn @ie mctne Stuf)(e obet tit\\nfetntgen 1 (See Lesson VII.)\\n3d) r)abe rocbet He Sfyttgcn nod) btc\\nfetntgen.\\n9Be(d)e @tur;(e fcben \u00c2\u00a9te 1\\n3d) fjabe tie metntgen.\\n3ucfet\\n23reb\\nRule. Some or a/iy before a noun is not expressed\\nin German.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "28\\nEXERCISE. 17.\\nHave you my good combs 1 I ha\\\\e them. Have you tl g good\\niDrses of the English] 1 have them not. Which brooms have\\nyou I have those of the foreigners. Have you my coats or\\nthose of my friends I have neither yours nor those of youi\\nfriends. Have you mine or his I have his Has the Italian\\nthe good cheeses which you have] He has not those which I\\nhave, but those which you have. Has your boy my good pencils\\nHe has them. Has he the carpenter s nails 1 He has them not.\\nWhat has he 1 He has his iron nails. Has anybody the thim-\\nbles of the tailors f Nobody has them. Who has the ships of\\nthe Spaniards The English have them. Have the English\\nthese ships or those 1 The English have their ships. Have youi\\ntoothers my knives or theirs 1 My brothers have neither youi\\nknives nor theirs. Have I your chickens or those of your cooks 1\\nYou have neither mine nor those of my cooks. Which chick-\\nens have I? You have those of the good peasant. Who has\\nmy oxen Your servants have them. Have the Germans them\\nThe Germans have them not, but the Turks have them. Who\\nhas my wooden table Your boys have it. Who has my good\\nbread Your friends have it.\\nSIXTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qctfy^tttC fLtttum.\\nDECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES WITHOUT AN ARTICLE.\\nRule. An adjective, not preceded by an article,\\ntakes the same termination as the definite article, ex-\\ncept in the genitive singular, masculine and neuter,\\nwhich then ends in en instead of e\u00c2\u00a3.\\nGood wine or some good\\nMasculine. Neuter.\\nN. guter SBSem. gute\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9afj.\\nG. guten SBemeS* guten \u00c2\u00a9at*\\nwine. c. j D gutem SR3eme. gutem \u00c2\u00a9afje,\\nl^A. guten 2Bem* guteg \u00c2\u00a9alj*\\nPlural for all genders.\\nGood or some good, c. N. G. D. A.\\n(plural.) gute, guter, guten, gute*\\nSome good cheese, guter jtafc\\nsome good bread, guteS SBrot).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "29\\nSingular.\\nSome of it anv of it of it M ml m MF\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bb/ Wfettat.\\nftorce oj it, any oj it, oj it. j beSfel6e\u00c2\u00bbt.\\nPlural for all genders.\\nHfte of \u00c2\u00a3Ae?ra, any of them, C r w r\\nof them. ml *F bmXt ber f e{f)en\\nObs. The pronoun some or any, when taken in a\\npartitive sense, is expressed by tt etcfy* Of him, of it, of\\nthem, c. when governed by a substantive, an adjec-\\ntive, or a verb requiring in German the genitive, are\\nexpressed by the genitive of the personal pronouns, if\\nrelating to a person, and if to a thing, by the genitives\\nbefien, be^fetben, beren, berfelbett, which may sometimes\\nbe omitted.\\nHave you any wine qkn \u00c2\u00a9ie SBetn\\nI have some. 3d) babe rockbett.\\nHave you any water aUn \u00c2\u00a9ic SKoffcr\\nI have some. 3d) IjaOc roetd)e$.\\nHave you any good wine abcn Sic gutcn \u00c2\u00a3Betn\\nI have some. 3d) babe tx)c(d)cn.\\nHave I any good cloth \u00c2\u00a3aOe tcb gute* ud)\\nYou have some. @tc ()a6cn weld) eg.\\nHave you any shoes 1 $abcn @ie \u00c2\u00a9cbufye\\nI have some. 3d) ^aOc roctcbc\\nHave you good or bad horses 1 Ipabcn @ic cuite ct et fd)(ed)tc g?fert e\\nI have some good ones. 3cb ^abc gute.\\nHave you good or bad wine 1 $aU\\\\\\\\ \u00e2\u0082\u00acSc guten obct fc^tcc^tcn\\nSSctn\\nI have some good. 3cb babe $uten.\\nHave you good or bad water 1 6aben @te guteS obct f$fc$tef \u00c2\u00a38afs\\nfcr?\\nI ha^e some good. 3d) babe guteS.\\nexercise. 18.\\nHave you any sugar 1 I have some. Have you any good cof-\\nfee 1 I have some. Have you any salt I I have some. Have I\\nany good salt] You have some. Have I any shoes 1 Y r ou have\\nsome. Have I any pretty dogs? You have some. Has the man\\nany good honey 1 He has some. What has the man He hag\\nsome good bread. What has the shoemaker 1 He has some\\npretty shoes. Has the sailor any biscuits (3rotcbctcf does not soften\\nin the plural) l He has some. Has your friend any good pencils 1\\nHe has some. Have you good or bad coffee 1 I have some\\ngood. Have you good or bad wood 1 I have some good. Have", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "l good or bad oxen You have some bad (ones). lias yoM\\nbrother good or bad cheese 1 He has neither good nor bad. What\\nhas he good 1 He has some good friends. Who has some cloth\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094My neighbour has some. Who has some money 1 The French\\nhave some. Who has some gold 1 The English have some.\\nWho has some good horses The Germans have some Whc\\nhas some good hay 1 This ass has some. Who has some good\\nbread? That Spaniard has some. Who has some good books\\nThese Frenchmen have some. Who has some good ships\\nThose Englishmen have some Has anybody wine 1 Nobody\\nhas any. Has the Italian fine or ugly horses 1 He has some ugly\\n(ones). Have you wooden or stone tables I have neither wood-\\nen nor stone (ones). Has your boy the fine books of mine He\\nhas not those of your boy, but his own. Has he any good thread\\nstockings l He has some. What has the Turk 1 He has nothing\\nSEVENTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qicbm^ntt Cettkm.\\nSingular.\\nC N. G. D. A.\\nNo, none, not a, or not M. Jem, fetne^, fement, fettten.\\nany. N. fettt, fetne\u00c2\u00a3, fetnem, fern.\\nObs. A. The word fettt has this declension when,\\nlike no in English, it is followed by a substantive\\nbut when the substantive is understood as with none\\nin English, it forms its nominative masculine in er, and\\nits nominative and accusative neuter in e3 or\\nHave you any wine 1 jptibtn @te SBctn\\nI have none. Sri) fyabc ftincn.\\nHave you no bread 1 abm (Sic fetn 23tcb\\nI have not any. 3cl) fjafoe fctne^ (fetnS).\\nObs. B. It will be observed that any is expressed\\noy feilt, when accompanied by a negation.\\nPlural for all genders.\\nNo, none, or not any (plu- N. G. D. A,\\nral). fetne, fewer, feutett, feme\\nHave you no shoes 1 \u00c2\u00a3akn \u00c2\u00a9te feme \u00c2\u00a9cfyufje\\nI have none. 3cJ) Ijafce feme.\\nHave you any 1 \u00c2\u00a3abcn \u00c2\u00a9tc welcfye\\nL have not any. 3d) \u00c2\u00a7aU fetne.\\nHas the man any $at bet 9}?onn roefefye", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "31\\nHo has none. (St f)at fettle\\nHas he any good books .pat cv gutc S3ticf)Ct\\nHe has some. (It Jjat n?c(d)C\u00c2\u00ab\\nThe American, bet 2fmcti!anet\\nthe Irishman, bet S^td nbcr\\nthe Scotchman. bet (Scfyottlanb et ((Sd)0tte)\\nthe Dutchman, bet \u00c2\u00a3ollanbet\\nthe Russian, tcx SHufic.\\nRule, Compound words in memtt form their plura\\nby changing this termination into kute. Ex.\\nThe merchants, bie Jtauftc^ite\\nthe carpenters, bie Stmmetleute.\\nexercise. 19.\\nHas the American good money He has some. Have .he\\nDutch good cheese] Yes, Sir, the Dutch have some. Has the\\nRussian no cheese X He has none. Have you good stockings\\nI have some. Have you good or bad honey I I have some good.\\nHave you some good coffee I have none. Have you some bad\\ncoffee 1 I have some. Has the Irishman good wine 1 He has\\nnone. Has he good water He has some. Has the Scotchman\\nsome good salt! He has none. What has the Dutchman 1 He\\nhas good ships. Have I some bread You have none. Have I\\nsome good friends You have none. Who has good friends 1\\nThe Frenchman has some. Has your servant (3 f)t S3cbtenter) any\\ncoats or brooms He has some good brooms, but no coats.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has\\nany one hay 1 Some one has some. Who has some My ser-\\nvant has some. Has this man any bread He has none. Who\\nhas good shoes My good shoemaker has some. Have you the\\ngood hats of the Russians, or those of the Dutch I have neither\\nthose of the Russians nor those of the Dutch, I have those of the\\nIrish. Which sacks has your friend He has the good sacks of\\nthe merchants. Has your boy the good hammers of the carpen-\\nters No, Sir, he has them not.: Has this little boy some sugar 1\\nHe has none. Has the brother of your friend good combs\\nThe brother of my friend has none, but I have some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094- Who hag\\ngood wooden chairs 1 Nobody has any.\\nEIGHTEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 axljtjeJjnte Section.\\nThe hatter, bet \u00c2\u00a3utmad)et\\nthe joiner, bet StfdWet (\u00c2\u00a9cfttciner).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "32\\nA or an (one).\\nMasculine.\\nNeuter.\\nNom. em.\\neim\\nGen. eute\\neineS.\\nDat. etnem.\\nemem\\nAce. emen.\\nem*\\nOhs. A. When a substantive is understood, em like\\nfern, takes e r in the nominative masculine, and e or 3\\nin the nominative and accusative neuter. (See pre-\\nceding Lesson.)\\nHave you a looking-glass 1\\nI have one.\\nHave you a book\\nI have one.\\nI have none.\\n$abm Ste etnen (Spiegel\\n3d) fabe etnen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3a6en @ie etn 23ud)\\n3d) fjabe etn$ (etne$).\\n3d) fyabe Feins (fetneS).\\nObs. B. Neither the indefinite\\never accompanied by toeld).\\narticle nor fetn is\\nAnd.\\nUnb.\\nDECLENSION OP AN ADJECTIVE PRECEDED BY THE INDEFINITE\\nARTICLE OR A POSSESSIVE PRONOUN IN THE SINGULAR.\\n(See Obs. in Lessons III. and XIII.)\\nA good.\\nHave yon a good round hat\\nI have one.\\nHas he a beautiful house 1\\nHe has one.\\nHe has none.\\nI have two of them.\\nHe has three.\\nYou have four.\\nHave you five good horses 1\\nI have six.\\nI have six good and seven bad\\nones.\\nMasculine.\\nN. em guter.\\ni G. emeS guteit.\\nD. emem guten.\\nA. emen guten.\\nNeuter.\\nem gute\u00c2\u00a3.\\neme$ guten.\\nemem guten.\\nem guteS.\\nj afccn @te etnen guten runben \u00c2\u00a3ut?\\n3d) fjabe etnen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr etn fd)cne\u00c2\u00a3 #au$\\n@t fjat etn\u00c2\u00a3 (etnes).\\n($r Fjat fctn^ (fetneS).\\n3d) f)nbe beren sroet. (See 055.\\nLesson XVI.)\\n(5t t)at beren tret.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie fjoben beren trier.\\n\u00c2\u00a3akn @te ftinf $ute $5fetbe\\n3d) f)abc beren fcd)$.\\n3d) f)ct e fed)S gute unb ftefcea\\nfd)led)te.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "33\\nRECAPITULATION OF THE RULES RELATIVE TO THE DECLENSION\\nOF ADJECTIVES.\\nWe have shown in the foregoing lessons that in\\nGerman as in English, the adjective always precedes\\nthe substantive. When two or more adjectives are\\nbefore the same noun, they all follow the same declen-\\nsion. Adjectives are not declined when they are not\\naccompanied by a substantive expressed or understood,\\ni. e., when they form the predicate of a proposition.\\nEx. Sljr S)\\\\xt ifl f d) on, your hat is beautiful mem SSattt)\\nift fd)6n, my ribbon is beautiful; tyxe \u00c2\u00a7te jmb fcfyott,\\nyour hats are beautiful.\\nWhen followed by a substantive expressed or under-\\nstood, the adjective is declined, and assumes three dif-\\nferent forms, viz\\n1st, Before a substantive without an article pre-\\nceding, it takes the same termination as the definite\\narticle, except in the genitive case singular masculine\\nand neuter, in which it adds e it instead of e\\n2d, When it follows the definite article, or a word\\nof the same termination, it adds ett in all cases, except\\nin the nominative singular of all genders, and the ac-\\ncusative singular feminine and neuter, in which it\\nadds e.\\n3d, When preceded by the indefinite article, or a\\npossessive or personal pronoun, it adds e r in the nomi-\\nnative masculine, e in the nominative and accusative\\nfeminine, e in the nominative and accusative neuter\\nand e U in the other cases.\\nAll participles partake of the nature of adjectives,\\nand are subject to the same laws.\\n2*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "34\\nb\\ns\\n/5\\nATi\\nlBL\\nE\\nOP THE DECLENSION OF GERMAN ADJECTIVES,\\nI. The adjective\\nwithout an article be foie\\na substantive\\n1 II. The adjective\\npreceded by the defi-\\n1 nite article.\\n1\\nIII. The adjective\\npreceded by the indefl\\nnite article.\\nMasc.\\nFern.\\nNeut.\\nMasc.\\nFern.\\nJVeut.\\nMasc.\\nFern.\\nNeut\\nNom. er\\ne\\neg\\ne\\ne\\ne\\ner\\ne\\ne$\\nGen. en\\ner\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nDat. em\\ner\\nem\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nAce. en\\ne 1 e\u00c2\u00a3\\nen\\ne\\ne\\nen\\ne\\neg\\nNom. e\\nen\\nGen. er\\nFor all\\nen\\nFor all\\nDat. en\\ngenders.\\nen\\ngenders.\\nAce. e\\nen\\nObs. A. The adjective is declined in the same\\nmanner when taken substantively.\\nB. Adjectives preceded by the words afte, all\\neuuge, etlicfye, some, sundry gettrifie, certain feme, none\\ntncmcfye, several ntefyrere, many, several fbkfye, such\\ntterfdfytebene, various Dxete, many toeldfje, which tt emge,\\nfew, lose the letter n in the nominative and accusa-\\ntive plural but they keep that termination when pre-\\nceded by a possessive or personal pronoun in the\\nplural. a\\nC. Adjectives ending in el, en, er, for the sake oi\\neuphony often reject the letter e which precedes those\\nthree consonants. Ex. instead of ebefer, golbener, fynxe*\\nrer, we say ebter, goftmer, tfyenrer*\\nEXERCISE. 20.\\nHave you a good servant 1 I have one. Has your hatmaker a\\nbeautiful house 1 He has two of them. Have I a pretty gold rib\\nbon You have one. What has the joiner? He has beautiful\\na Most modern authors frequently reject this distinction, and form all the\\ncases of the plural in en.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "35\\ntab.es. Has he a beautiful round (tunb) table 1 He has one.\u00e2\u0080\u0094*\\nHas the baker a large looking-glass 1 He has one. Has the\\nScotchman the friends that I have 1 He has not the same that you\\nnave, but he has good friends. Has he your good books 1 He has\\nthem. Have I their good hammers 1 You have them not, but you\\nhave your good iron nails. Has that hatter my good hat 1 He has\\nnot yours, but his own. Have I my good shoes 1 You have not\\nyours you have his. Who has mine 1 Somebody has them.\\nHas any body two letters 1 The brother of my neighbour has\\nthree. Has your cook two sheep (plur. Sd)afe) 1 He has four.\\nHas Tie six good chickens He has three good and seven bad.\\nHas the merchant good wine He has some. Has the tailor good\\ncoats 1 He has none. Has the baker good bread He has some.\\nWhat has the carpenter He has good nails. What has your\\nmerchant He has good pencils, good coffee, good honey, and\\ngood biscuits (plur. Sitnefracfe). Who has good iron 1 My good\\nfriend has some. Am I right or wrong 1 You are wrong. Is any\\nbody sleepy The shoemaker is sleepy and thirsty.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Is he tired\\nHe is not tired. Has your servant the glasses of our (unfetet,\\nsee the next Lesson) friends He has not those of your friends,\\nbut those of his great merchants. Has he my wooden chair 1 He\\nhas not yours, but that of his boy. Are you thirsty I am not\\nthirsty, but very hungry (gtopen hunger).\\nNINETEENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Nemt^nte lection,\\nflow much 1 How many \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3tetuen a\\nHow many hats 1 SStcwet jg Ute\\nHow many knives 1 \u00c2\u00a3Btetricl SOZcffet\\nHow much bread \u00c2\u00a3Btmel 33tot\\nOnly, but. Sftut*\\nHow many tables have you 1 \u00c2\u00a3Btet tet Sifcrje r)a6en @te\\nI have only two. 3d) Ija e fceten nut gtt?ct. (See\\nObs. Lesson XVI.)\\nHow many knives have you \u00c2\u00a3Bteme( 9J?effet fyabcn (Ste\\nI have but one good one. 3d) fjcifce nur em outcS.\\nEight, acf)t\\nnine, neun\\nten, gef)tt*\\na Cardinal numbers are used to answer the question tones iff, how\\nmany?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "36\\nW^tf ^(designating the na-\\nture or kind of a thing)\\nWhat table have you\\nI have a wooden table. b\\nWhat tables has he\\nHe has stone tables.\\nWhat book has your friend\\nHe has a pretty book.\\nWhat paper have you T\\nI have some fine paper.\\nWhat sugar has he 1\\nHe has some good sugar.\\nOur.\\nMast. Netrt.\\nN. tt a\u00c2\u00a3 fur em. tva$ fitr eta\\nA m$ fur emetu tva# fur em\\nPlural for all genders.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ad fiir.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3as fift cincrt Sifd) fyafcen \u00c2\u00a9te\\n3d) fja c ctn en f)o($erncn ifd).\\n2\u00c2\u00a3as fur Sifcbe fat cr\\n(St r)at ftonctne \u00c2\u00a3tfcr v.\\nSBaS fiir cm 23ud) f)ct 3f)t gtcunu 1\\n(St f)at ctn fyubfcljeg 93ucl).\\nSBaS fur e papier fjaben @te\\n3d) yofce fd)one6 papier.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3a$ fut 3ucfet feat ct 1\\n(St f)at guten Sucfet\\nNeut.\\nuufer.\\nunfere\u00c2\u00a3.\\nunferem.\\nuufer.\\nMasc.\\nNow. uufer.\\nGen. Uttfered.\\nDat. unferem.\\nSec. mtferem\\nPlural for all genders.\\nt N. G. D. A.\\nOar (plural). unfere, unferer, mtferen, m*\\nfere*\\nOurs (singular and plural). \u00c2\u00a3)ct (t)a$) unfettge tic unfettcjen.\\nO s. When a consonant, f, m, It or r, stands between\\ntwo e s, one of them is omitted to avoid too soft a pronun-\\nciation (see Lesson XXL, Obs. C), except when this\\nletter is necessary to the termination of the word or\\nthe indication of the case. Thus we frequently say,\\nmtferd, unferm, unfre, Grured/ 1 gurem, Sure, c, instead of\\nuufere3, unferem, unfere, (Suered, (guerem, @uere, c.\\nEXERCISES\\n21.\\nHow many friends have you I have two good friends. Have\\nyou eight g *A trunks 1 I have nine. Has your friend ten good\\nb The pupils will take care not to answer here with the definite article.\\nc The indefinite article is never placed before collective words, such as\\n$a\u00c2\u00a3tet, paper SBetrt, wine 3 u fe/ sugar, c.\\nd (Suer, your, is in fact the second person of the possessive pronoun. 3|jt ia\\nthe third person, used generally out of politeness, and for tliat reason written\\nwith a capital letter. (See Lessons II. and XV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "37\\nbrooms 1 He has only thiee. Has he two good ships He has\\nonly one. How many hammers has the carpenter 1 He has only\\nfour. How many shoes has the shoemaker 1 He has ten. Has\\nthe young man ten good books He h\u00c2\u00a3s only five. Has the\\npainter seven good umbrellas He has not seven, but one. How\\nmany corks (sptopfcn does not soften in the plur.) have 1 1 You\\nhave only three. Has your neighbour our good bread He ha?\\nnot ours, but that of his brother. Has our horse any hay 1 It ((5$)\\nhas some. Has the friend of our tailor good buttons 1 He has\\nsome. Has he gold buttons He has no gold (buttons), but sil-\\nver (ones). How many oxen has our brother He has uo oxen,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094How many coats has the young man of our neighbours (plur c\\n9?ad)batn) 1 The young man of our neighbours has only one good\\ncoat, but that of your friends has three of them. Has he our good\\nrams 1 He has them. Have I his You have not his, but ours,\\nHow many good rams have 1 1 You have nine\\n22.\\nWho has our silver candlesticks 1 Our merchant s boy nas\\nthem. Has he our large birds He has not ours, but those of the\\ngreat Irishman.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has the Italian great eyes (t a$ 2(uge takes n in\\nthe plur. and is not softened) He has great eyes and great feet.\\nWho has great thread stockings The Spaniard has some.\\nHas he any cheese 1 He has none. Has he corn He has some.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094What kind of corn has he He has good corn. What kind ol\\nrice has our cook 1 -He has good rice. W T hat kind of pencils has\\nour merchant He has good pencils. Has our baker good bread 1\\nHe has good bread and good wine.\\n23.\\nWho is thirsty 1 Nobody is thirsty but the friend of our\\nneighboui is sleepy. Who has our iron knives 1 The Scotch-\\nman has ihem. Has he them 1 He has them. What kind of\\nfriends have you 1 I have good friends. Is the friend of our\\nEnglishmen right He is neither right nor wrong. Has he good\\nlittle birds, and good little sheep (plur. Scbcife) 1 He has neither\\nbirds nor sheep. What has the Italian 1 He has nothing. Has\\nour tailor s boy anything beautiful He has nothing beautiful, but\\nsomething ugly. What has he ugly He has an ugly dog.\\nHas he an ugly horse 1 He has no horse. What has our young\\nfriend He has nothing. Has he a good book 1 He has one.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHas he good salt He has none.\\nTWENTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 groan^ste Uttion.\\nMuch many, a good deal of. 25 t c\\nMuch wine. 9Stcl \u00c2\u00a3Bem\\nMuch money. $tc( ($klt", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "38\\nObs* A. When Diet is preceded by an article, pro-\\nnoun, or preposition, or when it stands alone and is\\nused substantively, it is declined like an adjective\\notherwise it is indeclinable.\\nHave you much good wine 1 ,jbafccn Sic Wt guten 2Betn\\nI have a good deal. 3d) fyafce beffen mc(. (See Obs\\nLesson XVI.\\nHave you much money 1 Jpabm @ie mel \u00c2\u00a9elb\\nI have a good deal. 3d) tyabe beffen Dtct.\\nToo mwc^. 3 u Diet.\\nYou have too much wine. @te fyaOen $u met 2Betn.\\nWe. SGS i r.\\nWe have. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3tt bafcen.\\nWe have not. \u00c2\u00a3Bit l)a6cn nid)t.\\nWe have little or not much money. SBtt fyafcen nicf)t met \u00c2\u00aecft\\nEnough.\\ne n u g.\\nEnough money.\\nKnives enough.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ctb genug.\\n9#ef[et genug\u00c2\u00ab\\nO s. I \u00c2\u00a9ettug is never put before the substantive.\\nLittle. 2Bcntg.\\nObs. C. Our remark on Diet applies equally to tt ettig*\\nBut these two words are declined, when they relate to\\nseveral distinct things, or anything that may be coun-\\nted, as will be seen hereafter.\\nBut little, only a little (not much). $lux it) e n t g (nid)t met).\\nHave you enough wine 1 \u00c2\u00a3afcen (Sic \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ctn genug\\nI have only a little, but enough. 3d) foctbe beffen nut roentg, abet ge^\\nnug. (See Obs. Lesson XVI.)\\nA r.ttle. \u00c2\u00a9in rc e n t g.\\nA. little wine. \u00c2\u00a9in roentg \u00c2\u00a3Betn.\\nlittle salt. (Sin nxnig \u00c2\u00a9at*.\\nCourage. bet 9}}ut{).\\nVou have but little courage. (Ste ()a en ntd)t mel Sftutf).\\nWe have few friends. \u00c2\u00a3Btt fyafcen rocmg \u00c2\u00a7teunbe.\\nOf vhtm (relative to persons). 3 fy t e t (gen. of the personal pro-\\nnoun fte, they; see 01 s. Les\u00c2\u00ab\\nson XVI.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "39\\nHave you many friei. ;.s JpaUti Bk t)tc( grcunbe\\nWe have but few. 2Bir Ijaben ifyret nut roeutge (Sea\\nObs. C. above).\\nYou have but little money. (Sic f)a en md)t met \u00c2\u00a9e(b.\\nHas the foreigner much mone) \u00c2\u00a3at 6cr gtembe \u00c2\u00bbie( (Uclb\\nHe has but little. dr fjat befjen nur roenig.\\nexercises. 24.\\nHave you much coffee 1 I have only a little. Has your friend\\nmuch water He has a great deal. Has the foreigner much\\ncorn He has not much. What has the American He has\\nmuch sugar. What has the Russian He has much salt. Have\\nwe much rice] We have but little. What have we] We have\\nmuch wine, much water and many friends. Have we much gold\\nWe have only a little, but enough. Have you many boys\\nW T e have only a few. Has our neighbour much hay He has\\nenough. Has the Dutchman much cheese] He has a great deal.\\nHas this man courage He has none. Has that foreigner\\nmoney He has not a great deal, but enough. Has the painter s\\nboy candles (plur. Sid)tc) He has some.\\n25.\\nHave we good letters] We have some. We have none.\\nHas the joiner good bread] He has some. He has none. Has\\nhe good honey He has none. Has the Englishman a good\\nhorse He has one. What have we We have good horses.\\nWho has a beautiful house The German has one. Has the Ita-\\nlian many pretty looking-glasses He has a great many but he\\nhas only a little corn. Has my good neighbour the same horse\\nwhich you have He has not the same horse, but the same car-\\nriage. Has the Turk the same ships that we have He has not\\nthe same, he has those of the Russians.\\n26.\\nHow many servants have we We have only one, but our bro-\\nthers have three of them. What knives have you] We have\\niron knives. What bag has the peasant He has a thread bag.\\nHas the young man our long (Qtop) letters He has them not.\\nWho has our pretty notes The father (ber atcr) of the sailor\\nhas them. Has the carpenter Lis nails The carpenter has his\\niron nails, and the hatmaker his paper hats. Has the painter beau-\\ntiful gardens He has some, but his brother has none. Have you\\nmany glasses We have only a few. Have you enough wine\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094We have enough of it. Has anybody my brooms Nobody\\nhas them. Has the friend of your hatmaker our combs or yours\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u0094He has neither yours nor ours; he has his. Has your boy my\\nnote or yours He has that of his brother. Have you my stick\\nI have not yours, but that of the merchant. Have you my\\ngloves (plur. $cmbftf)ubc) I have not yours, but those of my\\ncrood neighbour.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "40\\nTWENTY-FIRST LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00a9in tmb imawfaBtt\\nAction.\\nThe pepper,\\nthe meat,\\nthe vinegar,\\nthe beer,\\nA few books.\\nA few.\\nHave you a few books\\ni have a few.\\nHe has a few.\\nI have only a few knives.\\nYou have only a few.\\n7%e other.\\nThe others.\\nAnother,\\nanother horse\\nother horses,\\nHave you another horse 1\\nI have another.\\nNo other.\\nThe florin,\\nthe kreutzer (a coin),\\nOther.\\nbet spfcffet\\nbog g(etfd)\\nbet Sfltg\\nbets 23tet.\\nN. emtge (etftrfje) S3itd)er*\\nG. etntger (etltcfyer) 23ud)er*\\nD. etntgen (etttcfyen) S5itd)ern\\nA. emtge (etltcfye) S3ud)er.\\n(Stntge, etttdje.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen @ic ctmgc S3ud er\\n3d) (jabe e tntge.\\n(St fyat etltcfye.\\n3d) fyabe nut emtge SKeffcr.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie fyaben nut eintge.\\nbet \u00c2\u00aeutben (is not softened in the\\nplur.)\\nbet ^reugcr.\\n71 n b e t (is declined like an ad-\\njective).\\nSingular.\\nMasc. Neut.\\nN. ber anbere* ba$ anbere*\\nG. be\u00c2\u00a3 anberm be\u00c2\u00a3 anberm\\nD. bent anbern* bent anberm\\nA. ben anbern* bag anbere.\\nPlural for all genders.\\nN. bte anbern* D. ben anbern,\\nG. ber anbern* A. bte anbern,\\n(See Obs. Lesson XIX.)\\netn 2Cnberet\\ncm anbeteS spfetb\\nanbete g)fcrbc.\\nabcn \u00c2\u00a9tc etn nnbcreS $pfetb?\\n3d) fjabe cin anbetc\\n.Mizsc.\\nNeut.\\nfetnen anbern.\\nfetn anberetf.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "No others\\nI have no other horse.\\nI have no other.\\nHave you other horses 1\\nI have some others.\\nI have no others.\\n41\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ftctne anbere (See Lesson XVIII\\nObs, B.\\n3d) fjafce fetn nnbercS g)fcrt\\n3d) fya e fcin anbereS,\\n$abm k anbere $fcrbe 1\\n3d) fyabe anbere.\\n3d) \\\\)Qhz feme anbere.\\nThe shirt,\\nfc ct$ \u00c2\u00a3emb (plur. en)\\nthe leg,\\nfcaS 93cin (plur. e)\\nthe head,\\nbcr \u00c2\u00a3opf\\nthe arm,\\nber 2Crm (is not softened in fcus\\nplur.)\\nthe heart,\\na$ fyev$ a\\nthe month,\\nber 9)2onat (is not softened in the\\nplur.)\\nthe work,\\nbag 2Ber\u00c2\u00a3 (plur. e)\\nthe volume,\\nbcr SBanb\\nthe crown (money),\\nber Scaler (is not softened in the\\nplur.).\\nt day of the month\\nber ($a$) n i e d i c ft e 1\\nObs. Ordinal numbers are used in replying to the\\nquestion ber or ba$ ttueirietjte what day of the month\\nThese numbers are declined like adjectives. They are\\nformed of the cardinal numbers by adding t as far as\\ntwenty, and ft from twenty to the last, with the excep-\\ntion of erfl, first, and britt, third, which are irregular.\\nEx.\\nThe first,\\nber or\\nt a$ erftc;\\nthe second,\\nber\\njwettc\\nthe third,\\nbcr\\nbrttte\\nthe fourth,\\nber\\ntrierte\\nthe fifth,\\nber\\nfttnfte\\nthe sixth,\\nber\\nfecfate\\nthe seventh,\\nbcr\\nficfrentc\\nthe eighth,\\nber\\nad)te\\nthe ninth,\\nber\\nncurttc\\nthe tenth,\\nber\\naefmte\\nthe eleventh,\\nber\\nclfte\\nthe twentieth,\\nbcr\\n3tt an$ta,ftc\\nthe twenty-first, e\\nber\\ncin unb zmn$ic$e, k\\na S)a\u00c2\u00a7 v\u00c2\u00a7er\u00c2\u00a7, the heart, takes e tt 3 in the genitive and en in the dative cm\u00c2\u00a9\\nwngular in the plural it takes e tt in all the cases.\\nb Henceforth the learners should write the date before their task. Ex. Son*\\nbon, fcett erftcrt flflai, tin taufenb itf)t ^unbevt unb ac^t unb brojjia, London, 1st\\nMay, i838.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "42\\nHave you the first or second ftaUn \u00c2\u00a9ic t as etfte occr t a$ grtjeit*\\nbook? S3ud)?\\nI have the third. 3d) babe fca$ fcrtttc.\\nWhich volume have you 1 SBekrjcn 23cmt) fyabm Stc 1\\nI have the fifth. 3d) fyabc t cn fiinften.\\nEXERCISES. 27.\\nHave you a few knives I have a few. Have you many\\nrams I have only a few. Has the friend of the great painter\\nmany looking-glasses 1 He has only a few. Have you a few\\nflorins 1 1 have a few. How many florins have you I have\\nten. How many kreutzers has your servant 1 He has not many,\\nhe has only two. Have the men the beautiful glasses of the Ita-\\nlians 1 The men have them not, but we have them. What have\\nwe 1 We have much money. Have you the carriage of the\\nDutchman or that of the German 1 have neither the one nor the\\nother. Has the peasant s boy the fine or the ugly letter He has\\nneither the one nor the other. Has he the gloves of the merchant\\nor those of his brother? He has neither the one nor the other.\\nWhich gloves has he He has his own. Have we the horses of\\nthe English or those of the Germans 1 We have neither the one\\nnor the other. Have we the umbrellas of the Spaniards We\\nhave them not the Americans have them. Have you much pep-\\nper I have only a little, but enough. Have you much vinegar?\\nI have only a little. Have the Russians much meat? The\\nRussians have a great deal, but the Turks have only a little.\\nHave you no other pepper 1 I kave no other. Have I no other\\nbeer You have no other. Have we no other good friends 1\\nWe have no others. Has the sailor many shirts 1 He has not\\nmany he has only two. Have you a wooden leg 1 I have not a\\n(fcin) wooden leg, but a good heart. Has this man a good head\\nHe has a good head and a good heart. How many arms has that\\nboy 1 He has only one the other is of wood (sen What\\nkind of head has your boy He has a good head.\\n28.\\nWhich volume have you 1 I have the first. Have you the se-\\ncond volume of my work 1 I have it. Have you the third or the\\nfourth book I have neither the one nor the other. Have we the\\nfifth or sixth volume We have neither the one nor the other.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhich volumes have we 1 W\u00c2\u00ab have the seventh. What day\\n(\u00c2\u00a3)en rtneotctftcn) of the month is it (fja cn rmr) It is s 2Btt l)aUr\\\\)\\nthe eighth. Is it not (\u00c2\u00a3abcn ttut mcbt) the eleventh 1 No, Sir, it is\\nthe tenth. Have the Spaniards many crowns 1 The Spaniards\\nhave only a few but the English have a great many.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Who has\\nour crowns The French have th^m. Has the youth much head 1\\nHe has not much head, but mb *h courage. How many arms\\nhas the man 1 He has two.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "4A\\nv\\\\).\\nHave you the crowns of the French or those of the English 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have neither those of the French nor those of the English, but\\nthose of the Americans. Has the German a few kreutzers He\\nhas a few. Has he a few florins 1 He has six of them. Have you\\nanother stick 1 I have another. What other stick have you 1\\nI have another iron stick. Have you a few gold candlesticks\\nWe have a few. Have these men vinegar] These men have\\nnone, but their friends have some. Have our boys candles 1\\nOur boys have none, but the friends of our boys have some. Have\\nyou some other bags 1 I have no others. Have you any other\\ncheeses 1 I have some others.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have you other meat I have\\nno other. (See note f Lesson II. Y\\nTWENTY-SECOND LESSON. \u00c2\u00a3um mib }tucm}igste\\nCation.\\nThe tome (volume), t ct Sfyett.\\nHave you the first or third tome Shaken (Sic ben erftcn cbet Written\\nof my work S^etl mcttics cvU 1\\nBoth. 23 e i t) c (is declined like an ad-\\njective).\\nI have both. 3d) fyabe 6etbc.\\nObs. The singular of 6 e t b e is used only in the no-\\nminative and accusative neuter. The plural beibt is\\nemployed when two substantives express the same\\nthing, and the singular neuter 6 e t t e when they ex-\\npress two different things as,\\nHave you my book or my stick 1 $aim\\\\ \u00c2\u00aete mettt S3ud) ot et meittcn\\n\u00c2\u00a9toe!\\nI have both. 3d) fjabc fcett C\\nStill, yet, some or any more. #1 d).\\nSome more wine. 9?od) \u00c2\u00a3Bdn.\\nSome more money. 9?od) \u00c2\u00a9elt\\nSome more buttons. 9?ed) ^nb pfe.\\nHave you any more wine 1 \u00c2\u00a3cu3cn Ste nod) SSctn\\nc We have hitherto intentionally, and in perfect harmony with this system,\\nrefrained from speaking of feminine nouns. They will be touchei upon here\\nafter. (See Lesson LXXVIII.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "44\\nI have some more.\\nHas he any more bread\\nHe has some more.\\nHave I any more books\\nYou have some more.\\n3d) f)aU nod) roetdjen.\\n$at ct nod) 3tob\\n(St fyat nod) rcetd)c$.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ak id) nod) 23iidbcr\\nSie fyaOen nod) nMdje.\\niVo\u00c2\u00a3 cmy more, no more* Jtctn m e I) t\\n3d) fjabc feincn \u00c2\u00a3Bcm mef)t\u00c2\u00ab\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben @te nod) (Sfftg\\n3d) fyabe Cetncn mct)r.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr nod) 23rot\u00c2\u00bb\\n(It r)at fein$ mefjr*\\n3d) fjabe fcine \u00c2\u00a3unt c mefjr.\\n3d) fjabe feinc mefyt.\\n91 i d) 1 Diet m e f) r\\n\u00c2\u00a3afccn 8te nod) Dtet \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3cin 1\\n3d) ^abe fccffcn md)t Dtct mcrjt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen 6 te nod) Diet $iid)et\\n3d) fja e t)cren ntcfyt Diet met)t.\\nI have no more wine.\\nHave you any more vinegar 1\\nI have no more.\\nHas he any more bread 1\\nHe has no more.\\nI have no more dogs.\\nI have no more.\\nNot much more.\\nHave you much more wine 1\\nI have not much more.\\nHave you many more books\\nI have not many more.\\nOne more book. 9\u00c2\u00a3od) ein 25ud).\\nOne more good book 9?od) cin guteS 23ud).\\nA few books more. 9?od) etnige 33ud)Ci*.\\nHave we a few hats more? Jpabm wix nod) etnige #ute\\nWe have a few more. 2Btt rjaben nod) cintge.\\nHas he a few good knives more 1 \u00c2\u00a3at cr nod) etntge gutcSfteflfcr? 1 (Sec\\nLesson XVIII. Obs. B.)\\nHe has a few more. (St Fjcit nod) etnige. (See Ota\\nLesson XVI.)\\nEXERCISES. 30.\\nWhich volume of his work have you 1 I have the second.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHow many tomes has this work 1 It has three. Have you my\\nwork, or that of my brother 1 1 have both (Oeibe). Has the for\\neigner my comb or my knife 1 He has both (bct6c6). Have you\\nour bread or our cheese 1 I have both. Have you my glass or\\nthat of my friend 1 I have neither the one nor the other. Have\\nwe anymore hay 1 We have some more. Has our merchant any\\nmore pepper 1 He has some more. Has he any more candles 1\\nHe has some more. Have you any more coffee 1 We have ho\\nmore coffee but we have some more vinegar. Has the German\\nany more water 1 He has no more water but he has some more\\nmeat. Have we any more gold ribbons We have no more gold\\n(Lesson XVIII. Obs. B.) ribbons but we have some more silver\\n(ribbons). Has our friend any more sugar? He has no more.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHave I any more beer You have no more.- Has your young\\nman any more friends He has no more.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "45\\n31.\\nHas your brother one more horse 1 He has *ne more. Hava\\nyou one more 1 I have one more. Has the peasant one more ox\\nHe has one more. Have you a few more gardens 1 We have\\na few more. What have you more We have a few good ships\\n(plur. Scfytflre) and a few good sailors more. Has our brother a few\\nmore friends He has a few more.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have I a little more money 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094You have a little more. Have you any more courage I have\\nnc more. Have you much more money I have much more, but\\nmy brother has no more.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has he enough salt] He has not\\nenough. Have we buttons enough 1 W T e have not enough. Has\\nthe good son of your good tailor buttons enough He has not\\nenough.\\nTWENTY-THIRD LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Dm ntti }U) m}igst\u00c2\u00a3\\nNation.\\nr SS e r f df) t e b e n e (is declined like\\nan adjective, and hardly ever\\nused in the singular.) (See\\nLesson XVIIL, Obs. B.)\\nSeveral.\\nFor all genders.\\nN.\\nLa\\ntterfcfyteberte* D. serfcfytebenem\\nfcerfcfytebener* A. fcerfcfyiebette*\\nThe father\\nthe son,\\nthe child,\\nthe captain,\\nthe tea,\\nthe cake,\\nbet 3$atct\\nbet Sobn\\nba$ JUnb\\nbet ibauptmann (plur \u00c2\u00a3aupt(eute)\\nbet Sfyee\\nbet JUicfyen (is not softened in the\\nplur.).\\nSeveral children.\\nSSetfcfytebene jUnbet.\\nAs much, as many*\\nAs much as, as many\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n-as\\nSo tuel.\\n(So Diet rot e.\\nis much bread as wine.\\nA.s many men as children.\\n(So met SStob role 2Bctn.\\n(So met Marmot rote .ftmbet.\\nHave you as much gold as sil-\\nver\\n0/\\n\u00c2\u00a3abcn Ste fo met \u00c2\u00a9otb rote Si(6et 1\\nSon (preposition governing the\\ndative).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "46\\n1 have as much of this as of 3d) fyafce fo Diet Don btejcm rote Dor\\nthat. jenem.\\nHave y m as many hats as coats \u00c2\u00a3akn @tc fo Diet \u00c2\u00a3ttte rote $Kode\\nI have as many of these as of 3d) J)at c fo Diet Don btcfen rote Don\\nthose. jencn.\\nAs many of the one as of the (So met Don ten einen rote Don ten\\nother. ctnfcern.\\nObs. A. When e i n is used as an indefinite numer-\\nal adjective, it is declined like other adjectives.\\nQuite (or just) as much. S e n fo Diet.\\nI have quite as much of this as 3$ tya c c cn fo Diet Don fciefem rote\\nof that. Don fcnem.\\nThe enemy, fcer gctnt)\\nthe finger, tec Singer\\nthe boot, bet \u00c2\u00a9ttefet.\\nMbre. 9)1 c r) t (comparative advert\\nMore bread. 20?et)r 23rot\\nMore men, 2Q?el)t banner.\\n0 5. B. 31 13 answers to tfAara in English, as tt)if\\nanswers to as.\\nMore bread than wine.\\nMore men than children.\\nMore of this than of that.\\nMore of the one than of the other.\\nMore of these than of those.\\nI have more of your sugar than\\nof mine.\\nLess.\\nLess water than wine.\\nLess than I.\\nthan he.\\nthan you.\\nThey.\\nThan they.\\nAs much as you.\\nAs much as he.\\nAs much as they.\\nSWe r 23rob ate 2Betn.\\nsjtfcfjr banner a($ Winter.\\nSfflebt Don tnefem ati Don jenem.\\n9)?ef)t Don tern etnen ati Don teni\\nanbern.a\\nSOTcf)r Don fctefen aU Don jenen.\\n3d) fjafce mefjt Don 3f)tem 3ucfer aii\\nDen t em metmgen.\\ne n t 3 e r (comparative of rocntg)\\nSBentger Staffer ate \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ctn.\\ngBemgcc a(6 id).\\nciB cr.\\nat* Ste.\\n2CU fie.\\n\u00c2\u00aeo Diet rote Sie.\\n(So Diet rote cr.\\n\u00c2\u00a90 Diet rote fie.\\nWhen collective or plural nouns, as 2B e t It, wine 23 1 C b, bread, c\\nare to be represented by the pronouns, btefer and jetter must be used\\nand not e t n and a n b e r", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "47\\nEXERCISES 32.\\nHave you a coat 1 I have several. Has he a looking-glass\\nHe has several. What kind of looking-glasses has he 1 He has\\nbeautiful looking-glasses. Who has my good cakes 1 Several\\nmen have them. Has your brother a child He has (tftrcr, Les-\\nson XVI.) several. Have you as much coffee as honey] I have\\nas much of the one as of the other. Has he as much tea as beer 1\\nHe has as much of the one as of the other. Has this man as\\nmany friends as enemies 1 He has as many of the one as of the\\nother. Has the son of your friend as many coats as shirts He\\nhas as many of the one as of the other. Have we as many boots\\nas shoes We have as many of the one as of the other.\\n33.\\nHas your father as much gold as silver] He has more of the\\nlatter than of the former. Has he as much tea as coffee He\\nhas more of the latter than of the former. Has the captain as ma-\\nny sailors as ships 1 He has more of the one than of the other.\\nHave you as many rams as I I have just as many. Has the\\nforeigner as much courage as we He has quite as much. Have\\nwe as much good as bad paper 1 We have as much of the one as\\nof the other. Have we as much cheese as bread We have more\\nof the latter than of the former. Has your son as many cakes as\\nbooks He has more of the latter than of the former more of\\nthe one than of the other.\\n34.\\nHow many children have you I have only one, but my bro-\\nther has more than I he has five. Has your son as much head as\\nmine He has less head than yours, but he has more courage.\\nMy children have more courage than yours. Have I as much\\nmoney as you You have less than I. Have you as many books\\nas 1 I have less than you. Have I as many enemies as your\\nfather You have fewer than he. Have the Americans more\\nchildren than we They have fewer than we. Have we as many\\nships as the English 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 We have less than they.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have we fewer\\nknives than the children of our friends 1 We have fewer than\\nthey.\\n35.\\nWho has fewer friends than we 1 Nobody has fewer. Have\\nyou as much of my tea as of yours] I have as much of yours as\\nof mine. Have I as many of your books as of mine] You have\\nfewer of mine than of yours. Has the Spaniard as much of your\\nmoney as of his own He has less of his own than of ours.\\nHas your baker less bread than money] He has less of the lattei\\nthan of the former Has our merchant fewer dogs than horses t\u00e2\u0080\u0094", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "48\\nfle has fewer of the latter than of the former he has fewer of the\\none than of the other. He has fewer horses than we, and we\\nhave less hread than he. Have our neighbours as many carriages\\nas we We have fewer than they. We have less corn and less\\nmeat than they. We have but little corn, but meat enough.\\nTWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. but ttttb jnunqiget*\\ntttixon.\\nOF THE INFINITIVE.\\nAll German verbs form their infinitive in en* This\\ntermination in verbs, the root of which ends in e I or e r, a\\nis contracted by throwing out the letter e, as fymbent,\\nto prevent fammeln, to collect, c. The verbs marked\\nwith an asterisk are irregular.\\nA wish, a mind, a desire, U ft\\ntime, 3 c i t b\\nto, 3 u\\nObs. The prepositio $U, to, always stands before\\nthe infinitive. In com and verbs it is placed between\\nthe separable particle and the infinitive, as will be\\nexemplified in future lessons.\\nTo work. 2Ctuetten*\\nTo speak. S p t e d) c n*, x c t e n. c\\nHave you a mind to work JpaUn @te Cuft gu ar ctten\\nI have a mind to work. 3d) fyafcc \u00c2\u00a3uft $u ar cttcn.\\nHe has not the courage to speak. Gt*t fycit ten sjflutl) md)t, $u fprecfyen.\\nTo cw\u00c2\u00a3. S d) n c t t c n*.\\nIS- Sj\\nTo cut them, (ic fdnictbcn*.\\na By the root we understand that part of a verb which precedes the termi-\\nAation C tt of the infinitive e. g. in the verb (often, to praise, I B is the root.\\nb The two substantives Sufi and 3ett are feminine. If they are required\\nin a negative sense, fetrte Sufi, and tttcfyt 3ett must be used. Ex. Sep fyabt\\nhim Sufi ju fyredjen, I have no mind to speak ev fyat ntdjt gett $u ariettett,\\nhe has no time to work.\\nc 5$xt )tn is derived from bte @prad)e, the language, and signifies to pro-\\nduce or emit sounds in a physical manner rebett means to express ideas by\\nords, from bte SKebe, the discourse.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "49\\nTo cut some.\\nHas he tima to cut trees 1\\nHe has time to cut some.\\nTo buy.\\nTo buy some more.\\nTo buy one.\\nTo buy two.\\nTo buy one more.\\nTo buy two more.\\nMasc. ttekfyen, beffht, 1\\nbabon I 3\\nNeut. \\\\veld)e$, befien, jf\\nbat)on J\\nPlural for all genders.\\nrt dd)e, beren, bafcon frfjttet^\\nben*\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cc Sett 8aume. $u fcfynetben\\n(St f)at Sett nx tcfyc $u fd)nett en.\\nS( auf e n.\\n?ed) faufcn.\\nJfasc. emeu\\nI Neut. eut3\\nfaufett.\\nfaujm\\n3nxt faufcn.\\n7Hasc. norf) emen\\niVez^. norf) em\u00c2\u00a3\\n\u00c2\u00a3ttod) $roct faufcn.\\nDCF 3 The infinitive is always placed at the end of\\nthe phrase whether preceded by JU or not.\\nHave you a mind to buy one \u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00a9te 2uft ncd) ein $)fett gu\\nmore horse faufcn\\nI have a mind to buy one more 3d) fjafce \u00c2\u00a3u|1 ncd) etnS $u faufcn.\\nHave you a mind to buy some abcn Sic Suft ^ud)Ct $u faufcn\\nbooks\\nI have a mind to buy some, but 3d) ()at c \u00c2\u00a3uft nxld)C $u faufcn,\\nI have no time. abet id) fyabc ntd)t 3ett.\\nHas he time to work at et 3ctt $u arbettcn\\nHe has time, but no mind to (St bat Beit, abet fcine 2uft \u00c2\u00a3U at*\\nwork. beiten.\\nexercises. 36.\\nHave you still a mind to buy the house of my friend 1 I have\\nstill a mind to buy it, but I have no more money. Have you time\\nto work I have time, but no mind to work. Has he time to cut\\nsome sticks 1 He has time to cut some. Have you a mind to cut\\nsome bread 1 I have a mind to cut some, but I have no knife.\\nITav*; you time to cut some cheese 1 I have time to cut some.\\nlias he a desire :o cut the tree 1 He has a desire to cut it, but he\\nbas no time. H?is he time to cut the cloth ]~He has time to cut it.\\nHave 1 time to cut the trees 1 You have time to cut them.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHas the painter a mind to buy a horse 1 He has a mind to buy\\ntwo. Has your captain of the navy Sd)tff$capitcm) time to speak 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u0094He has time, but no desire to speak.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "50\\n37.\\nHave ycu a mind to buy a carriage I have a mind to bin ^ne\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Have I a mind to buy a house You have a mind to buy one.\\nHas your brother a mind to buy a great ox He has a m ^id to\\nbuy a little one. We have a mind to buy little oxen. How .nany\\nhorses have you a mind to buy 1 I have a mind to buy four. Has\\nany one a mind to buy a broom 1 This man has a mind to buy\\none. What has that man a mind to buy 1 He has a mind to\\nbuy a beautiful carriage, three beautiful horses, good tea, and good\\nmeat.\\n38.\\nHave you a desire to speak? I have a desire, but no time to\\nspeak. Have you the courage to cut your arm 1 I have not the\\ncourage to cut it. Am I right in speaking ($u fprcd)Cn) 1 You are\\nnot wrong in speaking, but you are wrong in cutting ($u fcfynctfcen)\\nmy trees. Has the son of your friend a desire to buy one more\\nbird 1 He has a desire to buy one more Have you a mind to\\nbuy one more beautiful coat 1 I have a mind to buy one more.\\nHave we a mind to buy a few more horses 1 We have a mind to\\nbuy a few more, but we have no more money. (See Lesson XXII.)\\n39.\\nWhat have you a mind to buy We have a mind to buy some-\\nthing good, and our neighbours have a mind to buy something beau-\\ntiful. Have their children a desire to buy any birds 1 Their\\nchildren have no desire to buy any. Have you the courage to buy\\nthe trunk of the captain 1 I have a desire to buy it, but I have no\\nmore money. Who has a mind to buy my beautiful dog] Nobo-\\ndy has a mind to buy it. Have you a mind to buy my beautiful\\nbirds, or those of the Frenchman 1 I have a mind to buy those of\\nthe Frenchman. Which book has he a mind to buy 1 He has a\\nmind to buy that which you have, that which your son has, and\\nthat which mine has. Have you two horses 1 I have oj*ly one,\\nbut I have a wish to buy one more.\\nTWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. jFtiuf ttttir man^QU\\nCeciion.\\nOF COMPOUND VERBS.\\nThere are in German two kinds of compound verbs\\none kind consists of a simple verb and a particle\\nwhich is inseparable from it the other of a simple\\nverb and a particle which can be separated, either to", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "51\\ngive place to the syllable g e of the participle past, or\\nto j U, or to be itself placed after the verb or even at\\nthe end of the phrase. We shall distinguish the separ-\\nable verbs by placing j u between the verb and the\\nparticle. 51 Examples\\nTo break. Sctfcrccfyen*.\\nTo keep (to take care). 2Cufbcix af)rcn (aufpkroafyten).\\nTo pick up. 2(uf[)ekn (cmftuf)ct en)*\\nTo mend. 2Cusbcffcrn (ciu^uOefj ern).\\nTo make a fire. genet emmacfyen (an^umacfyen).\\nHas the tailor time to mend my ipat ber (Scbnetbet Beit mctnen ^ccf\\ncoat T cut^ufrefiern\\nHe has time to mend it. (St fyat 3eit ifjn au^u effcrn. b\\nTo wash. S0Bafd)cn\\n25rennen c\\nTo burn, SScrbrcnncn (to destroy by burn-\\ning).\\nTo seek, to look for. Sttd)en (governs the accusative).\\nTo warm. SBarmen.\\nTo make. 93?cid)en (physically).\\nTo do. f;im (morally d\\nHas the shoemaker time to make \u00c2\u00a3at ber @d)uf)macl)ei; Sett metne \u00c2\u00a9tie*\\nmy boots fel ju mad)en\\nHe has time to make them. (St f)at 3ett ftc 3U macfyen.\\nTo be willing, to wish. 2B C e tt\\nWill you\\nAre you willing S otlcn Ste\\nDo you wish\\nI will, I am willing, I wish. 3d) rtutf.\\nWill he? is he willing? does\\nhe wish?\\na These verbs may likewise be distinguished by the principal accent, which\\nis placed on the root of the verb when the particle is inseparable, and when\\nseparable on the particle itself.\\nb These examples show how the separable particle gives way in the infini-\\ntive to 1 tt\\nc The verb bvettttett (as well as its compounds, yerBretmett, c.) is regu-\\nlar when used in an active or transitive, but irregular when in a neuter or in-\\ntransitive sense. We denote such verbs by the following abbreviations v.\\nac. and neut. irreg.\\nd The verb lit a c it always relates to a determinate action, and is em-\\nployed nearly as the English verb to make, in the sense of producing anything\\nthe verb t i) U it on the contrary always, like the English verb to do, relates tc\\nan indeterminate action, as Grttt $letb rmicbett, to make a ceat fetter ma-\\nc en, to make a fire; etnen (befallen tl)mt, to do a favour; fetue (Sdutlbnjfeif\\nt|tttt, to do one s duty.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "52\\nHe will, he is willing, he wish-\\nes. 5\\nWe will, we are willing, we 5 aem\\nwish. 3\\nYou will, you are willing, 7^, act\\nyou wish. 3\\nThey will they are willing, 5g.\\nthey wish. j\\nO s. J.. The particle J U does not precede the in\\nfinitive added to the verb tt o I i e it, to be willing. Ex.\\nDo you wish to make my fire 1 Snellen \u00c2\u00aeic mem $eucr cmmai\\ndjen\\nI am willing to make it. 3d) rotll c\u00c2\u00a3 cmmctcfyen.\\nI do not wish to make it. 3d) will c5 ntcfef anmadfoen.\\nDoes he wish to buy your horse 1 SQBtll et Sfot $)fi tt faufen\\nHe wishes to buy it. (St will t$ f cm fen.\\nA TABLE OF COMPOUND VERBS/\\nI. Inseparable Verbs. 2\\nThese verbs are formed by prefixing one of the fol-\\nlowing unaccented particles to simple verbs: 6 c, emp,\\ntnt, ex, ge, Winter, fcer, wiber, $er*\\n23c bcfcenfen to reflect. Jptnter fymtercjcrjen to deceive,\\n\u00c2\u00a9nip cmpjvrjlen to recommend. 23cr wtfptcdKn to promise.\\n(Snt entflteben to run away. \u00c2\u00a3Btt er ivifccrtccjen to refute.\\nSt ctljaltcn to receive. 3ct jctbtccben to break,\\n\u00c2\u00a9c gcftcbcn*, to confess.\\nII. Separable Verbs.\\n2(6 abfd)tctben to copy. SBci betftefyen to assist.\\n2Cn cmfangcn to begin. \u00c2\u00a9at uatftetlcn, to exhibit.\\n2Cuf cmfbeben to pick up. SDatunter baritntctmtfcf)en, to in?-\\n2(u\u00e2\u0082\u00ac\u00e2\u0080\u0094 auSgeljcn to go out. termingle.\\ne S I) v, y\u00c2\u00b0 u is the real second person plural but the Germans generally\\nuse S t e which is the third.\\nf Our intention in giving tables of the most complicated grammatical parts,\\nCs not that the learners should make an immediate application of them we\\nonly wish to give them a clear and general idea of those parts, in order to en-\\nable them to find them out more easily, as they will be in want of them in ad\u00c2\u00ab\\nvancing by degrees. They must in their exercises employ only the words and\\nexpressions made use of in the lessons.\\n6 We call verbs inseparable when they cannot, and separable when the*\\ncan be separated.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "53\\n\u00c2\u00a3)at on tat cn!ommen*/ to escape. 9?ad)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 nacfymctcbcn, to imitate.\\n\u00c2\u00a35urcf) fcurcfytctfen, to travel Ucber ubcrfticpen to overflow\\nthrough. Urn unitDCtfen to overturn.\\n(Stn etnfd)fafcn to fall asleep. ttnter untctfinfen to go to th\u00c2\u00ab\\n$ort fortfafyren to continue. bottom.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ctm bcimgcfjcn to go home. 95 oil BoUgtcpcn to fill up.\\n$erau\u00c2\u00a3 (jromSfommwi*, to come 83or sergcbcn to pretend.\\nout. 83erau$ fcfcrauSfagen, to foretell.\\n#crunter fyetuntctfortngcn to SScrbct SctbetgcfK n*, to pass by.\\nbring down. SScrijct serfycvfefyen to foresee.\\n\u00c2\u00a3er$u f)cr$unaf)en, to draw near. 93orubcr soriibetfafyren*, to pass\\nJoin fytngefjen to go thither. by in a coach.\\n#inciuf binauffltetc}en*,to ascend. 8\u00c2\u00a9cg rocggcfycn to go away\\n\u00c2\u00a3tnau* ftinauSroeufcn to throw SBkbct roiebcrfcmmcn to come\\nout. again.\\n\u00c2\u00a3tnetn fytnctngcfjen to go in. 3u $utct en, to persuade.\\nSnnc tnnefyata to stop. Sutud: %\\\\xtMiel)vm, to return.\\n90?it mittfjetfcn, to communicate. Sufmnmen $ufammenfegen, to pui\\ndieter mcktlegen, to lay down. together.\\nObs. B. Some compound verbs are either insepar-\\nable or separable, according to their signification. We\\nshall speak of them hereafter.\\nEXERCISES. 40.\\nHave you a desire to keep my letter? I have a desire to keep\\nit. Am I right in keeping (cwfeubcroaljrcn) your money 1 You are\\nright in keeping it. Has the tailor a desire to make my coat I\\nHe has a desire to make it, but he has no time. Has your tailor\\ntime to mend my coats He has time to mend them. Have you\\nthe courage to burn my hat I have not the courage to burn it 1\\nhave a mind to keep it. Has the shoemaker s boy a mind to mend\\nmy boots He has no time to mend them. What has our\\nfriend s tailor to mend 1 He has to mend our old coats. Who has\\nto mend our boots 1 Our shoemaker has to mend them. What\\nhas our hatmaker to do He has to mend your great hats. Has\\nyour brother s joiner anything to do] He has to mend our great\\ntables and our little chairs.\\n41.\\nDo you wish to keep my twenty-seven crowns 1 I wish to keep\\nthem. Will you pick up that crown or that florin 1 I will pick up\\nboth. Do you wish to cut his finger 1 I do not wish to cut it.\\nDoes the painter wish to burn vinegar 1 He wishes to burn\\nsome. Is the peasant willing to burn his bread 1 He is not wil-\\nling to burn his own, but that of his neighbour. Have you any-\\nthing to do l I have nothing to do. Have we anything to do\\nWe have to warm our coffee. Do you wish to speak I wish to\\nspeak.- Is your son willing to work He is not willing to work.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "54\\n4a.\\nDo you wish to buy anything] I wish to buy something.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat do you wish to buy I wish to buy some good books.\u00e2\u0080\u0094.\\nWhat has he to buy He has to buy a good horse. Will you buy\\nthis or that table 1 I will buy (put the infinitive always to the end\\nof the phrase) neither this nor that. Which house does your friend\\nwish to buy 1 He wishes to buy your brother s great house. Is\\nyour servant willing to make my lire l-^-He is willing to make it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWill your father buy these rams or these oxen He will buy\\nneither the one nor the other. Does he wish to buy my umbrella\\nor my cane He wishes to buy both.\\n43.\\nDo you wish to make a fire 1 We do not wish to make any.\\nWhat do you wish to make I wish to make vinegar. Will you\\nseek my knife? I will seek it. Have you to look for anything 1\\n1 have nothing to look for. Has he time to seek my son 1 He has\\ntime, but he will not seek him. What has he to do 1 He has to\\nmake a fire, to wash my thread stockings, to buy good coffee, good\\nsugar, good water, and good meat. Will he buy your good trunk\\nHe will buy it. Will you buy my great or my little house 1\\nI will buy neither your great nor your little house I wish to buy\\nthat of our friend. Will you buy my beautiful horses 1 I will not\\nbuy them.\\n44.\\nHow many rams will you buy 1\u00e2\u0080\u00941 will buy twenty-two. Does\\nthe foreigner wish to buy much corn? He wishes to buy but\\nlittle. Do you wish to buy a great many gloves 1 We wish to\\nuy only a few but our children wish to buy a great many. Will\\nthej seek the same boots that we have 1 They will not seek those\\nwhich you have, but those which my father has. Will you look\\nfor my coats or for those of the good Frenchman 1 I will look for\\nneither yours nor those of the good Frenchman I will look for\\nmine, and for those of my good son.\\nTWENTY.SIXTH LESSON. Qut)S ntth }ttmtt}tg$te\\nfiction.\\nTo tear. SetteifUlt*.\\nTo go. (3 c c n\\nAt. 23 c i prepositions governing\\nTo. 3 u 5 tne dative case.\\nTo be. @cin\\nRule. The preposition 6 e t signifies with or at the\\nhouse of, the preposition J U, to or to the house of.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "55\\nTo be with the man or at the 93 ci t em Sparine fem*.\\nman s house.\\nTo go to the man or to the 3u t em 93?cmne gefjen*.\\nman s house.\\nTo be with his (one s) friend or 33 ct feinem gteunfoc fein*.\\nat his (one s) friend s house.\\nTo go to my father or to my 3u mctnem SSatcc g^^en*.\\nfather s house.\\nTo be at home. 3u aufc fein*.\\nTo go home. 9lafy \u00c2\u00a3aufe gefyen.\\nTo be with me or at my house, 33ct mis fein*.\\nTo go to me or to my house. 3u nut gefjcn*.\\nTo be with him or at his house. Set ifym fein**\\nTo go to him or o his house. 3u tljm gefyen*.\\nTo be with us or at our house. 95ci un\u00c2\u00a3 fein*.\\nTo go to us or to our house. 3u un$ gef)en*.\\nTo be with you or at your house. 23ei Sftncn fein*, feet 6ud) fetn*\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo go to you or to your house. 3u SPfjncn gefyen*, $u (5ud) gefyen*\\nTo be with them or at their house -Set ifyncn fan*.\\nTo go to them or to their house. 3u ifynen gefyen*.\\nTo be with some one or at some 33d 3emcmt em fein*.\\none s house.\\nTo go to some one or to some 3u Scmanfccm gefjen*.\\none s house.\\nTo be with no one or at no one s 33n SRtemanfccm fein*.\\nhouse.\\nTo go to no one or to no one s 3\u00c2\u00ab Sfttemanbem gefjen*.\\nhouse.\\nAt whose house With whom S3 e t W c m\\nTo whose house To whom 3 U VO C m\\nTo whom (to whose house) do 3u rocm wetten \u00c2\u00a9ie getjen\\nyou wish to go}\\nI wish to go to no one (to nc 3d) will $u 9facmant era gc^en. 1\\none s house).\\nAt whose house (with whom) is S ti mm if! Sfjt 95rut)er\\nyour brother 1\\nHe is at ours (with us). (5r tft fret um\\nIs he at home 3ft er git \u00c2\u00a3cmfc\\nHe is not at home. $r tft ntd)t $u \u00c2\u00a3aufe.\\nTo drink. Sttnfcn*.\\nTo carry (to take). Srctgen*.\\nTo bring (to carry). SBttngcn*.\\nIn German, as in English, no more than one negative is ever expre\u00c2\u00bbec\u00c2\u00ab\\nas has already been seen in many instances.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "56\\nEXERCISES. 45.\\nDo you wish to tear my coat 1 I do not wish to tear it. Does\\nyour brother wish to tear my beautiful book He does not wish\\nto tear it. What does he wish to tear He wishes to tear your\\nheart. With whom is our father] He is with his friend. To\\nwhom do you wish to go I wish to go to you. Will you go to\\nmy house I will not go to your s, but to my tailor s. Does your\\nrather wish to go to his friend 1 He wishes to go to him. At\\nwhose house is your son 1 He is at our house. Do your children\\nwish to go to our friends They wish to go to them. Is the\\nforeigner at our brother s He is there (bet tf)m). At whose\\nhouse is the Englishman 1 He is at yours. Is the American at\\nour house No, Sir, he is not at our house; he is at his friend V\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Is the Italian at his friends 1 He is at their house.\\n46.\\nDo you wish to go home 1 I do not wish to go home I wish\\nto go to the son of my neighbour. Is your father at home 1 No,\\nSir, he is not at home. With whom is he He is with the good\\nchildren of our old neighbour. Will you go to any one s house\\nI will go to no one s house. At whose house is your son I\\nHe is at no one s house; he is at home. What will he do at\\nhome He will drink good wiae. Will you carry my letters\\nhome 1 1 will carry them to my father s.: Who will carry my\\nnotes The young man will carry them. Will he carry them to\\nmy house 1 No, he will carry them to his brother s. Is his\\nfather at home? He is not at home; he is at the foreigner s.\\n47.\\nWhat have you to drink I have nothing to drink. Has youj\\nson anything to drink] He has good wine and good water te\\ndrink. Will your servant carry my books to my brothers 1 He\\nwill carry them to their house. What will you carry to my\\nhouse 1 I will carry to your house two chickens, three birds, good\\nbread, ?nd good wine (always put the infinitive to the end, and do\\nnot separate it from to your house Will you carry these\\nchairs to my house 1 I will not carry these, but those. What\\nwill the German do at home He will work and drink good wine.\\nWhat have you at home 1 have nothing at home. Have you\\nanything good to drink at home 1 I have nothing good to drink\\nI have only bad water. Has the captain as much coffee as sugar\\nat home] He has as much of the one as of the other at home.\\nWill you carry as many crowns as buttons to my brother s 1\\nwill carry to his house as many of the one as of the other. Will\\nyou carry great glasses to my house I will carry some to youi\\nhouse. Has the merchant a desire to buy as many oxen as rams?\\nHe wishes to buy as many of the one as of the other.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "57\\n49.\\nHas the shoemaker as many shoes as boots to mend? He has\\nas many of the one as of the other to mend. Has he as much\\nwine as water to drink He has as much to drink of the one as\\nof the other. Has the Turk a desire to break some glasses 1 He\\nhas a desire to break some. Has he a mind to drink some wine\\nHe has no mind to drink any. Will you buy anything of (bet)\\nmel I will buy nothing of you. Of whom (-3d nx m) will you\\nbuy your corn 1 I will buy it of the great merchant. Of whom\\nwill the English buy their oxen] They will buy them of the\\nDutch* Will the Spaniards buy anything] They will buy\\nnothing-.\\nTWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qizbtn mxb\\njroanyQBte Cectian.\\nw C 2\u00c2\u00a3 o (an adverb of place with*\\nwnere I out motion.)\\n*T*rz.uz. z. .7 C2Bof)tn? (an adverb of place\\nWhither! where to wit h motion.)\\nRules.\\n1. The question tt 0? indicates rest in a place, or\\nwith any person or object whatsoever the preposition\\nwhich a iswers this question always governs the da-\\ntive.\\n2. The question tt ot)irt? denotes motion or direc-\\ntion towards some place or object when answered\\nby one of the prepositions a tt, to a it f, upon I) t tt t e r,\\nbehind n e b e tt, by the side it b e r, above it tt t e r,\\nunder; jtt)tfd)ett, between; fcor, before; tit, in or\\ninto, it always requires the accusative. a\\nThere. a (rest, repose).\\nThither. t n or o a t n (motion or direc-\\ntion).\\nTo carry thither. \u00c2\u00a3tn or fcafjtn ttagen*.\\nTo carry it .MAC, j jgj j \u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00a3J+\\na The same prepositions govern the dative when they i nswer the question\\nwo?\\n3*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "58\\nfo carrv some thither i Masc mld)en I tt or ba fn\\nlo carry some tiiitner. N ut j tragen\\nTo carry them thither, ffe l)tn or bafym tragett*.\\nObs. A. The adverb b a, \u00c2\u00a3/*ere, is always joined to\\na verb of rest, and the abverb t) t n or b a I) t it, thither,\\nto a verb of motion, ijttt is used to express motion\\nfrom, and f) e r motion towards the person that speaks.\\nEx. @r tfl ba, he is there v j vdxOC aurf) l)m (bafytrt) ge^en,\\nI will also go thither tooften @e fyerfommen? will you\\ncome hither\\nTo send.\\nTo come.\\nTo lead,\\nwill send him (it) to you.\\nC \u00c2\u00a9cnbctu*\\nC Sd)tcfcn. b\\n.ftommcn*.\\ngufyrcn*\\n3d) milt tfjn (cS) $u 3 n\u00c2\u00abn fcfytcfen.\\nWhen 1\\nSBann 1\\nTo-morrow.\\nTo-day.\\n\u00c2\u00a3CUtO.\\nSome where, any where* 3 t Cj c n t) ru (rest).\\n\u00e2\u0099\u00a6Some whither, any whither* 3rQcnbrc of)tn (direction).\\niVo where, not any where* 9? t r g e n fc or n t r g e n t 6.\\nDo you wish to go any whither] Pollen @ic trcjcnbmcr)tn QcrjCtt]\\nI do not wish to go any whither. 3d) rottt mtgcn S fjtwjcfjen.\\nThe physician, bcr 2Cr$t.\\nTo write. @cl)tri cn*.\\nHave you to write as many let- $abm (Sic fo t tel SBvtcfc $u fcfyreibcn,\\nters as my father 1 rote mctn SScttet\\nO s. 2?. Where the verb stands at the end of a\\nphrase, the word tt) i e as, or a 1 3 \u00c2\u00a3Aa?i is placed with\\nits npminative after the verb.\\nI have to write more (i. e. let- 3d) \\\\)abc boron mol)v $u fcfyretben, c i\\nters) than he. cr.\\nexercises. 50.\\nWhere is your bi ether] He is at home. Whither do you wish\\nto go? I wish to go home. Whither does your father wish to\\nb (5 rf) i d e tt is used when a person is sent without any object, or with c ae\\nof little importance, fett ben, on the contrary, always denotes a mission of\\nImportance, whence bet \u00c2\u00a9efanbre, the ambassador.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "59\\ng* He wishes to go to your house.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Whither will you carry\\nthis letter] I will carry it to my neighbour s. Is your son at\\nhome 1 He is there. Whither will the shoemaker carry my boots\\nHe will carry them to your house. Will he carry them home\\nHe will carry them thither. Will you send good sugar home 1\\nI will send some thither. Will the baker send good bread home\\nHe will send some thither. Will you come to me] I will come\\nto you. Whither do you wish to go 1 I wish to go to the good\\nFrenchmen. Will the good Italians go to our house They will\\ngo no whither. Will you take (fufyren) your son to my house I\\nwill not take him to your house, but to the captain s. Wlien will\\nyou take him to the captain s I will take him there ($u tfym) to-\\nmorrow.\\n51.\\nWill you go any whither (any where) I will go no whithei\\n(no where). Will your good son go to any one] He will go \\\\o\\nno one. When will you take (fitfyren) your young man to the pain-\\nter I will take him there ($u tfjm) to-day. Where will he carry\\nthese birds to] He will carry them no whither. Will you take\\nthe physician to this man] I will take him there (\u00c2\u00a7u ifym). When\\nwill you take him there] I will take him there to-day. Will the\\nohysicians come to your good brother] They will not come to him.\\nWill you send me a servant] I will send you none. Will you\\nsend a child to the physician] I will send one to him. With whom\\nis the physician] He is with nobody. Do you wish to go any\\nwhither] I wish to go to the good Americans. Has he time to come\\nto my house] He has no time to come there. Will the captain\\nwrite one more letter He will write one more. Will you write\\nnote I will write one. Has your friend a mind to write as\\nmany letters as I He has a mind to write quite as many.\\n52.\\nHave you many letters to write I have only a few to write.\\nHow many letters has our old neighbour to write He has as\\nmany to write as you. Who has long letters to write] The youth\\nhas some to write. How many more letters has he to write He\\nhas six more to write.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 How many has he to send He has twen-\\nty to send. Has he as many letters to send as his father 1 He\\nhas fewer to send. Has the hatmaker some more hats to send\\nHe has no more to send. Has your son the courage to write a\\nlong letter He has the courage to write one. Will he write as\\nmany letters as mine He will write quite as many. Will you\\nbuy as many carriages as horses I will buy more of the latter\\nthan of the former.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 d)t mtS ?WM?tff0t\\nCertion.\\nIn order to (conjunction). 1! m gtr.\\nTo see. c f) c n\\nOfo. Jl. The conjunctive expression f?i order fo pre-\\nceding the infinitive is translated into German by u in\\nJ U. When the sentence is short, U tn A in order, may be\\nleft out.\\nI will go to my brother in order 3d) will gu me mem 23rut ct gcljen,\\nto see him. urn tf)n $u fct)cn.\\nI have no money (in order) to 3d) r)abc Icin (Mb, (urn) 23rob p\\nbuy bread. faufetu\\nHas your brother a knife (in or- $at 3f)r SBrubVr cm 93?cffcr, (uui)\\nder) to cut his bread fctn Brob $u fd)nett cn 1\\nHe has one to cut it. @r r)ar ctng, urn ce $u fcfynribctw\\nTo sweep* 2C u f e I) r c rt (au^ufcfytcn).\\nTo kill. Sob ten\\nTo slaughter. d)ta d) t en\\nTo saltl 6 a 1 3 c n\\nTo oe a fe. jtotrnen*.\\nI can (am able) he can (is 3d) farm or faniu\\nable).\\nWe can (are able) they can 2Btt Fonncn fte fonnctr,\\n(are able).\\nYou can (are able). Sfjr fonnet Sic fonncn).\\nObs. B. The particle j it does not precede the infini\\ntive added to the verb fotwetf, to be able. (See Less-\\nson XL.) Ex.\\nCan you write a Wer jtonrtcn t crncn SBricf fcfyrctOctt?\\nI can write one. 3d) form etnen fcr)rciOcn\u00c2\u00bb\\nHe is able to work. (St farm ar citcn.\\nSingular.\\nDat. Aco,\\nTo me. me.\\nTo him. him.\\n1st person, mtr. mtdj.\\n3d person, xbm. tfyru\\n\u00c2\u00a3obtett means to deprive any one of life fd)lctd)tett, to slaughter, is used\\nfei speaking of animals, the flesh of which is eaten. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9etiten ^etttb tobtett\\nto kiP his enemy Ddjfen imfc (Sd)afe fcfylacfytett, to slaughter oxen and sheep", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "61\\nTo us.\\nTo you.\\nTo them.\\nT*. kill me.\\nTo- see me.\\nTo speak to me.\\nTo speak to him.\\nUS.\\nyou.\\nthem.\\nPlural.\\nDat. Acc.\\nmtg. mtg.\\n(S^ncn) (\u00c2\u00a9ie b\\n3d person, ibnen* fte.\\n1st person.\\n2d person\\ngffitdj tobten.\\nm fefjcn*.\\n93ttd) (nut mir or $u nut) fpm\\ndjcn*.\\nSfyn (mit tf)m or $u itjm) fpre*\\ncfyen*.\\n3f)m fd)icfcn.\\n3u tfjm fcfyicfen.\\n3fm mir ($u mir) fcfytcfen.\\nSfyn mir mergcn fd)tcfcn (if)n mot*\\ngen $u mir fcfyicfen).\\nUj 3 In German the dative precedes the accusative\\nbut when the accusative is a personal pronoun it pre-\\ncedes the. dative.\\nTo send to him.\\nTo send to his house.\\nTo send him to me.\\nTo send him to me to-morrow.\\nIt to me them to me.\\nIt to him them to him.\\nIt to us them to us.\\nr\\nMasc.\\ntfylt.\\nifym\\nifyru\\nIt to you them to you.\\nifym\\nIt to them them to them.\\ntf)tt-\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nNeut.\\neg mir ffe mir*\\neg itjxn fTe tfym.\\neg mtg ffe un$.\\neg dnd) ffe (Slid).\\neg (3f)nen)jTe(3f)nen).\\neg ifyrten fte itwert.\\nWhen will you send me the hat 1 \u00c2\u00a3Scmn reollen @te mir b t n \u00c2\u00a3ut\\nfct)tcfen\\nI will send it to r ou to-morrow. Scl) txntf t ft n 3 f) n c n morgcn\\nfcfyicfen.\\nSome to me.\\nSome to him.\\nSome to us.\\nSome to you.\\nSome to them.\\nMasc. Neut. Plural.\\nf mir toelcftett* tt e(df)eg. mir mefcfye.\\nf tbm tt elrf)en* ttekfyeg. ifym wetcfye.\\nt itng toefdjem welcfyeg* mtg toefcfye,\\nt ifynett n eldf)en. n eW)eg. ifynen n efdbe.\\nb See note a Lesson XXXJ", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "62\\nTo give. (3 e t e n\\nTo lend. fcei Clt*.\\nTo give me. 532ic gefcen*.\\nTo lend me. sjD^tr letfyen*.\\nAre you willing to lend me SBotten \u00c2\u00a9tc mir (Mb (etfjen\\nsome money 1\\nI am willing to lend you some. 3d) will Sfyncn rcctcfyeS tetfyen.\\nA TABLE\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nfN0M.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\n^Acc.\\nOF THE DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nFIRST PERSON.\\ntrf), I.\\nmemer (mem of me. beitter (bem), of thee.\\nSECOND PERSON.\\nbit, thou.\\nmtr,\\nmtd),\\nnrir,\\nimfer,\\nmt\u00c2\u00a3,\\nwt\u00c2\u00a3,\\nto me.\\nme.\\nwe.\\nof us.\\nto us.\\nus.\\nTHIRD PERSON.\\nA.\\nbir,\\nbid),\\neaer,\\neurf),\\ntufa\\nto thee,\\nthee,\\nyou.\\nof you.\\nto you.\\nyou.\\nMasculine.\\nFeminine.\\nNom. er, he.\\ni\\nGen. femer (fetn), of him.\\nDat. tfynt, to him.\\nAce. tfytt, him.\\nffc,\\nshe.\\ntf)ter,of her.\\ntfyr, to her.\\nffe, her,\\nNom,\\n1-3\\nGen.\\nDat.\\n,Acc.\\nFor all genders.\\nffe,\\ntfyrer,\\nifynen,\\nFauter.\\ne^, it.\\nfemer (fern), of it.\\ntfym, to it.\\neg, it.\\nthey,\\nof them,\\nto them.\\nthem.\\n2ftem, fcem, fetn, as genitives singular, for memer, bemer, fettter, are used\\nonly in familiar discourse and in poetry. Ex. 33er }t\u00c2\u00a3 mem ttt$t, forget me\\nnot.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "88\\nEXERCISES. 53.\\nHas the carpenter money to buy a hammer He has some tc\\nDuy one. Has the captain money to buy a ship 1 He has some\\nto buy one. Has the peasant money to buy sheep (bets Sd)af adds\\ne and is not softened in the plural) 1 He has none to buy any.\\nHave you time to see my father I have no time to see him.\\nDoes your father wish to see me 1 He does not wish to see you.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Has the servant a broom to sweep the house 1 He has one to\\nsweep it. Is he willing to sweep it 1 He is willing to sweep it.\\nHave I salt enough to salt my meat] You have not enough of\\nit to salt it. Will your friend come to my house in orc er to see\\nme 1 He will neither come to your house nor see you. Has our\\nneighbour a desire to kill his horse 1 He has no desire to kill it.\\nWill you kill your friends 1 I will kill only my enemies.\\n54.\\nCan you cut me some bread 1 I can cut you some. Have you\\na knife to cut me some I have one. Can you wash your\\ngloves 1 I can wash them, but I have no wish to do it. Can the\\ntailor make me a coat 1 He can make you one. Will you speak\\nto the physician 1 I will speak to him. Does your son wish to\\nsee me in order to speak to me 1 He wishes to see you, in order\\nto give you a crown. Does he wish to kill mel He does not\\nwish to kill you he only wishes to see you. Does the son of our\\nold friend wish to kill an oj He wishes to kill two.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 How\\nmuch money can you send me 1 I can send you thirty crowns.\\nWill you send me my letter 1 I will send it to you. Will you\\nsend the shoemaker anything 1 I will send him my boots. Will\\nyou send him your coats 1 No, I will send them to my tailor.\\nCan the tailor send me my coat? He cannot send it you. Are\\nyour children able to write letters They are able to write some\\n55.\\nHave you a glass to drink your wine I have one, but I have\\nno wine I have only water. Will you give me money to buy\\n6ome 1 I will give you some, but I have only a little. Will you\\ngive me that which you have I will give it you. Can you\\ndrink as much wine as water 1 I can drink as much of the one as\\nof the other. Has our poor neighbour any wood to make a fire 1\\nHe has some to make one, but he has no money to buy bread and\\nmeat. Are you willing to lend him some 1 I am willing to lend\\nhim some. Do you wish to speak to the German 1 I wish tc\\nspeak to him. Where is he He is with the son of the captain.\\nDoes the German wish to speak to me 1 He wishes to speak to\\nyou. Does he wish to speak to my brother or to yours? He\\nwishes to speak to both Can the children of our tailor work\\nThey can work, but they will not.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "64\\n56.\\nDo you wish to speak to the children of your shoemaker 1\\nwish to speak to them. What will you give them 1 I will give\\nthem great cakes. Will you lend them anything 1 I have nothing\\nto lend them. Has the cook some more salt to salt the meat\\nHe has a little more. Has he some more rice 1 He has a great\\ndeal more. Will he give me some 1 He will give you some.\\nWill he give some to my poor children] He will give them\\nsome. Will he kill this or that hen He will kill neither this\\nnor that. Which ram will he kill 1 He will kill that of the good\\npeasant. Will he kill this or that ox He will kill both. Who\\nwill send us biscuits] The baker will send you some. Have\\nyou anything good to give me 1 I have nothing good to give you.\\nrwENTY.NiNTH lesson.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Neun mtb ^an^ste\\nRation.\\nTo whom SSSem (A question followed by\\nthe dative.)\\nWhom? For persons: 2\u00c2\u00a3cn?} (Questions\\nfollowed by\\nWhat For things 2B a ?_) the accus.).\\nDECLENSION OF THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN SGB C X WHO\\nNom. Who what\\nGen. whose\\nDat. to whom to what\\nAce. whom what\\nMasc. and Fem. Neut.\\nN. tt er tva$\\nG. rcefien\\ncuttt)a3?tt oratt?\\nvoorauf? tt o$u?\\nA. torn tva$\\nD. mm\\n3GB e r, who, has no plural, and relates only to per-\\nsons, without distinction of sex, as who in English. It\\nmay be used instead of fcerjemge, tt elrf)er, he who.\\nSQ3 a which, has no plural, and always relates to a\\nthing. It often stands for ba^jettige, tt e{d)e$ or t a\u00c2\u00a3, toeU\\nd)e\u00c2\u00a3, that which.\\nTo answer. li n t tt) o r t e n. a\\nTo answer the man. 3)em Marine antrootten.\\na The verb cmttoovtett is inseparable, although the accent rests upon the\\nparticle ant; it governs the accusative with the preposition (tuf, to. $8e Utt*\\ntuovten, to answer, governs the accusative without a preposition.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "65\\nTo answer the men. \u00c2\u00a3)en banner n cu?m erten.\\nTo answer a letter. 7\u00c2\u00a3uf etnen Srief cmhvertcn or ctttOI\\n93rlef fcecmtrocrten.\\nTo it. 5) a v a u f.\\nTo answer it. \u00c2\u00a9arouf antrcevten or tfjn (cs Oeant*\\nmortem\\nObs. A. The demonstrative local adverbs, ba, there\\nfyter, here too, where are usually employed instead\\nof demonstrative pronouns, and connected with the\\npreposition which the verb requires. If the preposi-\\ntion begins with a vowel, the letter r is added to the\\nwords fca and tt 0 for the sake of euphony.\\nIn. 3 n (governs the dat and ace\\nIn the. 3n 6cm (tm, rest b\\nInto the. 3 n fer.cn (motion).\\nIn the. 3 n be n (rest).\\nInto the. 3 n b t c (motion).\\nTo go into the garden. 3n ben \u00c2\u00a9atten gefyen*.\\nTo be in the garden. 3n bem (tm) \u00c2\u00a9arten fetn*\\nTo go into the gardens. 3n btc (fatten gefjen*.\\nTo be in the gardens. 3n ben \u00c2\u00a9cirten fein*.\\nOhs. B. The rapidity of pronunciation has led to a\\ncontraction of the last letter of the definite article with\\ncertain prepositions which precede it thus betm is of-\\nten said instead of bet bent, tm instead of in bem, tn\u00c2\u00a3 in\\nthe accusative neuter instead of in ba$.\\nAccording to this contraction we may say or write\\n2Cm, near the, for an bem. 5?urs, for the, for fur ba$.\\n2(n$, to the, against %m, in the, in bcm.\\nthe, an ba$. 3n$, into the, in ba$.\\n#ufs, upon the, auf fcas. 830m, from the, t on bem.\\nJBeim, at the, bet bem. 3um, to the, gu bem.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)urd)$, through the, burd) oci$. 3ur, to the, gu ber.\\nThe theatre, ba$ Sweater\\nthe forest, the wood, ber SSalb (plur. btc \u00c2\u00a3Balbet)\\nthe warehouse, bas SQSaarentager (is not softened iw\\nthe plur.)\\nb The preposition i tt is used when the place in which a person is, or to-\\nwards which the motion is directed, is closed, or conceived to be so. It is\\nfollowed by the dative to the question tt? o and the accusative to the question", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "66\\nthe stoiehouse, t a$ s I\u00c2\u00a7crratf)^aus\\nthe magazine, bciS sj^agagln (plur. e)\\nthe provision, store, bcr 53ottatf)\\nthe room, the chamber, t a$ 3immct\\nthe butcher, bet g(ctfd)et (bee 9^e|get)\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo go into, \u00c2\u00a3tnetnger)en*.\\nTo be in the. Hariri fetn*.\\nDo you wish to go to the thea- Swollen (Sic in$ Sweater gefjen\\ntre?\\nI wish to go thither. 3d) rottt f)tnctn c^cfyetu\\nIs your brother in the theatre 3ft Sfjt SStubet tm .Sweater\\nHe is there. (St tft barin.\\nObs. C. The above examples show how b a r t H\\nexpresses rest in, and f) t it e t it motion towards, the\\ninterior of a closed place.\\nEXERCISES. 57.\\nWill you answer your friend? will answer him. But whom\\nwill you answer 1 I will answer my good father. Will you not\\nanswer your good friends I will answer them. Who will\\nanswerme? The Russian wishes to answer you, but he cannot.\\nWill the Russian write me a letter He will write you one. Can\\nthe Spaniards answer us They cannot answer us, but we can\\nanswer them. What has the Englishman to do He has to\\nanswer a letter. Which letter has he to answer He has to\\nanswer th_t of the good Frenchman] Have I to answer a letter\\nYou have not to answer a letter, but a note. Which note have I\\nto answer You have to answer that of the great captain.\\n58.\\nHave we to answer the letters of the great merchants We\\nhave to answer them. Will you answer the note of your tailor?\\nI will answer it. Will any one answer my great letter No one\\nwill answer it, Will your father answer this or that note He\\nwill answer neither this nor that. Which notes will he answer\\nHe will answer only those of his good friends. Will he answer\\nme my letter He will answer it you. Will your father go any-\\nwhither He will go nowhither. Where is your brother He is\\nin the garden of our friend. Where is the Englishman He is in\\nhis little garden. Where do we wish to go to? We wish to go\\ninto the garden of the French. Where is your son He is in his\\nroom. Will he go to the magazine 1 He will go thither. Will\\nyou go to the great theatre I will not go thither, but my son has\\na mind to go thither. W^here is the Irishman He is in the the-\\natre. Is the American in the forest? He is there.\\nc In compound words the last only is softened. Ex. bag 93orratr)\u00c2\u00a7^auS,\\nthe storehouse plur. bte ^orratf^dufet.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "67\\n59.\\nWill you come to me in order to go to the forest 1 have no\\nw\u00c2\u00abshto go to the forest. To which theatre do you wish to go\\nt wish to go to the great theatre. Will you go into my garden, or\\ninto that of the Dutchman] I will go neither into yours nor into\\nthat of the Dutchman I will go into the gardens of the French.\\nWill you go into those of the Germans I will not go thither (bins\\netn),~ Have the Americans great warehouses 1 They have some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHave the English great stores They have some. Have the Ger-\\nmans as many warehouses as stores They have as many of the\\nlatter as of the former. Will you see our great stores I will go\\ninto your warehouses in order to see them. Have you much hay\\nin ycjr storehouses We have a great deal, but we have not\\nenough corn. Do you wish to buy some] We wish to buy some.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Have we as much corn as wine in our storehouses W T e have\\nas much of the one as of the other. Have the English as much\\ncloth as paper in their warehouses They have more of the one\\nthan of the other in them (barin). Has your father time to write\\nme a letter He wishes to write you one, but he has no time to-\\nday. When will he answer that of my brother He will answer\\nit to-morrow. Will you come to my house in order to see my\\ngreat warehouses] I cannot come to your house to-day; I have\\nletters to write.\\nTHIRTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ffilrrissigste fcertion.\\nUpon. U u f (governs the dat. and ace\\nUvonthe. 2Cu f b Cm re P osea\\nupon me. 2C u f b c n, b a s (action).\\nThe market, bcr gftatft\\nthe ball, bet 23aft\\nthe country, bcuS Scmb\\nthe place (the square) bcr $pia\u00c2\u00a7\\nthe field, bat ge(b.\\nTo be at the market. 2Cttf tern OTarftc b fetn*.\\nTo go to the market. 2Cuf ben 93*atft .qcfyen*.\\nTo be at the ball. 2Cuf tern m\\\\U fctn*.\\nTo go to the ball. 2tuf ben *8aE cjer en*.\\nTo be in the country. 2\u00c2\u00a3uf bem ganbe fctn*.\\nTo go into the country. 2Cuf a$ Sanb Qcfycn*.\\nThe preposition Ctttf, upon, is used when the place is not. closed, butopea\\nt The genitive singular of masculine and neuter nouns sometimes termi-\\nnates in S, and sometimes in e (except those in el, en, e r d) e it and I c t n\\nwhich always take e). These forms are equally good but the former is\\nmore frequently used in conversation, and the latter in composition. The\\nsame distinction ought to be observed with regard to the dative singular of\\nmasculine and neuter nouns, which takes e when the enitive takes e\u00c2\u00b03", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "68\\nTo beat rtie place (in the square). 2Cuf bcm $pfage fein**\\nTo go to the place. 2Cuf ben $)fa cjefyen**\\nTo be in the field. tfuf t)ctn gfefoe few*.\\nTo go into the field. 2Cuf jba$ gelb ad)en*.\\n.A\u00c2\u00a3. 2f n (dat. and ace).\\n.4* the. II n I) cm (repose c\\nTo Me. 2C n ben, t) a 5 (action)\\nThe window, t a$ Jenjrer.\\nTo go to the window. 2Cn bat #cnjret fjefyen*.\\nTo stand, \u00c2\u00a9tcfocn*.\\nTo stand at the window. 2Cn bem Jenfter jtefyen*.\\nrp i j C2Cn Semanben fefyrctben*.\\nTo write to somebody. Sl rr\\nJ C Semanfcem fd)tetben*.\\nA ir CSBottcn (Ste an mid) febretbe*?\\nAre you willing to write to me j rv C J\\nB c Snellen (Ste mtr febtetben f\\nT ir C 3d) will an (Ste fdf)re:t*ctu\\nI am willing to write to you.\\nI wish to write to the man. 3d) will an ben 93iann fcfyretftetu\\nTo whom 2C n n c n\\nTo whom do you wish to write Un wen wclUn ic fd)reiben\\nTo me, to him. Tin mid), an i f) n\\nTo the man. 2fn ben 9ftann.\\nI will write to him. 3d) will tfym fcfyretOen.\\nTo icAom 8B c m\\nTo me, 2o fo m. 9ft 1 1 i f) m.\\nTo whom do you wish to write 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bcm molten @tc fcfyrctGtti\\nTo the man. \u00c2\u00a3)em Qftanne.\\nThe nobleman, bet (Sbctmann d\\nthe boatman, ber @d)tffmann\\nthe bailiff, ber 2(mtmann\\npeople, Scute (p ur.).\\nexercises. 60.\\nWhither do you wish to go I wish to go to the market.\\nWhere is your cook] He is at the market.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Where is my brother?\\nHe is at the ball. Will you come to me in order to go to the\\nball 1 I will come to you in order to go thither. Is your father in\\nthe country He is there. Do you wish to go to the country\\nI do not wish to go there. Whither does your son wish to go\\nHe wishes to go to the great place. Is your friend at the great\\nplace?\u00e2\u0080\u0094 He is there. Does the Englishman wish to go into the\\ncountry in order to see the fields He does not wish to go into\\nc $ln, at, by, near, points out proximity to a person or a place.\\n4 For substantives terminating in memtt, wee Lesson XVII.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "69\\nthe country in order to see the fields, but to see the forests, the\\nbirds, the water, and to drink tea. Where is the son of the\\npeasant] He is in the field to cut some corn (cutting 1 corn).\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDoes the son of the nobleman wish to go anywhither 1 He does not\\nwish to go anywhither he is tired. Whither does the son of the\\nbailiff wish to carry corn He wishes to carry some to the store-\\nhouse of your brother. Does he wish to carry thither the wine\\nand the meat 1 He wishes to carry both thither.\\n61.\\nIs the friend of the Spaniard able to carry provisions He is\\nable te carry some. Whither does he wish to carry provisions\\nHe wishes to carry some to our storehouses. Do you wish t^ buy\\nprovisions in order to carry them to our storehouses I wish to\\nbuy some in order to take them into the country. Do you wish to\\ngo to the window in order to see the youth 1 I have no time to go\\nto the window. Have you anything- to do 1 I have a letter to\\nwrite. To whom have you a letter to write 1 I have to write one to\\nmy friend. Do you wish to write to the bailiff? I wish to write\\nto him. What do you wish to write to him I wish to answei\\nhim his letter. Are you able to write as many letters as I I am\\nable to write more of them than you. Can you write to the (an\\nbtc) noblemen I can write to them. Have you paper to write 1 I\\nhave some. Is the bailiff able to wiite to anybody 1 He is not\\nable to write to anybody.\\n62.\\nHave you time to stand at the window I have no time to\\nstand at the window. Is your brother at home 1 He is not at\\nhome. W T here is he He is in the country. Has he anything to\\ndo in the country 1 He has nothing to do there. Whither do you\\nwish to go 1 I wish to go to the theatre. Is the Turk in the\\ntheatre He is there. Who is in the garden 1 T l ,e children of\\nthe English and those of the Germans are there. here does your\\nfather wish to speak to me He wishes to speak to you in his\\nroom. To whom does your brother wish to speak He wishes to\\nspeak to the Irishman. Does he not wish to speak to the Scotch-\\nman He wishes to speak to him. Where will he speak to him 1\\nHe will speak to him at (in) the theatre. Does the Italian wish\\nto speak to anybody He wishes to speak to the physician.\\nWhere will he speak to him 1 He will speak to him at the ball.\\n63.\\nCan you send me some money 7 I can send you some. How\\nmuch money can you send me I can send you thirty-twc\\ncrowns. When will you send me that money I will send it to\\nyou to-day. Will you send it to me into the country 1 I will send\\nit to you thither. Will you send your servant to the market 1 I will\\nsend him thither. Have you anything to buy at the market\\nI have to buy good cloth, good boots, and good shoes. Wh-at doea", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "70\\nthe butcher wish to do in the country 1 He wishes to buy there\\noxen and rams in order to kill them. Do you wish to buy a chick-\\nen in order to kill it] I wish to buy one; but I have not the\\ncourage to kill it. Does the boatman wish to kill any one 1 He\\nloes not wish to kill any one. Have you a desire to burn my let-\\nters 1 have not the courage to do it. Will the servant seek my\\nknife or my paper] He will seek both. Which knife do you\\nwish (to have) I wish (to have) my large knife. What oxen\\ndoes the butcher wish to kill He wishes to kill large oxen.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat provisions does the merchant wish to buy He wishes to\\nl uy good provisions. Where does he wish to buy them He\\nwishes to buy them at the market. To whom does he wish to send\\nthem He wishes to send them to our enemies. Will you send\\nire one more book 1 I will send you several more. Are you able\\nto drink as much as your neighbour I am able to drink as much\\nas he but our friend, the Russian, is able to drink more than both\\nof us (rotr ktbe). Is the Russian able to drink as much of tnis\\nwine as of that He is able to drink as much of the one as of the\\nother. Have you anything good to drink I have nothing to\\ndrink.\\nTHIRTY-FIRST LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00aein mxb brmsigste\\nSection,\\nThe corner, bcr SBtnM\\nthe fountain (well), t er 23tunncn (is not softened n\\nthe plur.)\\nthe hole, t a\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3ocr).\\nTo leave, to let. a f f c n\\nTo go for, to fetch. o e n.\\nTo send for. |)0lcn (affcn*.\\nI leave he leaves. 3cf) foffe cr la$t.\\nWe leave\u00e2\u0080\u0094 they leave. \u00c2\u00a3Btr (affcn fte (affcn.\\nYou leave. Sfjt foffct (^tc (affen).\\nObs. A. The particle J U does not precede the infi-\\nnitive joined to the verb kflen. See Lesson XL. Ex.\\nWe send for bread. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3tr (affcn Srct) t)e(cn.\\nWe wish to send for wine. 2Btr ruottcn \u00c2\u00a3Bcm t)o(cn (affcn.\\nTo go for it, to fetch it. 3fyn or c$ fyofen.\\nTo go for some, to fetch some. SBckfycn, nxkfycS rjekn.\\nThou u a\\na In addressing one another, the Germans use the second person singulai\\nand third person plural. The second person singular \u00c2\u00a3)U, thou, is used 1.\\nIn addressing the Supreme Being 2. in sublime or serious style and in poetry;", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "71\\nThou hast thou art. Bu fyaft \u00c2\u00a3)u U(t.\\nArt thou fatigued *8ift u mute\\nI am not fatigued. 3d) bin nict)t mute.\\nThou wilt (wishest), thou art 3)u rotttft \u00c2\u00a3)u fcmnft.\\nable (canst).\\nArt thou willing to make my fire 1 SOBiUft \u00c2\u00a3)u mem geuet anmacfyep\\nI am willing to make it, but I 3d) mill cS cmmacfyen, abet id) Unn\\ncannot. ntd)t.\\nThou leavest. \u00c2\u00a9u Wfieft.\\n7%. Sing. e t n. Plur. jD c t n e b\\nTo \u00c2\u00a3e obliged (must) stiffen*.\\nI must he must. 3d) mup cr muf.\\nWe must they must. 2Btt miiffen fie miiffen.\\nThou must you must. u mugt 3()r muffet or mupt\\n(\u00c2\u00aeie miiffen).\\nObs. B. The infinitive joined to the verb ntuffen is\\nnot preceded by the particle jU* (See Lesson XL.)\\nEx.\\nWe must work. \u00c2\u00a3Btt miiffen citktten.\\nMust you write a letter to your 97luffen (Sie Sftrcm SBtubet etnen\\nbrother 23rtcf fcfyteiben\\nIs he obliged to go to the market Sfluj} cr auf ben SOfatft gefjen\\nHe is obliged to go thither. @t mup baton cjeben.\\nWhat hast thou to do 1 2Ba$ i)aft \u00c2\u00a3)u $u tljun\\nI have nothing to do. 3d) fyabe md)tg 511 tfyun.\\nWhat hast thou to drink 2Ba6 grift u $u trinfen\\nI have nothing to drink. 3d) fyabe mcl)tg 5U trtnfen.\\nWhat has the man to do 1 SBaS f at bet \u00c2\u00a3ftann ^u tfyun\\nHe is obliged to go into the (St mup in ben \u00c2\u00a3Balb gefyen.\\nwood.\\nThis evening (to-night). f$^*^\\nIn the evening. |f f jg*\u00c2\u00bb (^ve).\\nThis mor ning, Jf|KS n aCCUSatiVe)\\nIn the mornino- I C or 9 cn (genitive).\\nin the morning. j f ?Cm crgen#\\n3. it is a mark of intimacy among friends, and is employed by parents and\\nchildren, brothers and sisters, husbands and wives, towards one another in\\ngeneral it implies familiarity founded on affection and fondness. In polite\\nconversation, persons always address each other in the third person plural.\\nThe third person singular and second person plural also, especially the for) *^r,\\nare frequently used towards inferiors, as servants, c. In writing, the\\nnouns of address ^U, \u00c2\u00a3te and 3 fyr, have a capital initial letter.\\nb T ?h\\\\ and T^ctne, thy, are declined exactly as mem and ttiei**", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "72\\nEXERCISES. 64.\\nWifl you go tor some sugar] I will go for some. Son (9Q?etn\\n\u00c2\u00a9ofjn), wilt Jhcu go for some water] Yes, father (nicin SSatct), I\\nwill go for some. Whither wilt thou go I will go to the well\\nin order to fetch some water. Where is thy brother] He is at\\nthe well. Will you send for my son] I will send for him.\\nWill the captain senu lor my child] He will send for him (C6).\\nWhere is he He is in a corner of the ship. Can you make a\\nhole in the (with accusaiive) table I can make one. Art thou\\nable to write a letter to me! I am able to write one to you.\\nMust I go any whither] Thou must go into the garden. Must I\\nsend for anything Thou must send for good wine, good cheese,\\nand good bread. What must I do You must write a long letter.\\nTo whom must I write a long letter You must write one tc\\nyour friend.\\n65.\\nWhat must we do You must go into the forest in order to\\ncut some wood. What has the Englishman to do] He has\\nnothing to do. Has the Spaniard anything to do He has to\\nwork. Where can he work He can work in his room and in\\nmine. When will you give me some money I will give you\\nsome this evening. Must I come to your house You must come\\nto my house. When must I come to your house This morning.\\nMust I come to your house in the morning or in the evening]\\nYou must come in the morning and in the evening. Whitber\\nmust I go You must go to the great square in order to speak to\\nthe merchants. Where must the peasant go to He must go into\\nthe field in order to cut some hay. Must I keep anything (for)\\nyou (Sfynen) You must keep (for) me (nut) my good gold and\\nmy good works. Must the children of our friends do anything]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThey must work in the morning and in the evening. What must\\nthe tailor mend (for) you He must mend my old coat (for) me.\\nWhich chicken must the cook kill He must kill this and\\nthat. Must I send you these or those books You must send\\nme (both) these and those.\\nTHIRTY-SECOND LESSON.-gtoei mtt bxmBlQBte\\nCation.\\nAs far as. t (an adverb of place).\\nHow far? \u00c2\u00a3t\u00c2\u00ab roc()in (See Lesson XXVII,\\nRule 2.)\\nAs far as the corner. 23t$ in t cn SBtnfeL\\nAs far as the end of the road. 93 i6 on fraS (5nt c t c$ \u00c2\u00a3Be$e", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "73\\nThe end,\\nthe end (the extremity),\\nthe road, the way,\\nTo the bottom of the cask.\\nTo the bottom of the well.\\nTo the bottom of the wells.\\nThe bottom,\\nthe garret,\\nthe ground,\\nthe cask,\\nthe purse,\\nI go, am going he goes\\nfca\u00c2\u00a3 (Snbe (has no plural)\\nba$ (Snbe (plur. tie (Snbcn)\\nt cr 2Beg.\\n23t$ auf ben SBcbcn bc$ gaffe*.\\n8tS auf ben \u00c2\u00a9runfc bc$ 25runnen\\n23 te auf ben @runb bet* 23runneru\\nbcr 23oben\\nbet 25obcn\\nbcr \u00c2\u00a9runb\\nt)a$ gap\\nber 33eute(.\\nis 3d) gel$ cr gefjet or gefyt.\\ngoing.\\nWe go, are going they go, are 2Btt gefyen ftc gefyen.\\ngoing.\\nThou goest, art going you go, \u00c2\u00a3)u gcf)eft or geljft 3()t yr)et 01\\nare going. gef)t Ste gefyen).\\nAll, every* 11 I,\\nSt 1 1, is declined like the definite article. It is nevei\\npreceded or followed by an article, but may be so by\\na pronoun.\\nEvery day.\\nEvery morning.\\nEvery evening.\\nAt.\\nAt what o clock 1\\nAt what time\\nAt one o clock.\\nHalf.\\nAt half past three.\\nAt a quarter past one.\\nAt a quarter past eleven.\\nAt a quarter to one.\\nAt twelve o clock.\\nAt twelve o clock at night (mid- Urn fitter nad)t\\nnight).\\nThe quarter, bat SStertcl,\\nt 2Clte Sage.\\nf 2Me gjiergen.\\nt TOe m enb.\\nit m.\\nUrn nricmel ltf)t\\nUrn rocWfee 3ett\\nUrn ctnS or urn ctn Ufyt.*\\n\u00c2\u00a3a (6.\\nf Urn Ijafb trier,\\nf Urn ctn SStcrtcl auf ^vocu\\nt Um ctn SSkttel auf aroittf.\\nt Urn btet $iertet auf etn\\nUm groctf or um jroolf ttr)r^\\nA\u00c2\u00a3 present, now.\\nTo go out.\\nTo remain, to stay.\\n3 C 1 1.\\n2Cu$geF)cn*\\n23 t e t b e n\\n(au^uger)en)\\nUf)r signifies clock, watch, and not hour, which is translated by (Stunfce.\\nWhen we say: UStetuel Ul)r tft e$? it means: SBtemel tfl e$ auf bet U$t?\\nHow much is it upon the clock I For this reason we may leave out the word\\nUfyr, when v r e say um etrtg, um $tt 5ff, as above.\\n4", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "74\\nWhen du you wish to go out\\nI wish to go out now.\\nTo remain (to stay) at home.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bcnn roetlcn Ste auSgefyen?\\n3d) null jegt auSgeften.\\n3u \u00c2\u00a3aufc MetOcn*-\\nHere.\\n\u00c2\u00a3iet.\\nTo remain here.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2g icr Mct cn\\nTAere.\\n2) a.\\nTo remain there.\\n\u00c2\u00a9a blcikn*\\nAre you going to your brother\\nI am going to him.\\nWe are they are.\\nYou are.\\nWe have they have.\\nYou have.\\nAre your brothers at home\\nThey are at home.\\nThey are not at home.\\nAre the men thirsty\\nHave your friends my books\\nThey have them not.\\nHave they time to write 1\\nTo thee.\\nThee.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfjcn @tc ju Sljtem SStubet?\\n3d) gcfye $u if)m.\\nSOSir finb fie fmfc.\\n3br fetb (\u00c2\u00a9tc finb).\\n2Bit F)abcn fie fyaben.\\n3()r f)abct or fjafct (\u00c2\u00a3?te fjafcen)\\n\u00c2\u00a9tnb Sfjte SBriibct $u \u00c2\u00a3aufe\\n\u00c2\u00a9tc finb $u \u00c2\u00a3aufe.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie finb ntd)t 311 aufe.\\n(Sinb tie banner burfttg?\\nabm 3f)te gxeunbe metne SSucfyet?\\n(Sic fyaben fie ntcfyt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3akn fie Sett 311 fcfyretkn\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tt (dative).\\n2) id) (accusative).\\nO s. Do and am, when used as auxiliaries, are nevei\\nexpressed in German. Ex.\\nDo you wish to take me to my\\nfather 1\\nI wish to take thee to him.\\nAre you will ing to give me a\\nknife 1\\nI am willing to give thee one.\\nAm I going to him 1\\nThou art not going to him, but\\nto me.\\nSwollen Ste mid) $u meinem SSatci\\nftif)ven\\n3d) will .(Did) gu tfjm fiiljren.\\nSMen \u00c2\u00a9ic nut ein aflcflet gefcen\\n3d) will \u00c2\u00a3)it etnS gefcetu\\n\u00c2\u00aeef)e id) $u ifjm\\nu jjefjeft tucfyt $u ifjm, fonbern $u\\nmtr.\\nEXERCISES. 66.\\nHow far do you wish to go I wish to go as far as the end of\\nthe forest. How for does your brother wish to go 1 He wishes\\nto go as far as the end of that road. How far does the wine go 1\\nIt goes to the bottom of the cask. How far does the water go 1\\nIt goes to the bottom of the well. Whither art thou going\\nI am going to the market. Whither are we going? We are going\\ninto the country. Are you going as far as the square I arr", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "75\\ngoing as far as the fountain. When does your cook go to the\\nmarket 1 He goes there every morning. Can you speak to the\\nnobleman? I can speak to him every day. Can I see your\\nfather 1 You can see him every evening. At what o clock can I\\nsee him 1 You can see him every evening at eight o clock. Will\\nyou come to me to-day I cannot come to you to-day, but to-mor-\\nrow. At what o clock will you come to-morrow 1 I will come at\\nhalf past eight. Can you not come at a quarter past eight I\\ncannot. At what o clock does your son go to the captain 1 He\\ngoes to him at a quarter before one. At what o clock is your\\nFriend at home At midnight.\\n67.\\nHave you a mind to go out I have no mind to go out. When\\nWill you go out I will go out at half past three. Does your\\nfather wish to go out He does not wish to go out he wishes to\\nremain at home. Are you willing to remain here, my dear (Ucb)\\nfriend 1 I cannot remain here, I must go to the warehouse. Must\\nyou go to your brother I must go to him. At what o clock must\\nyou write your letters I must write them at midnight. Do you\\ngo to your neighbour in the evening or in the morning I go to\\nhim (both) in the evening and in the morning. W^here are you\\ngoing to now I am going to the play. Where are you going to\\nto-night I am going nowhither I must remain at home in order\\nio write letters. Are your brothers at home 1 They are not there.\\nWhere are they] They are in the country. Where are your\\nfriends going to 1 They are going home. Has your tailor as\\nmany children as your shoemaker] He has quite as many of them\\n(tfyrer). Have the sons of your shoemaker as many boots as their\\nfather They have (focren) more than he. Have the children of\\n)ur hatter as much bread as wine 1 They have more of the one\\nthan of the other. Has our carpenter one more son 1 He has\\nseveral more. Are the Italians thirsty They are thirsty and\\nhungry. Have they anything to do They have nothing to do.\\nAre the children of the Irish hungry or thirsty They are neither\\nhungry nor thirsty, but fatigued..\\n68.\\nHave you time to go out I have no time to go out. What\\nhave you to do at home I must write letters to my friends.\\nMust you sweep your room 1 I must sweep it. Are you obliged\\nto lend your brothers money I am obliged to lend them some.\\nMust you go mtothe garden? I must go thither. At what o clock\\nmust you go thither I must go thither at a quarter past twelve,\\nAre you obliged to go to my father at eleven o clock at night\\n(^benfcs) 1 I am obliged to go to him at midnight. Where are\\nthe brothers of our bailiff] They are in the great forest in order\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2o cut great trees. Have they money to buy bread and wine]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThey have some. Are our children wrong in going ($u gerjcn) to", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "76\\nthe English They are not wrong in going ($u gefyen) to them.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nMust the children of the French go to the children of the English 1\\nThey must go to them. Is the Russian right in remaining ($u\\nbletbcn) with the Turk 1 He is not wrong in remaining with him.\\nWill you send for some wine and glasses 1 I will neither send\\nfor wine nor for glasses I am not thirsty. Is thy father thirsty 1\\nHe is not thirsty. Are you willing to give me some money in\\norder to go for some bread I am willing to give you some in\\norder to go for some bread and beer.\\nTHIRTY.THIRD LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Btti tttib bmssigste\\nCection.\\nTo sell.\\nTo tell, to say.\\nTo tell a man.\\nThe word,\\nthe favour,\\nthe pleasure,\\nTo give pleasure.\\nTo do a favour.\\nWill you tell the servant to\\nmake the fire\\nI wi\u00c2\u00abl tell him to make it.\\nWill you tell the servant to buy\\na broom 1\\nI will tell him to buy one.\\nIt is.\\nLate.\\nW T hat o clock is it\\nIt is three o clock.\\nIt is twelve o clock.\\nIt is a quarter past twelve.\\nIt wants a quarter to six.\\nIt is half past one.\\nTo be acquainted with (to know).\\nTo be acquainted with (to know)\\na man.\\nDo you know (are you acquainted\\nwith) this man\\n1 know him (am acquainted with\\nMm).\\n83etfaufen.\\na g c n.\\n(Stnem 93?anne fagcn.\\nfcajg 2Bcrt;\\nt et \u00c2\u00a9cfatten\\ntag 33crgnuQcn.\\nSScrcuiuQcn macfycn.\\n(Stnen \u00c2\u00a9efatten tfyun*.\\nSnellen Stc km SScbtcntcn fagen,\\nt ag \u00c2\u00a7cuer an$umcid)cn\\n3d) will tym fagen, eg an$umacf)cn.\\nSwollen @te t em 23et tcntcn fagen,\\nctnen S3cfcn $u faufen\\n3d) will tljm fagen, etnen $u faufen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9pat.\\nf mi fpat tji eg\\nt SBtcmcl ill)t iji eg\\n@s ift fcrei Ufjr.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3g ift grwHf Gwolf U r).\\nt S*g ift etn 23tettc( auf etng.\\nt ift brci SBkrtcl auf fecl)g.\\nt S$ ift f)al $wct.\\nJt e n n e n (governs the accus.)\\n(Stncn OD^cnfcl)cn fennen*.\\n\u00c2\u00a3enncn Ste fetcfen 93?ann\\n3d) fenne ir)n*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "77\\nTo want. p S t f) t g f a b c n (governs th.\\nxv j accusative).\\nrj, 5 S3en(5 1 bt At fc t n (governs the\\nTo hem want of. ge nitive).\\nI want it. S4 fafce e* notr)tg.\\nI am in want of it. 3d) bin beffen benotfytgt. (See Les-\\nson XVI.)\\nDo you want this hat? \u00c2\u00a3aben @te biefen \u00c2\u00a3ut nb tl)tg?\\nAre you in want of this hat \u00c2\u00a9int Ste btcfc^ \u00c2\u00a3ute$ fcentftfjigt\\nI want it. 3d) (jabe ifyn notf)tcj.\\nI am in want of it. 3d) bin beffen benotfytgt.\\nDo you want this money 1 fyaUn K btefeS \u00c2\u00a9ctt notfjtg?\\nAre you in want of this money 1 (Stnb Sie btcfeS \u00c2\u00a9ctbe^ 6cnctr)igt\\nI want it. 3d) babe c$ nStfytg.\\nI am in want of it. 3d) bin beffen bcnotfjtgt.\\nI do not. want it. 3d) babe e$ ntd)t noting.\\nI am not in want of it. 3d) bin beffen nid)t knotty tgt.\\nI do not want anything. W t. M a*t:^\\nI am not in want of anything. J Sd o6e m W*\\nDo you want money? g. ._\\nAre you in want of money L a\\nI want some. ,r j\\nI am in want of some. 5\\nI do not want any. r e a\\nI am not in want of any. i)aU kin not W\\nO s. ji. 58en6tf)tgt fettt must never be used when\\nthe noun is not preceded by a determinative word like\\nthe definite article, or a possessive or demonstrative\\npronoun.\\nWhat 2B ci\\nWhat do you want 1\\nWhat are yon in want of] fl6cn ,c not l 8\\nOis. J5. All the cases of the personal pronouns\\nhave been more or less employed thus far, except the\\ngenitive, which is as follows\\nOf me of thee of him. Reiner \u00c2\u00a3)ctner fetner.\\nOf us of you of them. Unfer (Suer (Styrer) rcr (f\u00c2\u00b0 7\\nall genders).\\nIs he in want of me 3ft ct metner benottytcjt\\nHe is in want of you. (\u00c2\u00a7r ijl 3brcr benfc ttyigt. (See Les-\\nson XVI.)\\nAre you in want of these books (Sinb ie btefct 25ficbet benottyigt?\\nI am in want of them. 3d) bin bevfelben benottytgt.\\nIs he in want of my brothers 1 3ft er metner SSrubiT benot^igt\\nHe is in want of them (\u00c2\u00a3t tft tbret benottytqt. (See Les*\\nson XVI.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "78\\nEXERCISES. 69\\nWill you do me a favour Yes, Sir, what one (rociS fut ctnen) 1\\n-Will you tell your brother to sell me his horse 1 I will tell him\\nto sell it you. Will you tell my servants to sweep my large\\nrooms 1 will tell them to sweep them. Will you tell your son\\nto come to my father I will tell him to come to him. Have you\\nanything to tell me] I have nothing to tell you (put the dative\\nbefore the aceus.). Have you anything to say to my father 7\u00e2\u0080\u00941\\nhave a word to say to him. Do your brothers wish to sell their\\ncarriage 1 They do not wish to sell it. John (Solemn) art thou\\nthere (t\u00c2\u00bba) Yes, Sir, I am here (t a). Wilt thou go to my hatter\\nto tell him to mend my hat I will go to him. Wilt thou go to\\nthe tailor to tell him to mend my coats I will go to him. Art\\nthou willing to go to the market I am willing to go thither.\\nWhat has the merchant to sell He has beautiful leather gloves,\\ncombs, and good cloth to sell. Has he any shirts to sell He\\nhas some to sell. Does he wish to sell me his horses 1 He\\nwishes to sell them to you.\\n70.\\nIs it late]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 It is not late. What o clock is if? It is a quarter\\npast twelve. At what o clock does your father wish to go out\\nHe wishes to go out at a quarter to nine. Will he sell this or that\\nhorse] He will sell neither this nor that. Does he wish to buy\\nthis or that r.oat He wishes to buy both. Has he one horse\\nmore to sell He has one more, but he does not wish to sell it.\\nHas he one carriage more to sell He has not one more carriage\\nto sell but he has a few more oxen to sell. When will he sell\\nthem] He will sell them to-day. Will he sell them in the\\nmorning or in the evening He will sell them this evening. At\\nwhat o clock At half past rive. Can you go to the baker I\\ncannot go to him it is late. How late is it It is midnight.\\nDo you wish to see that man I wish to see him, in order to\\nknow him. Does your father wish to see my brothers He\\nwishes to see them, in order to know them. Does he wish to see\\nmy horse He wishes to see it. At what o clock does he wish\\nto see it He wishes to see it at six o clock. Where does he\\nwish to see it] He wishes to see it in (cutf) the great square.\\nHas the German much corn to sell He has but little to sell.\\nWhat knives has the merchant to sell He has good knives to\\nsell. How many more knives has he] He has six more. Has\\nthe Irishman much more wine He has not much more. Hast\\nthou wine enough to drink] -I have not much, but enough. Art\\nthou able to drink much wine I am able to drink much. Canst\\nthou drink some every day I can drink some every morning and\\nevery evening. Can thy brother drink as much as thou] He can\\nj rink more than I.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "79\\n71.\\nWhat are you in want of I am in want of a good hat. Are\\nf om in want of this knife 1 I am in want of it. Do you want\\nmoney] I want some. Does your brother want pepper! He\\ndoes not want any. Does he want some boots He does not\\nwant any. What does my brother want He wants nothing\\nWho wants some sugar] Nobody wants any. Does anybody\\nwant money Nobody wants any. Does your father want any-\\nthing] He wants nothing. What do I want] You want no-\\nthing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Art thou in want of my book I am in want of it. Is\\nthy father in want of it He is not in want of it. Does your\\nfriend want this stick] He wants it. Does he want these or\\nthose corks He wants neither these nor these. Are you in want\\nof me I am in want of thee.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 When do you want me At\\npresent. What have you to say to me I have a word to say to\\nthee. Is your son in want of us] He is in want of ycu and\\nyour brothers. Are you in want of my servants I am in want\\nof them. Does any one want my brother No one wants him.\\nTHIRTY-FOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 bier mxb irrmsigste\\nCation.\\nTHE PRESENT.\\nThere is no distinction in German between I love,\\ndo love and am loving. All these present tenses are\\nexpressed by id) fiebe, I love.\\nIn the regular verbs the third person singular and\\nsecond person plural of the present tense indicative\\nmode are alike, and terminate (even in most of the ir-\\nregular verbs) in c t or t The first and third persons\\nplural in all German ve^bs are like the infinitive.\\nTo love. g i c b c n,\\nlove, loves,\\ndo love, he 3 does love, 3d) (tcuc, er ftckt or ttcut,\\nam loving, is loving.\\nThou \\\\\\\\ZtLe, you fevef I** 8J\\n1 J j i Oct or (cut ((Stc ItebcnV\\nf art loving. are loving. v\\ni love, C love,\\nWe do love, they do love, \u00c2\u00a3Btt Ucfccn, ftc lic cn.\\nare loving- are loving.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "80\\nObs. A. The letter e is often rejected in the second\\nand third persons singular and in the second person\\nplural of the present tense but never in verbs the\\nroot of which ends in b, t, tf), ft, or in two or more\\nconsonants, after which t or jl could not be distinctly\\npronounced, as in fenben*, to send bit fenbe^ er fenbet,\\n3fyr fenbet orbnen, to set in order bit orbttefi, er orbnet,\\n3fyr orbnet, c. On the other hand this contraction\\nalways takes place in verbs that end in e it or ern,\\nas fcfymeirfjeht, to flatter in fdjmetcfyefft, er fcfymetefyeft, Sfyr\\nfcfymeicfyeft cwbern, to alter bu dnberft, er dnbert, 3fyr cin^\\nbert (See Lesson XXIV. the Infinitive.)\\nTo want*\\nDo you want your money\\nI war* it.\\nTo set in order*\\nTo open.\\nDo you open the window 1\\nI open i\\n23 r a u d) e n (governs the accusa\\ntive).\\n9Bcaud)cn Sie 3$t G5ett)\\n3cb fcrcmcfye e\\nx t n c n.\\nDeffnen (aufmacfyen, cmfeumad)cn),\\nSBtodjcn t t a$ gcnftcr cmf\\n3d) macfye eg auf.\\nObs. B. German verbs are generally not irregular\\nin the present tense, but rather in the imperfect and\\npast participle. Some, however, are irregular in the\\nsecond and third persons singular and as pupils\\nshould be acquainted with all the irregularities, we\\nshall always mark these two persons whenever they\\npresent any. Of those which we have seen already,\\nthe following are irregular in the second and third\\npersons singular.\\nTo give\\nthou givest he gives.\\nTo see\\nthou seest \u00e2\u0080\u0094he sees.\\nTo speak\\nthou speakest he speaks.\\nTo take, to carry\\nthou earnest he carries.\\nTo wash\\nthou washest he washes.\\nTo break\\nthou breakest he breaks.\\n(Sjeben*\\n2)u gtfcft er gtftt.\\n(Sefyen*\\n\u00c2\u00a9u ficljft er fteljt.\\n\u00c2\u00a9predjen*\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u fpricftft er fpridjfc\\nSragen*\\n\u00c2\u00a9u tragfi er tr jt.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3afd)cn*\\nu tt afd)e|t er w ffiu\\n3crked)en*:\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u ^erbrtcfyjt\u00e2\u0080\u0094 er serbrtchl", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "81\\nDCP Personal pronouns not standing in the nomina*\\ntive, take their place after the verb.\\nDo you love him fitefccn (Sic i r) n 1\\nI do love him* 3d) (tefcc t I) n.\\nI do not love him. Set) Ue6e t f) n n i dfj U\\nDoes the servant sweep the jtcfyrt bet 23cbiente ba$ 3imme*\\nroom au^l\\nObs. C. In simple tenses, as the present or imper-\\nfect, the separable particle is always placed at the\\nend of the sentence unless this begins with a con-\\njunction, a relative pronoun, or a relative adverb, in\\nwhich case the particle is not separated from the verb,\\nwhich then takes its place at the end.\\nHe sweeps it. (?t Fefyrt e$ cui\\nDoes your father go out to-day 1 (5kl)t 3()t SSatcu fyeute cute 1\\nHe does not go out to-day. (St cjefyt fyeutc ntcfyt cm$*\\nexercises. 72.\\nDo you love your brother 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -I love him. \u00c2\u00bbDoes your father love\\nhim He does not love him. Dost thou love me, my good child I\\nI love thee. Dost thou love this ugly man I do not love him.\\nDoes your father want his servant] He does want him. Dost\\nthou want anything 1 I want nothing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Does the servant open the\\nwindow He does open it. Dost thou open it] 1 do not open\\nit. Dost thou set my books in order? I do set them in order.\\nDoes the servant set our boots or our shoes in order 1 He sets\\n(both) the one and the other in order. Do our children love us\\nThey do love us. Do we love our enemies We do not love\\nthem. Do you want your money 1 I do want it. Do we want\\nour carriage 1 We do want it. Are our friends in want of their\\nclothes (.frletbet) 1 They are in want of them.- What do you give\\nme I do not give thee anything. Do you give my brother the\\nbook 1 T do give it him. Do you give him a hat 1 I do give him\\none.\\n73.\\nDost thou see anything I see nothing. Do you see my large\\ngarden 1 I do see it. Does your father see our ship He does\\nnot see it, but we see it. How many ships do you see We see\\na good many; we see more than thirty of them.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do you give me\\nbooks I do give thee some. Does our father give you money]\\nHe does not give us any. Does he give you hats 1 He does\\nnot give us any. Do you see many sailors 1 We see more\\nsoldiers (bet Sott at, plur. en) than sailors. Do the soldiers see\\nmanv storehouses 1 They see more gardens than storehouses\\n4", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "82\\nDo the English give you good cakes They do give us some\\nDo you give me as much wine as beer I give thee as mu jl A\\nthe one as of the other. Can you give me some more cakes 1--I\\ncan give thee no more I have not many more. Do you give me\\nthe horse which you have I do not give you that which I have.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhich horse do you give me I give you that of my brother.\\n74.\\nDo you speak to the neighbour I do speak to him. Does he\\nSpeak to you He does not speak to me. Do your brothers speak\\nto you They do speak to us. When dost thou speak to thy\\nfather I speak to him every morning and every evening. What\\ndost thou carry I carry a book. Where dost thou carry it to 1 I\\ncarry it home. Do you wash your stockings I do not wash\\nthem. Does your brother wash as many shirts as stockings He\\nwashes more of the one than of the other. Hast thou many more\\nstockings to wash I have not many more to wash. How many\\nmore shirts have your friends to wash 1 They have two more to\\nwash. What does your servant carry He carries a great table.\\nWhat do these men carry They carry our wooden chairs.\\nWhere do they carry them to They carry them into the large\\nroom of our brothers. Do your brothers wash their stockings or\\nours] They neither wash yours nor theirs they wash those ot\\ntheir children.\\n75.\\nDost thou not break my glass 1 No, Sir, I do not break it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do\\nhe sons of our neighbours break our glasses They do break them.\\nWho tears your books] The young man tears them. Do you\\nnot tear them I do not tear them. Do the soldiers cut trees 1\\nThey do cut some. Do you buy as many hats as gloves I buy\\nmore of the one than of the other. Does your brother buy any\\nbread] He is obliged to buy some; he is hungry. Do oui\\nbrothers buy any wine They are obliged to buy some they are\\nthirsty. Do you break anything. We do not break anything.\\nWho breaks our chairs Nobody breaks them. Dost thou buy\\nanything] I do not buy anything. Who keeps (takes care of)\\nour money My father keeps it. Do your brothers take care of\\nmy books They do take care of them. Dost thou take care of\\nanything] I do not take care of anything.\\n76.\\nDoes the tailor mend our coats He does mend them. What\\ndost thou write] I write a letter. To whom dost thou write a\\nletter To my father. When does thy brother write his letters\\nHe writes them in the morning and in the evening. What dost\\nthou now. I do nothing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 At what o clock do you go to the the-\\natre At a quarter past seven. What o clock is it now It", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "83\\nwants a quarter to six. At what o clock does your cook go to tha\\nmarket] He goes there at five o clock (put bafytn to the end).\\nDoes he go thither in the evening] No, he goes thither in the\\nmorning. Do you go any whither I go no whither; but my\\nbrothers go into the garden. Dost thou drink anything I drink\\nnothing but the Italian drinks good wine and good beer. Do you\\nsend me one more book I do not send you one more. Are you\\nanswering his letter I am answering it. Does he answer thine 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094He does answer it. What do you say I say nothing. Must\\nI give him money to remain here You must give him some to\\ngo out. Is this man selling anything He is selling good cakes.\\nWhat do you sell] I sell nothing; but my friends sell nails,\\nknives, and horse-shoes. What does the man say He says no-\\nthing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 What art thou looking for I am not looking for any-\\nthing.\\nWe should fill volumes, were we to give all the exercises that are applica-\\nble to our lessons, and which the pupils may very easily compose by them-\\nselves. We shall therefore merely repeat what we have already mentioned\\nat the commencement pupils who wish to improve rapidly ought to compose\\na great many sentences in addition to those given but they must pronounce\\nthem aloud. This is the only way by which they will acquire the habit of\\nspeaking fluently.\\nTHIRTY-FIFTH LESSON. Mtlf ttltb frrmsigste\\nAction.\\nThe pain,\\nbet Sd)met$\\nthe tooth,\\nber 3at)n\\nthe ear,\\nba\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3)r)r (is not softened\\ntakes en in the plur.)\\nthe neck,\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3a(6\\nthe ache,\\nt a$ SBefj (plur. en a\\nthe evil,\\nba$ Uefcef.\\nSore (t/Z, wicked)\\nScTe.\\nBad.\\n\u00c2\u00a9d)(tmm.\\nEvil, ill.\\nUe cl.\\nand\\nHave you a sore finger\\nI have a sore finger.\\nHas your brother a sore foot\\nHe has a sore eye.\\nvVe have sore e\\\\es.\\n\u00c2\u00a3akn S:e etnen Wffett ginger?\\n3d) babe etnen befen gtngct.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at 3f)t 93tuber etnen tnjfen #u\u00c2\u00a3\\n(St f)at etn 6ofe$ 2Cua,e.\\n\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3tt rjafcen fccfe 2Cugen.\\nv$)a$ SBefy, the ache, is employed in the plural only to denote the pangs ef\\nhildbirth.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "M\\nThe head-ache, bag jtopftoeft f\\nthe tooth-ache, bat 3af)nn)ef)\\nthe ear-ache, a\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00a3)f)remt cf)\\na sore throat, \u00c2\u00a7a-f$tt cf)\\na pain in one s back $ucfenfd)mer$.\\nHe has the head-ache. (Sr fyat $opffd)mer$en.\u00c2\u00ab\\nI have the tooth-ache. 3d} h a bz 3afynfd)mcr$eifc\\nThe elbow* t er \u00c2\u00a9tlOccjcn\\nthe back, bet 9?iicfcn\\nthe knee, bag Jtnie^ d\\nTo bring. S3 1 1 n 0, e n\\nTo find. ginbcn*.\\nThat which {what). 2\u00c2\u00a3a6 (basientge wctcfye*, bag roc!*\\nd)Cg).\\n05s. J.. SBa3 is often used instead of baSjemge, tt ef*\\ncf)e3 or ba\u00c2\u00a3, toelcfye^, that which. (See Lesson XXIX.)\\nDo you find what you are look- gtnbcn k, \\\\va g (Sic fud)cn\\ning for\\nI find what I am looking for. 3d) fktbe, wag id) fud)C.\\nHe does not find what he is look- (St fmbet ritcfyt, mag et fucfyt.\\ning* for.\\nWe find what we are looking for. Sfi*it ftnbcn, mag mir fucbcn.\\n1 have what I want. 3d) f)abe, mag id) raud)C.\\nI mend what you mend. 3d) bcfferc aug, wa$ @ic ausfref\\nfern.\\nOis. 5. As the second member of this phrase be-\\ngins with a relative pronoun, the particle au$ is not\\nseparated from its verb which is removed to the end*\\n(See Obs. C. Lesson XXXIV. and rule of Syntax, Les-\\nson XL VII.)\\nTo read (thou reddest, he reads). c f e n (bu ftefcft, cr ftefet o?\\nKept).\\nTo study. S t b t r c n\\nTo learn. c r n c rt\\nObs. C. The particle J tt does not precede the infini-\\ntive joined to the verb ferttett, to learn. (See Lesson\\nXL. Ex.\\nb Compound words are of the gender of the last component which expresses\\nthe fundamental or general idea.\\nc corner j, pain, is here in the plural. In compound words, SBety is em*\\nployed in the singular, and \u00c2\u00a9corner J in the plural, thus 3d) $abt ^Opf\u00c2\u00bbe^\\nand 3d) fxtjbe ftopffd)mer$en, I hav\u00c2\u00a3 the head-ache.\\nd 2)(t\u00c2\u00a7 fink, the knee, does not take an additional e in the plural and is ne\\nvertlieless pronounced as if it did.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "85\\nI leam to read. t 3d) letne lefen*\\nHe learns to write. f (Sr (cent fdjretfcctt*\\nFrench, frangoftfc^ (an adjective*)\\nEnglish, engltfd)\\nGerman, bcuffd).\\nDo you learn German 2crnen \u00c2\u00a9ic t)cutfd)\\nI do learn it. 3d) (erne c\u00c2\u00a3*\\nI do not leam it. ^d) (erne tx ntd)t*\\nexercises. 77.\\nWhere is your father He is at home. Does he not go out\\nHe is not able to go out he has the head-ache.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Hast thou the\\nnead-ache I have not the head-ache, but the ear-ache. What\\nday of the month is it (Den rmemetiTen fyaben nut, Lesson XXI) to-\\nday It is the twelfth to-day. What day of the month is (Dct\\nitncmeffte tft) to-morrow To-morrow is the thirteenth. What\\nteeth have you] I have good teeth. What teeth has your bro-\\nther He has bad teeth. Has the Englishman the tooth-ache\\nHe has not the tooth-ache he has a sore eye. Has the Italian a\\nsore eye V He has not a sore eye, but a sore foot. Have I a sore\\nfinger] You have no sore finger, but a sore knee. Will you cut\\nme some bread I cannot cut you any I have sore fingers.\\nWill anybody cut me some cheese 1 Nobody will cut you any.\\nAre you looking for any one I am not looking for any one.\\nHas any one the ear-ache No one has the ear-ache. What is\\nthe painter looking for] He is not looking for anything. Whom\\nare you looking for I am looking for your son. W r ho is look-\\ning for me No one is looking for you. -Dost thou find what thou\\nart looking for I do find what I am looking for but the captain\\ndoes not find what he is looking for.\\n78.\\nWho has a sore throat 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 We have sore throats. Has any one\\nsore eyes The Germans have sore eyes.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Does the tailor make\\nmy coat He does not make it he has a pain in his back. Does\\nthe shoemaker make my shoes 1 He is unable (fann md)t) to make\\nthem he has sore elbows. Does the merchant bring us beautiful\\npurses (bet ^Beutel) He cannot go out he has sore feet. Does\\nthe Spaniard find the umbrella which he is looking for] He does\\nfind it. Do the butchers find the sheep which they are looking for\\nThey do find them. Does the tailor find his thimble 1 He does\\nnot find it. Dost thou find the paper which thou art looking for\\nI do not find it. Do we find what we are looking for] We do\\nnot find what we are looking for. What is the nobleman doing\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094-He does what you are doing. W T hat is he doing in his room 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHe is reading.\\ne Derived from ber ftr ttt$ofe, the Frenchman.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "86\\n79.\\nArt thou reading I am not reading. Do the sons of the noble*\\nmen study? They do study. What are they studying] They\\nare studying German. Art thou studying English] I have no\\ntime to study it. Are the Dutch looking for this or that ship\\nThey are looking for both. Is the servant looking for this or that\\nbroom He is neither looking for this nor that. Who is learning\\nGerman The sons of the captains and those of the noblemen are\\n.earning it. When does your friend study French] He studies\\nit in the morning. At what o clock does he study it He studies\\nit at ten o clock. Does he study it every day] He studies it\\nevery morning and every evening. What are the children of the\\ncarpenter doing They are reading. Are they reading German\\nThey are reading French but we are reading English. What\\nbooks does your son read He reads good books. Does he read\\nGerman books He reads French books. What book do you\\nread I read a German book. Do you read as much as my chil-\\ndren] I read more than they. Does your father read the book\\nwhich I read He does not read that which you read, but that\\nwhich I read. Does he read as much as I He reads less than\\nyou, but he learns more than you. Do you lend me a book I do\\nlend you one. Do your friends lend you any books They do lend\\nme some.\\nTHIRTY-SIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qztt)Z tttlb brmsigot*\\nzttion.\\nSpanish, fpcmtfd) (an adjective a\\nThe termination tfcf) serves to form adjectives of the\\nnames of nations. Thus\\nItalian,\\nita(temfcf)\\nPolish,\\npetntfd)\\nRussian,\\nrufftfd)\\nLatin,\\nlatetntfdf)\\nGreek,\\ngried)tfd\\nArabian, Arabic,\\narabtfcl)\\nSyrian, Syriac,\\nfottfd).\\nThe Pole,\\nbet spote\\nthe Roman,\\nbet SWmet\\nthe Greek,\\nbet (SJriedb*\\nthe Arab, the Arabian,\\nbet 2ttG\\nthe Syrian,\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9ptet,\\nDerived from (Span ten, Spain.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "87\\nAre you a Frenchman]\\nNo, Sir, I am a German.\\nIs be a tailor?\\nNo, he is a shoemaker.\\nHe is a foci.\\nTV? -msh, to desire*\\nThe fool,\\nthe mouth,\\nthe memory,\\nHave you a good memory I\\nHe has a little mouth.\\nYour b] other hks blue eyes.\\nDo you wish me a good morn-\\ning?\\nI wish you a good evening.\\nBlue,\\nblack,\\nInstead of.\\nTo play.\\nTo listen, to hear.\\nInstead of listening.\\nDo you play instead of studying]\\nI study instead of playing.\\nThat man speaks instead of list-\\nening.\\n\u00c2\u00a9tr.b Bit ein gtan^ofe\\nStfetn, mctn crr, id) bin (in \u00c2\u00a9tuft\\nf*\u00c2\u00abr.\\n3ft cv ctn \u00c2\u00a9cfynetbct\\n9?ctn, cr if! ctn (Sd)uf)macf)cr.\\n(St tfi ctn 9?arr.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Mnfd)cn.\\nt et Stfatt (gen. en)\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3Kunb (has no plur.)\\nbas \u00c2\u00aecbad)tntj} (plur. c)\u00c2\u00bb\\n$aUn @tc ctn gutcS \u00c2\u00aeebad)tmp\\n(St fyat ctncn Hctncn SCKunb.\\n3f)t 23rubcr feat Heme 2Cua.cn.\\nSBunfcfyen (Sic nut ctncn gutcn\\nBergen\\nSep tt itnfd)c 3 ncn ctncn a,utcn\\n2C6cnb.\\nfclau\\nfd)tt ar$.\\n2Cnftatt ju.\\n(Spt c(cn.\\n8 v e n;\\nf 2Cnfiatt ^u fyorcn.\\nf (Sptctcn (Sic, anftatt 311 [iubtrcn\\nt 3d) ftubttc, anftatt $u fptc(cn\u00c2\u00ab\\nDu\\\\ct Sflann fprid)t, anftatt $u\\nWren.\\n2C n f) ft t c n (an^ufjoren, governs\\nthe accusative).\\n3 u f) 6 t c n Qu$uf)Qten, governs\\nthe dative).\\nC Sd Ijorc tf)n an.\\nt3c*) Wre tf)m$u.\\n2(uf Scmanben obct ctroaS rjStcn.\\na ro a g.\\nTo toen to.\\nI listen to him.\\nTo listen tv some one or some-\\nthing.\\nThat which.\\nr#6ten (Sic auf bat, roaS Sfyncn bet\\nDo you listen to what the man! SDtonn fagt?\\ntells you I \u00c2\u00a3ercn (Sic auf bat, rcaS bcr 9^ann\\nL Sbncnfagt?\\nI do listen to it. Sd) r)orc barauf. b\\nb 9lnt)0Vett takes the person in the accusative, and jutyflren in the dative.\\nThey never relate to a thing but tjorett auf stands either with the perscn of", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "88\\nHe listens to what I ;ell him. (St f)8tt auf bag, .t?a$ :d) tfym f wj\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo correct. SSetfccffctn, corri.gttcn.\\nTo ta\u00c2\u00a3-e ojf (as the hat). 2C 6 n e l) m c n (ofyunetjmcn).\\nTo ta\u00c2\u00a3e ojf (as clothes). 2Cu$$tef)cn* (ciu$$u$tef)m).\\nTo take away, 2B e 3 tt l m c n*.\\nTo take. 91 e men*.\\nThou takest, he takes. 3)u ntmmft, er ntmmt.\\nThou takest off thy hat. aDu nimmft \u00c2\u00a3Vtmm ut flb.\\nDo you take off your boots 3tof)cn (Sic 3fcrc Sttcfe(n ciu$\\nWe take off our coats. \u00c2\u00a3Bir gieften unjerc SRocfc au\\nWho takes away the chairs SKcr ntmmt bw @t\u00c2\u00a3U)(t rocg\\nThe servant takes them away. \u00c2\u00a3)cr 93ct)ientc ntmmt fie nxej.\\nexercises. 80.\\nDo you speak Spanish No, Sir, I speak Italian. Who speaks\\nPolish My brother speaks Polish. Do our neighbours speak\\nRussian 1 They do not speak Russian, but Arabic. Do you speak\\nArabic No, I speak Greek and Latin. What knife have you\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I have an English knife. What money have you there 1 Is i\\nItalian or Spanish money It is Russian money. Have you ai\\nItalian hat No, I have a Spanish hat. Are you a German\\nNo, I am an Englishman. Art thou a Greek No, I am a Span\\niard. Are these men Poles No, they are Russians. Do the\\nRussians speak Polish 1 They do not speak Polish, but Latin,\\nGreek, and Arabic. Is your brother a merchant] No, he is a\\njoiner. Are these men merchants 1 No, they are carpenters.\\nAre we boatmen No, we are shoemakers. Art thou a fool 1 I\\nam not a fool. What is that man 1 He is a tailor. Do you wish\\nme anything] I wish you a good morning. What does the young\\nman wish me? He wishes you a good evening. Whither must I\\ngo Thou must go to our friends to wish them a good day (Sag).\\nDo your children come to me in order to wish me a good evening 1\\nThey come t r you in order to wish you a good morning.\\n81.\\nHas the nobleman blue eyes He has black eyes and a little\\nmouth. Hast thou a good memory I have a bad memory, but\\nmuch courage to learn German. What dost thou (do) instead of\\nplaying I study instead of playing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Dost thou learn instead of\\nwriting 1 I write instead of learning. W T hat does the son of oul\\nbailiff (do) 1 He goes into the garden instead of going into the\\nfield. Do the children of our neighbours road They write in-\\nstead of reading. What does our cook (do)] He makes a fire\\nthe tiling, and always requires the accusative. Ex. 3$ IjBttt tf)tt an, or td) l) fi-\\nre tl)m \\\\vl, 1 listen to him but id) ()6te auf ba3, toaS \u00c2\u00a9ie mix fagen, I listen to\\nwhat you are telling me.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "89\\nInstead of going to the market. Does your rathe/ sell his ox\\nHe sells his horse instead of selling- his ox. Do the physicians\\ngo out] They remain in their rooms instead of going out. At\\nwhat o clock does our physician come to you 1 He comes every\\nmorning at a quarter to nine. Does the son of the painter study\\nEnglish He studies Greek instead of studying English. Does\\nthe butcher kill oxen] He kills sheep instead of killing oxen.\\nDo y i; listen to me 1 I do listen to you. Does your brother listen\\nto me 1 He speaks instead of listening to you. Do you listen to\\n*irat I am telling you I do listen to what you are telling me.\\nDoes the man listen to what you are telling him He does listen\\nto it. Do the children of the physician listen to what we tell them 1\\nThey do not listen to it. Dost thou listen to what thy brother tells\\nthee I do listen to it. Do you go to the theatre I am going to\\nthe storehouse instead of going to the theatre. Are you willing to\\nlisten to me I am willing to listen to you, but I cannot 1 have\\nthe ear-ache. Does thy father correct my notes or thine He\\ncorrects neither yours nor mine. Which notes does he correct 1\\nHe corrects those which he writes. Does he listen to what you\\ntell him He does listen to it. Do you take off your hat in order\\nto speak to my father I do take it off in order to speak to him.\\nDoes thy brother listen to what our father tells him He does\\nlisten to it.- Does our servant go for some beer He goes for\\nsome vinegar instead of going for some beer. Do you correct my\\nletter? I do not correct it I have sore eyes. Does the servant\\ntake off his coat in order to make a fire He does take it off.\\nDo you take off your gloves in order to give me money 1 I do\\ntake them off in order to give you some. Does he take off his\\nshoes in order to go to your house He does not take them off.\\nWho takes away the tables and chairs The servants take them\\niway. Will you take away this glass 1 I have no mind to take i*\\niway. Is he wrong to take off his boots He is right to take\\n.hem off. Dost thou take away anything] I do not take away\\nmything. Does anybody take off his hat] Nobody takes it off.\\nTHIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qkbcn nnb\\nbmssigste jDectiou.\\nWet (moist). $la$ (an adjective).\\nTo wet (to moisten). $1 a m a d) i n (nc6cn)\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo show. 3 c i q c n, m e t f e n (govern the\\ndative*).\\n3^^^ expresses the mere act of showing; roetfen implies showing with\\ntostniction, and is derived from the word he 33etfc, the manner.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "90\\nTo let set (expose to sight).\\nDo you let me see your gold\\nribbons\\ndo let you see them.\\nBrandy,\\ntobacco,\\ntobacco (for smoking),\\nsnuff,\\ncider,\\nmeal (flour),\\napples,\\nThe gardener,\\nthe cousin,\\nthe brother-in-law,\\nthe handkerchief,\\nthe pocket handkerchief,\\nthe valet, servant,\\nDo you go for your brother-in-\\nlaw\\nI do go for him.\\n(S c 1; c n I a f f c n (governs the a\u00c2\u00a9.\\ncusative).\\ngaffcn pu mtcf) 3f)te golbcnen SBdnv\\nin fefyen\\n3d) lafic (Sic btcfcl m fcr)en.\\n*8ranntn ctn (masc.)\\nQabat (masc.)\\n9?cmcf)tabaf\\n\u00c2\u00a9cbnupftabat\\n(Stbct (masc.)\\nmtbt (neut.)\\nTCepfel (Spfct) (plur. of bet 2CpfW)\\nt)cr (Partner;\\nbet better\\nbcr \u00c2\u00a9cbwagcr\\nta\u00c2\u00a7 Sud)\\nbag (Sc!)nupftud)\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)tcncr, bee jtrtcd)t. b\\n$$tm \u00c2\u00a9te 3f)ten \u00c2\u00a9djroaget\\n3d) fjolc ir}n.\\nTo znterci (to Am\u00c2\u00a3). e b e n f e n.\\nDo you intend to go to the ball\\nthis evening\\n1 do intend to go thither.\\nTo know.\\nI know he knows.\\nWe know they know.\\nThou knowest you know.\\nDo you know German\\nI do know it.\\nDo you know how to read\\nFrench 1\\nCan you read French 1\\n\u00c2\u00aeebcnfcn Sie focutc tfbcrtb auf ben\\n93aft \u00c2\u00a3u gef)cn 1\\n3d) gcbcnfc r)tn^uqcf)cn. (See 035.\\nA. Lesson XXVII.)\\nSBtffcn* (formers).\\n3d) rocip ct roctg.\\nSBtt rmffen fie rotffen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u welpt 3r)t rotftct (\u00c2\u00a9tc nrif*\\nfen).\\nJlonnen @te bcutfd)\\n3d) frmn c\u00c2\u00a3.\\nI\\njlonncn (Sic ftcm$oftfd) (cfen\\nb Wiener generally means servant hence ber Jtammerbtener, the valet de\\nchambre ber Jtircfyenbtener, the church-minister, clergyman ^nec^t point*\\njut the lowest degree of servitude, hence ber .jpausFttedjt, the menial ser-\\nvant; ber Stalffrtedjt, the groom, the stableman ber 9t.ettfncdjf, the jockey.\\nc SBiffen implies to have the knowledge of a thing, not to be ignorant cf it\\nEoiltten signifies to be able, to have the knowledge of an art or a science. Ex.\\n3d) toetfj, n aS Ste faflen mollcn, I know, what you wish to say. (\u00c2\u00a7r fann\\netnen beutfdjen SBricf fcfyrctfcen, he knows how to write a German letter. The\\nlearner must take care not to confound ttnffett*, to know, with fonrten*, to be\\nable, and the latter not with f ennett*, to be acquainted See Lessons XX VUX\\nand XXXIII.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "91\\nCan you make a hat\\nDo you know how to maise a Cjtonnen \u00c2\u00a9te einen #ut macfjcn\\nhat? 3\\nCan you come to me to-day \u00c2\u00a3onneu Stc fyeute gu mit footmen\\n!To 5w?zm. d) to i m m c n\\nSaV^sTJr t0 swim M\\nWhither where to? 8B i n 1\\nWhither are you going 0 gefycn (Sic f)in 1 d\\nexercises. 83.\\nDo you wish to drink brandy No, I wish to drink wine. Dc\\nyou sell brandy I do not sell any but my neighbour, the mer-\\nchant, sells some. Will you fetch me some tobacco] I will\\nfetch you some what tobacco do you wish to have I wish to\\nhave some snuff; but my friend, the German, wishes to have some\\ntobacco (for smoking). Does the merchant show you cloth] He\\ndoes not show me any. Does your valet go for some cider He\\ndoes go for some. Do you want anything else (nod) ctwaS) I\\nwant some flour will you send for some (for) me I will send\\nfor some (for) you. Does your friend buy apples He does buy\\nsome. Does he buy handkerchiefs] He buys tobacco instead ot\\nbuying handkerchiefs. Do you show me anything I show you\\ngold and silver clothes. Whither does your cousin go He goes\\nto the ball. Do you go to the ball I go to the theatre instead\\nof going to the ball. Does the gardener go into the garden He\\ngc *s to the market instead of going into the garden. Do you send\\nyrur servant to the shoemaker] I send him to the tailor instead\\noi sending him to the shoemaker.\\n84.\\nDost thou go to fetch thy father I do go to fetch him. May\\n($arm) I go to fetch my cousin You may go to fetch him.\\nDoes your valet find the man whom he is looking for]~He does\\nfinn him. Do your sons find the friends whom they are looking\\nfor? They do not find them. When do you intend going to the\\nhaU] 1 intend going thither this evening. Do your cousins intend\\nto go into the country They intend to go thither. When do\\nthey intend to go thither They intend to go thither to-morrow.\\nAt what o clock At half-past nine. What does the merchant\\nwish to sell you He wishes to sell me pocket-handkerchiefs.\\nDj you intend to buy some I will not buy any. Dost thou know\\nE)ttt, as above, may be divided into two parts, the first of which is\\nV iced in the beginning and the second at the end of the sentence. If the\\ni \\\\tence ends with a past participle or an infinitive, f) t tt is placed before it-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "92\\nanything 1 I do not know anything. What does thy cousin know 1\\nHe knows how to read and to write. Does he know German\\nHe does not know it. Do you know Spanish 1 I do know it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDo your brothers know Greek They do not know it but they\\nintend to learn it. Do I know English 1 You do not know it;\\nbut you intend to study it. Do my children know how to read\\nItalian] They know how to read, but not how to speak it.\\n85.\\nDo you intend to study Arabic 1 I intend to study Arabic and\\nSyriac. Does the Englishman know Polish He does not know\\nit, hut he intends learning it. Do you know how to swim I do\\nnot know how to swim, but how to play. Does your cousin know\\nhow to make coats He does not know how to make any; he is\\nno tailor. Is he a merchant] He is not one. What is he He\\nis a physician. Whither are you going I am going into my\\ngarden, in order to speak to the gardener. What do you wish to\\ntell him I wish to tell him to open the window of his room.\\nDoes your gardener listen to you He does listen to me. Do\\nyou wish to drink some cider No, I have a mind to drink some\\nbeer have you any I have none but I will send for some.\\nWhen will you send for some Now. Do you send for apples\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I do send for some. Have you a good deal of water I have\\nenough to wash my feet.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has your brother water enough He\\nhas only a little, but enough to moisten his pocket-handkerchief.\\nDo you know how to make tea I know how to make some. Does\\nyour cousin listen to what you tell him He does listen to it.\\nDoes he know how to swim 1 He does not know how to swim.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhere is h? going to? He is going no whither; he remains at\\nhome.\\nTHIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 d)t mtir hxmBlQBtt\\ntcttion.\\nThe intention. 3) e r S3 t f a\\nIntended. \u00c2\u00a9efonnen.\\nTo intend or to have the intention, \u00c2\u00a9efonncn f c t n\\nI intend to go thither. 3d) bin gefonncn f)tn$ugef)en.\\nWe have the intention to do it. 2Btr finb gefennen c$ 511 tfyun.\\nSrfjattcn* (to receive any-\\nthing sent).\\nrrt S3 e 1 mm c n (to receive as a\\nTo receive. i preS ent).\\n((Smpfongen* (to welcome, to\\nentertain).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "Thou receivest-He receives. S @r etftfft.\\n2)u cmpfanojr. a (St cmpfangt.\\nHe receives money. (St focfemmt d5dt\\nHe obtains the preference. (St ctrja tt ben SSequg.\\nHe receives his friends. (St empfangt feine greunbe.\\nDo you receive a letter to-day? (Straiten Ste ()cutc etnen SSttef\\nreceive one to-morrow. 3d) errjattc motgen etnen.\\nTo guide (conduct, take). g u fj r c n b\\nTo lead. S c 1 1 c n 5\\nf lead the horse info the stable. 3d) fufjte bag \u00c2\u00a7)fetb in ten (Stall.\\nThe preference, bet SSct^ug\\nthe stable, bet (Stall\\nblind, Mtnb\\nsick (ill), ftan!;\\npoor, arm.\\nTo extinguish. 2C u 6 o f d) e n (v. act. and m. if\\nau$$u(efd)en).\\nTo light. 2C n 3 u n t c n (an$u$tinben).\\nTo set on fire. 2C n ft e cf e n (an^uftecfen).\\nDoes he extinguish the candle 2ofd)t et i)a gtcfyt au\u00c2\u00a3\\nHe lights it. (St giinbet el an.\\nTo depart, to set out. 2Cbtetfcn (ab^utetfen).\\nWhen do you intend to depart \u00c2\u00a3Cann ejebenfen \u00c2\u00a9tc at^urctfen\\nI intend to depart to-morrow. 3d) gcbenfe mercjen afyuretfen\\nexercises. 86.\\nDo your brothers intend to go into the country] They do in-\\ntend to go thither. Do you intend to go to my cousin I do in-\\ntend to go to him. Dost thou intend to do anything I intend t^\\ndo nothing. Do you intend to go to the theatre this evening 1\\ndo intend to go thither, but not this evening. Dost thou receive\\nanything? I receive money. From cn) whom dost thou receive\\nsome I receive some from my father, my brother, and my cousin,\\nDoes your son receive books 1 He does receive some. From\\nwhom does he receive some] He receives some from me, from his\\nfriends, and neighbours. Does the poor man (t ct 2Crmc, See\\npage 34, Obs. A.) receive money He does receive some. From\\nwhom does he receive some He receives some from the rich.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n~)ost thou receive wine] I do not receive any.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do I receive\\nnoney You do not receive any. Does your servant receive\\na The persons not mentioned follow the regular conjugation. (See Pre-\\nsent Tense, Lesson XXXIV.)\\nb f5ur)ren expresses the act of conducting only letten means to conduct\\nwith safety. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a3tnen jfranf en fiiljren, to conduct a sick -person em inb,\\netnen SBlmben (etten, to guide a child, a blind man.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "94\\nclothes (,ft(eit er) He does not receive any. Do you receive the\\nbooks which our friends receive] We do not receive the same\\nwhich your friends receive; but we receive others. Does your\\nfriend receive the letters which you write to him He does re-\\nceive them. Do you receive the apples which I send you! I do\\nnot receive them. Does the American receive as much brandy as\\ncider He receives as much of the one as of the other. Do the\\nScotch receive as many books as letters They receive as many\\nof the one as of the other.\\n87.\\nDoes the Englishman obtain the preference He does obtain it.\\nDoes your cousin receive as much money as 1 He receives\\nmore than you. Does the Frenchman receive his letters He\\ndoes receive them. When does he receive them He receives\\nthem in the evening. When dost thou receive thy letters I re-\\nceive them in the morning. At what o clock At a quarter to\\nten. Dost thou receive as many letters as 1 I receive more ot\\nthem than thou. Dost thou receive any to-day I receive some\\nto-day and to-morrow. Does your father receive as many friends\\nas ours (as our father) He receives fewer of them than yours\\n(than your father). Does the Spaniard receive as many enemies\\nas friends He receives as many of the one as of the other. Do\\nyou receive one more crown 1 I do receive one more. Does your\\nson receive one more book He does receive one more. What\\ndoes the physician receive He receives good tobacco, good snuff,\\nand good pocket-handkerchiefs. Does he receive brandy He\\ndoeg receive some.\\nDoes your servant receive shirts! He does receive some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Does\\nhe receive as many of them as my valet (does) He receives quite\\nas many of them. Do you receive anything to-day! receive\\nsomething every day. Dost thou conduct anybody I conduct\\nnobody. Whom do you guide I guide my son. Where are you\\nconducting him to I conduct him to my friends to wish them a\\ngood morning. What is your son He is a physician. Does\\nyour servant guide any one He guides my child. Whom Hkn)\\nmust I guide! Thou must guide the blind. (Page 34, Obs.\\nA*) Must he conduct the sick person He must conduct him.~\\nWhither must he conduct him He must couduct him home.\\nWhither is he leading your horse He is leading it into the\\nstable. Dost thou guide the child or the blind man] I guide both,\\nWhen does the foreigner intend to depart He intends to deparl\\nthis morning. At what o clock! At half past one. Does he not\\nwish to remain here He does not (@r mil ntd)t). Do you intend\\nto go to the theatre this evening I intend to go there to-rnorrow\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Do you depart to-day I depart now. When do you intend U", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "95\\nwrite to your friends I intend to write to them to-day. Do yom\\nfriends answer your letters 1 They do answer them. Do you ex-\\ntinguish the fire I do not extinguish it. Does your servant light\\nth candle 1 He does light it. Does this man intend to set your\\nw iehouse on fire 1 He does intend to set it on fire (cinjuftccfen)*\\nTHIRTY.NINTH\\nLESSON. Jfam\\nAction.\\nntib bteissigste\\nCOMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.\\nThe comparative is formed by adding e V and the\\nsuperlative by adding a to the simple adjective.\\nExamples\\nPosit. Comp. Superl.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfy tt fcf)6ner fcfyonfL\\nHandsome handsomer\\nhandsomest.\\nSmall smaller smallest.\\nWild wilder wildest.\\nMtein ffemer flemji.\\n2Btlb nnfber ttrilbejt.\\nObs. A. Comparative and superlative adjectives\\nare declined like the positive. Examples\\nComparative.\\nMasculine.\\nr N. ber fcfjonere\\nNeuter.\\nba$ fcfyonere 23ncfy.\\nThe handsomer\\ntable, the hand-\\nsomer book, c.\\nG. be3 fcfyoneten be3 fcfyoneren SSucfyeg.\\nD. item fcfyonerat bent fcfyoneren S5ud e.\\nZifdp,\\nA. ben fcfyoneren t a$ frf)onere h 33ud).\\na In the superlative, ft is sometimes preceded by e when the pronunciation\\nrequires it, as fiifl, sweet, fiifieft; fcf)iecJ)f, bad, fc|tecf teft. In the word qro\u00c2\u00a3,\\n*reat, the superlative grojseft, is contracted into $x\u00c2\u00a3% as ber $toj$te 2ftann,\\nthe greatest man.\\nb The letter e, which precedes or follows the consonant r in the compara-\\ntive, is often omitted for the sake of euphony thus instead of: ber, b(t3 fcf)5=\\nture, bes fcfyoneren, bent fcfeoneren, we say ber, ba$ fc^onre, beg fcfyonern, bew\\nfd bnem, fcc. (See Ohs. Lesson XIX.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "w\\nSUPERL \\\\TXVE.\\nThe smallest\\nhat, the smal-\\nlest book, c.\\nNeuter.\\nbag ffemjte 33uct\\nMasculine.\\nN, ber Heinjle\\ntint,\\nG. beg Hempen beg Hemjien Sucfyeg\\n\u00c2\u00a3uteg,\\nD. bem Hempen bem Hemflen SSucfye,\\n\u00c2\u00a7nte,\\nA. ben Heinjien bag ffemfle SSucf).\\n\u00c2\u00a3ut,\\n06s* jB. The radical vowels a, 0, U, are softened\\nin the comparative and superlative into a, b, \\\\U C\\nExamples\\nPosit. Cqmp. Superl,\\nOld, c.\\na(t\\nalter afteji.\\npious, c.\\nfromm\\nfrommer fromm ft\\nyoung, c.\\nJttnfl\\njiinger jfingfi.\\nOta. C The following adjectives, which are alsc\\nused as adverbs, are irregular in the formation of their\\ncomparatives and superlatives.\\nSoon,\\nWillingly,\\nGood,\\nHigh,\\nPositive. Comp.\\n\u00c2\u00a73a(b, efyer,\\nber or bag balbtge, efyere,\\n\u00c2\u00aeern, fteber,\\nber or bag Kebe, Kebere,\\nj @itt, 6efler,\\nber or bag gute, befjere,\\n#orf), e f)5f)er,\\nber or bag fjolje, fyofyere,\\nSuperlative.\\neljejl (am efyeftat d\\nefyeffo\\nKebji (am Kebfiett) j\\nKebfie.\\nbefit (am bejten)\\nbetfe.\\nfyodfjfi (am fyocfytfen);\\nfyocfyfte.\\nc On the adjectives which do not soften the radical vowels a, o, u in the\\ncomparative and superlative, see Obs. D. hereafter.\\nd When an adjective is used in the superlative degree adverbially, it is\\ncombine! with a contraction of the definite article, and one of the preposi-\\ntions, at, cmf, $u, in, as: am roentgen, the least; auf\u00c2\u00a3 bodjfie, at the most; $um\\nbeften, fc-r the best; tm mtttbefteit, at least. Hence the adverbs fcfoonfteug,\\nin the handsomest manner; fcefiert\u00c2\u00a7, in the best manner; fyocfrfienS, at the\\nmost; ncicfyfteng, next time toemcjfteng, at least, c.\\ne In the positive and comparative degrees the form Ijof), not 1)0 c\u00c2\u00a5), is used as\\nan adjective before a noun but as a predicate after the noun, the positive is\\n()od Ex. 3)ev fio e SBaum,- the high tree ber fjoftere Q3aum, the higher tree j\\nbut btefer Q3aum tft feecfr, this tree is hifjh.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "97\\nPositive.\\nComp.\\nmaty,\\nnafyer,\\nber or ba$ ttctfye,\\ntidfyere,\\nasfer,\\nrnefyr,\\nber or ba$ tuefe,\\nntetjre,\\nNear,\\nMuch,\\nThis book is small, that is smal-\\nler, and this is the smallest of\\nall.\\nThis hat is large, but that is\\nlarger.\\nIs your book as large as mine?\\nft is not so large as yours.\\nIt is larger than yours.\\nNot so large.\\nAre our neighbour s children as\\ngood f as ours 1\\nThey are better than ours.\\nWhose 1\\nIt is.\\nWhose hat is this 1\\nIt is the hat of my brother.\\nIt is my brother s.\\nIt is my brother s hat.\\nWhose hat is the finest\\nThat of my father is the finest.\\nWhose ribbon is the handsomer,\\nyours or mine\\nSuperlative.\\nndd)(l(amttarf)(len);\\nrmcfyfte.\\nmeift (am metften)\\nntetfte.\\n2)iefe 8ud) ift ftctrt, JencS if! Hets\\nnet, unt fctefeS fjicr ift am flew*\\nffeti (t as fletnfte) ttcn alien.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tefct \u00c2\u00a3ut ift a,top, allcin jener iji\\ngroper.\\n3ft 3*jr S3ucr) fo gtcp nrie fcaS nwi*\\nnta,e?\\nift ntcf t fo grcp alS t a$ Sfjrige*\\n@6 ift proper al$ bag Sfyrtgc.\\n9?td)t fo gt op.\\n\u00c2\u00a9inb tie jlinbcc unfeteg 9?ad)fcat\\nfo arttg tme tie unfrtgen\\nSte ftnb arttget ate t ic unfrtgetn\\nSS c f f e n s (See Lesson XXIX.)\\nift.\\nSGScjfen $ut ift bag\\n(5$ ift bet: \u00c2\u00a3ut metneS \u00c2\u00a33rubet$.\\n(SS tft metrics 33rufcer$.\\nift mctneS SBtufcerS \u00c2\u00a3ut.\\nSBBcffen \u00c2\u00a3ut ift t cr fd)6nfte\\nSet metrics Waters ift bet fd)8njte.\\nSBcfjen 23ant ift fdj nct, i as Sfytb\\ngc obcr fcas metmge 1\\nGood, gentle, pretty,\\narttg\\nlight, easy,\\nleicl)t\\nheavy, difficult,\\nfefywee\\ngreat, grand (big, large),\\ngrop\\nlong,\\ntang\\nshort,\\n*m\\nround,\\nttmb\\nrich,\\nrctcf).\\nObs. D. The adjectives which do not soften the ra\\ndical vowels in the comparative and superlative, are\\n1st, Those of which the last syllable does not belong\\nf In this phrase the word arttg does not quite correspond to the English\\nword good; but it does in many others, as for instance be good fei arttg\\na good child, etrt avttge\u00c2\u00a7 $mb.\\nk The word which answers the question roeffett is always put in the gen!\\nlive case.\\n5", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "08\\nto the primitive h word, as bant bar, grateful frf)Ufb(\\nculpable bogfyaft, malicious. Ex. artig, pretty arttger,\\nprettier arttgft, prettiest.\\n2d, Participles, as labenb, refreshing gelobt praised\\ntobettb, furious fucfyettb, seeking, c.\\n3d, Those which contain a diphthong, as genau\\nexact faut, lazy blaw, blue grau, grey, c.\\n4th, Those terminating in e r, as tapfer, valiant, c\\n5th, The following\\nWa$, pale i flat, clear fanft, gentle\\nbunt, variegated fnapp, tight fatt, satisfied r\\nfaf)t, fallow (afym, lame jcfylaff, slack\\nfa(fcf), false (c$, loose fd)(anf, slender;\\nfro f), joyful matt, wearied (fart, numb\\ngerabe, straight; morfcf), brittle ftofy, proud\\ngefunft, healthy nctctt,. naked; jiraflf, stiff;\\nglatt, smooth platt, flat ftumm, dumb\\n!)cf)(, hollow Plump, clumsy tell, mad\\nMb, kind rof), raw twit, full\\nfa(){, bald runt), round sctfym, tame,\\nfare], stingy\\nObs. E. In German the superlative is almost al\\nways relative, and to express the absolute superlative\\nwe use, as in English, one of the adverbs fefyr, very\\nrecfyt, very fyocfyft, extremely itttgemettt, uncommonly\\nc. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9n fef)r armer SWann, a very poor man em\\nfefyr fcfyoneg $mb, a very fine child.\\nObs. F. Than, after a comparative, is translated by\\na t g (See Obs. B. Lesson XXIII.) To increase the\\nforce of the comparative, we use the adverbs ttod), still,\\nand tveit, far. Ex. 9tod) grower, still greater id) bin tvcit\\ngttitfltcfyer al$ er, I am far happier than he.\\nObs. G. The following adjectives have no compara-\\ntive:\\nPositive.\\nber or bag duftere,\\nber bag trtnere,\\nber bag fymtere,\\nber bag mittfere,\\nber bag obere,\\nh By primitive we mean a word to which a syllable may be added in ordei\\nto form another word, as banfftar, which is formed of the word 3)anf, thapfcf,\\nand the syllable bar.\\nThe exterior,\\nthe interior,\\nthe posterior,\\nthe middle one,\\nthe superior,\\nSuperlative.\\nber or bag auffcrfte\\nber i a6 mnerpe\\nber ia^ fyutterfte\\nber bag mtttelfte\\nber bag oberfte", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "99\\nPositive. Superlative.\\nthe inferior, ber or i a$ utttere, ber or bag unterfie\\nthe anterior, ber bag fcorbere, ber ba$ twrberfte.\\nEXERCISES. 89.\\nIs your brother taller (gtop) than mine] He is not so tall, but\\noetter than yours. Is thy hat as bad as that of thy father It w\\nbetter, but not so black as his. Are the shirts of the Italians as\\nwhite (roet\u00c2\u00a3) as those of the Irish They are whiter, but not to\\ngood. Are the sticks of our friends longer than ours They are\\nnot longer, but heavier. Who have (\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3et fyat) the most beautiful\\ngloves The French have them. Whose horses are the finest\\nMine are fine, yours are finer than mine but those of our friends\\nare the finest of all. Is your horse good 1 It is good, but yours\\nis better, and that of the Englishman is the best of all the horses\\nwhich we know. Have you pretty shoes I have very pretty\\n(ones) but my brother has prettier (ones) than I. From (23 en)\\nwhom does he receive them He receives them from his best\\nfriend. Is your wine as good as mine 1 It is better. Does your\\nmerchant sell good handkerchiefs He sells the best handkerchiefs\\nthat I know.\\n90.\\nHave we more books than the French 1 We have more of them\\nthan they but the Germans have more of them than we, and the\\nEnglish have the most of them. Hast thou a finer garden than\\nthat of our Physician 1 I have a finer (one). Has the American\\na, finer house than thou He has a finer (one). Have we as fine\\nchildren as our neighbours I\u00e2\u0080\u0094 We have finer (ones).- Is your coat\\nas long as mine 1 It is shorter, but prettier than yours. Do you\\nsoon (bait)) go out 1 I do not go out to-day. When does your\\nfather go out 1 He goes out at a quarter past twelve. Is this man\\nolder than that (man) He is older, but that (man) is healthier\\n(gcjunfccr). Which of these two children is the better 1 The one\\nwho studies is better than the one who plays. Does your servant\\nsweep as well as mine 1 He sweeps better than yours. Does the\\nGerman read as many bad books as good (ones) 1 He reads more\\ngood than bad (ones). Do the merchants sell more sugar than\\ncoffee 1 They sell more of the one than of the other. Does your\\nshoemaker make as many boots as shoes WHe makes more of the\\none than of the other.\\n91.\\nCan you swim as well as the son of the nobleman 1 I can\\nswim better than he but ht can speak German better than I,\u00e2\u0080\u0094.\\nDoes he read as well as you 1 He reads better than I. Have you\\nthe head-ache No, I have the ear-ache. Does your cousin\\nUsten to what you tell him He does not listen to it. Does the\\nLrft", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "100\\nson of your bailiff go into the forest? No, he remains at home,\\nhe has sore feet. Do you learn as well as our gardener s son?\\nI learn better than he, but he works better than I. Whose car\u00c2\u00ab\\nriage is the finest Yours is very fine, but that of the captain ia\\nstill finer, and ours is the finest of all. Has any one as fine apples\\nas we No one has such fine (ones). (See end of Lesson\\nXXXIV.)\\nFORTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 t)ier?i9$te Union.\\nTo begin. 2Cnfangen* (an$ufana,en)*\\nThou beginnest he begins. 3)u fartgft an cr fangt an.\\nI begin to speak. 3d) fange an $u fpted)en.\\nDoes your servant sweep the jlefytt 3f)t 8et tentet tag 3immet\\nroom, which I sweep 1 au$, tt e(d)e$ i au\u00c2\u00a3fel)te\\nTo finish, to end. n b i 9 e n.\\nNot yet. 9}ecr mcfyt.\\nAlready. \u00c2\u00a9d)0il.\\nBefore. (gfye (6et et),\\nDo you speak before you listen (Spred)en Ste, efye \u00c2\u00a9ic f)b ten\\nDees he go to the market before (5$ef)t cc auf ten SWarCt, ef)e it\\nhe writes] fcfyretbt?\\nDo you take off your stockings Stefyen \u00c2\u00aeie 3f)te Sttumpfe au$, cf)C\\nbefore you take off your shoes I (Sic Sfyrc tScrjufye au^teljcn\\nI take off my shoes before I take 3d) jtcfje metne @d)ul)C w$, efye id)\\nofl my stockings. metne \u00c2\u00a9ttumpfc au^tefjfc\\nObs. A. These examples show that when a con-\\njunctive word, as a conjunction, a relative pronoun or\\nrelative adverb begins the sentence, the separable par-\\nticle is not detached from the verb, which is placed at\\nthe end. (See Lesson XXXIV. Obs. C, and Rule of\\nSyntax, Lesson XL VII.)\\nOften. f t (oftmalS, ofterS), its compara-\\ntive is oftet, and its superlative\\nam efteften.\\nAs often as ou. Se eft nue Ste.\\nOftener than you. Defter (\u00c2\u00a3)ftct) a(6\\nNot so often as you. 9ftci)t fo eft alt Sift,\\nTo breakfast. t u fj ft u cf e n.\\nEarly. g r u\\nDo you breakfast before you g) #tfi(jftMcn \u00c2\u00a9te, elje Sic in ten\\ninto the wood? SBalb a,el?cn?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "101\\nDoes he breakfast before he be- #r(if)ftucft ct, tt)t a anftfngt $U at*\\ngins to work 1 bctten\\nDo you breakfast as early as IT grubftucfen \u00c2\u00aete fo friif) wit id)\\nI breakfast earlier than you. 3d) fru()jiuc!c fritter ale \u00c2\u00a7k.\\nLate. 3 p a t.\\nToo. 3 u.\\nToo late. 3u fpat.\\nToo early. 3u frufj.\\nToo great. 3u Qrcf.\\nToo little. 3u Bern.\\nToo much. 3u mL\\nDo you speak too much 1 \u00c2\u00a9ptccfycn (Ste jU met\\nI do not speak enough. 3d) fprccfye nicfyt genug.\\nOfrs. jB. We have seen (Lesson XXIV.) that the in-\\nfinitive in German is always preceded by the particle\\njit. This particle, however, is omitted before the infi-\\nnitive,\\n1st, When it is joined to one of the following verbs\\n\u00c2\u00a9iirfett*, to be permitted fyeiffctt*, to bid Ijelfett*, to\\nhelp fyoren*, to hear fottnett*, to be able (can) lajV\\nfen*, to let lefyren, to teach fernen, to learn mogen*,\\nto be allowed (may) mufiert*, to be obliged (must)\\nfefyett*, to see fottett*,tobe obliged (shall, ought) YOoU\\nten*, to be willing, to wish (will).\\n^afyren*, to ride, to go (in a carriage) ftnben*, to\\nfind fiifyten, to feel nemten*, to call, to name retten*,\\nto ride, to go on horseback.\\n2d, When the infinitive is used in an absolute sense.\\nEx. \u00c2\u00a7Iet\u00c2\u00a3tg fern gcjtemt bem Semite, it behoves a man to\\nbe assiduous. When two infinitives are thus em-\\nployed, the verb which follows them is put in the third\\nperson singular. Ex. (Seine $el)Ier befemten mtb bereuen\\ntjl fd)on balbe SSefferung, to acknowledge one s faults and\\nto repent of them is already half an amendment. In\\nconstructing the phrase with e3 tft, it is, the verbs fern*;\\nto be befemien% to acknowledge bereuen, to repent\\nare removed to the end and preceded by j u. Ex. @a\\ngejiemt bem 9Ramte, fletgtg ju fetm tjt fcfyon tjatbe 93effe*\\nrung, feme gefyfer ju befennen unb ju bereuem", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "102\\nEXERCISES. 92.\\nDo you begin to speak I begin to speak. Does your brothel\\nbegin to learn Italian He begins to learn it. Can you already\\nspeak German? Not yet, bat I am beginning. Do our friends\\nbegin to speak] They do not yet begin to speak, but to read.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDoes our father already begin his letter? He does not yet begin\\nit. Does the merchant begin to sell? He does begin. Can you\\nswim already? Not yet, but I begin to learn. Does your son\\nspeak before he listens He listens before he speaks. Does your\\nbrother listen to you (Lesson XXXVI.) before he speaks? He\\nspeaks before he listens to me. Do your children read before they\\nwrite They write before they read. Does your servant sweep\\nthe warehouse before he sweeps the room He sweeps the room\\nbefore he sweeps the warehouse. Dost thou drink before thou\\ngoest out] I go out before I drink. Does your cousin wash his\\nhands (feme \u00c2\u00a3anfc c) before he washes his feet He washes his\\nfeet before he washes his hands. Do you extinguish the fire be-\\nfore you extinguish the candle I extinguish neither the fire nor\\nthe candle (au$, to the end). Do you intend to go out before you\\nwrite your letters I intend writing my letters before I go out.\\nDoes your son take off his boots before he takes off his coat\\nMy son takes off neither his boots nor his coat (cm$, to the end).\\n93.\\nDo you intend to depart soon (6a(b) I intend to depart to-\\nmorrow. Do you speak as often as I? I do not speak as often,\\nbut my brother speaks oftener than you. Do I go out as often as\\nyour father 1 You do not go out as often as he but he drinks\\noftener than you. Do you begin to know this man I begin to\\nknow him. Do you breakfast early We breakfast at a quarter\\npast nine. Does your cousin breakfast earlier than you He\\nbreakfasts later than I. At what o clock does he breakfast He\\nbreakfasts at eight o clock, and I at half-past six. Do you not\\nbreakfast too early I breakfast too late. Does your father break-\\nfast as early as you He breakfasts later than I. Does he finish\\nhis letters before he breakfasts He breakfasts before he finishes\\nthem.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Is your hat too large It is neither too large nor too\\nsmall. Does our gardener breakfast before he goes into the garden\\nHe goes into the garden before he breakfasts. Do you read\\nFrench as often as German? I read French oftener than German.\\nDoes the physician speak too much He does not speak enough.\\nDo the Germans drink too much wine? They do not drink\\nenough of it. Do they drink more beer than cider They drink\\nmore of the one than of the other. Have you much money 1\\nWe have not enough of it. Have your cousins much corn?\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThey have only a little, but enough. Have you much more brandy 1\\nWe have not much more of it. Have you as many tables ai", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "103\\nshairs* I have as Aiany of the one as of the other. Does yt-ui\\nfriend receive as many letters as notes 1 He receives more of the\\nlatter than of the former. Do you finish before you begin 1\\nwist begin before I finish (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY-FIRST LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ffi n wxh mer?ig\u00c2\u00abe Uction.\\nTHE PAST PARTICIPLE.\\nThe past participle of regular verbs a is formed from\\nthe second person plural of the present indicative, by\\nprefixing to it g e* Ex. Sfyr Kebet or ttefcf, you love ge*\\nCtebet or geliebt, loved. The past participle of irregular\\nverbs will always be given with the verb.\\nAll that has been said (Obs. A. Lesson XXXIV.) on\\nthe rejection of the letter e, is equally applicable to\\nthe past participle, this being formed from the second\\nperson plural.\\nObs. A. Some verbs do not add the syllable g e in\\nthe past participle. (See those verbs, Lesson XLV.)\\nTo be been. 5 c t n g c n c f e n.\\nHave you been to the market? @tnt \u00e2\u0082\u00ac?ie auf t em 9J?arfte geroe*\\nfen\\nI have been there. 3d) bin ba gcrocfen.\\nI have not been there. 3d) bin ntd)t pa gcroefen.\\nHave I been there Sin id) t a gcrocfen\\nYou have been there. @tc fint) fca gerccfen.\\nHas he been there 3# a fca gemefen t\\n^yer. 3c, c m a 5\\nNever. 9Hc, ittcmal^\\nHave you been at the ball 1 (Stnb ^ie auf fecm 93att geroefen\\nHave you ever been at the ball 1 Sinb Sic }e auf t em 23alC cjeroefen\\nI have never been there. 3d) bin nic fca ejeroefen.\\nThou hast never been there. \u00c2\u00a3)u tuft ntc t a fjenxfen.\\nYoa have never been there. \\\\c fint (3fyt fctb) ntcm fca ge\\nroc fen.\\nHe has never been there. (\u00c2\u00a7x ift ntc fca gcrccfen.\\nHave you already been at the \u00c2\u00a9infc Ste fd)t n im \u00c2\u00aed)tiufptc( gcroc*\\nplay fen\\na The pupils, in lepeating the irregular verbs already given, must not fail\\nto mark in their lists the past participle of those verbs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "104\\nI have already been there. 3df) 6tn fcfjon t)a gen?efe?k\\nYou have already been there. Sie ftnb fcben t a geroefen.\\nThe play, ba6 (Sdjaufpict (plur. e).\\nI have not yet been there. 3$ bin ned) ntd)t ta getvcfen.\\nThou hast not yet been there. 3)u fcift ned) ntcl)t t)a gerecfen*\\nSTou have not yet been there. (Sie ftnb ned) ntcf)t bet gcnxfen.\\nHe has not yet been there. (5r tft ned) ntcr)t ba gewefen.\\nWe have not yet been there. SBtr finb tied) md)t t a geroefen.\\nHave you already been at my @inb \u00c2\u00a9te fdjen Oct nternem 9Sotct ge*\\nfather s (with my father) roefen\\nI have not yet been there (with 3d) tun ned md)t bet tfjm gcrw\\nhim). fen.\\nWhere have you been this morn- 2Bo ftnb \u00c2\u00aete bicfen Bergen gcrces\\ning fen\\nE have been in the garden. 3d) bin tro ^i\u00c2\u00ab bem) \u00c2\u00a9artco gcwi?*\\nfen.\\nWhere has thy brother been 1 gBe tft SDetn SBrttbet gercefen\\nHe has been in the storehouse. (Sr tft itn 95orrcitf)Sf)ciwfc geroefen.\\nexercises. 94.\\nWhere have you been 1 I have been at the market. Have yoo\\nbeen at the ball 1 have been there. Have I been at the play\\nYou have been there. Hast thou been there I have not been\\nthere. Has your cousin ever been at the theatre 1 He has never\\nbeen there. Hast thou already been in the great square 1 I have\\nnever been there. Do you intend to go thither 1 I intend to go\\nthither. When will you go thither I will go thither to-morrow.\\nAt what o clock At twelve o clock. Has your son already\\nbeen in my large garden 1 He has not yet been there. Does he\\nintend to see it He does intend to see it. When will ho go\\nthither (binetn) He will go thither to-day. Does he intend to go\\nto the ball this yeningl He does intend to go thither. Have you\\nalready been at the ball I have not yet been there. When do\\nyou intend to go thither (befytn) 1 I intend to go thither to-morrow.\\nHave you already been in the Englishman s room 1 I have not\\nyet been in it (barm). Have you been in my rooms I have\\nbeen there. When have you been there I have been there this\\nmorning. Have I been in your room or in that (in bem) of your\\nfriend You have neither been in mine nor in that of my friend\\nbut in that of the Italian.\\n95.\\nHas the Dutchman been in our storehouses or in those (in benenj\\nof Vhe English He has neither been in ours nor in those of the\\nEnglish, but in those of the Italians. Hast thou already been at\\nthe market 1 I have not yet been there, but I intend to go thither.\\nHas the son of our bailiff been there He has been there.\u00e2\u0080\u0094*\\nWhen has he been there 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 He has been there to-day. Does the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "105\\nson cf our neighbour intend to go to the market He does intend\\nto go thither. What does he wish to buy there He wishes to\\nbuy some chickens, oxen, cheese, beer, and cider there. Have you\\nalready been at my cousin s house 1 I have already been there.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHas your friend already been there 1 He has not yet been there.\\nHave we already been at our friends 1 We have not yet been\\nthere (bet ifyncn). Have our friends ever been at our house?\\nThey have never been there. Have you ever been at the theatre 1\\nx have never been there. Have you a mind to write a letter 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have a mind to write one. To whom do you wish to write\\nI wish to write to my son. Has your father already been in the\\ncountry 1 He has not yet been there, but he intends to go thither.\\nDoes he intend to go thither to-day He intends to go thitherto-\\nmorrow. At what o clock will he depart] He will depart at\\nhalf past six. Does he intend to depart before he breakfasts\\nHe intends to breakfast before he departs. Have you been any*\\nwhere? I have been nowhere. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY.SECOND\\nLESSON.\\nation\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0%wz\\\\ nnh trier}ipt\u00c2\u00a3\\nTo have-~had.\\n#ctbcn*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -gc afct.\\nlCP The participle past, as well as the infinitive\\n(Lesson XXIV), when it forms with the auxiliary a\\ncompound tense, is in German placed at the end of the\\nphrase.\\nHave you had my coat?\\nhave not had it.\\nHave I had it 1\\nYou have had it.\\nY ou have not had it.\\nThou hast not had it\\nHas he had it 1\\nHe has had it.\\nHast thou had my book 1\\nI have had it.\\nI have not had it.\\nHave you had the books 1\\nI have had them.\\nHas he had them 1\\nHe has had them.\\nHave you had bread 1\\nhave had some.\\nHast thou had paper 1\\n5*\\naUn ^te mctnen Siecf Cjcrjafrt?\\n3d) fyabe it)rt md)t gefyaftt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3abe icb tfjn gefyabt\\n@te fyaben it)tt geftabt.\\n(Sic rjafcen tfyn md)t acfyafct.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u rjaft tr)n md)t gcf)abt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr tfm Qcf)cu3t\\n(St f)at ir)n gefyafct.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aft \u00c2\u00a3)u metn S5ud) gef)cu3t\\n3d) f)abe c\u00c2\u00bb gefyafct.\\n3d) rjabe es tucfyt gef)cu3t.\\naUn Stc bte 9B(id)Ct gefyafct\\n3d) f)abc fie gefyafct.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr fte gefyabt\\n(Sr fyat Re gebafct\\n\u00c2\u00a3a(u n (\u00c2\u00a3te SBtcb gebafrt\\n3d) fiafrc rcctcbcS geftabt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aft u ^nptct gerjafct?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "106\\nI have had none 3d) fyak ftin$ Qefyabt.\\nHave 1 had any 1 #ctbc id) roekt)C$ t qcf)a( t\\nHas he had some wine 1 jpat cr SDBctn cjefjabt\\nHe has had some. (St bat n ekf)en gc^abt.\\nHe has had none. (St fyat fetncn gefjabt.\\nWhat has he had SOBas f)at ct geijabt\\nHe has had nothing. (St bat ntd)t$ gefyaOt.\\nHe has never been either right f (St fiat me roebct Ked)t no$ Una\\nor wrong. tcd)t gc^abt.\\nTo ta\u00c2\u00a3e /?/ace. t a 1 1 ft n b e n\\nDoes the ball take place this gtnbet t cr SBatt biefen 2C$cnfc\\nevening (Start\\n[t does take place. (St ftnkt \u00c2\u00a9tatt.\\nIt takes place this evening. (St pnDct biefen 2Cknb \u00c2\u00a9tatt.\\nFound. \u00c2\u00a9efunbcn.\\nWhen did the ball take place SBann fjat bet S3all (Statt gefun*\\nben\\nYesterday. \u00c2\u00a9eftetn.\\nThe day before yesterday. 93orgeffern.\\nIt took place yesterday. (St bat geftern \u00c2\u00a9tatt gefunben.\\nObs. A. Expressions such as \u00c2\u00a7tatt jtltbett*, ought\\nto be considered as separable verbs, of which the par-\\nticle is placed at the end in simple tenses and before\\nthe syllable g t of the past participle. Here the sub-\\nstantive ^tatt, place, stands as a separable particle.\\nTime. $11 a L*\\nThe first time. a\u00c2\u00a3 ctfte 9M.\\nThe last time. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ (cgtc 9M\u00c2\u00ab\\nLast. \u00c2\u00a3c|t.\\nHow many times (how often) \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3tc mclniaC?\\nOnce, etnmal\\ntwice, gwctmal\\nthrice, brctmal\\nseveral times, tterfd)tet Cttc Wlcil\\nFormerly. (S f) c b e m (edentate, cfyebeffen, ror*\\nmate).\\nSometimes. 931 a n d) m a t\\nDo you go sometimes to the mar- (SJeljen (Ste mancfymal auf ben\\nket mattt 1\\nI do go sometimes thither. 3d) gefye mand)ma( bafjtn.\\nWhen the word 20? at is preceded by an adjective or an ordinal number, it\\nis written with a capital initial letter when annexed to a cardinal number, it\\nbegins with a small letter.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "107\\nGone. c g a n 9 e n\u00c2\u00bb\\nGone thither, ^in^cgancjen.\\nHave you gone thither some- (Stub \u00c2\u00a9ie mcmdjmat fjtngegan^va t\\ntimes\\nObs. B. Here it may be seen how the syllable g e\\nin the past participle is placed between the separable\\nparticle and the verb, (See Lesson XXV.)\\nI have gone thither sometimes. 3$ Inn mcmdbmal fjingegamjm.\\nOftener than you. \u00c2\u00a3)eftct al$ \u00c2\u00a9ie.\\nHave the men had my trunk \u00c2\u00a3a cn tie SDifctiner mctnen ftcffer\\n9ct)a0t\\nThey have not had it. Sie rjafcen if n nid)t cjcr)abt.\\nWho has had it 2 ev f)at tfjn gcfabt\\nHave I been wrong in buying #a c id) Unrcd)t gc^abt, SSftdjet ^U\\nbooks? frmfcn]\\nYou have not been wrong in @tc faben md)t-Unrcd)t gcfyabt, wefe\\nbuying some, dje gu faufcn.\\nEXERCISES. 96.\\nHave you had my glove I have had it. Have you had my\\npocket-handkerchief] I have not had it. Hast thou had my\\numbrella I have not had it. Hast thou had my pretty knife 1\\nI have had it. When hadst (rjajt qetyaOt) thou it] I had it yes-\\nterday. Have I had thy gloves You have had them. Has your\\nbrother had my wooden hammer] He has had it. Has he had\\nmy golden ribbon He has not had it. Have the English had\\nmy beautiful ship I They have had it. Who has had my thread\\nstockings Your servants have had them. Have we had the iron\\ntrunk of our good neighbour We have had it. Have we had\\nhis fine carriage 1 We have not had it. Have we had the stone\\ntables of the foreigners 1 We have not had them. Have we had\\nthe wooden leg of the Irishman 1 We have not had it. Has the\\nAmerican had my good work 1 He has had it. Has he had my\\nsilver knife He has not had it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has the young man had the\\nfirst volume of my work He has not had the first, but the\\nsecond. Has he had it] Yes, Sir, he has had it. When has he\\nhad it He has had it this morning. Have you had sugar\\nI have had some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have I had good paper 1 You have had some.\\n-Has the sailor had brandy 1 He has had some. Have you had\\nany I have had none.\\n97.\\nHas the German had good beer He has had some*. Hast\\nthou had large cakes (itud)en is not softened in the plur.) I have\\nhad some. Has thy brother had any]- -He has had none. Has\\nthe son of our gardener had flour He has had sorre. Have the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "108\\nPoles had good tobacco 1 They have had some. What tobae\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00ab\\nhave they had 1 They have had tobacco for smoking and snuff\\n(9?aud) unb \u00c2\u00a9cbnupftoOof). Have the Engljsh had as much sugar\\nas tea They have had as much of the one as of the other.\\nHas the physician been right He has been wrong. Has the\\nDutchman been right or wrong 1 He never has been either right\\nor wrong. Have I been wrong in buying honey 1 You have been\\nwrong in buying some. What has your cousin had He has\\nhad your boots and shoes. Has he had my good biscuits\\n(3nncbcicf is not softened in the plur.) He has not had them.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat has the Spaniard had 1 He has had nothing. Who has\\nhad courage The English have had some. Have the English\\nhad many friends They have had many of them. -Have we\\nhad many enemies We have not had many of them. Have we\\nhad more friends than enemies 1 We have had more of the latter\\nthan of the former. Has your son had more wine than meat]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHe has had more of the latter than of the former. Has the Turk\\nhad more pepper than corn 1 He has had more of the one than oi\\nthe other. Has the painter had anything 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -He has had nothing*\\n98.\\nHave I been right in writing to my brother 1 You have not\\nbeen wrong in writing to him. Have you had the head-ache\\nI have had the tooth-ache. Have you had anything good I have\\nhad nothing bad 1 Did the ball take place yesterday T It did no!\\ntake place. Does it take place to-day It does take place to-\\nday. When does the ball take place It takes place this evening.\\nDid it take place the day before yesterday It did take place,\\nAt what o clock did it take place It took place at eleven*\\no clock. Have you gone to my brother s 1 I have gone thither.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHow often hast thou gone to my cousin s house I have gone\\nthither twice. Do you go sometimes to the theatre 1 I go some-\\ntimes thither. How many times have you been at the theatre 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have been there only once. Have you sometimes been at the\\nball 1 I have often been there. Has your brother ever gone to the\\nball 1 He has never gone thither. Has your father sometimes\\ngone to the ball 1 He went (tfr geqancjen) thither formerly. Has\\nhe gone thither as often as you 1 He has gone thither oftener than\\nI. Dost thou go sometimes into the garden I do go thither\\nsometimes. Hast thou never been there 1 I have often been\\nthere. Does your old cook often go to the market He does go\\nthither often. Does he go thither as often as my bailiff? He\\ngoes thither oftener than he.\\nm.\\nHave you formerly gone to the ball I have gone thither some*\\ntimes When hast thou been at the ball 1 I was there the day\\nbefore yesterday. Didst thou find anybody there I found (fyabe\\ngefunbert) nobody there. Hast thou gone to the bail oftener than", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "209\\nthy brothers 1 I have gone thither oftener than they. Has you\\ncousin often been at the play He has been there several times,\\nHave you sometimes been hungry I have often been hungry.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Has your valet often been thirsty] He has never been either\\nhungry or thirsty. Have you gone to the play early 1 I have\\ngone thither late. Have I gone to the ball as early as you You\\nhave gone thither earlier than I. Has your brother gone thither\\ntoo late 1 He has gone thither too early. Have your brothers had\\nanything They have had nothing. Who has had my purse and\\nmy money Your servant has had both. Has he had my stick\\nand my hat He has had both* Hast thou had my horse or thai\\nof my brother] I have had neither yours ror that of your brother.\\nHave I had your note or that of the physician T You have had\\nboth (OetDe).\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -What has the physician had He has had nothing.\\nHas anybody had my golden candlestick Nobody has had it\\n(See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY.THIRD LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ?Hm txtiif mt^Btt\\nNation.\\nTo do done* r) u n g e t r) a ru\\nWhat have you done 1 2Ba\u00c2\u00a3 f)aben \u00c2\u00a9te getrjan\\nI have done nothing. 3d) fyabe md)t6 getfyaru\\nHas the shoemaker made my $at t er 6cl)ur;mad)et meine \u00c2\u00a9ttefef\\nboots 1 gemacfet\\nHe has made them. \u00c2\u00a3r f)cit fie gemad}t.\\nHe has not made them. (\u00c2\u00a3r t)at fie ntcrjt gemad)t.\\nTo take off-taken off. j^ncNien*--o6. fl encmmen.\\nM M 2C u t e 1) e n ausge^ogeti.\\nHave you taken your boots off] $dbm @tc Sfjre (Sttcfet au\u00c2\u00a3ge$ogen?\\nI have taken them off. 3d) l)at e fie au$ge$egen.\\nThis, that. i e f e fc a\\nHas he told you that 1 \u00c2\u00a3at et Sfonen t a$ gefagt\\nIt.\\nHe has told it to me. gt fyat eg nut gefagt.\\nObs. The neuter pronoun e 3, it, which is some-\\ntimes rendered into English by so, and more elegantly\\nomitted, may in German relate to substantives of any\\ngender or number, to adjectives, and even to whole\\nphrases.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "110\\nHave you told it to me 1 \u00c2\u00a3aben Ste t$ mir gcfagt\\nI have told it to you. 3d) f abe e$ Sfynen gefagt*\\nWho has told it to him 1 2Ber ()at eg i()m gefngt\\nAre you the brother of my friend \u00c2\u00a9tnt \u00c2\u00a9te ter SBtutet meine* gteum\\nkg?\\nI am. f 3d) bin e\\nAre you ill 1 \u00c2\u00a9int) 6 ie franr*\\nI am not. t 3d) bin e g nid)t.\\nAre our neighbours as poor as f @tnt unfete 9?ad)bam fo *cm, nric\\nthey say ft e e g facjen\\nThey are so. f Sic ftnb eg.\\nTo speak-*-spoken. \u00c2\u00a9pre d) en* g e f p r o d) c n.\\nI have spoken with the man. 3d) fabe niit tern SCftanne gefprodjen.\\nI have spoken to the man. 3d) fyabe ten Sfficmn cjefprod)en. a\\nWith. 90H t (a preposition which gov-\\nerns the dative).\\nWith which man have you SOtft it ctd)em 9)?anne fyaben Sic ge*\\nspoken 1 fprod)en\\nTo which man have you spoken? 2Md)en 20?cmn fyaben \u00c2\u00a9te gefprecfyen\\nCW (past participle). e f d) n 1 1 1 e n.\\nPicked up. 2C u f cj e I) o b e n.\\nWashed. c xo a f d) e n.\\nWhich books have you picked \u00c2\u00a3Md)C 33itd)cr fjciben \u00c2\u00a9e ctufgeljos\\nup ben\\nI have picked up yours. 3d) fabc tie 3^igen cmfgerjcben\\n(See Obs, B* preceding Lesson.)\\nBurnt. 95erbrennt. b\\nWhich books have you burnt] \u00c2\u00a3Betd)e 23iid)et: Ijciben \u00c2\u00aeie ttetbtcnnt\\nhave burnt no books. 3d) fabe feinc S3ud)et tterbtennt*\\nTorn. 3 etc tiff en.\\nWhich shirts have you torn 1 2Be(d)C \u00c2\u00a3emten fjaben \u00c2\u00a9ic $ertiffen\\nI have v orn my own. 3d) fjabe tie nicinigen $erriffen.\\nEXERCISES. 100.\\nHave you anything to do 1 I have nothing to do. What has\\nyour brother to do 1 He has to write letters. What hast thou\\ndone 1 I have dono nothing. Have I done anything 1 You have\\nR Semanbett fyvedjen means to speak to somebody in an absolute sense, with-\\nout mentioning the subject spoken of, whilst nut Semanbem fpre($en, means to\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0peak with or to somebody about a particular thing, as mtt 3 emcmbem liber\\nttxva\u00c2\u00a7 (i)on enter (2ctd)e) fpredjen, to speak with somebody about something.\\nb The participle past of the verb tterbrenttett would be serbrannt, if it were\\nemployed either in a neuter or intransitive sense. Ex. Are my books b irnt!\\nftnb metne 93tid)er tjetbrcmttt? They are burnt, fie ftnb tterbrrtttnt. (See Note\\nLesson XXV.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "Ill\\ntorn my clothes (JUctbet). What have your children done They\\nhave torn their beautiful books. What have we done You have\\ndone nothing but your brothers have burnt my fine chairs. Has\\nthe tailor already made your coat He has not yet made it.\\nHas your shoemaker already made your boots?-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 He has already\\nmade them. Have you sometimes made a hat]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -I have never\\nmade one. Hast thou already made thy purse I have not yet\\nmade it. Have our neighbours ever made books] They made\\n(IjaOen gcmacfyt) some formerly. How many coats has your tailor\\nmade He has made thirty or forty of them. Has he made good\\nor bad coats] He has made (both) good and bad (ones). Has\\nour father taken his hat off] He has taken it off. Have your\\nbrothers taken their coats off] They have taken them off. Has\\nthe physician taken his stockings or his shoes off] He has taken\\noff neither the one nor the other. What has he taken away]\\nHe has taken away nothing, but he has taken off his large hat.\\nWho has told you that My servant has told it to me- What has\\nyour cousin told you? He has told me nothing. Who has told\\nit to your neighbour The English have told it to him. Are you\\nthe brother of that (t tefc6) youth I am (3d) bin c\u00c2\u00a3). Is that boy\\nyour soh He is. How many children have you I have but\\ntwo.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has the bailiff gone to the market He has not gone\\nthither. Is he ill He is. Am I ill I You are not. Are you\\nas tall (grop) as I] I am. Are your friends as rich as they say\\nThey are. Art thou as fatigued as thy brother] I am more so\\n(c$ mef)t) than he.\\n101.\\nHave you spoken to my father I have spoken to him. When\\ndid (fyaben Qcfprecfycn) you speak to him] I spoke to him the day\\nbefore yesterday.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have you sometimes spoken with the Turk\\nI have never spoken with him. How many times have you\\nspoken to the captain? I have spoken to him six times. Has\\nthe nobleman ever spoken with you He has never spoken with\\nme. Have you often spoken with his son I have often spoken\\nwith him. Have you spoken with him oftener than we I have\\nnot spoken with him so often as you (have). To which son of the\\nnobleman have you spoken I have spoken to the youngest. To\\nwhich men has your brother spoken He has spoken to these.\\nWhat has your gardener s son cut He has cut trees. Has he\\ncut corn He has cut some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has he cut as much hay as corn\\nHe has cut as nueh of the one as of the other. Have you\\npicked up my knife I have picked it up. Has your boy picked\\nup the tailor s thimble] He has not picked it up. Have you\\npicked up a crown I have picked up two of them. What have\\nyou picked up We have picked up nothing. Have you burnt\\nanything 1 We have burnt nothing. What have the sailors\\nburnt] They have burnt their cloth coats. Hast thou burnt my\\nfine ribbons 1 have not burnt them. Which books has the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "112\\nGreek burnt? He has burnt his own. Which sjiips (\u00c2\u00a9d)tffe)\\nhave the Spaniards burnt? They have burnt no ships. Have you\\nburnt paper] I have not burnt any. Has the Physician burnt\\nnotes He has burnt none. Have you had the courage to burn\\nmy hat 1 I have had the courage to burn it. When did you burn\\nit I burnt it yesterday. Where have you burnt it I have\\nburnt it in my room. Who has torn your shirt The ugly boy \u00c2\u00abf\\nour neighbour has torn it. Has anybody torn your books I*\\nbody has torn them.\\nInfinitive.\\nTo drink\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094drunk.\\nZxinhn*\\nTo carry\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094carried.\\nZxaQm*\\nTo bring-\\n-brought.\\nSBrittgetv*\\nTo send\\n-sent.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ertben*\\nTo write-\\n-written.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfjreiben*\\nTe see\\n-seen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9efyen*\\nTo give\\n-given.\\n\u00c2\u00a9eben*\\nTo lend\\n-lent.\\n2etf)en*\\nNEUTER\\nVERBS.\\nFORTY.FOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \\\\)kx ttttir metpgete\\nSection.\\nPast part,\\n-getrunfem\\n-getrogeru\\n-gebrarf)t\\n-gefanbt\\n-gefd riebetu\\n-gefefyetu\\n-gegebetu\\n-geliefyem\\nNeuter verbs are conjugated like the active. The\\nlatter, however, always form their past tenses with\\nthe auxiliary fyaben*, to have on the contrary, some\\nneuter verbs take fern*, to be, and others tyaben*, for\\ntheir auxiliary others again take sometimes fyabett*/\\nand sometimes fetrt*. Those of which the auxiliary\\nis not marked have the same as in English.\\nTo come come (Past part.;. o m m c n g c I m m e n.\\nTogo \u00e2\u0080\u0094gone. \u00c2\u00a9efycn* 9 eg an gen.\\nIs the man come to your father? 3ft bet Wlann $u Sfyrem QSaret ge*\\nfommcn\\nHe is come to him. $r if! $u tbm gefommen.\\nIs thy brother gone into the 3ft ctn \u00c2\u00a9ruber cmf t ct$ (auf$)\\nfield 1 $cft ge |cmgen\\nHe is gone thither. (St ift bet bin gcgangen.\\nHave you seen the man 1 #afcen \u00c2\u00a9te ben #Rcmn gcfer)en\\nI have seen him. 3d) rjctOe tbn gefeben.\\nHave you seen my book \u00c2\u00a3ctben xc m xn uc 3 c f e tt", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "113\\nt have seen it. 3d) r)afce e$ gefer)en.\\nI have not seen it. 3d) fya e eg ntc^t Qe|el)cn\\nWhen 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Where 2S a n n 2Bo? a\\nWhen did you see my cousin 1 SQBcmn rjaben Sie metnen ^Setter g#\\nfeljen\\nI saw him the day before yester- 3d) fjabe if n ttcrgeftern gefefyen.\\nday.\\nWhere have you seen him 1 2Bo faften \u00c2\u00aeie tfjtt gcfcr)cn\\nI have seen him at the theatre. 3d) babe ifyn tm Skater gefc^cn.\\nWhere hast thou seen my book 1 2Bo f)aft \u00c2\u00a3)u mcin 23ud) gefefyen\\nI have seen it in your room. 3d) fyabe e$ in Sfjrem Simmer gefe*\\nf)eru\\nDo you learn to read 2ernen Ste lefen\\nI do learn (it). 3d) (erne c\\nI learn to write. 3d) (erne fd)retfren.\\nHave you learnt to write \u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00aete fcfytetben gefetnt\\nI have (learnt it). 3d) fyafce cs gelcrnt.\\nTo know (to be acquainted with) jtennen* g e f: a n n t.\\nknown.\\nHave you known those men 1 $abm \u00c2\u00a9ft jenc banner gefannt\\nI have not known them. 3d) fyabe fie nid)t gefcmnt.\\nOfo. Instead of the past participle, the following\\nverbs retain the form of the infinitive when preceded\\nby another infinitive b bihfett*, to be permitted fyetfktt*,\\nto bid fyelfen*, to help fyorett, to hear formett*, to be\\nable (can) laffert*, to let lefyrett, to teach (ewett, to\\nlearn mogen*, to be allowed (may) mifffen*, to be\\nobliged (must) fef)en to see [often, to be obliged\\n(shall, ought) toolkit, to be willing, to wish (will). c\\nTo let (to get, to have, to order). S a f f e n (See Lesson XXXI.\\nwhere this verb is conjugated\\nin the present tense.)\\nTo get or to have mended got Tfusbefjetn (affen*.\\nor had mended.\\na Learners ought now to use in their exercises the adverbs of time, place,\\nand number, mentioned in Lessons XXVII. XXXI. XXXII. and XLII.\\nb It will be useful to remember that the particle $u does not precede the\\ninfinitive joined to one of these verbs. (See Obs. JB. Lesson XL.)\\nc Modern authors do not always observe this distinction, but give the pre-\\nference to the regular form. Thus it is already generally said 3d) J)abe tf)tt\\nfemtett gclernt (not lentett), I have become acquainted with him 3 9 r)abe tljm\\natbetteri gefyolfert (not f elfett), I have helped him to work er i)at mity rictytig\\nforemen ^cter)rt (not lernett), he has taught me to speak correctly.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "114\\nTo get or to have washed got SQScifcfycn faffen*\\nor had washed.\\nTo have made had made. 9J?adf)cn (af[cn*\u00c2\u00bb\\nAre you getting a coat made (do gaffen Ste ctncn SKecf macfyen\\nyou order a coat)\\nI am getting one made (I do 3d) laffe ctncn macfycn.\\norder one).\\nI have had one made. 3d) f)cibe ctncn mctd)cn (affcn.\\nHas your brother had his shirt $at 3fyr 33rut ct fctn cmt tt afd)*B\\nwashed 1 (affen\\nHe has had it washed. Gtr fjctt c* nxtfcfycn (affcn.\\nThe cravat, t a\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3a($tud)\\nthe neck, t)cr $dU.\\nHast thou sometimes had cravats #ctft \u00c2\u00a3)u mcmcftmal #a(Stud)et au$s\\nmended 1 kffcrn (affen\\nhave had some mended some- 3d) ^\u00c2\u00abbc mand)ma( tvc(cr)C auSfccffctn\\ntimes. (affcn.\\nEXERCISES. 102.\\nHave you drunk wine 1 I have drunk some.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have you drunk\\nmuch of it 1 I have drunk but little of it. Hast thou drunk\\nsome beer 1 I have drunk some 1 Has thy brother drunk much\\ngood cider 1 He has not drunk much of it, but enough. When\\ndid you drink any wine 1 I drank some yesterday and to-day (3d)\\nOcifte gcftcrn lint) (jeute tvckben). Has the servant carried the letter 1\\nHe has carried it. Where has he carried it to 1 He has\\ncarried it to your friend. Have you brought us some apples 1 We\\nhave brought you some. How many apples have you brought us\\nWe have brought you twenty-five of them. When did you\\nbring them 1 I brought (rjafrc qcbracfyt) them this morning. At\\nwhat o clock 1 At a quarter to eight. Have you sent your little\\nboy to the market? I have sent him thither (t af)tn). When did\\nyou send him thither 1 This evening. Have you written to your\\nfather 1 I have written to him. Has he answered you -He has\\nnot yet answered me. Have you ever written to the physician 1\\nI have never written to him. Has he sometimes written to you\\nHj has often written to me. What has he written to you He\\nhas written to me something. Have your friends ever written to\\nyou 1 They have often written to me. How many times (Lesson\\nXLII.) have they written to you 1 They have written to me more\\nthan thirty times. Have you ever seen my son I have never\\nseen him. Has he ever seen you He has often seen me. Hast\\nthou ever seen any Greeks 1 I have often seen some. Have you\\nalready seen a Syrian 1 I have already seen one. Where have\\nyou seen one 1 At the theatre. Have you given the book to my\\nbrother (Rule of Syntax, Lesson XXVIII.)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1 have given it to\\nhim. Have you given money to the merchant] I have given\\nsome to him. How much have you given to him 1 I have given\\nto him fifteen crowns. Have you given gold ribbons to cur good", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "115\\nneighbours children! I have given some to them. Will you\\ngive some bread to the poor (man) (Page 34, Obs. A.) I have\\nalready given some to him. Wilt thou give me some wine 1 1\\nhave already given you some. When didst thou give me some\\nI gave you some formerly. Wilt thou give me some now 1\\ncannot give you any (3d) farm Sfyncn fcincn).\\n103.\\nHas the American lent you money He has lent me some.\\nHas he often lent you some He has lent me some sometimes.\\nWhen did he lend you any He lent me some formerly. Has\\nthe Italian ever lent you money He has never lent me any.\\nIs he poor He is not poor he is richer than you. Will you\\nlend me a crown I will lend you two of them. Has your boy\\ncome to mine He has come to him. When This morning.\\nAt what time Early. Has he come earlier than 1 At what\\no clock did you come I came at half past five. He has come\\nearlier than you. Wliere did your brother go to He went to the\\nball. Wlien did he go thither! He went thither the day before\\nyesterday. Has the ball taken place It has taken place. Has\\nit taken place late It has taken place early. At what o clock\\nAt midnight. Does your brother learn to write He does learn\\nit. Does he already know how (Lesson XXXVII.) to read He\\ndoes not know how yet. Have you ever learnt German 1 I learnt\\nit formerly, but I do not know it. Has your father ever learnt\\nFrench! He has never learnt it. Does he learn it at present!\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHe does learn it. Do you know the Englishman whom I know!\\nI do not know the one whom (Lessons XII. and XIV.) you know;\\nbut I know another (Lesson XXI). Does your friend know the\\nsame nobleman whom I know! He does not know the same but\\nhe knows others. Have you known the same men whom I have\\nknown (roc(d)C td) Cjefannt babe). I have not known the same but\\nI have known others. Have you ever had your coat mended\\nI have sometimes had it mended Hast thou already had thy\\nboots mended I have not yet had them mended. Has your\\ncousin sometimes had his stockings mended He has several\\ntimes had them mended. Hast thou had thy hat or thy shoe mend-\\ned I have neither had the one nor the other mended. Have you\\nhad my cravats or my shirts washed I have neither had the\\none nor the other washed. W T hat stockings have you had washed\\nI have had the thread stockings washed. Has your father had\\ntable made He has had one xiade. Have you had anything\\nnaade? I have had nothing made. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "116\\nFORTY-FIFTH LESSON. ifftttf Uttb trierjigste\\nCectiott.\\nTo receive received. 23 e o m m e n (etfyatten*\\nc m p f a n g e n\\nOfo. A. We have observed (Lesson XLI.) that some\\nverbs do not take the syllable g e in the past participle\\ntiey are,\\n1st, Those which begin with one of the inseparable\\nunaccented particles be, emp, ent, er, ge, fcer, noiber, jer\\n(See Lesson XXV.), or with one of the following par-\\nticles, when inseparable bltrd), through gutter, behind\\niiber, over um, around utlter, under fcott, full ttneber,\\nagain. a\\n2nd, Those derived from foreign languages and ter-\\nminating in tren, or tereru Ex. (iubiren, to study past\\npart, fiubtrt, studied.\\nRule. All verbs, in general, which have not the prin-\\ncipal accent upon the first syllable, reject the syllable\\nge in the past participle.\\nHow much money have you re- SBteoiet (Sk fo Fjafcen fie bcfcmmen 1\\nceived\\n1 have received three crowns. 3d) f)a6c brct Sfjakt kfommcn.\\nHave you received letters 1 Ipabtn k SSrtcfc crfjaftcn\\nI have received some. 3d) fycibe noeldjc etfyatten.\\nTo promise promised. 2Scrfprccl e n* D etfptodjen-\\n06s. 5. Derivative and compound verbs are con-\\njugated like their primitives thus the verb fcerfprecfyett*\\nis conjugated like fprecfyen*, to speak, which is its pri-\\nmitive. (Lessons XXIV. and XXXIV.)\\nDo you promise me to come? 93erfprcd)en Ste nut $u fommetv?\\nI promise you. 3d) t)erfprccl)e c$ S^ncn.\\nThe grosh (a coin), bet \u00c2\u00a9refefyen (is not softened in the\\nplur.)\\nthe denier, bet ^pfennig.\\nA crown contains twenty-four (Stn Sbcilct F)at vi\u00c2\u00b0x unb $roan$tg\\ngroshes. \u00c2\u00a9rofefyen.\\na Verbs compounded with these particles are inseparable, when the par-\\nticles may be considered as adverbs, and separable, when they have th*\\nmeaning of prepositions.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "117\\nA. grosh contains twelve deniers. (Sin (S5refd)en F at jtt)b (f pfenntge\u00c2\u00ab\\nA. florin contains sixteen groshes \u00c2\u00a9in \u00c2\u00a9ulben fjat fetf)$et)n \u00c2\u00aerefd)en\\nor sixty kreuzers, or forty-eight ober fed)$tg jtreujer, cber ad)t unb\\ngood kreuzers. Merjtg gute jtrcu^er.\\nA denier contains two oboles. Sin pfennig fjat imi fetter.\\nThe obole, ber feller.\\nThere is. (S Stft.\\nTfore are. f\u00c2\u00a7 ft n b\\nHow many groshes are there in SBiemcl \u00c2\u00a9rofefyen ftnb in eincm Zka\\na crown let 1\\nTwenty-four. SSicr unb pocittftg.\\nTo wear out worn out. 2C 1 r a g e n a gctra;}cn\\n(abnugen aftgenu\u00c2\u00a3t).\\nTo spell spelled. 23ud)fta tre n b u d) ft a r t\\nHow? SPSte?\\nWell. \u00c2\u00a9ut, W0 (adverbs b\\nBad, badly. @d)(ccl)t, ut c(, fcfyttmm (adverbs c\\nHow has he washed the shirt \u00c2\u00a3Btc f)at er ba\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00a3emb geroafefyen\\nHe has washed it well. (5r ()at e$ gut gercafeben.\\nHow have you written the letter 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bie fjaben S ie ben 23rtcf gefefyrte*\\nben 1\\nThus.\\nSo so.\\n3o.\\n\u00c2\u00aeo fo.\\nn this manner.\\nC2fuf btefe2Crt.\\n1 2Cuf biefe aSeife.\\nTo call\u00e2\u0080\u0094 called.\\nSKufen* gerufen.\\ndu called the man 1\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen @te ben Sflann gerufen\\nI have called him. 3d) fyafce tfyn gerufen.\\nTodry. Srotfnen.\\nTo put (to place, to lay). e g c n\\nDo you put your coat to dry 2egen \u00c2\u00aeie Sfjren $ocf ju troefnen\\n1 do put it to dry. 3d) lege tljn gu treefnen.\\nWhere have you placed (put) 2Bo fyaben Ste t a$ 23ud) fytnge-\\nthebook! legt? (See Note d Lesson\\nXXXVII.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ut relates to the manner in which a thing is done. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a3r rebet Qixt, he\\nspeaks well. 2 of)t denotes a certain degree of well being. Ex. 3d) fcttt\\nTDflf)l, I am well id) ttjei\u00c2\u00a7 e3 t\u00c2\u00bbof)T, I know it well.\\nc 2d;led)t is the opposite to $ut, and lit el the opposite to tooljl. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a7X\\nfdjretbt fdjtecfct, he writes badly. fetnxtS libel nefmten, to be offended at any-\\nthing. Scf)lurtm is employed nearly in the same sense as liBel, thus we say:\\nfd)limm flemtg, bad enough befto femtmmer, so much the worse.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "118\\n1 have placed it upon the table. 3d) fyafce e$ auf ten \u00c2\u00a3tfd) getegt\\nTo lie lain. t c a, e n g e t e 9 e n\\nWhere lies the book 1 2Bo licgt bag SSucb\\nIt lies upon the table. licgt auf tern Stfc e.\\nIt has lain upon the table. fjat auf fcem Stfcfye getegcn.\\nTAere. \u00c2\u00a3)atauf.\\nDoes the book lie on the chair 1 \u00c2\u00a3tegt bat 33ud) auf tern \u00c2\u00a9tuf)(e\\nIt does lie there (on it). (iecjt b a t a u f.\\nTt has lain there. S$ f)at batauf gelegen.\\nEXERCISES. 104.\\nHast thou promised anything? I have promised noihing. Dc\\nyou give me what you have promised me 1 I do give it to you.\\nHave you received much money 1 I have received but little. How\\nmuch have you received of it 1 I have received but one crown.-^\\nWhen have you received your letter I have received it to-day.\\nHast thou received anything] I have received nothing. What\\nhave we received We have received long (cjtop) letters. Do you\\npromise me to come to the ball 1 I do promise you to come to it.\\nDoes your ball take place to-night] It does take place. How\\nmuch money have you given to my son I have given him fifteen\\ncrowns. Have you not promised him more 1 I have given him what\\nI have promised him. Have our enemies received their money\\nThey have not received it. Have you German money I have\\nsome. What kind of money have you I have crowns, florins,\\nkreuzers, groshes, and deniers. How many groshes are there in\\na florin 1 A florin contains (fyat) sixteen groshes, or sixty kreuzers,\\nor forty-eight good kreuzers. Have you any oboles T I have a\\nfew of them. How many oboles are there in a denier 1 A denier\\ncontains two oboles. Will you lend your coat to me 1 I will lend\\nit to you but it is worn out. Are your shoes worn out They\\nare not worn out. Will you lend them to my brother 1 I will\\nlend them to him.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To whom have you lent your hat I have not\\nlent it I have given it to somebody. To whom have you given\\nit I have given it to a pauper (bet 2Crme).\\n105.\\nDoes your little brother already know how to spell? He does\\nknow. Does he spell well 1 He does spell well. How has your\\nlittle boy spelt 1 He has spelt so so. How have your children\\nwritten their letters 1 They have written them badly. Do you\\nknow (Lesson XXXVII.) Spanish I do know it. Does your\\ncousin speak Italian He speaks it well. How do your friends\\nspeak] They do not speak badly (mcl)t iibd). Do they listen to\\nwhat you tell them 1 They do listen to it. How hast thou learnt\\nEnglish I have learnt it in this manner. Have you called me\\nI have not called you, but your brother. Is he ccme 1 Not yet", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "119\\n(Lesson XL.) Where have you wet (nag mad)en) your clothes 1\\nI have wet them in the country. Will you put then, to dry\\n($u trccfnen legcn) 1 I will put them to dry. Where have you put\\nmy hat 1 I have put it upon the table. Hast thou seen my book\\nI have seen it. Where is it It lies upon your brother s trunk.\\nDoes my handkerchief lie upon the chair] It does lie upon it.\\nWhen have you been in the country 1 I have been there the day\\nbefore yesterday. Have you found your father there 1 I have found\\nhim there. What has he said 1 He has said nothing. What have\\nyou been doing in the country I have been doing nothing there.\\nFORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 0ed)0 nrib trierfoste\\nzttion.\\nDoes your father wish to give 835ttt 3r)r SSotec nut etrcaS m tfjun\\nme anything to do 1 gcfren\\nHe does wish to give thee some- (St will \u00c2\u00a7ftt ttnoat $u tfyun gefcen.\\nthing to do.\\nObs. Qa^M, to it, relates sometimes to an kifini\\ntive, as:\\nH?ve you a mind to work JpaUn \\\\c \u00c2\u00a3ujt 311 atkitcn\\nI have no mind to it. 3d) fja c fcine Suft fccuu.\\nIs thy brother gone to the 3ft \u00c2\u00a3)ein SBtubct auf$ \u00c2\u00a3anb gegan\\ncountry gen\\nHe is gone thither. (Sr tft ta^iti gegangcn.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Hast thou a mind to go thither? \u00c2\u00a3ajt 2 u Sufi: fcafjtn $u gefjen\\nI have a mind to it. 3d) fyabc \u00c2\u00a3uft ba$u.\\nHow old are you 1 2Btc aft ftnb u\\nI am twelve years old. 3d) tun arob lf 3 a alt.\\nHow old is your brother 1 2Bte aft ift Sfjt SSrubet\\nHe is thirteen years old. (St ift btci$eljtt Satyr alt.\\nAlmost {nearly). 23 c i n a r) c or f a ft\\nAbout. U n g c f a I) t.\\nHardly. Ran m\\nHe is almost fourteen years old. (St ift faft tueqeljn 3al)t aft.\\nI am about fifteen years old. 3d) bin ungefd fjt filnfjefjn Safo\\naft.\\nHe is almost sixteen years old. (St ift foetnalje fdj$e!)n Safjt aft.\\nYoar are hardly seventeen years @ic ftnb faum ficbcngcljn 3af)t alt\\nold.\\na Here custom require; tHs singular number.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "120\\nNot quite. $1 t cl) t g a n\\nI am not quite eighteen years 3d) bin md)t gan$ ad^tgc^tt Saljt\\nold. alt.\\nArt thou older than thy brother 1 SBtft u alter at* cm 8ruber\\nI am younger than he. 3d) bin (linger atg er.\\nTo understand undet stood. 23erftefjen* serftanben\\nDo you understand me SSerftefycn Sie mid) 1\\nI do understand you. 3d) tterftefye \u00c2\u00a9te.\\nHave you understood the man \u00c2\u00a3aben @te ten SCftann tterftanben 1\\nI have understood him. Set) fyctfce tf)n tterftanben.\\nI hear you, but I do not under- 3d) f)8re bte, aber id) tterftefjc @ie\\nstand you. nid)t.\\nThe noise, bcr Cd rm\\nThe noise (roaring) of the wind, t a$ (Saufen t)e^ SStnbeg\\nThe wind, t)cr 28tnb.\\nDo you hear the roaring of the #oren @ic bag (Saufcn te^ SQSiiK\\nwind 1 beg 1\\nI do hear it. 3d) lite eg.\\nTo bark. 93c den.\\nThe barking, bag S3eften*\\nHave you heard the barking of abcn (Sic t a$ SSetlen ber \u00c2\u00a3unbe ge*\\nthe dogs? fjort?\\nI have heard it. 3d) tyafce eg gefyort.\\nTo Zo^e lost. aSerfteren* e r I or c n\\nTo beat beaten. S d) t a g e n g e f d) t a g e n.\\nThou beatest,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 he beats. \u00c2\u00a3)u fd)(agfr, er fd)tagt.\\nTo read read (past part.). Sefcn* getefen.\\nTo remain remained. 23 e i 6 e n* g e b 1 1 e b e n (takes\\nfcin for its auxiliary).\\nTo tale\u00e2\u0080\u0094 taken. SSI e m c n g e n o m m e n.\\nTo know\u00e2\u0080\u0094 known. 2\u00c2\u00a3 i f f c n g c W U f* t.\\nHave you lost anything 1 \u00c2\u00a3abcn Sie ctroag t erforen\\nI have lost nothing. 3d) fabe nid)tg ttertorem\\nTo Zose (at play) lost. 33 e r f p i c t c n tterfpt-elt.\\nHow much has your brother lost] SStcmcl f)at 3fyr SBruber tterfpictt?\\nHe has lost about a crown. \u00c2\u00a9r fiat ungefafyr cinen Skater t\u00c2\u00bbers\\nfpiett.\\nWho has beaten the dog 1 SBcr fiat ben \u00c2\u00a3unb gefd)(agcn\\nNo one has beaten it. Cftiemanb bat ifyn gefd)tagen.\\nHow many books has your cousin SQBtcmel 23ud)cr f)at 3f)t better fd)Wt\\nalready read getefen 1", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "121\\nHe has already read five of them, (St fyat fceren fd)on fdnf getefen, Uttb\\nand at present he is reading jegt (tef tct fcas fccfyfte.\\nthe sixth.\\nHas the man taken anything- f s?at ^er fD itn 3f)nen ctroaS ge*\\nfrom you nonimen 1\\nHe has taken nothing- from me. f jgc r)ot nut ntcbt* Qcnommen.\\nDo you know as much as this Mf[en Sic fo met ix te fctefet\\nman 1 93Jcmn\\nI do not know as much as he. 3d) R ntcfyt fo met rote cr.\\nHave you known that? \u00c2\u00a3nben \u00c2\u00a9te t a$ gcnmpt\\nI have not known it. 3d) f)abe.c6 ntd)t gcroupt.\\nWhere have our friends re- \u00c2\u00a380 finb unfcre 5teunt e Qcbliefcen\\nmained\\nThey have remained at home. \\\\c finb 3U J5cmfe gebUebetu\\nexercises. 106.\\nHave you time to write a letter? I have time to wiite o:*e\\nWill you lend a hook to my brother I have lent one to him\\nalready. Will you lend him one more I will lend him two\\nmore. Have you given anything to the poor 1 I have given them\\nmoney. How much money has my cousin given you 1 He has\\ngiven me only a little he has given me only two crowns. How\\n)ld is your brother] He is twenty years old. Are you as old as\\nhe? lam not so old. How old are you 1 I am hardly eighteen\\nyears old. How old art thou 1 I am about twelve years old. Am\\nI younger than you 1 I do not know. How old is our neighbour\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094He is not quite thirty years old. Are our friends as young as\\nwe They are older than we. How old are they The one is\\nnineteen and the other twenty years old.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Is your father as old as\\nmine He is older than yours 1 Have you read my book 1 I have\\nnot quite read it yet. Has your friend finished his book 1 He has\\nalmost finished it. Do you understand me 1 I do understand you.\\nDoes the Englishman understand us 1 He does understand us.\\nDo you understand what we are telling you We do understand\\nit. Dost thou understand German 1 I do not understand it yet,\\nbut 1 am learning it. Do we understand the English 1 We do\\nnot understand them. Do the Germans understand us 1 They do\\nunderstand us. Do we understand them 1 We hardly understand\\nthem. Do you hear any noise I hear nothing. Have you heard\\nthe roaring of the wind 1 I have heard it. What do you hear?\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI hear the barking of the dogs. Whose dog is this 1 It is the dog\\nof the Scotchman.\\n107.\\nHave you lost your stick 1 I have not lost it. Has your sei\\nrant lost my note 1 He has lost it. Have you gone to the ball\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094No, I have not gone to it. Where have you remained 1 I have\\nremained at home. Has your father lost (at play) as much money\\nas I He has lost more of it than you 1 How much have I lost 1\\n6", "height": "4477", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "122\\n-\u00e2\u0080\u0094You have hardly .ost a crown. Where has thy brother r\u00c2\u00a9\u00c2\u00bb\\nmained 1 He has remained at home. Have your friends re*\\nmained in the country] They have remained there. Do you\\nknow as much as the English physician? I do not know as much\\nas he. Does the French physician know as much as you He\\nknows more than I. Does any one know more than the French\\nphysicians] No one knows more than they. Have your brothers\\nread my books They have not quite read them. How many of\\nthem have they read They have hardly read two of them. Has\\nthe son of my gardener taken anything from you He has taken\\nmy books from me. What hast thou taken from him] I have\\ntaken nothing from him. Has he taken money from you] He\\nhas taken some from me. How much money has he taken from\\nyou He tas taken from me almost two crowns. (See end of\\nLesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qicbm ttltb merest*\\nSection.\\nTo bite bitten. 8 C t p e n gebtffen.\\nWhy SBarum?\\nBecause* 58 c i f.\\nDCr* The verb of the subject or nominative, (in\\ncompound tenses, the auxiliary) is placed at the end\\nof the phrase, when this begins with a conjunction or\\na conjunctive word, such as a relative pronoun or a\\nrelative adverb. The conjunctions which do not re-\\nquire the verb to be placed at the end, will be given\\nthereafter.\\nWhy do you beat the dog \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3arum fd)(a$en \u00c2\u00a9te fc en \u00c2\u00a3utib\\nI beat it, because it has bitten 3d) fd)tage tfyn, weil ct nud) ge tffen\\nme. fyat.\\nDo you see the man who is in (Sefyen \u00c2\u00a9te ben SOfrmn, tt eld)Ct (bet)\\nthe garden 1 tm (fatten ift\\nI do see him. 3d) fclje ifjti.\\nDo you know the man who has jtennen @te ben Sflcinn, bet (roe(d)Ct)\\nlent me the book nut l a$ 23ud) geltcfjen f)at\\nI do not know him. 3d) fenne tfyn ntd)t.\\nDo you read the book, which I gefen \u00c2\u00a9te t a$ S3ud), wetcfyetf td) 3fc\\nhave lent you 1 ncn geftefyen f)Qt e\\n1 do read it. 3d) U\\\\i e\\nObs. When the verb, which a conjunctive word\\ncauses to be placed at the end of the phrase, is com", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "123\\npounded with a separable particle, this is not detached\\nfrom it. Ex.\\nI breakfast before I go out. 3d) frufyftucfc, cl)C id) cmSgefje.\\nDoes the tailor sho v you the 3ctgt Sfyncn bet (Sdmcibcr fcen $Koc\\ncoat, which he is mending? roelcfycn cr auSfccffert?\\nTo wait. SOS a r t c n.\\nTo expect. 6 r ro a r t e m*\\nTo wait for some one or for 2Cuf (Sinen ebet cttt a^ marten\\nsomething.\\nTo expect some one or some- (S tncn obet etrcaS crroarten.\\nthing.\\nDo you wait for my brother? SKarten Sie auf mcincn mbvt?\\nI do wait for him. 3d) roartc auf tfyn.\\nDo you expect friends (Srroattcn \u00c2\u00a9te grcunfc;\\nI do expect some. 3d) erroattc etntge.\\nTo owe. @d)UlM9 fctu*\\nHow much do you owe me SBtcmet ftnt) (Sic mit fcfculfctg?\\nF owe you fifty crowns. 3d) bin 3 ncn flinfetfl S^atct fd)itU\\nbtg.\\nHow much does the man owe SQSicmcl ift Sfcnin t)cr 9flann fdfeulbtg\\nyou?\\nHe owes me ten shillings. (gt ift nut $ef)n (Sdritttnge fdjutbtg.\\nDoes he owe as much as you 1 3ft ct fo met fct)ult t9 rote Sie\\nHe owes more than I. (St ift mef)t frf utbig at$ id).\\nThe shilling, bet \u00c2\u00a9d tUing\\nthe pound, ba$ 5 funb\\nthe livre (a coin), bet granfe.\\nTo return (to come bach) re- 3 u t u d o mm e n 3 u r (i cf 9 e\\nturned. t m m c R.\\nAt what o clock do you return Urn tmcmel Uf)t femmen \u00c2\u00a9ic t cn\\nfrom the market? bem 9DZar\u00c2\u00a3te gutitcf\\nI return from it at twelve o clock. 3d) f emme um $tt o(f Uf)t t on ba $u\u00c2\u00bb\\nrucf.\\nFrom there, thence (from it). 55 on ba.\\nDoes the servant return early jtommt bet S3ebtente frtif) sen ba $u*\\nthence tucf\\nHe returns thence at ten o clock (St femmt um gefjn ltf)r ^etgenS\\nin the morning. yen ba Auritcf.\\nAt nine o clock in the morning, f Um neun Ufjt 9Dlorgcn$.\\nAt eleven o clock at night. f Um elf Uf)t 2( enb$.\\na 3Bartetl auf, with the accusative case, is used, when the person or thing\\nspoken of is present, and evtoarten, when it is not.\\nb v5cf)ittbtg feht*, to owe, is to be considered as a compound verb, of which\\nthe separable particle is placed at the end, fdjutlbtg, due, owing, indebted, hav\\nins here the force of the separable particle.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "124\\nHow long 2B t e I a n g e\\nDuring, for -2B a f) r c n t) (a preposition whick\\ngoverns the genitive case).\\nHow long has he remained \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3te (ano,e tft ct t a gcMtcOen\\nthere\\nA minute. (Sine SDrtnute.\\nAn hour. (Sine 8tunt e. i\\nA day. (Stnen Sag.\\nA year. (Sin 3o()r (a neuter substantive,\\ntaking e in the plur. without\\nbeing softened).\\nA month. (Stncn 9flonat.\\nThe summer, ber (Sommet.\\nThe winter, bet Winter.\\nrSOBafyrenb M \u00c2\u00a9ommerS.\\nDuring the summer. *Den @ommet fi cr.\\nC \u00c2\u00a3)en \u00c2\u00a9ommcr fyintmrd).\\nHow long have you spoken with 9Bie fange fyaben Ste mit bem SEan*\\nthe man ne gcfprccftcn\\nI have spoken with him for three 3d) fjabe btct \u00c2\u00a9tunben mit ifym ges\\nhours. fptod)cn.\\n^Hojfcr long has your brother re- 2Bie tange ift 3f)t 93rut)cr auf t em\\nmained in the country \u00c2\u00a3anbe geOtteben\\nHe has remained there a month. St ift einen 9}?onat t)a gefclte cn.\\nHave you remained long with Sint Sie lancje Oet nicinem SSatet\\nmy father geHieben 1\\nt have remained with him for an 3d) bin cine (Sttmbe tang bet tf)m Ofi*\\nhour. Hieben.\\nLong. 2angc.\\nexercises. 108.\\nWhy do you love that man I love him, because he is good.\\nWhy does your neighbour beat his dog? Because it has bitten\\nhis little boy. Why does our father love me He loves you, be-\\ncause you are good. Do your friends love us They love us, be-\\ncause we are good. Why do you bring me wine] I bring you\\nsome, because you are thirsty. Why does the hatter drink] He\\ndrinks, because he is thirsty. Do you see the sailor who is in\\n(auf) the ship I do not see the one who is in (auf) the ship, but\\nc The accusative case answers to the question tote lattge? how long? and\\nother similar questions, relative to measure, weight, quantity, c, as tote\\nJang? how long? tote fcfywer? how heavy? totesiel? how much? tote tbtu*\\nft? at what price? toie toett? how far? tote a,vo\u00c2\u00a3? of what size? tote alt?\\nhow old\\nd SJitmtte, minute, \u00c2\u00a9tltttbe, hour, are two nouns of the feminine gender;\\nthey add tt in all the cases of the plural without softening the radical vow-\\nels. We can also say: ettte \u00c2\u00a9tunbe tag during an hour; ettt 3al;r (ana,\\nduring a year.", "height": "4397", "width": "2747", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "125\\nthe one who is in (auf) the square. Do you read the books which mj\\nfather has given you I do read them. Do you know the Italians\\nwhom we know We do not know those whom you know, but\\nwe know others (anfcerc). Do you buy the horse which we have\\nseen 1 I do not buy that which we have seen, but another (ctn\\nan terc$). Do you seek what you have lost 1 I do seek it. Do you\\nfind the man whom you have looked for? I do not find him.\\nDoes the butcher kill the ox which he has bought in (auf with the\\ndat.) the market He does kill it. Do our cooks kill the chickens\\nwhich they have bought] They do kill them. Does the hatter\\nmend the hat which I have sent him He does mend it. Does\\nthe shoemaker mend the boots which you have sent him He does\\nnot mend them, because they are worn out. Does your coit lie\\nupon the chair It does lie upon it.- Does it lie upon the chair\\nupon which 1 placed it? No, it lies upon another. Where is my\\nhat It is in the room in which (roorin or in nxkfyem) you have been.\\nDo you wait for any one I wait for no one. Do you wait for\\nthe man whom I have seen this morning] I do wait for him.\\nArt thou waiting for thy book I am waiting for it. Do you\\nexpect your father this evening] I do expect him. At what\\no clock has he gone to the theatre He has gone thither at seven\\no clock. At what o clock does he return from there 1 He returns\\nfrom there at eleven o clock. Has your bailiff returned from the\\nmarket He has not yet returned from it. At what o clock has\\nyour brother returned from the country He has returned from\\nthence at ten o clock in the evening.\\n109.\\nAt what o clock hast thou come back from thy friend 1 1 have\\ncome back from him at eleven o clock in the morning. Hast thou\\nremained long with him I have remained v/ith him about an\\nhour. How long do you intend to remain at the ball I intend\\nto remain there a few minutes. How long has the Englishman\\nremained with you He has remained with me for two hours.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDo you intend to remain long in the country I intend to remain\\nthere during the summer. How long have your brothers remained\\nin town (in t cr Stctbt) They have remained there during the\\nwinter. How much do I owe you] You do not owe me much.\\nHow much do you owe your tailor ]\u00e2\u0080\u0094-I only owe him fifty crowns.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094How much dost thou owe thy shoemaker I owe him already\\nseventy crowns. Do I owe y 5u anything You owe me nothing.\\nHow much does the Frenchman owe you He owes me more\\nthan you. Do the English owe you as much as the Spaniards\\nNot quite so much. Do I owe you as much as my brother 1 You\\nowe me more than he. Do our friends owe you as much as we\\nYou owe me less than they. Why do you give money to the mer-\\nchant I give him some, because he has sold me handkerchiefs.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Why do you not brink] I do not drink, because I am not\\nthirsty. Why do you pick ip this ribbon I pick it up, because", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "126\\nI want it. Why do you lend money to this mam I lend him\\nsome, because he wants some. Why does your brother study 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHe studies, because he wishes to learn German ((crncn nnlt). Art\\nthou thirsty 1 I am not thirsty, because I have drunk. Has your\\ncousin drunk already] Not yet, he is not yet thirsty. Does the\\nservant show you the room which he sweeps He does not show\\nme that which he sweeps now, but that which he has swept yester-\\nday. Do you breakfast before you go out 1 I go out before I\\nbreakfast. What does your shoemaker do before he sweeps his\\nroom He mends my boots and my shoes before he sweeps it (See\\nend of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 3Uljt tmb tfiet ete\\nSection.\\nTo live, to dwell, to reside, to \u00c2\u00a3Bof)nen\u00c2\u00ab\\nabide, to lodge.\\nWhere do you live \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3o roofyncn (Sic?\\nI live in William-street, number 3d) roofyne in t et SBityefo^fttajk,\\ntwenty-five. Summer fitnf unt a aroanatg.\\nWhere has your brother lived? \u00c2\u00a3Bo f at tf)t 23tut et gcroofynt\\nHe has lived in Frederic-street, (St bat tn fcet $riet ttd)Sftraj}e, Sflums\\nnumber one hundred and fifty. met Ijunfcett unb funf$t\u00c2\u00a7 Qercofynt.\\nDost thou live at thy cousin s \u00c2\u00a3Bof)nft \u00c2\u00a3)u feet \u00c2\u00a3)ctnem better\\nhouse?\\nI do not live at his, but at my 3d) woljnc ntd)t bet tfym, fontcrn Oct\\nfathers house. metnem SSatcr.\\nDoes your friend still live where SBefynt 3f)t gtcunb nod) (t a), wo\\nI have lived 1 id) gcrool)nt (jabe 1\\nHe lives no longer where you (St roofynt trd)t mefyt (t a), roo Sie\\nhave lived he lives at present a,crooI)nt aben ct wefynt \\\\i%% auf\\nin the great square. t)cm gtofi tt $)lcige.\\nThe street. \u00c2\u00aeic (Strafe (a noun of the femi-\\nnine gender).\\nThe number. \u00c2\u00a3)te Sfcummct (a noun of the femi-\\nnine gender).\\nTo brush. 23 u t ft e n.\\nHave you brushed my coat 1 $abm Stc metnen SRcd geMtrftet\\nI have brushed it. 3d) (jabc tf)n Qeburftet.\\nHow long? Bte Una,c?\\nTi/7, tmto Z. 23 i\\nIn German, the conjunction Ull^ is used to add a number less than a\\nQimdred.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "127\\nfill noon, m;j cmi^A\\nTill twelve o clock. Sl\\nTill to-morrow. 23i^ mfltgen.\\nTill the day after to-morrow. \u00c2\u00a3Bt$ tibermergen.\\nTill Sunday. 8i$ \u00c2\u00a9enntag.\\nTill Monday. S3t$ Zoning.\\nTill this evening. ffii5 rjeute 2Cbenfc\\nTill evening. 23i^ auf ten 2ft?cnt).\\nUntil morning. S5t$ an ben Bergen.\\nUntil the next day. S3i6 gum anbetn Sag.\\nUntil this day. 23 auf fctcfen Sag.\\nUntil this moment. 23t$ auf fctefen 2CugenbUct\\nTill now\u00e2\u0080\u0094 hitherto. 8 je|t i bt^er.\\nTo this place, hither, thus far, as 23i$ fytetfyer (an adverb of place)\\nfar as here.\\nTo that place, thither, so far, as S3t\u00c2\u00a3 tafjtn (an adverb of place).\\nfar as there.\\nOb$. The days of the week are all of the mascu-\\nline gender, except bie SD ttWOdje, Wednesday, which\\nsome authors use as feminine.\\nTuesday, \u00c2\u00a3)kn#ag\\nWednesday, SOtfttrood)\\nThursday, \u00c2\u00a3)onncrftag\\nFriday, ftccttag\\nSaturday, \u00c2\u00a9amftctg Sonnabent\\nThen. a n n (a i fc a n n).\\nTill I return (till my return). S3t6 id) gutfieffomme.\\nTill my brother returns (till my 23i$ mem 23cufc et sutiidfommt.\\nbrother s return).\\nTill four o clock in the morning. 25t$ Met Ur)t 9#0tgen$.\\nTill midnight (till twelve o clock 8t$ 92Httetnacr;t (a noun of the\\nat night). feminine gender).\\nHow long did you remain with \u00c2\u00a3Bte lange finb @ie 6ci metnem\\nmy father 1 SSatcr g^bltebcn\\nI remained with him till eleven 3d) bin big e(f llr)r 2Cbent bet ifym\\no clock at ni^-ht. geblieben.\\nOne, the people, they or any one \u00c2\u00a7Tl a n (indefinite pronoun always\\nsingular).\\nHave they brought my shoes 1 \u00c2\u00a3at man metne ^cfyube gebracbt?\\nThey have not brought them yet. Sffian fyat ftc nod) nictt gebracfyt.\\nWhat have they said 1 2\u00c2\u00a3a$ fjat man gefagt\\nThey have said nothing. 9Jlat\\\\ bat md)t6 gefagt\\nWhat have they done 1 3Ba$ bat man getban\\nThey have done nothing. 932an r)at ntd)tg getfyan.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "128\\nTo be willing (to ivish), been SfBeUett*,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 gewoUt\\nwilling (wished).\\nHas he been willing to go for $at er ben 2Cr^t f)0len roelten (noi\\nthe physician 1 gcwcttt. See Obs. Less. XLIV.)\\nHe has not been willing to go (St foot t()n ntd)t f)o(en roellen.\\nfor him.\\nHas he wished to go out this \u00c2\u00a3dt cr biefen Bergen au^c()\u00c2\u00abi\\nmorning reollen\\nHe has not wished to go out. \u00c2\u00a7r l)at md)t auSfjer)cn tt oUciu\\nHave they been willing to do it? $at man e$ tfyun rooilen\\nThey have not been willing to SQlan M c$ mcf)t /fyun wollen.\\ndo it.\\nThey have not been willing to 33?cm fyat md)t$ tfyun rootfen.\\ndo any thing.\\nTo fo a te (can),-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 been able on nc n* g c onn t.\\n(cow/d).\\nHave they been able to find the \u00c2\u00a3cit man tic 93iicbcr ftnben ftfanen 1\\nbooks 1 (not gefennt. See Less. XLIV,)\\nThej have not been able to find 93?cm (jot ftc ntcfyt finben rc nnem\\nthem.\\nHas the tailor been willing to \u00c2\u00a3ctt bet (Scfynetber mcincn dlQd ou$s\\nment^ my coat fceffern tvellen\\nHe has not been willing to mend (5t (jut tfyn ntd)t auSfceffetn ctU*\\nit.\\nSomething (or anything) new. (StroaS 9? e U c\\nWhat do they say new 1 8S5a$ fagt man 9?euc$\\nThey say nothing new. 93fan fagt ntd^t^ 3 cuc$.\\niVew. %l c u.\\nMy new coat. 9$ein neueS jtteib*\\nMy new friend. gftetn ncuct gteunb.\\nHis new clothes. (Seine neuen JUetbct.\\nexercises. 110.\\nWhere do you live I live in the large (in bet Qreferv) street.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhere does your father live 1 He lives at his friend s house-\\nWhere do your brothers live 1 They live in the large street, number\\na hundred and twenty. Dost thou live at thy cousin s 1 do live at\\nhis house. Do you still live where you did live (ejeruefynt fyaben)\\nI live there still. Does your friend still live where he did live 1\\nHe no longer lives where he did live. Where does he live at present 1\\nHe lives in William-street, number a hundred and fifteen.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhere is your brother] He is in the garden. Where is youj\\ncousin gone to 1 He is gone into the garden. Did you go to the\\nplay yesterday I did go thither. Have you seen my friend 1\\nI have seen him. Wlien did you see him I saw (fycibc gefefyen)\\nhim this morning. Where has he gone to I do not know (Obs", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "129\\nLesson XLIIL). Has the servant brushed my clothes 1 He has\\nbrushed them. Has he swept my room He has swept it. .How\\nlong* did he remain here 1 Till noon. How long have you been\\nwriting I have been writing until midnight. How long did I\\nwork] You worked until four o clock in the morning. How long\\ndid my brother remain with you? He remained with me until\\nevening. How long hast thou been working 1 I have been working\\ntill now. Hast thou still long to write I have to write till the\\nday after to-morrow. Has the physician still long to work He\\nhas to work till to-morrow. Must I remain long here You must\\nremain here till Sunday. Must my brother remain long with you 1\\nHe must remain with us till Monday. How longi*ustI work?\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nYou must work till the day after to-morrow. Have you still long\\nto speak 1 I have still an hour to speak. Did you speak long 1\\n1 spoke (fyaftc gefptocbcn) till the next day .\u00e2\u0080\u0094Have you remained\\nlong in my room I have remained in it till this moment. Have\\nyou still long to live in this house 1 I have still long to live in it\\n(fcartn). How long have you still to live in it] Till Sunday.\\n111.\\nDoes your friend still live with you 1 He lives with me no longer,\\nHow long has he lived with you He has lived with me only a\\nyear. How long did you remain at the ball I remained there till\\nmidnight. How long have you remained in the carriage I have\\nremained an hour in it. Have you remained in the garden till now\\nI have remained there (fcartn) till now. Has the captain come\\nas far as here] He has come as far as here. How far has the\\nmerchant come He has come as far as the end of the small road.\\nHas the Turk come as far as the end of the forest 1 He has come\\nas far as there. What do you do in the morning? I read. And\\nwhat do you do then I breakfast and work. Do you breakfast\\nbefore you read 1 No, Sir, I read before I breakfast. Dost thou\\nplay instead of working (Lesson XXXVI.) I work instead of\\nplaying. Does thy brother go to the play instead of going into the\\ngarden] He does not go to the play. What do you do in the\\nevening] I work. What hast thou done this evening] I have\\nbrushed your clothes and have gone to the theatre. Didst thou\\nremain long at the theatre I remained there but a few minutes.\\nAre you willing to wait here How long must I wait You must\\nwait till my father returns. Has anybody come Somebody has\\ncome. What have they (man) wanted (cjcroollt) They (20?cm) have\\nwanted to speak to you. Have they not been willing to wait\\nThey have not been willing to wait. What do you say to that\\nman I tell him to wait. Have you waited for me long] I have\\nwaited for you an hour. Have you been able to read my letter?\\nI have been able to read it. Have you understood it I have\\nunderstood it. Have you shown it to any one I have shown it\\nto no one. Have they brought my clothes They have not brought\\nthem yet. Have they swept my room and brushed my clothes 1\\n6*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "130\\nThey have done both (fceibeS). What have they said They have\\nsaid nothing. What have they done 1 They have done nothing.\\nHas your little brother been spelling 1 He has not been willing\\nto spelL Has the merchant s boy been willing to work He has\\nnot been willing. What has he been willing to do He has not\\nbeen willing to do anything.\\n112.\\nHas the shoemaker been able to mend my boots 1 He has not\\nDeen able to mend them. Why has he not been able to mend them\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094-Because he has had no time. Have they (man) been able to find\\nmy gold buttons They have not been able to find them. Why\\nhas the tailor not mended my coat Because he has no good\\nthread. Why have you beaten the dog Because it has bitten me.\\nWhy do you not drink Because 1 am not thirsty. What have\\nthey wished to say 1 They have not wished to say anything.\\nWhat do they (man) say new in the market? They say nothing\\nnew there. Have they (man) wished to kill a man 1 They have\\nnot wished to kill any one. Have they said any thing new\\nT^ey have said nothing new. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFORTY.NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 $fam mxb aieqigste\\nAction.\\nTo steal stolen. t c U n c ft o fj I c n.\\nThou stealest, he steals. 3)u ftiefjfft, ct ftteljlt.\\nTo steal something from some f Scmantcm etroaS ftefyten*.\\none.\\nHave they stolen your hat from f at man Sfmen Sfjren \u00c2\u00a3ut a\\nyou 1 fto len\\nThey have stolen it from me. f 9Jlan fyat if)tt mtr $cjicf)(cn.\\nHas the man stolen the book f \u00c2\u00a3at \u00c2\u00a3)tr t er 93?ann bag 23ud)\\nfrom thee a,efto()(en 1\\nHe has stolen it from me. f (Sr ()at c* mtr geftofylcn.\\nWhat have they stolen from you? j \u00c2\u00a3B a M man Sfynen geftof)(en\\nAll. 71 U is declined in the following\\nmanner.\\nN. G. D. A.\\nAll Masc. alter eg em en*\\nNeut atfeg e^ em e$,\\nPlural for all genders.\\nN. G. D. A.\\nWe er ett e.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "131\\nAil the good wine. UiUt gute Bem.\\nAll the good water. TOeS gute SKaffet*\\nMl the good children. 2ClIe $ute Jtinfcct. (See page 34,\\nObs. B.)\\nObs* JL When two determinative words, which do\\nnot take the definite article, as aCf, all (See Lesson\\nXXXII.) biefer, this; jener, that, c., are placed\\none after the other, they have each the characteristic\\nending of this article. Ex.\\nAll this wine. 2(flcr biefer (not biefe) 2Bein.\\nAll this money. MeS biefes (not biefe) \u00c2\u00a9elt\\nAll these children. UiU fctcfe Winter.\\nAll these good children. UiU ttcfe QUten inter.\\nObs. B. In familiar style, when cttt, all, is followed\\nby a pronoun, it often rejects its termination, Ex.\\nAll his money. OT fctn \u00c2\u00aee(\u00c2\u00a3\\nThe word, fcaS 2Bcrt\\nthe speech, fc a$ 28ort (plur. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3i rte). a\\nHow is this word written? Bte fcfyreibt man fctefeS SBott\\nIt is written thus. SOlan fdjrcibt f^\\nTo dye or to colour. a r b c n\\nTo dye black, white, )WMb roeip fatben.\\nTo dye green, blue. \u00c2\u00a9riin, b(au farben.\\nTo dye red, yellow. SRotf), getb fatten.\\nTo dye grey, brown. d5tau, btaun farben.\\nMy blue coat. 9#etn Mauer Sfacf (mein ttauti\\n\u00c2\u00a3feti\\nThis white hat. tcfcr roet\u00c2\u00a3e \u00c2\u00a3ut.\\nDo you dye your coat blue garben @ie Sfyren died Uan\\nI dye it green. 3d) fa rbe tfjn cjtftn.\\nWhat colour will you dye your \u00c2\u00a3Bie roolten Sw S-lfc ud) fd t6en\\ncloth\\nwill dye it blue. 3d) txnft e\u00c2\u00a3 btau farben.\\nThe dyer, fc er garber.\\nTo get dyed\u00e2\u0080\u0094 got dyed. g a r b c n t a ffen*.\\nVVJiat colour have you got your 2Bte fyaben (Sic Sforen \u00c2\u00a3ut fa rbett\\nhat dyed (affen\\nhave got it dyed white. 3d) fjabc tf)n rocip farben (affen.\\na When 2Bort, means merely a word, its plural is SBorter but when it\\nconveys the meaning of a whole phrase, its plural is SBotte. Ex. Seete\\nSffiovte, useless words \u00c2\u00a9lauben te itteinen SBotten, take my word for it; fcal\\n8 titV ftt)prt, the substantive p^ur. bte .gaitytttjorrer, the substantives.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "132\\nAs far as my brother s. 23t$ 311 metnem S5ru$#r,\\nAs far as London. \u00c2\u00a3U* genfcen.\\nAs far as Paris. S5tg g)artfc\\nAs far as England. \u00c2\u00a9u nad) (Snglanb.\\nAs far as France, $i$ nad) ?rqnfrdfo.\\nAs far as Italy. *Bis nad) Staltctt-\\nGermany, \u00c2\u00a9cutfcfrfcmfc\\nSpain, \u00c2\u00a9pontcn\\nHolland, \u00c2\u00a3etfant\\nRule. The names of countries, towns, and villages,\\nbelong to the neuter gender, and stand without the\\narticle. They are indeclinable, except in the genitive,\\nwhich receives when the pronunciation admits it. If\\nthe ending of the name does not admit the letter as\\nin tyaxi$, Paris, the preposition fcott, of, is used. Ex.\\ntrie \u00c2\u00a9ntt of)Uer fcon tyaxi$, the inhabitants of Paris,\\nSome proper names of countries are of the feminine\\ngender. These, like all other feminine nouns, are in-\\nvariable in the singular, and form their case by means\\nof the definite article, viz. 1, Names of countries\\nw r hich terminate in et. Ex. trie Zuxhi, Turkey and 2.\\nthe following tie Mximm, Crimea trie ?aujT\u00c2\u00a7, Lusatia\\ntrie 9D?ar\u00c2\u00a5, March; trie STOoIban, Moldavia; trie spfafj,\\nPalatinate trie \u00c2\u00a9rf)tt)etj, Switzerland. Ex. trie \u00c2\u00a9cf)tt et$\\nSwitzerland ber \u00c2\u00a9cfymetj, of Switzerland hex \u00c2\u00aerf)tt et^\\nto Switzerland trie \u00c2\u00a9cfywefj, Switzerland.\\nTo tiavel 8? e t f c n (is used with the auxs-\\nliary fdn).\\nDo you travel to Paris SKctfen Sic nacl) tyaxU 1\\nDo you go to Paris 1 \u00c2\u00a9cfjen nad) $)ari$\\nI do travel (or go) thither. 3d) rctfe (id) 9c ()c) t af)tn.\\nIs he gone to England 1 3ft ct nad) (Snajanb cjcrctf t\\nHe is gone thither. (3;r ift t af)in gcrctf t.\\nHow far has he travelled 23ig tvobtn ift cr gctctf t 1\\nHe has travelled as far as (\u00c2\u00a7r tft tus nad) 2(mcri\u00c2\u00a3a gcmf t\\nAmerica.\\nexercises. 113.\\nHave they (man) stolen anything from you They have stolen\\nall the good wine from me. Have they stolen anything from your\\nfather? They have stolen all his good books from him. Dost\\nthou steal anything 1 I stea! nothing.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Hast thou ever stolen", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "133\\nanything* 1 I have never stolen anything (ntc ctruci^). Have the|\\nstolen your apples from you 1 They have stolen them from me.\\nWhat have they stolen from me They have stolen from you all\\nthe good books. When did they steal the carriage from you]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThey stole (93? cm f)at cjiftcfy(en) it from me the day before yesterday.\\nHave they ever stolen anything from us They have never\\nstolen anything from us. Has the carpenter drunk all the wine\\nHe has drunk it. Has your little boy torn all his books He has\\ntorn them all. Why has he torn them Because he does not\\nwish to study. How much have you lost (at play) I have lost\\nall my money. Do you know where my father is I do not know.\\nHave you not seen my book I have not seen it. Do you\\nknow how this word is written] It is written thus. Do you dye\\nanything] I dye my hat. What colour do you dye it I dye it\\nblack. What colour do you dye your clothes] We dye them\\nyellow.\\n114.\\nDo you get your trunk dyed I get it dyed. What colour dc\\nyou get it dyed I get it dyed green. What colour dost thou get\\nthy thread stockings dyed I get them dyed white. Does youi\\ncousin get his handkerchief dyed He does get it dyed. Does\\nhe get it dyed red He gets it dyed grey. What colour have\\nyour friends got their coats dyed They have got them dyed green,\\n^-W hat colour have the Italians had their carriages dyed They\\nnave had them dyed blue. What hat has the nobleman He has\\ntwo hats, a white one and a black one. Have I a hat You have\\nseveral. Has your dyer already dyed your cravat He has dyed\\nit. What colour has he dyed it] He has dyed it yellow. Do you\\ntravel sometimes I travel often. Where do you intend to go to\\n(f)tn$urctfcn) this summer I intend to go to Germany. Do you\\nnot go to Italy I do go thither. Hast thou sometimes travelled\\nI have never travelled. Have your friends the intention to go to\\nHolland They have the intention to go thither. When do they\\nintend to depart 1 They intend to depart the day after to morrow.\\nHas your brother already gone to Spain He has not yet gone\\nthither. Have you travelled in Spain 1 have travelled there.\\nWhen do you depart I depart to-morrow. At what o clock\\nAt five o clock in the morning. Have you worn out all your boots 1\\nI have worn them all out.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 What have the Turks done They\\nhave burnt all our good ships. Have you finished all your letters 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I have finished them all.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 How far have you travelled I have\\ntravelled as far as Germany. Has he travelled as far as Italy\\nHe has travelled as far as America. How far have the Spaniards\\ngone They have gone as far as London. How far has this poor\\nman come -He has come as far as here. Has he come as far as\\nyour house He has come as far as my father s. (See end of\\nLesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "134\\nFIFTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 jfimfygste flection.\\nAbove.\\nBelow.\\nThis side.\\nThat side.\\nDben (rest).\\nUnten (rest).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)iegfett$(rest)\\n3enfett$ (rest).\\n[1st\\ni tjmanter or fytnctb\\ni fyerunter or fyerab\\nHither, fyterfyer,\\nfyter ^eriiber,\\nson bortfyer\\nThither, bortfym\\n(motion)\\n(motion),\\n(motion).\\nObs. A. The particles fyer and fyut, having no corres-\\nponding words in English, must be carefully distin-\\nguished from each other, jjer expresses motion to-\\nwards the person who speaks, as fyercutf, up fyerunter\\nor fyerab, down f)erau\u00c2\u00a3, out fyeriiber, hither, to this\\nside. fyin expresses motion from the person who\\nspeaks towards another place, as fymcwf, up fyutitttter\\nor fyinab, down fynwuS, out fymiiber, thither, to the\\nopposite side. If, for instance, I wish to tell any one\\nwho is on a mountain to come down, I must say f cm*\\nmm \u00c2\u00a9te fyerunter, come down (to where I am). He\\nmight answer me, f ommen \u00c2\u00a9te fyercutf, come up. I might\\nsay to him, id) f omme ntcfyt fymauf, I am not coming up\\nand he might answer me, imb id) ntcfyt fyinunter, and I\\nam not coming down.\\nAccording to this we must say fommen \u00c2\u00a9te Ijerem,\\ncome in gefyen \u00c2\u00a9te fytncmg, go out fasten \u00c2\u00a9ie fytnitber,\\ndrive to the opposite side fyrtngen \u00c2\u00a9te fytnem, jump in\\n(i. e. in ben $lu$, into the river) but should the per-\\nson speaking be already in the water, he would say\\nfprtngen \u00c2\u00a9te fyeretn\\nThe mountain,\\nthe river,\\nthe present,\\nfcet SBetg\\nfcas \u00c2\u00a9cfcfyent: (plur. c a\\nObs. B. The adverbs btegfett\u00c2\u00a3, jenfettS, ought to be\\ncarefully distinguished from the prepositions, bte^fett,\\nR Neuter words, formed of a verb and the prefix ge, add to all the cases\\nplural, and do not soften the radical vowel.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "135\\njettfeit The latter are always followed by the genitive,\\nwhilst the others never govern a case. Ex. bte6feit bei\\n$fafie\u00c2\u00a3, on this side of the river jettfeit be\u00c2\u00a3 SSergeS, on\\nthe other side of the mountain.\\nTo go up the mountain. \u00c2\u00a3)en 33etg (jtnauf gcfyen\\nWhere is your brother gone to \u00c2\u00a3Bo tft 3$t 33tut et fytngegangen\\nHe is gone up the mountain. (St ijl t en 93etg fytncmf gegangcn.\\nTo gwe a^am (\u00c2\u00a30 restore). Biet etge6en*.\\nThou givest back again. u gibjl ttuetet.\\nHe gives back again. (St Qtbt rctebet.\\nGiven back again. \u00c2\u00a3Biet etgegefcen.\\nDoes he restore you your book 1 \u00c2\u00a9ibt ct Stmen Sfjt SBudj ttuebet\\nHe does restore it to me. (St gibt c$ mit Httefcer,\\nHas he given you your stick \u00c2\u00a3at et Sfjncn Sfyren Stecf tx ict crge*\\nback again 1 gefocn\\nHe has given it me back again. (St f)cit tfyn mit ttuefcetgcge en.\\nTo Jeg-zrc, to commence. It n f a n g e n beginnen*.\\nBegun, commenced. 2tngefangen, fcegonnen.\\nHave you already commenced $a n Ste Sftvcn S3ttcf fcfyon angc?\\nyour letter 1 fangen\\nNot yet. 9?dcf) md)t.\\nI have not yet commenced it. 3d) Ija e tr)n ncd) nid)t angefan^\\ngen.\\nHave you received a present \u00c2\u00a3ctkn Sie etn \u00c2\u00aecfdjen\u00c2\u00a3 fcefom*\\nmen?\\nL have received several. 3d) rjabe ttetfcrjtefcene fcefommen.\\nFrom whom have you received SSon mm baben @ie \u00c2\u00a9efcfyenfe fce m*\\npresents 1 men 1\\nWhence WAere /rom 2B o f) e t\\nOw\u00c2\u00a3 o/*. 2C u (governs the dative).\\nWhere do you come from \u00c2\u00a3Co f emmen 8te r)et\\nOta. C The adverb tt of)er may be separated into two\\nparts (as ti of)ttt, Lesson XXXVIL), the first of which is\\nput at the beginning, and the second at the end of the\\nphrase. If the phrase ends with a participle past, or an\\ninfinitive, her is placed before it but it precedes the\\nparticle JU of the infinitive.\\nI come from (out of) the garden. 3d) fomme cuts tern dtarten.\\nWhere has he come from 1 5Bof)et ift et gefommen\\nHe has come from the theatre (St tft au$ fcem f)eatet gefommen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "ia6\\nTo be worth. 2B e X t fj f e i tt\\nHow much may that horse oe SBictriel fcmn t tefe$ 9)fctt mtt%\\nworth 1 fcin 1\\nIt may be worth a hundred (5*6 fcmn fjunfcert Sfyatct rocttr) fettn\\ncrowns.\\nThis is worth more than that. \u00c2\u00a3)icfcs ift mefjt rocttf) o(g jcnc*.\\nThe one is not worth so much as 2)a6 cine iff nid)t fo Did rocttfy o(S\\nthe other. a$ anbcre*\\nHow much is that worth 1 2Btemcl ift ta\u00e2\u0082\u00ac roettf)\\nThat is not worth much. 5)ct$ ift ntcbt tricl roertf).\\nThat is not worth anything. \u00c2\u00a3)aS ift mdbtS ivcrtr).\\nTo fo footer. 23 e f f c t fcin* (mefyr roertf)\\nfcin\\nA.m I not as good as my brother 1 23in id) md)t fo gut rote mem 23 ru*\\nt et?\\nYou are better than he 5 @ic f int) aU CXt\\nY ou are better tnan he. @ie finb fe\\nf am not as good as you. 3d) tin md)t fo gut roic @te*\\nexercises. 115.\\nDo you Cv 11 me I do call you. Where are you I am on (auf\\nwith the dative) the mountain are you coming up I am not\\ncoming up. Where are you? I am at the foot (am $u(Je) of the\\nmountain will you come down I cannot come down.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Why\\ncan you not come down 1 Because I have sore feet. Where does\\nyour cousin live He lives on this side of the river. Where is\\nthe mountain 1 It is on that side of the river. Where stands the\\nhouse of our friend -It stands on that side of the mountain. Is\\nthe garden of your friend on this or that side of the wood 1 It is on\\nthat sid* (jenfeit*). Is our storehouse not on that side of the road\\nIt is on this side (t tc$fett$). Where have you been this morning\\nI have been on (Lesson XXX.) the great mountain. How many\\ntimes have you gone up the mountain 1 have gone up (fjtnauf\\ngegemgen) three times. Is our father below or above 1 He is above.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Have the neighbour s boys given you your books back again 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094They have given them to me back again. When did they give\\nthem back again to you] They gave (fjcibcn roiebcrgegeben) them\\nSack again to me yesterday. To whom have you given your stick 1\\nI have given it to the nobleman. To whom have the noblemen\\ngiven their gloves 1 They have given them to Englishmen. To\\nwhich Englishmen have they given them To those (Lesson\\nXIV.) whom you have seen this morning at my house. To which\\npeople do you give money 1 I give some to those to whom (Lesson\\nXIV) you give some. Do you give any one money 1 I give some\\nto those who want any. To which children does your father give\\ncakes He gives some to those who are good.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "137\\n116.\\nHave you received presents I have received SDme. What\\npresents have you received I have received fine presents. Has\\nyour little brother received a present He has received several.\\nFrom whom has he received any 1 He has received some from my\\nfather and from yours. Do you come out of the garden 1 I do not\\ncome out of the garden, but out of the house.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Where are you going\\nto I am going into the garden. Whence comes the Irishman\\nHe comes from the garden. Does he come from the same garden\\nfrom which (cw$ rocldjem) you come] He does not come from the\\nsame. From which garden does he come He comes from that\\nof our old friend. Whence comes your boy 1 He comes from the\\nplay. How much is that carriage worth] It is worth five hundred\\ncrowns. Is this book worth as much as that 1 It is worth more.\\nHow much is my horse worth 1 It is worth as much as that of\\nyour friend. Are your horses worth as much as those of the French?\\nThey are not worth so much. How much is that knife worth\\nIt is worth nothing. Is your servant as good as mine He is\\nbetter than yours. Are you as good as your brother] He is better\\nthan I. Art thou as good as thy cousin 1 I am as good as he.\\nAre we as good as our neighbours We are better than they.\\nIs your umbrella as good as mine It is not worth so much.\\nW T hy is it not worth so much as mine? Because it is not so fine\\nas yours. Do you wish to sell your horse I do wish to sell it*\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHow much is it worth 1 It is worth two hundred florins. Do you\\nwish to buy it I have bought one already.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Does your father\\nintend to buy a horse 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 He does intend to buy one, but not yours,\\nf See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFIFTY-FIRST LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cin ntib ffmfygste Action.\\nThat (conjunction). a p (See Rule of Syntax, Les-\\nson XL VII.).\\nWhat do you say 1 SBaS fagcn (Sic 1\\nI say that you have my book. 3d) fage, t a @te mem 23ud) fyafcen.\\nI tell you that I have it not. 3d) fage 3bnen, t ap id) c$ md)t\\nbabe.\\nHave you not had it 1 \u00c2\u00a3aben (Ste e\u00c2\u00a3 ntd)t gcfjafct\\nI have had it, but I have it no 3d) bate e$ gebabt, abet id) fjdhc tl\\nlonger. md)t meb?.\\nNo more. 91 1 d) t m c b r.\\nWhere have you placed it 2\u00c2\u00a3o b^en \u00c2\u00aetc es f)tngclc^t\\nI have placed it on the table. 3d) baOe eS auf t cn Stfd) gctegt\\n*s it (does it lie) on the table 1 gtegt es auf tent tfd)e\\nIt is (lies) on it. licgt fcatauf.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "138\\nSome, a little*\\n^an you give me some water\\nt can give you some.\\nMust.\\nNecessary (adjective).\\nTo be necessary.\\n(St wag (etn wentg).\\nBennett \u00c2\u00a9te mis etwaS SSajfet gt\u00c2\u00ab\\n6en?\\n3d) fcmn Sfyncn mlfytf gc en.\\nSDZuffen, past part, gemupt.\\nb t c Mg.\\n0Z 6 1 6 1 9 fetn*.\\nIs it necessary to go to the\\nmarket\\nIt is necessary to go thither.\\nC S^up man ouf ben 9J*ar\u00c2\u00a3t gefyen\\n3jr e$ notfytg auf ben SWatft $u ge*\\nfan?\\nC 9#an mup t af)tn gefjen.\\nt (SS ift notfytg t af)in $u gefjen.\\nWhat must one do in order to 2\u00c2\u00a3a$ muff man tfyun, um betitfe^ $U\\nlearn German (erncn\\nOne must study much. g#cm mug Diet fiubiren.\\nWhat must he do \u00c2\u00a3Ba$ mup er tfyun\\nHe must go for a book. (St mug etn *\u00c2\u00aeud) fyolen.\\nWhat must I do 1 2Ba$ mug id) tf)un\\nStill, silent. mtiU.\\nTo be sitting, been sitting. t g c n (takes l)a6en for its\\nauxiliary), gefeff en.\\nYou must sit still. (Sic miiffen fiitt ftgen.\\nHave you been obliged to work \u00c2\u00a3a6en (Ste met atktten miiffen (Obs.\\nmuch to learn German! Lesson XLIV.), um bcutfd) gtl\\n(crnen 1\\nI have been obliged to work 3c!) fyak Diet atktten miiffen.\\nrnueh.\\nThe competency, the subsistence, a 2C u 6 m m e n.\\nthe livelihood.\\nTo have wherewithal to live.\\nHas he wherewithal to live 1\\nHe has.\\nWhat must I buy\\nSome beef.\\nThe ox (neat).\\nYou must buy some beef.\\nWhat do you wish?\\nWhat do you want\\nI want some money.\\nDo you want some money\\n\u00c2\u00a9etntfuSfommcn I) a 6 e ti\\n\u00c2\u00a3at er fetn 2Cu$\u00c2\u00a3emmen\\n($r f)at c$.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Ba$ mug tcf faufen 1\\nfttnbftetfd).\\n2)a$ mint).\\n\u00c2\u00a9te miiffen Sttnbfleifdj faufen.\\n2Ba$ rotten (Sic\\nCSBag btaudjen \u00c2\u00a9te?\\n2Ba$ fyaben \u00c2\u00a9ic notfytg\\n5 3cl babe \u00c2\u00aeelb noting.\\nf 3d) braucfa \u00c2\u00aeett\\n25raud)en \u00c2\u00a9tc (Mb\\nDo you wish to have some BoHen \u00c2\u00a9ie \u00c2\u00aeefo F)af en\\nmoney", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "139\\nI do want 9 )me.\\nDo you want much\\nI do want much.\\nHow much must you have\\nHow much do you want?\\nI only want a giosh.\\nIs that all you want\\nThat is all I want.\\nMore*\\nDo you not want more\\nI do not want more.\\nWhat does he want 1\\nHe wants a coat.\\nHave you what you want?\\nI have what I want.\\nHe ha3 what he wants.\\nThey have what they want.\\n3d) btaud)C roc(d)C$.\\n23taud)cn \u00c2\u00a9ie tcffcn fctcl\\n3d) braudjc fceffen met.\\nSG tctriel miifjVn Sic (jaben\\nSS5ict tct braucfyen (Sic\\n3d) btaudjc nur cincn \u00c2\u00a9tefdjen.\\n3ft t a$ a tic*, roaS (Sic btaudjen\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a$ ifi allc\u00c2\u00a3, roaS id) braudje.\\n991 c r.\\n55raud)cn (Sic nid)t mcf)t?\\n3d) btaucfyc nid)t mer)r.\\n2Ba$ btaud)t er\\n(St braucfyt ctn Jtfcib.\\n\u00c2\u00a3abcn Bit, tva$ (Sic kaudjen\\n3d) fyabc, wag id) braud)C.\\n(5r r)at, roa$ cr braud)t.\\n(Sic fyaben, wa$ ftc btaud)cn.\\nTo fe o5Z^ed (jAaW, ow#AO- (Solicit, past. part, gefottt\\nWhat am I to do\\nYou must work.\\nAm I to go thither\\nYou may go thither.\\n9\u00c2\u00a3a$ felt id) tfjun\\n(Sic folicn arbcitcn.\\n(Sell id) fjtncjefjen\\n(Sic fonncn fjtrtge^cn.\\nEXERCISES. 117.\\nWere ((Stub ejerocfen) you yesterday at the physician s I was\\nat his house (bci ifym). What does he say He says that he can-\\nnot come. Why does he not send his son His son does not gc\\nout (gcf)t nid)t au6, Lesson XXXIV. Obs. C). Why does he not\\ngo out ($cf)t cr nid)t au$) Because he is ill. Hast thou had my\\npurse I tell you that I have not had it. Hast thou seen it I\\nhave seen it. Where is it It lies upon the chair. Have you\\nhad my knife? I tell you that I have had it. Where have you\\nplaced it I have placed it upon the table. Will you look for it\\nI have already looked for it. Have you found it I have not found\\nit. Have you sought (for) my gloves 1 I have sought (for) them,\\nbut I have not found them. Has your servant my hat He has\\nhad it, but he has it no longer. Has he brushed it He has\\nbrushed it. Are my books upon your table They are (lie) upon\\nit. Have you any wine 1 I have but little, but I will give you\\nwhat I have. Will you give me some water I will give you\\nsome. Have you much wine I have much. Will you give me\\nsome I will give you some. How much do I owe you You\\nowe me nothing. You are too kind (giitici). Must I go for some\\nwine You must go for some. Shall I go to the ball You\\nmust go thither. W T hen must I go thither? You must go thither\\nthis evening. Must I go for the carpenter You must go for Mm.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "140\\nIs it necessary to go to the market 1 It is necessary to go\\nthither. What must one do in order to learn Russian One must\\nstudy much. Must one study much to learn German One must\\nstudy much. What shall I do 1 You must buy a good book.\\nWhat is he to do He must sit still. What are we to do 1 You\\nmust work. Must you work much, in order to learn the Arabic]\\nI must work much to learn it. Does your brother not work] He\\ndoes not want to work. Has he wherewithal to live He has.\\nWhy nrast I go to the market You must go thither to buy some\\nbeef. Why must I work You must work, in order to get (fyabm)\\na competency.\\n118.\\nWhat do you want, Sir I want some cloth. How much is\\nthat hat worth It is worth three crowns. Do you want any\\nstockings I want some. How much are those stockings worth\\nThey are worth twelve kreuzers. Is that all you want 1 That\\nis all. Do you not want shoes I do not want any. Dost thou\\nwant much money I want much. How much must thou have]\\nI must have six crowns. How much does your brother want\\nHe wants but six groshes. Does he not want, more He does\\nnot want more. Does your cousin want more He does not want\\nso much as I. What do you want I want money and boots.\\nHave you now what you want] I have what I want. Has\\nyour brother what he wants He has what he wants.\\nFIFTY-SECOND LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 gtwi tin* fimfygste\\nSection.\\nTo pay\u00e2\u0080\u0094 paid. 23 e a f) I e n e a rj t. (See\\nObs. A. Lesson XLV.)\\nTo pay a man for a horse. (Sincm Sfflcmne cm Spfctb 6e$ar)U n.\\nTo pay the tailor for the coat. \u00c2\u00a3)em (Scfynribct ten 3?ocf UflbUn*\\nDo you pay the shoemaker for 23e$af)len u bent Scl)uf)macf)Ct t t\u00c2\u00ab\\nthe shoes] \u00c2\u00a9cbufje?\\n1 pay him for them. 3d) be$af)fc ftc tfym.\\nDoes he pay you for the knives] S3c$flf)tt cr 3t)nen fur fcte 9J?ef[ct?\\nHe pays me for them. (St bqa f tt fie nut.\\nObs. A. These examples show that the verb fcejafy*\\nlett governs the dative of the person, and the accusa-\\ntive of the thing. It may also be used with the pre-\\nposition f fir, for, as in English. Ex. I pay him for\\nthe boots, id) bqaijte tfym fiir bie \u00c2\u00a9tiefeL But taken\\nfiguratively, in the signification of beftrafett, to punish,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "141\\ni\\\\ rs sometimes construed with the accusative of the\\nperson, as in the following expressions tt axt\\\\ tcf) toiU\\n\u00c2\u00a3td) 6ejabfett, wait, I shali pay (punish) you for it ben\\nf)Ct6e id) fcfyiftt frejafylt, I have paid (punished) this man\\nwell.\\nHave you paid the shoemaker \u00c2\u00a3aben Sic bem Sd)uf)mad)er bt\u00c2\u00ab\\nfor the boots\\nI have paid him for them.\\nI pay what I owe.\\nHave you paid for your book\\nI have paid for it.\\nI have not yet paid for it.\\nTo demand demanded.\\nTo ask asked.\\nTo beg of\u00e2\u0080\u0094 begged of.\\nTo pray prayed.\\nTo request requested.\\nTo ask any one for money.\\nTo beg money of some one.\\nTo request money of any one.\\nWhat do you ask me for 1\\nI ask you for nothing.\\nI beg some money of you.\\nSttefel fccgaWt\\n3d) fyabe ftc if)m bc$a(jlt.\\n3d) be$ab(c, mi id) fcbUDtcj tun.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben Sic 3br SBu* bcjaWt?\\n3d) fjabe e$ bqa bit.\\n3d) fyabc e$ nod) nicbt btyxtyt,\\n95 c 1 1 a rt g c it t) c r t a n cj\\n2f nfpr ecl) en* ancjcfptocfyeK\\nSB i 1 1 c a 9 e b c t c n.\\n95 en Semanbetn \u00c2\u00a9db wfangen.\\nSemanben tint G5clb anfprccfyen*.\\n3emanbcn um $dt bitten*.\\n8\u00c2\u00a9a$ t cr(an$en (Sic t en nur\\n3d) wrfangc ntd)t$ r cn Sbncn.\\nSet) fpveebe (Sic um @ctb en.\\nHe has begged some money of (\u00c2\u00a3r. (jat mid) um \u00c2\u00a9ctb ana,efpted)etu\\nme.\\nFor. It m (a preposition governing the\\naccusative).\\nDo you beg some money of him 1 Spted)cn Sic il)n um ($dt an\\nI beg some of him. 3d) evbttte mir rocfd)C$ son tbm.\\nTo solicit any one to do a thing. (Straas t*on 3cnmnbcm ctbitten*.\\nFor it.\\nTo ask him for it.\\nTo ask him for them.\\nI ask you for it.\\nDo you ask me for anything\\nI ask you for the hat.\\nDo you ask me for the hat\\nI ask you for it.\\nTo speak of some one.\\nDoes one speak of that man 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2~*ne speaks of him.\\nSaru m.\\nC 3l)n batum anfptcd)en*.\\n(5$ son tfyrn wrtongen.\\nC3bn barum anfptccben*.\\nC Ste son if)m tjettancjen.\\nC 3d) fprcd)C (Sic barum an.\\n1 3d) Mttange c$ *en Sfwen.\\n$er(angen Sic tfxoaS sen mttl\\n3d) bittc Sic um ben \u00c2\u00a3ut.\\n^Bitten Sic mid) um ben \u00c2\u00a3ut\\n3d) bttte Sic barium\\n93 n 3 c ui a n b c m f p r c d) c n\\nSprtcbt man t cn btefcm 9}?anne\\n9)?an fprtdjt tton tl)tn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "142\\nOne does not speak of him. $ftan fpttd)t md)t t)cn t m.\\nDo they speak of my book 1 Spdct)t man t)cn metnem 93ud)f 1\\nThey speak much of it. Sfllan fpdcl)t del bauon.\\nWhat do you say to hi 5Ba$ fagen tc ba$u (f)ier$u)\\nI say he is right. 3d) fagc, t aj} ct SKccfyt fyat.\\nContent, satisfied. 3 u f r i c t e n.\\nNew. 9? en.\\nTo be content with any one. SOtft Scmanbcm $ufdebm fetn**\\nAre you content with this man 1 (Sinb @ie nut btcfem 9)?anne $ufde;\\nben?\\n1 am content with him. 3d) bin nut ifym sufdeben.\\nObs. B. Of I) i e r, Aere, and b a, ZAere, compounc\\nadverbs are formed by means of certain prepositions\\ngoverning the dative or accusative. In these adverbs\\nl)ter and bd stand instead of the three genders singular\\nand plural, dative and accusative of the demonstra-\\ntive pronoun biefer, biefe, biefe\u00c2\u00a3 (ber, bte, ba$), which is\\nnever used with a preposition.\\nAre you content with your new \u00c2\u00a9tnb Sic nut Sfjtem ncucn JIU ibt\\ncoat? gufdeben?\\nI am contented with it. 3d) bin bemut sufdeben.\\nI am discontented with it. 3d) bin un^ufdeben bamit.\\nDiscontented. Ungufdcbcn.\\nOf what do they speak \u00c2\u00a3Bot)on fpdcfyt man\\nThey speak of peace, of war, of 9J?an fpdd)t sen bem gdeben, t)0ti\\nyoar book. bem Jtde$e, t on Sfjrcm 23ud)e.\\nDo they speak of peace Spriest man sen bem Jfdcfan\\nThey do speak of it. %ftan fpdd)t bason.\\nOfo. C The adverb tt 0, where, like fyt er and ba\\n(See O s. above), forms compound adverbs with certain\\nprepositions governing the dative or accusative. In\\nthese tt 0 takes the place of the dative and accusative\\nof the pronoun interrogative Welcfyer, Welcfye, toefefyeg, or\\nWith what are you content 1 SSonrit ftnb \u00c2\u00a9ic gufrtcben\\nI am content with my book. 3d) bin init metnem Hicl)C gufrtc*\\nben.\\nWith whom are you satisfied 50?tt went ftnb Sie sufdeben\\nam satisfied w ith my master. 3d) bin nut metnem Center- $ufrie\u00c2\u00bb\\nbem\\nTo sfw rfy studied. \u00c2\u00a9tufctrcn (rubtrt. (St\\nOfo. ^4. Lesson XLV)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "143\\nTo correct-corrected. ^ixt^ttixl[ i 1 t\\nTo question, interrogate, g r a 9 e n (governs the ace).\\nThe uncle, tec \u00c2\u00a3)r)etm (is not softened in the\\nplural)\\nthe gentleman, the lord, bcr \u00c2\u00a3crr\\nthe master, the tutor, the pre- a c u xa\\nceptor, the professor, 5\\nthe scholar, tet fitter\\nthe pupil, tet Soiling;\\nthe fee, wages, salary, tec Cofjn (has no pint.)\\nthe lesson, tie Section (a feminine noun,\\ntaking en in the plur.)\\nthe exercise, tie tfufgabe (a feminine noun,\\ntaking n in the plur.)\\nTo receive a present from some S3 on Semcmtem etn \u00c2\u00aeefd)en\u00c2\u00a3 bcHm-\\none, men*.\\nEXERCISES. 119.\\nHave we what we want 1 We have not what we want. What\\ndo we want We want a fine house, a large garden, a beautiful\\ncarriage, pretty horses, several servants, and much money. Is\\nthat all we want That is all we want. What must I do 1 You\\nmust write a letter. To whom (Lesson XXX.) must I write\\nYou must write to your friend. Shall I go to the market I You\\nmay go there. Will you tell your father that I am waiting for him\\nhere I will tell him so (Obs. Lesson XLIIL). What will you\\ntell your father I will tell him that you are waiting for him here.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094What wilt thou say to my servant I will say to him that you\\nhave finished your letter. Have you paid (for) your table I have\\npaid (for) it.- Has your uncle paid for the book 1 He has paid\\nfor it. Have I paid the tailor for the clothes You have paid\\nhim for them.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Hast thou paid the merchant for the horse I have\\nnot yet paid him for it. Have we paid for our gloves 1 We have\\npaid for them. Has your cousin already paid for his boots He\\nhas not yet paid for them. Does my brother pay you what he\\nowes you 1 He does pay it me. Do you pay what you owe I\\ndo pay what I owe. Have you paid (with the dative) the baker 1\\n-\u00e2\u0080\u0094I have paid him. Has your uncle paid the butcher for the meat 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094He has paid him for it. Have you paid your servant his wages 1\\nT have paid them to him. Has your master paid you your wages\\nHe has paid them to me. When did he pay them to you He\\npaid (f)at begafylt) them to me the day before yesterday. What do\\nyou ask this man for I ask him for my book. What does this\\nboy beg of me He begs of you some money. Do you ask me\\nfor anything] I ask you for a crown. Do you ask me for the\\nbread 1 I ask you for it. Do the poor beg money of you They\\nbeg some of me. Which man do you ask for money 1 I ask him\\nfor some whom you ask for some. Which merchants do you ask", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "144\\nfor gloves 1 -I ask those who live in William-Street (Lesson\\nXLVIII.) for some. Which joiner do you ask for chairs I ask\\nthat one, whom you know, for some. What do you ask the baker\\nfor 1 I ask him for some bread. Do you ask the butchers for some\\nmoat 1 I do ask them for some. Dost thou ask me for the stick 1\\nI do ask thee for it. Does he ask thee for the book] He does\\nask me for it. What have you asked the Englishman for I have\\nasked him for my leather trunk. Has he given it to you 1 He has\\ngiven it to me.\\n120.\\nWhom have you asked for some sugar I have asked the mer-\\nchant for some. Of whom have the poor begged some money 1\\nThey have begged some of the noblemen. Of which noblemen\\nhave they begged some 1 They have begged some of those whom\\nyou know. Whom do you pay for the meat 1 I pay the butchers\\nfor it. Whom does your brother pay for his boots 1 He pays the\\nshoemakers for them. Whom have we paid for the bread 1 We\\nhave paid our bakers for it. Of whom have they (man) spoken\\nThey have spoken of your friend. Have they not spoken of the\\nphysicians 1 They have not spoken of them. Do they not speak\\nof the man of whom (t?on roe(d)em) we have spoken? They do speak\\nof him. Have they spoken of the noblemen? They have spoken\\nof them. Have they spoken of those of whom we speak 1 They\\nhave not spoken of those of whom we speak, but they have spoken\\nof others. Have they spoken of our children or of those of our\\nneighbours They have neither spoken of ours nor of those of\\nour neighbours. Which children have been spoken of 1 Those\\nof our preceptor have been spoken of. Do they speak of my book 1\\nThey do speak of it. Of what do you speak 1 We speak oi\\nwar. Do you not speak of peace We do not speak of it. Are\\nyou content with your pupils 1 I am content with them. How\\ndoes my brother study 1 He studies well. How many lessons\\nhave you studied I have already studied fifty-four. Is your\\nmaster satisfied with his scholar 1 He his satisfied with him.\\nHas your master received a present 1 He has received several.\\nFrom whom has he received presents 1 He has received some from\\nhis pupils.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has he received any from your father He has re-\\nceived some (both) from mine and from that of my friend. Is he\\nsatisfied with the presents which he has received 1 He is satisfied\\nwith them. How many exercises hast thou already done 1 I have\\nalready done twenty-one. Is thy master satisfied with thee 1 He\\n-ays that he is satisfied with me. And what dost thou say 1 I say\\nthat I am satisfied with him. How old art thou 1 I am not quite\\nten years old. Dost thou already learn German? I do already\\nearn it. Does thy brother know German 1 He does not know it.\\nWhy does he not know it? Because he has not learnt it. Why\\nnas he not learnt it Because he has not had time. Is your father\\nat home 1 No he has departed, but my brother is at home. Where", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "145\\ni? your father gone to 1 He is gone to England. -Have you some-\\ntimes gone thither 1 I have never gone thither. Do you intend\\ngoing to Germany this summer I do intend going thither. Have\\nyou the intention of staying there long 1 I have the intention of\\nstaying there during the summer. How long does your bi other\\nremain at home Till twelve o clock.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have you had your gloves\\ndyed. I have had them dyed. What have you had them dyed 1\\nI have had them dyed brown. Will you tell your father that I\\nhave been here I will tell him so. Will you not wait until he\\nunies back attain 1 I cannot wait. (See end of Lesson XXXI V.)\\nFIFTY-THIRD LESSON. Mxtx nrib fftufygste\\nCection.\\nTo eat eaten.\\n[nou eatest he eats.\\nTo dine {eat dinner)\\ngffcn*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 gegeffctn\\ntti$\u00c2\u00a3 ft tftetorigt.\\nAt what o clock do you dine\\nI dine at five o clock.\\n\u00c2\u00a33u SCRtttacj effen $u %yiitta\u00c2\u00a7 Qcgef*\\ndined. fen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9pctfen gefpeiftt or gefpetft,\\nC Urn tmemcl U t fpcifen St\\nine itm nxkfye Sett effen St\\n3cf) fpctfe urn fanf (urn ffinf Ufyt).\\nI have dined. 3$ fyafre $u TOittag gegeffen.\\nI have dined earlier than you. 3cr) fyabi feufcer gefpetpt ati Ste.\\nII we you already breakfasted 1 aUn @tc fcfyen geftufyfttieft\\nThe dinner.\\nThe breakfast.\\nVo eat supper {to sup).\\nThe supper.\\nI wish to eat supper.\\nI have supped late.\\nAfter.\\nAfter you.\\nAfter me.\\nAfter him.\\nAfter my t rother.\\nI have breakfasted after hi*\u00c2\u00abi.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)aS gjitttageflcn.\\n2)a3 J?rttf)fifidf.\\n3u 2C6cnb effen*, 2( ent\\nfctob effen\\n2)a$ tf cnbeftcn, bag 2(6enbI tob.\\n3d) mitt Hbenbbrofc effen.\\n3* \u00c2\u00a7aU fpa t gu 2lbenb flegeffctt.\\n3d) I)a6e fpa t 2(6enbbtob cjea,effem\\nvflati) (a preposition governing\\nthe dative).\\nSftad) S nen.\\n9?ad) nur.\\n$lad) trnn.\\n9?aco mctnem SBtubet.\\n3* fyafrc nacf) ifjm gefrftljftiicft.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "146\\nTo hold\u00e2\u0080\u0094 held.\\nThou holdest he holds.\\nWill you hold my stick 1\\nTo try tried.\\nTo taste tasted.\\nWill you try to do that\\nI have tried to do it.\\nYou must try to do it better.\\nHave you tasted that wine 1\\nI have tasted it.\\nAre you looking for any one\\nWhom are you looking for 1\\nI am looking for a brother\\nSo a 1 1 c n 9 c fj a 1 1 c n.\\n2)u baltft ec fjcilt\\n2BeUen (Sic marten \u00c2\u00a9tocf fatten T\\nCsproHtcn p t o 1 1 1.\\n83 c t f u d) c n o c r f it d) t.\\nCJUften\u00e2\u0080\u0094 gefoftet.\\n(.SSctfucfyen \u00c2\u00bbctfud)t.^\\nSBeltert \u00c2\u00a7ic t erfud)cn, ba$ $u than\\n3d) f abc rerfitcbt, e$ $u tfjun.\\n(Ste mfijfcn Dcrfucfyen, e$ kffct $u ma\u00c2\u00ab\\nd)cn.\\n6afcen \u00c2\u00a7tc bicfen 2\u00c2\u00a3ctn gefojtet (vet*\\nfu*t)\\n3d) fyabe tfjn gefojtct (wtfud)t).\\n(Sucfyen (Sic Semanfoen\\n\u00c2\u00a3Ben fucbert (Sic\\nof f 3d) fudjc eirten metnet 23tubet.\\nAn uncle of mine.\\nA neighbour of yours.\\nA relation of mine.\\nAce. Sing. Gen. Plur.\\nt \u00c2\u00a9itctt metner Dfietme,\\nt \u00c2\u00a9nm 3^rer Kacfybarm\\nt @men metner SBerroanbtetu\\nO s. Adjectives taken substantively are declined like\\nother adjectives. Ex. ber SSertDattbte, the relation; gen.\\nbe\u00c2\u00a7 SBermutbten, of the relation, c. ber 23ebtente, the\\nservant gen. beg SBebtenten, of the servant, c. em 23er*\\nwutbter, a relation cm SSebtenter, a servant, c.\\nThe parents (father and mother).\\nHe tries to see an uncle of his.\\nA cousin of his.\\nA friend of ours.\\nA neighbour of theirs.\\nHe tries to see you.\\nDoes he try to see me 1\\nTo inquire after some one.\\nAfter whom do you inquire\\nI inquire after a friend of mine\\nThe acquaintance.\\nWhom do y\u00c2\u00a9u look fo^\\n3)tc TCcftctn (\u00c2\u00a9(Urn).\\nfucfyt cincn fetner \u00c2\u00a3%tme $u fe*\\nf)cn.\\nt (Strten fcinet SScttern.\\nf (Stnen unferct greurtbe.\\nt \u00c2\u00a9incn tfttet 9Rctd)barn.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3t fud)t @tc $u fefjen.\\nSud)t er mid) $u fefyen\\n9t a d) 3 c m a n b e m f r a g e n.\\n$lad) mem frctgen @ie\\n3d) ftagc nad) etnem metner greutu\\nbe,\\nSet SBefamtte.\\nSBen fudben \u00c2\u00a9te", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "14\\nI am booking for an acquaintance 3d) fttd)C etnen mtimc SBcfrmnten.\\nof mine.\\nI ask him for a piece of bread. 3d) lutte tf)n am cm tM rcb.\\nRule 1. The preposition of, which in English stands\\nbetween two substantives, when the second determines\\nthe substance of the first, is never expressed in Ger-\\nman. Ex.\\nA piece of bread.\\nA glass of water.\\nA sheet of paper.\\n\u00c2\u00a9in (Stucf S8tob.\\n(Sin \u00c2\u00ae(a$ Staffer*\\n(5tn SBogcn spctptcr.\\nThree sheets of paper. f \u00c2\u00a9ret SBocjcn papier.\\nThe piece, ia$ \u00c2\u00a9tftc!\\nthe sheet, t cc SBecjcn\\nthe small piece (little bit), bct$ @tiic!d)cn\\nthe little book, bat S3tid)(ctn.\\nii^fe 2. All diminutives terminating in cfyen and (etn\\nare neuter, and those terminating in It n Q are mascu-\\nline. To form diminutives from German substantives,\\nthe syllable df) e U or lettt is added, and the radical\\nvowels, a, 0, U, are softened into a, 6, it. Ex.\\nThe small house, fcaS \u00c2\u00a3au6d)cn\\nthe small picture, bag SSUbdftcn\\nthe little heart, a$ \u00c2\u00a3cr$d)en\\nthe little child, t a$ JUnblctn\\nthe little boy, t ai ^nablctn, JtnaOc^en\\nthe suckling (baby), t et (Sctttgttnc};\\nthe favourite, darling, bcr StebUncj\\nthe apprentice, bcr Ccfytttncj.\\nEXERCISES. 121.\\nHave you already dined 1 Not yet. At what o clock do you dine\\nI dine at six o clock. At whose house (SBci \\\\vm\\\\, Lesson XXVI.)\\ndo you dine I dine at the house of a friend of mine. With whom\\n(Oct mm) did you dine yesterday I dined (f)abc gcfpctf t with are\u00c2\u00ab\\nlation of mine. What have you eaten 1 W r e have eaten good bread,\\nbeef, apples, and cakes. What have you drunk? We have drunk\\ngood wine, good beer, and good cider. Where does your uncle dine\\nto-day He dines with (bet) us. At what o clock does your father\\neat supper 1 He eats supper at nine o clock. Do you eat supper ear-\\nier than he] I eat supper later than he. At what o clock do you\\nbreakfast I breakfast at ten o clock. At what o clock did you\\neat supper yesterday We ate (r)at cn Q^geffcn) supper late.\\nWhat did you eat 1 We ate only a little meat and a small piece of\\nbread. W hen did your brother sup He supped after my father", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "148\\nWhere are you going to I am going to a relation ot mine, ij\\norder to breakfast with him. Do you dine early 1 We dine late.\\nArt thou willing to hold my gloves I am willing to hold them\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Is he willing to hold my cane He is willing to hold it. W ho\\nhas held your hat My servant has held it. Will you try to\\nspeak. I will try. Has your little brother ever tried to do exercises\\nHe has tried. Have you ever tried to make a hat? I have nevei\\ntried to make one.; Have we tasted that beer We have not\\ntasted it yet. Which wine do you wish to taste I wish to taste\\nthat which you have tasted. Have the Poles tasted that brandy 1\\nThey have tasted it. Have they drunk much of it (t)at)en)\\nThey have not drunk much of it. Will you taste this tobacco\\nI have tasted it already. How do you find it? I find it good.\\nWhy do you not taste that cider Because I am not thirsty.\\nWhy does your friend not taste this meat? Because he is not\\nhungry.\\n122.\\nWhom are you looking for 1 am looking for the man who has\\nsold a horse to me. Is your relation looking for any one He is\\nlooking for an acquaintance of his. Are we looking for any one\\nWe are looking for a neighbour of ours. Whom dost thou look\\nfor? I look for a friend of ours. Are you looking for a servant of\\nmine? No, I am looking for one of mine. Have you tried to\\nspeak to your uncle I have tried to speak to him. Have you\\ntried to see my father I have tried to see him. Have you been\\nable (Less. XLVII1.) to see him I have not been able to see him..\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094After whom do you inquire I inquire after your father. After\\nwhom dost thou inquire I inquire after the tailor. Does this\\nman inquire after any one? He inquires after you. Do they in-\\nquire after you They do inquire after me Do they inquire\\nafter me They do not inquire after you, but after a friend of\\nyours. Do you inquire after the physician? I do inquire after\\nhim. What do you ask me for I ask you for some meat.\\nWhat does your little brother ask me for He asks you for some\\nwine and some water. Do you ask me for a sheet of paper I\\ndo ask you for one. How many sheets of paper does your friend\\nask for? He asks for two. Dost thou ask me for the little book\\nI do ask you for it. What has your cousin asked for He has\\nasked for a few apples and a small piece of bread. Has he not\\nbreakfasted yet He has breakfasted, but he is still hungry.\\nWhat does your uncle ask for He asks for a glass of wine.\\nWhat does the Pole ask for He asks for a small glass of brandy.\\nHas he not already drunk He has already drunk, but he is\\nstill thirsty.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "49\\nFIFTY.FOURTH LESSON.-bkr ntto fttttfygste\\nHettion.\\n1 see the man who has my mo- 3cb fcr)e ben S0?ann, tvetfyct mcttt\\nney. (Beit) fyat.\\nT see the child who plays. 3d) fef)C ba^ $tnb, roekbeS fptctt.\\n1 perceive him who is coming. 3d) bemerfc ten, nxkrjer fommk\\nI see him who owes me money. 3d) febe ben, tuclcfycr nur \u00c2\u00a9etb fct ut*\\nbig if!.\\nDo yon perceive the soldiers f f:\u00c2\u00ae^3 wct e\\nwho are going into the store- J na *-fe^|ff^J J\\nhous i SBcmcrftn (Sic btc (Setbaten, rockbe\\nv in ba$ pagastn (btnctn) ejefyen V\\nI do perceive those who are go- 3d) bemerfe btc, rocld)e bafytn gefeen,\\ning into it.\\nAlso,\\nTo perceive perceived.\\nHave you perceived any one\\nI have perceived no one.\\nThe soldier,\\nTo go to the store-house.\\nC Scf) bemcrfe btc, tvekfye btnctn ger^n.\\n3Cu*.\\nS3 c m e r f c n b c m c r 1 1.\\nvpaben @tc Scmcmbcn bemcrft\\n3d) babe 9ttemanben bemertt.\\nbcr (Selbat.a\\n5^ocb bem 93?aqqtn gel cn*.\\n3n ^ax 9)Zaga$tn (rjfnctn) Qcfyen*.\\nObs. A. Direction towards a place or towards a\\ncountry is expressed by the preposition nad) with the\\ndative.\\nWillingly*\\nTo like.\\nTo like to see.\\nTo like to study.\\nTo like wine.\\nHe likes a large hat.\\nDo you like to see my brother\\nI do like to see him.\\nI like to do it.\\nDo you like water 1\\nNo, I like wine.\\nc r n.\\nf \u00c2\u00a9ern Ijaben*.\\nt \u00c2\u00a9crn fcrjen*.\\nf \u00c2\u00aeern ftubtren.\\nt \u00c2\u00a9ern SBetn trtnfen*.\\nt St bat a,crn etnen o,ro\u00c2\u00a3?en ut.\\nt (Sebcn fete metnen 23rubcr gem 1\\nt 3d) fcf)c tbn gcrn.\\nj 3cb tbuc e$ gcrn.\\n\u00c2\u00a3rtnfcn \u00c2\u00a9!e gern QSaffcr\\nj Stfctn, id) trtnfc gern 2Bctm\\nFowl,\\nJoufyn\\nthe fish,\\nbcr Sifct)\\nfish,\\nglfftc (plur.)\\nthe pike,\\nbcr cd)t\\npike,\\n\u00c2\u00a3ed)tc (plur.).\\nSubstantives derived from foreign languages and terminating in rtttt\\nttrcf), at, et, ent, (ft, tr, 03, add en to the genitive singular and to all the othei\\ncases singular and plural.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "150\\nTo like sometliing.\\nI like fish.\\nHe likes fowl.\\nI do not like fish.\\nBy heart.\\nTo learn by heart.\\nDo your scholars like to learn\\nby heart?\\nThey do not like learning by\\nheart.\\nHave you learnt your exercises\\nby heart\\nWe have learnt them.\\nOnce a day.\\nThrice or three times a month.\\nt \u00c2\u00aem greunb t on etwag fetn.*\\nt 3d) bin em greunb Don gtfdjcn.\\nt @r ipt Qcrn \u00c2\u00a3uf)n.\\nt 3d) bin f!ein greunb \u00c2\u00bbon #ifcf)en.\\n2C u g m e n b t 9.\\n2C u w e n b t a, t c c n c n.\\nScrnen 3f)te @d)u(er a,etn outwent\\nbig?\\n(Sic Icrncn nid)t gent auetocnbtg.\\n\u00c2\u00a3a en @te Sfyve 2Cufgafcen auiwen*\\nbig gctcrnt\\nSBhTfjcuxn 5te gctevnt\\n\u00c2\u00a9tttmat beg agg*\\nS)reimol beg SttcnatS.\\nO s. 5. The genitive is used in reply to the ques-\\ntions: tt attn? when? ttue oft*? how often? in speak-\\ning of something that takes place habitually and at a\\ndeterminate period.\\nSix times a year. @cd)$mot beg 3 af)re$.\\nHow many times a day does he \u00c2\u00a3Btc tnetmal (wte eft) tpt er bes\\neat \u00c2\u00a3agg\\nHe eats three times a day. (St tpt bretmat bc\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3a$g.\\nDo you eat as often as he] (Sffen @ie fo oft wic er 1\\nWhen do you go out 1 \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ann gefyen Stc aug 1\\nWe go out early in the morning. \u00c2\u00a3Btt getyen be$ 9J?otgeng frit!) aug*\\nI intend paying you if I receive\\nmy money.\\nDo you intend to buy wood\\nI do intend to buy some, if they\\npay me what they owe me.\\nHow is the weather\\nWhat kind of weather is it 3\\nIt is fine weather at present.\\nHow was the weather yester-\\nday?\\nWhat kind of weather was it\\nyesterday\\nObs. C. 2Bar, was, is the imperfect of the auxilia\\nvy verb fetn*, to be; we shall speak of it hereafter\\n(See Lesson LV1I.)\\n23$ e n n (See Rule of Syntax,\\nLesson XLVIL).\\n3$ tun gefonnen, @te $u e$af)(en,\\nwenn id) mein \u00c2\u00a9elb foefomme.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ebenf en Sie \u00c2\u00a3e($ $u Eaufen 1\\n3d) gcbenfe mld c$ $u faufen, wenn\\nman mir fecjafjlt, \\\\va$ man mit\\nfcfyutbig tji.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3a$ fur better ijt eg\\ntft }e|t fd)5 neg SCBetfer.\\na$ fur ^Better war eg geftern 1", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "L51\\nWas it fine weather yesterday\\nIt was bad weather yesterday.\\nIt was fine weather this morning.\\nIs it warm 1\\nIt is warm.\\nVery.\\nIt is very warm.\\nIt is cold.\\nIt is very cold.\\nEt is neither cold nor warm.\\nDark, obscure,\\ndusky, gloomy,\\nclear, light,\\nft is gloomy in your shop.\\nIs it gloomy in his room 1\\nI is gloomy there.\\nThe shop,\\nmoist, humid, damp,\\ndry,\\nIs the weather damp 1\\nThe weather is not damp.\\nIt is dry weather.\\nThe weather is too dry.\\nIt is moonlight (moonshine).\\nWe have too much sun.\\nWe have no rain.\\nThe moonlight, moonshine,\\nthe rain,\\nthe sun,\\nOf what do you speak\\nWe speak of the weather.\\nThe weather,\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bcu: e* geftcrn fd)6nc$ aOScitet\\n(SS wat geftctn fd)led)teS ^Better.\\n(SS wax btefeit ojfergcn fcfyoneS 2\u00c2\u00a3et*\\nter.\\n3p eg xvaxm 1\\n(\u00c2\u00a75 tft warm.\\nSefyr.\\nif! fc()v warm.\\ntft Ml\\nS$ ift fefjr fait.\\nxft rocbcr faft nod) warm.\\nftnfter\\ntmnfel\\ntft bunfet in Sfttem Saben.\\n3ft eg bunfel in fetnem Simmer 1\\n(S\u00c2\u00a3 tft tiunfct bartn. (See Obs. A\\nand C. Lesson XXIX.)\\ntct Sabcn\\nfeud)t\\ntrocfen.\\n3ft c$ fc$frte* \u00c2\u00a9rttrt\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a$ SBctter tft ntcfet fcud)t\\n(S$ tft trccfcncb better.\\nDag SZBcttet tft $u trod en.\\nG tft 9J2ont)fcl ctn.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Btr fyaten gii met (Sonne*\\n2Btt fyafcen mrien 9?cgcn.\\nbee 93?onbfd)etn\\nbet Sftcgen\\nbie (Sonne (a feminine noun).\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bot)on fptecfyen @te\\nSBtt fprecfyen mm (Don bem) 2B* tec\\nbat SGBcttcr.\\nEXERCISES. 123.\\nDo you perceive the man who is coming 1 I do not perceive\\nhim. Do you perceive the soldier s child I perceive it. What\\ndo you perceive 1 I perceive a great mountain and a small house.\\nDo you not perceive the wood 1 I perceive it also. Dost thou\\nperceive the soldiers who are going to the market] I do perceive\\nthem. Do you perceive the men who are going into the garden\\nI do not perceive those who are going into the garden, but those,\\nwho are going to the market. Do you see the man to whom I\\nhave lent money 1 I do not see the one to whom you have lent,\\nbut the one who has lent you some. Dost thou see the children\\nwho are studying 1 I do not see those who are studying, but those", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "152\\nwho are playing. Do you perceive anything 1 I perceive nothing,\\nHave you perceived the house of my parents 1 I have perceived\\nit. Do you like a large hat I do not like a large hat, but a\\nlarge umbrella. What do you like to do I like to write. Do\\nyou like to see those little boys I do like to see them. Do you\\nlike beer I like it. Does your brother like cider He does not\\nlike it. What do the soldiers like They like wine and water.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDost thou like wine or water 1 I like both (bctt)C5). Do these\\nchildren like to study 1 They like to study and to play. Do you\\nlike to read and to write -I like to read and to write. How many\\ntimes do you eat a day Four times. How often do your children\\ndrink a day They drink several times a day. Do you drink as\\noften as they I drink oftener. Do you often go to the theatre 1\\nI go thither sometimes. How often do you go thither (in) a\\nmonth I go thither but once a month. How many times a year\\ndoes your cousin go to the ball 1 He goes thither twice a year.-\\nDo you go thither as often as he 1 I never go thither. Does you?\\ncook often go to the market He goes thither every morning.\\n124.\\nDo you often go to my uncle s 1- I go to him six times a year.\\nDo you like fowl 1 I do like fowl, but I do not like fish. What\\ndo you like I like a piece of bread and a glass of wine. What\\nfish does your brother like! He likes pike. Do you learn by\\nheart I do not like learning by heart. Do your pupils like to\\nlearn by heart 1 They like to study, but they do not like learning\\nby heart. How many exercises do they do a day] They only\\ndo two, but they do them well. Do you like coffee or teal I like\\nboth. Do you read the letter which 1 have written to you (Rule of\\nSyntax, Lesson XL VII.) I do read it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do you understand it\\nI do understand it. Do you understand the man who speaks to you\\nI do not understand him Why do you not understand him I\\ndo not understand him because he speaks too badly. Does this man\\nknow German 1 He does know it, but I do not know it. Why do\\nyou not learn it I have no time to learn it. Have you received\\na letter 1 I have received one. Will you answer it. I am going\\nto (3d) null) answer it. W hen did you receive it I received it at\\nten o clock in the morning. Are you satisfied with it I am not\\ndissatisfied with it. W^hat does your friend write to you He\\nwrites tome that he is ill (Rule of Syntax, Lesson XLVIL). Does\\nhe ask you for anything He asks me for money. Why does he\\nask you for money 1 Because he wants some. What do you ask\\nme for I ask you for the money which you owe me. Will you\\nwait a little 1 I cannot wait. Why can you not wait] I cannot\\nwait because I intend to depart to-day. At what o clock do you in-\\ntend to set out I intend setting out at five o clock in the evening.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Do you go to Germany I do go thither. Are you not going to\\nHolland] I am not going thither. How far has your brother gone\\nHe has gone as far as London.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "153\\n125.\\nDo you intend going to the theatre this evening 1 V do intend\\ngoing thither, if you go. Has your father the intention to buy\\nthat horse He has the intention to buy it, if he receives his money.\\nHas your cousiu the intention to go to England. He lias the\\nintention to go thither, if they pay him what they owe him. Do\\nyou intend going to the ball 1 I do intend going thither, if my friend\\ngoes 1 Does your brother intend to study German 1 He does in-\\ntend to study it, if he finds a good master. How is the weather to-\\nday It is very fine weather. Was it fine weather yesterday\\nIt was bad weather yesterday. How was the w T eather this morning 1\\nIt was bad w r eather, but now it is (tjl e$) fine weather. Is it w T arm\\nIt is very warm. Is it not cold It is not cold. Is it warm oi\\ncold 1 It is neither warm nor cold. Did you go the country\\n(Lesson XXX.) the day before yesterday] I did not go thither.\\nWhy did you not go thither 1 I did not go thither, because it\\nwas bad weather. Do you intend going into the country to-morrow 7\\nI do intend going thither, if the weather is fine.\\n126.\\nIs it light in your room 1 It is not light in it. Do you wish to\\nwork in mine I do wish to work in it. Is it light there It is\\nvery light there. Can you work in your small room (Rule 2, Lesson\\nLIII.)] I cannot work there. Why can you not work there 1\\nI cannot work there, because it is too dark. Where is it too dark 1\\nIn my small room. Is it light in that hole It is dark there. Is\\nit dry in the street (Lesson XL VIII.) 1 It is damp there. Is the\\nweather damp 1 The weather is not damp. Is the weather dry 1\\nIt is too dry. Is it moonlight 1 It is not (Urn) moonlight, it is\\nyery damp. Why is the w r eather dry Because w r e have too much\\nsun and no rain. When do you go into the country I intend go-\\ning thither to-morrow, if the weather is fine, and if w T e have no\\nrain. Of what does your uncle speak I He speaks of the fine\\nweather. Do you speak of the rain 1 We do speak of it. 01\\nwhat do those men speak 1 They speak of fair and bad weather.\\nDo they not speak of the wind 1 They do also speak of it (aucl)\\nbaron). Dost thou speak of my uncle I do not speak of him.\\nOf whom dost thou speak I speak of thee and thy parents. Do\\nyou inquire after any one 1 I inquire after your uncle (Lesson\\nLIII.) is he at home No, he is at his best friend s. (See Lesson\\nXXXIX and end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nIf*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "154\\nFIFTY-FIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 JTmf uttb fttttfygste\\nOF PASSIVE VERBS.\\nIn English, the past participle is joined to the verb\\nto be, either to form the passive voice, or as an ad-\\njective to qualify the subject. In the first instance it\\nmust be translated by toerbett*, and in the second by fern*.\\nIn German we distinguish, as in Latin bct\u00c2\u00a3 jjau3 ift\\nQehaut, domus cediftcata est, from ba$ U$ ttttrb Qebaut,\\ndomus cedificatur bte SSriefe jmb gefefyrtebett, litter ce scrip\\ntee sunt, from bie 93rtefe merbert gefefyrteben, litterce scri-\\nbuntur.\\nTo ascertain whether a past participle stands as an\\nadjective or not, one has only to change the construc-\\ntion into the active voice if in that voice the tense\\nis the same as in the passive, the participle is a pas-\\nsive participle, and the auxiliary to be must be trans-\\nlated by tt erbett but if the tense is not the same, it\\nthen stands as a mere adjective, and the auxiliary to\\nbe must be translated by feut Ex. 3d) tt erbe geftebt,\\nI am loved, is in the same tense, when I say er liebt\\nmid), he loves me but ber \u00c2\u00a9pieget ijl jerbrocfyen, the\\nlooking-glass is broken, is not in the same tense,\\nwhen I say er fyat ben \u00c2\u00a9piegef jerbrocfjen, he has bro-\\nken the looking-glass. Here jerbrocfyett is nothing but\\nan adjective, which qualifies the subject (Spiegel, look\\ning-glass.\\nI am loved. 3d) rcetbe cjeltebt.\\nThou art guided. \u00c2\u00a3)u rotrft gVkitefe.\\nHe is praised. (St nnrb cjelcbr.\\nWe are heard. \u00c2\u00a3Btr nxrben Qd)b rt.\\nThey are blamed (Sic ructben cjctaMt.\\nYou are punished. r J*** 9 c a\\nTo praise, to blame. \u00c2\u00a3oben, tabctn.\\nBy me by us. SSen nut ocn un$.\\nBy thee by you. $on tt oon (Sud) (3()ncnv\\nBy him by them. $on i m Don tfjnen.\\nI am loved by him. 3d) ttK tbc son tf)m gcttebt\\nWho is punished 1 2Bct rotrb geftraft 1", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "155\\nThe naughty boy is punished.\\nBy whom is he punished\\nHe is punished by his father.\\nWhich man is praised, and which\\nis blamed 1\\nThe skilful man is praised, and\\nthe awkward blamed.\\nWhich boys are rewarded, and\\nwhich are punished 1\\nThose that are assiduous are re-\\nwarded, and those that are idle\\npunished.\\nWe are loved by the captain s\\nsons, you are despised by them.\\nYou are praised by our brothers,\\nand we are despised by them.\\nGood naughty.\\nSkilful, diligent awkward.\\nAssiduous idle.\\nIgnorant.\\nThe idler, the lazy fellow,\\nTo reward rewarded.\\nTo esteem.\\nTo despise.\\nTo hate.\\nIs your book torn\\nIt is not torn.\\nAre your children good\\nThey are very good.\\nIs the enemy beaten 1\\nHe is beaten.\\nThe enemies are beaten.\\nThese children are loved, because\\nthey are studious and good.\\net unatttcje jtnafce rottb geftraft\\n$cn roem roitb ct gcjttaft\\n(gr rcttb tton fetnem SBatet gefttaffc.\\n4 Bekbet \u00c2\u00a3ftarm txutb cjeio r, unb rock\\ncber rmrb Qctabett\\nDec ejefefytcfte 9)?ann nritb getofct unb\\nbet ungefebtcfte $etabett.\\nSBclcfye itnaben nxtben belofynt, unb\\ntt)c(d)e nxrben fcefttaft\\n\u00c2\u00a3)teiema.en, rcetcfye fletjna. finb, mu\\nben OeKefynt, unb bte, vr ctd e ttage\\n[tub, kfttaft.\\n2Btt nxrben son ben S3f)nen bc$\\nvgwuptmannS gettebt 3or roerbet\\nt?cn tfynen t crad tet.\\n@tc roetben son unfern S3tiibetn\\nlo t, unb nrit rtfetben sen tfynen\\nt\u00c2\u00bberad)tct.\\n2Cttta unatttq. (See Note Les-\\nson XXXIX.)\\n\u00c2\u00aeefd)tcft ungefefytcft.\\n$(et tg tta ge (faul).\\ntlnrciffenb.\\nbcr gautenget.\\n23etof)ncn Mofynt (See Obs. A\\nLesson XLV).\\n2\u00c2\u00a3cf)ten, fd af3cn.\\n23etad)ten.\\n\u00c2\u00a3affen.\\n3ft 3f)t 23ud) scrrifTcn\\n(S3 tft ntd)t $ettiffcn.\\n(Stub Sbrc jttnber attta.?\\n(Sic finb fefyt atttg.\\n3ft bet getnb gestagen\\n(St tjt gcfcfylagen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)te -getnbe finb gestagen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tefe ittnbet roetben a.ctte6t, roetl fte\\nfCci^tg unb atttg finb. (See Note\\nr, Lesson XXXIX.)\\nEXERCISES. 127.\\nAre you loved by your uncle I am loved by him. Is your\\nbrother loved by him 1 He is loved by him.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 By whom am I\\nloved Thou art loved by thy parents. Are we loved 1 You are\\nloved. By whom are we loved You are loved by your friends.\\nAre those gentlemen loved 1 They are loved. By whom are\\nthey loved I They are loved by us and by their good friends.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nBy whom is the blind man led He is led by me. Where do", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "156\\nyou lead him to I lead him home. By whom are we beamed\\nWe are blamed by our enemies.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Why are we blamed by them\\nBecause they do not love us. Are you punished by your tutor]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWe are not punished by him, because we are good and studious.\\nAre we heard] We are (e*, Lesson XLIIL). By whom are we\\nheard] We are heard by our neighbour. Is the master heard by\\nhis pupils He is heard by them. Which children are praised\\nThose that are good. Which are punished 1 Those that are\\nidle and naughty. Are you praised or blamed We are neither\\npraised nor blamed. Is our friend loved by his masters? He is\\nloved and praised by them, because he is studious and good; but\\nhis brother is despised by his, because he is naughty and idle. Is\\nhe sometimes punished? He is (mtrfc) c$) every morning and every\\nevening. Are you sometimes punished 1 I am (cs) never I am\\nloved and rewarded by my good masters. Are these children\\nnever punished They are (c\u00c2\u00a3) never, because they are studious\\nand good but those are so (c?) very often, because they are idle\\nand naughty.\\n128.\\nWho is praised and rewarded Skilful people (9eutc) are\\npraised, esteemed, and rewarded, but the ignorant are blamed and\\ndespised. Who is loved and who is hated He who is studious\\nand good is loved, and he who is idle and naughty is hated.\\nMust one be good in order to be loved One must be so. What\\nmust one do in order to be loved One must be good and assidu-\\nous. What must One do in order to be rewarded] One must be\\nskiiful and study much. Why are those children loved They\\nare loved, because they are good. Are they better than we They\\nare not better, but more studious than you. Is your buther as\\nassiduous as mine He is as assiduous as he but your brother\\nis better than mine. Do you know anything new 1 do not\\nknow anything new. What does your cousin say new He says\\nnothing new. Do they not speak of war They do not speak of\\nit. Of what (Obs. C. Lesson LII.) do they speak They speak\\nof peace. What do they say] They say that the enemy is beaten.\\nAre you understood by your pupils I am understood by them.\\nDost thou often receive presents I do receive some if I am\\ngood. Are you often rewarded We are rewarded if we study\\nwell, and if we are diligent.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Has your master the intention of\\nrewarding you] He has the intention of doing so if we study\\nwell. What does he intend to give you if you study well] He\\nintends giving us a book. Has he already given you a book\\nHe has already given us one.\\n129.\\nHave you dined already] I have dined already, but I am stil.\\nhungry. Has your little brother drunk already He has drunk\\nalready, but he is still thirsty. What must we do in order to be", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "157\\nskilful 1 Yoq must work much. Must we sit still in older U\\nstudy] You must listen to what the master tells you. Do you\\nintend to eat supper to-day I do intend to dine before I eat\\nsupper. At what o clock do you dine I dine at four and eat\\nsupper at nine o clock. Have you seen my cousin 1 I have seen\\nhim. What has he said] He has said that he does not wish to\\nsee you (fcfycn n)t((). Why does he not wish to see me He does\\nnot wish to see you, because he does not like you. Why does he\\nnot like me Because you are naughty. Will you give me a\\nsheet of paper Why (\u00c2\u00a3Bo$u) do you want paper I want some to\\nwrite a letter. To whom (Lesson XXX.) do you wish to write I\\nI wish to write to the man by whom (son roclcfyem) I am loved.\\nAfte; whom do you inquire I inquire after no one. (See end of\\nLesson XXXIV.)\\nFIFTY-SIXTH\\nLESSON. 0jedjs tmb fimfyysie\\nCection.\\nOF IMPERSONAL VERBS.\\nThese verbs having no determinate subject, are only\\nconjugated in the third person singular, by means of the\\nindefinite pronoun e\u00c2\u00a3, it. Ex.\\nTo lain it rains*\\nTo snow it snows.\\nDoes it thunder 1\\nIt does thunder.\\nIs it foggy\\nDoes the sun shine 1\\nThe sun shines.\\nIt thunders loud.\\nthe fog,\\nhard, violent,\\nTo shine shone.\\nTo thunder.\\nThe sun does not shine.\\nThe sun is in my eyes.\\nThe face,\\nthe thunder,\\nthe snow,\\nthe sunshine,\\nthe parasol,\\n3? c 3 n c n e s tea net.\\n(S d) n e i e n e n i t.\\nDennert cs?\\n(5$ bonnett.\\n3ft c$ nc ctig\\n3ft e$ Sonncnfd)Ctn\\ni tft Senncnfcr)ctru\\nj SBtt fjaben \u00c2\u00a9cnncnfdjcV\\nbenncrt fyefttfj.\\nneftettcj\\nbee Sfec el\\n*Kfttg.\\ndj c t n e n\\nSonncm.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0cjefcrSe* \\\\u\\n35te (Sonne fc ctnt ntd)t.\\nt ic (Sonne fcftcint tint k$ (SHiA*\\nt a* (55eftd)t\\nbet Conner\\nbet @d)nee\\nt)cv \u00c2\u00a9ennen(d)ein\\nber \u00c2\u00a9onncnfdutm.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "158\\nDoes it lighten I \u00c2\u00a9fi|t eg\\nIt do.es lighten. (\u00c2\u00a3g b(t|t.\\nTo hail. ^agcm, fcfyfopen.\\nThe hail, 6et #age(.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3g fcplof t.\\nIt rains very hard. (\u00c2\u00a3g rennet fef)t ftarf,\\nIt lightens much. (\u00c2\u00a3g MtfJt fefyr.\\nDoes it snow 1 \u00c2\u00a9cfyneit eg\\nIt does snow much. (Sg fcfyneit fc^r.\\nIt hails much. (\u00c2\u00a3g I)agett feljr.\\nOfo. J.. There are some impersonal verbs, which re-\\nlate to a person they govern the dative or accusative,\\nand instead of: id) 6m fyuttgrig, (Lesson V.) one may\\nsay: eg fyungert mid), I am hungry for the verb f)Wtgent, a\\nto be hungry, governs the accusative.\\nTo be thirsty. u t fU n.\\nTo be sleepy. d) li f e r n.\\nArt thou sleepy 1 \u00c2\u00a9d)fflfcrt eg td)\\nI am not sleepy, but hungry. (\u00c2\u00a3g fct)(afett mid) mcfyt after eg luins\\ncjert mtd).\\nIs your brother thirsty 1 SDurfM eg 3f)ten SBtuber\\nHe is thirsty. (\u00c2\u00a3g turftet tf)n.\\nHe is not thirsty, but sleepy. (5g burftet tfjn ntd)t abet eg fcfylafert\\nir)n.\\nO65. JB. The case of the verb may be placed before\\nthe impersonal verb, but then the indefinite pronoun e$\\nmust be suppressed. For instance, instead of eg fyttttgert\\nmid), one may say mid) ifUtlQCXt, I am hungry but if\\nthe sentence is interrogative, the indefinite pronoun eg\\nmust not be omitted.\\nAre you sleepy 1 \u00c2\u00a9cfyla fert eg @te\\nW e are sleenv S~ f* Wfcrt Un\\nV\\\\ e are sleepy. Ung fcftlcifett.\\nAre those men hungry ^ungert eg btefe Sffla nnet\\nC (\u00c2\u00a3g fjungert f\\n@te r)ungcrt.\\nWho is thirsty 2Ben fcurfiet eg\\nThey are hungry, [ftt^\\nWho is thirsty 2Ben fcurftet eg\\nt TOi* turftet fel?r.\\na *gungevtt, in the signification of to fast, is neuter and follows the conj\u00c2\u00bb\\ngation of neuter verbs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "159\\nHas your cousin been thirsty .jjat ti Sljtctt Setter gebutftet 1\\nHe has been thirsty. [ffi^\\nWhere has he gone to \u00c2\u00a38of)tn tft cr Cjcrctf t\\nHe has gone to Vienna. (Sr tft nad) SBtm cjcrctft\\nIs it good travelling 1 3ft eg gut rctfcn\\nIt is bad travelling. @g tft fd)(cd)t rctfcn.\\nIn the winter. 3m -2Bintcr*\\nIn the summer. 3m \u00c2\u00a9ommcr.\\nIs it good travelling in the win- 3ft c$ cjut rctfcn tm QQBtntcr\\nterl\\nIt is bad travelling in the winter. @g tft fd)(cd)t rctfcn tm \u00c2\u00a3Btntcr.\\nThe spring, t)cr $tuf)ftttCj\\nthe autumn, bcr \u00c2\u00a3crftft.\\nTo ride in a carriage. $afyrcn* (in this signification\\ntakes fetn* for its auxiliary 81\\nRidden in a carriage. Gkfafyrcn.\\nTo ride on horseback. 9Sctten* (takes fcin* for its auxi-\\nliary).\\nRidden on horseback. \u00c2\u00a9crittcn.\\nTo go on foot. 3u guf5e cjeftcn*.\\nDo you like to go on horseback 1 f SRcttcn @tc ejern\\nI like to ride in a carriage. f 3d) fafyrc ejern.\\nWhere is the bailiff gone to (on \u00c2\u00a3Bo tft t cr 2Cmtmann rjtngcrttten\\nhorseback)\\nHe is gone (on horseback) to the (Sr tft in ten 2Mb ejertttcn.\\nforest.\\nWhen does your cousin go to 2\u00c2\u00a3ann ejefyt tfyr better nad) SBcrltn\\nBerlin 1\\nHe goes thither this winter. (Sr gcrjt btcfen \u00c2\u00a3Btnter ba r)tn.\\nI intend going this spring to 3d) bin ejefonnen, btcfen JrtifjUng\\nDresden. nad) \u00c2\u00a3)re$bcn $u rctfcn.\\nWhere is your uncle \u00c2\u00a3Bo tft $fyt \u00c2\u00a3)f)Ctm\\nHe is in Berlin. (Sr tft in 93erttn.\\nHe is at Berlin. (Sr tft ft! SBerttn.\\nI?^fe. The preposition git or ttt is used to express\\nrest in a place or country, and the preposition nad)\\nmotion or direction towards a place or country. 9?ad)\\nis particularly used before names of towns or coun-\\ntries (Lesson LIV.) but the preposition jit must be\\nmade use of to express motion towards a person.\\n(Lesson XXVI.)\\na When the verb fafyveu* signifies to move anything by a ca?riage it is aa\\nive and takes tntBen* for its auxliary.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "160\\nThe two prepositions gtt and itt answer the question\\nft 0 and narf) the question tt of)Ut as is seen by thv\\nabove examples.\\n1 iL^inYS in P Paris i ^cn 1, 1\\nThe living is dear there. (S$ tjt tfjcuct k bcn t)a\\nIs it windy Does the wind 3ft e$ tvtnbicj\\nblow 1\\nIt is windy. The wind blows. @6 ift nnnbig, fc cr SBint) gcf)t.\\n\\\\kTL3! ndy The wind \u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00abte\\nIs it stormy* J 3ft e\u00c2\u00ab jlOrmtf*\\nis it stormy j cg p firmifcW g^,\\nT 66 ift ntd)t flurmifd).\\nIt is not stormy. \u00c2\u00a9a\u00c2\u00ab ffirttw ift ntftt ftfeimft.\\nStrong, stormy, dear, windy. (Star! fttirnrijcf) tfycuct rmnfctg\\nEXERCISES. 130.\\nDo you like to ride in a carriage I like to ride on horseback.--\\nHas your cousin ever gone on horseback He has never gone on\\nhorseback. Did you go on horseback the day before yesterday\\nI went on horseback to-day. Where did you go to (on horseback) 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I went into the country. Does your brother ride on horseback as\\noften as you 1 He rides on horseback oftener than I. Hast thou\\nsometimes ridden on horseback] I have never ridden on horse-\\nback. Wilt thou go (in a carriage) to-day into the country I will\\ngo thither (in a carriage). Do you like travelling I do like\\ntravelling. Do you like travelling in the winter] I do not like\\ntravelling in the winter, I like travelling in the spring and in autumn.\\nIs it good travelling in the spring It is good travelling in the\\nspring and in the autumn, but it is bad travelling in the summer\\nand in the winter. Have you sometimes travelled in the winter\\nI have often travelled in the winter and in the summer. Does\\nyour brother travel often He travels no longer, he formerly travel-\\nled much. When do you like to ride on horseback I like riding\\non horseback in the morning after breakfast. Is it good travelling\\nin this country It is good travelling here (t)a). Have you ever\\ngone to Vienna I have never gone thither. Where is youf\\nbrother gone to He is gone to London. Does he sometimes go\\nto Berlin 1 He went thither formerly. What does he say of (sort)\\nthat country He says that it is good travelling in Germany\\nHave you been at Dresden? I have been there. Have you stayed\\nxhere long I have stayed there two years. What do you say o/", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "1(51\\nthe (con ben) people of that country I say that they are good peopta\\n(eg qutc Scute ftnfc). Is your brother at Dresden No, Sir, he is\\nat Vienna Is the living good at Vienna 1 The living is good\\nthere.\\n131.\\nHave you been in London 1 I have been there. Is the living\\ngood there 1 The living is good there, but dear. Is it dear living\\nin Paris 1 It is good living there and not dear. At whose house\\nhave you been this morning I have been at my uncle s. Where\\nare you going to now I am going to my brother s. Is your brothe?.\\nat home I do not know. Have you already been at the English\\ncaptain s 1 I have not been there yet. When do you intend going\\nthither I intend going thither this evening. How often has your\\nbrother been in London He has been there thrice. Do you like\\ntravelling in France I like travelling there, because one finds\\ngood people there. Does your friend like travelling in Holland\\nHe does not like travelling there, because the living is bad there.\\nDo you like travelling in Italy 1 I do like travelling there, be-\\ncause the living is good there, and one finds good people there but\\nthe roads are not very good there. Do the English like to travel in\\nSpain] They like to travel there but they find the roads there too\\nbad. How is the weather 1 The weather is very bad. Is it windy\\nIt is very windy. Was it stormy yesterday 1 1\u00c2\u00a3 was stormy.\\nDid you go into the country 1 I did not go thither, because it was\\nstormy. Do you go to the market this morning 1 I do go thither,\\nif it is not stormy. Do you intend going to Germany this year\\nI do intend going thither, if the weather is not too bad. Do you in-\\ntend breakfasting with me this morning I intend breakfasting\\nwith you, if I am hungry.\\n132.\\nDoes your uncle intend dining with us to-day 1 He does intend\\ndining with you, if he is hungry. Does the Pole intend drinking\\nsome of (oon) this wine 1 He does intend drinking some of it (t)as\\nDon), if he is thirsty. Do you like to go on foot 1 do not like to\\ngo on foot, but I like going in a carriage when (menn) I am travel-\\nling. Will you go on foot I cannot go on foot, because I am too\\ntired. Do you go to Italy on foot I do not go on foot, because\\nthe roads are there too bad. Are the roads there as bad in the summer\\nas in the winter 1 They are not so good in the winter as in the\\nsummer.\\n133.\\nAre you going out to-day] I am not going out when it is raining\\nDid it rain yesterday It did not rain. Has it snowed It has\\nsnowed. Why do you not go to the market 1 I do not go thither,\\nbecause it snows. Do you wish to have an umbrella If you have\\none. Will you lend me an umorella I will lend you one. What\\nsort of weather is it 1 It thunders and lightens. Does the sun\\nshine ?~^The sun does not shine, it is foggy. Do you hear the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "162\\nthunder 1 1 do hear it How long have you heard the thunder.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI have heard it till four o clock in the morning-. Is it fine weather\\nThe wind blows hard and it thunders much. Does it rain It\\ndoes rain very fast (ftarf). Do you not go into the country 1 How\\ncan I go into the country, do you not see how (rule) it lightens\\nDoes it snow It does not snow, but it hails. Does it hail\\nIt does not hail, but thunders very much. Have you a parasol 1\\nI have one. Will you lend it me 1 I will lend it you. Have we\\nsunshine We have much sunshine, the sun is in my eyes. Is it\\nfine weather 1 It is very bad weather, it is dark we have no sun-\\nshine.\\n134.\\nAre you thirsty I am not thirsty, but very hungry. Is your\\nservant sleepy] He is sleepy. Is he hungry He is hungry.\\nWhy does he not eat 1 Because he has nothing to eat. Are your\\nchildren hungry] They are very hungry, but they have nothing\\nto eat. Have they anything to drink] They have nothing to\\ndrink. Why do you not eat? I do not eat when (rcenn) I am not\\nhungry. Why does the Russian not drink] He does not drink\\nwhen he is not thirsty. Did your brother eat anything yesterday\\nevening] He ate a piece of beef, a small piece of fowl, and a\\npiece of bread. Did he not drink He also drank.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 What did\\nhe drink He drank a large glass of water, and a small glass ot\\nwine. How long did you stay at his house (foci ir)m) I stayed\\nthere till midnight. Have you asked him for anything I have\\nasked him for nothing. Has he given you anything He has\\ngiven me nothing. Of whom have you spoken 1 We have spoken\\nof you. Have you praised me We have not praised you; we\\nhave blamed you. Why have you blamed me] Because you do\\nnot study well. Of what has your brother spoken? He has\\nspoken of his books, his houses, and his gardens. Who is hungry\\nMy friend s little boy is hungry. Who has drunk my wine\\nNo one has drunk it. Hast thou already been in my room? I\\nhave already been there. How dost thou find my room 1 I find it\\nbeautiful. Are you able to work there I am not able to work\\nthere, because it is too dark. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 giebett nrxb fiftn^igate\\nAction.\\nOF THE IMPERFECT ANE PERFECT TENSES.\\nIn English there are three imperfect tenses, viz I\\npraised, did praise, and was praising. These three\\nare expressed in German by one imperfect id) lobte. It\\nis used to express a past action or event in reference", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "163\\nto another, which was either simultaneous with or an\\ntecedent to it. It is the historical tense of the Germans,\\nand is always employed in narration, particularly\\nwhen the narrator was an eye-witness of the action or\\nevent. The perfect tense, on the contrary, expresses\\nan action or event, as perfectly past and ended, with-\\nout any reference to another event, and when the\\nnarrator was not an eye-witness. In this latter in-\\nstance the imperfect also may be used, if the narratoi\\naccompanies his narrative with any phrase denoting\\nthat he does not speak in his own name, as matt facjt or\\nfagt man, they say, it is said, c.\\nThe perfect tense is compounded of the present of\\nthe auxiliary, and the past participle, as in English.\\n(See Lessons XLL, XLIL c.)\\nI was he was. 3d) uoaz ct roat.\\nWe were they were. 85*tt nxitcn fie rcaten.\\nThou wast you were. \u00c2\u00a3)u roctrft 3fa wcttct (Ste rcmtett).\\nWere you content 2\u00c2\u00a3aren @tc gufrtcben 1\\nI was very content. 3d) war febt $ufttebcn.\\nWas the wine good 28cit bet \u00c2\u00a38ctn gut 1\\nIt was very good. (St tvat fef)t gut.\\nWere you there yesterday 1 (Stnfc \u00c2\u00a9ie geftetn ba geroefen\\nI was there to-day. 3d) bin fyeute ba gcroejVn.\\nWhere was he the day before \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3o tft ct ttotgcftetn geraefea\\nyesterday 1\\nWere you already in Paris (ginb c fcfyon in tyaxi\u00e2\u0082\u00ac genoefen\\nI was there twice already 1 3d) bin fcfyon \u00c2\u00a7n etmol ta geisefen.\\nObedient disobedient. \u00c2\u00a9er)orfam ungefyorfam.\\nNegligent. 9tad)(tff(tg.\\nObs. A. The imperfect of regular verbs is formed\\nfrom the infinitive by changing en into t, and adding\\nthe proper termination to each person, viz. e, to the\\nfirst and third persons singular, en, to the first and third\\npersons plural, eff, to the second person singular, and\\net, to the second person plural. Ex.\\nloVed loved ttebte-rr\\nI 1 did love, He J did love, Kebte\\nwas loving. was loving.\\ni loved, I loved, cm r x.l\\ndid love, They did love,\\nwere loving. were loving. P", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "164\\n!lovedst, C loved, Su Itcbtefl\\ndidst love, You did love, 3f)r Kebtet(\u00c2\u00a9te\\nwast loving. (were loving. Itebten)\\nObs B. The consonant t of the imperfect is pre-\\nceded by e, if the pronunciation requires it, which is\\nthe case in all verbs, the root of which ends in b, t, tfy\\nor ft, or in several consonants united. (See Obs. A.\\nLesson XXXIV. and Lesson XLL) Ex.\\n[worked, [worked, _\\nT did work, He j did work, j* -I\\n[was working, [was working. J\\nf worked, [worked, atbeiteten\\nWe 1 did work, They did work ^bSi\\nl^were working, [were working. j\\nf workedst, [worked, 1 Sit arbettetefl\\nThou j didst work, Yom did work, r %t)V avbeitetet\\nI wast working. were working. J (\u00c2\u00a9te ax beiteten)\\nObs. C. In all German verbs, whether regular or\\nIrregular, the third person singular of the imperfect\\ntense is the same as the first person and the third\\nperson plural is the same as the first in all the tenses.\\nI had he had. 3cb fyattc er Fjottc.\\nWe had they had. 2Btr fatten ftc fyattcn.\\nThou hadst-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 you had. \u00c2\u00a3)u fyattcft\u00e2\u0080\u0094 3^ ^attct gt* fatten)\\nHad you money fatten Bu \u00c2\u00aec(t\\nI had some. 3d) fyatre wekh^.\\nHad your brother books 1 attc 3fyt 23mi) ?r ^itd)cr\\nHe had some. (gt fjntte nxlclK.\\nWhat had we 1 g ciS gotten wit\\nW T hat sort of weather was it yes- 2Ba$ fur SBcttcr wax e$ Qeftcrn\\nterday\\nIt was fine weather. \u00c2\u00a9s wax fcb neg ^Better.\\nHad you a wish to buy a horse 1 fatten (Ste Cuft tin $)fcr $u fatu\\nfen\\nT had a wish to buy one, but I 3d) fycittc Suft etn* $u fruifen, abet\\nhad no money. id) f)attc fetn ($kfr.\\nDid your cousin intend to lean s I\u00c2\u00a3at 3f)t ^Setter gofonnetl bcutfd) \u00c2\u00a3U\\nGerman 1 (crncn\\nHe did intend to learn it, but he (St mat gefonnen H $u ktnen, abet\\nhad no master. Ct ftatte fetnen Scbrcr.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "165\\nEXERCISES. 135.\\nWere you at home this morning I was not at home Where\\nwere you I was at the market. Where were you yesterday f\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI was at the theatre. Wast thou as assiduous as thy brother\\nI was as assiduous as he, but he was more clever than I. Where\\nhave you been 1 have been at the English physician s. Was\\nhe at home He was not at home. Where was he 1 He was at\\nthe ball. Have you been at the Spanish cook s I have been at\\nhis house. Has he already bought his meat He has already\\nbought it. Have you given the book to my brother? I have given\\nit to him. Hast thou given my books to my pupils] I have\\ngiven them to them. Were they satisfied with them (bcmut)\\nThey were very well (fefyr) satisfied with them. Had your cousin a\\nwish to learn German 1 He had a wish to learn it. Has he\\nlearnt it He has not learnt it. Why has he not learnt it\\nBecause he had not courage enough. Have you been at my\\nfather s 1 I have been there (6ci irjm). Have you spoken to him 1\\nI have spoken to him.- Has the shoemaker already brought yov\\nthe boots He has already brought them to me. Have you paid\\nhim (for) them I have not paid him (for) them yet. Have you\\never been in London I have been there several times. What\\ndid you do there I learnt English there. Do you intend going\\nthither once more 1 I iniend going thither twice more. Is the\\nliving good there The living is good there, but dear. W^as your\\nmaster satisfied with his pupil] He was satisfied with him.-\\nWas your brother satisfied with my children 1 He was very well\\n(fefyr) satisfied with them. Was the tutor satisfied with this little\\nboy He was not satisfied with him. Why was he not satisfied\\nwith him 1 Because that little boy was very negligent.\\n136.\\nWere the children of the poor as clever as those of the rich\\nThey were more clever, because they worked harder (md)t). Did\\nyou love your tutor] I did love him, because he loved me. Did\\nhe give you anything He gave me a good book, because he was\\nsatisfied with me. Whom do you love I love my parents and\\nmy preceptors. Do your tutors love you They do love me,\\nbecause I am assiduous and obedient. Did this man love his\\nparents] He did love them. Did his parents love him They\\ndid love him, because he was never disobedient. How long\\ndid you work yesterday evening I worked till ten o clock.\\nDid your cousin also work? He did also work. When\\ndidst thou see my uncle] I saw him this morning. Had\\nae much money He had much. Had your parents many\\nfriends They had many. Have they still some They have\\nstill several. Had you any friends 1 had some, because I had\\nmoney. Have you still some I have no longer any, because 1\\nhave no more money. Where was your brother He was in the\\ngarden. Where were his servants] They were in the house.\u00e2\u0080\u0094", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "166\\nWhere were we We were in a good country and with (bet,\\ngood people. Where were our friends 1 They were on (board)\\nthe ships of the English. Where were the Russians They\\nwere in their carriages. Were the peasants in the fields They\\nwere there. Were the bailiffs in the woods They were there\\nWho was in the storehouses The merchants were there.\\n137.\\nWhat sort of weather was it It was very bad weather. Was\\nit windy 1 It was windy and very cold. Was it fogofy] It was\\nfoggy. Was it fine weather 1 -It was fine weather, but too warm.\\nWhat sort of weather was it the day before yesterday It was\\nvery dark and very cold. Is it fine weather now] It is neither\\nfine nci bad weather. -Is it too warm It is neither too warm\\nnor too cold. Was it stormy yesterday] It was very stormy.\\nWas it dry weather] The weather was too dry but to-day it is\\ntoo damp. Did you go to the ball yesterday evening J I did ncl\\ngo, because the weather was bad. Had you the intention to tear\\nmy books I had not the intention to tear, but to burn them.\\n(See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nFIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 2UI)t mxir fftntyflste\\nj ettion,\\n{spoke,\\ndid speak, He\\nwas speaking.\\n{spoke,\\ndid speak, They\\nwere speaking,\\nfspokest,\\nThou didst speak, You\\nI wast speaking.\\n{spoke,\\ndid speak,\\nwas speaking,\\nfspoke,\\ndid speak,\\n[were speaking.\\nfspoke,\\ndid speak,\\n[were speaking..\\nl3cfyfrrad) a\\ner fprarf).\\n3Str fyracfyen\\njTe fprad)en.\\n06s. C. Less. LVII.\\nu fpracfyft\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23f r fpracfyet\\n(\u00c2\u00a9tefpracfyen).\\nObs. In irregular verbs the imperfect of the indica\\ntive is formed by changing the vowels a, ef, I, 0, U,\\nand adding the termination belonging to each person.\\nHence in the irregular verbs we shall mark only the\\nchange of that vowel, together with the termination of\\nthe first person, in order to enable learners to know\\na Learners ought now to add to their list of verbs the imperfect of all ir-\\nregular verbs which they have been using hitherto, or will have to use here\\nafter.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "167\\nthe imperfect tense. Examples the verb fprecfyen\\nabove changes in the imperfect the radical vowel e into\\na Ueiben, to remain, changes it into ie, thus id) blteb,\\nI remained (jefyert, to go, into t, thus id) gtng, I went\\njtefyett, to draw, into o, thus id) jog, I drew fcfylctgert,\\nto beat, into U, thus id) fcfyfag, I smote.\\nCompound verbs follow in general the conjugation of\\nsimple verbs.\\nAt first (in the beginning). (Stft, guerft (anfangS).\\nAfterwards. \u00c2\u00a3ernad) or nacfyfjer.\\nHereupon, upon this. \u00c2\u00a3ietauf.\\nDCP Whenever a sentence begins with any other\\nword than the subject, its order is inverted, and the\\nsubject stands after the verb in simple, and after the\\nauxiliary in compound tenses. b\\nAt first he said yes, afterwards (Srft fagte c t [a, fjetnad) nctn.\\nno.\\nAt first he worked, and after- (Srft cttfceitete, unb r;crnad) fptclte c t.\\nwards he played.\\nI. do not go out to-day. \u00c2\u00a3eute gefje td) rud)t am.\\nNow you must work. 3cj?t miiffcn S t c arbetten.\\nMy father set out yesterday. \u00c2\u00a9cftcrn ifl me i n SS a t e t afcge*\\nteif t.\\nHere lies your book and there \u00c2\u00a3iet liegt 3f)t SB lid) unb t a 3f)t\\nyour paper. papier.\\nHe came afterwards. (Sr tft ()etnad) (tiddler) gefemmen.\\nUpon this he said. luercmf fagtc e r.\\nAs soon as. @e al ,fo alfcal$.\\nI drink as soon as I have eaten. 3d) tttnie, febatb id) gegefifen fja e.\\nAs soon as I have taken off my \u00c2\u00a9cbcitb id) meirte @d)ul)e au\u00c2\u00a3ge$0s\\nshoes I taks off my stockings. gen fja6e,3ter)c id) metne (Striimpfc\\nau\u00c2\u00a3. c\\nWhat do you do after supper? SOBaS tf)tm Sie nad) bem 2C6enbcf*\\nfen?\\nTo sleep slept. cl) a f c ti 9 e fd) ta fe n. Im-\\nperfect fd)li ef.\\nI sleep, thou sleepest, he sleeps. 3d) fd)(afe, bu fd)tafjr, er fd)(aft.\\nb From this rule must be excepted the conjunctions which serve to unite\\nsentences {See Lesson XL VII.) they leave the subject in its place and throw\\nthe verb to the end of the sentence.\\nc See Obs. C. Lesson XXXIV.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "168\\nDoes your father still sleep\\nHe does still sleep.\\nTo live.\\n(Sr fd)(ctft mfy\\nS e b c n.\\n[s your relation still alive f 2ebt 3br SSetnxmbter nod)\\nHe is no longer alive (he is dead). f (5r (ebt ntcbt mebr.\\nWithout.\\nWithout money.\\nWithout speaking.\\nWithout saying anything.\\n$2 t h e (is followed hy $u befo;\\nthe infinitive).\\n\u00c2\u00a9bne (Beit.\\nf jDtjnc gu fpred)en.\\n7 Dbne etitmS $u fagen.\\nTo go away gone away. SB c g g c b c n 1\u00c2\u00bb e g g c 9 a n g c n.\\nImperf. g t n g.\\nHe went away without saying (St gtng meg, efyrtc etroaS $11 fagen.\\nanything.\\nAt last. n b t d)\\nTo arrive arrived. ?C n f c 111 m c n a n g e f m m e n.\\nImperf. f a m.\\n3fl: cr cnb(tcf) angefommen\\n(Sr tft nod) ntcbt angefommen.\\n.ftommt et enbltd)\\n(5r femmt.\\nHas he arrived at last\\nHe has not arrived yet.\\nDoes he come at last?\\nHe does come.\\nTo give away given away.\\nTo cut off cut off (past part.).\\nHas he given away anything 1\\nHe has given away his coat.\\nTo cut one s throat.\\nThey have cut his throat.\\nTo crop a dog s ears.\\nWhat have they done to him\\nThey have cut off his ears.\\nAloud.\\nc g g c b c n* to c g g e g c b e n\\nImperf. gab.\\n2C b f d) n c t b e n* a b g c f d) n t 1\\nten. Imperf. febnttt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at cr ctruag roeggegeben\\n(St: bat fcin .\u00c2\u00a3(etb weggegeben.\\nSemanbem ben \u00c2\u00a3al$ abfebnetben\\nSDlan b^t ibm ben \u00c2\u00a3a(\u00c2\u00a3 abge*\\nfebnttten.\\n(Stncm \u00c2\u00a3unbe bic Db^cn abfdnieu\\nben*/\\nSSaf baton (ic t()m getfyan\\n(Sic baben ibm bte Dfywn abge*\\nfebnttten.\\nSaut.\\nDoes your master speak aloud 1 Sprtd)t 3b* \u00c2\u00a3ebrcr taut\\nHe does speak aloud. (5t fpttcbt taut.\\nIn order to learn German, one Urn bcutfdj 311 tetnen, muj} man laut\\nmust speak aloud. fprecben.\\nexercises. 138.\\nHadst thou the intention to learn English 1 I had the intention\\nlearn it, but I had not a good master. Did your brother intenJ", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "169\\nio buy a carriage 1 He did intend to buy one, but he had no more\\nmoney. Why did you work I worked in order to learn Ger-\\nman. Why did you love that man I loved him because he loved\\nme. Have you already seen the son of the captain I havea^eady\\nseen him. Did he speak French He spoke English. Where\\nwere you then (Lesson XLVIII.)] I was in Germany. Did you\\nspeak German or English 1 I spoke neither German nor English,\\nbut French. Did the Germans speak French At first they spoke\\nGerman, afterwards French. Did they speak as well as you\\nThey spoke just as well as you and I. What do you do ai the\\nevening. I work as soon as I have supped. And what do you do\\nafterwards Afterwards T sleep. When do you drink I drink\\nas soon as I have eaten. When do you sleep 1 I sleep as soon as\\nI have supped. Dost thou speak German 1 I spoke it formerly.\\nDost thou take off thy hat before thou takest off thy coat I take\\noff my hat as soon as I have taken off my clothes. What do you\\ndo after breakfast As soon as I have breakfasted I go out. Art\\nthou sleeping] You see that I am not sleeping. Does thy brother\\nstill sleep He does still sleep. Have you tried to speak to my\\nuncle I have not tried to speak to him. Has he spoken to you\\nAs soon as he sees me, he speaks to me. Are your parents still\\nalive They are still alive. Is your friend s brother still alive\\nHe is no longer alive.\\n139.\\nHave you spoken to the merchant] -I have spoken to him.\\nWhere have you spoken to him I have spoken to him at my\\nhouse (6et mtr). What has he said He went away without say-\\ning anything. Can you work without speaking I can work, but\\nnot study German, without speaking.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do you speak aloud when\\n(ttK nn) you are studying German I do speak aloud. Can you\\nunderstand me I can understand you when (roenn) you speak\\naloud. Wilt thou go for some wine 1 cannot go for wine withont\\nmoney. Have you bought any horses I do not buy without\\nmoney. Has your father arrived at last] He has arrived. When\\ndid he arrive This morning at four o clock. Has your cousin\\nset out at last He has not set out yet. Have you at last found\\na good master I have at last found one. Are you at last learning\\nEnglish I am at last learning it. Why did you not learn it al-\\nready Because I had not a good master. Are you waiting foi\\nany one I am waiting for my physician Is he coming at last 1\\nYou see that he is not yet coming. Have you the head-ache\\nNo, I have sore eyes. Then you must wait for the physician.\\nHave you given away anything I have not given away anything\\nWhat has your uncle given away He has given away his old\\nclothes. Hast thou given away anything] I had not anything to\\ngive away. What has thy brother given away He has given\\naway his old boots and his old shoes. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "170\\nFTFTY-NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Jtfemt mtft fftntyg*!*\\nAction.\\nBeen. S erbcti.\\nOls. A. The learner must remember that tt erbett\\nnot fern*, is the verb which serves to form the passive\\nvoice (Lesson LV.). The past participle of the former\\nis IDorben, and that of the latter getoefen. (Lesson XLL)\\nHave you been praised @mb (Sic gcfebt moreen\\nI have been praised. 3d) bin cjclebt roctben.\\nHast thou been blamed 1 S5tft u gctabctt roorfcen\\nhave not been blamed. 3d) bin ntd)t gctabdt roorbcn.\\nHave we been loved Sinb rotr gelte t roerbcn\\nBy whom has he been punished 1 93en wem tft cr geftraft roerbcn\\nHe has been punished by his (5r tft ucn fetncm SSatcr gejtraft roor*\\nfather. ben.\\nWhen has he been punished \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ann ift cr gcftraft rcorbcrt\\nHe has been punished to-day. (5r tft r)eute gcftraft tvorbcn.\\nI was he was 1 3d) rcmrbc cr rourbe\\ngclofct.\\nWe were they were praised. 2Btr rcmrbcn ftc rourbcn\\nThou wast you were J 3 u wurbcft 3fyr nwrbct\\n(6ic rtmrbcn)\\nWere you loved SBurbcn @ic gcttcbt\\nI was loved. 3d) rourbe gclte t.\\nWas he hated 1 \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3urbc cr ger)apt?\\nHe was neither loved nor hated. ($t rourbe roeber gcttefct nod) gefjaj\\nTo become. e r b c n\\nThe past participle of this verb is\\nBecome. (3 e ro t b C tt. a\\nAnd its imperfect\\nI became he became 3d) roarb or rourbe cr roarb or\\nrourbe.\\nThou becamest. \u00c2\u00a3)u roctrbft or rourbcft.\\n06s. 5. In all the other tenses and persons, tt)erben*,\\nto become, is conjugated as the verb which serves to\\nform the passive voice. (See Lesson LV. and above.)\\nHe was made a king. _l v\\nHe became a king. 5 1 \u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00abb Scmg.\\nn Not tootben, which is the past participle of the verb that serves to form\\nne passive voice, as may be seen above.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "171\\nHare you become a merchant 1 \u00c2\u00a9inb \u00c2\u00a9tc jtcmfmann Cjeroorben\\n1 have become a lawyer. 3d) bin 2(bt ofat cjercetben.\\nHe has taken the degrees of a f (\u00c2\u00a3r tft teeter cjeroerben.\\ndoctor.\\nThe king, ber ffixtiQ\\nthe successor, bcr 9?acl)fo(ger b\\nthe lawyer (barrister at law), bet Ubvoiat (See Note Lessoi\\nL1V.)\\nthe office, the employment, l a$ 2(mt.\\nLearned.\\nTo fall sick.\\nTo be taken ill.\\nTo recover, to grow well.\\nTo recover one s health.\\nHe was taken ill.\\nHe has recovered his health.\\nWhat has become of him 1\\nHe has turned soldier.\\nHe has enlisted.\\nTo enlist, to enroll.\\nChildren become men.\\n(Mcr,tt.\\nf .ftranf rcctbcn\\nf dkfunb roctbcn\\nt (St roarb franf.\\nf (5*r tjl cjefunb gcroctben.\\nC 2Bas ijl au$ tr)m cjeroerbcn\\nC \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3o ift cr fnncjefommen\\n@t ifi \u00c2\u00a9clbot cjeroerben.\\n(St feat fid) anroetben (affcrt.\\nC \u00c2\u00a9elbat roctben*.\\nC \u00c2\u00a9td) anroctOcn foficn*.\\nU\\\\x$ inbctn roctben Scute.\\ntore we tore. 3cr rip roit riffen.\\nThou torest you tore. \u00c2\u00a3)u ttfjeft 3fa rtffct ((Sic tiffen).\\nHe snatched it out of my hands. (St rip c$ nur au\u00c2\u00bb ben \u00c2\u00a3anbcn.\\nWhat did he snatch out of your \u00c2\u00a3Ba$ rip et Sfyncn au$ ben \u00c2\u00a3anben I\\nhands\\nI was there,\\nthere.\\nWhen, ltl$ (t*a, it enn). (See Lesson\\nXL VII.)\\nwhen you were 3d) root ta, aH Bxe ba roaten.\\nNext year.\\nLast month.\\nLast Monday.\\nNext,\\nlast,\\nWhen was he in Berlin\\nHe was there last winter.\\nWhen will you go to Berlin 1\\n9?ad)ftes 3af)t.\\nSSorigcn (lc|tcn) 9)2onat.\\nSegten SRentag.\\nnodbft\\nDorig, icfrt.\\nSBctrin mar cr in 23erUn?\\n(Sr war Dcrigen SBintet ba.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3ann roollcn \u00c2\u00aetc nad) SBctltn reifen\\nb Masculine substantives derived from a regular verb do not soften the radi*\\nr-al vowel in the plural, as $lad)folatv, which is derived from nacfyfolgeu, to\\nfollow, to succeed plur. bte ^acfyfolger, the successors.\\nc The verb reijjen, to tear, to pull, to wrest, must not be mistaken for \\\\tx*\\nm\u00c2\u00a7en, which msans to tear to pieces, to rend, to burst asunder.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "172\\nI will go tnitWr next summer. 3d) will nacbflen (Seamier tobtt?\\ntetfen.\\nSo that. @o fccip (See Lesson XLVIL),\\n1 have lost my money, so that I 3d) babe mein \u00c2\u00a9c(t ttetforen, fo t ap\\ncannot pay you. id) 2tc ntd)t Ocjablcn fann.\\nI am ill, so that I cannot go out. 3d) bin franf, fo bap id) nid)t au^cjc*\\nben farm.\\nThe imperfect of fomten is id) fomtte I could.\\nThe way to Berlin. et SBea, nad) SSerlin.\\nThe way from Berlin to Dresden. \u00c2\u00a3)et 2\u00c2\u00a3eg t)0n ^Berlin nad) 3)te$fc en.\\nWhich way has he taken \u00c2\u00a3Beld)cn \u00c2\u00a3Beg Fjat cc a,enommen?\\nHe has taken the way to Leipzic. (St bat ten \u00c2\u00a3Bea, nad) Cetp^ig genome\\nmen.\\nWhich way will you take \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3e(d)en 2Bcg tDoden \u00c2\u00a9te nebmen\\nI will take this way. 3d) will ticfen \u00c2\u00a3Becj nebmen.\\nAnd I that one. lint) id) jenen.\\nexercises. 140.\\nWhy has that child been praised It has been praised, because\\nit has studied well. Hast thou ever been praised I have often\\nbeen praised. Why has that other child been punished] It has\\nbeen punished, because it has been naughty and idle. Has this\\nchild been rewarded It has been rewarded, because it has worked\\nwell. When was that man punished 1 He was punished last\\nmonth. Why have we been esteemed] Because we have been\\nstudious and obedient. Why have these people been hated Be-\\ncause they have been disobedient. W ere you loved when you were\\nat Dresden] I was not hated. W T as your brother esteemed when\\nhe was in London He was loved and esteemed. When were you\\nin Spain I was there when you were there. Who was loved and\\nwho was hated Those that were good, assiduous, and obedient,\\nwere loved, and those who were naughty, idle, and disobedient,\\nwere punished, hated and despised. What must one do, in order\\nnot to be despised One must be studious and good. Were you\\nin Berlin when the king was there] I was there when he was\\nthere. Was your uncle in London when I was there He was\\nthere when you were there. Where were you when 1 was at Dres-\\nden I was in Paris. Where was your father when you were in\\nVienna He was in England. At what time did you breakfast\\nwhen you were in Germany I breakfasted when my father break-\\nfasted. Did you work when he was working] I studied when he\\nwas working. Did your brother work when you were working]\\nHe played when I was working.\\n141.\\nWhat nas become of your friend He has become a lawyer.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat has become of your cousin? He has en listed. Was you!", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "173\\nuncle taken ill He was taken ill, and I became Lis successor io\\nhis office. Why did this man not work 1 He could not work, be\u00c2\u00ab\\ncause he was taken ill. Has he recovered He has recovered.\\nWhat has become of him 1 He has turned a merchant. What\\nhas become of his children] His children have become men.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat has become of your son He has become a great man.\\nHas he become learned He has become learned (c\u00c2\u00a7). What\\nhas become of my book 1 I do not know what has become of it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHave you torn it 1 I have not torn it. What has become of our\\nneighbour] I do not know what has become of him. Did they\\nwrest the book out of your hands 1 They did wrest it out of my\\nhands. Did you wrest the book out of his hands I did wrest it\\nout of his hands. When did your father set out 1 He set out last\\nTuesday. Which way has he taken He has taken the way to\\nBerlin. When were you in Dresden I was there last year.\\nDid you stay there long 1 I stayed there nearly a month. Has\\nmy brother paid you? He has lost all (Obs. 2?., Lesson XLIX.)\\nhis money, so that he cannot pay me. (See end of Lesson\\nXXXIV.)\\nSIXTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 0ecl)?igste Union.\\nOf whom of which. 95 o n t c m, ro o t) c n.\\nObs. A. Of which, when relating to a thing, may\\nbe translated by the preposition which the verb re-\\nquires, added to the adverb tt)0.\\nI see the man o^ whom you 3d) febe ben 9J?ann, \u00c2\u00bbon b c m (tton\\nspeak. nxlcbcm) (Sic fptecben.\\nI have bought the norse of which 3d) fyabt %a$ $)fetb ejefauft, Don\\nyou spoke to me. b e m ic nut nur gefprecfyen fyaben.\\nHas your father the book of \u00c2\u00a3cit 3b*? 93atcr bat 23ucb, WJOHll\\nwhich I am speaki/ig td) fprecbe\\nWhose. 3) c f f e n. Plur. b c r c n.\\nThe man whose. 3)ct 9}?ann, beffen.\\nThe child whose. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ JUnb, beffen.\\nThe men whose. \u00c2\u00a3)tc banner, bcren.\\nI see the man whose brother has 3d) ft? be ben SJftann, beffen 35rubet?\\nkilled my dog. tnctnen unb cjetobtet bat.\\nDo you see the child whose fa- @ebcn @ic l a$ JUnb, beffen SSater\\nther set out yesterday geftern cibgcreif t tft\\nI do see it. 3d) febe el.\\nI see the man whose dog you 3d) febe ben 20?cmn, beffen \u00c2\u00a3unb @ie\\nhave killed. getobtet baben.\\nDo you see the people whose \u00c2\u00a9efyen Stc bie Scute, bcren ^)ferb tcfe\\nhorse I have bought gefauft babe", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "I have spoken to the man whose\\nhouse has been burnt.\\n174\\nI do see them. 3d) fefye fie.\\nI have seen the merchant whose 3d) fabe ben itcmfmann gefefjetl\\nshop you have taken. beffen Saben Ste gcnomnicn Ijabcn-\\nDC/ 3 Incidental or explicative propositions are\\nplaced either immediately after the word which they\\ndetermine, or at the end of the principal proposition.\\n3d) fyafce nut bem 3}?annc, beffen\\n\u00c2\u00a3au$ abgebrannt tjt, gefpvecfyen.\\n3d) f)at c tint bem SOtanne gefprodjen,\\nbeffen \u00c2\u00a3au\u00c2\u00a3 afrge rannt tft.\\nC2(6btenncn, (verb act. and neut.\\nTo burn-^~burnt. irreg.) afcgeOtannt. Imperf.\\nC u r a n n t e.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00a9te ba$ S3ud), ive(d)c$ td)\\nSbnen geliefjen (jafoe, gclefen\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben Ste bag 23ud) gelefen, rcekl)e$\\ntd) Sfynen geliefyen babe\\n1 have what I want. 3d) fa C/ roaS td) braud c.\\nThat, the one of which. a beffen.\\nHave you the paper of which $aUn Ste bciS papier, beffen Bu\\nyou have need 1 Oenotfyigt ftnb\\nI have that of which I have need. 3d) Ijafce a$, beffen id) beniftfytgt tun.\\nDative. Gen.\\nThat, the one of which, M. ber, Don toefefyem-ber, beffen*\\nof whom. N. ba^fcon toefcfyem-ba\u00c2\u00a3, beffen.\\nI see the man of whom I speak. 3d) fefje ben SOtonn, t)cn nxtdjem id)\\nfpr ed)c.\\nI see the one of whom I am 3d) febe ben (benjentgen), sen wiU\\nspeaking *.o you. d)em id) nut Sftnen fpredje. (See\\nLesson XII.)\\nWhich book have you? 2Be(d)C5 8ud) fjaben \u00c2\u00aeic?\\nhave that (the one) of which I 3d) f)a e ba$ (baSjcntge), beffen id)\\nhave need. benotfytgt bin.\\nDative. Gen.\\nThose, M ones of whieh. J gj\u00c2\u00bb\\nWhich men do you see 1 SQBctdjc banner fefjen \u00c2\u00a9te\\nI see those of whom you have 3d) fcf c tic (btejenigen), en wets\\nspoken to me. cfyen (t on benen) \u00c2\u00a9te mit mir\\nqefptodjen fycifcen. (See Lesson\\nXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "175\\nWhich nails has the man SMdje 9\u00c2\u00a3age fjat t ct S^ann\\nHe has those of which he has (\u00c2\u00a3*c [jot tic (fctfjcmgen), t ct\u00c2\u00a3tt Zl hi\\nneed. tiot tgt ijL\\nDat. Plur*\\nTo whom* c n c n\\nsee the children to whom you 3d) fefje t tc Winter, txnun \u00c2\u00a9u\\ngave apples. 2tepfel gegs ct* f abctu\\n0/ ^are. SS c n b c n e n (dative).\\nOf which people do yon speak SScn redden Scutcn xtim \u00c2\u00a9u\\ni speak 0/ ^ose whose children 3$ rebc son t) e n e n (fcenjemgen),\\nhave been assiduous. ttften \u00c2\u00a3int ct f^cipig gercejen (ink\\nDECLENSION OF THE ARTICLE\\nwhen it is used instead of either\\nThe demonstrative pronouns btefer, jener, the determi-\\nnative pronoun berjemge, or the relative pronoun weld}??.\\n(See Obs. Lessons XII. and XIV.)\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nNeuter. Plural for all genders.\\nNom. ber bte\\nba3 bte\\nuen, beflen (beg) beren\\nbefleit (beg) berer (bereft)\\nDat. bem bcr\\nbem benett\\nAce. beu bie\\nba$ bte*\\nOfo. 5. In the genitive singular masculine and\\nneuter, beg is often used instead of beffert, chiefly in poe-\\ntry and compound words.\\nObs. C. When the definite article is used instead\\nof n eCd)er, its genitive plural is not berer, but berett.\\n(See Obs. Lesson XIV.)\\nEXERCISES. 14*2.\\nDid your cousin learn German 1 He was taken ill, so that he\\ncould not learn it. Has your brother learnt it He had not a\\ngood master, so that he could not learn it. Do you go to the ball\\nthis evening 1 I have sore feet, so that I cannot go to it. Did you\\nunderstand that Englishman] I do not know English, so that I\\ncould not understand him. Have you bought that horse 1 I had\\nno money, so that I could not buy it. Do you go into the country\\non foot I have no carriage, so that I must go thither on foot.\\nHave you seen the man from whom I received a present! I have\\nnot seen him. Have you seen the fine horse of which I spoke to\\nyou I have seen it. Has your uncle seen the books of which", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "176\\nyou spoke to him] He has seen them. Hc.st thou seen the man\\nwhose children have been punished] I have not seen him. *-To\\nwhom were you speaking when you were in the theatre I was\\nspeaking to the man whose brother has killed my fine dog. Have\\nyou seen the little boy whose- father has become a lawyer I have\\nseen him. Whom have you seen at the ball I have seen the\\npeople there whose horses and those whose carriage you bought.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhom do you see now I see the man whose servant has broken\\nmy looking-glass. Have you heard the man whose friend has lent\\nme money] I have not heard him. Whom have you heard] 1\\nhave heard the French captain whose son is my friend. Hast thou\\nbrushed the coat of which I spoke to you I have not yet brushed\\nit. Have you received the money which you were wanting] I\\nhave received it. Have I the paper of which I have need You\\nhave it. Has your brother the books which he was wanting He\\nhas them. Have you spoken to the merchants whose shop we\\nhave taken We have spoken to them. Have you spoken to the\\nphysician whose son has studied German I have spoken to him.\\nHast thou seen the poor people whose houses have been burnt]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI hav\\\\ seen them. Have you read the books which we lent to\\nyou We have read them What do you say of them We say\\nthat they are very fine. Have your children what they want]\\nThey 1 ave what they want.\\n143.\\nOf which man do you speak I speak of the one whose brother\\nhas turned soldier. Of which children did you speak? I spoke\\nof those whose parents are learned. Which book have you read\\nI have read that of which I spoke to you yesterday. Which\\npaper has your cousin He has that of which he has need.\\nWhich fishes has he eaten He has eaten those which you do not\\nlike. Of which books are you in want I am in want of those\\nof which y. i have spoken to me. Are you not in want of those\\nwhich I am reading] I am not in want of them. Is any one in\\nwant of the coats of which my tailor has spoken to me? No one\\nis in want of them. Do you see the children to whom I have\\ngiven cakes I do not see those to whom you have given cakes,\\nbat those whom you have punished. To whom have you given\\nmoney I have given some to those who gave me some. To\\nwhich children must one give books One must give some to\\nthose who learn well and who are good and obedient. To whom\\ndo you give to efvt and to drink To those who are hungry and\\nthirsty Do you give anything to the children who are idle I\\ngive them nothing. What sort of weather was it when you went\\n(qtnqcn) out It was raining and very windy. Do you give cakes\\nto your pupils] They have not studied well, so that I give them\\nnothing. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.;", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "177\\nSIXTY-FIRST LESSON \u00c2\u00a9in ttttfr set^igste ftettion.\\nTo forget\u00e2\u0080\u0094 forgotten. $etgeffcn* ttctgeffcn.\\nForgot. Imperf. SSergap.\\nThou forgettest he forgets. \u00c2\u00a3)u t ergtf[eft cr fcrgi^t*\\nI have forgotten to do it. Scf) fyabe tergcffeh, eg gu tbun.\\nHas he forgotten to bring you the $at et sergeffen, Sfynen tag 23ucl) \u00c2\u00a7tt\\nbook bringen\\nHe has forgotten to bring it me. (gt fyat ttergeffen, eg mir $u fcrins\\ngen.\\nf (Sic fjafrcn ttetgeffen, an unci) $u ferrets\\nYou have forgotten to write to J fcen.\\nme. 1 @te fjafcen octgeffen, mir $u fcfyret*\\nben.\\nTo belong. c F) 6 t e n\\nDoes this horse belong to your \u00c2\u00a9efeort ttefeg spfett Sfjtcm 9$ni*\\nbrother tcr\\nIt does belong to him. (Sg gcf)ort tbm.\\nTo whom does this table belong 2\u00c2\u00a3em gcbott ttefet tfd)\\nIt belongs to us. (Sr gefyort ung.\\nTo whomdo these gloves belong? 2Bem gef)b ren ttefc \u00c2\u00a3antfcbuf)e\\nThey belong to the captains. (Sic gefyoten ten \u00c2\u00a3aupt(euten.\\nWAose. SB c f f c n (See Lesson XXIX. and\\nXXXIX).\\nWhose hat is this SBcffcn \u00c2\u00a3ut tft tag?\\nIt is mine. (Sg iffe metner.\\nObs. A. The possessive conjunctive pronouns, when\\nused instead of the possessive absolute pronouns, in\\nthe nomirative masculine take the termination er, and\\ne$ in the nominative and accusative neuter. (See\\nObs. Lesson VII.)\\nWhose book is this SBeflcn 93ucf) tft tag\\nIt is his. (5g ift fetneg.\\nWhose carriage is that fXScfjfcn SOSagen ift tag\\nIt is ours. \u00c2\u00a9g ift unfercr.\\nWhose shoes are these 1 SOBcffcn \u00c2\u00a9djufje ftnt tag\\nThey are ours. (\u00c2\u00a3g ftnt unfere.\\nObs. B. These examples show that the indefinite\\npronoun e3 may be used of any gender or number.\\n(See also the Obs. of Lesson XLIII.)\\nToft (suit). jUcttcn, pa f fen, ftefjen*.\\nDo these shoes fit these men 1 ^)affen ttefe \u00c2\u00a9cfyube tiefen 50?a n*\\nnern\\n8*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "178\\nThey fit them.\\nThat fits you very well.\\nTo suit {please) suited.\\nDoes this cloth suit (please) your\\nbrother 1\\n[t suits (pleases) him.\\nDo these boots suit (please) your\\nbrothers 1\\nThey suit (please) them.\\nDoes it suit you to do this]\\nIt does suit me to do it.\\nTo become.\\n(Sic paffen tf)\u00c2\u00abcn\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a$ jrefjt Sfnten fef)t cjut.\\n2Cnftcl)en* angcftanfcen.\\nImperf. ft a n t\\ne\\\\)t S rem 23rut et toeftf Such\\nan?\\n(5* jtcbt tbm an.\\n(Stcfyen Sbten Stubern fctcfc \u00c2\u00a9ttcfcl\\nan?\\n@te ftefjen ifmcn an.\\n@tcf)t c\u00c2\u00a3 Sfynen an, tuefcg $u tfyun\\nftefyt mir an, c$ $u tfyun.\\n(3 c i t c m e n.\\nDoes it become you to do this 1 \u00c2\u00a9cgtemt c$ Sfyncn, t tefc\u00c2\u00bb ^u tfyun\\nIt does become me to do it. (S$ gegknit mir, e$ $u tfyun.\\nIt does not become me to do it. (S3 gqtemt mir ntcfyt, c\u00c2\u00a3 $u tfyun.\\nIt does not become him to go on (S3 cje$temt tfytn mcf)t, $u gufk ty\\nfoot. ^cn.\\nTo please. 35 e 1 1 c b e n.\\nDoes it please your brother to SSelt efct c\u00c2\u00a3 S^rcm iBtufcct nut$ufoms\\ngo with us]\\nDoes it suit your brother to go\\nwith us\\nIt does not please him.\\nIt does not suit him.\\nWhat is your pleasure 1\\ndo you want 1\\nmen (with us is understood)\\nStef)t e$ 3l)tem 25rut)ec an mit$iu\\nfommen\\n(S3 fceltcbt tfym md)t.\\n(S3 (tefyt tfjm ntcfyt an.\\nWhat 2Ba3 fcelte t Sfjnen\\nJ 2\u00c2\u00a3a$ Mtebt 1\\nTo please, to like.\\nThou pleasest he pleases.\\nDoes this book please you 1\\nDo you like this book 1\\nIt pleases me much.\\nI like it very much.\\nHow are you pleased here?\\nI am very well pleased here.\\nPaid in cash, ready.\\nReady money.\\nTo pay down.\\nTo buy for cash.\\nTo sell for cash.\\nOn credit.\\nTo sell on credit\\n\u00c2\u00aeefalUn*.\\nImperf. cj e ft c I.\\nu gefailjt cr cjefdllt*\\nI \u00c2\u00a9efallt S nen t tefe3 23ud)\\nI (S3 gefalit mir fefjt.\\n2Bie gcfcCDCt cs Sfjncn r)ter\\n(S3 cjcfdttt mir rcd)t roofjt fyter,\\nS3aar.\\n33aarcg (Mb.\\n93aar kfflfttciu\\nUrn baare3 \u00c2\u00a9elb faufen.\\nUrn 6aatc3 \u00c2\u00aeclb t cr\u00c2\u00a3aufen,\\n2Cuf (Stebtt, auf 23or j.\\n2Cuf (Srebtt t etfcmfcn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "179\\nThe credit, t ct 5rebit bet $$tx%.\\nWill you buy for cash Be8en Sic urn fccmreS (Mb faufen\\nDoes it suit you to sell me on \u00c2\u00a9teljt c$ Sfyncn an, mir auf (Srebit\\ncredit 1 gu wrfaufen\\nTo succeed succeeded.\\ne tin gen* get una, en.\\nImperf. g clang.\\nobs. a\\niiary, and\\nLVL)\\nDo you succeed in learning the f (Mtngt es Sfjncn beutfcf) m (cr*\\nThis impersonal verb takes fem for its auxi-\\ngoverns the dative. (See Obs. A. Lesson\\nGerman 1\\nI do succeed in it.\\nI do succeed in learning it.\\nDo these men succeed in selling\\ntheir horses\\nThey do succeed therein.\\nThere is.\\nThere are.\\nIs there any wine 1\\nThere is some.\\nAre there any apples 1\\nThere are some.\\nThere are none.\\nAre there any men 1\\nThere are some.\\nncn?\\nf \u00c2\u00a9S gettngt mir.\\nf (\u00c2\u00a36 gcttngt mir, t\u00c2\u00a7 $u ferwn.\\nt \u00c2\u00a9ettngt c* btefen Scutca,\\nspferbe $u fccriaufen?\\nf (S$ gcltngt tfjnet?.\\n(S3 tfr.\\n(SS finb,\\nSftaBctn Da?\\n(5*5 ifr we(d)et ta.\\n\u00c2\u00a9tub 2Ccpfc( bo\\n(S$ finb it)c(d)e bo,\\nftnt) Feine bo,\\n@inb Scute fc a?\\nfinb cinige a.\\ntr)re\\nO s. D. The impersonal verb there is, there are, is\\ntranslated by e$ tfi, e\u00c2\u00a3 jtnb, when it expresses exist-\\nence in a certain place, and by e\u00c2\u00a3 cfibt, when it expres-\\nses existence in general. Ex.\\nThere are men who will not stu-\\ndy.\\nIs there any one\\nThere is no one.\\nHas a man been there\\nThere has been one there.\\nWere many people there 1\\nThere were a great many there\\nTo clean.\\nClean.\\nThe inkstand,\\nWill you clean my inkstand\\nI will clean it.\\ngi t SJienfdjen, roc(d)e tud)t ftubU\\nten rootten.\\nSjc 3\u00c2\u00abiwnb ba\\ntft SZiemanb ba,\\n3ft em Sftann ba gerocfen\\n(5$ tft einet ba gercefen.\\nSBaren trictc Scute ta\\nroaren fer)r triete ba.\\ne t n t g e n, t e t n m a d) e n.\\nmein,\\nt)a$ Stntenfap.\\nSBolten \u00c2\u00a7te mctn Stntenfap retnt\u00c2\u00ab\\ngen?\\n3d) will c\u00c2\u00a3 tcttugen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "180\\nTo keep\u00e2\u0080\u0094 kept 25 e f) a t c n*.\\nKept. Imperf. 8 e t) t c t.\\nWill you keep the horse 1 Snellen E te ba$ s yfctb befyaltcn\\nI will keep it. 3d) will c$ kfyatten.\\nYou must not keep my money, \u00c2\u00a9te nmffen mcin \u00c2\u00aeclb nid)t kljal\\nten.\\nDirectly immediately. \u00c2\u00a9e^tetcf).\\nThis instant. \u00c2\u00a9kfen tfugenftlicf.\\nInstantly. Hugcnblicfltdj.\\nI v/ill do it. 3d) will e$ tfjutt.\\nI will do it immediately. 3d) will eg foojeid) ttjutt.\\nI am going to work. 3d) will atbetten*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a1CJ 3 Some conjunctions do not throw the verb to th(\\nend of the phrase (See Lesson XL VII.), but leave it ir\\nits place immediately after the subject They ar*\\nthe following\\nlint), and entwebet cber, either or\\nafter or alletn, but weber nod), neither nor\\nfonbetn, but (on the contrary) fewest al$,\\nbenn, for fewof)l ati aud), S aS We as\\nebet, or nid)t nur fenbern aud), not only\\nbut also.\\n_ cannot pay you, for I have no 3d) frtnn \u00c2\u00a9tc nid)t be^aljlen, benn id?\\nmoney (because I have no fjabe fein \u00c2\u00a9elb (wcil id) fein \u00c2\u00a9elb\\nmoney). fyabe).\\nHe cannot come to your house, (St Cann nid)t $u Sftnen fommen,\\nfor he has no time. benn et fjat ntd)t Seit.\\nexercises. 144.\\nHave you brought me the book which you promised me I\\nhave forgotten it. Has your uncle brought you the handkerchiefs\\nwhich he promised you He has forgotten to bring me them.\\nHave you already written to your friend I have not yet had time\\nto write to him. Have you forgotten to write to your parent 1\\nI have not forgotten to write to him. To whom does this house\\nbelong 1 It belongs to the English captain whose son has written\\na letter to us. Does this money belong to thee 1 It does belong\\nto me. Froro whom hast thou received it 1 I have received it\\nfrom the men whose children you have seen. To whom do those\\nwoods belong 1 They belong to the king. Whose horses are\\nthose 1 They are ours. Have you told your brother that I am\\nwaiting for him here? I have forgotten to tell him so. Is it\\nyour father or mine who is gone into the country 1 It is mine,\\nIs it your baker or that of our friend who has sold you bread ow", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "181\\ncredit 1 It is ours.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Is that your son 1 He is ift) not mine, h\u00c2\u00ab\\nis my friend s. Where is yours He is at Dresden. Does this\\ncloth suit you It does not suit me, have you no other 1 I have\\nsome other but it is dearer than this.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Will you show it to me 1\\nI will show it to you. Do these boots suit your uncle They do\\nnot suit him, because they are too dear. Are these the boots of\\nwhich you have spoken to us They are the same. Whose\\nshoes are these They belong to the gentleman whom you have\\nseen this morning in my shop. Does it suit you to go with us\\nIt does not suit me. Does it become you to go to the market It\\ndoes not become me to go thither. Did you go on foot into the\\ncountry It does not become me to go on foot, so that I went\\nthither in a carriage.\\n145.\\nWhat is your pleasure, Sir 1 I am inquiring after your father\\nIs he at home No, Sir, he is gone out. What is youi\\npleasure 1 I tell you that he is gone out. Will you wait till ho\\ncomes back again I have no time to wait. Does this merchant\\nsell on credit He does not sell on credit.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Does it suit you to\\nbuy for cash 1 It does not suit me. Where have you bought\\nthese pretty knives? J have bought them at the merchant s whose\\nshop you saw yesterday. Has he sold them to you on credit 1\\nHe has sold them to me for cash. Do you often buy for cash 1\\nNot so often as you. Have you forgotten anything here 1 I have\\nforgotten nothing. Does it suit you to learn this by heart I\\nhave not a g ^d memory, so that it does not suit me to learn by\\nneart.\\n146.\\nHas this man tried to speak to the king 1 He has tried to speak\\nto him, but he has not succeeded in it. Have you succeeded in\\nwriting a letter I have succeeded in it. Have those merchants\\nsucceeded in selling their horses They have not succeeded\\ntherein. Have you tried to clean my inkstand 1 I have tried, but\\nhave not succeeded in it. Do your children succeed in learning\\nthe English They do succeed in it. Is there any wine in this\\ncask There is some in it (fcattn). Is there any brandy in this\\nglass 1 There is none in it. Is wine or water in it There is\\nneither wine nor water in it. What is there in it There is\u00c2\u00bb\\nvinegar in it. Are there any men in your room There are some\\nthere. Is there any one in the store-house] There is no ont\\nl) ere. Were there many people in the theatre 1 There were man}\\nti.-jre. Are there many children that will not play] There are\\nmany that will not study, but few that will not play. Hast thou\\ncleaned my trunk 1 I have tried to do it, but I have not succeeded.\\n-\u00e2\u0080\u0094Do you intend buying an umbrella 1 I intend buying one, ii\\nthe merchant sells it me on credit. Do you intend keeping mine\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00941 intend giving it back again to you, if I buy one. Have you re", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "182\\nturned the books to my brother I have not returned them yet to\\nhim. How long do you intend keeping them 1 I intend keeping\\nthem till I have read them. How long do you intend keeping my\\nhorse? I intend keeping it till my father returns. Have you\\ncleaned my knife 1 I have not had time yet, but I will do it this\\ninstant. Have you made a fire 1 Not yet, but I will make one\\n(welcfyeS) immediately. Why have you not worked I have not\\nyet been able. What had you to do I had to clean your table,\\nand to mend your thread stockings. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY-SECOND\\nLESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Zwi KXlb *tttyfa*U\\nNation.\\nTo run part, past run.\\nThou runnest he runs.\\nTo run away.\\nBehind (a preposition).\\nTo be sitting behind the oven.\\nHe ran behind the oven.\\nWhere is he running to\\nHe is running behind the house.\\nWhere has he run to\\nThe oven, the stove,\\nthe blow, the knock,\\nthe kick,\\nthe stab,\\nHave you given that man a\\nblow 1\\nI have given him one.\\nA blow with a stick,\\nbeatings with a stick,\\nthe stab of a knife,\\nthe kick (with the foot)\\na blow (with the fist),\\nblows (with the fist),\\nthe sword,\\nthe stab of a sword,\\nthe sabre,\\n2 a u f e n e I a u f e n (takes\\nfetn for its auxiliary). Imperf.\\nlief.\\nu Wuflt cr Id uft,\\nSBcglaufen*.\\n\u00c2\u00a3tntct (governs the dative and\\naccusative).\\nWinter bem Dfen ft|en*. Imperf\\nfoft\\n(St lief Winter ten Dfen.\\naBc tti td uft er 1\\n(St td uft Winter fca$ \u00c2\u00a3au\\n2Bo ijt et f)tnge(aufen\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)fen\\nbee \u00c2\u00a9d)tag, bet jg tc6\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9top, bet Srttt\\nbet (Sttd).\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen @te btefem Sflanne etnen\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfyfag gege cn\\n3d) babe ifjm etnen gegeben.\\nein ^d)(ag mit bem (Stccfe\\n\u00c2\u00a9tecffdbttfge, \u00c2\u00a9tetfptttgcl\\nbet SOJcfferftid)\\nbet Srttt (mit bem gfufie)\\nein \u00c2\u00a9d)fag (mit bet gaufi)\\ngauftfd)(age\\nbet egen\\nbet ^DcQcnftidf)\\nbet LML\\nTo push pushed.\\n(Stolen* g e fi o p c n. Impeif\\nft t e p.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "183\\nThou pushest he pushes.\\nTo beat.\\nWhy do you push him\\nI push him, because he has\\npushed me.\\nHas this soldier given you a\\nblow?\\nHe has given me a blow with\\nthe fist.\\nI gave him a kick.\\nThe shot or the report of a gun,\\nthe shot of a pistol,\\nthe powder,\\nthe officer,\\nthe shot,\\nTo shoot part, past shot.\\nImperf. shot,\\nTo fire a gun.\\nTo fire a pistol.\\nTo fire at some one.\\nt have fired at a bird.\\nTo fire a gun at some one.\\ni have fired (shot) at that bird.\\nI have fired twice.\\nI have fired three times.\\nI have fired several times.\\nHow many times have you fired 1\\nHow many times have you fired\\nat that bird 1\\nI have fired at it several times.\\nI have heard a shot.\\nHe has heard the report of a\\npistol.\\nWe have heard a clap of thun-\\nder.\\nThe clap of thunder,\\nSDu jtcpcfi et |Wgt.\\n$)uigeln (fcbfagen*).\\n\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3atum ftopen \u00c2\u00a9ie ir)n\\n3d) ftcpe xi)ti, mil et mid) gcftcpcn\\nbat.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at Sbnen btefet So(bat ctnen\\n(Sdtfag gcgeben\\n(St ijcit mix etnen @d)tag nut bet\\ngauft gcgeben.\\n3d) gab tym ctnen SStitt.\\nbet $ltntenfdjup\\nber spijiotenfcbup\\nbag spufoct\\nbet fftctet\\nbet @cbup.\\nS d) t e e n g e f d) o f f e n.\\nfd)0p.\\n(Stnen $ltntcnfd)up tfyun*. imp.\\nt at.\\nSine gltntc to$fd)tepen* or abfdjic*\\npen*.\\n(Stnen f tjtctenfe^up t un*.\\nSine spiftele (ostaften* or foSfdjie*\\npen*.\\n2fuf Semanben fd)tepen*.\\n3d) babe auf ctnen SSegcl gefd)Offen.\\nOTacb Semanbem nut bcr gltnte\\nfd)te|en*.\\n(Knew glintenfdjufj nad) Semanbem\\nftwi*.\\n3d) babe nad) btefem 23egc( nut ber\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2gttnte gefeboffen.\\n3d) babe groetmal gefeboffen.\\n3d) babe $wct gttntenfebuffe getban.\\n3d) babe bret $(tntenfd)itffe getban.\\n3d) f)abt ctntge Jltntcnfcbuffe getban\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bte melmal baben @te gefeboflfen\\n3Bte mcfaial baben Ste nad) btefem\\nSSoget gefeboffen\\n3d) babe t etjd)tebcnc $Jial nad) tbm\\ngefeboffen.\\n3d) babe etnen gltntcnfcbup gebott.\\n5t b\u00c2\u00abt etnen sptjiotenfcbuf gcbort.\\n80 tr b^en rincn \u00c2\u00a3)onnetfebtag ge\\nbort.\\nber \u00c2\u00a3)onncrfd)tag", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "184\\nEXERCISES. 147.\\nDo you intend buying a carriage? I cannot buy one, foi\\nhave not yet received my money. Must I go to the theatre 1 You\\nmust not go thither, for it is very bad weather. Why do you not\\ngo to my brother It does not suit me to go to him for I cannot\\nyet pay him what I owe him. Why does this officer give this\\nman a stab with his sword He gives him a stab with his sword,\\nbecause the man (tricfer) has given him a blow with the fist.\\nWhich of these two pupils begins to speak 1 The one who is\\nstudious begins to speak. What does the other do who is not Bol\\nHe also begins to speak, but he is neither able to write nor to\\nread. Does he not listen to what you tell him 1 He does not\\nlisten to it, if (See Rule of Syntax, Lesson XLVII.) I do not give\\nhim a beating (\u00c2\u00a9tocfprfiget). What does he do when (rocnn) you\\nspeak to him 1 He sits behind the oven, without saying a word.\\nWhere does that dog run to? It runs behind the house.\\nWhat did it do when you gave it a beating It barked and ran\\nbehind the oven. Why does your uncle kick that poor dog 1\\nBecause it (tricfct) has bitten his little boy. Why has your servant\\nrun away I gave him a beating, so that he has run away.\\nWhy do those children not work Their master has given them\\nblows with the fist, so that they will not work (arbcttcn molten).\\nWhy has he given them blows with the fist Because they have\\nbeen disobedient. Have you fired a gun 1 I have fired three\\ntimes. At whom did you fire I fired at a bird which sat on a\\ntree. Have you fired a gun at that man 1 I have fired a pistol at\\nhim. Why have you fired a pistol at him 1 Because he gave me\\nstab with his sword. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.\\nSIXTY.THIRD LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 JUrei mtb sedate\\nCation.\\nTo cast past part. cast. 835 c r f c n Qcmorfcn. Im-\\nperii n a r f.\\nThou castest he casts. \u00c2\u00a3)u ruitfft ct ruirft*\\nTo cast an eye upon some one (Sincn 33ltd\u00c2\u00a3 (trie linden) ctuf Scmatt*\\nor something. ben obet etrcaS rcerfvn*\\nHave you cast an eye upon that $ahm (Sic ctnen SSlicf auf fcriefeS\\nbook 1 93ud) gcrootfen\\nI have cast an eye upon it 3d) babe etnctt S3Ucf barciuf \u00c2\u00a7n\\nreorfen. (See Obs. A. Lesson\\nXXIX.)\\nTo throw thrown. SBetfett* QCtt)Otfcr\\nThrew. 235 a r f.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "185\\nHave you thrown a stone into \u00c2\u00a3cit cn k ctncn ^tctn in ben Jtufl\\nthe river 1 geroetfen\\nI have thrown one into it. 3d) fjabc ctncn hinctn gcrcotfen.\\n(Ofo. JL. Lesson L.)\\nWhere does the stone lie now 1\\nh lies in the river.\\nTo draw, to pull.\\nTo drag*\\nThe evil, the pain,\\nTo hurt.\\nTo hurt some one.\\nThe injury, the damage,\\nTo cause (to do).\\nTo prejudice some one.\\nIt is a pity.\\nHave you hurt that man\\nI have not hurt him.\\nWhy have you hurt that man 1\\nhave not hurt him.\\nDoes this hurt you 1\\nt doesfhurt me.\\nHave I hurt you 1\\nYou have not hurt me.\\nHarm,\\nHave I ever done you any harm]\\nOn the contrary.\\nNo, on the contrary, you have\\ndone me good.\\nI have never done harm to any\\none.\\nTo do good to anybody.\\nTo show shown.\\nSftun.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3o ftegt nun t er (Stein\\n(Sr Ucgt in bem (im) Stuff e.\\n3 1 e I) c n Imperf. o g.\\n@cr/Uppen.\\nbo\u00c2\u00a7 Seib.\\n2Bc tf)un*.\\nSemanbem etmaSp Seibetfjun*.\\nSemanbem cin Setb tfyun*.\\nSemanbem S3(5fc\u00e2\u0082\u00ac tfyun*.\\nSemanbem SBofe^ sufiigen.\\nbcr (\u00c2\u00a3d)aben.\\nSufiigen, \u00c2\u00bbctu r fa d) en\\nSemanbem \u00c2\u00a9djiaben gufugen.\\nt 6* tfi d)abe.\\nat cn (Sie btefem 93?anne etma$ $u\\nCctbe getfyan\\n3d) babe ifcm mcfytS $u 2etbe ge*\\ntfyan.\\nSBarum fjaben Sic btefem 93?anne\\ncm \u00c2\u00a3etb gctfyan\\n3d) babe itjm ntd)t$ 33ofe$ geffyan;\\nSfjut bag Sfaen wej\\n(5$ tl)ut nut rcef).\\n\u00c2\u00a3abc id) Sbncn rod) gct|ari\\n(Sic frnben mir ntd)t rcefc getfjan.\\n23 6 f e\\n^abe id) Sfyncn je 8ofe$ getfjan?\\n3m Gkgentfyctf.\\nSftctn, im \u00c2\u00aecgentf)ci{, \u00c2\u00a9te Fjaben nut\\n\u00c2\u00a9uteS getfyan (ernricfen).\\n3d) fyabe nie Semanbem etroaS $u\\n\u00c2\u00a3ctb gctfyan.\\nSemanbem @5utcS tfyun* (crroet*\\nfen*).\\n(Srroetfen* ctmiefen. Imperf. en\\nnneS.\\nTo be good for the health, to be 3utvd g(id) 7 f\\nwholesome. \u00c2\u00a9cfunb y\\nC IDieS tbut mir rooty.\\nSteS ift nut ^uttagUd).\\nThat does me good.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "186\\nV\\\\ hat does the servant do with 2Ba$ mad)t fc ct 93et tentc mtt fetnei\\nhis broom 3kfen\\nHe sweeps the room with it. @t u\\\\)xt fca* 3immct fcamit au\u00c2\u00a3.\\nWhat does he wish to make out \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3as wilt et au$ fetefcm \u00c2\u00a3ol$c ma*\\nof this wood cr)cn 1\\nHe does not wish to make any- (St will rud)t$ t atau\u00c2\u00a3 mac^cn.\\nthing of it.\\nTo pass by the side of some one. 1L\\\\\\\\ Semanfoem Dcrbct^e^en\\nI pass by the side of him. 3d) gefte an i(jm ootbeu\\nHave you passed by the side of Sint) (Sie an meincm S3tut et Dots\\nmy brother 1 bctgcgangen\\nI have passed by the side of him. 3d) bin an tfjm sotbetgcgangcn.\\nTo throw away* SSegroetfen*.\\nHe has thrown away his money. (St fyat fctn (Mt roeggerootfen.\\nBefore. o t (dative and accusative).\\nTo pass before a place. \u00c2\u00a35ot cincm \u00c2\u00a3)tte t)or6ctgct)cn\\nTo pass by a place. 2(n eincm \u00c2\u00a3)tte DOtbeigeljen\\nHe has passed before my house. (St tft t ot meinem \u00c2\u00a3aufe DOtbeigcs\\ngangen,\\nI have passed by the theatre. 3d) bin am Sweater tiotbeigegan*\\ngen.\\nFie has passed before me. (St tjl sot nut ttorbetgegangen.\\nexercises. 148.\\nHow many times have you shot at that bird 1 I have shot at it\\ntwice. Have you killed it 1 I have killed it at the second shot.\\nHave you killed that bird at the first shot I have killed it at the\\nfourth. Do you shoot at the birds which you (see) upon the houses,\\nor at those which you see in the gardens 1 I shoot neither at\\nthose which I (see) upon the houses nor at those which I see in the\\ngardens, but at those which I perceive upon the trees.- How many\\ntimes have the enemies fired at us They have fired at us several\\ntimes. Have they killed any one 1 They have killed no one.\\nHave you a wish to shoot at that bird 1 I have a desire to shoot at\\nit. Why do you not shoot at those birds 1 I cannot, for I have\\nno powder. When did the officer fire He fired when his\\nsoldiers fired. How many birds have you shot at? I have shot\\nat all that I have perceived, but I have killed none, for my powder\\nwas not good.\\n149,\\nHave you cast an eye upon that man 1 I have cast an eye upon\\nhim. Has your uncle seen you 1 I have passed by the side of\\nhim, and he has not seen me, for he has sore eyes. Has that man\\nhurt you 1 No, Sir, he has not hurt me. What must one do in\\norder to be loved 1 One must do good to those that have done as", "height": "4413", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "187\\nharm. Have we ever done you harm 1 JNo, you have on the\\ncontrary done us good. Dc you do harm to any one? I do no\\none any harm Why have you hurt Ihese children 1 I have not\\nhurt them. Have I hurt you? You have not hurt me, hut your\\nchildren (have). What have they done to you] They dragged\\nme into your garden in order to beat me. Have they beaten you 1\\nThey have not beaten me, for I ran away. Is it your brother\\nwho has hurt my son No, Sir, it is not my brother, for he has\\nnever hurt any one. Have you drunk of (t)cn) that wine I\\nhave drunk of it, and it has done me good. W T hat have you done\\nwith my book] I have placed it on the table. Where does it lie\\nnow 1 It lies upon he table. Where are my gloves They are\\nlying upon the chair. Where is ray stick? They ($ftcm) have\\nthrown it into the river. Who has thrown it into it 1 (See end\\nof Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY-FOURTH LESSON. but nnh sec^igste\\nzciwn.\\nTo spend time in something. 3 te Beit nut ctt\u00c2\u00bba\u00c2\u00a3 $ut ringen or\\nfytnbtingen*.\\nImperf. brought. 3Bracl)te.\\nWhat do you spend your time in 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bomtt bringen \u00c2\u00aetc tie Sett $u\\nRule. A demonstrative, relative, or interrogative pro-\\nnoun is never used with a preposition, when it relates\\nto an indeterminate thing. Instead of the pronoun, one\\nof the adverbs ba,tt 0 is joined to the preposition thus\\noatatt, fcr an bag Koran, for an wa$ nwrauf, for auf\\nwag tt omtt, for nut toa$, c. (See Obs. B. and C,\\nLesson LII.)\\nI spend my time in studying. 3d) fcrtngc tic 3ctt nut \u00c2\u00a9tutttcn $u.\\nWhat has he spent his time in 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bomtt fjat ct tie Sett gugebraebt\\nTo miss, to fail. 23 c r f e f) e n, t) c r a b f a u m e n.\\n*Dcr Jtaufmann fjat t a$ \u00c2\u00aeelt $u\\nbttngen tterabfaumt (t crfef)(t).\\nct ^aufmann fjat wrabfa umt (wr*\\nfefrft), tag \u00c2\u00aeelb gu brincjen.\\nYou. have missed your turn. (gte hahen 3fyre Sicifte crfef)(t.\\nYou have failed to come to me (Sic fjaben wrfetyt, ttcfen Sftorgen u\\nthis morning. nut $u femrnen.\\nThe turn, tic 9?etf)C.\\nTo hear. o r c n.\\nTo hear of some one, 23cn Semantem fjotm\\nThe merchant has failed to\\nbring the money.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "To happen happened*\\n188\\nHave you heard of my friend 1 $obm Sie Don mctnem S^unk*\\nf)b rt?\\nI have heard of him. 3d) fyake Don tfym gcMrt.\\nOf whom have you heard $8on nxm f)abcn (Sic gefyort?\\nHave you heard nothing new \u00c2\u00a3akn Sic nid)tg Sttcueg gef)8rt\\nI hear that your father has ar- 3d) l)ore, t)ci\u00c2\u00a3 3fyr SSatcr angefom*\\nrived. men iff*\\nTo assure. S3 c r fi d) c r n (governs the dat.).\\nObs. The verb fcerjTcfjem requires the dative of the\\nperson, when followed by the conjunction ba$, expressed\\nor understood otherwise it takes the accusative of the\\nperson, and the genitive of the thing, or the dative of\\nthe person and the accusative of the thing.\\n{3d) Dcrficfyere Sic metneg SSetftans\\n3d) Kvftd)crc Spncn metnen Sets\\n(tanb.\\n(55efd)cl)cn* gcfd cbcn\\nImperf. g cfcfya fy.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3iberfaf)ten* rotb e tfa l)s\\nr c n. Imperf. rotbetfufyr.\\nTo happen, to meet with. 33 e g c gn c n (has fcin* for its\\nauxiliary).\\nThe fortune, happiness, bag (55(utf\\nthe misfortune, bag llngtucf.\\nA great misfortune has happened. (\u00c2\u00a3g ijt ein grojk g Ungtticf gefefyefjen.\\nHe has met with a great misfor- (5g iffc tfym cin gropes ilnglficf fccgeg*\\ntune. net (miberfafyren).\\nI have met with your brother. 3d) bin Sfyrcm 23rnbet fceg*gttct\u00c2\u00bb\\nAre tnere many horses in this vil- \u00c2\u00a9t t eg t iet g)fctbe in btcfem \u00c2\u00a3)otfe\\nlage?\\nTAere. afe(6ft or ba.\\nThere is not a single good horse (Sg gtfot fcin ein^igcg guteg spfcrb bo*\\nthere, fclbft.\\nThe village, t a$ \u00c2\u00a3)otf\\nsingle, ctn$tg.\\nAre there many learned men in \u00c2\u00aetfct eg Diet (Setefjrte in JranFteicb\\nFrance\\nThere are a good many there. (5*g giOt fef)t Dicfe t a.\\nThere are no apples this year. (Sg giftt Seine 2Cepfc( biefeg Satyr.\\nTo #e of use, to be good. a U g C n\u00c2\u00bb\\nTo be good for something. 3u ctroag iaugen-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "189\\nOf what use is that? 2\u00c2\u00a3o$u tauQt fcaS (Obs. C, Les*\\nson LIL, and Rule, page\\n187.)\\nIt is good for nothing. (5* taugt $u md)t\\nThe good for nothing fellow, t cr \u00c2\u00a3au$cntd)t$\\nthe fault, the defect, t ct gtfyter.\\nIs the stuff which you have 3ft 3cug, t cn Sic gcfottft Oafccn.\\nbought good ^Ut?\\nEXERCISES. 150.\\nT do not see my gloves where are they 1 They are ying in\\nthe river. Who has thrown them into it Your servant, because\\nthey were no longer good for anything. What have you done with\\nyour money I have bought a house with it (taunt). What has\\nthe joiner done with that wood He has made a table and two\\nchairs of it. What has the tailor done with the cloth which you\\ngave him] He has made clothes of it for (fitr with the accus.)\\nyour children and mine. What has the baker done witli the flour\\nwhich you sold him He has made bread of it for you and me.\\nHave the horses been found They have been found. Where\\nhave they been found They have been found behind the wood,\\non this side (Lesson L.) of the river. Have you been seen by\\nanybody I have been seen by nobody. Have you passed by\\nanybody 1 I passed by the side of you, and you did not see me.\\nHas any one passed by the side of you 1 No one has passed by\\nthe side of me.\\n151.\\nDo you expect (Lesson XLVII.) any one I do expect my\\ncousin, the officer. Have you not seen him I have seen him\\nthis morning he has passed before my house. What does this\\nyoung man wait for (Obs. C, Lesson LIL and page 187, 1\\nHe waits for money. Art thou waiting for anything?\u00e2\u0080\u0094 am\\nwaiting for my book. Is this young man w?.Uing for his money\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094He is waiting for it. Has the king passed (in the carriage)\\nhere (htct rcorftct) He has not passed here, but before the the-\\natre. Has he not passed before the new fountain He has\\npassed there but I have not seen him. What do you spend your\\ntime in 1 I spend my time in studying. What does your brother\\nspend his time in He spends his time in reading and playing.\\nDoes this man spend his time in working He is a good for\\nnothing fellow he spends his time in drinking and playing.\\nWhat did you spend your time in, when you were at Berlin]\\nWhen I was at Berlin, I spent my time in studying, and rding on\\nhorseback. What do your children spend their time in They\\nspend their time in learning. Can you pay me what you owe me\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I cannot pay it to you, for our bailiff has failed to bring me mj", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "190\\nmoney.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Why have you breakfasted without me? You failed tc\\ncome at nine o clock, so that we have breakfasted without you.\\nHas the merchant brought you the stuff which you bought at his\\nhouse (Oct if)m) 1 He has failed to bring- it to me. Has he sold\\nit to you on credit 1 He has sold it to me, on the contrary, for\\ncash. Do you know those men I do not know them; but 1\\nthink that they (c$) are good for nothing fellows, for they spend\\ntheir time in playing. Why did you fail to come to my father\\nthis morning] The tailor did not bring me the coat whieh he\\npromised me, so that I could not go to him.\\n152.\\nHave you heard of any one 1 I have not heard of any one,\\nfor I have not gone out this morning. Have you not heard of the\\nofficer who has killed a soldier 1 I have not heard of him. Have\\nyou heard of my brothers I have not heard of them. Of whom\\nhas your cousin heard He has heard of a man to whom a\\nmisfortune has happened. Why have your scholars not done\\n(gcmad)t) the exercises] I assure you that they have done them.\\nWhat have you done with my book I assure you that I have\\nnot seen it. Have you had my knives I assure you that I have\\nnot had them. Has your uncle arrived already] He has not\\narrived yet. Will you wait till he returns I cannot wait, for I\\nhave long letters to write. What have you heard new I have\\nheard nothing new. Has the king assured you of his assistance\\nHe has assured me of it (beffi tt, Obs. Lesson XVI.). What has\\nhappened to you] A great misfortune has happened to me.\\nWhat] I have met with my greatest enemy, who has given me\\na blow with his stick. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY.FIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 JTiinf Uttb 0*d)tt\u00c2\u00a30te\\nNation.\\nHow long is it since SBte fange ift c$ fcfyon, tap\\nIt is long since. (S6 ift fcfyon lange, bap.\\nIs it long since you breakfasted 3ft e\u00c2\u00a3 fcfyon (ano,c, bap \u00c2\u00a9tc cjcfcu()ftucfl\\nf)abcn\\nFt is not long (it is a short time) ift nod) ntd)t fange, t a$ tcb Qcfttil)*\\nsince I breakfasted. ftucft f)abc.\\nIt is a great while since I break- (S3 ift fcbon fefyt langc, t a$ tcV) cjcs\\nfasted. frubftticft babt-\\nbreakfasted an hour ago. 3d) i)abc t ot ctncr \u00c2\u00a9tunbe gcfruf):\\nftttcft.\\nObs. A. In speaking of time, the word \u00c2\u00a9tltttbc", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "191\\nhour, a must be employed, and not the word \\\\Xf}V, which\\nsignifies watch.\\nTwo hours ago. 23ot greet \u00c2\u00a9timben.\\nIs it long since you saw him 1 3ft cs fetyen tange, bap Sic ttyn gefes\\ntycn tyaben\\nHow long is it since you saw \u00c2\u00a3Bte fonge tft e*, bap Sic il)n gefetyen\\nhim] tyaben\\nI raw him a year ago. Scty tyafce ttyn t or cittern 3af)re gefe*\\ntyen.\\nTwo years ago. or greet Satyrcn.\\nAn hour and a half ago. 83or anbetttyatb Stunben.\\nTwo hours and a half ago. $3ct btttttyalfc \u00c2\u00a9tttnben.\\nIs it long since you are in 3ft c$ fd)Ctt fange, bap @te in granf*\\nFrance tctcty ftnb\\nHave you been long in France f Stnt) @te feften lange in granfr\\nretdr)?\\nHe has been in Paris these three C f ($r ift fett brct Satytcn in SpartS.\\nyears. (Sr tft fetyen t rei Satyre in s part$\\nHow long is it since he was \u00c2\u00a3Btc (angc tft e$, bap er tytet rear 1\\nhere 7\\nHe was here a fortnight ago. (St rear Dot mcqetyn Sagen tyter.\\nIt is but a year since. (S$ tft crft eitt Satyr, bap.\\nObs. B. But is translated by ttur (Lesson XIX.,\\nwhen it relates to a quantity, and by erfl when to time\\nIt is more than a year since. (5$ tft (anger aU etn Satyr, bap.\\nIt is hardly six months since. ftnb faum fectyS donate, $)a$.\\nIt is nearly two years since. (S$ ftnb ungefatyr jrect Satyre, bap.\\nIt is almost a year since. ift balb ein Satyr, bap.\\nI have been living here these two f Scty reotync fett areei S^tyten tyter.\\nyears.\\nHow long have you had that f 2Bte tange tyakn @te t a$ $fetfb\\nhorse\\nI have already had it these five f Scty tyafce e$ fetyen funf Satyre.\\nyears.\\nIt is already more than three (5$ ftnb fetyen mctyr dU brc t denote\\nmonths since. bap.\\nI have not seen him for a year. Scty tyafre ttyn in etttem Satyre ntcty*\\ngefetyen.\\nSoon, almost, 93 a b.\\nA few hours ago. 83er etntgen tunben.\\nHalf an hour ago. 23er cincr tyaften (Stunbe.\\nA quarter of an hour ago. SSor cincr 83tertelftunbe.\\n$)te Stunbe, the hour, is a feminine noun, and has it in the plural", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "192\\nI hare seen him more than twen- 3d) fycifce tljn mer)r at$ groatt igmal\\nty times. gcfcfjen.\\nMore than a hundred times. 9Jltt)t ati rjunbertma!.\\nSince. \u00c2\u00a9ctt (a preposition governing\\nthe dative).\\nHow long f S c 1 1 ro a n n 1\\nHow long has he been here f \u00c2\u00ae*tt warm ifi cr rjtet\\nThese three days. t ^tt l Scicjen.\\nThis month. j \u00c2\u00a9ctt cincm Senate.\\nTo cos*. ft c n (is an impersonal verb\\ngoverning the dative of the\\nperson).\\nHow much does this book cost tct)te( feftet Styncrt btefc$ 23ucfy?\\nyou]\\nIt costs me three crowns and aS mi| unb dncn\\nr \u00c2\u00a9tcfet Sifcf) feftet tfjm a*tf)al \u00c2\u00a9ut\u00c2\u00ab\\nThis table costs him seven) ben.\\nflorins and a half. i \u00c2\u00a9tefet Stfcf) feftet tljm fte en unt\\ncincn fjcMcn \u00c2\u00a9utben.\\nObs. B. The adjective fyalb, half, is declined when\\nbefore a substantive but it is not declined in fraction-\\nal numbers, as attbertfyalb, one and a half, compounded\\nof ber anbere (jtoette), the second, and fyatb, half; brttfr\\nbaib, two and a half, compounded of ber britte, th\\nthird, and f)al6, half.\\nTo purchase {to buy). 6 i n a u f tit.\\nWhat have you purchased to- \u00c2\u00a3Sa6 Ijabcn Sie fyeute ctngefauft\\nday?\\nI have purchased three pair of 3d) fiafrc brct $)aar Scf)uf)C unb\\nshoes, and two pair of boots. gnxt $)aat (Sttcfd ctngefauft.\\nHave you purchased anything \u00c2\u00a3cikn @ic fycute etrcag ctngefauft\\nto-day\\nO s. C. The names of weights, measures, and\\nquantities, as well as the word 9D?cmtt, man, meaning a\\nsoldier, are not used in the plural, when preceded by\\na noun of number.\\nMy father has bought twenty 9)?etn SSatet f)at $tvan$tg spfunb\\npounds of sugar. 3ucfer qefauft.\\nThree quires of paper. \u00c2\u00a9ret 2$ u d) papier.\\nk regiment of a thousand men. (Sin Regiment tten taufenb 93? a n n.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "193\\nThe pound (weight), t a$ $)funb\\nthe dozen, t a$ \u00c2\u00a3)u\u00c2\u00a3cnb\\nthe pair, l a$ $)aar\\nthe quire of paper, bciS feucf) papier\\nthe foot (measure), t cr gufo bet \u00c2\u00a9cfyitl)\\nthe inch, bet 3oIl\\nthe regiment, t a* 9?e$tment\\nthe ring, bet SUng\\nthe picture, ba$ \u00c2\u00a9emalbe.\\nexercises. 153.\\nHave you ever been in this village I have been there several\\ntimes. Are there good horses in it There is not a single one in\\nit. Have you ever been in that country I have been there once.\\nAre there many learned men there There are many there, but\\nthey spend their time in reading. Are there many studious chil-\\ndren in that village There are some, but there are also others\\nwho will not study. Are the peasants of this village able to read\\nand write] Some are able to read, others to write and not to read,\\nand many both to read and to write; there are a few w r ho are\\nneither able to read nor to write. Have you done the exercises 1\\nWe have done them. Are there any faults in them There are\\nno faults in them, for we have been very assiduous. Has your\\nfriend many children? He has only one, but who is a good for\\nnothing fellow, for he will not study. In what does he spend his\\ntime He spends his time in playing and running. Why does\\nhis father not punish him] He has not the courage to punish\\nhim. W hat have you done with the stuff which you bought?\\nI have thrown it away, for it was good for nothing. Have you\\nthrown away your apples] I tasted (them), and found them very\\ngood, so that I have eaten them.\\n154.\\nHave you been long in Paris These four years. Has your\\nbrother been long in London He has been there these ten years.\\nIs it leng since you dined It is long since I dined, but not\\nlong since I supped. How long is it since you supped It is\\ntwo hours and a half. Is it long since you received a letter from\\nyour father It is not long since I received one. How long is it\\nsince you received a letter from your friend who is in Germany]\\nIt is three months since I received one. Is it long since you spoke\\nto the man whose son has lent you money 1 It is not long since I\\nspoke to him. Is it long since you saw your parents It is a\\ngreat while since I saw them. Has the son of my friend been\\nliving long in your house He has been living there a fort) light\\n(t)ter^cr)n Sage). How long have you had these books I have\\nhad them these three months. How long is it since your cousin\\nset out] It is more than a month since he set out. What is be-\\n9", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "194\\ncome of the man who spoke English so well? 1 do not km\u00e2\u0084\u00a2\\nwhat is become of him, for it is a great while since I saw him.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nIs it long since you heard of the officer who gave your friend a\\nstab with his sword 1 It is more than a year since I heard of him.\\nHow long have you been learning German? I have been learn-\\ning it only these three months.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Are you already able to speak it?\\nYou see that I am beginning to speak it. Have the children ot\\nthe French noblemen been learning it long 1 They have been\\nlearning it these five years, and they do not yet begin to speak.\\nWhy can they not speak it They cannot speak it, because they\\nare learning it badly. Why do they not learn it well? The}/\\nhave not a good master, so that they do not learn it well.\\n155.\\nIs it long since you saw the young man who learnt German with\\n(M) the same master with whom we learnt it I have not seen\\nhim for nearly a year. How long is it since that child ate 1 It\\nate a few minutes (Lesson XLVII. Note d ago.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 How long is it\\nsince those children drank 1 They drank a quarter of an hour ago.\\nHow long has your friend been in Spain 1 He has been there\\nthis month. How often have you seen the king I saw him more\\nthan ten times when I was in Paris. When did you meet my\\nbrother I met him a fortnight ago. Where did you meet him 1\\nIn (2Cuf) the great square ($(a\u00c2\u00a3) before the theatre.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Did he do you\\nany harm 1 He did me no harm, for he is a very good boy. Has\\nyour son long been able to read 1 These two days only. With\\n(23ei) whom has he learnt it]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 He has learnt it with (bet) the Ger-\\nman tutor. How long have you been spending your time in study-\\ning 1 Nearly these twenty years. Have you purchased anything\\nto-day I have purchased something. What have you bought\\nI have bought three casks of wine and thirty pounds of sugar.\\nHave you not bought any stockings 1 I have bought nine pair of\\nthem. Have you also bought handkerchiefs 1 I have bought two\\ndozen oi them. Why have you not bought gold rings I could\\nnot buy anything more, for I had no more money. Are there many\\nsoldiers in your country 1 There is a regiment of three thousand\\nmen there. How long have I kept your cousin s money You\\nhave kept it almost a year. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY.SIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qct\\\\)B Mlb 0\u00c2\u00a3Cf)}ig6t\u00c2\u00a3\\nCation.\\nJust now. So efcen.\\n1 have just seen your brother 3* fjabe fo cfcen 3f)ren JBrubet gefc*\\nben.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "195\\nHe has just written. (\u00c2\u00a3r Ijat fo eften gefd)riefcen.\\nThe men have just arrived. \u00c2\u00a3)ie Ccutc ftnt fo ebcn cmgefcmmetu\\nTo s^ewd money* 2(u$gebcn*.\\nHow much have you spent to- S temel FjaOcn (Sic fycutc cm jecjeben\\nday?\\nTo spend {to eat, to consume). 33et$ef)tett.\\nW hat am I to pay 1 f \u00c2\u00a3Ba$ fyafte id) wt$eljtt\\nHow much has he spent at the f fflStemel I)at et feci tern 2Bttt!)C\\ninn 1 \u00c2\u00bbcrgel rt\\nHe has fifty crowns a month to f M ten $Kenat funfetg Sljate\\nlive upon. $u fcrscf)rcn.\\nTo squander, to dissipate, 25 c t f d) tt c n t c n.\\nfo lavish.\\nHe has squandered all his (St fjot fctn gonggl SSctmogen Mts\\nwealth. fcftrcenbet.\\nThe landlord, the innkeeper, bet SOSirtfj\\nthe wealth, the fortune, t a\u00c2\u00a3 93crmogcn\\nentire, whole. gan$.\\nrf SBefjct finb (Sic? 2Bo finb \u00c2\u00a9ie\\nWhat countryman are you fyct\\nC 2Ba$ fur em eanb$mann a finb \u00c2\u00a9ie\\nFrom Venice. 9Son (au$) 23enebtg.\\nFrom London. SSon (au$) Sonbon.\\nI am from Dresden. 3d) bin mis HDreS cn.\\nObs. A. The syllable et is the characteristic termi-\\nnation of the masculine gender, b and signifies the per-\\nson that performs or is accustomed to perform the thing\\nexpressed by the verb. This syllable joined to the\\nname of a town or country, forms a substantive de-\\nnoting the man born in such a town or country. Ex.\\nHe is a saddler, ct ift cin \u00c2\u00a9attler\\na baker, etn SBa cfet c\\na locksmith, cin Sd)lojJet\\nthe lock, bag Sd)(og\\nthe saddle, bcr battel\\nthe key, bet \u00c2\u00a9d)Kiffcl.\\na The plural of bet* \u00c2\u00a3attb\u00c2\u00a7mann, the countryman, one of the same country,\\nis \u00c2\u00a3cmb3leute. Its feminine is \u00c2\u00a3attbSmattttttt, country-woman, a woman of the\\nsame country. This word must not be mistaken for ber \u00c2\u00a3cmbmcmn, the coun-\\ntryman, farmer, rustic, the plural of which is \u00c2\u00a3cmbleute.\\nb For this reason most substantia ?s of this termination are of the mascu*\\nline gender.\\nc Derived from ftacf en, to bake.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "He is from Berlin,\\nAre you an Englishman?\\nWhence do you come 1\\nI come from Paris.\\nTo serve, to wait upon.\\nTo serve some one, or tc wait\\nupon some one.\\nTo be in one^s service.\\nHas he been in your service 1\\nDoes he serve you well\\nHe serves me very well.\\nThis is to no purpose (of no use).\\nDo you choose any of it 1\\nI do not like it. j\\nIt will not do for me.\\nTo spoil.\\nThou spoilest he spcils.\\nYou have spoiled my book.\\nMy book is spoiled.\\nHas he spoiled my hat 1\\n196\\nt (St if! ein iBetttnct.\\nSint (Sic etn (Sncjlcmbet\\n2\u00c2\u00a3of)cr fommcn 8te\\n2Bo fommcn (Sic tyt\\n3d) fomme tton g)ati\\n2) t c n c n (governs the dative).\\n$ebtcncn (governs the ac\u00e2\u0082\u00aci*\\nsative).\\n3 c m a n b c m b t c n e n\u00c2\u00ab\\n23 ci 3 c man I) em b ten etn\\n\u00c2\u00a3at ct feet Sftncn gebtcnt\\nScbtcnt et Ste gut\\n(St kbtent mid) fcr)r gut.\\nt 3)a$ btcnt *u ntd)t$.\\nt \u00c2\u00a3ann id) Sfacn bamtt btenen\\nf jDamtt iff nut ntd)t gcbtcnt.\\n23erbctben* (verb. act. anJ\\nneut. irreg.).\\n3 u S cb a n b e n m a d) c n (a vul-\\ngar expression).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u ttctbtrbft, ct ttcrbtrto. (Imp.\\nttctbatb.)\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fyafccn ntctn 23ud) tjcrbor cn.\\nsftltin 23ud) ift ttcrborfcen ($u (Sedans\\nben gemacbt).\\n#at er metnen \u00c2\u00a3ut oetbctOen (ju\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfyanben $cmad)t)\\n25 cfd cf btgen.\\nSMcfet 4out ftef)t Sfcnen gut.\\n2Bte ftcf)t mtr btefet \u00c2\u00a3ut\\n@r ftcfyt 3fynen ntd)t gut.\\nOTcrltc ft. d\\n2Bunbcrfd)6n.\\nTo damage.\\nThat hat fits you well.\\nHow does this hat fit me 1\\nIt does not fit you.\\nMost lovely, charming.\\nAdmirably.\\nTo dress, to Jit, to sit well. St I e i b e n.\\nObs. B. The verb ffefeett, when it signifies to fit, tJ\\nsit well, is neuter but when it means to dress, to cloth^\\nit is active, and governs the accusative in both signi-\\nfications.\\nd 5lller is the genitive plural of the word xi{, all. It is sometimes thu\u00c2\u00a7\\nJoined to the superlative to give i* more strength.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "197\\nThat hat fits you admirably well. \u00c2\u00a3)tefer \u00c2\u00a3ut fletbet \\\\c atlerltebft\\nThat coat fits him. 2)tefer Otocf flcttwt ifjn ejut.\\nMy father clothes me. Sttein Stater ftctfcet nud).\\nGod clothes the poor. \u00c2\u00a9ett frctfcet t te 2Crmeru\\nThe man with the blue coat. ct Sftcinn mtt tern bfouen \u00c2\u00a3lctt fc\\nHow was the child dressed? SBte war tag tnt gef lctt et\\nIt was dressed in green. f war flt:ftn flcflctfoet.\\nHow large? i SBte fltrof\\nOf what size I J r y\\nHow high of what height SSBte Ijed)\\nHow deep 1 of what depth 1 2Bte ttcf\\nOf what height is his house SOSic fjeci) ift fcin #au$\\nIt is nearly thirty feet high. (5*S ift uncjefcifyt fcvetptfj gup F 0d^\\n(Lesson LXV. Ofa. C.)\\nTrue. 2B a 6 r.\\ns it true that his house has been 3ft eS roarer, fccip fcin \u00c2\u00a3au$ afccje*\\nburnt frrarmt ift\\nIt is true. ift tt af)t*\\nIs it not 1 (meaning, Is it not f SftUfot waf)t\\ntrue?)\\nThe philosopher, tit 2\u00c2\u00a3etoetfe, fcet g)f)t(cfcpF) (gen.\\nen).\\nEXERCISES. 156.\\nWho is the man who has just spoken to you He is a learned\\nman. What has the shoemaker just brought] He has brought the\\nboots and shoes which he has made us. Who are the men that\\nhave just arrived They are philosophers. Of what country are\\nthey They are from London. Who is the man who has just\\nstarted He is an Englishman, who has squandered away (t?cr-\\nfcfytvenoet) all his fortune in France. What countryman are you\\nI am a Spaniard, and my friend ts an Italian. Wilt thou go for\\nthe locksmith W T hy must I go for the locksmith He (\u00c2\u00a3)erfe(be)\\nmust make rne a key, for I have lost the cne belonging to my room\\n(ben metneS Simmer?). Where did your uncle dine yesterday 1\\nHe dined at the innkeeper s. How much did he spend He spent\\nthree florins. How much has he a month to live upon He has\\ntwo hundred florins a month to live upon. Must I go for the sad-\\ndler] You must go for him, for he must mend the saddle. Have\\nyou seen any one at the market I have seen a good many people\\nthere. How were they dressed Some were dressed in blue,\\nsome in green, some in yellow, and several in red.\\n157.\\nWho are those men Tne one who is dressed in grey is my\\nneighbour, and the one with the black coat the physician, whose\\n\u00c2\u00ab*on has given my neighbour a blow with a stick. Who is the man", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "198\\nwith the green coat? He is one of my relations. Are you fioin\\nBerlin 1 No, I am from Dresden. How much money have your\\nchildren spent to-day 1 They have spent but little they have\\nspent but one florin. Does that man serve you well 1 He does\\nserve me well but he spends too much. Are you willing to take\\nthis servant? I am willing to take him if he will serve me. Can\\nI take this servant You can take him, for he has served me very-\\nwell. How long is it since he (first) served you] It is but two\\nmonths since. Has he served you long He has served me (for)\\nsix years. How much did you give him a year (t c$ Safacs) J\\ngave him five hundred francs without clothing him. Did he board\\n(2(6) with (bet) you 1 He did board with me. What did you give\\nhim to eat? I gave him whatever (t\u00c2\u00bbcn atlcm, roa$) 1 ate. Were\\nyou pleased with him I was much (fefjt) pleased with him. (See\\nend of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bkbttt ntib 0tdftig6te\\n%zt\\\\\\\\on.\\nTo trust with. 2Cnt ctttaucn.\\nTo entrust, to confide, to commit SSettrauen.\\nin confidence*\\nI trust you with my money. 3d) ttettraue Sfyncn mctn \u00c2\u00a9ctfc) an.\\nHe has trusted me with his mo- S*t \\\\)at nut fein (Mt anwtftaut.\\nney.\\nI entrust you with a secret.\\nTo unbosom one s self to one.\\nThe secret,\\nTo keep anything secret.\\nI have kept it secret.\\nSecret (adjective).\\nTo pity.\\nWith all my heart.\\nDo you pity that man?\\nI do pity him with all my heart.\\nTo offer offered.\\nI offer it you.\\n3d) Dettraue 3^ncn cm \u00c2\u00a9e etm*\\nnip.\\nt @td) Semanbem wttraucn.\\nfca$ (SJefjctmmfi (plur. c a\\n(StrcaS gefjetm Fjattcn.\\nImperf. rjtelt.\\n3d) \\\\)aU c$ gefjcim ^cr)a(tcn.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfjeim.\\nSSeHagcn.\\nt 9Scn gangem cr$en.\\nSBeflagcn Stc fciefen SRann\\n3d) bcflage ir)n son ganjcni \u00c2\u00a3cr\u00c2\u00bb\\nSen.\\n2(nt ictcn* ange oten.\\nImperf. b t.\\n3d) bietc c\u00c2\u00a3 3 ncn an.\\na Neuter nouns terminating in add e to all cases of the plural wHhoiu\\nsoftening the radical vowel.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "199\\nFrom. ft r a preposition governing\\nthe accusative).\\nTc take care of something. l |n ^j^\\nMasc. Neat.\\nTo take care of it. j ggj *g\u00c2\u00a3 f* e* fefb^t\\nTo take care of the hat. m \u00c2\u00a3ut in 2Cd)t nebm-en**\\nImp erf. nafjni.\\nDo you take care of your clothes] jsflefymcn (Sic 3fae Jttetfcet in 2Cc^t?\\ndo take care of them. t 3$ ncfyme fie in 2\u00c2\u00a3d t.\\nO s. A There are in German many substantives,\\nadverbs and other words and expressions which form\\none signification with the verb, as ouSttWbtg kritett, to\\nlearn by heart b gent ej]en*, to like to eat (Lesson\\nLIV.) fcf)Utbig fern*, to owe (Lesson XL VII.), c. These\\nare placed exactly like the separable particles (Lesson\\nXXV.), but are never joined to the verb.\\nC SSScHcn Sie fur mem $)ferfc flvs\\nWill you take care of my horse 1 gen\\nSSottcn Sie mcin $)fert) fceforgen c\\nwill take care of it. j g* \u00c2\u00abJ N\u00c2\u00bbJ f\u00c2\u00ab3 cn\\n3d) will e$ beforgen.\\nTo take care. Bergen, fcefergen.\\nThe merohmt of Hamburg. \u00c2\u00a3)cr ^amburact jtaufmann.\\nObs. B. The genitive of names of towns is gener-\\nally expressed in German by an adjective. This is\\nformed by adding the syllable er to the name, and is\\nindeclinable. Ex.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nf Nom. ber Setpjtger \u00c2\u00a9tubeitt bte^ Cetp*\\nThe student J Gen. be\u00c2\u00a3 Setpjiger \u00c2\u00a9tubentcn ber I jtger\\nof Leipzic. Dat. bent ?etpjtger \u00c2\u00a9tubentcn ben tx\\\\*\\nl^Acc. ben ?eipjtger \u00c2\u00a9tubenten btej benten.\\nD This and the above examples show that such a construction is not alto\\ngether unusual in English.\\nc The first of these two expvessions is the best", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "Mi)\\nThe citizen (burgess) of London, fcer Convener SBurgct\\nthe citizen of Paris, t et Sparifer burger\\nthe beer of Strasburg, tm$ \u00c2\u00aetrc#urgct SBier.\\nexercises. 158.\\nAre there many philosophers in your country? There are as\\nmany there as in yours. How does this hat fit me 1 It fits you\\nvery well. How does this hat fit your brother It fits him ad-\\nmirably. Is your brother as tall (qrep) as you 1 He is taller than\\nI, but I am older than he. How high is this man He is five\\nfeet, four inches high. How high is the house of our landlord?\\nIt is sixty feet high. Is your well deep 1 Yes, Sir, for it is fifty\\nfeet deep. How long have those men been in your father s service\\nThey have been in his service already more than three years.\\nHas your cousin been long at Paris He has been there nearly\\nsix years. Who has spoiled my knife Nobody has spoiled it,\\nfor it was spoiled when we were in want of it. Is it true that youi\\nancle has arrived I assure you that he has arrived. Is it true\\nwhat the king has assured you of his assistance I assure you that\\nit is *rue. Is it true that the six thousand men whom we were ex-\\npecting have arrived I have heard so. Will you dine with us\\nI cannot dine with you, for I have just eaten. Will your brother\\ndrink a glass (of) wine He cannot drink, for, I assure you, he\\nhas jut t drunk. Do you throw away your hat I do not throw it\\naway, ibr it fits me admirably. Does your friend sell his coat\\nHe does not sell it, for it fits him most beautifully. There are many\\nlearned men in Berlin, are there not (mebt roctfyr) 1 asked Cuvier a\\nman from Berlin (t cr SBcr(tner). Not so many as when you were\\nthere, answered the man from Berlin.\\n159.\\nWhy do you pity that man I pity him, because he has trusted\\na merchant of Hamburg with his money, and the man (btcfer) will\\nnot return it to him. Do you trust this citizen with anything? I\\ndo not trust him with anything. Has he already kept anything\\nfrom you (3()nen etma\u00c2\u00a3 fcebatten). I have never trusted him with\\nanything, so that he has never kept anything from me. Will you\\ntrust my father wi h your money I will trust him with it. What\\nsecret has my son entrusted you with I cannot entrust you with\\nthat with which he has entrusted me, for he has desired (bitten*)\\nme to keep it secret. Whom do ou entrust with your secrets\\nI entrust nobody with them, so that nobody knows them.-^-Has\\nyour brother been rewarded 1 He has on the contrary been pun-\\nished but I beg you to keep it secret, for no one knows it. What\\nhas happened to him I will tell you what has happened to him,\\nif you promise me to keep it secret. Do you promise me to keep\\nit secret I promise you, for I pity him with all my heart. (See\\ntnd of Lesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "201\\nSIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON\u00e2\u0080\u0094 djt ntti zttt)jiQ*U\\nCation.\\nEach man. Scbcr 93?enfd).\\nEach child. 3ebe$ \u00c2\u00a3tnb.\\nEvery one. Scbcrmcmn.\\nThe whole world. \u00c2\u00a3)te gcm^e SSSclt,\\nO s. A. ^ciexmanti adds g in the genitive, and re\u00c2\u00ab\\nmains invariable in the other cases, thus\\nTNom. 3et ermatttt.\\nEvery one, every body. J g- |S\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n[Acc. Sebermann.\\nEvery thing (meaning all). It i t C 6.\\nOfo. 2?. Sitter, all, taken substantively, is put in the\\nneuter gender singular. Ex.\\nHe knows every thing. (St fcmn citteS.\\nI have seen all. 3d) f)at e atleS Cjcfeljen.\\nHe is fit for any thing. f (St tft 5U aflehi $u cjefctcmdjen.\\nObs. C. \u00c2\u00a9attj, whole, entire, is used with the article,\\nbut att, all, is never used with it.\\nThe whole town. 5 tc ganje (Stabt.\\nThe whole society. te cjan^e \u00c2\u00a9efeflfdjaft.\\nHis whole wealth.\\nAll his fortune. J 6em flanjrt ffirondfiem\\nThe walk (meaning the place to bet 2 pci$tetp(a\u00c2\u00a7\\nwalk in),\\nths concert, (Concert\\nthe walk (meaning the walking), bet Spa$tergcmg.\\nThere were many people in the (SS tuaten met 8eute auf bem Spai\\nwalk (at the concert). ^tetaange (tm (Son cert).\\nI have cut his finger. f 3d) fyabe if)n in ben finger 9 es\\nfdjnttten.\\nHe has cut my leg. f (St f)at mid) in bag SBein gefdjntt*\\nten.\\nHe has cut off his finger. (St fjett tfjm ben finger afcgefdjnitten\\nHe has cut it off. (St fjQt tfyn t m afcgefcfynitten.\\nEntirely. \u00c2\u00a9analtd).\\nTo bring along with one* OTltbringctt*.\\nHave you come quite alone Stnb Ste gan$ aftetn gefommen?\\n9*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "202\\nObs. D. Sltteilt, as a conjunction, has the same signifi*\\ncation as aber, but as an adverb it signifies alone.\\nNo, I have brought all my men Stfctn, tdf) fyabe attc mcine Scute mit\u00c2\u00bb\\nalong with me. o,ebrad)t.\\nHe has brought all his men along (St hat alle fetne Scute mltgcbrad)t.\\nwith him.\\nHave you brought your brother \u00c2\u00a3afrcn @tc 3fytcn 33tubct mttgc*\\nalong with you t tad)t\\nI have brought him along with 3d) f)Ctbe tfytt nutgebtad)t.\\nme.\\nHave you told the groom to bring \u00c2\u00a3afcen \u00c2\u00a9te bem Statl\u00c2\u00a3ncd)t gqagt, mtr\\nme the horse tag fetb $u bungen\\nThe groom, t)cr (Stallfnccfyt.\\nUnweit, in bet 9? a F) c (go-\\nverns the genitive).\\nNear* 23 c i (governs the dative).\\n9\u00c2\u00a3 c 6 c n (governs the dative and\\naccus.).\\nNear me. 9?ebcn mtr.\\nf 8ei bem gcuct.\\nNear the fire. i 2\u00c2\u00a3m #euer.\\n8Scr bem gfcucr.\\nNear the castle. ttnroett beg Sd)lof1cg. a\\nWhere do you live 2\u00c2\u00a3o roormen (Sic\\nI live near the castle. 3d) roofyne unroett beg \u00c2\u00a9d)loffe$.\\nWhat are you doing near the fire 1 SSag tfjun \u00c2\u00a9te Ui bem gcuct\\nTo fall. g alien (takes fctn for its auxi*\\nliary).\\nThou fallest\u00e2\u0080\u0094 he falls. \u00c2\u00a3)u f afljt et falin\\nFallen. \u00c2\u00a9cfattcm\\nFell (Imperf.). gtct.\\nTo drop (meaning to let fall). g a U e tt (affen*.\\nHas he dropt anything \u00c2\u00a3at cr ciwai fallen taffen\\nHe has not dropt anything. (5r fjat md)tg fallen laffen.\\nTo kinder, to prevent. 33etl)tnbetn.\\nYou hinder me from sleeping, gtc ttcrfjtnbctn mid) $u fd)(afen.\\nexercises. 160.\\nWhom do you pity 1 I pity your friend \u00e2\u0080\u0094Why do you pity\\nhim I pity him because he is ill. Do the merchants of Berlin\\na$ Sc$lof$, the castle, is declined exactly like ba$ (Scfylofj, the lock.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "203\\nfity anybody They pity nobody. Do you offer me anything;\\noffer you a gold ring-. What has my father offered you He\\nhas offered me a fine book. To whom do you offer those fine\\nhorses 1 I offer them to the French officer.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do you offer that fine\\ncarriage to my uncle I I do offer it to him. Dost thou offer thy\\npretty little dog to these good children 1 I do offer it to them, for\\n1 love them with all my heart. What have the citizens of Stras-\\nburg offered you They have offered me good beer and salt-meat\\n(9cfa($cnc$ ^It tfcf)). To whom do you offer money I offer some to\\nthose Parisian citizens, who have assured me of their assistance.\\nWL1 you take care of my clothes 1 -I will take care of them. Wilt\\nthou take care of my hat? I will take care of it. Are you taking\\ncare of the book which I lent you 1 I am taking care vf it.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Will\\nthis man take care of my horse He will take care of it. Who\\nwill take care of my servant The landlord will take caie of him.\\nDoes your servant take care of your horses He does take care\\ncf them. Is he taking care of your clothes 1 He is taking care of\\nthem, for he brushes them every morning. Have you ever drunk\\nStrasburg beer I have never drunk any. Is it long since you ate\\nLeipzic bread It is almost three years since I ate any.\\n161.\\nHave you hurt my brother-in-law I have not hurt him aut he\\nhas cut my finger. What has he cut your finger with With the\\nknife which you had lent him. Why have you given that boy a\\nblow with your fist Because he hindered me from sleeping.\\nHas anybody hindered you from writing 1 Nobody has hindered\\nme from writing; but I have hindered somebody from hurting your\\ncousin. Has your father arrived Every body says that he has\\narrived but I have not seen him yet. Has the physician hurt\\nyour son He has hurt him, for he has cut his finger. Have they\\ncu off this man s leg They have cut it off entirely. Are you\\npleased with your servant 1 I am much (fefyt) pleased with him,\\nfor he is fit for anything. What does he know? He knows every\\nthing. Can he ride on horse-back 1 He can. Has your brother\\nreturned at last from Germany He has returned thence, and has\\nbrought you a fine horse. Has he told his groom to bring it to me\\nHe has told him to bring it to you. What do you think (fagcn) of\\n($u) that horse 1 I think (fage) that it is a fine and good one, and\\n(I) beg you to lead it into the stable. In what did you spend your\\ntime yesterday 1 I went to the public walk (t et (Spqietptag), and\\nafterwards to the concert. Were there many people in the public\\nwalk 1 There were many people there.\\n162.\\nWhat did you see at the concert I si w many people. What\\ndid you do after the concert I went to the inn (t a$ SGBtttfjSfjauS)\\nin order to dine. Have you dined well 1 I have dined very welh", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "204\\nbat 1 have spent too much. How much have you spent 1 hav\u00c2\u00ab\\nspent nearly two florins and a half. Is the fare (Spetfet man) good\\nat your inn It is very good but every thing is so dear, that one\\nmust be rich to dine there. Have you dropt anything I have\\ndropt nothing but my cousin dropt some money. Who picked it\\nap 1 Some men who were passing by picked it up. Have they\\nreturned it to him They have returned it to him, for they were\\ngood people. Where were you going to when I met you this morn-\\ning 1 I was going to my uncle. Where does he live He lives\\nnear the castle. What news has (fagt) your uncle He has no\\nnews. What has happened to him? A little misfortune has hap-\\npened to him. Will you tell me what has happened to him I\\nwill tell it you but I beg you to keep it secret. I promise you to\\ntell it to nobody. Will you tell me now what has happened to\\nhim He fell as (a(g) he was going to the theatre. Is he ill 1\\nHe is very ill. I pity him from my heart, if he is ill. Have you\\nsucceeded in finding a hat that fits you well I have succeeded in\\nfinding one. How does it fit you 1 It fits me admirably. (See\\nend of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSIXTY-NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Item Ktib Bttt)n*tt\\ntuxxon.\\nFar. 835 e it.\\nHow far 2Bte mett\\nHow far is it from here to Ber- 2Bte roett ifi eg sen rjtct ttacr) S3ets\\nlin 1 tin\\nIs it far from here to Berlin 1 3ft eg roett sen fytet nacf) SBetftn\\nIt is far. 5*g tft roett.\\nIt is not far. tjt ntdjt roett.\\nHow many miles is it SBtctricl Sttetten ftnb eg\\nIt is twenty miles. (Sg ftnb aroangtg SDlcxkn.\\nThe mile, tie Sfletfe (a feminine noun a\\nIt is almost a hundred and thirty (S*g ftnb bctnafye bunbert unb btetjng\\nmiles from here to Berlin. SMetkn t?on r)ier nacJ) 23erltn.\\nIt is nearly a hundred miles from (\u00c2\u00a3g ftnb ungefa bt fjunbett Snellen t on\\nBerlin U Vienna. SSerfin nad) 2Bten.\\nTo like better. 2 1 e b e t m b g c n. b\\nPart, past gemcefyt.\\nImperf. modjte.\\nlike better, tho i likest better, 3d) mag debet, bit magft debet, et\\nhe likes better. mag Uebct.\\na A German mile is equal to four English miles and a half.\\n\u00c2\u00a3iebet is the comparative to gem. (See Lessons XXXIX. and UY.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "205\\nThw%\\nI like staying here better than\\ngoing out.\\nDo you like to write better than\\nto speak 1\\nI like to speak better than to\\nwrite.\\nHe likes to play better than to\\nstudy.\\nHe likes to do both.\\nI like beef better than mutton.\\nHe likes beer better than wine.\\nDo you like bread better than\\ncheese\\nI like neither the one nor the\\nother*\\nI like tea^ as much as coffee.\\nThe calf,\\nQuick, fast.\\nSlow, slowly*\\nHe eats quicker than I.\\nDo you learn as fast as 1 1\\nI learn faster than you.\\ndo not understand you, because\\nyou speak too fast.\\nCheap.\\nDoes he sell cheap 1\\nHe does not sell dear.\\nHe has sold to me very dear.\\nSo.\\nSo much.\\n3d) mag ftebet Ijter otetben U m\\ngefjen.\\n3d) Heibe ftebet fjier, at* bap id) cm$*\\n9$8g\u00c2\u00abi \u00c2\u00a9tc ItcOer fd)tetben aU fprc*\\ncben?\\nSd)tetben \u00c2\u00a9tc debet, bap @te fptes\\nd)en?\\n3d) mag liebct fpted)en ate fd)tei*\\nben.\\n3cb fptecfye Itcbet, ot$ bap id) fdjrei*\\nbe.\\n(\u00c2\u00a7t mag Itebet fpicfen oti flufcu\\nrem\\n(Bt t ut betbe$ gem.\\nf 3* effe debet fRxnts efbWfif\\nfenfTetfd).*\\nt (St trinft Itebet S3iet all Beta.\\nt @ffen Stc Itebet S3tcb o(g Jta\\n3d) effe Wn* t cn beiben gem.\\n3d) tttnfe eben fe gem Sfjee wic\\nJtaffee.\\nba^ \u00c2\u00a3alb.\\ncfd wtnfc, f d^nelf.\\na ngfa at.\\n(St ift gefdntunbet ate id).\\n\u00c2\u00a3ernen @te fc fdjnetf rote id)\\n3d) (erne fdjnettet a (Sic.\\n3d) aetftefie \u00c2\u00a9te md)t, well Sic $u\\nfd ncU fptecfyen.\\nSSetf auft er woWfeil\\n(St tjetfauft nicrjt tfjeuet.\\n(St bat rnit fef)t ttyeuet wrfauft.\\n@o t iel.\\nc When two or more compounds terminate in the same component word,\\nthis is joined only to the last, and a German hyphen is placed after the\\nothers Ex. ber (gin* nnb SUtSgang, the entrance and exit; er tft tin guter\\nfepirtc^s unb \u00c2\u00a9c^retbleBrer, he is a good master of languages and of writing;\\njftmb* unb \u00c2\u00a9c^opfenfletfd), beef and mutton anf- unb jumactyen, to open and\\nto shut instead of ber (Stngang unb Stotsgano,, ber \u00c2\u00a9prac$leljrer unb \u00c2\u00a9$retfr\\nle^re?, S^tnbftetfc^ unb \u00c2\u00a9c^Bpfenffeffdj, aufmac^en unb jumadjen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "206\\nThis man sells every thing so \u00c2\u00a3)icfcr Sfilann ttctfauft atlc$ fo tfycuet\\nvery dear that one cannot buy bap man nicl)t$ 6ci ifym faufctl\\nany thing of him. fann.\\n[0 s In a sentence in which the verb ought to stand\\nat the end (Lesson XLVIL), when the auxiliary fein*\\nor werbett*, or one of the verbs bitrfen*, fotttten*, lafjen*,\\nmogeif% miiften*, foffen*, tvcUen*, is added to an infini-\\ntive, it must be placed immediately after that infini-\\ntive, as is seen in the above example.\\nI do not know what you wish to 3d) tvctf mcfyt, roa* (Sic fagen root*\\nsay. (en.\\nYou speak so fast that I cannot @te fptecben fo fcfynctf, bap id) (Sie\\nunderstand you. md)t t?crftcf)en fann.\\nI assure you that he wishes to 3d) Dcrftd)cre (Stc, fcajj cr Stc fpte*\\nspeak to you. d)cn ttrill\\nTo drm\u00c2\u00a3. ttn6en*.\\nDrank* Stan! (Imperi\\nDo you drink tea or coffee Srinfen @te fjce ofcet .ftaffee\\nI drink neither the one nor the 3d) tutnfe frtnS ten beiben.\\nother.\\nWhat do you drink in the morn- 2Ba$ trtnfcn (Sic fccS $K08$cn6\\ning?\\nEXERCISES. 163.\\nHow far is it from Paris to London 1 It is nearly (fcctnafyc) a\\nHundred miles from Paris to London. Is it far from here to Ham-\\nburg 1 It is far. Is it far from here to Vienna 1 It is almost a\\nnundred and forty miles from here to Vienna. Is it further from\\nBerlin to Dresden than from Leipzic to Berlin It is further from\\nBerlin to Dresden than from Leipzic to Berlin. How far is it from\\nParis to Berlin] It is almost a nundred and thirty miles from here\\nto Berlin. Do you intend to go to Berlin soon I do intend to go\\nthither soon. Why do you wish to go this time In order to buy\\ngood books and a good horse there and to see my good friends.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nIs it long since you were there It is nearly two years since I was\\nthere. Do you not go to Vienna this year] I do not go thither,\\nfor it is too far from here to Vienna. Is it long since you saw\\nyour Hamburg friend I saw him but a fortnight ago. Do youi\\nscholars like to learn by heart They do not like to learn by\\nheart they like reading and writing better than learning by heart.\\nDo you like beer better than cider? I like cider better than beer.\\nDoes your brother like to play He likes to study better than\\nto play. Do you like meat better than bread I like the latter\\nbetter than the former. Do you like to drink better than to eat\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I like to eat better than to drink but my uncle likes to drink", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "207\\nbetter than to eat. Does your brother-in-law like meat better than\\nfish 1 He likes fish better than meat. Do you like to write better\\nthan to speak] I like to do both. Do you like fowl better than\\nfish 1 Do you like good honey better than sugar 1- I like neither.\\n164.\\nDoes your father like coffee better than tea 1- He likes neither.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094What do you drink in the morning 1 I drink a glass of watei\\nwith a little sugar; my father drinks good coffee, my younger bro-\\nther good tea, and my brother-in-law a glass of good wine. Can\\nyou understand me 1 No, Sir, for you speak too fast. Will you\\nbe kind enough (fo gut fein) not to speak so fast (fangfcmict $u fptres\\nct)cn) 1 I will not speak so fast if you will listen to me. Can you\\nunderstand what my brothel tells you 1 He speaks so fast, that I\\ncannot understand him. Can your pupils understand joul They\\nunderstand me when I speak slowly for in order to be understood\\none must speak slowly. Why do you not buy anything of that\\nmerchant I had a mind to buy several dozen of handkerchiefs,\\nsome cravats, and a white hat of him but he sells so dear that I\\ncannot buy anything of him. Will you take me to another? I\\nwill take you to the son of the one whom you bought of last year.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Does he sell as dear as this (one) 1 He sells cheaper. Do you\\nlike going to the theatre better than going to the concert] I do\\nlike going to the concert as well as going to the theatre but I do\\nnot like going to the public walk, for there are too many people\\nthere. Do your children like learning Italian better than Spanish\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094They do not like to learn either they only like to learn Ger-\\nman. Do they like to speak better than to write i Tney like to do\\nneither. Do you like mutton 1 I like beef better than mutton.\\nDo your children like cake better than bread They like both.\\nHas he read all the books which he bought He bought so many\\nof them, that he cannot read them all. Do you wish to write some\\nletters I\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I have written so many of them, that I cannot write any\\nmo*e. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Siebett^igste Action.\\nOF REFLEXIVE VERBS.\\nWhen the action falls upon the agent, and the ob-\\njective case refers to the same person as the nomina-\\ntive, the verb is called reflexive.\\nIn reflexive verbs the pronoun of the object is of the\\nsame person as that of the subject, and stands either\\nin the dative or the accusative, according as the verb", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "206\\ngoverns the one or the other case. In the third person\\nsingular and plural it is always jTd), whether the verb\\ngoverns the dative or accusative.\\nA REFLEXIVE VERB GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE.\\nTo disguise myself\u00e2\u0080\u0094to disguise STCtdj x etfteflen Un$ t etftelkn.\\nourselves.\\nTo disguise thyself\u00e2\u0080\u0094 to disguise \u00c2\u00a3)td) DetftcTUn (Sud) wrftetlcn\\nyourselves.\\nA REFLEXIVE VERB GOVERNING THE DATIVE.\\nTo represent to myself\u00e2\u0080\u0094 to re- 9#tt ttotftetten Un$ t)0tfWien\\npresent to ourselves.\\nTo represent to thyself\u00e2\u0080\u0094 to re- \u00c2\u00a3)tt ttotfteflen (Sue!) ttorfteflcrt\\npresent to yourselves.\\nTHIRD PERSON FOR ALL GENDERS.\\nSingular and Plural Dative and Accusative.\\nTo disguise one s self\u00e2\u0080\u0094 to repre- \u00c2\u00a9idj MtfUHen ftd) DCtjMen\\nsent to one s self.\\nOCF* The personal pronoun of reflexive verbs is\\nplaced after the verb as in English and so are all\\nother personal pronouns when they are not in the no-\\nminative.\\nObs. A. There is no real reflexive verb in English,\\nthat is to say, such as cannot be used otherwise but\\nin German, there are many, as for instance the follow-\\ning, which govern the accusative\\nTo rejoice. Std) frcuen.\\nTo be ashamed. \u00c2\u00a9id) fcfyamen.\\nTo look back. 0td) umfefyen*. Imperf. faft.\\nDo you see yourself \u00c2\u00a9efyen \u00c2\u00a9U ftd) 1 sef)Ct 3(jt (Sudj\\nI do see myself. 3d) fefye mid).\\nThou cuttest thyself. 3)u fd)ncit ejt \u00c2\u00a9id).\\nHe cuts himself. (5t fd ncit ct ftd).\\nI am afraid to go thither. 3d) ftird)te mid) l;tn$ugef)cn*\\nThey burn themselves. \\\\c forennen ftd).\\nTo flatter. d) m c t d) e n (governs the da-\\ntive).\\nDost thou flatter thyself? \u00c2\u00a9d)mcid)c!ft u 3)it?\\nI do not flatter myself. 3d) fd)mrid)le nut mdfet", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "209\\nWe do not flatter ourselves. SQBtt fd metdjcln un$ ntd)t\\nHe disguises himself. (St wtjMIt fid).\\nYou represent to yourself. Bit ftcflen fid) net.\\nTo fear some one. Scmcmbcn fitrcbtcn.\\nTo be afraid of somebody. Sid) ret Scmcmbcm futd tcn.\\nI am not afraid of him. 3d) fttrd)te mid) ntd)t set tftm.\\nI do not fear him. 3d) fiitcbte t n ntd)t.\\nOf whom are you afraid SSet twm furd)tcn Sic fid)\\nWhom do you fear SBcn ffi rdjtcn @i\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo enjoy something. _ a^ m 3dtwrtrc ft mit ctWfl|\\nTo amuse one s self m doing ujjfit***\\nsomething. J f\\nTo pass away the time. 3)te 3eit sctttctben*.\\nTo drive away. SScttmkn*.\\nDriven away. ctttte6ert.\\nDrove away. SScttriefc (Imperf.).\\nThe pastime, the diversion. \u00c2\u00a3)ct 3citr etttcib.\\nIn what do you amuse yourself SScmtt Mtttetbcn (Ste fid) Mc 3cit?\\nI amuse myself in reading. 3d) wtttctbe nut tu 3ctt nut Cefen.\\nHe diverts himself in playing. (5t ocrtrcibt fid) tie 3eit nut \u00c2\u00a9ptclen.\\nMasc. Fem. Neut.\\nEach or each 5 Seber, jebe, jebe$.\\none. J \u00c2\u00a9n jeber, cine jebe, em jebe\u00c2\u00a3* (3ebermamt.)\\nOta. jB. 3^ber, jebe, jebe\u00c2\u00a3, has no plural, and is de-\\nclined like all, with the characteristic termination of\\nthe article (Lesson XLIX.). Preceded by the indefinite\\narticle, it is declined like an adjective preceded by this\\narticle.\\nEvery man has his taste. 3ebct Stfenfd) fat fdncn \u00c2\u00a9efcfymcuf.\\nEach of you. (Sin jct i\u00c2\u00bbr yen (Sud).\\nEvery body speaks of it. Scfccrmann fpttd)t tasen.\\nEach man amuses himself as he \u00c2\u00a9in jetct Mttteifct fid) t)tc 3cit tt)te\\nlikes. eS t(jm gcfaUt.\\nEach one amuses himself in the (Sin jefcct t crtrciOt fid) t\u00c2\u00bbic 3cit fc gut\\nbest way he can. ct fann.\\nThe taste, fcet \u00c2\u00a9cfdjmacf.\\nTo mistake, to be mistaken. Sid) ittcn, ft eft t a U f d) e tt\u00c2\u00ab\\nEvery man is liable to mistake. Sefcet SRcnfd) farm fid) ittcn.\\nYou are mistaken. (Sic ittcn fid).\\nTo soil. 23cfd)mu\u00c2\u00a3cn, fdmuigtg mad^n.\\nTo deceive. Scttiicjcn* (bctticcjcn*).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "210\\nDeceived. JBetWjcn (past part,) Imperf. to\\ntreg.\\nHe has cheated me of a hundred (St fyat mid) um f)unt ett SFjafcv to\\ncrowns. ttogcn.\\nAt (over). lie bet (a preposition governing\\nthe dative and accusative).\\nTo rejoice at something. @td) fiber ctwat frcueru\\nI rejoice at your happiness. 3d) frcue mid) fiber 3(}C dHiicf;\\nAt what does your uncle rejoice \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ortiber frcut fid) 3()t \u00c2\u00a3)f)etm\\nTo believe* (SHauben.\\nThis verb requires the person in the dative, and the\\nthing in the accusative. It governs also the accusa-\\ntive with the preposition ait*\\nDo you believe *hat man? \u00c2\u00a9faubcn Stc fctefcm $flcmne?\\nI do not believe him. 3d) Qtaut c 31) m md)t.\\nDo you believe what I am tell- \u00c2\u00a9laubcn (\u00c2\u00a3te unt, voa$ id) Sfynen\\ning you 1 fagc\\nI believe in God. 3d) cjfaubc an \u00c2\u00a9ott.\\nThe God, bet \u00c2\u00a9ctt (plural \u00c2\u00a9otter)\\nthe story-teller, the liar, t)cr Stumer.\\nTo utter a falsehood, to lie. Cugcn (part, past gclogen, Imperf.\\n(gee \u00c2\u00a3Ae Continuation of this Lesson Page 211.)\\nexercises. 165.\\nHave you written long or short letters I have written (both)\\nong and short ones. Have you many apples I have so many\\nof them that I do not know which I shall (fell) eat. Do you wish\\nto give anything to these children 1 They have studied so badly,\\nthat I do not wish to give them anything. What is this man re-\\njoicing at? He is rejoicing at the luck which has happened to his\\nbrother. What dost thou rejoice at] I rejoice at the good fortune\\nthat has happened to you. What do your children rejoice at 1\\nThey rejoice at seeing you. Do you rejoice at the happiness oi\\nmy father] I do rejoice at it. What does your uncle say to my\\nhappiness He rejoices at it from his heart. Do you flatter my\\nbrother] I do not flatter him. Does this master flatter his pu-\\npils He does not flatter them. Is he pleased with them 1 He\\nis much (fcljr) pleased (jufrteben) with them when they learn well\\nbut he is highly (fef)r) displeased with them when they do not learn\\nwell. Do you flatter me I do not flatter you, for I love you.\\nDo you see yourself in that small looking-glass? I do see mysell\\nin it. Can your friends see themselves in that large looking-\\nglass] They can see themselves therein. Why do you not re-\\nmain near the fire] Because I am afraid of burning myself.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "211\\nDoes this man make his lire He does not maKe it, for he in\\nafraid of burning himself. Do you fear me 1 I do not fear you.\\nDo you fear those ugly men I do not fear them, for they hurt\\nnobody. Why do those children run away 1 They run away, be-\\ncause they are afraid of you. Do you run away before your ene-\\nmies I do not run away before them, for I do not fear them.\\n166.\\nIn what do your children amuse themselves? They amuse\\nthemselves in studying, writing, and playing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 In what do you\\namuse yourself? I amuse myself in the best way I can, for I read\\ngood books, and I write to my friends. In what do you amuse\\nyourself when you have nothing to do at home 1 I go to the play\\nand to the concert, for every one amuses himself in the best way\\nhe can. Everyman has his taste what is yours Mine is to\\nstudy, to read a good book, to go to the theatre, the concert, the\\nball, and the public walk, and to ride on horseback. Has that\\nphysician done any harm to your child] He has cut his finger\\n(e\u00c2\u00a3 in ten Stngcr), fjut he has not done him any harm so you are\\nmistaken, if you believe that he has done him any harm. Why do\\nyou listen to that man I listen to him, but I do not believe him\\nfor I know that he is a story-teller. How do you know that he is\\na story-teller He does not believe in God and all those who\\ndo not believe in God are story-tellers. Why does your cousin\\nnot brush his hat 1 He does not brush it, because he is afraid of\\nsoiling his fingers (ficb fcic ginger). What does my neighbour tell\\nyou 1 He tells me that you wish to buy his horse but I know\\nthat he is mistaken, for you have no money to buy it. What do\\nthey say at the market] They say that the enemy is beaten. Do\\nyou believe it I do believe it, because every one says so. Why\\nhave you bought that book I bought it, because I wanted it to\\nlearn German and because every one spoke of it. (See end of\\nLesson XXXIV.)\\nCONTINUATION OF THE SEVENTIETH LESSON.\\niToIge hex siebettjigsien Action.\\nWhen a proposition has no definite subject, the\\nEnglish, in order to avoid the pronouns they, people,\\nc., use the verb in the passive voice and say was\\ntold, instead of, They told me It was given to me, in-\\nstead of, They gave it to me. This is expressed in Ger-\\nman by means of the indefinite pronoun matt, om, as\\nin French by on. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "212\\nI a\u00c2\u00bbn told that lie is arrived. 93?an fagt mir, tag er angefommetl\\nA. knife was given to him to cut 5Q?cm gab tbm ctn goffer, fctn SSrot\\nhis bread, and he cut his $u febneiten, unt ct febnitt fid) in\\nfinger. ten $4n|jer\u00c2\u00ab\\nPERFECT OF REFLEXIVE VERBS.\\nHave you cut yourself]\\nI have not cut myself.\\nHave those men cut themselves\\nThey have not cut themselves.\\nHast thou hurt thyself]\\nI have not hurt myself.\\nWho has cut himself]\\nI have cut my finger.\\nI have rejoiced.\\nI have flattered myself.\\nThou hast cut thyself.\\nHe has flattered himself.\\nWe have been afraid.\\nYou have mistaken.\\nTo full out*\\nHe pulls out his hair.\\nHe has pulled out his hair.\\nHe has cut his hair.\\nI have had my hair cut.\\nI have cut my nails.\\nThe hair,\\nTo go to bed.\\nTo get up, to rise.\\nDo you rise early\\nI rise at sun-rise.\\n1 go to bed at sun-set.\\nA.t what time did you go tc bed\\nAt midnight.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben \u00c2\u00a7u fid gcfd)iitttcn\\n3d) ()abc mid) nicbt gefebnttten.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aben fid) fckfe banner gefebnitten\\n(Sic fyaben fid) nicbt gefebnttten.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aft \u00c2\u00a3)u Dtr mil) gctl)an\\n3d) t)abc nur ntd)t Vocb getfyan.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3er t)at fid) gefebnttten\\nf 3d) babe mid) in ten S* n cr 9 e\\nfebnitten.\\nf 3d) babe mid) gefrcut (gefreuet)\\n3cb babe mir gejcbmctcbclt.\\nu baft \u00c2\u00a3)icb gefebnttten.\\n(5r bat fid) gefcbmetcbelt.\\nt SBtt baben un$ gefutcbtet.\\nC f 3br babt (Sud) getrtt,\\nf Ste fyaben fid) garrt.\\n2C u r e i p e n*.\\nt (St retpt fid) tie \u00c2\u00a3aare au$.\\nt C\u00c2\u00a3r bcit fid) t ie \u00c2\u00a3aare ausgeriffen.\\nt $t b\u00c2\u00abt fid) tie \u00c2\u00a3aare abgefefynit*\\nten.\\nt 3d) t)aU mir tie \u00c2\u00a3aate fcfynetten\\n(affen.\\nf 3d) b\u00c2\u00abbe mir tie Sftagel abgefefynte\\nten.\\ntag #aat (plur. e).\\nC3u Sette geben*.\\n(Scblafen gefyen*.\\nC^tcb iegen.\\n2Cuf|te en*.\\n(Steben (Siefrub auf\\n3d) ftebe nut (Sonnenaufgang auf.\\nC3d) gebe ffltt (Sennenuntctgang 311\\nmma\\nC 3d) lege mid) nut (Sennenuntetgang.\\nUrn roefcbe 3eit fint (Stc ju 23ette ge*\\ngangen 1\\nUrn sjtfitternadbt.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "213\\nAt three o clock in the morning. Urn btet Uf)t SWc^enS.\\nHe went to bed late. (\u00c2\u00a7r tjt fpat $u 23cttc gc^ongen.\\nAt what o clock did you go to Urn rmcmcl Ufjt fint) (Sic gcftcru $8\\nbed yesterday 33ctte gcgangen\\nAt a quarter past eleven. Urn cm SStertct cmf $\u00c2\u00bb8lf.\\nThe bed, t a$ S5ctt (plur. en)*\\nThe sun-rise Ut \u00c2\u00a9ennenaufgang.\\nl ne sun-rise, tct Ruffians bcr \u00c2\u00a9cnnc\\nThe sun-set 5 tcr \u00c2\u00a9*nnenwnto9 a \u00c2\u00ab9*\\nL ne sun-set, Untcrgftnfl kr @cnnc\\nNothing but. 91 i cf) t 4 a I\\nlie has nothing but enemies. @t fyat mcfytS a($ $ctnt e.\\nHe drinks nothing but water. (Sr tttnft nid)t5 ali 235affcr.\\nexercises. 167.\\nDid your father rejoice to see you 1 He did rejoice *o see me.-*\\nWhat did you rejoice at] I rejoiced at seeing my good friends.\\nWhat was your uncle delighted with (2Berubet f)at fid) tf)t Dfyeim\\ngcfrcut) He was delighted with (liber) the horse which you\\nbrought him from Germany. What were your children delighted\\nwith They were delighted with the fine clothes which I had\\nhad made (for) them. Why does this officer rejoice so much (fo\\nfcfyr) Because he natters himself he has good friends. Is he not\\nright in rejoicing] He is wrong, for he has nothing but enemies.\\nDo you flatter yourself that you know German] I do flatter\\nmyself that I know it; for 1 can speak, read, and write it. Can\\nyou write a German letter without an error (bet $el)(cr) 1 I can.\\nDoes any one correct your letters No one corrects them they dc\\nnot require (braucfyen ntd)t) to be corrected, for I make no faults in\\nthem. How many letters have you already written 1 have al-\\nready written a dozen. Have yo i hurt yourself] I have not Lart\\nmyself. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Who has hurt himself My brother has hurt himself,\\nfor he has cut his finger. Is he still ill He is better. I rejoice\\nto hear that he is no longer ill for I love him, and I pitied him from\\nmy heart. Why does your cousin pull out his hair]- Because he\\neannst pay what he owes. Have you cut your hair 1 I have rot\\ncut it (myself), but I have had it cut.- Why do you pity that\\nchild 1 Because he has cut his foot. Why was a knife given to\\nhim A knife was given to him to cut his nails, and he has cut\\nhis finger and his foot.\\n168.\\nDo you go to bed early I go to bed late, for I cannot sleep if\\nI go to bed early. At what o clock did you go to bed yesterday\\nYesterday I went to bed at a quarter past eleven. At what o clock\\ndo your children go to bed They go to bed at sun-set. Do they\\nrise early They rise at sun-rise. At what o clock did you rise\\nto-day To-day 1 rose late, because I went to bed late yesterday", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "214\\nevening. Does your son rise late? He must rise early, for he\\nnever goes to bed late. What does he do when he gets up He\\nstudies, and then breakfasts. Does he not go out before he break-\\nfasts No, he studies and breakfasts before he goes out. What\\ndoes he do after breakfast] As soon as he has breakfasted he\\ncomes to my house, and we ride (on horseback) into the forest.-^\\nDidst thou rise this morning as early as I I rose earlier than\\nyou, for I rose before sun-rise. (See end of Lesson XXXIV*)\\nSEVENTY.FIRST LESSON.- (gin ttttb ditbtttftpte\\nCation.\\nTo take a walk. (Spqtcten gefyen*.\\nTo take an airing in a carriage, \u00c2\u00a9pajterert fasten* (Imp. fuf)tj.\\nTo take a ride on horseback. (Spc^tetcn tcttcn* (Imp. rttt).\\nDC? 3 A. When two or more infinitives, two past\\nparticiples, or a past participle and an infinitive de-\\npend upon each other, the last in English is put the\\nfirst in German.\\nDo you wish to take a walk (to SBetTcn (Sic fpa$tcten gefjen\\ngo a walking) 1\\nI do wish to take a walk (to go 3$ will fpqteren gefyen\\na walking).\\nHe wishes to take a walk. (St roitt fpc^ieten gefyen.\\nThou wishest to take an airing. \u00c2\u00a3)u nritlft fpa^teren fasten.\\nThey wish to take a ride. (Sic rooflcn fpqtercn rcttcn.\\nDo you wish to see him work SMlen (Sic tfyn atbetten fcfycn\\nHas your brother been praised 1 3ft 3()t 23tufc et gelobt tt ori en\\nHe takes a walk every day. (St gcfyt a\\\\U Sage fpqteten.\\nDo you often walk Gkfyen (Ste oft fpqtctcn\\nI take a walk every morning. 3d) gef)C afle SERorgen fpa$teten\\nTo take a child a walking. (Sin ^tnb fpc^teten fufjretu\\nDo you take your children a gufytcn (Ste 3(jt:e int et fpqtetetn\\nwalking 1\\nI take them a walking every 3d) fft te fie atte 2( eno fpa$Uten\u00c2\u00ab\\nevening.\\nDC/ 3 B. Two infinitives or participles not deper d-\\ning on each other follow the English construction.\\nOne must love and praise one s gjton mup fetnett Jteunb (tefcen unfc\\nfriend. (often.\\nWhom nrist we despise and SGBcn muff man ttetacljtcn unt ftra*\\npunish fen", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "215\\nI take a walk, when I have no- 3d) cjefye fpa^teten, roenn td) $u \u00c2\u00a3oufe\\nthing to do at home. md)t* $u tfjun fyabe.\\nObs. A. The adverb tt cmtt is used to interrogate\\nwith respect to time only. In all other instances the\\nEnglish when is translated by tt etttu Ex.\\nWhen do you start 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bcmn rctfen Stc afc\\nWhen did he start] SBcmn tft et abgereift?\\nTo teach. \u00c2\u00a3efjten.\\nOfo. 2?. This verb, when joined to an infinitive,\\ngoverns the name of the person in the accusative\\nand when the thing taught is expressed by a substan-\\ntive, it governs a double accusative, the one of a per-\\nson and the other of a thing.\\nHe teaches me to read. (St fcfjrt mid) lefen.\\nI teach him to write. 3d) tc re tfjn fd)tet cn.\\nHe teaches me arithmetic and (St tefytt nrid) t a$ 9?cd)ncn tint)\\nwriting. @d)ret cn.\\nObs. C. All infinitives taken substantively are of\\nthe neuter gender. Any German infinitive may thus\\nbe taken substantively, e. g. ba$ Dlecfynett, arithmetic,\\nfrom recfyttett, to reckon bct$ \u00c2\u00a9cfyreiben, the writing,\\nfrom fcfyretben*, to write, c.\\nI teach you the German Ian- 3d) (eljre Bu tie fceutfcfye \u00c2\u00aeyxas\\ng^age. d)e. a\\nrun t err id) ten.\\nTo instruct. Untetrtd)t e 1 1 f) e t e n (or g c*\\nThe instruction, the lessons, fc et Untcrttd)t.\\nHe P-ives me lessons ht mic U \u00c2\u00ab^\u00c2\u00ab*t-\\ntie gives me lessons. j fe g^ umcr\\nI give him .essons in German (I 3d) QeOe (or crtfyetle) t()m Untcrrid)t\\nteach him German). im eutfd)ert.\\nI gave lessons in English to his 3d) fyabe fetncn jtinbcrn Itntcrricbt\\nchildren (I taught his children tm (5ttC}Ufd)en CttfteUt.\\nEnglish).\\nHe takes lessons in dancing. (5t nimmt Uttterridjt tm an$cn.\\nThe learned man, bcr d5clcr)rte\\n3)tt ^\u00c2\u00a3tad)e, the l nguage, is a feminine noun, and has u in the plural.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "216\\na learned man,\\nthe clergyman,\\na clergyman,\\nthe German master (meaning\\nthe master of the German\\nlanguage),\\nthe German master (meaning\\nthat the master is a German\\nwhatever he teaches),\\n.he dancing master,\\nTo dance.\\nTo cipher, to reckon.\\n!l\\nem \u00c2\u00a9carter (See Obs.\\nLIII.)\\nber \u00c2\u00a9etfhldje;\\ncm \u00c2\u00a9ctftlidjer\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)cutfd)tcf)rer\\nt)cr bcutfcfye Center\\nber an$mciftcr.\\nSanjcn.\\n$cd)ncn.\\nTo remember, to recollect. (Bid) c r i n n e r n.\\nObs. D. This verb governs either the genitive alone\\nor, less elegantly, the accusative with the preposition\\nam\\nDo you remember that man\\nI do remember him.\\nDoes ho recollect his promise]\\nHe does recollect it.\\nDoes he recollect it 1\\nI remember you.\\nI recollect them.\\nHe remembers me.\\nHe recollects us.\\nI have remembered him.\\n(Srtnnern Sic fid) btcfcS $ftanne$\\n3d) crtnncrc mtd) fritter.\\n{(Srinncrt cr fid) fetneS $3crfpre\\nd)en$\\n(Srtnncrt cr fid) an fcin SScrfprc*\\nd)en\\nS (S*r crtnnert fid) beffen.\\nI (Sr ertnncrt fid) batan.\\n\u00c2\u00a9rtnnert cr fid) beffen?\\n(Srtnncrt cr ftd6 baran\\n3d) crtnncrc mid) Sfytcv.\\n3d) crtnncrc mid) tfyrer.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3r crtnnert fid) metner.\\n(Sr crtnnert fid) unfer.\\n3d) fyafcc mid) fetner crtnnert.\\nEXERCISES. 169.\\nDo you call me 1 I do call you. What is your pleasure Yc\\nmust rise, for it is already late. What do you want me for? 1\\nhave lost all my money at play, and I come to beg you to lend me\\nsome. What o clock is it] It is already a quarter past six, and\\nyou have slept long enough. Is it long since you rose 1 It is an\\nhour and a half since I rose. Do you often go a walking] I go\\na walking when I have nothing to do at home. Do you wish to\\ntake a walk I cannot take a walk, for I have too much to do.\\nHas your brother taken a ride on horseback 1 He has taken an\\nairing in a carriage. Do your children often go a walking They\\ngo a walking every morning after breakfast. Do you take a walk", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "217\\nafter dinner 1 After dinner I drink tea and then I take a walk,--\\nDo you often take your children a walking I take them a walking\\nevery morning and every evening. Can you go along with me 1\\nI cannot go along with you, for I must take my little brother out a\\nwalking. Where do you walk 1 We walk in our uncle s garden\\nand fields. Do you like walking 1 I like walking better than eat-\\ning and drinking. Does your father like to take a ride on horse-\\nback He likes to take a ride in a carriage better than on horse-\\nback. Must one love children who are not good One ought, on\\nthe contrary, to punish and despise them. Who has taught you to\\nread I have learnt it with (bet) a French master. Has he also\\ntaught you to write 1 He has taught me to read and to write.\\nW T ho has taught your brother arithmetic 1 A German master has\\ntaught it him. Do you wish to take a walk with us] 1 cannot go\\na walking, for I am waiting for my German master. Does your\\nbrother wish to take a walk 1 He cannot, for he is taking lessons\\nin dancing.\\n170.\\nHave you an English master We have one. Does he also\\ngive you lessons in Italian] He does not know Italian but we\\nhave an Italian and Spanish master. What has become of youi\\nold writing master He has taken orders (has become a clergy-\\nman). W T hat has become of the learned man whom I saw at your\\nhouse last winter He has set up for a merchant. And what has\\nbecome of his son? He has turned a soldier. Do you still recol-\\nlect my old dancing master I do still recollect him what has\\nbecome of him He is here, and you can see him, if you like\\n(rooflcn). Hast thou a German master I have a very good (one),\\nfor it is my father, who gives me lessons in German and in Eng-\\nlish. Does your father also know Polish He does not know it\\nyet, but he intends to learn it this summer. Do you remember\\nyour promise 1 I do remember it. What did you promise me\\nI promised to give you lessons in German and I will doit. Wil\\nyou begm this morning 1 I will begin this evening, if you please\\n(roenn c$ 3 nen gefcttltg ift). Do you recollect the man whose son\\ntaught us dancing 1 I no longer recollect him. Do you still recol-\\nlect my brothers? I do recollect them very well, for when I was\\nstudying at Berlin, I saw them every day. Does your uncle still\\nrecollect me? I assure you that he still recollects you. Do you\\nspeak German better than my cousin I do not speak it as well as\\nhe, for he speaks it better than many Germans. Which of your\\npupils speaks it the best The one that was walking with me yes-\\nterday speaks it the best of them all. Is your uncle s house as high\\nas ours Yours is higher than my uncle s, but my cousin s is the\\nhighest house that I have ever seen. Has your friend as many books\\nas I You have more of them than he but my brother has more\\nof them than (both) you and he. Which of us (SBet son un$) has\\nthe most money You have the most, for I have but thirty crowns,\\nmy friend has but ten, and you have five hundred. (See end erf\\nLesson XXXIV.)\\n10", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "218\\nSEVENTY-SECOND LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Zmi m\\\\b Bitbmfytlt\\njUrtion.\\nTo make use of to use. S i d b e b t e n e n (governs the\\ngenitive).\\nDo you use my horse Skbicncn Sie fid) meincS $)ferbe$?\\nI do use it. 3d) bcbienc mid) beffetbcn.\\nDoes your father use it 23ebtent fid) 3f)t s \u00c2\u00a3ater t effctOen\\nHe does use it. (St bcbicnt fid) beffetbcn.\\nHave you used my carriage \u00c2\u00a3aben (Sic fid) metnes \u00c2\u00a3Bacjeng be*\\nbicnt\\nI have used it. 3d) f)abe mid) beffetbcn bebtcnt.\\nDo you use my books SBebienen (Sic fid) mcincr 93iid)er?\\nI do use them. 3d) bcbiene mid) berfelben.\\nMay I use your book Jtcmn id) mid) SfyreS 93ud)eg bcbie*\\nnen?\\nThou mayest use it. 2)u fannft Did) beffetbcn bebienen.\\nTo approach, to draw near. (Sid) nafjcm (governs the dative).\\nTo withdraw from, to go away (Sid) erttfetnen (governs the dative\\nfrom. with the preposition son).\\nDo you approach the fire Stfafyern (Sic fid) bem $cucr V\\nI do approach it. 3d) nafjere mid) bcmfclbcn.\\nt go away from the fire. 3d) cntfcrne mid) t om ??cuer.\\nI go away from it. 3d) cntfcrne mid) ba\u00c2\u00bbon.\\nWhat do you recollect? SBoran crinncrn \u00c2\u00a9te fid)\\nI recollect nothing. 3d) crinnere mid) an md)tg.\\nWhat are you withdrawing from? 3Bot)on entfernen Sie fid)?\\nAre you cold t 3ft c6 3 f) n e n fait\\nI am very cold. t ift m i r feljr fatt.\\nI am not cold. f 5g ift m t r nid)t fatt\\nArt thou cold f 3ft eg 3D i r fait\\nIs he warm 1 t 3ft eg tljm warm\\nAre they warm or cold 1 t 3ft eg tljnen warm obcr fait?\\nThey are neither warm nor cold, f ift ifyncn weber warm ncdj\\nMt.\\nWho is cold t SQBem ift eg fait\\nMy feet are cold. f (5g ift nut -cm ben gupen fatt.\\nHis hands are cold. f (\u00c2\u00a7g ijt tfjm an ben \u00c2\u00a3anben fatt.\\nWhy does that man go away from SBarum entfernt fid) btcfer 9J2ann t on\\nthe fire 1 bm\\\\ $euer\\nHe goes away from it, because (\u00c2\u00a3r entfernt fid) ba\u00c2\u00bbon, wett eg ibm\\nhe is not cold. nid)t fatt ift.\\nTo freeze\u00e2\u0080\u0094 frozen. f S? t i e t e n g e f t o t e n.\\nFroze. r o r (imperfect).\\n06s. The impersonal verb fnetett, to freeze, governs", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "219\\nthe accusative, and may also be used for the English\\nverb to be cold, as\\nI am very cold. f (S$ frtctt mid) fel(jr.\\nI am not cold. (5s fricrt mid) ntd)t.\\nWho is cold 1 t ^n fricrt e$\\nMy feet are cold. r fttcten t te giipe.\\nHis hands are cold. t 3^ m f^icren t te \u00c2\u00a3cink\\\\\\nFor what whereto for what \u00c2\u00a3B j U\\npurpose 1\\nWhat do you want money for \u00c2\u00a3Be$u fcrciud)en \u00c2\u00a9te (Mb\\n1 want some to buy a carriage 3d) btaudx roelcfyeS, urn cinen 2Ba*\\nwith. gen $u faufen.\\nWhat does this horse serve you \u00c2\u00a3Bo$u blent Sfynen fctcfeS Spfetb\\nfor]\\n[t serves me to ride out upon. b tem mir cm^utetten or $um 2(u$*\\nreiten.\\nTo ride out. 2Cu$teiten*.\\nTo go out in a carriage. 2(u\u00c2\u00a3faf)cen*.\\nEXERCISES. 171.\\nWhich is the nearest way to go to your uncle s castle This\\nway is shorter than the one we took yesterday but my father\\nknows one which is the nearest of all. Do you use my carriage\\nI do use it. Has your father used my horse He has used it.\\nWhat does this horse serve you for 1 It serves me to ride out\\nupon. Do you use the books which I lent you I do use them.\\nMay I (jtonn id)) use your knife Thou mayest use it, but thou\\nmust not cut thyself. May my brothers use your books They\\nmay use them, but they must not tear them. May we use your\\nstone table You may use it, but you must not spoil it. What\\nhas my wood served you for 1 It has served me to warm myself\\nwith. For what purpose do your brothers want money 1 They\\nwant some to live upon. What does this knife serve us for? It\\nserves us to cut our bread, our meat, and our cheese with. Is it\\ncold to day 1 It is very cold. Will you draw near the fire I\\ncannot draw near it, for I am afraid of burning myself. Why does\\nyour friend go away from the fire 1 He goes away from it, because\\nhe is afraid of burning himself. Art thou coming near the fire\\nI am coming near it, because I am very cold. Are thy hands cold\\nMy hands are not cold, but my feet are. Do you go away from\\nthe fire 1 I do go away from it. Why do you go away from it 1\\nBecause I am not cold. Are you cold or warm I am neither cold\\nnor warm.\\n172.\\nWhy do your children approach the fire They approach it, be-\\ncause they are cold. Is any body cold 1 Somebody is cold. Who", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "220\\nis cold The little boy, whose father has lent you a horse, is cold,\\nWhy does he not warm himself] Because his father has no\\nmoney to buy wood. Will you tell him to come to me to warm\\nhimself] I will tell him so. Do you remember anything I re-\\nmember nothing*. What does your uncle recollect] He recollects\\nyour promise. What have I promised him You have promised\\nhim to go to Germany with him next winter. I intend to do so if\\nit is not too cold. Are your hands often cold My hands are\\nscarcely ever cold, but my feet are often so. Why do you with-\\ndraw from the fire I have been sitting near the fire this hour and\\na half, so that I am no longer cold. Does your friend not like to\\nsit near the fire He likes, on the contrary, much (fefyr) to sit neai\\nthe fire, but only when he is cold. May one approach your uncle\\nOne may approach him, for he receives every body. (See end\\nof Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY-THIRD LESSON. -JUm mtfr Bkbm^BU\\nSection.\\nTo shave ttafiten (verb active).\\n(Sid) rajiren (verb reflexive).\\nTo get shaved. (Std) taftren laflen*.\\nTo dress, to put on clothes. 2Cn$tcf)en*.\\nTo dress. 2lnftctt en.\\nTo undress, to put off clothes. 2Cu6\u00c2\u00a3tef)cn*.\\nTo undress. UutfUtim.\\nObs. A. gfttjtefyett* expresses either to dress or to put\\nen clothes, but anfteiben can only be used to express the\\nEnglish to dress. The same may be said with regard to\\naug jtefyett* and cwgfieiben.\\nHave you dressed yourself] Jpcibm Ste fi cJ) cmcjeHctbct\\nI have not yet dressed myself. 3d) t)abe nud) nod) ntcfyt angefteitct.\\nHave you dressed the child] \u00c2\u00a3a6cn (Ste fcas Jttnb ancjesocjm\\nI have dressed it. 3d) Fja e c$ angc^ocjen.\\nHe has put on his coat. (Sr fyat feincn $ec\u00c2\u00a3 an$e$ogen.\\nHe has taken off his shoes. (St r)ctt feme @cf)ul)e au$gc$ogcn.\\nTo wake. SGBccfen, emfrwefen.\\nTo awake. (Srwacfyen, aufrcactjeru\\nObs. B. 2Berfen and cwftoetfett are active verbs, but\\nerwadjen and cwfwacfyen are neuter, and take the verb\\nfetn* for their auxiliary. Sffietfen signifies to wake in-\\ntentionally, cmftoecfen unintentionally Ex. SDBotfen \u00c2\u00a9if", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "221\\nmid) um gn et Ufyr tt ecfen Will you wake me at two\\no clock? 9D?adf)ett \u00c2\u00a9te femen Sdrm, bamtt \u00c2\u00a9te if)tt md)t\\nailftDecfett, do not make any noise, that you may not\\nwake him. tvad)cn means to awake at once or by ac-\\ncident. Ex. 3d) ern act)te auf eutntal an$ memem granme,\\nI at once awoke from my dream. StufrDCtcfyett, means to\\nawake regularly without any accident. Ex. e$ QRor*\\ngen\u00c2\u00a3 aufwacfyert, to awake in the morning.\\nTo come down S)evah, fyutab ftetgen*, gefyen*,\\n(See Less. L.) Remitter, fyimmter 5 retten*, fasten*, jc.\\nTo go down into the well. 3n ben SBrunnen fytnunter fretgen*.\\nTo come down the hill. 55cm S3etge beraO ftctgcn*.\\nTo go down the river. 3)en \u00c2\u00a9ttcm rjtnaO fasten*.\\nTo alight from one s horse, to 25 cm ^fcrbe fteicjen*.\\ndismount.\\nTo alight, to get out. {SS^^.\\nTo mount to ascend. t c i 3 c n (part, past cjefttegen.\\nImperf. fttco,).\\nTo mount the horse. 2Cuf$ (auf t)Q^) tyfttb ftctcjen*.\\nTo get into the coach. 3n ten SBagen jtetgen*.\\nTo go on board a ship. 3n em (Scfyiff ftetgen*.\\nThe dream, the beard, bet Sraum ber 23ort\\nthe stream (the river), ber (Sttcm.\\nWhere is your brother 1 \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3c tft Sfjt 93rubet\\nHe is in the garret. Sr ijt auf tern 33oben.\\nWill you desire him to ccme SGBcllen @ic tf)n bitten r)cra (Reruns\\ndown 1 ter) $u femmen\\nThe garret (the loft) under the \u00c2\u00a3)et S3obcn untet bem \u00c2\u00a3)aclje etnc$\\nroof of a house. ^oufe\u00e2\u0082\u00ac.\\nTo come down. #era (or fjeruntet) femmen.\\nTo behave, to conduct one s Bid) aufftirjtcn.\\nself. I xti) ftetraa/n* (Imperf. ktrug).\\nI behave well. 3d) ftiftte nucf) qut auf.\\nHow does he behave 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bte fuf)rt er ficr; auf\\nTowards. (55 c Cj e n (a preposition governing\\nthe accusative).\\nHe behaves ill towards this man. (Sr bctragt fid) fd)tecl)t ge^en ttefen\\n9#ann.\\nHe has behaved ill towards me. (5r rjat fid) viM a/cjen mid) kttacjen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "222\\nTo be worth while. 2)et 9#u()e a roettf) ettt*\\nfs it worth while 1 3(1 e6 bet 5DZuf)e roettfj\\nIt is worth while. (\u00c2\u00a76 tft fcer ^(ir)e n?ertr).\\nIt is not worth while. (Ss tft ntd)t feet SfMfye rcettf).\\nIs it worth while to do that? 3ft es t et 9Mf)e roettf), t tefe$ gi\\ntfum?\\nIs it worth while to write to 3ft e\u00c2\u00a3 t cr 9)?ufje roertf), an tf)tt $tt\\nhim fct)teit)cn\\nIs it better 3ft e$ kfiet\\nIt is better. @s tft beffet.\\nft is better to do this than that, (gg tft t cffer, t tefe$ ati ierteS $U\\ntf)un.\\nIt is better to stay here than to (S$ tft beffet, f)tet $u bU\\\\bm, ctt$ fpa*\\ngo a walking. gieren $u cjefyen.\\nexercises. 173.\\nHave you shaved to-day I have shaved. Has your brother\\nshaved! He has not shaved himself, bat has got shaved. Do\\nyou shave often 1 I shave every morning, and sometimes also in\\nthe evening. When do you shave in the evening 1 When I do\\nnot dine at home. How many times a day does your father\\nshave 1 He shaves only once a day, but my brother has such a\\nstrong beard, that he is obliged to shave twice a day. Does your\\nuncle shave often He shaves only every other day (etrten cig um\\nt cn anbcrn), for his beard is not strong. At what o clock do you\\ndress in the morning I dress as soon as I have breakfasted, and\\nI breakfast every day at eight o clock, or at a quarter past eight.\\nDoes your neighbour dress before he breakfasts He breakfasts\\nbefore he dresses. At what o clock in the evening dost thou un-\\ndress] I undress as soon as I return from (aue) the theatre.\\nDost thou go to the theatre every evening 1 I do not go every eve-\\nning, for it is better to study than to go to the theatre. At what\\no clock dost thou undress when thou dost not go to the theatre I\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI then undress as soon as I have supped, and go to bed at ten\\no clock. Have you already dressed the child 1 I have not dressed\\nit yet, for it is still asleep (fcfyfaft nocb). At what o clock does it\\nget up 1 I gets up as soon as it is waked.\\n174.\\nDo you rise as early as 1 1 I do not know at what o clock you\\nrise, but I rise as soon as I awake. Will you tell my servant to\\nwake me to-morrow at four o clock 1 I will tell him. Why have\\nyou risen so early] My children have made such a noise that\\nthey wakened me. Have ycu slept well I have not slept well,\\nfor you made too much noise. At what o clock must I wake you?\\n3)ie Sftitfje, is a feminine suostantive, and takes tt in the plural.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "223\\nTo-moirow thou mayest wake me at six o clock. At wha*\\no clock did the good captain awake 1 He awoke at a quarter past\\nfive in the morning. When did this man go down into the well 1\\nHe went down into it this morning. Has he come up again\\nyet (wtct)cr (jerciuf gcfttcgen) He came up an hour ago. Where\\nis your brother 1 He is in his room. Will you tell him to come\\ndown I will tell him so but he is not dressed yet. Is your\\nfriend still on the mountain? He has already come down. Did\\nyou go down or up this river] W^e went down it. Has your\\nbrother dined already He dined as soon as he had alighted from\\nhis horse. Is your uncle already asleep (fcf)(afen*) 1 I believe\\nthat he is asleep, for he went to bed as soon as he had alighted.\\nDid my cousin speak to you before he started He spoke to me\\nbefore he got into the coach. Have you seen my brother? I saw\\nhim before I went on board the ship.\\n175.\\nHow did my child behave 1 He did behave very well. How\\ndid my brother behave towards you 1 He behaved very well to-\\nwards me, for he behaves well towards every body. Is it worth\\nwhile to write to that man It is not worth while to write to him.\\nIs it worth while to alight in order to buy a cake 1 It is not\\nworth while, for it is not long since we ate. Is it worth while to\\ndismount from my horse in order to give something to that pcor\\nman 1 Yes, for he seems to want it but you can (formcn) give\\nhim something without dismounting from your horse. Is it better\\nto go to the theatre than to study] It is better to do the latter\\nthan the former. Is it better to learn to read German than to speak\\nit 1 It is not worth while to learn to read it without learning to\\nspeak it, Is it better to go to bed than to go a walking It is\\nbetter to do the latter than the former. Is it better to get into a\\ncoach than to go on board the ship It is not worth while to get\\ninto a 3oach or to go on board the ship when one has no wish to\\ntravel (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 hut mtir xicbtttjiQZt*\\ntttiion.\\nTo hire, to rent. 9% i e t fj e tu\\nTo hire a room. (Sin Simmer mtctfjen.\\nHave you hired a room 1 abm Ste etn 3tmmet gemtetr)et\\nI have hired one. 3d) fjate cirtS gemtetfyet.\\nTo lei aSermtetfjctu\\nHe has a room to let. (St r;at ctn Simmer $u ttetmtetfyen.\\nTo part with something. (StoaS aftfefyaffen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "224\\nDo you intend to part with your \u00c2\u00a9tnb \u00c2\u00a9ie gcfonnen 7 3f)te 9)fett)e a\\nhorses gufcbaffcn\\nI have already parted with them. 3d) babe ftc feben abgcfd afft.\\nHe has parted with his carriage, (St bat fetnen 5Bagen abgefebafft.\\nHave you parted with (dis- \u00c2\u00a3ciben W 3t)ren 23ebtenten cibqe*\\ncharged) your servant 1 fd)afft\\nI have parted with (discharged) 3d) fyabe i n abgefefyafft.\\nhim.\\nTo get rid of something. 7 f g\\nTo rid ones self of something. 3\\nDid you get rid of your damaged f (Stnb @ie Sfyrcn ttctborbenen 3uj\\nsugar cfer log gerootben\\nI did get rid of it. t 3d) bin tfyn leg geroorben.\\nDid he get rid of his old horse f 3ft cr fein cites $fcrb log geivon\\nben?\\nHe did get rid of it. f 5r ift eg log gerootben.\\nTo hope, to expect. f f e n.\\nDo you expect to find him there 1 \u00c2\u00a3offen (Sic i()ii la $u finben\\nI do ~xpect it. 3d) fyoffe eg.\\nHope and expectation make \u00c2\u00a3offen unb barren macfyt 9Eand)cn\\nmany a dupe. gum barren. (See Lesson XL.\\nObs. B.)\\nTo wait, to tarry. \u00c2\u00a3arten.\\nTo change. a u f d) c ru\\nTo ea*^ to J f\\nTo change one thing for another. (Stuxig gegen etwat ttertewfefyen 01\\numtaufeben.\\nI change my hat for his. 3d) taufd)c metnen \u00c2\u00a3ut gegen ber\\nfeintgen um.\\nTo put on one s hat. 2 en \u00c2\u00a3ut auffegen.\\nTo put on linen. SBa fdbV antegen.\\nTo p n on a cravat. \u00c2\u00a9in \u00c2\u00a3a(gtud) umbtnben*. Part,\\npast, gebunben. Imperf. banb.\\nDo 12 jSSeThatl M\u00c2\u00ab*\\nJdoStTotron. }s*fe|eei\u00e2\u0080\u009eenanter\u00e2\u0080\u009eaui\\nHe puts on other (shifts his) (St tegt ($tefit) anbete 2\u00c2\u00a3afd)e an.\\nlinen.\\nHe changes his linen. (5t roeebfett feme SBSfdjc.\\nI put on another cravat. 3d) btnbe etn anbereg ^algtuc^ um.\\nI change my cravat. 3d) tt ed)gle bat \u00c2\u00a3algtud).\\na 2)ie SBctfcfye, the linen, is a feminine collective noun and has consequent\\nly no plural.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "To put on other clothes.\\nHe puts on other clothes.\\nHe puts on another shirt.\\nTo change the horse.\\n225\\n(Sid) umfleibett.\\n\u00c2\u00a9te JUeibct rocd)fcln.\\n(Sr fteibct fid) urn.\\n1 5t tt cd)fc(t fctnc fciber.\\ni @t jiefjt em anbcrcS \u00c2\u00a3cmb am\\ni (St wcdbfclt fein #cmb.\\n@tn anbercs \u00c2\u00a7)fetb ncfymcn*.\\n2)a$ spfetb n ed)fc(n.\\nTo exchange. SB e d) f c I n.\\nTo take fresh horses. \u00c2\u00a3)ic ^fcrbc tt cd)fehn\\nTo exchange a piece of money. (Sin Stiicf \u00c2\u00aectt roecfyfefn.\\nTo correspond with some one. SBrtcfc nut 3emanbem roedbfefa.\\nDo you correspond with your 2Ced)fc(n \u00c2\u00a3ic S3riefe nutSfyrem 93aa\\nfather? tcr\\nf do correspond with him. 3d) rc cd)6(c SSrtefe mit tfym.\\nTo mix.\\nAmongst.\\nI mix among the people.\\nHe mixes amongr the soldiers.\\ni d) m i d) c n.\\nXX n t c r (a preposition governing\\nthe dative and accusative).\\n3d) mtfd)C mid) untcr tie Seutc.\\n(Sc mifct)t fid) untcr tic (Selbatcn.\\nrSQSicbcr erf enn en*.\\nTo recognise or to acknowledge* ^(Srfcnncn*.\\nC Imperf. erfanntc.\\nDo you recognise this man (Srfcnncn (Sic bicfen 90?cmn\\n[t is so long since I saw him, 3d) fjcibe ifjn fcl)on fo tcuicjc ntd)t ge*\\ntint I do not recollect him. fefyen, l ci$ id) tr)n md)t roieberers\\nfennc.\\nEXERCISES. 176.\\nHave you already hired a room I have already hired one.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhere have you hired it] I have hired it in William Street,\\nnumber (one) hundred and fifty one. At whose house (*8ct rocm)\\nhave you hired it 1 At the house of the man whose son has sold\\nyou a horse.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -For whom has your father hired a room 1 He has\\nhired one for his son who has just arrived from Germany. Did\\nyou at last get rid of that man 1 I did get rid of him. Why has\\nyour father parted with his horses Because he did not want\\nthem any more. Have you discharged your servant 1 I have dis-\\ncharged him, because he served me no more well. W T hy have you\\nparted with your carriage] Because I do not travel any more.\\nHas your merchant succeeded at last in getting rid of his damaged\\nsugar He has succeeded in getting rid of it. Has he sold it on\\ncredit? He was able to sell it for cash, so that he did not sell it\\non credit. Do you hope to arrive early in Paris I hope to ar-\\nrive there at a quarter past eight, for my father is waiting for me\\nthis evening. For what have you exchanged your carriage which\\n10*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "226\\nvon no bnger made use of? I have exchanged it for a fine Ara\\nbian noise. Do you wish to exchange your book for mine 1\u00e2\u0080\u00941\\ncannot, for I want it to study German with. Why do you take\\nyour hat off? I take it off, because I see my old writing-mastel\\ncoming. Do you put on another hat to go to the market 1 I do\\nnot put on another to go to the market, but to go to the great con*\\ncert.\\n177.\\nWhy does your father put on other clothes 1 He is going to the\\nking, so that he must put on others.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Have you put on another hat\\nto go to the English captain 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I have put on another, but I have\\nnot put on another coat or other boots. How many times a day\\ndost thou put on other clothes I put on others to dine and to go\\nto the theatre. Do you often put on a clean shirt (cin roeifieS #emb)\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I put on a clean one every morning. W T hen does your father put\\non a clean shirt He puts it on when he goes to the ball. Does\\nhe put on a clean cravat (cin roet|5e$ #a(6tud)) as often as you? He\\nputs one on oftener than I, for he does so six times a day. Did\\nyou often take fresh horses when you went to Vienna l I took\\nfresh ones every three hours. Will you change me this gold coin\\n(ba$ (Mbftiicf) 1 I am going to (mill) change it for you what money\\ndo you wish to have for it (bafitt) I wish to have crowns, florins,\\nand kreuzers. Do you correspond with my friend 1 I do corres-\\npond with him. -How long have you been corresponding with my\\nbrother ?~I have been corresponding with him these six years al-\\nmost. Why do you mix among those people?-\u00e2\u0080\u0094! mix among\\nthem in order to know what they say of me. Have you recognised\\nyour father I had not seen him for such a long time, that I did\\nnot recognise him (3d) fyatte tf)n fo (angc ntcfyt gcfcfyen, bagid) tr)n ntd)t\\nrotcbet crfrmnte). Do you still speak German? It is so long since\\nI spoke it, that I have nearly forgotten it all. Amongst you (Untet\\n(Sud)) country people there are many fools, are there not (tud)t roafyt)\\nasked a philosopher lately (neultd)) of a peasant (ctncn S3ciuetn).\\nThe latter (\u00c2\u00a3)tefet) answered him Sir, one finds some in all sta-\\ntions (bet ^tcmb). Fools sometimes tell the truth (bte SSafa\\nf)dt), said the philosopher. (See end of Lesson XXXI V.)\\nSEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Mini amir siebttqigftte\\nTo find one s self (to be, to do). @tdjt efint cn*. Imperf. fanb.\\nHow do you do t kftnben (Sic fid)\\nI am very well. j 3d) tofinbe mtcl) fefjr tt oF)(.\\nHow is your father? \u00c2\u00a3Bie kftnbct fid) 3^ \u00c2\u00a3ert SSatet?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "227\\nObs. In the German the words ^err, sir, $va\\\\t ma\u00c2\u00ab\\ndam, c. must be preceded by the possessive pronoun.\\nHe is ill. f \u00c2\u00a3r befmbet fid) ftbef.\\nYour brother. f 3 5 r e r r 23ruber.\\nYour cousin. f 3 1) r |)err better.\\nYour brothers. f 3 5 re err en 23riiber.\\nTo stay, to sojourn. @id) auf flatten*. Imperf. l)te(t. a\\nHave you stayed long at Vien- \u00c2\u00a3aben Bit fid) tange in SQBtett aufges\\nna? fatten?\\nI have stayed there only three 3d) fyafce mid) nut btei Sage t a auf*\\ndays. gefyattcn.\\nWhere does your brother stay at \u00c2\u00a3Bo fja tt fid) Sljt #crr *8rubet ges\\npresent genroattig auf\\nAt present. \u00c2\u00a9egcnroattig.\\nTo mock at, to criticise some one (Sid) fiber 3emanben ot)er etwaS auf*\\nor something. fyaften*.\\nTo laugh at some one. \u00c2\u00a9id) ubet Semanben Utjtig madjen.\\nHe criticises every body. (St t)dtt fid) uber Sebermann auf.\\nTo earn, to get* \u00c2\u00a3S e r b i e tt e n.\\nTo ^w. \u00c2\u00a9eminnen*. Part, past, g e\\nrccnncn. Imperf. geroann.\\nTo get one s bread. @etn 95reb Dcrbtcnen or erroerben*.\\nPart, past, erwerbcn. Imperf.\\nemxitb.\\nTo get one s livelihood by. t d) e r n a f) r e tt mi t.\\nHe gets his livelihood by work- (St ernafjrt fid) mit 2Crbeiten.\\ning.\\nI get my livelihood by writing. 3d) emafyrc mid) mit Sd)reibetn\\nI gain my money by working. 3d) ttetbiene mcin \u00c2\u00aee(b mit 2Crbeiten.\\nBy what does this man get his SOBomtt crnafyrt fid) biefer SRatm?\\nlivelihood\\nTo spill. SSergiegen*, Part, past, oet*\\ng off en. Imperf. ergof.\\nHe has spilt the wine over the (Sr fjat ben \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ein auf ten SSifdr) tter*\\ntable. goffen (action).\\na Compouna verbs are conjugated exactly like simple verbs. We shall\\ntherefore merely note the irregularities of the latter, and leave it tc the learner\\nhimself to add the separable or inseparab*e particles. Thus fatlb is the im-\\nperfect of fmben*, to find (See Lessons XXXV. and XLIL), and befdttb that\\nof beftnben*. The participle past of futben is gefunben, and that of beftttben*,\\nbefuttben, the syllable ge being omitted on account of the inseparable particle\\n(See Lesson XLV). iptclt is the imperfect of the verb fjaltcn*, to hold (Les-\\nson LIIL), and btelt auf that of auf batten*. The past participle of fallen ii\\nflebalten, and that of auf fallen* aufgeljaften.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "228\\nTo stana,\\nThe wine is on the table.\\nHas your father already\\nparted 1\\nHe is ready to depart.\\nReady.\\nTo make ready.\\nTo make one s self ready.\\nTo keep one s self ready.\\nTo split (to pierce)*\\nTo break somebody s heart.\\nYou break this man s heart.\\nTo hang.\\nTo be hanging.\\nS t e ty c n Part, past, gejtanbert\\nImperf. ftanb.\\nct SSein ftetyt auf bem ifd\\n(rest).\\nde- 3ft 3 r \u00c2\u00a3crr SBatcr fcr)0tt abgercipi\\n(St tft bereft, nfyuteifen.\\nSBereit.\\nSBeteiten.\\n(Sicty berctt mactyen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) bcreit fatten*.\\nSerfpalten (butcty otyten).\\nSemanbem bag $cr$ butctyfcotyren.\\n@ie burctyfcotyten biefem Sftanne bag\\na n g c n (verb active, regular)\\n*|p a n g e n (a neuter irregulai\\nverb). Part, past, getyangen.\\nImperf. tying.\\nWas my hat hanging on the nail 1\\nIt was hanging on it.\\nI hang it on the nail.\\nThe thief has been hanged.\\nWho has hung the basket on the\\ntree?\\nThe thief,\\nthe robber, the highwayman,\\nThe patient (the sick person),\\nTolerably well.\\nIt is rather late.\\nft is rather far.\\n\u00c2\u00a3tng mcin \u00c2\u00a3ut an bem Sftaget\\n@r tying baran.\\n3cty tyd ngc ityn an ben Stfagef.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et Die tfi gctyangt rootben.\\nSGScr tyat ben jtotb an ben 25aum ge*\\ntyangt\\nber \u00c2\u00a3)tc\\nber Member,\\nber patient. (See Note, Lesson\\nLIV.)\\n3temUcty, fo $temlid).\\nift $iemtid) fpat.\\nS$ ijt jiemltd) roett.\\nexercise 178.\\nHow is your father He is (only) so so. How is your patient?\\nHe is a little better to-day than yesterday. Is it long since you\\nsaw your brothers 1 I saw them two days ago. How were they\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094They were very well. How art thou? 1 am tolerably well\\n(nicbt iibel). How long has your brother been learning German 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094He has been learning it only three months. Does he already\\nspeak it? He already speaks, reads, and writes it better than youi\\ncousin who has been learning it these five years. Is it long since\\nyou heard of my uncle*? It is hardly three months since 1 heard\\nof him. Where was he staying then 1 He was staying at Berlin*\\nbut now he is in London. Do you like t( speak to my uncle 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "229\\n1 do like very much (fefjt) to speak to him, but I do not like (tcf) Ijafcc\\nnid)t gern) him to laugh at me. Why does he laugh at you 1 H6\\nlaughs at me, because I speak badly. Why has your brother nc\\nfrierrds 1 He has none, because he criticises every body. What\\ndo you get your livelihood by] I get my livelihood by working.\\nDoes your friend get his livelihood by writing] He gets it by\\nspeaking and writing. Do these gentlemen get their livelihood by\\nworking They do not get it by doing any thing, for they are\\ntoo idle to work. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY-SIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qzzt)B Utib rietatpgrtc\\nCation.\\nTo doubt any thing. 2Cn etroag ^roctfem (governs the da-\\nTo question any thing. tive with the preposition an).\\nDo you doubt that 3roetfeln \u00c2\u00a9ie batan\\ndo not doubt it.\\nI make no question,* have no C 3d) groetflc md)t barcm.\\ndoubt of it. j\\nIt is not to be doubted. \u00c2\u00a3)atan ift ntd)t $u $roetfctn.\\nWhat do you doubt 1 SBeran petfeln Sie?\\nI doubt what that man has told 3d) peifle on bent/ roaS btefet 9tfawi\\nme. mit gefagt f)aU\\nTo agree to a thing. ttekt (or roegen) etwag etmg (oi\\netng) roerben*.\\nTo SL tMng\\nDo you grant that \u00c2\u00a9cftcfecn (Sic eg\\nI do grant it. 3d) geftefoe eg (or id) geftefye eg ettt, of\\nid) gebe eg $u).\\nHow much have you paid for that SBtemel \\\\)ahcn \u00c2\u00a9te fiir btefer \u00c2\u00a3ut be*\\nhat! ga^ft?\\nI ha^e paid three crowns for it. 3d) fyafce btet Sfjalct bafut 6c\u00c2\u00a7af)(t.\\nFor. (i r (a preposition governing the\\naccusative).\\nhave bought this horse for fire 3d) fjate btcfeg $)fetb fur (or urn)\\nhundred francs. fiinf f)unbctt ^ranfen gefauft.\\nThe price, bet \u00c2\u00a7)retg.\\nHave you agreed about the price? (Stub @te (iter ben $tcig (roegen beg\\n$)ret| eg) cintg geroorben\\nWe have agreed aboui it. \u00c2\u00a3Bit finb barubet (begroegen) etntg\\ngcrootben.\\nAbout what have you agreed? 2Boriibct (rcegrocgen) finb \u00c2\u00a9tc etntg\\ngcroorben", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "230\\nence.\\nTo consent.\\nAbort the price. J\\nOn account of (about). SBegen (a preposition governing\\nthe genitive).\\nDo you confess your fault? \u00c2\u00a9efteljcn \u00c2\u00a9tc Sforen $c(jler etn?\\ndo confess it. 3d) geftefye tfyn cin.\\nt confess it to be a fault. 3d) geftefye, tap eg cin gc^tet tfi\\nTo aoree to oomoose a differ- @i ^3^*\u00e2\u0084\u00a2*- Part, past, m\\n2 gltcf en. Imperf. Detgttcrj.\\n.\u00c2\u00a9id) Mtctmgen.\\n(SinroUligen.\\nSnbeffen, bod), iebod)*\\neffen ungead)tet.\\nt a Q e n*. Imperf. ttug.\\n2Ba$ fiir Jttetber ttagt et\\n(Sr trfigt fd)b ne \u00c2\u00a3letber.\\n\u00c2\u00a9egen mettle \u00c2\u00a9ercofjnfjett (a fern.\\nnoun taking en in the plural).\\nBte gcroofynUd).\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3anbe(ggencp (gen. en).\\nHowever*\\nFor all that*\\nTo wear*\\nWhat garments does he wear\\nHe wears beautiful garments.\\nAgainst my custom.\\nAs customary.\\nThe partner,\\nTo observe something, to take (Strcag mctien (geroafyt roetben*, fe*\\nnotice of something.\\nDo you take notice of that\\nI do take notice of it.\\nDid you observe that 1\\nDid you notice what he did?\\nJ did notice it.\\nfyen*).\\nSfterfen xt tag\\n3$ merfe eg.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen @te bag gemetft\\naben Ste gefefyen, rcaS et getfjan\\nFjat?\\n3d) M e eg gefefjen.\\nTo expect (to hope). 33ermutl)cn (f)Offen)\u00c2\u00bb\\nDo you expect to receive a letter SSetmutfyen @ic etnen S3ttef t)On 3fc\\nfrom your uncle\\nI do expect it.\\nHe expects it.\\nHave we expected it 1\\nWe have expected it.\\nrem \u00c2\u00a3)fyetm $u err)altcn\\n3* fjeffe eg.\\n(St t etmutfjet eg.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afcen rait eg \u00c2\u00bbetmutf)et?\\n\u00c2\u00a3Btt fjafcen eg oermut^et.\\nTo get (meaning to procure).\\ncannot procure any money.\\n23ctfd)affen.\\n3d) frmn mit !etn \u00c2\u00aeetb fcerfdjaffen.\\nHe cannot procure any thing to (St fann fid) md)tg $u effen \u00c2\u00a9crfd^af*\\neat. fen.\\nexercises. 179.\\nWhat have you gained that money by 1 I have gained it by\\nworking. What have you done with your wine 1 I have spilt it", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "231\\non the table. Where is yours 1 It is on the large table in my lit*\\ntie room but you must not drink any of it, for I must keep it for\\nmy father who is ill. Are you ready to depart with me 1 I am so.\\nDoes your uncle depart with us 1 He departs with us if he plea-\\nses. Will you tell him to be ready to depart to-morrow at six\\nO clock in the evening I will tell him so. Why are you laugh-\\ning at that man 1 I do not intend to laugh at him. I beg of you\\nnot to do it, for you will break his heart if you laugh at him. Why\\nhave they (man) hanged that man 1 They have hanged him, be-\\ncause he has killed somebody. Have they (man) hanged the man\\nwho stole a horse (from) your brother (in the dative) They (9#an)\\nhave punished him, but they have not hanged him they only hang\\nhighwaymen in our country (bet un\u00c2\u00a3). Where have you found my\\ncoat 1 I found it in the blue room it was hanging on a great nail.\\nWill you hang my hat on the tree 1 I will hang it thereon.\\n180.\\nDo you doubt what I am telling you 1 1 do not doubt it. Do\\nyou doubt what that man has told you I do doubt it, for he has\\noften told me what was not true (rcafyt). Why have you not kept\\nyour promise 1 I know no more what I promised you. Did you\\nnot promise us to take (fubtcn) us to the concert (on) Thursday 1 I\\nconfess that I was wrong in promising you although (tnfeeffcn) the\\nconcert has not taken place. Does your brother confess his fault]\\nHe does confess it. What does your uncle say to that letter\\nHe says that it is written very well but he admits that he has\\nbeen wrong in sending it to the captain. Do you confess your fault\\nnow I confess it to be a fault. Have you at last bought the\\nhorse which you wished to buy I have not bought it, for I have\\nnot beej able to procure money. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY.SEVENTH LESSON. Qkbm nnh\\nBkbznfisBtt fiction.\\nOF THE PLUPERFECT.\\nThis past tense expresses an action entirely finished\\n^hen another action which relates to it was com-\\nmencing.\\nAfter having read (after I had 9tacr?t em ten getcfen fatte.\\nread).\\nAfter having cut the bread (after 9?ad)t cm er feaS SBrob gefdjmtten fyat*\\nhe had cut the bread). U.\\nAfter having eaten (after he had 9?ad)t cm er Qcc;ef[cn r)atte.\\neaten.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "232\\nAfter cutting myself. 9?ad)bem id) mid) Qcfcftntttett (jatte.\\nAfter dressing yourself. 9tfad)bem \u00c2\u00a9ie fid) angcgogcn fatten.\\nAfter he had withdrawn from the 9?ad)bem cr fid) t em gciter entfertrf\\nfire. fyatte.\\nAfter thou hadst shaved. 9?ad)bem \u00c2\u00a3)u \u00c2\u00a3)id) raftrt I)attcft.\\nAfter they had warmed them- 9?ad)bcm fie fid) gcroa rmt fatten.\\nselves.\\nBefore I set out. (Sfyc id) abretfe.\\nWhen I had read, I breakfasted. 9?ad)bcm id) Qckfen fyatte, fru^ftMtc\\n[O 23 In the second member of a compound phrase the\\nnominative is placed after its verb.\\nWhen you had dressed you went 9?ad)bem @te fid) ange^ogen fatten,\\nout. 9 i n g c n \u00c2\u00a9te au$.\\nWhen he had cut the bread he Wad) bem cr. bat 23rob gefdjnitten f)at*\\ncut the meat. te, f d) n i 1 1 cr bag g(eifd).\\nAfter he had read the letter he 9?ad)bem cr t cn SBricf a/lcfen fyatte,\\nsaid. fflgtc cr.\\nBefore I depart I will once more (Sfye fd) abreifc, rot U i d) nod) etn\u00c2\u00ab\\nsee my children. mat meine \u00c2\u00a3inbcr fefyen.\\nObs. A. This transposition of the nominative does not\\ntake place when the phrase begins with the subject.\\nHe cut the meat after he had cut ($r fd)tittt bag $(cifd), nad)bem cr t)a$\\nthe bread. \u00c2\u00a3$rob a,cfd)nitten f)attc\u00c2\u00ab\\nWhat did he do after he had \u00c2\u00a3Ba\u00c2\u00a3 tfyat cr, nad)bcm cr ejegeffen fjats\\neaten 1 tc\\nHe went to bed. (gr gtng $u 23ctte.\\nTHE FOLLOWING VERBS GOVERN THE ACCUSATIVE WITH THE\\npreposition fiber.\\nTo be afflicted at something;. tlcbet etwat bctrubt fcin*.\\nTo afflict one s self at something, \u00c2\u00a9id) liber etroaS betrtiben.\\nAre you afflicted at the death of (Stub \u00c2\u00a9te tibet ben ob meine*\\nmy friend $reunbe$ betrftbt\\nI am much afflicted at it. 3d) bin fefyr bctrubt barubet.\\nAt what is your father afflicted 1 SBodiber tft 3f)t \u00c2\u00a3err 25atct bctrubt\\nThe accident,\\nber 3ufoC\\nthe death,\\nbcr Sob.\\nTo die (to lose life).\\n\u00c2\u00a9terben*\\nI die, am dying*.\\n3d) ftcrtfo\\nThou iiest, art dying.\\n\u00c2\u00a3u fttrbji", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "233\\nHe dies, is dying.\\nDied.\\nTo complain of some one or some-\\nthing.\\n(St ftirbt.\\nPart, past, geftctkn.\\npark\\nImperfect,\\nDo you complain of my friend 1\\nI do complain of him.\\nOf whom do you complain 1\\nOf wnat does your brother com-\\nplain\\nTo wonder, to be astonished or\\nsurprised at something.\\nDo you wonder at what I have\\ndone\\nI do wonder at it.\\nAt what are you surprised 1\\nTo be glad.\\nTo be sorry.\\n(S t d) it 6cr Semctnfcen ot et\\netroaS bcflagen (Oefcfyroe*\\nr en).\\nSScftagen Ste fid) itbcr mctnen\\ngreunb\\n3d) fceffoge mid) U6et: ityt.\\nileber wen fccflagen \u00c2\u00a9te fid)\\ngBotfibet befefyroett fid) 3 t SStubet\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) u b c t ctroaS n u n b e t n\u00c2\u00ab\\nam glad of it.\\nI am sorry for it.\\nI am glad to hear that your father\\nis well.\\nTo hear (to understand).\\nDear,\\nsad, sorrowful.\\nThe prince,\\nthe count,\\nthe baron,\\nTo pronounce\\nThe Saxon,\\nthe Prussian,\\nthe Austrian,\\nSaxony,\\nPrussia,\\nAustria,\\nThe Christian,\\nthe Jew,\\nthe negro,\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bunbetn \u00c2\u00a9te fid) ttbet t a$, roa$ tdj\\ngctf) m fyabt\\n3d) nnmbcte mid) batttOct.\\n2Bortibet rounbern 6te fid)\\nS 1 c b f c t n* (governs the dative)\\nSett) f c i n* or tf)un* (governs\\nthe dative).\\nt 6* ijt nut fteb.\\nt (SS tfyut or (tjt) nut Celt).\\n(S$ tft nut fteb gu setnefymen, tag 3fa\\n\u00c2\u00a3crt SSatet fid) rcof)l kpnbet.\\nSSctncfymen*.\\nfteb\\nttauttg.\\nbet gtttp (String) (en in the ge\u00c2\u00ab\\nnitive)\\ntct \u00c2\u00a9taf (en in the genitive)\\nt et 23aron.\\n2Cu Sfptedjen*.\\nbet (Sad)fe\\ntcx $pteuge\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)efiretd)Ct.\\n@ad)fen\\n^pteufien\\nDejttetd) (\u00c2\u00a3)ePettetd) a\\nbet (Sfyttp (gen. en)\\nbet 3ube\\nbet Sftcget i^cv $Jloht, gen. en)\\nAll names of countries are neuter.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "234\\nEXERCISES. 181.\\nHas your father at last bought the house 1 He has not bought it;\\nfor he could not agree about the price. Have you at last agreed\\nabout the price of that carriage We have agreed about it. How\\nmuch have you paid for it I have paid fifteen hundred francs (bet\\ngxcmfe) for it. What hast thou bought to-day 1 I have bought\\nthree beautiful pictures, a pretty gold ring, and two pair of thread\\nstockings. How much hast thou bought the pictuies for I have\\nbought them for seven hundred francs. Do you find that they are\\ndear I do not find so. Have you agreed with your partner I\\nhave agreed with him. Does he consent to pay you the price of\\nthe ship 1 He does consent to pay it to me. Do you consent to go\\nto England 1 I do consent to go thither.\\nHave you seen your old. friend again (rotcber Qcfefycrt) I have\\nseen him again. Did you recognise him 1 T could hardly recognise\\nhim, for contrary to his custom, he wears a long sword. How is\\nhe 1 He is very well. What garments does he wear He wears\\nbeautiful new garments. Have you taken notice of what your boy\\nhas done 1 I have taken notice of it. Have you punished him for\\nit I have not punished him for it, because he has confessed his\\nfault. Has your father already written to you Not yet but I\\nexpect to receive a letter from him to-day. Of what do you com-\\nplain? I complain of not being able to procure some money.\\nWhy do these poor people complain 1 They complain because they\\ncannot procure a livelihood. How are your parents 1 They are\\nas usual (one gem^fjnftd}), very well. Is your uncle (3fyt \u00c2\u00a3em\\n\u00c2\u00a3)f)ctm) well] He is better than he usually is (a($ geroofynUd)).\\nHave you already received a letter from your friend who is in Ber-\\nlin 1 I have already written to him several times he has, how\\never, not answered me yet.\\n182.\\nWhat did you do when you had finished your letter 1 I went to\\nmy brother, who took (fufyrcn) me to the theatre, where I had the\\npleasure to find one of my friends, whom I had not seen for ten\\nyears. What didst thou do after getting up this morning] When\\nI had read the letter of the Polish count, I went out to see the the-\\natre of the prince, which I had not seen before (nod) ntd)t). What\\ndid your father do when he had breakfasted 1 He shaved and went\\nout. What did your friend do after he had been a walking 1 He\\nwent to the baron. Did the baron cut the meat after he had cut the\\nbread !-i He cut the bread after he had cut the meat. When do you\\nset out 1 I do not set out till (crft) to-morrow for before I depart\\nI will once more see my good friends. What did your children do\\nwhen they had breakfasted l They went a walking with their dear\\npreceptor. Where did your uncle go to after he had warmed him-\\nself? He went nowhither. After he had warmed himself he un-\\ndressed and went to bed. At what o clock did he get up 1 He go*\\nup at sun rise. Did you wake him I had no need to wake him", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "235\\nfor he had got up Defore me. What did your cousin do when he\\nheard (of) the death of his best friend 1 He was much afflicted,\\nand went to bed without saying- a word. Did you shave before you\\nbreakfasted I shaved when I had breakfasted. Did you go to\\nbed when you had eaten supper When I had eaten supper I\\nwrote my letters, and when I had written them I went to bed. At\\nwhat are you afflicted I am afflicted at that accident. Are you\\nafflicted at the death of your relation I am much (ft fyr) afflicted\\nat it. When did your relation die He died last month. Of\\nwhat dd you complain 1 complain of your boy. Why do you\\ncomplain of him Because he has killed the pretty dog, which I\\nreceived from one of my friends. Of what has your uncle com-\\nplained 1 He has complained of what you have done. Has he\\ncomplained of the letter which I wrote to him He has com-\\nplained of it. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY.EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 3Utjt ttttfc silbotiigSte\\nCection.\\nDeclension of Feminine Substantives.\\nNom. Gen. Dat. Acc.\\nm, Singular. bte, ber, ber, bte*\\nPlural bte, ber, ben, bte\\nI. Singular.\\nRule. All feminine substantives, without excep-\\ntion, together with all foreign feminine words adopted\\ninto German, as bte $orm, the form bte ?mt e, the\\nline, remain invariable in all the cases singular Ex.\\nNom. bte $rcm, the woman Gen. ber grew, of the\\nwoman; Dat. ber grew, to the woman; Acc. bte\\ngrew, the woman.\\nII. Plural.\\nRule. Feminine substantives ending in e, el, er, add\\nIt, and all others ett, in all the cases of the plural and\\ndo not soften the radical vowels. (See Table of the\\nDeclension of Substantives, Lesson XIII.)\\nThere are two exceptions to this rule\\n1st, The two substantives: bte 9D?ittter, the mother;\\nMe \u00c2\u00a3od)ter, the daughter, soften the radical vowels in", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "236\\nthe plural without adding m a Ex. Plural bte 90iuttt*\\nthe mothers bte \u00c2\u00a36rf)ter, the daughters.\\n2d, Feminine monosyllables containing an a or it,\\nare declined in the plural like masculine substantives,\\nthat is, they add e in all the cases and soften the radi\\ncal vowel. b\\nSing. Plural.\\nThe loor the doors.\\nThe bottle the bottles.\\nThe fork the forks.\\nbte Zfyux, bte Zfyitxm.\\nbte gfafcfye bte glafcfyem\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9abel bte \u00c2\u00a9abelm\\nThe pen the pens.\\nThe hand the hands.\\nThe nut the nuts.\\nbte geber bte $ebew*\\nbte \u00c2\u00a3cmb bte \u00c2\u00a7anbe\u00c2\u00ab\\nbteSRug bteSWifie*\\nShe they.\\n(gie fie. (See Table of the\\nPersonal Pronouns, Lesson\\nXXVIII.)\\nHas she\\nShe has.\\nShe has not.\\nHave they?\\nThey have.\\nThey have not.\\nat fie\\nSte f)at.\\n5te fjat md)t.\\n\u00c2\u00a3a6en fie\\nSte fyaben.\\n@te fyaben tucfyt.\\nMy (feminine singular).\\nMy (plural for all genders),\\nNom. Gen. Dat. Acc.\\nntetne, metner, metner, meme*\\nmetne, metner, metnen, metne*\\nObs. A. In this manner all possessive pronouns of\\nthe feminine gender are declined, as Seine, thy feme,\\nhis tfyre, her unfere, our (Jure, your tfyre, their.\\nThe father and his son or his \u00c2\u00a3)et SSater unb fern (Sofyn cfcet fetne\\ndaughter. gedbter.\\nThe mother and her son cr her \u00c2\u00a3)tc Gutter unt tljt (Scfyn efcer tr)re\\ndaughter. ocf)ter.\\nThe child and its brother or its Da* JUnt) unb fetn 33tut er obet\\nsister. fetne (Sdjnxftei*.\\nMy door my doors. 9)?etne Sb/ur metne Sfjuten.\\nThy fork thy forks. \u00c2\u00a3)etne \u00c2\u00aeafcel \u00c2\u00a3)ehtc (itabefa.\\nExcept in the dative. It will be remembered that all substantives with\\nout exception take n in the dative plural, if they have not one in the nomina*\\ntive. (See Lesson XIII.)\\nb The declension of those substantives which deviate from these rules\\nwill be separately noted.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "237\\nHis pen his pens.\\nHei brother her brothers\\nHer sister her sisters.\\nHer book her books.\\n(Seine getct fetne $etettu\\nS t SBrutct ifjre Srutet,\\nSbre \u00c2\u00a9dbwefter tfere (Scftroefterth\\nSfcr SBud) i re S3ttd)et.\\nTHE ADJECTIVE PRECEDED BY THE DEFINITE ARTICLE OF THP\\nFEMININE GENDER.\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nthe goocH\\nof the good I i*\\nto the good r p^ R\\nthe good J\\nSingular.\\nNom. bte gate.\\nGen. ber guten.\\nDat. ber gutem\\nAce. bte gute.\\nPlural.\\nbte guten.\\nber gutetn\\nben gutetn\\nbte gutem\\nObs. B. The adjective preceded by a possessive\\npronoun of the feminine gender, as metne, betne, c.\\nhas exactly the same declension as with the definite\\narticle.\\nMy good linen,\\nthe right hand,\\nthe left hand,\\nthe language,\\nthe tongue,\\nthe street,\\nthe town,\\nthe woman, the wife,\\nthe girl,\\nthe young lady,\\nMy right hand aches.\\nHis left hand aches.\\nThe room,\\nthe chamber,\\nthe cabinet,\\nthe apartment,\\nThe front room,\\nthe back room,\\nthe silk,\\nthe silk stocking,\\nmetne gute Cetnroant\\ntie rccbte \u00c2\u00a3ant\\ntie ixnh \u00c2\u00a3ant\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9pracfye\\ntie 3unge\\ntie @tta\u00c2\u00a3e\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9tabt\\ntie $tau (does not soften\\ntakes en in the plural)\\ntag 9#atd)en\\ntas gt rtein,\\nsx lir febmcrgt tie tecfyte \u00c2\u00a3ant. c\\n3 m fct)mcr^t tie ltn!e \u00c2\u00a3ant.\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9tube\\nta$ 3inmicr\\ntie hammer\\ntag \u00c2\u00aeemad). d\\ntic \u00c2\u00a9tube flora fyerauS\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9tube fytntettauS\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9ette\\nter fettene \u00c2\u00a9trumpf.\\nand\\nc When the sensation expressed by the impersonal verb is felt only in o\\nTt of the body, the person is put in the dative.\\nd t\\\\xbl is the room commonly inhabited and in which there is a stove.\\nf immer is the general word for room, whether there is a stove in it or not\\nJictmmer is a small room in which there is no stove, and in which various\\nflings are kept hence bte Jtletberfctmmer, the wardrobe bte Q3oben\u00c2\u00a3ammer,\\nthe garret, fec. \u00c2\u00a9ernac^) is only used in speaking of tie apartments in a caa\u00c2\u00ab\\nfle or a palace.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "238\\nTHE ADJECTIVE WITHOUT AN ARTICLE IN THE FEMININE\\nGENDER.\\nNom. Gen. Dat. Acc.\\nGood, c. (in the singular).! gute, guter, guter, gute,\\nGood, c. (in the plural). gute, guter, guten, gute.\\nSome good soup. ($5ute (Suppc\\nSome bad pens. (Sct)(ed)te jct crn.\\nSome beautiful linen shirts. Sd)one tetnn cmt ene ^embcn. (See\\nObs. Lesson IV.)\\nTHE adjective preceded by the indefinite article\\nIN THE FEMININE GENDER.\\nA A o v IN. erne ante. G. ettter guten.\\nA good, c. (feminine). A D J^\\nTHE FOLLOWING PRONOUNS ARE DECLINED LIKE THE\\nDEFINITE ARTICLE.\\nThis or this one, that or that one, btcfe, jene.\\nSome, sundry, eintge, etttcfyc.\\nMany, several, mct)re or mefjrete. 6\\nWhich, nxtcfye.\\nAll olle.\\nMany a one, some, manner, manege, mandfyeS.\\n2Cnt ete is declined Jike an adjective.\\nObs. C. In the plural all adjectives, ordinal num-\\nbers, and pronominal adjectives have the same declen-\\nsion for all genders, as we have already seen in many\\nparts of this work, particularly in the Table of the\\nDeclension of Adjectives, Lesson XVIII.\\nREMARK.\\nTo become intimately acquainted with the declen-\\nsion of adjectives, ordinal numbers, and pronominal\\nadjectives, the learner has only to familiarize himself\\nwith the definite article for when the adjective is\\npreceded by a word having the characteristic termina-\\ntion/ it takes en in all the cases, except in the nomi-\\ne Some authors write me()ve, others mefjreve. The latter is more usual,\\nthe former more correct.\\nThe terminations of the definite article are called charax-teristic because\\nthev characterize the case, number, and gender.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "239\\nnative singular of all genders and the accusative sin-\\ngular feminine and neuter, in which it takes e (Page\\n33, Rule 2d.). The adjective itself takes these termi-\\nnations when it is not preceded by any article* or if\\nthe word preceding has not the characteristic termi-\\nnation, as em, mem, fettt, c in the nominative of the\\nmasculine, and nominative and accusative of the\\nneuter gender.\\nThis principle is clearly exemplified in the adjective\\npreceded by the indefinite article. The nominative\\nem, not having the characteristic termination er for\\nthe masculine and e$ for the neuter, the adjective\\ntakes it. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9n guter 9J?attn, em gute\u00c2\u00a3 $mb*\\nThe characteristic termination of the masculine\\nbeing e r and that of the neuter e that of the femi-\\nnine is e so that is is sufficient to join the ending e to\\na word of the characteristic termination to make it\\nfeminine. Ex. Masc. and neuter biefer, btefeS femi-\\nnine btefe masc. and neuter jener jene\u00c2\u00a3 feminine,\\niene.\\nThese principles being once well understood, the\\nlearner will find no difficulty whatever in declining\\nadjectives, ordinal numbers or pronominal adjectives.\\nHave you my pen 1 \u00c2\u00a3abcn Ste mctne $et)ev\\nNo, Madam, I have it not. 9?ein, 93tabam (gncibige $rau h id)\\nfyabc fie mcl)t.\\nWhich bottle have you broken 1 2Beld)e Jjfofdje fyafcen (Sic getfcrodjcn\\nWhich soup has she eaten? \u00c2\u00a3Bc(d)e (Suppe Fwt fie gegeffen?\\nWhat pear have you 2Ba$ fur cine SSirne fyaben Sie\\nWhat linen have you bought \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3a$ fur 8ettm ant r)aben @te ge*\\nfauft\\nDo you see my sister (Sefyen @ie meine \u00c2\u00a9djroeftet\\nI do see her. 3d) felje fie.\\nHave you seen my sisters 1 \u00c2\u00a3ctkn (Sic mctne (Sd)tt)cflcttt gefc*\\nr en?\\nNo, my lady, I have not seen 9letn, metn gtauletn, id) fyaU fte\\nthem. nid)t gcfefoen.\\ng Except in the genitive singular masculine and neuter, in which it takes\\nen, and in the nominative and accusative neuter in which it changes t$ into\\ne\u00c2\u00ab. (Page 33, Rule 2d.)\\nh If speaking to a lady of rank, gnabtge Srau, gracious Lady, must b\u00c2\u00ab\\nluted.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "240\\nThe nose, tie 9?afe\\nthe butter, tic Sutter\\nthe soup, tie Suppe\\nthe towel, tag ^anttudf)\\nthe napkin, tag Sellertud), tie ^crctette.\\nexercises. 183.\\nAre you not surprised at what my friend has done 1 I am much\\niurprised at it. At what is your son surprised He is surprised\\nat your courage. Are you sorry for having written to my uncle 1\\nI am, on the contrary, glad of it. At what art thou afflicted L\\nam not afflicted at the happiness of my enemy, but at the death of\\nmy friend. How are your brothers 1 They have been very well\\nfor these few days. Are you glad of it I am glad to hear that\\nthey are \\\\^11. Are you a Saxon 1 No, I am a Prussian. Do\\nthe Prussians like to learn French 1 They do like to learn it.\\nDo the Prussians speak German as well as the Saxons 1 The\\nSaxons and the Prussians speak German well but the Austrians\\ndo not pronounce it very well (ntd)t atl^u gut) notwithstanding\\nthey are (teffen ungeacfytet ftnt eg) very good people. Which day of\\nthe week (2Bc(d)en Sao, in ter \u00c2\u00a3Bod)c) do the Turks celebrate (feiern) 1\\nThey celebrate Friday (ten grettag) but the Christians cele-\\nbrate Sunday, the Jews Saturday, and the negroes their birth-day\\n(ter \u00c2\u00a9ebuttgtag).\\n184.\\nHas your sister my gold ribbon 1 She has it not. What has\\nshe She has nothing. Has your mother anything She has a\\nfine gold fork. Who has my large bottle Your sister has it.\\nDo you sometimes see your mother 1 I see her often. When did\\nyou see your sister 1 I saw her three months and a half (Obs. C.,\\nLesson LXV.) ago. Who has my fine nuts 1 Your good sister\\nhas them, Has she also my silver forks She has them not.\\nWho has them 1 Your mother has them. Have your sisters had\\nmy pens They have not had them, but I believe that their chil-\\ndren have had them. Why does your brother complain] He\\ncomplains because his right hand aches. Why do you complain 1\\nI complain because my left hand aches. Is your sister as old\\nas my mother 1 She is not so old, but she is taller. Has your\\nbrother purchased anything He has purchased something.\\nWhat has he bought 1 He has bought fine linen and good pens.\\nHas he not bought some silk stockings 1 He has bought some.\\nIs your sister writing No, Madam, she is not writing. Why\\ndoes she not write? Because she has a sore hand. Why does\\nthe daughter of your neighbour not go out She does not go out,\\nbecause she has sore feet. Why does my sister not speak 1 Be-\\ncause she has a soar mouth. Hast thou not seen my silver pen 1\\n~-I have not seen it. Hast thou a front room 1 I have one be-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "241\\ntiind, but my brother has one in the front. Does the wile of ow\\nshoemaker go out already No, my lady, she does not go out\\nyet, for she is still very ill.\\n185.\\nWhich bottle has your little sister broken She broke the one\\nwhich my mother bought yesterday. Have you eaten of my soup\\nor of my mother s 1 I have eaten neither of yours nor your mo-\\nther s, but of that of my good sister. Have you seen the woman\\nthat was with (Oci) me this morning 1 I have not seen her. Has\\nyour mother hurt herself? She has not hurt herself. Have you a\\nsore nose 1 I have not a sore nose, but a sore hand. Have you\\ncut your finger 1 No, my lady, I have cut my hand. Will you\\ngive me a pen 1 I will give you one. Will you (have) this (one)\\nor that (one) I will (have) neither. Which (one) do you wish\\nto have 1 I wish to have that which your sister has. Do you\\nwish to have my mother s good black silk or my sister s I wish\\nto have neither your mother s nor your sister s, but that which you\\nhave. Can you write with this pen I can write with it (Obs.\\nZ?.. Lesson LIL). Each woman thinks herself amiable (ItebenS*\\nttwrttcj) and each is conceited (bcfigt (Stgcn(tcbc). The same (C\u00c2\u00a3bcn\\nfo) as men (t ic 93?ann6pctfcn), my dear friend. Many a one thinks\\nhimself learned who is not so, and many men surpass (ubcrttcffcn*)\\nwomen in vanity (an (Sttelfctt). (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nSEVENTY-NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ^un ttttfr skbet^igst*\\nCation.\\nTo go into the kitchen, to be in 3n tic .\u00c2\u00a3ud)C Qcfycn*, in tct .Sucrje\\nthe kitchen. fctn*. (See Lesson XXIX.\\nNote\\nTo go to church, to be at church. 3n tic jttrcfte gcfjen*/ in t et jUrcf)*\\nfctn*.\\nTo go to school, to be at school. 3n tie @d ule $cfjcn*, in tct; \u00c2\u00a9cfyute\\nfctn*.\\nTo go into the cellar, to be in 3n ten jtctter a,efjcn*, in t em tU\\nthe cellar. (er fctn*.\\nThe dancing school, tic Scm$fdf)u(c\\nthe play (the comedy), tie demotic\\nthe opera, tic \u00c2\u00a3)pcr.\\n1 o go a hunting, to be at hunt- t 2fuf tic 3ci$t $cr)cn*, auf tct: 3a$\\ning. fctn*. (See Lesson XXX-\\nNote a\\nTo go to the castle, to be at the Zfuf tog \u00c2\u00a9cfytop Qcbcn*, auf tern\\ncastle. Sd)(offe fctn*. a\\nR The preposition auf denotes acti ju am] existence upon the exterior of any\\nthing or motion towards an elevation\\nu", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "242\\nTo go to the exchange, to be at 2Cuf tie SBffrfc gefyen*, auf tet SBifcft\\nthe exchange. fetti*.\\nThe bank, tie 23anf (plur* 93an!en)\\nthe bench, tie \u00c2\u00a3$anf (plui. ^Ba nfe).\\nTo go to fish or a fishing. $tfcf)en gefyen*.\\nTo hunt.\\nThe whole day, aL the day,\\nthe whole morning,\\nthe whole evening,\\nthe whole night, all the night,\\nthe whole year,\\nthe whole week,\\nthe whole society,\\nAll at once,\\nsuddenly (all of a sudden),\\nSagen,\\nben gctngen Sag\\nten gangen Sflorgen\\nben garden 2C0ent\\ntie gatife 9?adf)t\\ntag ganjc 3af)t\\ntie gan$e SBodje\\ntie ganje ($5efettfcr;aft. b\\nauf ctnmot;\\nplogUdj.\\nNext week.\\nLast week.\\nThis week.\\nThis year.\\nYour mother,\\nyour sister,\\nyour sisters,\\nA person,\\nThe belly-ache,\\nShe las the stomach-ache.\\nHis sister has a violent\\nache.\\nhead-\\nDie ftinftige (nacfyfle) 2 ed)e.\\nDie t crige (t etgcmgene) S35od^e\u00c2\u00bb\\nDiefe \u00c2\u00a3Bocf)e.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)iefe$ So^r.\\nf Sbrc grcm Gutter (See Ofo,\\nLesson LXXV.)\\nf 3(jr grautctn (ScWeftet\\nt 3*)te grd utein (Scfyroeftern.\\neine spcrfon.\\ntag 23aucr tx cr) plur. tie SSaudfa\\nfcfymeqen.\\n@tc at SRagenfcfymcrgen (plur.).\\n(Seine (Scr/roejlet f)at r)efttge$ itopf*\\nme\\nSome of it, any of it.\\nSome of them, any of\\nthem.\\nOf it, of them.\\nPronouns possessive\\nlute.\\nMine, his, hers,\\nOurs, yours, theirs.\\nSingular and Plural fern*\\na\\nSing.\\nand\\nPlur.\\nfern.\\nabso-\\nSing.\\nSKMcfye, fcerett, berfelbem\\n(See Obs. Lesson XVI.)\\nFeminine,\\na\\nSingular.\\ntie meinige, tie feinige, tie tfytige.\\ntie unfrige, tie (Surige, tie tfjrige.\\nb Substantives terminating in et, fyett, hit, fdjaft, and atf) are feminine.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "243\\nMine, his, hers,\\nOurs, yours, hers.\\nyPlural.\\nj\\nHave you my pen )r hers\\nI have hers.\\nTo her.\\nPlural.\\nbte metmgen, bte feimgen, tie\\ntfyrtgeru\\nbte imfrtgett, bie (Surtgen, bte\\ntf)rigen* c\\n$aUn gic meine getet otet tie if)*\\nttge?\\n3d) Ijafce bte tfjrtge.\\n3 F) r (See Table of Personal Pro-\\nnouns, Lesson XXV11I.).\\nWhat do you wish to send to 2\u00c2\u00a3as rooflen (Sie Sfjtct Sttufome fd)b\\nyour aunt 1 cfen\\nI wish to send her a tart. 3d) nritt if)t etne Sotte fd)icfen.\\nWill you send her also fruits 1 SBeUcn @ie tf)t aud) g-tud)te fd)icfen\\nI will send her some. 3d) wttt tf)t tt)c(d)C fcfyicfen.\\nHave you sent the books to my \u00c2\u00a3afcen Sie meinen (Scfyroeftcrn tie\\nsisters 1\\n1 have sent them to them.\\nThe fruit,\\nthe tart,\\nthe aunt,\\nthe peach,\\nthe strawberry,\\nthe cherry,\\nthe cousin (aunt),\\nthe niece,\\nthe might (power),\\nthe maid-servant,\\nthe gazette,\\nThe relation.\\nThe neighbour (feminine),\\nSBiictjet gc[d)tcft?\\n3d) fyafce fie ifjnen gcfd)tcft.\\ntie $tud)t\\ntie Sorte\\ntie SKuljmc (tie Sante)\\ntie gpftrfid e\\ntie (Stb cete\\ntie Jttrfclje;\\ntie 23afe\\ntie Sfadjte\\ntie 9Jtod)t\\ntie SOZagt\\ntie 3eitung.a\\nM. ber SSermanbte (an adjec*\\nF. bte SBernxmbte tive noun.\\ntie 9?ad)6atinn\\nthe ware (merchandise, goods), tie SBaare.\\nObs. A. A feminine substantive is formed by join-\\ning the syllable inn to a masculine substantive. Ex.\\nThe actor,\\nthe actress,\\ntcr \u00c2\u00a9djaufpicfcr\\ntie (Sdjaufpicktinru\\nThese pronouns have the declension of an adjective preceded by the deft\\nnite article. (See Lesson VII.)\\nd Words terminating in uttg are feminine.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "244\\nObs. B. If the radical syllable of the masculine sub\\nstantive contains one of the vowels a, 0, U, it is gen*\\nerally softened on being made feminine by the addi-\\ntion of the syllable ttttt* Ex.\\nThe countess,\\nthe fool (fern.),\\nthe cook (fem.),\\nthe peasant (peasant s wife),\\nthe sister-in-law,\\nTo catch a cold,\\nTo have a cold,\\nTo have a cough,\\nI have caught a cold.\\nThe cold,\\nthe cough,\\nTo make sick.\\nIt makes me sick.\\ntie \u00c2\u00a9rd fimn\\nt ic iftarrinn\\ntie \u00c2\u00a3od)tnn\\ntie 23aumnn\\nt te \u00c2\u00a9cfyroagerinn.\\nten (Sdjnupfen fcefommen*.\\nten \u00c2\u00a9cbnupfen tyaben*.\\nt)cn \u00c2\u00a3uften fjaben*.\\n3d) fyabt t cn (Scfynupfen fccEommen.\\ntec (S.d)nupfcn;\\ntec \u00c2\u00a3ujTteru\\njttan! macfyen.\\n(S6 niacfyt mid) franE.\\nexercises. 186.\\nWhere is your cousin] He is in the kitchen. Has your cook\\n(fem.) already made the soup She has made it, for it stands al-\\nready upon the table. Where is your mother 1 She is at church.\\nIs your sister gone to school She is gone thither. Does your\\nmother often go to church She goes thither every morning and\\nevery evening. At what o clock in the morning does she go to\\nchurch She goes thither as soon as she gets up. At what o clock\\ndoes she get up She gets up at sun-rise. Dost thou go to school\\nto-day] I do go thither. What dost thou learn at school? I\\nlearn to read, write, and speak there. Where is your aunt She\\nis gone to the play with my little sister. Do your sisters go this\\nevening to the opera No, Madam, they go to the dancing school.\\nIs your father gone a hunting He has not been able to go a\\nhunting, for he has a cold. Do you like to go a hunting 1 I like\\nto go a fishing better than a hunting. Is your father still in the\\ncountry 1 Yes, Madam, he is still there. What does he do there 1\\nHe goes a hunting and a fishing there. Did you hunt whenyDU\\nwere in the country I hunted the whole day.\\n187.\\nHow long have you stayed with (6et) my mother I stayed with\\nher the whole evening. Is it long since you were at the castle\\nI was there last week. Did you find many people there 1 I found\\nonly three persons there. Who were those three persons They\\n((S$) were the count, the countess, and their daughter. Are these\\ngirls as good as their brothers 1 They are better than they. Can\\nyour sisters speak German? They cannot, but they are -learning", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "245\\nii \u00e2\u0080\u0094Have you brought anything to your mother 1 I brought nei\\ngvo fruits and a fine tart. What has your niece brought you\\nShe has brought us good cherries, good strawberries, and good\\npeaches. Do you like peaches I do like them much (fcfjt).\\nHow many peaches has your neighbour (fern.) given you She\\nhas given me more than twenty of them. Have you eaten many\\ncherries this year? I have eaten many of them. Did you give\\nany to your liUle sister I gave her some. Why have you not\\ngiven any to your good neighbour (fern.) I wished to give her\\nsome, but she did not wish to take any, because she does not\\nlike cherries. Were there many pears last year There were not\\nmany.\\n188.\\nWhy do your sisters not go to the play 1 They cannot go thither,\\nbecause they have a cold, and that makes them very ill. Did you\\nsleep well last night I did not sleep well, for my children made\\ntoo much noise in my room. Where were you last night 1 I was\\nat my brother-in-law s. Did you see your sister-in-law 1 I did\\nsee her. How is she? She was better yesterday evening than\\nusual. Did you play We did not play, but we read some good\\nbooks for my sister-in-law likes to read better than to play.\\nHave you read the gazette to-day 1 I have read it. Is there any\\nthing new in it I have not read anything new in it. Where have\\nyou been since (fetttcm) I saw you] I have been at Vienna, Lon-\\ndon, and Berlin. Did you speak to my sister 1 I did speak to her.\\nWhat does she say She says that she wishes to see you.\\nWhere have you put my pen I have put it on the table. Do you\\nintend to see your aunt to-day I do intend to see her, for she has\\npromised me to dine with us. I admire (fccrountctn) that family\\n(tic ^amilte), for the father is the king and the mother the queen of\\nit. The children and the servants (ta$ \u00c2\u00a9eftnte has no plural) are\\nthe subjects (t)cr Untettfyan, gen. en) of the state (ter \u00c2\u00a9taat). The\\ntutors of the children are the ministers (tct SDitmjfai*), who share\\n(tf)cilcn) with the king and queen the care (ttc (Serge) of the govern-\\nment (tie SKeqteruncj). The good education (tie (Sr$tcr)ung) which\\nis given to children (See Obs. Contin. of Lesson LXX.) is the\\ncrown (tic jtrone) of monarchs (tcr \u00c2\u00a3Kortarcr;, gen. en). (See end\\nof Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 d}t}igste \u00c2\u00a3edion.\\nTo march (to walk). SOfrirfcfetrcn.*\\nTo walk (to go on foot). \u00c2\u00a9efjen* (nt gufie Cjcf)cn).\\na The verb tttcirfd)tren takes the auxiliary few* when there is a destination\\nof place, else it takes either f)aben* or fetn*. Ex. 5)ie 5lvmee tft mfy diom\\nmarfdjirt, the army has marched to Rome bit 5lvmee $at (or tft) ben gattjett\\nXacj matfct)itt, the army has marched the whole day.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "246\\nTo step\\nTo travel.\\nTo wander (to go on foot).\\nThe traveller,\\nthe wanderer (the traveller on\\nfoot),\\nTo walk or travel a mile.\\nTo make a step (meaning to step\\nphysically).\\nTo take a step (meaning to take\\nmeasures morally).\\nTo go on a journey.\\nTo make a speech.\\nA piece of business,\\nan affair, j\\nTo transact business,\\nTo salt.\\nSalt meat,\\nfresh meat,\\nthe food (victuals),\\nthe dish (mess),\\nthe milk,\\nSalt meats,\\nMilk-food,\\nTo attract*\\nThe load-stone attracts iron.\\nHer singing attracts me.\\nTo allure, to entice.\\nTo excite, to charm.\\nTo charm, to enchant.\\nTo enrapture, to ravish.\\nI am enraptured with it.\\nTho beauty,\\nthe harmony,\\nthe voice,\\nthe power (the force),\\n(Scftretten*. Part, past, gefcfytttten\\nImperf. fcfyntt.\\n3*etfen, take fetn for theii\\nSBanbetn, auxiliary.\\nt cr S^ctfcnbe\\nbet \u00c2\u00a38cmbmt (\u00c2\u00a38cmbcr$mann\\n(Sine strife $urucf(cgcn.\\n(Stncn (Scfyritt macfyen.\\n(Stncn \u00c2\u00aed)ritt tf?un*.\\nSine Strife macfyen.\\n(Sine 9?ebc fyalten**\\netn \u00c2\u00a9cfc^aft (plural e).\\n\u00c2\u00aeefd)afte macfyen.\\nS a i e n.\\ngefa^cncS $(etfd)\\nfrifebe* Steifcl)\\nbte Spetfe\\nbat \u00c2\u00a9ericfyt (plur. c)\\ntic SMcf).\\ncjefatyne (Speifen\\nsmitd)fpctfe.\\n2Cn fid) $tef)en* (f)er et$.te*\\nIjen*, an$te fyen*).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et 93?aa,net ^ie^t ba$ \u00c2\u00a9fen an\\nft*.\\nStye \u00c2\u00aecfang $tef)t mi* an.\\nSocfcn.\\n*Ket$en.\\n2$c3au6etn.\\n(5nt$ucfen.\\n3* bin batufcet ent$ficft.\\nbte @d)on^eit\\nbte vftatmome\\ntic \u00c2\u00a9timme\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9cwalt.\\nTo meddle with something.\\nTo concern one s self about\\nsomething.\\nTo trouble one s head about\\nsomething, (to meddle with\\nsomething).\\nS Stcf) in ctnxiS mtfdf)cn.\\n@td) mit etroag abgeben*.\\n\u00c2\u00a9tdfc urn etwa$ M fimmenu", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "247\\nf do not meddle with other peo- 3d) nu]d)C mid) ni$)t ttt fcetnte\\npie s business.\\nThe quarrel (the contest),\\nthe commerce (the traffic),\\nStrange (foreign),\\n[t is strange.\\nmtc(.\\ntct \u00c2\u00a3antel\\ntet \u00c2\u00a3antct (has no plural),\\nfremt.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3g if! fonbet ar.\\nHe employs himself in painting. (St gtfct fid) nut tet \u00c2\u00a3ftaletet\\nThe art of painting, tie 93Metci;\\nchemistry, tie (Sfjemie, tic Sd)eite6unjit\\nthe chemist, bet (Sfycmifet (tet \u00c2\u00a9d)citet:unjtfet)\\nthe art, tic \u00c2\u00a3unjt.\\nTo look at some one, Scmanten anfefyen**\\nTo concern some one. Scmanten angefyen*.\\nI look at you. 3d) fefyc Ste cuu\\nThe thing, l^fS^S,\\ns tag \u00c2\u00a3)tng (plur. e).\\nI do not like to meddle with 3d) mtfd)C mid) ntd)t gcrn in \u00c2\u00a3)tna,e\\nthings that do not concern me. tie mid) md)tg ancjefyen.\\nWhat is that to me 1 f \u00c2\u00a3Bag gcljt tag mid) an\\nWhat is that to you f a$ gefjt tag Stc an\\nTo repeat.\\nThe repetition,\\nthe beginning, the commence-\\nment,\\nthe wisdom,\\nthe study,\\nthe goddess,,\\nthe lord,\\nthe nightingale,\\nk\\\\\\\\ beginnings are difficult.\\nTo create.\\nThe creator,\\nthe creation,\\nthe benefit (the kindness),\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2the fear of the Lord,\\nthe heaven,\\nthe earth,\\nthe solitude,\\nthe lesson,\\ni c t e t fj c c n.\\ntag SOBtebetfjoten. (See\\nLXXI. Obs. C.)\\nbet 2Crifang\\nLess n\\ntic SO ete ett\\nC tag \u00c2\u00a9tubtum b\\nI bat (Stubtten\\nbie (5 ctttnn\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3ett\\ntic \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ad)tia,all.\\n2Cflet 2(nfang ifi fcfywet (a proverb).\\nd) a f f e n. Part, past, gefdjaffeit.\\nImperf. fd uf.\\nbet @d)6 pfet\\ntie @d)opfung\\ntie aOBc ttM\\ntie gutdfet teg #ettn\\nfor \u00c2\u00a3tmmc(\\ntie (Stte\\ntic (Sinfamfcit\\ntie Section\\nSubstantives terminating in um, form their plural by changing Uttt into\\nen. Ex. bag Stibmbuum, the individual plur. bieSubttubuen; ba8 Satbtum,\\nfee study plur bte \u00c2\u00a9tub tea.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "248\\nthe exercise, tie 2Cufgafoe\\nthe goodness. tie \u00c2\u00a9ute. c\\nI have done it for your sake. 3d) Ijctbe e$ Sfotctwcflcn getyam\\nObs. The preposition tt)egen takes its place eitliei\\nbefore or after the genitive which it governs but when\\nit follows a oersonal pronoun, the letter t is substituted\\nfor the letter r of the pronoun which then forms one\\nword with the preposition. The same thing should be\\nobserved with regard to the prepositions fyalben, on ac\\ncount of, and um ttutten, for the sake of, with this\\ndifference, that the latter never stands before the sub-\\nstantive. Ex.\\nsj^cinemxgen, mctnetfyatfccn, on ac- tlnfcttroccjen, unfett nt en, on ac-\\ncount of me. count of us.\\netneta)e$en, teinetljcMen, on ac- (Suretroegen, eurctfyciUxn, on account\\ncount of thee. of you.\\n(Setnetrce^en, feinctfyalkn, on ac- Sfytetreegen, tfjrctfat en, on account\\ncount of him. of them, for their sake.\\n3fjtetroea.en, tfjtctfjaftcn, on ac-\\ncount of her.\\nIn the same way we say itm tttemetttrittett, for my\\nsake urn beutetttriften, for thy sake, c.\\nHe has done it for the sake of @r %oX c$ am tfyretnnflcn getfyatu\\nher.\\nOn account of you and your S^rcts unt Sfyret Winter, e en fe*\\nchildren, as well as on account tx or)t ctt\u00c2\u00a3 metnets unt t cr feints\\nof me and mine, I have put gen nxgen, fyabc id) Sfynen t tefe\\nyou in mind of and inculcated rotcfyttge unt unttualtcfye SBafyt*\\nthis important and infallible fecit gu \u00c2\u00a9emutfye gefufyrt unt cttt*\\ntruth. gefefyarfr.\\nThe cleanliness, the uncleanli- tie SKetnltcf)fett tie Unrctnlld^feit\\nness,\\nthe government (meaning the tie \u00c2\u00a3)bttgfeit.\\nmagistrate),\\nSensible, reasonable, sctnunfttg.\\nNot only but also. 9W d)t cillctn fentetn aud).\\nexercises. 189.\\nWill you dine with us to-day 1 With much pleasure. What\\nhave you for dinner We have good soup, some fresh and salt\\nmeat, and some milk-food. Do you like milk-food 1 I like it bet*\\nc Abstract substantives have no r Jural in German as He (35 lite, the good*\\nness He \u00c2\u00a3tefce, the love, c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "249\\nter than all other food. Are you ready to dine I am ready Do\\nyou intend to set out soon I I intend setting out next week. Do\\nyou travel alone No, Madam, I travel with my uncle. Do you\\ntravel on foot or in a carriage 1 We travel in a carriage. Did you\\nmeet any one in (auf with the dative) your last journey to Berlin 1\\nWe met many wanderers. What do you intend to spend your\\ntime in this summer 1 I intend to take a short journey. Did you\\nwalk much in your last journey I like very much to walk, but my\\nuncle likes to go in a carriage. Did he not wish to walk He\\nwished to walk at first, but after having taken a few steps, he\\nwished to get into the carriage, so that I did not walk much.\\nWhat have you been doing at school to-day We have been listen-\\ning to our professor, who made a long speech on (ubcr with the\\naccus.) the goodness of God. What did he say? After saying,\\nGod is the creator of heaven and earth the fear of the Lord is\\nthe beginning of all wisdom he said, repetition is the\\nmother of studies, and a good memory is a great benefit of God.\\nWhy did you not stay longer in Holland When I was there the\\nliving was dear, and I had not money enough to stay there longer.\\nWhat sort of weather was it when you were on the way to Vi-\\nenna It was very bad weather for it was stormy, and snowed,\\nand rained very heavily. d\\n190.\\nWhat are you doing all the day in this garden? I am walking\\nin it (fccittn). What is there in it that attracts you 1 The singing\\nof the birds attracts me. Are there any nightingales in it There\\nare some in it, and the harmony of their singing enchants me.-\\nHave those nightingales more power over (fiber with the accus.)\\nyou than the beauties of painting, or the voice of your tender (jcirts\\nltd)) mother, who loves you so much I confess, the harmony of\\nthe singinr of those little birds has more power over me than the\\nmost tender words of my dearest friends. What does your niece\\namuse herself with in her solitude? She reads a good deal and\\nwrites letters to hex mother. What does your uncle amuse himself\\nwith in his solitude 1 He employs himself in painting and chem-\\nistry. Does he no longer do any business 1 He no longer does\\nany, for he is too old to do it. Why does he meddle with your\\nbusiness He does not generally (geroofynttd)) meddle with other\\npeople s business but he meddles with mine, because he loves\\nme. Has your master made you repeat your lesson to-day 1 He\\nhas made me repeat it. Did you know it 1 I did know it pretty\\nwell. Have you also done some exercises 1 I have done some,\\nbut what is that to you, I beg I do not generally meddle with\\nthings that do not concern me; but I love you so much (fo febr) that\\nI concern myself much (fefjr) about what you are doing. Does any\\none trouble his head about you 1 No one troubles his head abouf\\nd The learner must here repeat all the expressions- relative to the impersonal\\n/erb e 3 i ft, it is, in Lessons LIV. and LVI.\\n11*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "250\\nme for I am not worth the trouble. Not only for the sake o\\\\\\ncleanliness, but a*so for the sake of health (btc \u00c2\u00a9efunbljett), prudent\\npeople avoid (ftd) f)iitcn ttor with the dative) uncleanliness, and wash\\nthemselves often. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY-FIRST LESSON. \u00c2\u00a9in tttti* at\\\\\\\\t\\\\\\\\%%lt\\nSection.\\nOF THE FUTURE.\\nThe first or simple future is formed from the present\\nof the auxiliary tt erbetf% to become,* and the infinitive\\nof the verb, as in English from shall or will, and tne\\ninfinitive. Ex.\\nI shall love, he (she) will love. 3d) roetbe ftc en, ct (ftc) nritb tteberu\\nThou wilt love, you will love. \u00c2\u00a3)u ttnrft lichen, Sfyt roctbet St\\nroetben) Ucbcn.\\nWe shall love, they will love. SOBtt rcetben Ucben, ftc roctben Itckn.\\nI shall be loved. 3d) tt)erbe gcttc t tvetben.\\nWill you love my mother \u00c2\u00a3Bcrben (Sic metne Gutter (tcben\\nI shall love her much. 3d) rocrbc ftc fcfyr ttefcen.\\nI shall never love her. 3d) roctbc ftc ntc Itckn.\\nI shall love her when she loves 3d) rcctbc ftc ftefcen, roenn ftc nttd)\\nme. licbcn ttutb. (See Less. XL VII.)\\nWill you go out to-day SGScrbcn \u00c2\u00a9te fycutc au^efjen\\nTo be dusty. \u00c2\u00a9taufctg f c i n ftemfcen.\\nIs it dusty? 3ft cs ftau tg?\\nIt is dusty. (SS tft ftau tg.\\nIt is very dusty. (Sg tft fefjr ftauOtg.\\n[s it muddy out of doors I 3ft c\u00c2\u00a3 fd)mu$tg btaupen\\nIt is very muddy. tft fcfyt fcfymugtg.\\nTo be smoky, to smoke. 9laud)en.\\nIs it smoky Does it smoke? S^aucfyt c\\nIt is very smoky. It smokes (5S taud)t fcl tr.\\nmuch.\\nIt is too smoky. It smokes too (g$ taucfyt $u fcfyr.\\nmuch.\\nTo go in. t n c i n g c Fj c n\\nTo come iw. herein fommen*.\\nThe verb fterbett*, when employed in the formation of the future ana\\nether tenses, loses its proper signification.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "251\\nWill you go in 1 SBetben @ie fymetn gcfyctt 1\\nTo sit down. S t cf) f e e tn\\nTo \u00c2\u00ab7. \u00c2\u00a9tgen* (verb neuter), Par^\\npast, gefcffcn. Imperf. fop.\\nI will sit down on that chair. 3d) tttttl mid) ouf btefcn StuI)( fe$ett.\u00c2\u00ab\\nWhere did he sit 1 SGBo fo| ct\\nHe sat upon that chair* (St fafi auf btcfem \u00c2\u00a9tuljle.\\nTo have left, UcbviQ bltibtn*. Imperfect,\\nbticb.\\nHow much money have you left t SBteoicC @clb bk xbt Sfmcn tt ttg?\\nI have a crown left. @g btct t mit cm Sfyatct tibtig*\\nI have only three crowns left. @g bletkn mit nut btct Scaler torig.\\nIf I pay him I shall have but 2Bcnn id) il)n fcegaJjte, rottb mit nut\\nlittle left. tvemg fi ttg bletben (or fo witb\\nmit nut wentg (ibttg bletben).\\nOCP -A. The subject is placed after the verb in an\\ninversion of propositions that is, when that which\\nought to stand first is put after, and forms as it were\\nthe complement of the other. An inversion of propo-\\nsitions takes place when the first proposition begins\\nwith a conjunction. Ex.\\nif he comes, I shall speak to him \u00c2\u00a3Benn ct ftmmt, roctbe id) mit ifjm\\n(inversion). fpted)Ctu\\nI shall speak to him if he comes 3d) rcetbe mit ifmt fpted)en, roetm ct\\n(without inversion). fommt.\\nIf it is fine weather to-morrow, 1 \u00c2\u00a3Benn c$ menjen fd)one\u00c2\u00a3 2 ttet tjt,\\nshall take a walk (inversion). tvetbe id) fpqtcten cjefyen.\\nI shall take a walk if it is fine 3d) roetbe fpa^ieten gefjen, wenn eg\\nweather to-morrow (without motgen fd)3ne$ SBcttct if!.\\ninversion).\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a1CF 5 B. The subject is also placed after its verb,\\nwhen in an inversion of propositions, the conjunction\\ntttftttt, if, is omitted in the first. This omission of the\\nconjunction may take place or not but when it does,\\nthe second proposition begins with the conjunction f o,\\nthen (so).\\nThen (.so). \u00c2\u00a9o.\\nr* t \u00e2\u0084\u00a2,r t \u00c2\u00abu\u00c2\u00abn CSScfemme id) mem \u00c2\u00a9elb (instead\\ni l vZ y y i of: rcenn id) mcin (Mb beWnme),\\npay you C fo bwW id) (Sic.\\nb Whenever a will or intention and not merely futurity is to be expressed,\\nthe verb ttoEctt* is used.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "252\\n-r t T n Sprid)t et m nut (for: rcrenn er $tt\\nIf he speaks to me, I shall an- f fc e\\nO s. When the conjunction roemt is not omitted, the\\nconjunction fo of the second proposition may either be\\nomitted or not, unless the proposition is of a certain\\nlength.\\nIf you will promise me to keep SSenn Ste nut wrfpredjen rc otten,c$\\nit secret, I shall tell it to you. oefyehn $u tjoltm, fo roetbe id) e$\\nSfynen facjen.\\nI have spent all my money, so 3d) r)abe at! mem \u00c2\u00a9etfc) au$Qege\\nthat I have none left. ben, fo bap nur fetnS merjt ubttfl\\nHettt\\nTa^ZZ. ^utlen (anfuUcn).\\nTo fill a bottle with wine. (Sine -Jfafdje nut 2Betn anftillen.\\nI fill my purse with money. 3d) fiittc mcincn SScutel (mime 93ot\\nfe) nut \u00c2\u00a9clb.\\nWith what do you fill that glass] \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3onut fullcn \u00c2\u00a9te Wefe$ @(a$\\nEXERCISES. 191*\\nWill your father go out to-day He will go out, if it is fine\\nweather.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Will your sister go out She will go out, if it is not\\nwindy. Will you love my brother 1 I shall love him with all my\\nheart, if he is as good as you. Will your parents go into the\\ncountry to-morrow They will not go, for it is too dusty. Shall\\nwe take a walk to-day We will not take a walk, for it is too\\nmuddy out of doors. Do you see the castle of my relation behind\\nyonder mountain I do see it. Shall we go in? We will go in,\\nIf you like. Will you go into that room I shall not go into it,\\nfor it is smoky. I wish you a good morning, Madam. Will you\\nnot rome in Will you not sit down I will sit down upon that\\nlargt chair. Will you tell me what has become of your brother\\nI will tell you. Here is the chair upon which he sat often.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 When\\ndid he die 1 He died two years ago. I am very much (febr) afflic-\\nted at it. Hast thou spent all thy money I have not spent all.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094How much hast thou left of it]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I have not much left of it; I\\nhave but one florin left. How much money have thy sisters left\\nThey have br*. three crowns left. Have you money enough left tc\\npay your tailor 1 I have enough of it left to pay him but if I pay\\nhim, I shall have but little left. How much money will your bro-\\nthers have left] They will have a hundred crowns left. Will\\nyou speak to my uncle if you see him If I see him, I shall speak\\nto him. Will you take a walk to-morrow If it is fine weather, I\\nethall take a walk but if it is bad weather, I shall stay at home*\u00e2\u0080\u0094", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "253\\nvVill you pay your shoemaker 1 I shall pay him, if I receive my\\nmoney to-morrow. Why do you wish to go If your father comes\\nI shall not go hut if he does not come, I must go. Why do you\\nnot sit down 1 If you will stay with (fret) me, I will sit down\\nbut if you go, I shall go along with you.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Will you love my chil-\\ndren If they are good and assiduous, I shall love them but it\\nthey are idle and naughty, I shall despise and punish them. Am\\nI right in speaking thus (jo) You are not wrong. (See end ol\\nLesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY-SECOND LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 %m\\\\ Uttb adjt ste\\nCation,\\nOF THE PAST OR COMPOUND INFINITIVE.\\nIn German, as in English, the past infinitive is formed\\nfrom the infinitive of the auxiliary and the past par-\\nticiple of the verb but in English the past participle\\nstands after the infinitive, whereas in German it pre-\\ncedes it. Ex.\\nHave loved, to have loved. \u00c2\u00a9cttcbt fjct cn, gcltebt $u fyaUru\\nIn order to have loved. Urn geltc t $tt Ijobcn.\\nWithout having loved. \u00c2\u00a3)(jne gelteBt $u (jofccn.\\nHave been loved. Sctte t roorbcn fetrt.\\nTo have been loved. (Skltcbt roerfoen $u fctlt.\\nOF THE PAST FUTURE.\\nThe past or compound future is formed, as the first\\nor simple future (preceding Lesson) from the present\\nof the auxiliary tt erben* and the past infinitive Ex*\\nI shall have loved, he (she) will 3d) roctbc gcttcfet Fjabcn, er (|te) ruit\u00c2\u00a7\\nhave loved. geltcfct fjabcn.\\nThou wilt have loved, you will *Du nrirfi geftebt fyabm, Sbr n crt ct\\nhave loved. tc reerfccn) getiebt baben.\\nWe shall have loved, they will SQBir roerfccn gcticbt fyabin* ftc nfetbcn\\nhave loved. gcftebt babcn,\\nI shall have been loved. 3d) roerbc geftcbt tBorfcen fetn.\\nT shall have written my letters 3d) roctfrc mctnc SBvicfe gcfdbrictcn\\nbefore you return. baben, the 0tc aurueffommen.\\ntin. tu -a 4- u i, f^ cnn bag 9 fert bc$af)(t foabett\\nWhen I have paid for the horse b\\nI shall have only ten crowns i t\\nlett ttbrtg Mcibcn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "254\\nJO* A. When at the end f a proposition there arc\\ntwo infinitives, two past participles, or an infinitive\\nand a past participle, the verb which on account ot\\nthe conjunction ought to be thrown to the end of the\\nphrase, may be placed either before or after those in-\\nfinitives or participles. Ex.\\n(2Bcib nxtben @ic tfyun, rocnn ffU $u\\n9Jttttacj gcgcffcn fjakn roetbcn,\\nor roctfcen $u SDUttag Qcgcffcn fjas\\nL ben\\nWhen I have spoken to your I\u00c2\u00ae id 3*\u00e2\u0084\u00a2 9f tc cn\\nbrother I shall know what I I a f cn xtc r rb l 9*%\\nhave to do I a0cn f\u00c2\u00b0 n?crt e l wl ff cn wa td)\\n$u tfjun fjabe.\\nDCr* The latter way of placing the verb is the most\\nelegant and most usual. Ex.\\n(3d) fa c tfym gefagt, baf^SU tag\\nSpferb fyaben ttcriaufen mufien (and\\nnot t)cr!aufcn gcmuft or muffcn\\nfyaOen).\\nTAe same (feminine).\\nThe same thing.\\nOne and the same.\\nIt is all one (the same).\\nSucn.\\nt c f c I b e, t t e n a m I i d) c. (See\\nLessons XII. and XIV.)\\nSttefette (ttc nam(tdf)c) \u00c2\u00a9ac^c.\\n\u00c2\u00a9asfclbe (t a$ namttcfye) Ding.\\n(Stneriet.\\n(S$ ift ctncrtei.\\nilfa^c. i^m. Neut.\\n\u00c2\u00a9olcfyer, f o I ct e, folcfyeS\\n(is declined according to\\nthe characteristic termi-\\nnation).\\nObs. A. When fold) is preceded by em or fettt, it has\\nthe declension of an adjective. Ex.\\nSuch a man, such a woman, such (Sin fo(d)et SDtonn, etnc fotcfye grew,\\na child. ein fotdjeS Jtint).\\nSuch men merit esteem. (Sotcfyc Sflenfcfym ttetbtenen tfefytung.\\nObs. B. When fold) is followed by eitt, it is not de-\\nclined. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "255\\nSuch a man, such a woman, such Sotd) em SJtatttt, fofd) erne #tau |b(c|\\na happiness. cm (Sjlucf.\\nOn the outside of without, out of. 2( U (5 c t Ij a t t (a preposition gov*\\nerning the genitive).\\nThe church stands outside the 2)te Jttrd)e ift aupetljatt) feet \u00c2\u00a9tafct.\\ntown.\\nI shall wait for you before the 3d) roetbc Su t)cr tcm Sftere Stabt*\\ntown-gate. tfyorc) crroarten.\\nThetownorci^e, JgP^\\nTo go out. \u00c2\u00a3tnau$gcl)cn*.\\nTo come out. ipctausfrmmcn*.\\nSeldom (rarely). \u00c2\u00a9eftcn.\\nDoes he sit under the tree 1 \u00c2\u00a9tgt et untcr bem 23aume\\nHe is sitting under it. (St ftfjt barunter. (Obs. B. Les-\\nson LII.)\\nTo continue (to proceed), vl* tfeftnu\\nHe continues his speech. f (St fafyrt in fetnet 5Kcbe fort.\\nThe armetile bcr petit,\\nI he appetite, (u Me jum m\\nthe narrative, the tale, btc (Sqa fyluno,\\nthe shore (the coast, the bank), t)a6 Ufet\\nthe sea-shore, bag Ufet t c\u00e2\u0082\u00ac \u00c2\u00a3fleeteg\\non the sea-shore, am Ufcr beg 5Q?cere^.\\niVo* wn^7 (not before). 9Z t d) t e r) c r 6 i g.\\nBefore. f) e cf)C atg, 6 e t) t.\\n1 shall no see him until I go 3d) roetbe tr)n ntd)t fefyen, cr)e (6c?\\nthither. oot) id) Ijtngefye.\\nDid you see him before his de- \u00c2\u00a3afcen Ste tfyn t)or femet 2C6rctfe ge*\\nparture fefjen\\nI will not do it until you tell 3d) tfjue eg ntd)t, tug \u00c2\u00a9te eg mir fat\\nme. gen.\\nThere is, there are. \u00c2\u00a3)a tjt, Plural, t a ftnb.\\nHere is, here are. \u00c2\u00a3tet tft, bier ftnb.\\nHere I am. #tet bin id).\\nThere is my book. \u00c2\u00a3)a tjt mem 33ud).\\nThere it is. \u00c2\u00a3)a tjt eg.\\nThere they are. 2)a ftnb jte.\\n^ortfe^enis a regular verb active and governs the accusative fortf oljren*,\\nwi the contrary, is neuter and irregular and governs the dative with the pro*\\nposition in or nut.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "256\\nTherefore. 2)eproegen, t ar)er.\\nThat is the reason why. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ ift bic Urfodbe, rcatum.\\nTherefore I say so. \u00c2\u00a9epwcgcn fagc id) e\\nMy sister s feet are cold. 9)Mner \u00c2\u00a9cfyrccftct frteren tie $$$t.\\nHer hands are cold. 3fa fttcten tie anbc (e$ ift tf)t on\\nten \u00c2\u00a3ant en fait).\\nEXERCISES. 192.\\nWhen will you go to Italy 1 I shall go as soon as I have learnt\\nItalian. When will your brothers go to Germany 1 They will\\ngo thither as soon as they know German. When will they learn\\nit They will learn it when they have found a good master.\\nHow much money shall we have left when we have paid for oui\\nhorses When we have paid for them we shall have only a hun-\\ndred crowns left. Have you told my brother that I have been\\nobliged to sell the carriage 1 I have told him so. Have you writ-\\nten to the same man to whom my father wrote I have not writ-\\nten to the same, but to another. Have they already answered you]\\nNot yet, but I hope to receive a letter next week. Have you\\never seen such a person I have never seen such a one. Have\\nyou already seen our church I have not seen it yet. Where does\\nit stand] It stands outside the town. If you wish to see it, I\\nwill go with you in order to show it to you. Who is there] It is\\nI. Who are those men They are foreigners who wish to speak\\nto you. Of what country are they They are Americans.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhere have you been since 1 saw you] We sojourned long on\\nthe sea-shore, until a ship arrived, which brought us to France.\\nWill you continue your narrative Scarcely had we arrived in\\nPrance when we were taken to the king who received (cmfnafym) us\\nvery well and sent us back to our country. Whom are you look-\\ning for I am looking for my little brother. If you wish to find\\nhim you must go into the garden, for he is there. The garden is\\nlarge, and I shall not be able to find him if you do not tell me in\\nwhich part (fc er \u00c2\u00a3f)Ctl) of the garden he is. He is sitting under\\nthe large tree under which we were sitting yesterday.*\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Now I\\nshall find him.\\n193.\\nWhy do your children not live in France 1 They wish to learn\\nEnglish, that is the reason why they live in England. Why do\\nyou sit near the fire My hands and feet are cold, that is the rea-\\nson why I sit near the fire. What do the people live upon that\\nlive on the sea-shore] They live upon fish alone. Why will you\\nnot go a hunting any more I hunted yesterday the whole day,\\nand I killed nothing but an ugly bird, that is the reason why I shall\\nnot go a hunting any more. Why do you not eat I shall not eat\\nbefore I have a good appetite. Why does your brother eat so\\nmuch He has a good appetite, that is the reason he eats so much\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094If you have read the books which I lent you, why do you not re*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "257\\nturn them to me]\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I intend reading them once more, that is the\\nreason why I have not yet returned them to you but I shall return\\nthem to you as soon as I have read them a ($um) second time.\\nWhy did you not bring me my clothes They were not made,\\ntherefore I did not bring them; but I bring them to you now, here\\nthey are. You have learnt your lesson, why has your sister not\\nlearnt hers She has taken a walk with my mother, that is the\\nreason why she has not learnt it but she will learn it to-morrow.\\nWhen will you correct my exercises I will correct them when\\nyou bring me those of your sister. Do you think (gloubcn) you\\nhave made mistakes in them. I do not know. If you have made\\nmistakes you have not studied your lessons well for the lessons must\\nbe learnt well, to make no mistakes in the exercises. It is all the\\nsame, if you do not correct them (for) me to-day, I shall not learn\\nthem before (fo roetbe id) fte erf!) to-morrow. You must make no\\nmistakes in your exercises, for you have all you want, in order to\\nmake none. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY.THIRD LESSON.-JDm tmfr fldjtpflrt*\\ntcction.\\nTo die of a disease. 2Cn etner (dative) ranffjett fter*\\nfcen*.\\nThe small pox bte Slattern (plural of tie S5(at\u00c2\u00ab\\nter, the blister, the pustule, the\\npock).\\nShe died of the small pox. @ie iff an ben Slattern geftotfcen.\\nThe fever, the intermitting fever, bat gtebct, foag \u00c2\u00a3Bed)felfteber.\\nHe had a cold fit. (St rjatte etnen 2CnfaH \u00c2\u00bbon gie et.\\nHe has an ague. (Sr f)al ba$ gtcbet fcefommen.\\nHis fever has returned (5t r)at t a$ Jtefcet nriefcet fcefom*\\nmen.\\nThe apoplexy, bet \u00c2\u00a9dftag, bet \u00c2\u00a9d tagftup.\\nHe has been struck with apo- w .f tfl 9 tyVfr gerfi tt\\nY 2 (St tft t om ^ctyage gevu rt wets\\nJ* t ben.\\nC \u00c2\u00aeuten 2C6gang f)a cn*.\\nTo sell well. \u00c2\u00aeut afrqeften*.\\nasict \u00c2\u00a3a ufet ftnben*.\\nWine sells well. f \u00c2\u00a3)et 2\u00c2\u00a3etn gefyt gut a (6at guten\\n2Cfcgang).\\nCloth sells well. f \u00c2\u00a3)a$ Sud) bat guten 2Cfcgang (fin*\\nbet Met ufcr).\\nWine will sell well next year, f 3)et SSetn rotrb nadjjle* Sal)* gus\\nten 2C0qanQ fia en", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "258\\nTo open.\\nTo shut.\\nTo open.\\nThat door opens easily.\\nThe door does not shut.\\nThe window shuts well.\\nFar off, from afar.\\nThat house is seen far off.\\nSummer clothes are not worn\\nin winter.\\nThat is not said.\\nThat cannot be comprehended.\\nIt is clear.\\nTo conceive, to comprehend.\\nAccording to circumstances.\\nThe disposition,\\nthe circumstance,\\nAccording as.\\nAccording to circumstances.\\nIt depends on circumstances.\\nDo not put the glass upon the\\ntable, for it will break.\\nTo put.\\nTo lay.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)effnen, aufmacfyen, auffd)(tef en*.\u00c2\u00bb\\n~3umad)en, $ufd)ttefien (active\\nverbs). b\\nSugcfyen*, gufd^ltepen*. Part, past,\\ngefctyoffen. Imperf. fcfylcp.\\nttufgefyen* (a neuter verb), fief) 3ff*\\nnen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9tcfe Sbffc gc^t (etdjt auf (ift tad)*\\n$u effnen).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ie Sbtir fcfticgt nuf)t.\\nai genftet fctyiegt gut.\\n!23on rcettem, son feme.\\nWan ftef)t tefe$ #au$ Don weitem\\n(t)on feme).\\n^ommcrfletber tta gt man ntcfyt im\\nWinter.\\nSommerHetbec roetben ntd)t im SSitu\\ntct gcttagen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)aS tDtrb mcfyt gefagt.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a$ ift unbegteifttcf).\\n(SS ift beut(tci).\\nSBegmfen*. Part, past, begrtffen.\\nImperf. begriff.\\n9la$ ten Umftanben.\\nS^ad) S5efdf)Qffcn()cit bet Umftanbe.\\ntie 23cfcf)aflfcnt)cit\\nbet Umftanb.\\nSftadjbem, fe nacfybem, in fo fern.\\n9?ad)bem e$ ift (nadjbem t$ Eommt).\\nSftadjbem bte Umftanbe ftnb.\\nSte(len @te ba^ \u00c2\u00ae(a$ ntd t auf ten\\nStfd) benn e$ tmtb getbtecljett.\\nImperf. ^etbtad).\\n\u00c2\u00a9tclten.\\nSegen.\\nDeffnen and aufmctdjen mean to remove the obstacle in order to give ac-\\ncess, as bte \u00c2\u00a3f)ore, bte %$ux ernes %immtx8, ctnen (Sctyranf, etnen 93rtef offnen\\nor aufmaefcen, to open the town-gates, the door of a room, a cupboard, a let\\nter. Deffnen is only employed to make an opening in the thing itself, as ti-\\nncn \u00c2\u00a3etd?nam, etne 9lber, em \u00c2\u00a9efefymut offnen, to open a corpse, a vein, an ab-\\nscess, because there is no opening yet. So we say bte \u00c2\u00a3aufgrabett effnett, to\\nopen the trenches. 5luffd)ltef3en is only employed in speaking of things that\\nlire shut with a key or a padlock.\\nb The same distinction is to be made between JUtttac^ett and uf($lte\u00c2\u00a3ien*, as\\nbetween mfma$ett and anffcfyltefiett*.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "259\\nTo set, to seat.\\nTo stick. Stecfen. c\\nAre the women handsome 1 \u00c2\u00a9tnb t te Srctuen fcfyott\\nThey are so they are rich and Sie ftnt e fie fint) retd) unt fcfyftft\\nhandsome.\\nWhat countrywoman is she i gj j* Jf\\nShe is from France. @ic ijt cm\u00c2\u00a3 (or son) $rcm\u00c2\u00a3retd).\\nTo be angry at somebody (about 23ofe auf Semcmben (ufcer etroaS)\\nanything). fetn.\\nWhat are you angry about SOBorftOer fint) 0ic t ofc\\nAre you sorry for having done St)ut e$ 3f)tten leifc, e\u00c2\u00a3 getfjan *U\\nit f bakm\\nC tFjut mit ktb.\\nam sorry for it. tft mit md)t tteb. (See Lesson\\nC LXXVII.)\\nPolite (courteous), impolite (un- .poflicl) unt)ofttd).\\ncivil).\\nHappy, unhappy. Utcf(td) ungtucftid).\\nWhat sort of pen have you lost 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bct$ fur cine $et er fyabm @te rerfo:\\nten?\\nA gold one. (Sine cjetccne.\\nWhat sort of pens has your 835ct$ fur gebctn fyctt Sfyrc (Scfyweftet\\nsister made gcfd)nttten\\nGood ones. (S5ute.\\nexercise 194.\\nOf what illness did your sister die 1 She died of the fever.\\nHow is your brother 1 My brother is no longer living. He died\\nthree months ago. I am surprised at it, for he was very well last\\nc \u00c2\u00a9tellen is used when the person or the thing spoken of is, as it were\\nstanding upright, and legen when it is lying. Ex. bte \u00c2\u00a9Lifer, bte ^lafcfye auj\\nben Ztfa) ftelien, to put the glasses, the bottle on the table em $tttb auf ba$\\n93ett legen, to place a child upon the bed ein Jtletb auf ba$ 33ett legen, to put\\na coat upon the bed tt)0 fjaben Sie metnen \u00c2\u00a9tod: Ju ngeftellt? where have you\\nplaced my stick? tt o fyabtn \u00c2\u00a9ie meiu Sfteffer fymgelegt? where have you put\\nmy knife? The verbs ftefyen* and liegen* may be explained by the English\\nverbs: to stand and to lie. Ex. 3i)r tod ftet)t in meinem Simmer, your\\nstick is (stands) in my room; Sljr \u00c2\u00a78 ruber ffcefyt am ^enfier, your brother\\nstands at the window S|r SUieffer Itegt auf bem \u00c2\u00a3tf($e, your knife is (lies)\\nupon the table; J)ter fte^t S r (Stodf unb ba liegt 3 ljr Sfteffer, here stands\\nyour stick and there lies your knife. (5ei3eu nearly answers to the English\\nverb to seat, as fefcen 5it ftcj) fytevljer, seat yourself here. It is also used in\\nthe following idiom Semanbcn m ben \u00c2\u00a9tanb fe^en, to enable some one, as\\nid) fmbe ttm in ben Stanb gefe^t e3 m tfmn, I have enabled him to do it.\\nted en, as an active verb, is used with the preposition i tt followed by the\\naccusative. Ex. 2 n bte \u00c2\u00a3afd)e ftecfen, to put into the pocket. We stall\\nhereafter see various other examples of these verbs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "260\\nsummer when I was in tne country. Of what did he die 1 He\\ndied of apoplexy. How is the mother of your friend She is\\nnot well she had an attack of ague the day before yesterday, and\\nthis morning the fever has returned (unb tucfen 9}?ergcn roicfcer).\\nHas she the intermitting fever? I do not know, but she often has\\ncold fits. What has become of the woman whom I saw at your\\nmother s She died this morning of apoplexy. Did the wine\\nsell well last year It did not sell very well but it will sell\\nbetter next year, for there will be a great deal of it, and it will not\\nbe dear. Why do you open the door? Do you not see how it\\nsmokes here] I do not see it; but you must open the window in-\\nstead of opening the door. The window does not open easily,\\nthat is the reason why I open the door. When will you shut it\\nI will shut it as soon as there is no more smoke. Why do you\\nnot put those beautiful glasses on the small table 1 If I put them\\nupon that little table they will break, Did you often go a fishing\\nwhen you were in that country We often went a fishing and a\\nhunting. If you will go with us into the country, you will see the\\ncastle of rny father. You are very polite, Sir but I have seen\\nthat castle already. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 bier tttti* adftijiett\\nCerJio.tt.\\nThe utility, the use, t er 9?ugcn\\nthe advantage, t er aScrtbt U.\\nThis thing is of no use. Dtcfc @ad e ift t on fetncm 9?u$en-\\nTo profit by a thing. Sttugcn ou\u00c2\u00a3 ctnct Sad)e stefycn*.\\nTo turn a thing to profit. \u00c2\u00a9id) etne ad)t au ^uge mad)Ctt.\\nTo be useful to any one. 3enicmt em nu|cn (or nugcn).\\nOf what use is that SOSegu nflgt t ag\\nThat is of no use. \u00c2\u00a3)as nugt ntcfytS.\\nUseful. SMeltd).\\nUseless. itnniig, nu^teS.\\nIs it useful to write a great deal 1 3ft cs ntigltd), Mel $u ffyrci en 7\\nIt is useful. S$ ift ntigltd).\\nIs it well (right) to do it 1 3ft c$ HM9, e$ *u tfjun\\nIt is not well (wrong) (SS ift unlulltg (unred)t)\\nWhat is that 2\u00c2\u00a3a$ if! tas?\\nI do not know what it is* 3d) roetp mdjt, \\\\va$ eS ift.\\nTo be called. c t ff e n Part, past, g c e t fj e n\\nImperf. f) t c p.\\nWhat is your name 1 f jffite fjctpen @tc\\nMy name is Charles. 3d) faipe (mem Sttamc ift) xxl", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "261\\nWhat do you call this in Ger- \u00c2\u00a3Btc fyctpt bag auf bcutfcft\\nman\\nHow do you express (say) this \u00c2\u00a3Bic facjcn \u00c2\u00a9U fcaS auf fran$6ftfd)\\nin French 1\\nWhat is that called 1 SBte ncnnt man fc a\u00c2\u00a3\\nTo name. IKcnncn*. Part, past, genonnt\\nImperf. nannte.\\nDECLENSION OF THE NAMES OF PERSONS. a\\nThe names of persons are declined either without\\nor with the article. Without the article they take\\nin the genitive, and en in the dative and accusative,\\nwith the article they add nothing to their termination.\\nEx.\\nNom. ffiflfyelm or ber SBtffyefm, William.\\nGen. 3BBin\u00c2\u00bbefatg be\u00c2\u00a3 SSityefo/ of William.\\nDat. 2Bttyefaten bem 2Btff)efot, to William.\\nAce. SBttyelmen ben 2Btff)elm, William.\\nNom. \u00c2\u00a9Kfafcetf) or bte @hfa etb, Elizabeth.\\nGen. @fifabctl)8 ber \u00c2\u00a9tfabetf), of Elizabeth.\\nDat. tfabeti)m ber (SSfa6et4 to Elizabeth.\\nAce. \u00c2\u00a9tfafcetfyen bte (glifabetfy/ Elizabeth.\\nObs. A. Names of persons terminating in fcf), 8, ft,\\nif take en\u00c2\u00a3 in the* genitive. Ex. granj, Francis\\ngen. gremjen^. Names of females in a or e (tne com-\\nmon endings for almost all such names) change in the\\ngenitive a or e into en\u00c2\u00a3* Ex. SBityehnina, Wilhelmine\\ngen. SBtlfyefaunenS, of Wilhelmine. ?eonore, Eleanor\\n?eonoren$, of Eleanor.\\nObs. B. To indicate that the ending of the geni-\\ntive is not a part of the name, it is commonly separ-\\nated by an apostrophe as in English. Ex. @d)ttter\\n\u00c2\u00a9ebtcfyte, Schiller s poems \u00c2\u00a9oetfye S SOBerfe, Goethe s\\nworks.\\nSooner\u00e2\u0080\u0094 than. (gfyet als.\\nRather than. Eicfcet at$.\\nHe has arrived sooner than I. (\u00c2\u00a3r ijt efyet angefemmen ati id).\\nFor the proper names of countries and towns, see Lesson XLIX.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "262\\n(Stebet roetfe td) mein \u00c2\u00a9c(t in ben\\n$(up, etc td) c$ t\u00c2\u00bbcrfct wcnt)e.\\n(Stye id) mctn (Mb wtfcfyroenbe, wet*\\nfe td) e$ Uebct in ben $(u(j.\\nJ will rather pay him than go 3d) will ifyn Iteber be$af)len, alg Ijm*\\nthither. gcfyen.\\nI will rather burn the coat than 3d) will ben $Kocf liebet ttetbtenncn,\\nwear it. ate ifjn ttagen.\\nSwre. e to t p.\\nTo be sure of a thing. (Sinet (Sacfte gcw tp fein*.\\nI am sure of that. 3d) bin bcffen gcnup.\\nI am sure that he has arrived. 3d) roeifj (or bin) gcrotp, tap cr an:\\ngcfommen tft.\\nIknowitwelL f V****\\nTo repair to, to go to. (Sid) roofjtn begebcn*.\\nI went to my room. 3d) begab mid) ciuf mem 3immer.\\nHe repaired to that town. (5*t begab (id) in biefe \u00c2\u00a9tabt.\\nTo repair to the army, to one s \u00c2\u00a9id) gut 21 tmce, 311 fcinem Regimen*\\nregiment. te begebcn*.\\nI repaired to that place. 3d) fyabe mid) an bicfen Drt begebcn.\\nHe repaired thither. (St fyat fid) bat)in begebcn.\\nGo where you please. \u00c2\u00a9efyen \u00c2\u00a9te, roofyin Ste roollen.\\nGeorge the Third. \u00c2\u00aeeotg bet \u00c2\u00a3)tttre.\\nLouis the Fourteenth. Subroig bet 93ter$efynte.\\nHenry the Fourth. \u00c2\u00a3cinrtd) bet SSiertc.\\nEurope, European. (Sutopa; eutopaifd).\\nFluently. (S5c(duftg.\\nCharles the Fifth spoke several Rati bet ^(inftc \\\\pxa b gctd uftg mef)*\\nEuropean languages fluently. tete eutopatfdje \u00c2\u00a9ptacfyen.\\nSuch a thing. (So cttt)05.\\nHave you ever seen such a aben \u00c2\u00a9ie }e fc etroaS gefefyen\\nthing 1\\nHave you eve; heard of such a $aben Sie ie fo etwaS gefyott?\\nthing\\nI have never seen nor heard of 3d) fjabe nie fo ctroas gefefyen nod)\\nsuch a thing. gefyott.\\nexercises. 195.\\nWhen did you see my father s castle I saw it when 1 was\\ntravelling last year. It is one of the finest castles that I have ever\\nseen it is seen far off. How is that said 1 That is not said.\\nThat cannot be comprehended. Cannot every thing be expressed\\nin your language 1 Every thing can be expressed, but not as in\\nyours. Will you rise early to-morrow 1 It will depend upon cir-\\ncumstances if I go to bed early, I shall rise early, but if I go to", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "Q63\\noed late, I shall rise late. Will you love my children If they\\nare good, I shall love them. Will you dine with us to-morrow\\nIf you get ready (ju erettcn foficn) the food I like, I shall dine with\\nyou. Have you already read the letter which you received this\\nmorning I have not opened it yet. When will you read it]\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI shall read it as soon as I have time. Of what use is that It is\\nof no use. Why have you picked it up I have picked it up, in\\norder to show it to you. Can you tell me what it is I cannot\\ntell you, for I do not know; but I shall ask my brother who will\\ntell you. Where have you found it 1 I have found it on the bank\\nof the river, near the wood. Did you perceive it from afar I did\\nnot want to perceive it from afar, for I passed by the side of the\\nriver. Have you ever seen such a thing 1 Never. Is it .useful to\\nspeak much 1 If one wishes to learn a foreign language it is use-\\nful to speak a great deal. Is it as useful to write as to speak 1\\n(t is more useful to speak than to write but in order to learn a\\nforeign language, one must do both (fretfceS). Is it useful to write\\n/til that one says 1 That is useless.\\n196.\\nWhere did you take this book from 1 I took it out of the room\\nof your friend (fern.). Is it right to take the books of other people 1\\nIt is not right, I know but I wanted it, and I hope that your\\nfriend will not be displeased for I will return it to her as soon as\\nI have read it. What is your name My name is William.\\nWhat is your sister s name Her name is Eleanor. Why does\\nCharles complain of his sister Because she has taken his pens.\\nOf whom do those children complain 1 Francis complains of\\nEleanor and Eleanor of Francis. Who is right] They are both\\nwrong for Eleanor wishes to take Francis s books and Francis\\nEleanor s. To whom have you lent Schiller s works I have lent\\nthe first volume to William and the second to Elizabeth. How is\\nthat said in French That is not said in French. How is that\\nsaid in German It is said thus. Has the tailor already brought\\nyou your new coat] He has brought it to me, but it does not fit me\\nwell. Will he make you another] He must make me another\\nfor rather than wear it, I will give it away. Will you use that\\nhorse I shall not use it. Why will you not use it Because it\\ndoes not suit me Will you pay for it I will rather pay for it\\nthan use it. To whom do those fine books belong They belong\\nto William. Who has given them to him His good father.\\nWill he read them He will tear them rather than read them\\nAre you sure that he will not read them I am sure of it, for he\\nhas told me so. (See end of Lesson XXXI V.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "264\\nEIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Mnf tttti* ftciftijpte\\nSweet.\\nmild,\\nagreeable,\\nSweet wine,\\nA mild zephyr,\\nA mild air,\\nA soft sleep,\\nNothing makes life more agree-\\nable than the society of and\\nintercourse with our friends.\\nSour, acid.\\nTo cry, to scream, to shriek.\\nTo help.\\nThou helpest, he helps.\\nI help him to do it.\\nf help you to write.\\nI will help you to work.\\nTo cry out for help.\\n0fp;\\nfanft;\\nancjcneljm.\\nflip et SBetn\\netn fanftet: 3epfr)r\\neine fanfte \u00c2\u00a3uft\\netn fanftcr @d)taf.\\n9\u00c2\u00a3id)t$ mad)t bag Scben ancjenefyner,\\na(6t ie \u00c2\u00a9cfettfcfyaft unt t et Umaana,\\nnut unfern grcunfcen.\\n(Sauet.\\nd) r e i c n Part, past, g c\\nf d) r t c e n. Imperf. f d) 1 1 e.\\ne t f e n (governs the dative).\\nPart, past, 9 e I) 1 f e n. Imperf.\\n*\u00c2\u00abtf.\\n\u00c2\u00a9u i ttfli, cr fottft\\nC 3d) Ijclfe ifjm battn.\\n3d) bin ifym tartn fcefyittfrtd).\\n3d) fjctfe S^nen fct rctbcn. (See Les-\\nson XL.)\\n3d) twill Sbncn arkiten rjetfen.\\nUm \u00c2\u00a3ulfe fcfyretcn*.\\nTo inquire after some one. (Sid) nad) Scmantcm erftmfcigtti\\n(nad) Semanbem ftagen).\\nWill you have the goodness to SBoflen Bu tie \u00c2\u00aeutc fjaben, nut btefe\\npass that plate to me 1 (Sd)itffel $u retcfyen\\nWill you pass that plate to me Snellen Ste mit gefSlltgft fciefe (Scfyftf*\\nif you please 1\\nTo reach.\\nIf you please.\\ncomplaisant, pleasing.\\n4s you please.\\nAt youi pleasure.\\nAs you like\\nTo kh. ck at the door.\\nTo happen.\\nSomething has happened,\\nfcl rcidjen\\n$eid)cn.\\nC SefSmgt\\n\u00c2\u00a3Benn eg 3^ncn gefatltg if!.\\nOtfBSig.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bte eg 3fynen ^efd Hig tft.\\nisDSt\\n2Cn tie Sfjiit fCepfen.\\nf\u00c2\u00aetd) eretancn, fid) $utrctgen* (take\\nJ r)at en for their auxiliary).\\nSBorfallcn*, gefcfyc en*, fcegegnen\\n(take fein).\\n(5$ fjat fid) etroag suQctragen (etetg*\\nnet).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "265\\nWhat has happened 1 \u00c2\u00a3Ba$ tfl fcorgcfatf en ^gefdjcljen)\\nA great misfortune has happened. jft ctn gte\u00c2\u00a3eS llnglucf gcfd)ef)ett.\\nNothing has happened. (S$ tfl nid)t6 ttotgefcdtcm\\nA misfortune has happened to S$ tfl tfjm ctn Ungtttd kgcgnct.\\nhim.\\nI had an accident. 3d) fjattc ctncn Bufatt,\\nTo joowr. t c p e n*, f c^ u 1 1 c n, c i n f d) c its\\nfen.\\nTo joowr Away. c g 9 i e p c n*.\\nTo sAed. 83 c t g t c p c n*.\\nTo shed tears. 3#r5nen wtgiefkn* (Part past, wrs\\ngcffcn. Imperf. ttctgop),\\nA tear. (Sine Static\\nWith tears in his, her, our, or 9D2tt tfyr ncntxm 2Cugcn.\\nmy eyes.\\nI pour wine into a glass. 3d) gte\u00c2\u00a3c \u00c2\u00a3Bctn in ctn \u00c2\u00ae(a$.\\nI put corn into a sack. 3d) fd)utte @ettctt c in ctncn \u00c2\u00a9acf.\\nI pour out some drink for that 3d) fcfyenft fciefcm Sfltanne $u trinfcn\\nman. ctn.\\nI pour away the wine, for it is 3d) gicpe ten \u00c2\u00a3Bctn reeg, benn cv taugt\\ngood for nothing. ntd)t$.\\nt SOS a a n b c t r e f f e n* (a n 6 e*\\nAs to, as for with i\\nCf 2Ba$ anfcetteffen*\\nrespect to. t r f f e n, a n b e t r a f).\\nft SScte anbclangett.\\nAs to me, I do not know what f -2Bag mid) antutrifft (cmbctangt),\\nto say. fc roctg id) nld)t, axis id) fagen foil\\nTo me\u00e2\u0082\u00ac* m^A. ftfntreffen* (governs the ace).\\nPart, past, gcttoffem Im\\nperf t r a f.\\nWhere have you met with him! f faben \u00c2\u00a9te tf)U emgettoffen?\\nI do not know what to do. f 3d) roctp ntd)t, n a\u00c2\u00a3 id) tf)un foil.\\nI do not know where to go to. 3d) roeip ntd)t, roofytn id) gefjet!\\nfc\u00c2\u00ab.\\nHe does not know what to an- f @t roctfi ntcf)t, nxi$ et antwcrtett\\nswer. foil.\\nWe do not know what to buy. f 2Btr roiffen nld)t, roctg nrit faufetl\\nfcllen.\\nTo unbosom one s self to some \u00c2\u00a9id) Scmanbcm wrtraucn.\\none.\\nTo trust some one. Scmanbcm traucn or sertrauen.\\nTo distrust one. \u00c2\u00a9ncm mi^auen.\\n(Stncm ntd)t ttauen.\\nDo you trust that man Stauen (or Mttrauen) SU btcfetfi\\nStfanne\\n12", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "2m\\nI do trust him.\\nHe trusts me.\\nWe must not trust every body.\\nTo laugh at something.\\nDo you laugh at that\\nI do laugh at it.\\nAt what do you laugh\\nTo laugh at, to deride some one.\\nI laugh at (deride) you.\\nFull.\\nA full glass.\\nA full j^iass of wine.\\nA book full of errors.\\nThe means,\\nTo afford (to have the means).\\nCan you afford to buy a horse\\nI can afford it.\\nI cannot afford it.\\nThe lady,\\nTo taste, to like, to relish.\\nHow do you like this wine\\n1 like it well.\\nI don t like it\\n3eW\u00c2\u00ab\\n3d) traue (or uertrauc) tfjm,\\n(Sr traut (or ttcrtraut) nun\\nSBtt nitijjen ntd)t ctncm\\nttauen.\\nUefccr etroas fadjen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ad)cn @ie bariibcr\\n3d) tacfyc barfi cr.\\nSQScrflbcr (ad)cn (Ste\\n3cmantcn au$(ad)cn (or wtfadjcn).\\n3d) tacfte (Sic au$ foerfocfye \u00c2\u00a9ic).\\nas oil\\nGin t ctXc5 (SJfo*.\\n(Sin \u00c2\u00ae(a$ Doll SGBctn (ctn t oUc^ \u00c2\u00aela\\nSBein).\\n(Sin SBud) t\u00c2\u00bbottcr $\u00c2\u00abMer.\\ntog 9KtttcL\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ie DDUttct afan*.\\n\u00c2\u00a3aOen (Sic tic SDtfttcf, ctn 9)fert $u\\nfaufen\\n3d) fyaOc tic SRtttcl ta$tt (td) F)a c\\nftc).\\n3d) babe ftc ntd)t.\\ntic \u00c2\u00a3)ame.\\nd) m c cf c n.\\n2Btc fcrmtccft S nen ticfet 805cm\\n(Sr fdjmccft mtr gut.\\n(Sr fefymceft mtr ntctyt,\\nexercises. 197.\\nDo your scholars learn their exercises by heart They will ra-\\nther tear them than learn them by heart. What does this man ask\\nme for 1 He asks you for the money which you owe him. If he\\nwill repair to-morrow morning to my house I will pay him what I\\nowe him. He will rather lose his money than repair thither.\\nCharles the Fifth, who spoke fluently several European languages,\\nsaid that we should (man muffe) speak Spanish with the gods,\\nItalian with our (fetnet) mistress (tic \u00c2\u00a9eltcfcte Obs. Lesson LIII.)\\nFrench with our (fetnem) friend (masc.), German with soldiers,\\nEnglish with geese (tic @kms), Hungarian (una/irtfd)) with horses,\\nand Bohemian (fcofymtfcf)) with the devil (tet SeufeQ. Why does\\nthe mother of our old servant shed tears What has happened to\\nher] She sheds tears because the old clergyman, her friend, who\\nwas so very good to her (tcr tfyt fo met \u00c2\u00a9uteS gett)an \\\\t), died a few\\ndays ago. Of what illness di-d he die He was- struck with apo\\nplexy. Have you helped your father to write his letters 1 I have\\nnelped him. Will you help me to work when we 4*0 to town? I", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "267\\nwill help you to work, if you will help me to gel a livelihood.\\nHave you inquired after the merchant who sells so cheap I have\\ninquired after him hut nobody could tell me what has become of\\nhim. Where did he live when you w r ere here three years ago 1\\nHe lived then in Carles Street, No. 55. How do you like this\\nwine I like it very well but it is a little sour.\\n198.\\nHow does your sister like those apples? She likes them very\\nveil but she says that they are a little too sweet. Will you have\\n,he goodness to pass that plate to me With much pleasure.\\nShall (\u00c2\u00a9oil) I pass these fishes to you? I will thank you to pass\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2hem to me. Shall I pass the bread to your sister You will\\noblige (scrbtnt cn*) me by passing it to her. How does your mo-\\nther like our food She likes it very well but she says that she\\nhas eaten enough. What dost thou ask me for Will you be kind\\nenough to give me a little bit of (t)Cn) that mutton Will you\\npass me the bottle, if you please] Have you not drunk enough?\\nNot yet; for I am still thirsty. Shall I give (cinfct)cn!cn) you\\nsome wine No, I like cider better. Why do you not eat I do\\nnot know what to eat. Who knocks at the door] It is a foreigner.\\nWhy does he cry He cries because a great misfortune has\\nhappened to him. What has happened to you Nothing has\\nhappened to me. Where will you go to this evening? I don t\\nknow where to go to. Where will your brothers go to? I do not\\nknow where they will go to as for me, I shall go to the theatre.\\nWhy do you go to town? I go thither in order to purchase some\\nbooks. Will you go thither with me I will go with you but I\\ndo not know what to do there. Must I sell to that man on credit 1\\nYou may sell to him, but not on credit; you must not trust him,\\nfoi he will not pay you. Has he already deceived anybody?\\nHe has already deceived several merchants who have trusted him.\\nMust I trust those ladies You may trust them but as for me,\\nI shall not trust them; for I have often been deceived by the wo-\\nmen, and that is the reason why I say, we must not trust every\\nbody. Do those merchants trust you They do trust me, and 1\\ntrust them.\\n199.\\nWhom do those gentlemen laugh at They laugh at those la-\\ndies whc wear red gowns (fcaS .jtlett)) with yellow ribbons. Why\\ndo those people laugh at us They laugh at us because we speak\\nDadly. Ought we to (93Zuj5 man) laugh at persons who speak bad-\\nly We ought not to laugh at them we ought, on the contrary,\\nto listen to them, and if they make blunders (gcfytet), we ought to\\ncorrect them for them. What are you laughing at I\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I am laughing\\nat your hat how long (fctt rcann) have you been wearing it so\\nlarge Since (\u00c2\u00a9ettfcem) 1 returned from England. Can you afford\\nto buy a horse and a carriage I can afford H.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Can your brother", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "268\\nafford to buy that large house He can afford it. Will he buy it 1\\nHe will buy it, if it pleases him. Have you received my let-\\nter 1 I have received it with much pleasure. I have shown it to\\nmy German master, who was surprised at it, for there was not a\\nsingle mistake in it. Have you already received Jean Paul s and\\nWieland s works 1 I have received those of (t on) Wieland as\\nto those of Jean Paul, I hope (fo bcffe tcf)) to receive them next\\nweek. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 0*d)0 xttib ac^XQBtC\\nCation.\\nWho is there? 2Bet tft t a\\nIt is I. 3cf) tun eg.\\nIs it you 1 (Sinb @te eg\\nIt is not I. 3d) bin eg ntcf)t.\\nIt is you. (Ste ftnb eg.\\nIt is he, it is she. (Sr tft eg, fie tft eg.\\nAre they your brothers? 5tnt eg 3f)te 33tubet\\nThey are not my brothers. \u00c2\u00a7g ftnt) mctne SBrubct md)t.\\nDCF 3 Appositional phrases a are in German always\\nput in the same case as the principal noun. Ex.\\nNOMINATIVE.\\nLycurgus, the Spartan legislator, Oqfutg, bet \u00c2\u00aeefe\u00c2\u00a3get er Sparta g.\\nReligion, this daughter of hea- 3)te SKcU^ten, btefe Securer beg \u00c2\u00a3tm*\\nven, is the faithful companion melg, iff bie tveue (SJefafyrttnn ber\\nof men. Sfflenfcfyen.\\nGENITIVE.\\nThe duty of a father, the natural eg SSaterg, teg naturttcfyen $or*\\ntutor of his children, is to pro- munbeg fetnec .ftinbet:, 5)fltcl)t tft\\nvide for them. eg, fur fie $u foremen.\\nDATIVE.\\nThat honour is due to my friend \u00c2\u00a3)tcfe (Stytc cjebftfyrt metnem greunbe,\\nwho is a brave man. etnem foremen dttanne.\\nt gave the father, this honest old 3d) fja e bem SSaUv, btefem vcd)U\\nman, the model of his family, fcfyctffenen \u00c2\u00a9tetfe, bem 9#uftet feU\\nthat advice. nee -JfamUic, ben 3?atf Cjcge-\u00c2\u00ab\\nten.\\nWe call a phrase appositional when it serves to explain and determine th*\\nprincipal noun.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "260\\nThat happened under Constan- SDteS Cjcfdjar) unlet (Sonftonttn bem\\ntine the Great, the first Chris- \u00c2\u00a9refjen, tern erften d)rift(ici)en Stai*\\ntian emperor. fer.\\nACCUSATIVE.\\nt concerns my friend, the coun- (\u00c2\u00a7S ktrtfft metnen gteunt, ten\\nsellor N. ffiatf) 9k\\nt have known the king, that 3d) bote ben .ftonicj, ttefcn 9GBer;ltr)fo\\nbenefactor of his people. tcr feineS SSolfc^ gcfannt.\\nThe duty, tie SpfUcftt\\nthe companion, tcr \u00c2\u00a9cfafyrtc\\nthe tutor (the guardian), tcr SScrmunt (plur. SScrmftntcr)\\nthe model, fca$ buffer\\nthe family, tie gamiltc\\nthe people, fca$93ol\u00c2\u00a3;\\nhonest, tcd)tfd)affcn\\nfaithful (true), trcu.\\nTo thee, my dearest friend, I give \u00c2\u00a3)tr, ntctnem fiebjtcti $teuntc, cjebe\\nthis ring. id) ttefcn 9ttncj.\\nOCT 3 B. In German the pronoun must be in the\\nsame gender, number, and case, with the substantive.\\nOf me, who am his nearest rela- SScn nut, fcinem naebften SSctroants\\ntion, he requests nothing. ten, Bcrtancjt cr ntd)t$.\\n/s it they who speak \u00c2\u00a9int fie c$, tie fprccfyen\\nIt is they. @tc ftnt e\u00c2\u00a3.\\nIt is 1 who speak. 3d) bcc\\nDCF 9 C When a personal pronoun is followed by\\na relative pronoun, it may or may not be repeated af-\\nter the latter but if it is not repeated, the verb which\\nfollows the relative pronoun must stand in the third\\nperson, though the personal pronoun be of the first or\\nsecond person.\\nIt is you who laugh. c M A f lfl Ctt r\\nJ c te fm bet lacfyt.\\nC \u00c2\u00a3)u t tft cS, tcr tu c$ gctftan baft\\nIt is thou who hast done it. or,\\nC u bij! c$, tcr e$ ejetfyem r)at*\\nIt is you, gentlemen, who have (Ste ftnt e$, metne #etren, tie ta$\\nsaid that. ^efaQt fyafcen.\\nTo look like (to appear) 2Cu$fcf)en* rote.\\nHow does he look 1 2Bte ftet)t et cm$", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "270\\nHe looks gay (sad, contented). t ftef)t Uifttg (trcmrig, guftteben)\\nau\u00c2\u00a3.\\nThis beer looks like water. jDtcfeg 93tcr ftcfyt cuts vok SBafier.\\nYou look like a doctor. (Sic fcfyen rote cm Uv$ au$.\\nOur equals. f UnfercS \u00c2\u00a9lctd)en.\\nHe has not his equal or his f (Sr r)at fetncS \u00c2\u00a9(ctcfycn ntd)t.\\nmatch.\\nTo resemble some one*\\nHe resembles me.\\nI resemble your brother.\\nI resemble him.\\nEach other.\\nWe resemble each other.\\n3 c m a n b c m 3 c t d) e n Part.\\npast, gcgttcrjcn. Imperf. glid)*\\n3 c m a n b c m a b n t d) fct;en* or\\nfctn\\n(Sr ftcf)t mtr af)n(td).\\n3d) gfeicfec 3^cm SSruber.\\n3d) bin ifjm aljnltd).\\n(S t n a n b e t (an indeclinable pro-\\nnoun)^\\n5 \u00c2\u00a3Btt gfeidjen cincmbet.\\nSBit fefi\\ner)en ctnanbet cibntid).\\nThey do not resemble each other. (Sic fcbcn eincmber: md)t afjnltcl).\\nThe brother and the sister love \u00c2\u00a3)ct SSrubct unb tic \u00c2\u00a9djrocftct lies\\neach other. ben eincmber.\\nAre you pleased with each other] (Sinb Sie mit eincmbet $uftteben\\nWe are (so).\\nI am well.\\nTo drink to some one.\\nTo drink some one s health.\\nSGBit finb e$.\\n3d) Inn gefunb.\\nSemcmbem $utrin!cn*.\\nrScmanbcS SJcfunt r)eit trinfen*.\\n2Cuf ScmanbcS \u00c2\u00a9cfunbfjeit ttfrt*\\nC frn*.\\nJ 3d) ttinfe Sfcte \u00c2\u00a9cfunbbcit.\\n3d) trinfe auf 3 re (35ejimbf)eit.\\nI drink your health.\\nTo make some one s acquaint- SSefanntfdjaft mit Sentanbem macfyett.\\nTo become acquainted with some- 3cmcmben fenncn lerncn.\\nbody.\\nf ScT fyctfcc feinc 8eranntfd)aft ge\u00c2\u00bb\\nI have made his acquaintance. g \u00e2\u0084\u00a2*t mamtm mit fa\\nmad)t.\\nI have become acquainted with 3d) abe U)n fennen gctcrnt.\\nhim.\\nAre you acquainted with hirn (Stub @te mit ir)m (tf)t) kfrumt?\\n(her)\\nb (^incmbev indicates that the action expressed by the verb is reciproca*\\ntetween several persons or things, and is employed for all cases and gender*.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "271\\nDo you know him (her) 5tcnncn (Sic tr)n (fie)\\nI am acquainted with him (her). 3d) bin nut tl)m (irjt) fccfrmnk\\nI know him (her). 3d) ftmnc tf)ti (ftc)\u00c2\u00bb\\nHe is an acquaintance of mine. (St ift nietn 23cfanntct.\\nShe is my acquaintance. (Sic ift mctnc SBcfcumtc.\\nHe is not a friend, he is but an (St tft Mn gtcunt), ct ift nut cut\\nacquaintance. SBcfanntcr.\\nOfo. \u00c2\u00a90 denotes the consequence of a preceding\\nproposition, (See DCf 3 B. Lesson LXXXI.)\\nAs thou hast not done thy exer- \u00c2\u00a3Beu fru bcinc ^ufgabcn ntd)t gut Qa\\ncises well, thou must do them macfyt fyaft, fo nuif t u ftc nod) ettt*\\nagain. mal macbcn.\\nAs he did not come, I sent for \u00c2\u00a3)a ct ntd)t fain, (fo) ficfi id) tr)n til*\\nhim. fen. (Lesson LXXXI.)\\nAgain, once more. 9\u00c2\u00a3od) cinmal\\nAs. \u00c2\u00a3)a, nxtf.\\nexercises. 200.\\nWhere have you become acquainted with that lady I have be-\\ncome acquainted with her at the house of one of my relations. Is\\nit thou, Charles, who hast soiled my book] It is not I, it is your\\nlittle sister who has soiled it. Who has broken my fine ink-stand?\\nIt is I who have broken it. Is it you who have spoken of me\\nIt is we who have spoken of you, but we have said of you nothiag\\nbut good (\u00c2\u00aeute s). Why does your cousin ask me for money and\\nbooks 1 Because he is a fool of me, who am his nearest relation\\nand best friend, he asks for nothing. Why did you not come to\\ndinner ($um ^tttctcjeffen) 1 I have been hindered, but you have been\\nable to dine without me. Do you think that we shall not dine, if\\nyou cannot come 1 How long did you wait for me 1 We waited\\nfor you till a quarter past seven, and as you did not come, we dined\\nwithout you. Have you drunk my health We have drunk yours\\nand that of your parents. A certain man liked much wine, but he\\nfound in it (bciran) two bad qualities (t)tc (St^enfcfyaft). If I put\\nwater to it (rjincttt), said he, I spoil it, and if I do not put any\\nto it, it spoils me. 1 How does your uncle look 1 He looks very\\ngay for he is much pleased with his children. Do his friends\\nlook as gay as he They, on the contrary, look sad, because they\\nare discontented. My uncle has no money, and is very contented,\\nand his friends who have a great deal of it, are scarcely ever so.\\nDo you like your sister! I like her much, and as she is very com-\\nplaisant towards me, I am so towards her but how do you like\\nyours We love each other, because we are pleased with each\\nother.\\n201.\\nDoes your cousin resemble you? He does resemble me. Do\\nyour sisters resemble each other! They do not resemble each\\nother for the eldest (fctc a(tcftc) is idle and naughty (unattta,), and", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "272\\nthe youngest assiduous and complaisant towards every body. Who\\nknocks at the door? It is I, will you open it? What do you\\nwant I come to ask you for the money which you owe me, and\\nthe books which I lent you. If you will have the goodness to\\ncome to-morrow, I will return both to you. Do you perceive yon-\\nder house? I do perceive it, what house is it! It is an inn (bag\\n2Strtf)$l)au6) if you like, we will go into it to drink a glass of\\nwine for I am very (fef)t) thirsty. You are always thirsty when\\nyou see an inn. If we enter it, I shall drink your health. Rathe?\\nthan go into an inn I will not drink. When will you pay what\\nyou owe me When I have money it is useless to ask me for\\nsome to-day, for you know very well that there is nothing to be had\\nof him who has nothing. When do you think you will have mo-\\nney 1 I think I shall have some next year.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Will you do what I\\nshall tell you I will do it, if it is not too difficult. Why dc you\\nlaugh at me 1 I do not laugh at you, but at your coat. Does it\\nnot look like yours It does not look like it for mine is short\\nand yours is too long, mine is black and yours is green. (See end\\nof Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY.SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qkbm uttb actjtjigote\\n\u00c2\u00a3ation.\\nTo get into a scrape. \u00c2\u00a9tcf) \u00c2\u00a3ant ef gu$te!)en*.\\nf (Sid) fyetauS fjetfen*.\\nTo get out of a scrape. @tcr auS fc er- \u00c2\u00a9cfr ngc $tef)en*.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) tton ctwaS (o$ mad)en.\\n(3d) fyabe mit fycrau$ gcf)e(fen.\\n3^n6cmtcl)au\u00c2\u00abbct\u00c2\u00a9cl)Jin S c 3 c^\\n3d) tun gut t awn gefommen.\\nThe snare, tuc Sd)linge\\nalways, tmmcr.\\nThat man always gets into bad \u00c2\u00a3)tefet 93?arm $kl)t ficf tmmcr jifcltms\\nscrapes; but he always gets meJpanM^u; aber er Ijtlft fid) im*\\nout of them again. \\\\\\\\m tmcbcr. fjetcmS.\\nBetween. 3 \\\\v i f d) c n (governs the dative\\nand accusative).\\nThe appearance, t ct$ 2Cnfer)cn\\nthe sight, the face, fccig \u00c2\u00a9eficfyt\\nthe mien, the look, t te $fttene\\nthe countenance, the physiog- t ic \u00c2\u00a9cjtcfyts tftwng.\\nnomy,\\nTo have the appearance. 3)a\u00c2\u00a3 2Cnfcr)en Ijafcen*.\\nTo appear Scl)cinen*\u00c2\u00bb Imperf* fcfyteik", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "273\\nTo look.\\nTo look well.\\nTo look good.\\nYou (appear) look very well.\\nShe looks angry.\\nShe appears to be angry.\\nThey appear to be contented.\\nThey look contented (pleased).\\nTo look pleased with some one.\\nTo receive one kindly.\\nFriendly, kindly.\\nTo look cross at some one.\\nWhen I go to see that man, in-\\nstead of receiving me with plea-\\nsure, he looks displeased.\\nA. good-looking man.\\nA bad-looking man.\\nBad-looking people or folks.\\nTo imagine.\\nThat man whom you see, seems\\ndesirous of approaching us.\\nTo visit, to go to see some one.\\nTo pay some one a visit.\\nTo frequent a place.\\nTo frequent societies.\\nTo associate with some one.\\nIt is all over with me\\nIt is all over\\nI*: is too late to consult to-day\\nabout what was done yesterday\\n(a proverb).\\nThe spite, the displeasure,\\nthe grief, the sorrow,\\nTo vex, to spite some one.\\nTo hurt some one s feelings.\\nYou have vexed (spited) that\\nman.\\nYou have hurt that man s feel-\\nings.\\nThe place,\\nknow a good place to swim in.\\n12\\n2Cu6feF)en*.\\n\u00c2\u00a9at cmSfefyen*.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ut $u fctn fcfyetnen**\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie fcfjen fe t gut aiiS.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ic ficf)t wt rtcftUd) au$.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ic fdjeint fcofe (oetbricpticf)) ju\\nfern.\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fcbeinen $ufrteben $u fctn.\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fefjen ttcrgniigt au$.\\nSemanbcm cut ftcunbttcfycS (\u00c2\u00a7Jcftd)t\\nmacften.\\nStiten frcunbltd) empfangen*.\\n$rcunblid).\\nSemanbcm ein o\\\\k$ (Skftcftt macfycn.\\nSBcnn id) fctefen Sflann bcfucfyc, mad)t\\net nut ein 68fe$ \u00c2\u00aecfid)fr, anftatt\\nmid) frcunbltd) aufeuncfymen.\\n(Sin SRann sjen gutem tfnfefjen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9in SJiann son fd)lcd)tem ttnfefyen.\\nScute sen fd)lcd)tem 2(nfef)en.\\n(Sid) einbilben (governs the da\\ntive).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et 9Bann, ben \u00c2\u00a9ie fefyen, fcftcint\\nfid) un\u00c2\u00a3 (dative) ndfyecn $u woltcn,\\n3emcmbcn befucfyen.\\nSemanbcm cincn S3 e fuel) madden.\\n(Sinen \u00c2\u00a3)rt befucfyen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9efellfcbaften befud)en.\\nSOttt Scmanbcm umgefjen*.\\ni (SS if! urn mid) gefd)cl)cn\\nj 3d) bin ttcttorcn\\nCSS tft barum gefdjefyen\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfcrjcfyene \u00c2\u00a3)inge ftnb nid)t $u anbetn\\n(\u00c2\u00a9pricljroott).\\nbet SSctbtup\\nbet Summer.\\nSemanbem ctbtup mad)en.\\nSemanbcn franfen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fyaben bicfem SJtannc aSetbrup\\ngemad)t.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie fyaben bicfen 9#ann gefranft\\nbcr \u00c2\u00a3rt, bic \u00c2\u00a9telle,\\n3d) rcetp cine gute \u00c2\u00a9telle jum\\n\u00c2\u00a9djroimmen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "274\\nTo swim. \u00c2\u00a9cftnnmmen*. Part, past, gefcftrooro*\\nmen. Imperf. fcftroamm.\\nTo experience. r f a ft r e n*. Imperf. c t f u fj t\\nTo endure {experience). (5 r b u t b e n.\\nTo feel {experience). (S m p ft n t c n*. Imperfect, cms\\npf a n t\\nI have experienced a great deal. Scft ftabc Diet etbtrtbet (empfunben,\\netfaftrcn).\\nI have experienced a great many 3 cft ftabe tuel Ungtttcf geftctbt.\\nmisfortunes.\\nTo swjfer. c i b c n* (g e 1 1 1 1 e n, lit t).\\nTo feel a pain in one s head or f ?fm \u00c2\u00a3epfe obet am Jatfe tetben*\\nfoot.\\nI felt a j)ain in my eye. f 3cft fa am ^Citge 9Ctittcn.\\nTo neglect. 83 c t n a eft a f ft g e n.\\nTo miss (*o neglect). 23erfdumcn.\\nYou have neglected your prom- Stc ftaftcn tftr \u00c2\u00a3k tfprecftcn ttetnacft*\\nise. (a fftflt.\\nYou have neglected to come to (Ste ftctben ttetfaumt, gur (Stunbe ($ut\\nyour lesson. Section) $u femmen.\\nTo yield. SQSetcften** takes fetn. Part, past,\\ngerotcften. Imperf. rotcft.\\nTo yield to some one. Semanbem nacftgeben*.\\nC Sicft in ctroas (accus.) fcfttcfen.\\nTo yield to something. \u00c2\u00a9id) ju ctroaS bequemen.\\nC Oct etroaS bewenben foffen*.\\nTo yield to necessity. \u00c2\u00a9tcft in bte 9tfotftwcnt)tg\u00c2\u00a3ctt fcfttcfen\\nWe must yield to necessity. 9J?an nmp ftcft in bte 9?otl)tt enbtgfeti\\nfcfttcfen.\\nTo spring. (Spttngen*. Part, past, gefptungen,\\nImperf. fprang.\\nTo jump (hop). \u00c2\u00a3upfen.\\nTo blow up, to burst, (Sptengcn.\\nTo omit. 2CuS(affcn*. Imperf. (teg.\\nTo spring up from below. 93cn unten ftcrauf fprtngen*.\\nTo spring forward. SSetroartS fprtngen.\\nTo spring backward. Surticf fprtngen.\\nThe child hopped joyfull arcund 3)a$ ittnb fttipfte freubtg urn mtcft\\nme. fterum. b\\n2Bettf)ett, to steep, and ettuetcfjen, to soften, to mollify, are active and regu-\\nlar verbs, and consequently take fyabett* for their auxiliary.\\nb \u00c2\u00a7upfett, to jump, to hop, to frisk, is generally used in speaking of animals\\nthat spring, and of children.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "275\\nrhe besiegers iet the bastion Die SBekgetetttefien t te SSaftet fpretfc\\nblow up gem\\nThe copier has omitted a few Det 2C fd)m ct fjat etnige SeUett au$*\\nlines. gclaffen.\\n{2(uf Semanbcn obet etroaS fo$\\nfpttngen*, CM ftuqen, fo* ten,\\nnen\\nUeber Semanben cber ett r)etfak\\nten*-\\nThe cat springs upon the rat. Die \u00c2\u00a3aj$e fptingt auf tie 9?atte (o$.\\nTo leap on horseback. \u00c2\u00a9tdj auf bag $)fetb fc^ivincjen* (ges\\nfcbnningen, fencing).\\nTo run. jftennen* (gerannt, rannte).\\nTo swing. \u00c2\u00a9djnnngcn* (gefefyroungen, fcfywang).\\nTo still greater ill luck. 3u nocb gropetem Ungtucf.\\nTo still greater good luck. 3u nod) gtofjerem \u00c2\u00a9liicf.\\nTo my still greater ill luck I 3u nod) gropcrem UngtM r)afce t$\\nhave lost my purse. metne SSorfe setloten.\\nexercises. 202.\\nIs it right to laugh thus at everybody] If I laugh at your coat,\\nI do not laugh at every body. Does your son resemble any one\\nHe resembles no one. Why do you not drink 1 I do not know\\nwhat to drink for I like good wine, and yours looks like vinegar.\\nIf you wish to have some other I shall go down into the cellar\\n(Lesson LXXIII.) to fetch you some. You are too polite, sir, I\\nshall drink no more to-day. Have you known my father long] I\\nhave known him long, for I made his acquaintance when I was yet\\nat (auf) school. We often worked for one another, and we loved\\neach other like brothers. I believe it, for you resemble each\\nother. When I had not done my exercises, he did them for me,\\nand when he had not done his, I did them for him. Why does\\nyour father send for the physician 1 He is ill, and as the physi-\\ncian does not come he sends for him.\\n203.\\nIs that man angry with (auf with the accus.) you I think he\\nis angry with me, because I do not go to see him but I do not\\nlike to go to his house for when I go to him, instead of receiving\\nme with pleasure, he looks displeased. You must not believe that\\nhe is angry with you, for he is not so bad as he looks. He is the\\nbest man in (twn) the world but one must know him in order to\\nappreciate (fcfycigen) him. There is ((5$ ijt) a great difference (bet\\nUnterfd)teb) between (dative) you and him you look pleased with\\nall those who come to see you, and he looks cross at them.\\nWhy do you associate (gef)en \u00c2\u00a9te urn) with those people I as-\\nsociate with them because they are useful to me. If you continue\\nto associate with them you will get into bad scrapes, for they have", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "276\\nmany enemies. How does your cousin conduct himself? He\\ndoes not conduct himself very well for he is always getting into\\nsome bad scrape (or other).- Do you not sometimes get into bad\\nscrapes 1 It is true that 1 sometimes get into them, but I always\\nget out of them again. Do you see those men (Scute) who seem\\ndesirous of approaching us 1 I do see them, but I do not fear\\nthem for they hurt nobody. We must go away, for I do not like\\nto mix with people whom I do not know. I beg of you not to be\\nafraid of them, for I perceive my uncle among them. Do yoa\\nknow a good place to swim in 1 I do know one. Where is it\\nOn that side of the river, behind the wood, near the high-road (big\\nCcmbftrape). When shall we go to swim This evening if you\\nlike. Will you wait for me before the city-gate] I shall wait for\\nyou there but I beg of you not to forget it. You know that I\\nnever forget my promises. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nEIGHTY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ftcijl mi udftiffBte\\nAction.\\nBy all means (obstinately). SJftt alter 932acl)t imb \u00c2\u00a9ewaft.\\nTo follow. gotten, nacfygefien* (govern the d@\u00c2\u00bb\\ntive).\\nTo pursue. SScrfctgcn (governs the accus.).\\nI have followed him. 3# t tn ifyttt nad^egangen.\\nTo lose one s wits. \u00c2\u00a3)cn SSerftanb Dertieren*. Imperf*\\nsetter.\\nThe sense, the wit, the intellect, bet SSerffanb,\\nThat man has lost his wits, for Stefet SJftann fyat ben SSctftcmb Wt*\\nhe does not know what he is loren, benn Ct roeip md)t, tt ct$ ct\\ndoing. tt)Ut.\\nThat man wishes by all means 2)tcfct 9)tann tttttt nut mit attct\\nto lend me his money. malt \\\\nn \u00c2\u00aeetb tetfyen.\\nObs. A. The neuter of the demonstrative pronoun\\nbiefe\u00c2\u00a3 (ba$) may in the singular relate to substan-\\ntives of any gender or number, and even to a whole\\nproposition.\\nIs that the lady whom you spoke %fx bet* bte Same, son ber Sie mit\\nof to me mit gefprocben fyakn\\nThat is a bad man. \u00c2\u00a3)ci6 ift em itfit 9ftann.\\nWhich are the pens with which \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3efcfye$ ftnb .bte #ebern, mit bencn\\nyou write so welt \u00c2\u00a9te fo gut fcfytetOen\\nObs. B. The neuter of the interrogative pronounv", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "W e t dj e g, which, may equally relate to substantives of\\nany gender or number.\\nWhich is the best pronuncia- $Md)e$ ift tie fccftc ?Xu$fptad)e\\ntion\\nWhat a beautiful book SG cld) Ctn fc( 3nc^ S5ud)\\nObs. C. SGBelrf), when it expresses admiration, may\\nbe followed by the indefinite article. It remains then\\ninvariable.\\nWhat a g:eat man 2Md) em \u00c2\u00a7refkt 9)tann!\\nW T hat fine weather \u00c2\u00a3Bclcf)eS fd)6ne SDBcttcr\\nWhat good people they axe \u00c2\u00a3Bc(d)e gute Scute fint) fca$\\nWhat a happiness\\nHow fortunate vBc(d) em \u00c2\u00a9IM or roetd)C$ lM\\nHow lucky J\\nPerhaps. S3 t e t i e t d) t.\\ni shall perhaps go thither. 3d) roetbe t)tetletd)t fytngcfKn.\\nObs. D. How, before an exclamation, is translated\\nby ttu e, ttrietrief, mid). Ex.\\nHow good you are 3Bte gut finb \u00e2\u0082\u00ac5ie\\nHow foolish he is jIBie bumra ift ct\\nHow foolish she is 2Bie bumm ift ftc\\nHow rich that man is \u00c2\u00a3Bte rctd) ift btefet 93?cmn\\nHow handsome that woman is SOBte fd)6n ift biefe $rau\\nHow kind you are to me \u00c2\u00a3Bdd)e \u00c2\u00a9tire \u00c2\u00a9te fur mid) fjct cn\\nHow happy you are \u00c2\u00a3Bct$ finb 5pte fo cjlucf(td)\\nHow much I owe you SBtcmcl let) Sbtien nid)t fdjulbtcj bin\\nHow much I am obliged to you \u00c2\u00a3Bte fer)t tun id) Sfyncn nid)t ttctfcun*\\nben\\ntr^,xr \u00e2\u0084\u00a2\u00e2\u0084\u00a2,r ^ki; t )\u00c2\u00a3$a$ id) Sfaen nid)t ttetbanfe\\nH \u00c2\u00b0uIderto y y o\u00c2\u00b0u b gat,0nS l am ^gcnd,3^cnnt*t,u P ab\u00c2\u00ab\u00e2\u0080\u009efcn\\nHow many (what a multitude 2QBcld e Sftenfcftenmencje \u00c2\u00a33dd) etne\\nof) people Sfflenge SSolB\\nThe multitude, the great number, bie SJZencjc.\\nTo be under obligations, to be v L a w\\nobliged to someone foi some- C^ r mclt I bcm f ttr tm mhmU\\nthing. 3 fCtn\\nTo be indebted to some one for s\\nsomething r Semcmbcm ctroaS serbanfen o* w\\nTo owe something to some one. 5 MCbflnf Cn Cn#\\nI am indebted to him for it. ae fyak id) ifjm $u Mtbanfcn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "278\\nTo thank. a n f c tt (governs the dative)\\n1 o thank some one for some- Semcmfcem fiit ctwa$ t\u00c2\u00bbanfen-\\nthing.\\n1 thank you for the trouble you 3d) tonfe Sfyncn fur t)te 9Mf)e, fc\\nhave taken for me. \\\\t fid) fur mid) gegcben fjabcn\\nIs there anything more grand 2BaS ift proper?\\nIs there anything more cruel 2Ba6 tft graufamer\\nIs there anything more wicked 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bag ift gottfofcr\\nCan anything be more handsome jlann etroaS fd)6nct fetn\\nTo run up. \u00c2\u00a3crfcetfaufen*\\nTo hasten up. $erbeteilen\\nTo run to the assistance of some 3emanfc em $u \u00c2\u00a3tUfe eUcn.\\nTo save, to deliver. $Ketten.\\nTo hasten. (Stlen.\\nTo plunder (to rob). Sptunfcem.\\nMany men had run up but in- SStete Scute waren fyer etgcertt a\u00c2\u00a3et\u00c2\u00ab\\nstead of extinguishing the fire, anftatt t)a$ $euer ^u KJfdben, ftngen\\nthe wretches set themselves to tie (5(ent en an $u ptunDetn.\\nplundering.\\nTo begin something. (StroaS anfangen*. Imperf. fincj.\\nTo set about something. (Bid) an etroaS (ace.) macfyen.\\nHave they been able to extin- \u00c2\u00a3at man t a\u00c2\u00a3 $euer lofdjen fonncn\\nguish the fire 1\\nHave they succeeded in extin- 3ft c$ tfynen getungen, t a$ geucr $u\\nguishing the fire 1 lefefyen\\nThe watch indicates the hours. \u00c2\u00a3)te Uf)r $ctgt bte (B tunben an.\\nTo indicate. 2Cn3Ctgetu\\nTo quarrel. (5 t d) a n c tt.\\nTo chide, to reprove some one. 3emanben au$$an\u00c2\u00a3en or au6fd)rtten*\\n(gefefyoften, fd)alt).\\nTo scold some one. sjJltt Scmanbem ganfen.\\nThe quarre bcr 3anf, t)te 3an\u00c2\u00a3eret.\\nTo dispute, to contend aoout Ueber et\\\\va$ ftrctten* (geftrttten,\\nsomething. ftrttt).\\nAbout what are those people dis- SBortibcr ftrciten bicfe Ceute\\nputing 1\\nThey are disputing about who @tc janfen fid), rocr gucrpt geftcn fell\\nshall go first.\\nOF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.\\nThe present participle is formed from the infinitive,\\nby adding the letter b* Ex. ?tebett, to love present", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "279\\npart. Itefcenb, loving arbeitett, to work present part.\\naxMtenb.\\nThe present participle in German is used in the at-\\ntributive sense like an adjective. Ex. din jterfcenbet\\nSetter, a dying father ber tacfyenbe grufylmg, the smiling\\nspring; bte nafyenbe \u00c2\u00a9tmtbe, the approaching hour ba\u00c2\u00a3\\njittembe ^Utb, the trembling child. But it cannot be\\nused as a predicate. We cannot say with the Eng-\\nlish the boy is reading. a This must be expressed ny\\nthe present tense, as: ber ftttabt Itef^t. 13\\nIn English the present participle is used to express\\ncause, reason, condition, and time. But this is rarely the\\ncase in German. For in all such instances the present\\nparticiple is translated by the following conjunctions\\nwith the verbs expressed by the English participles\\nal$, when, as nacfybem, after ba, as inbem, as, whilst\\ntt)etf, because. Ex.\\nBeing lately at your brother s 2tt$ id) ncutid) bet Sfytcm 23tufc er\\nhouse, I gave something to his wax, gab id) feincn $int ern etnxiS.\\nchildren.\\nHaving eaten supper, she went tc 9?ad)bem c fte $u 9?ad)t gegeflcn fyatte,\\nbed. gin 9 fte $u SSctte*\\nHaving no money, I cannot lend 3) a id) fetn \u00c2\u00aeett) fytibt, fo fann id) 3#*\\nyou any. nen fcinS (etfyen.\\nKnowing that you are my friend, Da id) n ct tap @ic mein $rcunt\\nI beg of you to do me that fa- ftnb, fo intte id) \u00c2\u00a9tc, mir t)tcfcn\\nvour. \u00c2\u00a9efaltcn \u00c2\u00a7u tl)un.\\nNot finding my brother, I went Snbem id) meincn SBrubcr nidjt fant),\\nto my sister. (fo) giriQ id) $u mcincr (Sd)tt?ejtcr.\\nBeing ill, I cannot work. SBeU id) ftant bin, fann id) nid)t ats\\nktten.\\nO s. JE. These examples show that each of the con-\\na In sublime style, principally in poetry, it may be used adverbiax/y. Ex.\\n3ttrentb \u00c2\u00bbor {ebem (Sdjcttten leBt ber \u00c2\u00a7nrd)tfcune in enriger Qlngft, trembling at\\neach shade the fearful lives in constant anxiety. 2 ()nt in bte ^ftebe eutfalienb,\\nfcegann ber eble 3ldn {Ie3, interrupting him, the noble Achilles began.\\nb Several words formed originally from verbs, have lost the nature of pre-\\nsent participles, and are used as adjectives only, both in the attributive and\\npredicative sense they are brmgenb, pressing brttcf tnb, oppressive etttnef)*\\nmenb, captivating fliefjenb, fluent fymt etfjcnb, overpowering f remfenb, mor-\\ntifying; retjenb, charming. Ex. Sfjre bitten ftnb fe^r etnnetunenb, her man-\\nners are very captivating bte 9lotfj tft bttngenb, the necessity is pressing\\nne Srtft tft brMenb, the burden is oppressive btefe Q3eletbtgnno. tft frcinfenb,\\nihis insult is mortifying feme Sftebe tft fliefjenb, his speech is fluent fte ifl\\nretjenb, she is charming.\\n9iac$bem can only be employed with the pluperfect of the indicative.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "280\\njunctions ate, nacfybem, ba, robero, tt etf, has its peculiai\\nsignification, and that there is necessarily a difference\\nin their application: 1st, al$ refers to a definite event\\nof a past time 2d, itacfybem states that an action was\\nfinished when another action commenced 3d, ia im-\\nplies a logical cause from which an inference is drawn\\n4th, intent is used to state that an event is simultane-\\nous with another event 5th, tt)etl expresses a real rea-\\nson why a thing is or takes place.\\nObs. F. The present participle may, in English, be\\nconverted into a substantive by a preceding article,\\nas the reading, the writing, the speaking. This can-\\nnot be done in German, where the infinitive must be\\nemployed, as ba$ 2efen, bag (gcfyreiben, ba$ \u00c2\u00a9precfyem As\\nan adjective, however, but not as an abstract substan-\\ntive, the present participle may elliptically be turned\\ninto a substantive, as ber ?efenbe, one that reads ber\\n\u00c2\u00a9d)ret6enbe, one that writes; ber \u00c2\u00a9precfyenbe, one that\\nspeaks.\\nBy too much reading one fatigues \u00c2\u00a3)urcl) $u tricks 2efctt etmiibtft man\\nthe eyes. fid) tic 2(ua,en.\\nObs. G. Sometimes the present participle is transla-\\nted by a substantive preceded by a preposition. Ex.\\nI saw your brother whilst I was 3d) F)qOc Sfyren 33tubcr im SSet etgcs\\npassing by. r)en gefefyen.\\nHe came with a book under his (Sr tarn nut ctncm $Bud)e untct bem\\narm. ?(rmc.\\nWhen I was in the country, I was 2tt$ id) cmf bcm Canbe roar, fcefanb td)\\nvery well. mid) fcrjr roof)L\\nShe smiled as she was saying (Sic (ad)c(te, tnbem fte bag fagte.\\nthis.\\nTo perform (to represent) SSotfMtcn.\\nTo entertain (to amuse). Untctfjaftcn*, Imperf. untetfytclt.\\nTo bargain (to deal). .ftanbcm.\\nTo reply. (Strotebcrn.\\nTo be struck with horror SScn \u00c2\u00a9rauen ((Sntfegen) frcfatfen\\nroctben*.\\nThe horror, bas \u00c2\u00a9raucn, ba$ (5ntfc$cn.\\nA. violent head-ache. \u00c2\u00a9in f)efttge$ ^cpfweF).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "281\\nEXERCISES. 204.\\nAh, it is all over with me But, bless me (mctn \u00c2\u00a9ctt why\\ndo you cry thus I have been (SCRan l)at nrir) robbed of my gold\\nrings, my best clothes, and all my money that is the reason why\\nI cry. Do not make so much noise, for it is we who have taken\\nthem all in order to teach you to take better care of your things\\nSad)cn), and to shut the door of your room when you go out.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhy do you look so sad I have experienced great misfortunes\\nafter having lost all my money, I was beaten by bad-looking men\\nand to my still greater ill-luck I hear that my good uncle, whom I\\n.ove so much, has been struck with apoplexy. You must not\\nafflict yourself so much, for we must yield to necessity and you\\nknow well the proverb It is too late to consult to-day about whal\\nwas done yesterday. Can you not get rid of that man? I cannot\\nget rid of him, for he will absolutely (fcurcfyaue) follow me. He\\nmust have lost his wits. What does he ask you for He wishes\\nto sell me a horse, which I do not want. Whose houses are these 1\\nThey are mine. Do those pens belong to you 1 No, they be-\\nlong to my sister. Are those the pens with which she w r rites so\\nwell? They are the same. Which is the man of whom you com-\\nplain It is he who wears a red coat. W T hat is the difference\\n(t cr Untcrfd)ietO between a watch and me 1 inquired a lady (of) a\\nyoung officer. My lady, replied he, a watch marks the hours,\\nand near (Oct) you one forgets them. A Russian peasant, who\\nhad never seen asses, seeing several in Germany, said Lord (90\u00c2\u00a3ein\\n\u00c2\u00a9ott), what large hares there are in this country How many\\nobligations I am under to you, my dear friend you have saved my\\nlife without you I had been (reare id)) lost.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Have those misera-\\nble men hurt you 1 They have beaten and robbed me and when\\nyou ran to my assistance they were about to strip (auSgtefyen*) and\\nkill me. I am happy to have delivered you from (cms) the hands\\nof those robbers. How good you are Will you go to Mr. Tor-\\ntenson s to night (otefen 2(bcnt I shall perhaps go. And will\\nyour sisters go They will perhaps. Was you pleased at the\\nconcert yesterday I was not pleased there, for there was such\\na multitude of people there that one could hardly get in. I bring\\nyou a pretty present with which you will be much pleased. What\\nis it] It is a silk cravat. Where is it I have it in my pocket\\n(t\u00c2\u00bbte Safcfye). Does it please you It pleases me much, and I\\nthank you for it with all my heart. I hope that you will at last\\naccept (anncfymcn*) something of (sen) me. What do you intend to\\ngive me 1 1 will not tell you yet, for if I do tell you, you will find\\nno pleasure when I give it to you.\\n205.\\nWhy do those men quarrel 1 They quarrel, because they do not\\nknow what to do. Have they succeeded in extinguishing the fire]\\nThey have at last succeeded in it but it is said that several\\nhouses have been burnt. Have they not been able to save any", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "282\\nthing They have not been able to save anything for, instead oi\\nextinguishing the fire, the miserable wretches who had come up set\\nthemselves to plundering. What has happened A great misfor*\\ntune has happened. Why did my friends set out without me\\nThey waited for you till twelve o clock, and seeing that you did not\\ncome, they set out. Tell ((Sqctfjten) us what has happened to you\\nlately. Very willingly, but on condition (mit em 93c6tnge or untct\\nt er JBctun^urtg) that you will listen to me attentively (nufmcrffam)\\nwithout interrupting (untcrbrcd)en*) me. We will not interrupt\\nyou, you may be sure of it. Being lately at the theatre, I saw The\\nspeaking picture and The weeping woman performed. This latter\\nplay (\u00c2\u00a3)ci$ tegterc \u00c2\u00a9tucf) not being very (fonbcrltd)) amusing to me, I\\nwent to the concert, where the music (btc 5D2uftf) caused me a vio-\\nlent head-ache. I then left (cctlaffen*) the concert, cursing (sets\\nnninfcfycn) it, and went straight (gcrabe) to the mad-house (baS 9?at-\\ntenfyaufe), in order to see (fcefucfyen) my cousin.\\nEIGHTY.NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Neutt ttttb atl)t^tc\\nZtttion.\\nTowards, against. e a e n n the accus#\\nAgainst. SOB 1 1 C r J to\\n\u00c2\u00a9ecjen denotes the direction of two things turned\\ntowards each other and is used for towards and against\\ntt) t b e X, on the contrary, denotes hostility and is only\\nused for against. Ex.\\nTo take the field against the \u00c2\u00a9ecjcn (or tmbct) ten gctnb getbc\\nenemy. gtef)cn*.\\nWhat have you against me 28aS fyabcn Sie Qcgen (or wtbcr)\\nmid)?\\nYou speak against yourself. @te tebcn gegen (or ttribet) ftcb feftjt.\\nTo swim against the current. \u00c2\u00a9egen ben Sttom fd)\u00c2\u00abnmmcn*.\\nThe love of a father towards his 3)te \u00c2\u00a3teOe etncS 23cttcr$ gcgcn (not\\nchildren. ttubet) feme \u00c2\u00a3tnber.\\nI have nothing against that. 3d) fycibe mcfytS bacjegcn.\\nSelf* selves. \u00c2\u00a9el Oft or fe (0 e x (is indeclin-\\nable).\\nmyself. 3d) fcftfi.\\nThou thyself, he himself. SDu felbft, cr felb|t.\\nWe ourselves, you yourselves. 2Bit fetbfr, 3()r (6te) felbft*\\nThey themselves. \u00c2\u00a9ic fetfcfr.\\nHe himself has told it to me. (St fet ft fiat c$ nut flcfaflt.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "283\\nObs. A. The pronoun preceding self is not transla-\\nted into German. But the personal pronoun preced-\\ning felbfi is declined.\\nHe has given it to me (not to (St r)at e$ mix fet ft gcgefcen.\\nanother person).\\nThey themselves have come to @ic fctbft ftnfc $u nur gefommen.\\nme.\\nWe have given it to them (not SBit fja en c\u00c2\u00a3 iljnen fctbft gcgeberu\\nto others).\\nThe day before. \u00c2\u00a3)et Sag t orr)cr.\\nThe preceding day, t)ct r otf)Ctgef)ent e Sag.\\nThe day before Sunday is Satur- Dot Sag t)0r \u00c2\u00a9enntag fjctpt @an^\u00c2\u00ab\\nday. tag.\\nThe day before (the preceding \u00c2\u00a3)et Sag former (bet Mtf)crger)enbe\\nday) was Friday. Sag) war cm Jtcttag.\\nAgain (anew). 33on 9?euem, rotcfcct.\\nOnce more (again). Stfed) ctnmaf.\\nHe speaks again (5r fprtdfet tmcbcr.\\nI must hear him again. 3d) mup tl)n t en 9Jeuem fyotm\\nO s. 5. The adverb ttrieber must not be mistaken for\\nthe inseparable particle ttttber (Lesson XXV*), nor for\\nthe preposition tt tber, against It answers to the\\nEnglish word again. Ex. rrMeberfcrnmen*, to come\\nagain ttriebercmfcmgen*, to begin again. It must not\\nbe mistaken for juriitf, back again, which as in English\\ndenotes retrogression. Ex. 3uriicflfontttten to come\\nback again.\\nThe light, tag fclcfct\\nTo blow. S3(afen* (gcMafcn, Mice;).\\nTo blow out. HuSMafen*.\\nTo flee. \u00c2\u00a3(teben* (geftcfjen, flof)).\\nCSntfltcfjcn*.\\nTo run away. (Sntlaufen*.\\nC \u00c2\u00a3)attort foufcn*.\\nWhy do you run away 1 SZDctrum laufcn Ste nxg (t ar on)\\nI run away, because I am afraid. 3d) (cmfc tarpon (pcQ), we ll id) mid)\\nfurdjte (or recti id) Surest ()abe).\\nTo make one s escape.\\nTo run away, to flee. \u00c2\u00a3)k Jfludjt nefjmen* (or ergtetfm*).\\nTo take to one s heels.\\nHe deserted the battle. (\u00c2\u00a7r tft auS tcr 6d)*ad)t entftofjen or\\nenttaufen.\\nThe thief has run away Dcr iDieb tft entfoufen (battens or reeg\\nge(aufen).", "height": "4417", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "284\\nTo catch, to lay hold of, to seize. (Srgtetfen* (ergttffen, etgtiff).\\nTo translate. tteberfegen.*\\nTo translate into German. 2fuf fceutfd) ttberfcgcn.\\nTo translate from French into 2luS bem ^raniSftfcften tn$ 3)eutfdK\\nGerman. (ifcerfcgen.\\nTo translate from one language 2CuS etncr (Spracfye in bte anbere ii er\\ninto another. fejen.\\nTo introduce. (Sinfitfyren.\\nI introduce him to you. 3d) fufyre ifjn bet 3f)tien ein.\\nSince or from. 25 o n an, f e 1 1.\\nr25on biefem 2fugcn(?Ucfc an.\\nFrom that time. \u00c2\u00aeiit ttcfer Sett.\\n1 23 on biefer 3ett an.\\nObs. C. Compound prepositions must be divided\\nand the case which the preposition governs placed be-\\ntween the two component parts, as\\nFrom my childhood. SSon metnet 3 ua,enb an.\\nFrom morning until evening. 35 om SWotgen fci$ gum 2tt enb.\\nFrom the beginning to the end. Mm?*\\nS i 95 on 2Cnfana, bts 5U (Snbe.\\nTo produce (to yield, to profit). Gunbringen*.\\nTo destroy. Serftoten.\\nTo reduce. \u00c2\u00a3ctaOfegen.\\nTo limit. (Sinfdbtanfen.\\nTo diminish (to lessen). 5Setfretnem.\\nTo reduce the price. iDen sprcU r)erabfegen.\\nTo reduce (to bring down) the 2)en $pret$ tu$ auf einen r)atei\\nprice to a crown. f)eruntctt rina,en*.\\nThe merchandise, bie SSaare.\\nThe price of the merchandise f Die \u00c2\u00a3Baare fd)taa,t ak\\nfalls.\\nThe yard, the ell. bte \u00c2\u00a9lie.\\nTo deduct. f ^actyaffen*.\\nHaving not overcharged you, I f Da id) Ste gar nicfyt uOetfegt r)abc,\\ncannot deduct anything. fo fcmn id) nid)t$ nacfylaffen.\\nloaTtoo^uch. J ^c^en (inseparable).\\nBy the year (or a year), j[ar)rttcT)\\nby the day (or a day), tacjttcf)\\nby the month (or a month), monatftel).\\na In iifcevfe^ett, to translate, the accent being on the root of the verb, U h t X\\nis inse])arable, and consequently its past participle is iifcerfeljt, net itfcergefefct\\n(See Lesson XLV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "285\\nBy no means. \u00c2\u00aeat mdf)t\\nNot at all. \u00c2\u00a9cm$ unt) gat md)t.\\nflow much does that situation SBicMet brtngt Sftnen btefeS 2Cm\\\\\\nyield you a year ja^rttc^ etn?\\nexercises. 206.\\nOn entering the hospital (fcciS \u00c2\u00a3efpttal) of my cousin I was struck\\nwith horror at seeing several madmen (t er 9?cttr, gen. en) who came\\nup (nafyen) to me jumping and howling (f)cu(cn). What did you do\\nthen I did the same (c$ cben fo macfyen) as they, and they set up\\na laugh (anfancjen* $u (acben) as hey were withdrawing (fid) $utucf*\\nfidjen or roegbegeben*). When I was yet little I once (c tnft) said tc\\nmy father, I do not understand (wrjlefyen*) business, and I do not\\nknow how to sell let me play. My father answered me, smiling\\n((adx(n), In dealing one learns to deal, and in selling to sell.\\nBut, my dear father, replied I, in playing one learns also to\\nplay. You are right, said he to me but you must first (vov\\nf)cr) learn what is necessary and useful.\\nDo you already know what has happened I have not heard\\nanything. The house of our neighbour has been burnt down.\\nHave they not been able to save anything 1 They were very for-\\ntunate in saving the persons that were in it but out of (yen) the\\nthings that were (fid) beftnfccn*) there, they could save nothing.\\nWho has told you that Our neighbour himself has told it to me.\\nWhy are you without a light The wind blew it out, when you\\ncame in. What is the day before Monday called 1 The day be-\\nfore Monday is Sunday. W 7 hy did you not run to the assistance of\\nyour neighbour whose house has been burnt down I could not\\nrun thither, for I was ill and in bed. What is the price of this\\ncloth 1 I sell it at three crowns and a half the ell.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I think (ftn-\\nfc cn*) it very dear. Has the price of cloth not fallen 1 It has not\\nfallen the price of all goods has fallen, except (auSgcnemmcn) that\\nof cloth. I will give you three crowns for it. I cannot let you\\nhave it for (urn) that price, for it costs me more. Will you have\\nthe goodness to show me some pieces a$ \u00c2\u00a9tiicf, plur. c) of English\\ncloth With much pleasure. Does this cloth suit you It does\\nnot sui; me. Why does it not suit you] Because it is too dear\\nif you will lower the price, I shall buy twenty yards of it (fc at)0n)\\nHaving not asked too much, I cannot take off anything.\\n207.\\nYou learn French does your master let you translate He lets\\nme read, write and translate. Is it useful to translate in learning\\na foreign language It is useful to translate when you nearly\\nknow the language you are learning but while (ivcnn) you do not\\nyet know anything, it is entirely useless. What does your Ger-\\nman master make you do He makes me read a lesson after-\\nwards he makes me translate French exercises into German or", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "286\\n(fiber with the accus.) the lesson which he h^s made me read and\\nfrom the beginning to the end of the lesson he speaks German to\\nme, and I have to answer him in the very (fetbft) language which\\nhe is teaching me. Have you already learnt much in that manner?\\nYou see that I have already learnt something, for T have hardly\\nbeen learning it four months, and I already understand you when\\nyou speak to me, and can answer you. Can you read it as well 1\\nI can read and write as well as speak it. Does your master also\\nteach English He does teach it. Wishing to make his acquaint-\\nance, I must beg of you to introduce me to (bet) him. As you wish\\nto make his acquaintance, I shall introduce you to him. How many\\nexercises do you translate a day If the exercises are not difficult\\nI translate (from) three to (bis) four every day, and when they are\\nso, translate but one. How many have you already done to-day\\nIt is the third which I am translating; but to-morrow I hope to\\nbe able to do one more, for I shall be alone. Have you paid a visit\\nto my aunt 1 I went to see her two months ago, and as she looked\\ndispleased, I have not gone to her any more since that time. How\\ndo you do (to-day) 1 I am very unwell. How do you like that\\nsoup 1 I think (fhtt eft*) it is very bad but since I have lost my\\nappetite I don t like anything. How much does that situation\\nyield to your father 1 It yields him more than four thousand\\ncrowns. What news do they mention (fagen) They say that the\\nTurks have taken the field against the Russians. Every one will\\nfind in himself the defects which he remarks in others the defects\\nof others are before (us), our own behind us. (See end of Lesson\\nXXXIV.)\\nNINETIETH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00a3temt}ig$te Action.\\nPRESENT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nI may have, thou mayest have, 3* fyafcc, U fyabefl:, ct (fie, e$)\\nhe (she, it) may have. f)abe.\\nWe may have, you may have, 2Bit (jabctt, 3r)r Ijabct, ftc fja cn.\\nthey may have.\\nI may be, thou mayest be, he 3d) fci, 5Du fetcft (or fetft), Ct (fie,\\n(she, it) may be. c\u00c2\u00a3) feu\\nW e may be, you may be, they S5Mt fetcn, 3f)t fetet, ftc fctctv\\nmay be.\\nI may become, thou mayest be- 3d) tt ctt e, 3)it tDCtbeft, ct (ftc, c$)\\ncome, he (she, it) may become. nxtfcc.\\nWe may become, you may be- 2Bir roerben, 3r)r rcetbet, ftc was\\ncome, they may become. t crt.\\nI may praise, thou mayest praise 3$ (obe, iDu tobeft, cr (fie, c$) lobe*\\nhe (she, it) may piaise.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "287\\nWe may praise, you may praise, 2Btt loOen, Sfjt lo ct, jic (oben. 8\\nthey may praise.\\nObs. A. The present of the subjunctive differs, in\\nregular verbs, from the present of the indicative only\\nin the third person singular, which rejects the letter U\\nAll German verbs are regular in the present of the\\nsubjunctive, which is formed from the infinitive.\\nObs. B. The letter e which is often omitted in the\\npresent of the indicative (Obs. A, Lesson XXXIV.)\\nmust always be retained in the present of the sub-\\njunctive.\\nHe who requires to be honoured 3Bet Detfanc^ top man tfyn fetneS\\non account of his riches, has $eid)tfjum$ roegen ttetefyte, fcet\\nalso a right to require a moun- fjat aud) em 9?ed)t 311 fcetlanget^\\ntain to be honoured that con- top man etn en 23crg r eref)te, t er\\ntains gold. (Mt in ftel) f)at\\nIMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nIn regular verbs the imperfect of the subjunctive\\ndoes not differ from that of the indicative. In irregu-\\nlar verbs it is formed from the imperfect indicative\\nby softening the radical vowels and adding an e* b\\nThe imperfect of the subjunctive is used after the\\nconditional conjunction tt emt, if, expressed or under-\\ntood.\\n(f I had money SBenn td) \u00c2\u00aectt ^d tte (or fjcitte id)\\n\u00c2\u00aeett\\na In conjugating their verbs, learners would do well to prefix a conjunction\\nto each person of the subjunctive, not because a conjunction should necessa-\\nrily precede that mode, but because it is advisable to get into the habit oi\\nplacing the verb after the conjunction, particularly in compound verbs.\\nThey may use for that purpose one of the conjunctions ba$, tt e tt tt. Ex.\\n$)a$ id) abfefyteibe, that I may copy ttemt tcf) abfcfjrteBe, if I copied wemt\\nid) afcgefcfyrteBen fyattz, if I had copied bafj tcp abffyxtibtn ttevbe, that I shall\\ncopy, c. These examples show that when the phrase begins with a con-\\njunction (Lesson XLVIJ.), the separable particle is not detached from the\\nverb in simple tenses, and in the past participle gives way to the syllable ge,\\nb From this rule must be excepted the sixteen irregular verbs which com-\\npose the first class in our list. These, having already an e in the imperfect\\nindicative, do not add one in the subjunctive. Several of them do not soften\\nthe radical vowel, but become regular again in the imperfect subjunctive, as\\nfeitncu*, to know; ttemten*, to name, to call; vetmen*, to run; feitbett to\\nsend ttwnben*, to turn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "288\\nIf I saw him. 2\u00c2\u00a3emt id) t!)rt ffffje (or f f)e idf) i^n)\\nIf he did it. \u00c2\u00a38enn cr eS tfyate (or t^dte cr c$).\\nWere he to lose his money. SBenn cr fern \u00c2\u00a9elt fccrlore.\\nWere he to beat his dog. SBcnn er fetnen \u00c2\u00a3unt) fcr)(iige.\\nIf you were rich. SBcnn Ste rctd) wciten (or watcn\\nSie reid)).\\nOis. C. As soon as VDetttt is not conditional it re-\\nquires the indicative mode. Ex.\\nIf he is not ill, why does he send \u00c2\u00a3Bcnn cr nidjt fran! ijr, worum (apt\\nfor the physician cr ten Sector fommen\\nObs. D. Instead of tt emt, the imperfect subjunctive\\nof the verb fotfen is often used at the beginning of a\\nsentence, as should in English.\\nShould you still receive my let- (gelltcn @te metnen S3ncf tied) fycute\\nter to-day, I beg you will call crMten, fo tntte id) Sic, auQcn:\\non me instantly. bltctltd) $u nur $u femmen.\\nShould he be hungry, something \u00c2\u00a9elite c6 il)n f)una,ern, fe miipte man\\nmust be given to him to eat. tbm ctn ci$ $u cjfen geben.\\nOF THE CONDITIONAL OR POTENTIAL TENSES.\\nThe conditional tenses are formed from the imper-\\nfect subjunctive of the verb tt)erben which is: id)\\nttmrbe, I should or would become, and, as in the future\\ntenses (Lesson LXXXL and LXXXIL), the present of\\nthe infinitive for the conditional present, and the past\\nof the infinitive for the conditional past. The imper-\\nfect of the subjunctive may be used instead of the\\nconditional present, and the pluperfect of the subjunc-\\ntive for the conditional past. Ex.\\nI should do it. 3d) wurbc c$ tfjun (or id) tfyate e$).\\nHe would have done it. (St roiirbe cS getfyem fjaben (or ec\\nJfjattc e$ getfjan).\\nWe would go thither. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ir rcmrben bafytn cjcljcn.\\nYou would go thither. 3|$ rourfcet l)ingcr)cn.\\nThey would go thither. (Sic rourben f)ingcf)Ctn\\nThou wouldst thank me once. \u00c2\u00a3)u rofirfceft nur ctnft bemfrn.\\nA.t one time, one day (once). (Stnft etneg Sngcg.\\nObs. E^ The imperfect of the subjunctive or the\\nconditional tense may be employed either before or\\nafter conditional propositions, as in English. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "289\\nI should buy it if I had money 3d) faufte e$ (or id) wfttbe c$ !au-\\nenough. fen)/ roenn id) \u00c2\u00a9etb cjenug fyattc.\\nIf 1 had money enough I would 2Benn id) (Mb Cjcnu^ fyattc, fo tvutb?\\nbuy it. id) cS faufen (or fo Caufte id) cs).\\nElad I money enough! would pay \u00c2\u00a3citte id) \u00c2\u00a9elb gcnitQ, fo be$a f)(te tcb\\nfor it. cS (or fo rolirbe id) c$ be$a f)(cn).\\nhad I money I would give you Jg atte id) (Sett) (or roenn id) \u00c2\u00a9e(b\\nsome. fyattc), fo nritrbe id) Sfynen tt c(d)cS\\nQebcn (or fo g Oe td) Sfynen wet\\nIf I went thither I should see Benn id) fytnginge, fo rourbe td) tfjn\\nhim. fcr)en.\\nWere I io give it to him, he would (SJabc id) c\u00c2\u00a3 if)m, cr rourbe e$ (or \\\\e\\nkeep it. roiitbe cr es) bcrjalten.\\nIf I gave it to him, he would not 2Benn id) e* ifjm \u00c2\u00a7abc, fo nnftbe es el\\nreturn it to me. mir nid)t nneberciebcn.\\nHad you come a little sooner (or, SBatcrt Ste einen 2(ugen6(icf eljer qc*\\nif you had come a little sooner) f ommen (or roerm (Sic einen lint\\nyou would have seen my bro- cjenbttcf cber gef ommen waxen), fo\\nther (or, you might have seen rvtirben Sic meinen 93rubcr gefe?\\nmy brother). fyen fyaben (or fo fatten n\\\\cu\\nnen 33rubct gcfcr)cn).\\nIf he knew what you have done, S cnn er itmfte, rc a$ Sie getfyan r)as\\nhe would scold you. ben, fo ttnitbe cr @ie auSfcbelten.\\nIf there was any wood, he would 2Bcnn ^0(3 ba ware, fo rcmrbe es\\nmake a fire. geuet cmmad)cn.\\nIf I had received my money, I 2 enn id) metn \u00c2\u00aeclb befommen fycittc,\\nwould have bought a pair of fo nnirbc id) mit ein tyaav neue\\nnew shoes. Sd)ufye gefemft f)aben.\\nObs. F. The imperfect subjunctive of the verbs\\nfontten*, soften*, ntogen*, bitrfert*, is often employed to\\nexpress various feelings, as\\n1st, $r)nrten, fear or desire. Ex.\\nHe might Ml. (St lonnte fallen.\\nI might (could) do it. 3d) ft nntc eg tfjun.\\n2d, SBotfert, solicitation. Ex.\\nWould you have the goodness 1 \u00c2\u00a3Bofltcn (Sic bie G)tite r)a6cn\\nWould you be so good 1 SBoflten @ie fo cu ittg fein\\nWouldst thou do me the favour 1 SSMtcft bu mir bie \u00c2\u00a9efadtgfeit et*\\nrocifen\\n3d, ^JJogett, desire, either with or without the adverb\\ngenu Ex.\\nt**d like to know. JUSSSStffnu", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "290\\n4th, Surfeit, politeness, either in the present of the\\nindicative or the imperfect of the subjunctive. Ex.\\nMay I ask you for the knife 1 2)atf (or burfte) id) @ic um t al\\nSftcffet bitten\\nMay I beg of you to tell me Darf (or btitfte) id) @ie bitten, mtr\\n$u fagcrt\\nWould you learn German, if I \u00c2\u00a3Burbcn (Ste beutfd) fernen, roenn td)\\nlearnt it c$ lerntc\\nI would learn it, if you _earnt it. 3d) rofirbc ei krnen, rccmt (Sic e$\\nfernten.\\nWould you have learnt English, 2Burbcn (Sic cngftfd) Qctcrnt rjaben,\\nif I had learnt it 1 roenn id) c$ gctcrnt r^d ttc\\nI would have learnt it, if you had 3d) routbe e$ geletnt f)aben, roetm\\nlearnt it. @tc e$ gelernt fatten.\\nWould you go to Germany, if 1 SBfitben Ste nod) \u00c2\u00a3)eutfd)(anb reifen,\\nwent thither with you] rcenn id) mit Sfynen bafytn rctfete\\nwould go thither, if you went 3d) ttriirbe t af}in reifen, roenn \u00c2\u00a9ic\\nthither with me. mit mir bafytn rcifetcn.\\nWould you have gone to Ger- SMrben @ie nod) \u00c2\u00a3)eutfd)(anb ejes\\nmany, if I had gone thither rctf t fcin, roenn id) mit Sfjnen\\nwith you babin gcrciPt mare\\nWould you go out, if I remained SQSutben Sic ciuggcfjcn, roenn id)\\nat home ju \u00c2\u00a3aufc blicbe\\nwould remain at home, if you 3d) rofirbe gtt \u00c2\u00a3mufe btetben (or id)\\nwent out. blicbe gu #aufe) wenn @ie cm$*\\nginger\\nWould you have written a letter, gBiirben \u00c2\u00a7te etnen 93rief gefefiricben\\nif I had written a note fjaben, wenn id) cm 23tKet gcfd)tte*\\nben ^Gttc\\nThe spectacles, bie SSrttfc (is in German used in\\nthe singular)\\na pair of spectacles, cine 93rUle\\nthe old man, bet cilte Sftann, bet \u00c2\u00a9tei$\\nthe optician, ber \u00c2\u00a3)pttcu$\\nTo go (or come), to fetch. 2Cbf)0len.\\nTo keep one s bed (one s room). \u00c2\u00a3)ct$ SSett (beg Simmer) f)(item\\nThe plate, ber teller\\nthe son-in-law, ber \u00c2\u00a9dbtmegcrfcljn\\nthe daughter-in-law, bie @d)n tcgertod)ter\\nthe progress, bie $ortfd)ritte (plural)\\nthe step (the pace), ber @d)tttt\\nreally, nrirfttd).\\nexercises. 208.\\nWould you have money, if your father were here I should\\nhave some, if he weie here.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Would you have been pleased, if", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "291\\nhad had some books I should have been much pleased, if you had\\nhad some. Would you have praised my little brother, if he had been\\ngood? If he had been good, I should certainly (cjenrij}) not only\\nhave praised, but also loved, honoured, and rewarded him. Should\\nwe be praised, if we did our exercises If you did them without\\na fault, you would be praised and rewarded. Would my brother\\nnot have been punished, if he had done his exercises He would\\nnot have been punished if he had done them. Would your sister\\nhave been praised, if she had not been skilful 1 She would cer-\\ntainly not have been praised, if she had not been very skilful, and\\nif she had not worked from morning until evening. Would you\\ngive me something, if I were very good If you were very good,\\nand if you worked well, I would give you a fine book. Would\\nyou have written to your sister, if I had gone to Dresden] 1\\nwould have written and sent her something handsome, if you had\\ngone thither. Would you speak, if I listened to you 1 I would\\nspeak, if you listened to me, and if you would answer me. Would\\nyou have spoken to my mother, if you had seen her] I would\\n(have) spoken to her, and have begged of her to send you a hand-\\nsome gold watch (t tc ttfyt), if I had seen her.\\n209.\\nOne of the valet de chambres (bet jtcunmetbtcnet) of Louis the\\nXIV. (\u00c2\u00a3ubttncj be\u00c2\u00a3 XIV.) requested that prince, as he was going to\\nbed, to recommend (cmpfefjlcn*) to the first president (bcr Dberptaft 2\\nbent) a law-suit (bet $to$efO which he had against his father-in-law\\n(tve(cl)en et nut fetnem @d)ix tecjet\u00c2\u00bbatct fitfyrte), and said, in urging him\\n(in Semcmben bttnejen*) Alas (2(d)) sire ((Suet TOjejIaf), you have\\nbut (@te btttfen nut) to say one word. Well ((St), said Louis\\nXIV., it is not that which embarrasses me (bat ift e$ ntcrjt, nxiS\\nnucl) ctnftd)t) but tell me, if thou wert in thy father-in-law s place,\\naw thy father-in-law in thine, wouldst thou be glad if I said that\\nword T\\nIf the men should come, you would be obliged to give them some-\\nthing to drink. If he could do this he would do that. A peasant\\nhavrrig seen that old men used spectacles to read, went to an opti-\\ncian and asked for a pair. The peasant then took a book, and\\nhaving opened it, said the spectacles were not good. The optician\\nput another pair of the (t)cn ben) best which he could find in his\\nshop upon hrs nose but the peasant being still unable to read, the\\nmerchant said to him My friend, perhaps you cannot read at\\nall] If I could, said the peasant, I should not want your\\nspectacles. I have always flattered myself, my dear brother, that\\nyou loved me as much as I love you but I now see, that I have\\nbeen mistaken. I should like to know why you went a walking\\nwithout me. I have heard, my dear sister, that you are angry wkh\\nme, because I went a walking without you. I assure you that, had\\nI known that you were not ill, I shoufd have come for you but I\\ninquired at your physician s about your health, and he told me that\\nyou had been keeping your bed the last eight days.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "292\\n210.\\nA French officer having arrived at the court of v ienna (am 2Bte*\\ntier \u00c2\u00a3ofe), the empress Theresa (t te jtcufertnn Sfjetcfta) asked him,\\nif (ofr) he believed that the princess of (oon) N., whom he had seen\\nthe day before, was (man) really the handsomest woman in (t en)\\nthe world, as was said 1 Madam, replied the officer, I though*\\nso yesterday. How do you like that meat? I like it very well.\\nMay I (\u00c2\u00a3arf or btlrfte id)) ask you for a piece of (t cn) that fish 1\\nIf you will have the goodness to pass me your plate, I will give\\nyou some. Would you have the goodness to pour me out some\\ndrink With much pleasure. Cicero seeing his son-in-law, who\\nwas very short (ftctn), arrive with a long sword at his side (an ber\\n\u00c2\u00a9cite), said Who has fastened (qcbunben) my son-in-law to this\\nsword 1 (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY.FIRST lesson. \u00c2\u00a9in unit nemwte\\nCation.\\nTo propose. \u00c2\u00a9id) DOtne men*.\\nI propose going on that journey. 3d) ncfyme mir ttor, btefc \u00c2\u00a3Hctfe $a\\nmadjen.\\nTo endeavour C t d) t C m ft b e tt.\\n1 o endeavour. i d) b e jt r e b e n, (tracbtcn).\\nI endeavour to do it. 3d) bemiibe mid), e$ $u tbutu\\nI endeavour to succeed in it, 3d) fitd)?, C6 b a I) i n $u bringen\\nTo aspire after something. $lad) ctroaS trad)ten.\\nHeaspires after places of honour. (St tracbtet nad) (SfyrenjMten.\\nThe honour, bic (Sbrc\\nthe riches, bcr 9?eid)tf)um\\nthe title, bcr ttc(.\\nI should not have complained of 3d) roiirbe mid) ti6er l a$, nxtS et\\nwhat he has done, if it had cjctl)an fjar, ntd)t teffagt b^en,\\ninjured only me but in doing roenn c\u00c2\u00a3 mir mtr gefebabet Wtte\\nit, he has plunged many fami- after cr bar mcle gamUien babutd)\\nlies into misery. in$ (S(cnb gejttiqt.\\nSince you are happy, why do ^)a @te bod) gtiicHtd) ftnt waruni\\nyou complain] beftagen 6fe ft tfj b e n n\\nO s. JL In German a good many words, as betttt\\nbod), tool)!, c. are used for the sake of euphony-\\nSuch words cannot possibly bfc rendered in English\\nEx.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "293\\nWhat do you wish to say with \u00c2\u00a3Ba$ tvotlen \u00c2\u00a9tc b c n tt tamit fa*\\nthis? gen?\\nSince you have nothing to tell \u00c2\u00a3)a Bic tfjm bod) nid)t\u00c2\u00a3 $u facjcn\\nhim, why do you wish to see fyaben, roarum wcltcn Ste tfyn\\nhim b e n n fehen\\nWho has made the best use of SQScr fat tuobt ben beften \u00c2\u00a9ebraudj\\nhis money 1 sen fetnem \u00c2\u00a9elbc gema$t\\nTo injure. (Scbaben.\\nTo plunge (to precipitate). (Stuqcn.\\nThe use, bcr (Sebraud),\\nYou would oblige me much, if @ic rotirben mid) fcfjr ttcrbinben,\\nyou would do me this favour. rcenn \u00c2\u00a7te mir btefe \u00c2\u00a9cfafltcjtett\\nerrceifen rooUten.\\nIf you would render me this \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3enn ^te mir btcfen JDwjt fetften\\nservice, you would oblige me roett ten, fo nmrben @te mid) fcftr\\nmuch. t?erbtnben.\\nTo oblige. 93crbtnfccn*, rjcrpflid)ten.\\nTo render a service to some one. Semctnbem etnen iDtenft tetftcn.\\nThe obligation, bte 33erbinbltd)t eit.\\nTo tie (attach). 23int cn*.\\nI tie the horse to the tree. 3d) btnbe bci$ Spfcrb an ben 33aum.\\nHe is the most honest man that \u00c2\u00a3)a$ ift bcr cbrlid)ftc 93?ann, ben\\nhas ever been seen. man \\\\c (jemate) gefefan fat.\\nI want a horse that must be tal- 3d) nm9 etn $)fctb faben, ba$ (voeU\\nler than this. d)e\u00c2\u00a3) grower tft atS btefcS.\\nI am sorry that she is ill. (Sg ift (trjiit) mir letb, tajl ftc ftant\\nI am glad that you are come. (5$ ift mir iub, a$ Sie ejefommen\\nftnb.\\nI am astonished that he has not 3d) itwnbere mid)/ ba$ er fcinc 2(ufs\\ndone his exercises. getben nid)t gemacbt fat.\\nHe will marrv her though she is (Sr rtnrb fie fatrcitfan, ob fie fjtetd)\\nnot rich. nid)t reid) ift.\\nI will wait until he returns. 3d) trnll warren, bti er ^urucrtemmt*\\nIn case that should, happen, let 3m Satfe e* gcfd)tef)t, fo laffen StC\\nme know u mid)% rctffen.\\nOBSERVATIONS ON THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nObs. B. In German the subjunctive, being only\\nused to express doubt or incertitude, is not governed\\nby any particular words. It has more affinity to the\\nEnglish subjunctive than to that of any other lan-\\nguage, and more than would at first be supposed. We\\nsometimes, however, prefer the subjunctive vhere the\\nEnglish use the potential should or ivould, though we\\ncould in this case even use either the potential or the\\nsubjunctive. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "294\\nshould do it, if it were possible. 3d) tt) ii r t e c$ tf)Utt, menn e$ m\\nltd) to a r e.\\nWere I in your place, or if I were \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ate id) an 31)tct \u00c2\u00a9telle, obet\\nin your place. tvenn id) an Sbter (Stelle tt) a t e.\\n\u00c2\u00a3fad he the treasures of Croesus, a 1 1 e er tie \u00c2\u00a7b$i t)C8 (SrSfug,\\nor if he had the treasures of et ct tt enn er tie \u00c2\u00a9cfyd ge beg (Stfc\\nCrcesus. fug t) a 1 1 e.\\nThat man w ?tt/d fo happier, if liefer 9#ann tt)utbc g(udltd)et\\nhe Ze/\u00c2\u00a3 off gambling. f e t n, n cnn er bag \u00c2\u00a9piefen 1 1 e p e*\\nHe would toe foen happier, if @r tt) it r b e gludltd)Ct g e ft) e f e n\\nhe had left off gambling. f e i n, rcenn er t a$ \u00c2\u00a9pielen g e s\\nI a f f c n h a 1 1 c.\\nIf you \u00c2\u00a3new how ill I am, you SSenn Si* tt) ii (j t c n (or tt) u p t e tt\\nwow/J not fo astonished to find (Ste), nnc franf id) bin, fo tt) ii r\\nme in bed. b e n \u00c2\u00a9ie ntd)t erftaunt f e in (fo\\ntt atcn @te nid)t erftaunt), mid)\\nim SBette \u00c2\u00a7u ftnben.\\nHe w^Zd not toe done it, had (St id it t b c eg ntd)t g e t F) a tt Ij a\\nhe foreseen the result. ben, fyatte er ben (Stfolg\\nttotauggefefjen.\\nI should think myself ungrateful, 3d) tvutbe mtd) flit unbanf at:\\ndid I not consider you as my t) a 1 1 e n, f a e id) \u00c2\u00a9ie ntd)t als\\nbenefactor. mcinen 3\u00c2\u00a3of)(tf)atet a n.\\nThe French would not toe gain- tc gran^cfen ttut t b e n bte Sd)lad)t\\ned the battle, if they had not nid)t gett)onnen Ij a ft e n (or\\nA\u00c2\u00abc? superior numbers. fatten bte \u00c2\u00a9d)lad)t ntd)t g c s\\ntt) n n e n), roenn ftc ntd)t etne\\nfo grope Uc etmad)t Don Ceuten\\ng c (J a t fatten.\\nObs. C. In English the potential should or would is\\nused to express a wish relating to a future time, and\\nthe subjunctive to express a wish relating to a past\\ntime. In both instances the Germans use the subjunc-\\ntive. Ex.\\nI wish you would do it. 3d) ttritnfd)te, Ste 1 I) a t e n eg, or\\nbafy (Sic eg t f) a t e n.\\nI wish y ou w Mild go thither. 3d) tt)ttnfd)te, @ie g t n g e n i n,\\nor t a$ (Ste I) t n g i n g e n.\\n1 wish you had done it. 3d) tt)itnfd)tc, (Ste fatten eg g e 2\\nt J) a n, ^r ba$ @;e eg g e t f) a n\\nfatten.\\nI wish you had gone thither. 3d) tt)itnfd)te, (Ste tt) a t c n bins\\ng e g a n g e n, or baj} @ie f) i n 5\\ng e g a n g e n to a r c n.\\nI should have wished to see him, 3d) I) a 1 1 e g e tt) it tt f d) t, ifytt gtt\\nAac? it been possible. fcr)cn y tt) a t c eg mogltd) g e tt e\\nfen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "295\\nshould like to read, if I had 3d) (flfc gctn, mnn id) ttUt 3*il\\nonly time. f) a 1 1 c.\\nObs. D. Some expressions require sometimes the\\nindicative and sometimes the subjunctive according to\\nthe manner in which the sentence is formed. Ex.\\nflndic.\\nHowever rich he may J\\nbe. Subj.\\n@r mag fo reirf) fern,\\nnrie er tt iCL\\nfei fo retdf), tt ie er\\nn ofte.\\nrindic.\\nWhatever your power J\\nmay be, j Subj.\\n3fyre \u00c2\u00a9ett a(t mag fo\\ngro\u00c2\u00a3 fern, aU fte n itt.\\nSfyre \u00c2\u00a9ewalt fei nod)\\nfo grog.\\n06s\u00c2\u00ab E* In German we never employ the indica-\\ntive,\\n1. In conditional propositions with or without the\\nconjunction tt^emt, if. (See preceding Lesson.) Ex,\\nIf I could I would do it. 2\u00c2\u00a3cnn id) Conntc, fo tf)ate id) ee 01\\nformic id), fo tfyatc id)\\nIf she were amiable he w r ould \u00c2\u00a3Bcnn ftc ticbcnSrauttug w vc (or\\nmarry her. uoan fte tecbenSrourtng),, fo fytixae\\ntfyctc cr ftc.\\n2. In exclamations and wishes. Ex.\\nIf I had friends \u00c2\u00a3attc id) grcunfcc\\nIf I were rich SSatc id) rcid)\\nMay heaven grant it \u00c2\u00a3)ct \u00c2\u00a3imme[ qc(hj c$\\nUod forbid \u00c2\u00a9ott bcrjtitc\\nI could not have thought it \u00c2\u00a3dttc tcfy S t)Cd) nid)t gegiaubt!\\n3. After the verbs erjafytot, to relate fragen, to ask\\nfagen, to say, and others, which relate indirectly, either\\nto what we have said ourselves, or to what we have\\nheard said by other persons. Ex.\\nHe related to me, that he had (\u00c2\u00a7r cqabftc mtr, tap cr \u00c2\u00a9duprud)\\nsuffered shipwreck, and had gelitfcn, tint) fein a/m$e$ 23erm3gen\\nlost all his fortune, wrloren fyatte.\\nHe asked me whether I was not Qtz fraqte mid), ob id) nid)t fcct unfc\\nsuch a one, whether I had no t)cc ro tc, Ob id) fein \u00c2\u00a9e(t r)attc,\\nmoney, why I did not know rocirum id) nici)t fdjmbcn fonnte*\\nhow to write.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "296\\nThou art master on the cross- SDu Otft cm 9#etftcr cmf ber 2\u00c2\u00a3tm;\\nbow, Tell. fcruft, Sell.\\nThey say, tho?i standest up to SDton fagt, t)U ncifymefi c$ auf mil\\nany shooter 1 j[ct)ein \u00c2\u00a9d)fi|en\\n(gdnUcr S SBUWm Sett.)\\nI told him he had made a mis- 3d) fagtc tbm, top cr fid) orirtt f)fo\\ntake but he thought that was te cr nictntc abcr, bas mate md)t\\nimpossible, as he had looked mogttcb, roetl cr cS btctmal turd)?\\nit over three times. gefcfyen (jd tte.\\nA wise man said, The reason (Stn 2Bctfcr fagte \u00c2\u00a3)ct 5Q?cnfd) rjafce\\nwhy a man has but one mouth bcf rocgcn ctnen 5Q?unb tint) $roct\\nand two ears is, that he may \u00c2\u00a3)f)rcn, bcmut cr rccntgcr (ptecfyc,\\nspeak less and hear more. unt mcfyt fyorc.\\nObs. F. Mr., Mrs., and Miss such a one, are often\\ntranslated by ber unb ber for the masculine, tk unb bie\\nfor the feminine, ba3 unb ba$ for the neuter.\\nHe said he would marry Miss (5r fagte, cr ttK rbc* ba$ unb ba$\\nsuch a one. gtMetn bctrat cn.\\nTo suffer shipwreck. (Scfytffbrucf) Ictben*.\\nPossible, mog(tci)\\nimpossible, unmoajttf).\\nWhether. 0.\\nObs. G. fOh is only used in indirect questions, oi\\nbefore sentences which express doubt or possibility.\\nEx.\\ndo not know whether he is at 3d) roctg mcf)t, ofc cr gu #aufc tjt.\\nhome.\\nI did not know whether you 3d) reuptc md)t, ot c$ SfyttCtt ticb\\nwould be glad of it. fctn ixmtbc.\\nThe question is whether he will tft btc ^tagc, c er un\\ndo it. roollcn.\\n06s. Jff. is a component of the following con-\\njunctions obgfetd), obfdjon, obroofyJ, ofcjroar, though, al-\\nthough. These conjunctions ought to bf considered\\nas two separate words, for the subject qy even the\\ncase of the verb may be placed between them. Ex.\\nI shall buy that horse, though it 3d) rwrbc btcfeS $)ferb fcmfcn, Ob eg\\nis not an English one. glctd) fctn (Sngtanbct tjt. b\\nSBcrbc is here in the future of the subjunctive. (See the following Les-\\nion.)\\nb When the subject or case of the verb is not a personal pronoun, it is not", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "297\\nThough he is my cousin, he SO et c^etdf) (or fcfyon) mem SJcttCt\\nnevertheless does not come to ift, fo fommt ct t cd md)t $u mm\\nsee me.\\nAlthough he has promised it to Dbcjteid) cr c$ nut t?crfprec$)cn r)at, fb\\nme, I do not rely upon it. $cif)te id) bed) md)t tarauf.\\nAlthough he is poor, he does \u00c2\u00a3)b ct feben (or gleid), $rc ar, rooty)\\nnevertheless a great deal of arm tjt, fo tfyut cr t ccr met \u00c2\u00a9ute$,\\ngood.\\nHowever, nevertheless, ted)\\nthe folly, tie SriorrjCtt, tie 9?arv6ctt\\nthe character, tet (Et)araftct (plur. e), tie (S5e*\\nmiit()8art;\\nbashful, timid, btcte\\nfearful (timid), furcbtfam\\nnatural, uattirttd)\\noolite (civil), impolite (uncivil), rjoptcf) unfyofftd).\\nexercises. 211.\\nWell (9?un), does your sister make any progress She would\\nmake some, if she were as assiduous as you. You flatter me.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nNot at all (\u00c2\u00aean$ unt) gar ntcbt), I assure you that I should be highly\\nsatisfied, if all my pupils worked like you. Why do you not go\\nout to-day 1 would go out if it was fine weather. Shall I have\\nthe pleasure of seeing you to-morrow 1 If you wish it I will come.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Shall I still be here when you arrive (bet 3f)rer unhmft) 1 Will\\nyou have occasion (\u00c2\u00a9ete^enrjett) to go to town this evening 1 I do\\nnot know, but I would go now if I had an opportunity (tie \u00c2\u00a9es\\nlecjenfjeit). You would not have so much pleasure, and you\\nwould not be so happy, if you had not friends and books. Man\\nwould not experience so much misery (fo met (Stent) in his career\\n(auf (enter Saufbafyn), and he would not be so unhappy, were he not\\nso blind. You would not have that insensibility (tie \u00c2\u00a9efur)tloftCjfctt)\\ntowards the poor, and you would not be so deaf to (taub ejegen) their\\nsupplication (tie SMtte), if you had been yourself in misery for some\\ntime. You would not say that if you knew me well. Why has\\nyour sister not done her exercises She would have done them,\\nif she had not been prevented. If you worked more, and spoke\\noftener, you would speak better.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I assure you, Sir, that I should\\nlearn better, if I had more time. I do not complain of you, but oi\\nyour sister. You would have had no reason (Urfacfye) to complain\\nof her, had she had time to do what you gave her to do. What\\nhas my brother told you 1 He has told me that he w T ould be the\\nhappiest man in the (t en ter) world, if he knew the German lan-\\nguage, the most beautiftL of all languages.\\nusually placed between these two words. Ex. Dbgtetd) btefe\u00c2\u00a7 $fetb letn\\n(\u00c2\u00a3ttglanber ift, fo ttetbe id) c\u00c2\u00a7 bod) femfett, although this horse is not an Eng-\\nlish one, I shall nevertheless buy it. Dbgletrf) bicfem SJitcmne tiicfctS totberfcij)*\\nten tft, fo betlctgt er fid) bod), though nothing ha\u00c2\u00ab happened to this man, he is\\nnevertheless complaining.\\n13*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "298\\n212.\\nI should like to know why I cannot speak as well as you.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1\\nfrill tell you you would speak quite as well as I, if you were not\\nso bashful. But if you had studied your lessons more carefully\\n(bcffcr), you would not be afraid to speak; for, in order to speak\\nwell, one must learn; and it is very natural, that he who\\ndoes not know well what he has learnt should be timid. You\\nwould not be so timid as you are (ctl$ @ic ftttt)), if you were sure to\\nmake no mistakes. There are some people who laugh when I speak.\\nTnose are impolite people you have only to laugh also, and\\nthey will no longer laugh at you. If you did as I (do), you would\\nspeak well. You must study a little every day, and you will soon\\nbe no longer afraid to speak. I will endeavour to follow your ad-\\nvice, for I have resolved (fid) Dornefymen*) to rise every morning at\\nsix o clock, to study till ten o clock, and to go to bed early. De-\\nmocritus and Heraclitus (in German as in English .gjeraclttuS, c),\\nwere two philosophers of a (t on) very different character the first\\nlaughed at (fiber with the accus.) the follies of men, and the other\\nwept at them. They were both right, for the follies of men deserve\\n(tiertucncn) (both) to be laughed and wept at. My brother told me\\nthat you had spoken of me, and that you had not praised me. We\\nshould have praised you, if you had paid us what you owe us.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nYou are wrong in complaining of my cousin, for he did not intend\\nto hurt your feelings. I should not have complained of him, if he\\nhad only hurt my feelings but he has plunged into misery a whole\\nfamily. You are wrong in associating with that man. He only\\naspires after riches. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY-SECOND LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 \u00c2\u00a3u)*i urib netttt}ig$t\u00c2\u00a3\\nTo be thoroughly acquainted with \u00c2\u00a3fltt ctncr \u00c2\u00a9acfye gcncm focfcmnt (or\\na thing. t)crtrant) fan*.\\nTo make one s self thoroughly (Sid) nut ctner (Sacfye befannt (or\\nacquainted with a thing. sertraut) macr)en.\\nI understand this business. 3d) bin nut fciefer @ad)C ttcrtraut (or\\nbefannt).\\nAcquainted, fccfcmnt\\nintimate, familiar, ttertrcmr.\\n1 am acquainted with that. f 3d) bin tomtt bcfannt (wttraut\\nA species (a kind), cine 2Crt, a cine \u00c2\u00a9attun^.\\nWhat kind oi fruit is that fi dne rt J\u00c2\u00ab\\n2Ba$ fur ctne $rud)t t(t t te$?\\nThe plural of collective nouns is generally formed by adding 5lrteHj\\nrinds, species, to the singular. Ex. bte Dbfta.tert, fruit (i. e. various sorts ol\\n(ruin b{c \u00c2\u00a9ettetbeartctt, corn (i. e. various kinds of corn i.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "299\\nThe kerne! (of an apple, a pear, K\\nan almond), bcc etn\\nThe stone, tec (Stein\\nkernel-fruit, tag \u00c2\u00a3ernobjt\\nstone-fruit, tag (Stetncbjt\\n[t is u kernel-fruit.\\nTo gather fruit.\\nThe dessert,\\nTc serve up the dessert,\\nThe fruit,\\nthe plum,\\nthe anecdote,\\nthe soap,\\nthe roast-meat,\\nTo dry (to wipe).\\nTo cease (to leave off).\\nI leave off reading.\\nShe leaves off speaking.\\n(\u00c2\u00a3g tjt cine \u00c2\u00a3etnfcud)i\\nDfcji bted)en*.\\ntct Sftod tifcf).\\nten 9tod)ttfd) aufttagen*.\\ni tag \u00c2\u00a3)bjr,\\ntic gtucfyt b\\ntic spftaumc\\ntic 2Cnectctc\\ntic (Scifc\\nfccv SSratcn.\\n2C0trocfncn.\\nSCuf oren.\\nt 3d) r)6te auf $u lefen.\\nt Ste fjort auf $u fprcd^cn.\\ni 9J2cttcn* (acmteten, mict)\\nSScruicttcn*.\\nScmantcn mciten*.\\n(Stwag wrmctten*.\\nGKnem Unafttcfe cntgefyen* or entrm*\\nnen* (entronnen, entrann),\\ntic (Strafe.\\nUm tern Sote $u cnt^efjen, nafjm cr\\ntie gfud)t.\\nThe flight, the escape, tic ghid)t.\\nTo avoid.\\nTo avoid some one.\\nTo avoid something.\\nTo escape (avoid a misfortune)\\nThe punishment,\\nTo avoid death he ran away.\\nTo do without a thing.\\nCan you do without bread\\nI can do without it*\\nI do without bread.\\nDo you do without bread 1\\nI do without it.\\ni (Sine\\n\u00c2\u00a9tdr\\ndim (or einct) Sad)c cntbefyten\\ngoverns the gen. or the ace).\\nfcefjeffen* cfyne etroag/\\nGormen @ie p4 otync S3rot fcefjek\\nfen?\\njtonnen (Sic tag 23rot (teg SBteteg)\\nentbefyten\\n3d) farm eg entbeftten.\\n3d) fcefoeffe mid) efnte S3rct.\\nSSefjelfcn Sie fid) cfjne SBcct\\n3d) fann eg cntbefyren.\\nb 3)ie $rud)t is the fruit of trees and plants. Ex. te $elbfritc$te, the fruit\\nof the fields. ^rud)t is also employed figuratively: Ex. 3)ie Jyrud)t fetner\\n5ivbett, the reward of his labour. \u00c2\u00a3-bft is only used in speaking of apples,\\npears, plums, and similar fruit. Hence ba3 ^ernobfi, kernel-fruit; b(i$ \u00c2\u00a9tettt*\\nobft, stone-fruit.\\nt c (Sntbefyrcn is employed in the sense of to be without and to do without,\\nfi$ befyetfett* in the ssnse only of to do without", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "300\\nThere are many things which we Bit mtiffen mele$ mtbtf)tm\\nmust do without.\\n(Sftan facjt, ct roetfce mctcjen a rei*\\nfen,\\n9J?an fagt, fcaf* cr moreen abteifen\\nwcrfce.\\nFUTURE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nThe futures of the subjunctive differ from those of\\nthe indicative only in the second and third persons\\nsingular, which are IDerbefl and toette, instead of ttnr ji\\nand ttrirb. Ex.\\nThou wilt praise.\\nHe will praise.\\nThou wilt have praised.\\nHe will have praised.\\n2)u roetkjt toben,\\n(5r rocrfce foben.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)u rocrbeft gclobt fyaben,\\n(5r roerfce gclobt Ijabcn.\\nThe future of the subjunctive implies a coming but\\nuncertain event. Ex.\\nIt is said that he will soon ar-\\nrive.\\n9Jlan fagt, cr roctfce bait) anfom*\\nmen.\\n9#an facjr, tap ct baft) anfemrom\\nrcctbe\\n{202an f cfft, cr roerbe nod) $u reciter\\nSett ancjefommen fein,\\ny^an f)offt, t af er nod) $u reciter 3^if\\nangefommen fein roerfce.\\nThey will warm the soup. SWan tt trb tic Suppe roatmen.\\nDinner, or supper, is on the tab! 3 f \u00c2\u00a3Jlan f)at aufejettagen.\\n(Literally one has served up)\\nTo serve, to attend.\\nli u f tx a x t n.\\nCan I nelp you to some of it? f $ann id) 3hmn bamttaufroatten?\\nShall I help you to some soup 1 f jtann id Sfyncn nut 8uppe aaf*\\nShall I help 5 ra to some soup 5 marten\\nI will trouble you for a little. f 3d) bttte mtr ein roemo, fca on\\nau\u00c2\u00a3.\\nTo ask for (politely). \u00c2\u00a9id) auSbttten*\\nMay I crave (beg) the favour of f \u00c2\u00a3)atf td) mte Sfytren Stamen au$*\\nyour name bitten", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "301\\nThe woman, tie $tau\\nthe wife, foaS \u00c2\u00a3Bei\\nexercises. 213.\\n1 come to wish you a good morning. You are very kind.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWould you do me a favour Tell me what you want, for 1 would\\ndo anything to oblige you. I want five hundred crowns, and I beg\\nof you to lend them to me. I will return them to you as soon as\\nI have received my money. You would oblige me much, if you\\nwould render me this service. I would do it with all my heart, if\\nI could but having lost all my money, it is impossible for me to\\nrender you this service. Will you ask your brother whether he is\\nsatisfied with the money which I have sent him 1 As to my bro*\\nther, though it be little, he is satisfied with it: but I am not so;\\nfor having suffered shipwreck, I am in want of the money which\\nyou owe me. Henry IV., meeting (ctnttcffcn*) one day in his\\npalace (bet ^)a(afl) a man whom he did not know (t)cc tfjm unbcfcirmt\\nroar), asked him to whom he belonged ($uo,cf)Cten). I belong tc\\nmyself, 1 replied this man. My friend, said the king, you\\nhave a stupid master.\\n214.\\nHave they served up the scup 1 They have served it up some\\nminutes ago. Then it must be cold, and I only like soup hot (wax?\\nme \u00c2\u00a9ippe). They will warm it for you. You will oblige me.\\nShall I help you to some of this roast-meat! I will trouble you\\nfor a little. Will you eat some of this mutton I thank you, I\\nlike fowl hetter. May I offer you some wine 1 I will trouble you\\nfor a little. Have they already served up the dessert 1 They have\\nserved it up. Do you like fruit! I like fruit, but I have no more\\nappetite. Will you eat a little cheese 1 I will eat a little. Shall\\nI help you to English or Dutch (fyellanbtfd)) cheese 1 1 will eat a\\nlittle Dutch cheese. W T hat kind of fruit is that 1 It is stone-fruit.\\nWhat is it called 1 It is called thus. Will you wash your\\nhands? I should like to wash them, but I have no towel to wipe\\nthem with. I will let you have (geben laffen) a towel, some soap,\\nd 2)te *y:au is used in titles, in which case it is not expressed in English.\\nEx. 2)te %xan \u00c2\u00a9rttfum, the countess. It stands for, 1. the mistress of the\\nhouse. Ex. 5 aS ift bte ^rau som 45cmfe, that is the mistress of the house\\n2. the consort. Ex. vSeine $rau tfi fef)r fcfyon, his lady is very handsome\\n3. the sex, but then it is generally combined with the word ^evfott or ^im-\\nmer. Ex. Bennett ete btefe ^taueitSperfon (btefel $rauett\u00c2\u00a7tmmer) do you\\nknow that lady The word SBetB means 1. in general a woman of the\\nlower classes. It is sometimes combined with the word ^erfcm, and in speak-\\ning contemptuously with the word Q3ilb. Ex. 5 te 23eifcer \u00c2\u00bbom gemetnen\\n33elfe, the women of the lower classes bte 2Betfts))erfon, ba3 2BciB\u00c2\u00a7Mlb, the\\nfemale 2. a consort among the lower classes. Ex. ($r i)at etnSSetb gertoms\\nmen, he has taken a wife (has married) 3. the sex in general. Ex. (*tn\\nebleS SBeib, a woman of noble sentiments; bte 9ktur beg 2Betl e$, wonian f\\nnature", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "302\\nand some water. I shall be much (fefyt) obliged to you. May 1\\nask you for a little water 1 Here is some (\u00c2\u00a3)a f)afrcn @tc). Can\\nyou do without soap As for soap, I can do without it but I\\nmust have a towel to dry my hands with. Do you often do with-\\nout soap There are many things which we must do without.\\nWhy has that man run aw T ay 1 Because he had no other means of\\nescaping the punishment which he had deserved. Why did your\\nbrothers not get a better horse 1 If they had got rid of their old\\nhorse, they would have got another better one. Has your father\\narrived already] Not yet, but we hope that he will arrive this\\nvery day (nod) r)cute). Has your friend set out in time? I do not\\nknow, but I hope that he will have set out in time.\\n215.\\nWill you relate something to me 1 Whai do you wish me to re-\\nlate to you 1 A little anecdote, if you like. A little boy asked\\n(fcrbern) one day at table (Oct tfd)e) for some meat his father said\\nthat it was not polite to ask for any, and that he should wait until\\nsome was given to him. The poor boy seeing every one eat, and\\nthat nothing was given to him, he said to his father My dear\\nfather, give me a little salt, if you please. What will you do\\nwith it asked the father. I wish to eat it with the meat (3d)\\nwill c\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3U tent $(etfd)e effen) which you will give me, 1 replied (wrfe*\\n\u00c2\u00a3en) the child. Every body admired (fcenntnbcrn) the little boy s wit\\nand his father, perceiving that he had nothing, gave him meat with-\\nout his asking for it. Who was that little boy, that asked for meat\\nat table 1 He was the son of one of my friends. Why did he ask\\nfor some meat? He asked for some because he had a good appe-\\ntite. -Why did his father not give him some immediately Be-\\ncause he had forgotten it. Was the little boy wrong in asking for\\nsome He was wrong, for he ought to have waited. Why did\\nhe ask his father for some salt He asked for some salt, that (t cu\\nnut) his father might perceive that he had no meat, and that he\\nmight give him some. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY.THIRD LESSON. -EDm nnb nemqigste\\nCection.\\nTo execute a commission. (Stnen tfuftrao, auSttcfyten, ttolt$tef)en*,\\nbefcrgcn.\\nI have executed your lommissior 3d) r)abc Sfyren 2(uftrng gut etudes\\nrtd)tct (tjoflscgen, bcforaf).\\n1 2\\nI have received with the greatest 3d) fyafre 3f)t unterm fcd)jtcn an\\npleasure the letter which you 3 4\\naddressed to me, dated the 6th mid) QettdjteteS Sd)vett cn mtt\\ninstant. t em gr often SScrgnugcn ctfyat*\\nten.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "303\\nUj^ When the adjective precedes the noun (Led*\\ns 1 XVIII.) all words relating to it are placed before\\nthe adjective, or the participle used adjectively, in the\\nfollowing order 1st, The article or pronoun 2d, all\\nwords relating to the adjective or the participle adjec-\\ntive 3d, the adjective or participle adjective and\\nfinally, 4th, the noun. Ex.\\n1 2 3\\nA. man polite towards everybody. (\u00c2\u00a3tn gegen Sefcermcmn fyofticfyet\\n4*\\ndScnfcf).\\n12 3 4\\nA. father who loves his children, (Sin feme Jtinfcer Ueftenbet $atet.\\nYou have to study the twentieth 8ie fjafcen fc te gwon^tgpc Section\\nLesson, and to translate the 12 3\\nexercises relating to it. \u00c2\u00a3U jiubtten, uno tie foqu geljfc\\n4\\nrigen 2Cufgakn $u ii6erfegen. a\\nHave you executed my commis- $abm \\\\c meincn 2Cuftrctg auSge*\\nsion 7 rict)tct\\nI have executed it. 3d) fjafec tfjn cmSgeticfytet.\\nTo do one s duty. \u00c2\u00a9cine Sd)u(bigfett tl)un\\nTo fulfil one s duty. Seine ^)fltd)t ctfiillen.\\nTo do one s task. \u00c2\u00a9cine Arbeit mcuf)en.\\nThat man always does his duty. Diefer 2Q?ann tfyut immer feinc Scouts\\nbigfeit.\\nThat man always fulfils his duty. \u00c2\u00a3)iefet 93?ann erfullt immer fetne\\n9)flicf)t.b\\nHave you done your task \u00c2\u00a3akn \u00c2\u00a7te 3f)te Arbeit gemacfyt\\nto saasnffisi. @i auf\\nHe depends upon it. (St t ertapt fid) fcarauf.\\nI rely upon you. 3d) tterlaffe mid) auf (Sic.\\nYou may rely upon him. @te fcnncn fid) auf ifyn tjcvfoffen.\\nTo suffice, be sufficient. (Skniigen, rjtnretcrjen, genug fein*.\\nTo be contented with something. Sid) mit ettua$ begntfgeo.\\nIs that bread sufficient foryou *%SSj,\\nf 3ft otefeS 33rco fur @ie genug\\nTt is sufficient for me. (S$ gentigt mir.\\na This kind of construction, wherein the noun stands separated more 01\\nless from its article, is more frequently made use of in elevated style than in\\nconversation.\\nb ^3fltd)t is that which our own conscience obliges us to (Scfyttfbtgf tit the\\norders given us by our superiors, an J is derived froir bte \u00c2\u00a9djulb, the oblige\\nlion, debt.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "304\\nWill that money be sufficient for\\nthat man\\nIt will be sufficient for him.\\nLittle wealth suffices for the wise.\\nWas this man contented with\\nthat sum\\nHas this sum been sufficient for i\\nthat man 1\\nIt has been sufficient for him.\\nHe would be contented if you\\nwould only add a few crowns.\\nBtrb btefeS \u00c2\u00a9ctb btefem 9)?anne ge\u00c2\u00bb\\nniigen\\n6$ rottb ifym genii gen,\\nSBentg genugt bem \u00c2\u00a38eifen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at fid) btefct 93?ann nut btefet Sum\u00c2\u00ab\\nme begnugt\\nSBat biefe (Summe fur btcfen 9)2ann\\nl)tnrctd)cnb\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bat btefe (Summe btefem 9tfannc ge;\\nnug?\\n(St f)at fid) banut begnugt.\\n(St nritrbc fid) begnugen, rcenn \u00c2\u00a9tc\\nnut nod) cintge Scaler fym^ufiigen\\nrcottten.\\nTo add.\\nTo build.\\n#tn$uffigcn.\\n23auen.\\nTo embark, to go on board.\\nThe sail,\\nTo set sail.\\nTo set sail for.\\nTo sail for America.\\nWith full sails.\\nTo sail with full sails.\\n(Sid) einfdjtffen.\\nbets SfegeL\\nilntet Seget gefyen*.\\n\u00c2\u00a9egctn nad).\\n9?ad) ttmettfa fegeKn.\\n9Jttt ttolien \u00c2\u00a9cgctn.\\n9}Jtt pollen (Segetn fasten*\\nHe embarked on the sixteenth of (St Fjat fid) am fed)$el)nten (obet ben\\nlast month. fecfyefonten) legten SftonatS etnge*\\nfAtfft.\\nHe sailed on the third instant. (St tft ben btttten (cbet am btttten)\\nbtefet untet Sege( gegangen.\\nThat is to say (i. e.). \u00c2\u00a3)a$ f)cij}t (namttd)).\\nEt cetera (*tc), and so on, and Unb fc wetter (abbreviated u. f.\\nso forth\\nOtherwise, differently. 2(nberS.\\nIn another manner. 2(uf etnc anbete 2ftt.\\nIf I knew that, I would behave 2Bcnn id) t a$ wufre, wittbe id) mid)\\ndifferently. anbetS benefjmen.\\n[f I haa known that, I would SOBcnn id) a$ gewupt fyatte, fo wtitbe\\nhave behaved differently. id) mid) ctnbcrS benommen fyaben.\\nTo behave. (Std) benefymen*.\\nElse (otherwise). (Sonft.\\nIf not. 2Bo mdfrt\\nMend, else (if not) you will be 33cffetn Ste fid), fenjt (wo ntd)t)\\npunished. ttntb man \u00c2\u00a9te fttafen.\\nI cannot do it otherwise 3d) fann e\u00c2\u00a3 ntd)t anbetS machen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "305\\nOF THE IMPERATIVE.\\nThe second person singular of the imperative, being\\nformed from the second person singular of the indica-\\ntive, is only irregular when the latter is so. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9e*\\nben*, to give second person of the indicative, bit gtbft,\\nttiou givest; imperative, Q\\\\b, give thou, ijelfen*, to\\nhelp second person of the indicative, bit tyitf ji, thou\\nhelpest imperative, fytlf, help thou.\\nFrom this rule must be excepted: 1st. The follow-\\ning verbs fyctben*, to have second person, bit fyafi,\\nthou hast imperative, fyabe, have thou fern*, to be\\nsecond person, bit Uft, thou art imperative, fet, be\\nthou toerben*, to become bit tvivfi, thou becomest\\nimperative, tt erbe, become thou ttriften*, to know\\nsecond person, bit toetfft, thou knowest imperative, ttnfte,\\nknow thou tt oKen to will bit ttrittft, thou wilt im-\\nperative, toofte* 2d. Verbs which, in the second person\\nof the indicative present, change the letter a into\\nIn the imperative they resume the radical vowel. Ex.\\n?aitfett, to run bit l ttffi, thou runnest imperative, lau*\\nfe, run thou.\\nAll the other persons of the imperative are derived\\nfrom the present of the subjunctive, which is always\\nregular, as well as the plural of the present of the in-\\ndicative.\\nHave patience \u00c2\u00a3akn k dJcbu(t)\\nBe attentive Setcn Ste cmfmerffam\\nGo thither! \u00c2\u00a9efycn @te l)tn\\nGive it to me \u00c2\u00aecbcn (Ste c$ mit\\nGive it to him dkbcn Stc c$ tf)m\\nPatience, impatience, t\u00c2\u00bbie \u00c2\u00a9etmlfc) t te Uncjetmlfc.\\nLend it to me Setfjen (Sic c\u00c2\u00bb nut\\nTo borrow. SBorcjen ((ctf)cn*).\\nI will borrow some money of 3d) rot ft nut tten Sfyrten (Mfc) letfjei\\nyou. (Ocrgen).\\nI will borrow this money of you. 3d) rotll btcfeS dktt) t Ott S^ncn foot-\\ngen.\\nBorrow it of (or from) him. Screen (Sic e* t cn tr)m.\\nI do borrow it from him. 3d) Serge c$ sen if) nu\\nObs. A. These examples of the imperative are for\\nthe third person plural, which is most commonly used", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "306\\nin polite conversation but we sometimes also employ\\nthe second person plural, particularly in exhortations\\nas:\\nBe (y e good. (Setb gut. c\\nKnow (ye) it. SBijfet e\u00c2\u00a3. d\\nObey your masters, and never \u00c2\u00aecf)0tcr)Ct e (Suten Ccfjrern, unb ma*\\ngive them any trouble. d)Ct tfynen rue 93etbrup.\\nPay what you owe, comfort the S5c$ar)(et, rea\u00c2\u00a3 3bt* fd)ulbtQ fetb\\nafflicted, and do good to those troftct tie Unglucf(id)en, unb tr)ut\\nthat have offended you. beniemgen @ute\u00c2\u00a3, t tc (5ud) Octets\\nbto,t rjabcn.\\nLove God, thy neighbour as thy- Stefcet \u00c2\u00aeott unb (Sutcn 9Mcl)ftcn ttne\\nself (in German yourself). (Slid) felfcft.\\nTo obey. \u00c2\u00a9crjorcfyen.\\nTo comfort. Stftftem\\nTo offend. 93elcibi jen.\\nThe neighbour, bet 9^adr)ftc\\nsadness, tie Srauriajrett\\nthe creditor, bet \u00c2\u00a9(aubiget\\nthe watch, bte Ufa\\nthe snuff-box, tie ofe,\\nO s. J3. We often employ compound imperatives,\\nin order to give to understand that we either com-\\nmand or invite. They are formed for the third person\\nsing, and plur. with ntogen*, may foften*, shall and\\nfor the first person plural with Ictflfen*, to let, which\\nlikewise forms the compound imperative in English\\nand with n o((en will. Ex. @r mag (often, let him (he\\nmay) praise er foft (often, let him (he shall) praise ffe\\nmogen (often, let them (they may) praise jte fotten (often,\\nlet them (they shall) praise laffet UXl$ (often, let us\\npraise ttnr tt ol(en (often, let us (we will) praise, c.\\nLet us always love and practise Caffct un$ immcr tie u$enb Uebcn\\nvirtue, and we shall be happy unb ciusiiften, fo rocrben rott tn\\nboth in this life, and in the btefcm unb jenem Ceben gtiidtid^\\nnext. fetn.\\nLet us see which of us can shoot 2Btt roottcn fefyen, nocr tton un$ cmi\\nbest. fceften fcfytepen fcmn.\\nc From %bx fetb, second person plural of the indicative.\\nd From ?fix ttnffet, c. c.\\nFrom %%t gef)0td)er, c. fec.", "height": "4413", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "307\\nEXERCISES. 216.\\nHave you executed my commission I have executed it. Has\\n/our brother executed the commission which I gave him He has\\nexecuted it. Would you execute a commission for me 1 I am un-\\nder so many obligations to you, that I will always execute your\\ncommissions when it shall please you to give me any. Ask the\\nhorse-dealer (bcc ^fcrt)cf)anb(cr) whether he can let me have the\\nhorse at (fur) the price which I have offered him. I am sure that\\nhe would be satisfied, if you would add a few florins more. I will\\nnot add anything. If he can let me have it at (fiir) that price, let\\nhim do so; if not, let him keep it (fo tnao, cr e$ ftefyaltcn). Good\\nmorning (in the accus.), my children Have you done your task\\nYou well know that we always do it for we must (nulpten) be\\nill not to do it. What do you give us to do to-day 1 I give you\\nthe ninety-third lesson to study, and the exercises belonging to it to\\ndo, that is to say, the 216th and 217th. Endeavour to commit\\n(macfyen) no errors (t er gefylct). Is this bread sufficient for you 1\\nIt would be sufficient for me, if I was not very hungry. When did\\nycur brother embark for America 1 He sailed on the thirtieth of\\nlast month (tegtcrt 93?onat*). Do you promise me to speak to your\\nbrother] I do promise you, you may depend upon it. 1 rely upon\\nyou. Will you work harder for next lesson than you have done for\\nthis I will work harder. May I rely upon it You may (foris\\nnen c$).\\n217.\\nHave patience, my dear friend, and be not sad for sadness alters\\n(anoern) nothing, and impatience makes bad worse (aro/t). Be not\\nafraid of your creditors be sure that they will do you no harm.\\nYou must have patience, though you have no mind for it (t a$u)\\nfor I also must wait till I (man) am paid what is due to me. As\\nsoon as I have money, I will pay all that you have advanced (cm$;\\n(eqen) for me. Do not believe that I have forgotten it, for I think\\nerf (t cnfcn an* with accus.) it every day. I am your debtor (t et\\nd)ult net), and I shall never deny (tcugnen) it. Do not believe that\\nI have had your gold watch, or that Miss Wilhelmine has had your\\nsilver snuff-box, for I saw both in the hands of your oister when\\nwe were playing at forfeits (spfd nfcet fptc(cn). What a beautiful\\ninkstand you have there pray, lend it to me. What do you wish to\\ndo with it 1 I wish to show it to my sister. Take it, but take\\nsare of it, and do not break it. Do not fear. What do you want\\nof (sen) my brother 1 I want to borrow some money of him.\\nBorrow some of somebody else. If he will not lend me any, I will\\nborrow some of somebody else. You will do well. Do not wish\\n(for) what you cannot have, but be contented with what Providence\\n(bie s #otfcf)una,) has given you, and consider (tu bcnfcn*) that there\\nare many men who have not what you have. Life (\u00c2\u00a3)a$ \u00c2\u00a3cben)\\nbeing short, let us endeavour to make it (e$ Utts) as agreeable (anges\\nnefjm) as possible. But let us also consider that the abuse (t ct", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "308\\n\u00c2\u00a3tttfi taud)j of pleasure (in the plur. in German, SSergnftgungcn)\\nmakes it bitter (bitter). Have you done your exercises 1 I could\\nnot do them, because my brother was not at home. You must not\\nget your exercises done by (yen) your brother, but you must do them\\nyourself. (See end of Lesson XXXIY.)\\nNINETY-FOURTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 bkx tmir iuim?ig0te\\nCsrtion.\\nTo be a judge of something.\\nAre you a judge of cloth 1\\nI am a judge of it.\\nI am not a judge of it.\\nI am a good judge of it.\\nI am not a good judge of it.\\nTo draw.\\nTo chalk.\\nThe drawing,\\nthe drawer,\\nTo draw from nature, from life.\\nTo draw a landscape from nature.\\nTo manage or to go about a thing.\\nHow do you manage to make a\\nfire without tongs\\n1 go about it so.\\nYou go about it in a wrong way.\\nI go about it in a right way.\\nHow does your brother manage\\nto do that]\\nSkilfully, dexterously, cleverly.\\nAwkwardly, unhandily.\\nHe should have managed the\\nthing better than he has done.\\nYou should have managed the\\nthing differently.\\nThey ought to have managed it\\nas I have done.\\nWe ought to have managed it\\ndifferently from what they did.\\n@td) auf ctroag ttetfrcfyen*.\\nt erfref)cn @te fid) auf Sud)\\nj 3d) wrftcfje mid) fcarauf.\\nt 3d) write fye mid) nid)t barauf.\\nt 3d) write he unci) fef)t gut baratif.\\nf 3d) wrftefye mid) ntd)t fcfjr gut\\nfciarauf.\\n3 e i d n c tt.\\n9fotd)$etdjncn (falftccn).\\ntie 3etd)nung\\nt cr 3etd)ner.\\nItad) tec 9?atur, nad) tern Se en\\naetebnen.\\nSine Sanfcfdjaft nad) t cr Sftatut ^etc^^\\nnen.\\n(SS anfangen*.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bte fangen @ic e$ an, oljne 3ange\\nJeuet an$umad)cn\\n3d) fange c$ fo (or auf fcicfe 2\u00c2\u00a3etfe)\\nan.\\n(Ste fangen e$ ntd)t gut an.\\n3d) fange es gut an.\\n2Bie fangt Sfa SBtufcet e$ an, urn\\nDiefeS $u tf)un\\n\u00c2\u00a9efdjicft (auf cine gefefyicfte ofcet feU\\nne 2Crt).\\nllngefd)tc!t.\\n(St batte e\u00c2\u00bb befjet anfangen follen.\\n(Ste fatten c$ anfc ct$ anfangen\\nnutffen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9ie batten e$ madjen follen/ rote id).\\nSBtr fatten e$ inters mad)cn foiled\\na(S fie.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "309\\nTo forbid.\\n1 forbid you to do that.\\nTo lower.\\nTo cast down one s eyes.\\nThe curtain rises, falls.\\nThe stocks have fallen.\\nor\\nThe day falls.\\nFt grows towards night,\\ncomes on.\\nIt grows dark.\\nIt gtows late.\\nTo stoop.\\nTo feel.\\nTo smell.\\nHe smells of garlic.\\nTo feel some one s pulse.\\nTo consent to a thing.\\nI consent to it.\\nnight\\naSet teten*. Part, past, t et*\\nfcoten. Imperf. wtbot.\\n3d) Dcttuete Sfynen, btefeS $u tf)un.\\nDZtebetfaffcn*, fjcnmtcrfafien*.\\niDte 2Cugen ntet)crrd)(agcn*\u00c2\u00bb\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et SSorljang gefyt auf, fatth\\nt er 2Bcd)fc(cour$ ift gcfaUcn (ffcljt\\nmebrtger).\\nt 2 ct Sag nctgt ftd).\\nroitb sflacfyt.\\n(5*6 ttutb fpa t.\\n(Sid) biiden.\\n^ted^n\\n(gerod)en*, rod)).\\n(St ttedjt nad) itnoMaud).\\nScntanbcm ben $)ut$ fuMett.\\nC3n ctroag nrittigen (or einttndtgcnj.\\nI (Seine (StnrvitUgung $u etroaS geben*\\nC 3d) rotlltge batetn.\\nC 3d) 9 e \u00c2\u00bbrtw 5 tmintltgung ba$u.\\nOSerfcergen* (wrborgen, ccrbarg)*\\nt SSerjtccfen.\\n3n 2BaJ)rf)eit.\\n3n bet Sfyat (roitftid), roafjrfjafttg).\\ntie \u00c2\u00a3M\\ntrue, roat)t (rcd)t)\\ngenuine, nxtfytfyaft\\nHe is a true man. (St ift cm nxibtfyaftct Sftann.\\nThis is the right place for this \u00c2\u00a3)a$ ift bee roafytc (recite) $8ag fftt\\npicture. biefe* \u00c2\u00a9emalbc.\\nAs I live f j0o n?a^r id) (eOe\\nTo think much of some one. 2Cuf Semanbcn Diet fatten*.\\nTo esteem some one. Semanben fd)dgen.\\nI do not think much of that man. 3d) Ijattc ntd)t Dtel auf bicfen 9)*ann.\\ntnink much of him (I esteem 3d) fyatte t iel auf ifyn (id) fd)age tfyn\\nhim much). f^)t).\\nTo hide, to conceal.\\nIndeed.\\nIn fact.\\nThe fact,\\nTo permit, to allow\\nThe permission,\\npermit you to go thither.\\nS r a u b c n.\\nbtc (Srlautmtp.\\n3d) erlaubc Sfaten fyingugefyen (oi\\nfcafjtn $u gefyen).\\n(To command, to order). 23efef)(en* (6efol)(ett, befall).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "310\\nObs. When the third person plural is employed in\\nthe imperative instead of the second, the personal pro-\\nnoun always follows the verb, but never when the\\nsecond person is employed. Ex.\\nOrder it to be done. $8efel)fen @ie, tia\u00c2\u00a3 man c\u00c2\u00a3 tfyuc\\nRe virtuous. (Setti tugentifyaft.\\nWill you permit me to go to the SBollcn ste nut evlau en/ cutf tien\\nmarket 9)?ar\u00c2\u00a3t $u gcfycn\\nTo hasten, to make haste. (SUcn, fid) fputen.\\nMake haste, and return soon. \u00c2\u00a9Ken @tc unti femmen @te fcatti\\nnuetier.\\nI had done reading when your 3d) fjcittc aufo,cf)ort $u U]i1\\\\, aU 3fa\\nbrother entered. SSrutier fyereintrat.\\nf ou had lost your purse when I \u00c2\u00a7:e fatten Sfetrc SBb rfc Dcrtoren, a($\\nfound mine. id) tie metntqe fanti.\\nTo step in, to enter. \u00c2\u00a3cretntreten (gctrcten, trat).\\nTo be ashamed. t d) f d) a m C n.\\nTo be ashamed of some one or \u00c2\u00a9id) Semantics otier etner \u00c2\u00a9adje\\nsomething. fdjamen*.\\nI am ashamed of my impatience. 3d) fcfycime mid) met net tlnpjetiutti.\\nTo copy, to transcribe. 2( fd)ret en*.\\nTo decline. \u00c2\u00a3)ec(tntren.\\nThe substantive. \u00c2\u00a3)a\u00c2\u00a7 $auptit)Ott.\\nTo transcribe fairly. JgWMjggjg;\\nThe adjective, the pronoun, the tia\u00c2\u00a3 SBctmort tiaS Jfimwt tial\\nverb, the preposition, 3etttt ott tiaS Convert.\\nThe dictionary, the grammar, tias \u00c2\u00a38ottertmd) tile (Sptad)(efjre\\n(tite \u00c2\u00a9ramtnattf).\\nDo good to the poor, have com- Kfyttt tien 2Crmen \u00c2\u00aeute\u00c2\u00a3, unti rjabt\\npassion on the unfortunate, 9D?tt(ettien nut tien linajucfltcfyen,\\nand God will take care of the fo rcttti tier ttebe \u00c2\u00a9ott fur tia$\\nrest. UcOttcjc fora/n.\\nCo do good to some one. Semantiem \u00c2\u00a9utc\u00c2\u00a3 tfjun*.\\nTo have compassion on some $Ktt(ettien nut Semantiem ba en*.\\none.\\nCompassion, pity, t a\u00c2\u00a7 9)?tt(ettien\\nthe rest, tia\u00c2\u00a3 UebrtQC.\\nHe has no bowels. t @r fyat fetn 93tft(etticn.\\nFor pity s sake. f 2(uS \u00c2\u00a3fttt(eitien.\\nexercises. 218.\\nWhat must we do in order to be happy Always love md\\npractise virtue (gtc et unti (ibet tite immer aus), and (fo) you w .1 be\\nfcappy both in this and the next life. Since we wish to be r ppy,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "311\\nlet us do good to the poor, and let us have compassion on the un-\\nfortunate let us obey our masters, and never give them any trouble\\nlet us comfort the unfortunate, love our neighbour as ourselves, and\\nnot hate those that have offended us in short (\u00c2\u00a3ur$), let us always\\nfulfil our duty, and God will take care of the rest. My son, in or-\\nder to be loved, you must (mujj man) be laborious and good. Thou\\nart accused (Oefdnitbicjen) of having been idle and negligent in thy\\naffairs. Thou knowest, however (jcbcd)), that thy brother has been\\npunished for (it ct() having been naughty. Being lately in town, I\\nreceived a letter from thy tutor, in which he strongly complained of\\nthee. Do not weep now go into thy room, learn thy lesson, and be\\n(a) good (boy), otherwise thou wilt get (in the present tense) nothing\\nfor dinner. I shall be so good, my dear father, that you will certain-\\nly (cjcroifj) be contented with me. Has the little boy kept his word\\nNot quite, for after having said that, he went into his room, toot\\nhis books, sat down at the table (fid) cm ten Stfd) fegen), and fell\\nasleep (etnfcfylafen*). He is a very good boy when he sleeps, said\\nhis father, seeing him some time after (batcmf).\\n219.\\nAre you a judge of cloth I am a judge of it. Will you buy\\nsome yards (for) me Give me the money, and (fo) I shall buy\\nsome (for) you. You will oblige me. Is that man a judge of\\ncloth 1 He is not a good judge of it. What are you doing there 1\\nI am reading the book (in t cm SSucfye) which you lent me. You\\nare wrong in always reading it (unmet bctrtn $u (efen). What do you\\nwish me to do 1 Draw this landscape and when you have drawn\\nit, you shall decline some substantives with adjectives and pro-\\nnouns. How do you manage to do that I manage it so. Show\\nme how you manage it. What must I do for my lessons of to-\\nmorrow (tie motcjenbe (Stunbc) 1 Transcribe your exercises fairly,\\ndo three others, and study the next lesson. How do you manage\\nto get goods without money I buy on credit. How does your\\nsister manage to learn German without a dictionary 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 She manages\\nit thus. She manages it very dexterously. But how does your\\nbrother manage it He manages it very awkwardly he reads,\\nand looks for (cmf(ud)en) the words in the dictionary. He may\\nlearn in this manner (ciuf biefe \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3etfe) twenty years without know-\\ning how to make 3 single sentence (ber @a\u00c2\u00a7).\\n220.\\nWhy does your sister cast down her eyes 1 She casts them\\ndown because she is ashamed of not having done her task. Let\\nus breakfast in the garden to-day the weather is so fine, that we\\nought to take advantage of it (c$ foenugen). How do you like thai\\ncoffee I like it very much (ttorttcffftd)). Why do you stoop 1\\nstoop to pick up the handkerchief which I have dropped. Why do\\nyour sisters hide themselves 1 They would not hide themselves,\\nif they did not fear to be seen. Whom are they afraid of? The?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "312\\n.*ie afraid of their governess (tie (Sqtcfyerinn), who scolded them\\nyesterday because they had not done their tasks. An emperor,\\nwho was irritated at (cuifgebracfyt cjcqcn) an astrologer (tec titnbcvn\\ntet), asked him Wretch, what death (rcclcfyen ote\u00c2\u00a3) dost thou\\nbelieve thou wilt die? I shall die of a fever, 1 (Lesson\\nLXXXIII.), replied the astrologer. Thouliest, (page 210) said\\nthe emperor thou wilt die this instant (in btcfem 2(ugv\u00c2\u00abnWttf) a vio-\\nlent (geroattfam) death. As he was going to be seized (.rgreifen\\nWotten*), he said to the emperor, Sir (\u00c2\u00a9ncibtQftet \u00c2\u00a3etr). order some\\none to feel my pulse, and it will be found that I have a fever.\\nThis sally (SMefer gutc (Stnfatl) saved his life. Do not judge (rid)-\\nten), you who do not wish to be judged Why do you perceive\\nthe mote (t ci\u00c2\u00a3 (Strob) in your brother s eye, you who dc not perceive\\nthe beam (t er S3ci(r\\\\ n) which is in your own eye 1 Would you\\ncopy your exercises if I copied mine I would copy them if you\\ncopied yours. Would your sister have transcribed her letter if I\\nhad transcribed mine? She would have transcribed it. Would\\nshe have set out if I had set out 1 I cannot tell you what she\\nwould have done if you had set out. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY-FIFTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 JFuttf ttttir n*Ml?ig0te\\nSection.\\nTo grow (to wax). \u00c2\u00a3Bacf)fen* (takes fein* for its\\nauxiliary. Part, past, geroad):-\\nfen. Imperf. roucf)6).\\nTo grow rapidly (fast). $5d)nelt it)acf)fen*.\\nThat child has grown very fast iefe$ jttnt ift in fur^ct 3ctt fef)t\\nin a short time. geroaebfen (or Ijetangcroacfyfen).\\nTo grow up (to grow tall). \u00c2\u00a3etanroacf)fen*.\\nThe flower, t te 23fume\\nthe shelter, bet @d)U| (tie (Stcfyetfjett)\\nthe cottage, the hut, tie Strol)f)iitte\u00c2\u00ab\\nTo shelter one s self from some- fy t?or etwa$ (dat.) fc^dgen.\\nthing.\\nTo take shelter from something. 8id) t)0t etroaS (dat.) in Stdjctf)ett\\nfegetu\\nLet us shelter ourselves from the 3Btr roolten un$ t?or tern 9?egen (tern\\nrain (the storm). 2Btnte) fcfyiigen (in \u00c2\u00a9tefyetfjeit\\nfegen).\\nLet us enter this cottage in order Caffen (Ste unS in ttcfe (Strof)I)utte\\nto be sheltered from the storm gefyen, um Dot tern (Sturmroettet\\n(tempest). in \u00c2\u00a9tcfyertyctt $u fetm\\nFor fear of. 2Cu$ gurd)t 3U\u00c2\u00bb\\nTo catch a cold. \u00c2\u00a9td) erfdtten.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "313\\nwill not go out for fear of\\ncatching a cold.\\nHe does not wish to go to town\\nfor fear of meeting with one\\nof his creditors.\\nEvery where, throughout.\\nAll over (throughout) the town.\\nUnder the shade.\\nLet us sit down under the shade\\nof that tree.\\nTo pretend.\\n3d) nritt md)t cmSgerjcn, au$ #utcf)t\\nmid) gu etfatten (obet rcetl td)\\nmid) t)cr (Stfattung futd)te, cbct\\nctu$ gutd)t, ben Sd)nupfen $u fee*\\nfommen).\\n(St will ntcbt nad) bet (Stabt gcben,\\nauS ^urcfct cincn fetnet \u00c2\u00a9laubt^CF\\nangutteffen.\\nUcfcetatt.\\nf Sn bet gan$en \u00c2\u00a9tabt.\\nt 3n ben (bem) \u00c2\u00a9pattern\\nt Sc\u00c2\u00a7en nut un\u00c2\u00a3 in ten Sd)attcn\\nbtcfe* 93aumc$ (cbct untet biefen\\nSBauni in ben \u00c2\u00a9djatten),\\nt Sfjun (ft* ft ell en), a(* ob\\nor a wenn (followed by\\nthe imperfect of the subjunc-\\ntive).\\nThat man pretends to sleep. \u00c2\u00a3)iefct Statin fteltt fid)/ ctlS 06 er\\nfdrfiefc.\\nThis young lady pretends to SDicfeS $tcmlctn tr)ut, al$ Dcrftunbc\\nknow German. ftc bcutfd), or att roenn (et fie\\nbcutfd) scrftunbe.\\nThey pretend to come near us. (Sie ftellen fid), at$ 06 (or roenn) ftc\\nfid) un$ nafyern rootltem\\nThen, thus, so, consequently. 1i f C.\\nO s. J.. This word must not be mistaken for the\\nEnglish word also, which is translated into German\\nby and).\\nIn a short time.\\nLately.\\nTo make a present of something\\nto some one.\\nMr. Fischer wrote to me lately,\\nthat his sisters would be here\\nin a short time, and engaged\\nme :o tell you so you will\\nconsequently be able to see\\nthem, and to give them the\\nbooks which you have bought.\\nThey hope that you will make\\nthem a present of them. Their\\nbrother has assured me, that\\nthey esteem you without know-\\ning you personally.\\n14\\n3n Jlutjem.\\nffceutt*.\\nScmcmbem cm \u00c2\u00a9cfefyen! nut etwa$\\nmacfecn.\\n\u00c2\u00a3crt gifdjet fd)tic6 nut nculid), ba$\\nfeme $tauletn Sd)roejtctn in\\nkutgent f)tctf)et fommen rofitben,\\nunb bat mid), eS Sfaen $u fagen.\\n(Sic roctben ftc a f fcfyen, unb\\niljncn bic S5ud er ge cn ftmnen,\\nrocldjc 8 tc ejefanft fjafyiu @tc\\nfjeffen, ba$ (Sic ifyncn cin \u00c2\u00a9efdbcnf\\nbamit madjen roetben* 3r)t 23tu=\\nbet fyat mid) i ctftd)ctt, t a% ftc @tc\\nf)od)fd)a|en, cfyne (Sic petfdnltd) *u\\nfennem", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "314\\nWould to God. \u00c2\u00a9elite \u00c2\u00aeott. (See Obs. F. Lesson\\nXC.)\\nWould to God it were so. SMtte \u00c2\u00a9ctr, e$ ware fo.\\nWould to God he had done it. 2Bctite d5ott, cr Ijcitte c$ gcttjan.\\ns^rsr-\\nHow could I get tired in your \u00c2\u00a3Bte ft nnte id) bet Sfyncn fonge \u00c2\u00a3Bei\u00c2\u00bb\\ncompany Ic fyafren\\nFirstly (at first), erjtens\\nsecondly, c. sroettenS n*\\nTo have reason to. Utfacfye foaben* $u.\\nHe has reason to be sad. 5r f)at Htfacfye trauttg $u fetn\\nHe has much sorrow. \u00c2\u00a9r l)at triel SScrbrup (Summer)*\\nOta. B. When any one is thanked for a thing, he\\nmust answer in German\\nYou have no reason for it. f d w ftafcen) 9ftd)t lltfacfje.\\nTo look upon or into. dk fyen auf or nad).\\nThe window looks into the street. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ genfict gef)t auf tic (nad) t et)\\n\u00c2\u00a9trape.\\nJ he back door looks into the tc \u00c2\u00a3tntcrtl)tfr gc^t nad) tern (Uars\\ngarden. ten.\\nTo drown. (Srtrctafen (active verb).\\nr (5rtrtnfcn* (neuter verb). Part,\\npast, ertrunfen. Imperf. cr*\\nTo be drowned. tranf.\\n(Srfaufen* (neuter verb). Part,\\npast, erfoffen. Imperf. crfoff*\\nToju.poutofthewindow. JW^NgJ*g^\\nTo throw out of the window. |K\u00c2\u00ab!!j\u00c2\u00a3ftSSS^\\nTo sAoo* (meaning to kill by (S t f d) t c fi e n\\nshooting).\\nScmanbcm cine Jlugel sot: ten $epj\\nfdbtegm*.\\nSemanbem cine jiugcf fcurd) t a$\\n\u00c2\u00aeef}trn fagen.\\nTo shoot one s sell with a pistol/ id) nut enter spijiofe erfd)tepen*\u00c2\u00ab\\nHe has blown out his brains. @t j)at fid) crfd)Offen.\\nHe has blown out his trains with (5t fyofc fid) nut enter $)tflc(e et*\\na pistol. fdjoffen.\\nTo blow out soue one s brains.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "315\\nI am diowning. 3d) ertrtttfe.\\nHe jumped out of the window. (\u00c2\u00a7r tft cm\u00c2\u00a3 bem genftet gcfprungea,\\nTo get paid. f (Sid) fttjaUm taflfcn*.\\nTo suffer one s self to be pre- f Sid) bitten (affen*.\\nTailed upon.\\nTo get one s self invited to dine, f (\u00c2\u00a3id) $mu QJZtttagcflfen cinlaben\\ntoffen*.\\nGet paid. f Caficn Ste ftcf be$af)(en\\nLet us set out. Caffen \u00c2\u00a9ic un$ (or roir rootten) aO^\\nretfen.\\nLet us breakfast. Saflfen (Sic ttns (or tvtt rootten) fr%\\nftucfen.\\nLet him give it to me. 3)aj} cr mtr c\u00c2\u00a3 gebe, or er gebe e$\\nmtr.\\nLethim be there at twelve o clock. aj} cr um gtt o(f Ufyr t\u00c2\u00bba fei, or cr fci\\nurn arcolf Vlr)r fca.\\nLet him send it to me. 2)ap cr mtr e$ fenbe, or cr fenbe c$\\nmtr.\\nHe may believe it. *Dap er gkube, or cr gtaube c$.\\nTo be at one s ease. SBcbagcn, bcf)ag(td) ober bequem fein*\\n(impers. verb, gov. dat.).\\nTo be uncomfortable. Unbef)ag(id), unbequcm ober gentrt\\nfetn*.\\nI am very much at my ease upon (S$ tft mtr cmf btefem (Stufytc fcr)r\\nthis chair. befjagtid).\\nYou are uncomfortable upon your ift Sfcncn md)t bef)ag(td) (ober\\nchair. unbef)ag(td)) auf Sftrcm Stuf)te.\\nWe are uncomfortable in that (5$ befycigt un$ in btefem jtoftfjcmfe\\nboarding-house. (btcfer 5)cnft0tt) ntd)t.\\nTo make one s self comfortable. (S3 fid) bequcm madjen.\\nTo put one s self out of the way. (Std) bemufyen.\\nMake yourself comfortable. 9^ad)cn (Sic C5 ftd) bequcm.\\nDo not put yourself out of the SSenuifjen Ste fid) ntd)t.\\nway.\\nDo as if you were at home. F)ttn (Ste, ati rcenn (Sic gu #aufe\\nroaren.\\nGo and tell him that 1 cannot \u00c2\u00aecf)t unb fagt tt)m, bafi id) r)cutc\\ncome to-day. md)t fommen fann.\\nHe came and told us he could (Sr fam unb fagtc un$, ba$ cr ntd)t\\nwot come. fommen fonnte.\\nTo prefer. 23or$icf)cn* (gcgogen, ^cg).\\nprefer the useful to the agree- 3d) aicfje bag 9ttig(td)C bem 2(na,es\\nable. ncfymen oor.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "316\\nObs. C. When au adjective is used substantively\\nin the masculine or feminine gender, a noun is always\\nunderstood, e. g. ber DWcfye, the rich, meaning ber retcfye\\nSfflann bte \u00c2\u00a9cfyone, the beautiful woman, meaning bte\\nfcfyone grau*\\nFew words to the wise (proverb). (Me rten ft QUt prebtcjen (Sprier;*\\nwort).\\nOfo. Z). An adjective used substantively without\\na noun being understood is always put in the neuter\\ngender, e. g. ba# \u00c2\u00a9roffc, the great bag (Jrfyafotte, the\\nsublime bag 2leu$ere, the exterior bag Snnere, the in-\\nterior.\\nWhat he likes best is hunting @em Cte ffeS tft tie Sac^b tmb t)a$\\nand fishing. $tfcf)en.\\nr \u00c2\u00a3)enn ivo ba$ @trencjc nut tern 3at*\\nFor when the Manly and the\\nFair,\\nWhen Strength and Beauty\\nform a pair,\\nThen rings it out a merry song.\\nten,\\n2\u00c2\u00a3o \u00c2\u00a9tarfeg jidj unb 93Ztfbe$ paar*\\nten,\\nDa gtbt eS etnen Cjuten JUancj.\\nS d) 1 1 1 e r in his Sieb sen ber\\n\u00c2\u00ae(ocfe, the song of the bell).\\nSevere, tender, mild (gentle). (Stteng, gart, nu(b.\\nTo be welcome. SOBiflfommcn fetn*.\\nYou are welcome every where. (Sic (info ubetatt rmttfommen.\\nHe will arrive in a week. @r ttrirb in acfyt \u00c2\u00a3acjen (etner SBecfye)\\ncmfommen.\\nIt took him a week to make this (St (jat btefe \u00c2\u00a3Retfe in acfyt Sacjen\\njourney. cjemacftt.\\nHe will have finished his studies (5t rottb fetne (Stubten in einem\\nin three months. SStertctjafjre ttotfenbet fyaben.\\nHe finished his studies in a year. @t fyat feme (Btubten in etnem 3 ar)s\\nre toUenbet.\\nEXERCISES. 221.\\nHave you already seen my son I have not seen him yet, how\\nis he He is very well you will not be able to recognise him,\\nfor he has grown very tali in a short time. Why does this man\\ngive nothing to the poor 1 He is too avaricious (gc^ig) he does\\nnot wish to open his purse for fear of losing his money.\u00e2\u0080\u0094- What\\nsort of weather is it 1 It is very warm it is long since we had\\nany rain (eg fjett (ange ntcfyt cjerecuiet) I believe we shall have a\\nstorm (etn \u00c2\u00a9ennttet Oefomroen). It may be (\u00c2\u00a3)a$ fann tt of)l fetn).\\nThe wind rises (fie!) etfjefcen*), it thunders already; do you hear it?\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Yes, I do hear it, but the storm is still far off (roett entfernt).\u00e2\u0080\u0094", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "317\\nNot so far as you think; see how it lightens. Bless me (OTcin\\n\u00c2\u00a9otr), what a shower (rvctd) cm cntfcgttdjct JHcgcn ift fcas) If we go\\ninto some place we shall be sheltered from the storm. Let us go\\ninto that cottage then we shall be sheltered there from the wind and\\nthe rain. I have a great mind to bathe (bafcen) to-day. Where will\\nyou bathe In the river. Are you not afraid of being drowned\\nOh no I can swim. Who taught you (cs) 1 Last summer I took\\na few lessons at the swimming-school (fctc ^cbrotmmfd)ii(e)- Where\\nshall we go to now 1 Which road shall we take The shortest\\nwill be the best. We have too much sun and I am still very tired\\nlet us sit down under the shade of this tree. Who is that man that\\nis sitting under the tree I do not know him. It seems, he wishes\\nto be alone for when we offer to (rooflen*) to approach him, he\\npretends to be asleep. He is like your sister she understands\\nGerman very well but when I begin to speak to her, she pretends\\nnet to understand me.\\n222.\\nHave you seen Mr. Jaeger 1 I have seen him he told me that\\nhis sisters would be here in a short time, and desired me to tell you\\nso. When they have arrived, you may give them the gold rings\\nwhich you have bought they flatter themselves that you will\\nmake them a present of them, for they love you without knowing\\nyou personally. Has my sister already written to you She has\\nwritten to me, I am going to answer her. Shall I Sell tcb) tell her\\nthat you are here Tell her but do not tell her, that I am wait-\\ning for her impatiently. Why have you not brought your sister\\nalong with you Which one 1 The one you always bring, the\\nyoungest (bte lunqfte). She did not wish to go out, because she has\\nthe tooth-ache. I am very sorry for it for she is a very good girl.\\nHow old is she She is nearly fifteen years old. She is very\\ntall for her age (fc)a$ 2Cltcr). How old are you I am twenty-two.\\nIs it possible I thought you w r ere not yet twenty.\\n223.\\nWill you drink a cup of (t)ic SSttfle) tea 1 I thank you, I do not\\nlike tea. Do you like coffee 1 I do like it, but I have just drunk\\nsome. Do you not get tired here 1 How could I get tired in this\\nagreeable society As to me I always want amusement. If you\\ndid as I do, you would not want amusement for I listen to all those\\nwho tell me anything. In this manner I learn (ctfaftren*) a thou-\\nsand agreeable things, and I have no time to get tired but you do\\nnothing of that kind, that is the reason why you want amusement.\\nI would do every thing like (nric) you, if I had no reason to be\\nsad. I have heard just now that one of my best friends has shot\\nhimself with a pistol, and that one of my wife s best friends has\\ndrowned herself. Where has she drowned herself 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 She has\\ndrowned herself in the river which is behind her house. Yester-\\nday at four o clock in the morning she rose without saying a word", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "318\\nto anj one, leaped out of the window which looks into the garden,\\nand threw (ftuqen) herself into the river where she was drowned.\\nLet us always seek the friendship (btc grcunbfcfyaft) of the good and\\navoid (fltcfyen*) the society of the wicked for bad society corrupts\\n(tterberben) good manners (btc bitten, fern. plur.). What sort of\\nweather is it to-day 1 It snows continually (nedf) immcr), as it\\nsnowed yesterday, and according to all appearances (ctllcm 2(nfd)Ct*\\nnc nad)) will also snow to-morrow. Let it snow, I should like it to\\nenow still more, and to freeze also, for I am always very well when\\nt is very cold. And I am always very well when it is neither\\ncold nor warm. It is too windy (c\\\\ar $u nrinbtg) to-day, and we\\nshould do better if we staid at home. Whatever weathei it may be,\\nI must go out, for I promised to be with my sister at a qua-ter past\\neleven, and I must keep my word. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY-SIXTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 0*d)0 ttttb tteun?igsi\u00c2\u00a3\\nSection.\\nNotwithstanding, in spite of.\\nNotwithstanding that.\\nIn spite of him (her, them).\\nNotwithstanding his promise.\\nC Ungcadjtct (governs the gen.).\\n(_ \u00c2\u00a3Btt)et (governs the accus.).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)cffen ungeacfytet.\\nSBtbet fetnen (tftrcn) SSttten.\\n\u00c2\u00a9etnes SSerfprcd)eng ungcacfytct.\\nEven. (gogar.\\nHe has not even money enough (St ()at fogar md)t (Mb genug, um\\nto buy some bread. 23tot $u faufcm\\n(SS bergeftatt madjen, t)ap.\\n(S$ fo etnrtdbtcn, bap.\\n(S$ fo macfyen, bap.\\n$flad)cn Stc c$ fo, t a$ (Sic all?\\n\u00c2\u00a9amftog T ato nut S rct 2Crbcil\\nfcrttg roetben\\n5Kicbtcn Stc cS fo etn, t a$ Ste jebett\\n(Samftag 2(6cnb nut 3f rev Titbcxt\\nfcrttg rvcrben\\nSHidjten (Ste e$ fo cm (obct macrjen\\n@ie c$ fo), t a$ (Sic attc \u00c2\u00a9amjtag\\n2(benb nut Sbrcc 2Crbctt fcrttg\\nftnb (obcr tfyrc 2Crbctt ferttg tya*\\nUtQ\\nTo manage.\\nDo you manage to finish your\\nwork every Saturday night\\nDo you manage to have your\\nwork done every Saturday\\nnight\\nTry to dc that to oblige me.\\nI manage to go thither.\\n25cftrct cn (Sic fid), btefcS ya tfyun,\\nurn mid) $u ttcrtnnbcn.\\n3d) ttd)tc c$ fo cttt, id) rjingcFjcn\\nfann.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "319\\nTo have done. -^crttg fein*.\\nWill yoi soon have done work- \u00c2\u00a9inb \u00c2\u00a9te 6alb nut S^rer 2Ctbetl\\ning? f crtig\\nI shall soon have done. 3d) rccrbe batb tomtt fcrtig feitl.\\nTo keep warm. (Sic!) warm fatten*.\\nTo go always neat. \u00c2\u00a9id) tmmcr reinltd) fatten*.\\nTo be (to keep) on one s guard, \u00c2\u00a9id) bitten, fid) wrfeben*.\\nTo take care (be careful). (Sid) in 2(d)t ne()men*.\\nTo keep on one s guard against \u00c2\u00a9id) Mr Semanbem in 2Cc^t nebmen*\\nsome one. (or bitten).\\nTake care that you do not faJ. Sfofjmen \u00c2\u00a9te ftd) in 2(d)t (bfiten \u00c2\u00a9te\\nfid)), bap \u00c2\u00a9te nid)t fallen.\\nTo beware of somebody or some- \u00c2\u00a9id) t ot Semanbem cber t ot etroaS\\nthing. fatten (or in 2Cd)t nefaien*).\\nKeep on your guard against that \u00c2\u00a3ittcn \u00c2\u00a9ie ftd) ttor biefem 9Eanne.\\nman.\\nff you do not take care of that \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3cnn \u00c2\u00a9te ftd) t?ot btefem g)fetbe\\nhorse it will kick you. ntdjt in 2Cd)t nebmen, fo nritb e$\\n\u00c2\u00a9te fd)lagen.\\nTake care. \u00c2\u00a9cfan \u00c2\u00a9ie ftd) \u00c2\u00bbor.\\n1 fear he will come. 3d) fittd)tc, tag er fomme.\\nI do not doubt but he will come. 3d) groctfle ntd)t, baj} er femmt.\\nThe bad weather hinders us from \u00c2\u00a3)a$ fd)(cd)te \u00c2\u00a3Bettct scrbinbett, top\\ntaking a walk. tx ir fpa^icren gefan.\\nI shall prevent you from going 3d) roerbe fcfan ttcrrjinbetn, tap \u00c2\u00a9ie\\nout. au^geben.\\nshall not set out till every 3d) nxtbe ntd)t ttbtetfen, bi\u00c2\u00a3 alleS\\nthing is ready. fcrtig ift.\\nThe enemy is stronger than you 2)et geinb ijr (tatfet, alg\u00c2\u00a9iegeglaubt\\nthought. faben.\\nt shall certainly come, unless I 3d) recrbe gcarip fommen, e$ fet\\nam taken ill. benn, ba$ id) franf roiirbe.\\nTo be taken ill (to fall sick). ^rartE roerben*.\\nVery little more, and I would do fefjlt roenig, t a$ id) e$ tfae.\\nit.\\nIt is in your power to obtain me f (56 ftcl)t nur bei 3facn, l a$ id)\\nthat situation. biefe \u00c2\u00a9telle befomme.\\nHe is quite different from what (gt ift gan$ anbetS, al\u00c2\u00a3 et t ot $n et\\nhe was two years ago. Safcren roar.\\nYou do not act any more as you \u00c2\u00a9te banbetn rticbt mcfa fo, rote (or\\nhave done. \u00c2\u00a9te banbetn anberS, ak) \u00c2\u00a9ie ges\\nfanbell faben.\\nBefore you undertake anything (Sfa \u00c2\u00a9te ctroaS untewebmen, fagen\\ntell me of it. \u00c2\u00a9te es mtr.\\nDid any body know how to tell \u00c2\u00a3at 3emanb auf eine naturtidjere\\na story in a more natural (more (ungcfunjteltere) 2(rt $u cqarjletl\\nartless) manner than Lafon- geroupt, al$ Safcntaine\\ntaine 1", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "320\\nA thought,\\nan idea,\\na sally,\\nTo be struck with a thought.\\nA. thought strikes me.\\nThat never crossed my mind.\\nTo take it into one s head.\\nHe took it into his head lately\\nrob me.\\nWhat is in your head\\nIn order that, in order to.\\ncin dk bante (masc.)\\ncine 3bee\\n.cin \u00c2\u00a9in fall (masc).\\n(\u00c2\u00a3incn \u00c2\u00a9infoll baben* (einfatten*)\\nC (5*$ fa ttt mir ctt\u00c2\u00bba$ cin.\\ni 3ef) babe cin en (Stnfall.\\nc emxiS ift mir nte ctngcfallcn.\\nf @td) etnfallen lajfcn*.\\nto f \u00c2\u00aet ttcp fid) ncuttcb etnfallen, mi\\ngu befieblcn.\\nt 2Ba$ f ilt 3bnen cm.\\n2fuf bap or bamit.\\nHe works in order to be one day (St atbettet, bamit cr fetnem SSater-.\\nuseful to his country. (ante cinft (ctncS age$) nu|Ud,\\nnxrbe.\\nDie native country, the father- fca$ 23aterlanb.\\nland,\\neincg SagcS, einfh\\n\u00c2\u00a9ebtirtig fcin*.\\n2Bo ftnt) \u00c2\u00a9e gebiittia,\\n3d) bin in biefem Canbe a,cbtittt$\\n2Bo tft 3bre Scbmefter gebtittta,\\n\u00c2\u00a9te tft in ben SBeretnigten Staa*\\nten t on Sftorbamettfa gebftrttg.\\n2Bo flirt) Sbre \u00c2\u00a9ruber gebuttta,\\n@te ftnb in gtanfretd) geburtia,.\\nOne day, once,\\nTo be born.\\nWhere were you born 1\\nI was I orn in this country.\\nWhere was your sister bor a 1\\nShe was, born in the United States\\nof North America.\\nWhere were your brothe s born 1\\nThey were born in France.\\nAround, round.\\nAll around, round at* out.\\nThe dish went around the whole\\ncompany till b name back to\\nthe landlord.\\nWe sailed around England.\\nThey went about the town to look\\nat the curiosities.\\nTo go around the house.\\nTo go about the house.\\nTo express one s self. Stcb au\u00c2\u00a3brMcn.\\nTo make one s self understood. (Sid) ttcrftanblict) macben\\nTo have the habit. \u00c2\u00a3)ic \u00c2\u00a9eroofynfjett baben*.\\nTo accustom. (Sjeroofynen.\\nTo accustom one s self to some- @id) an ctn?a\u00c2\u00a3 (accus.) gemobnen,\\nthing.\\nChildren must be accustomed Winter mfiffen bet 3ctten an tie ttz\u00c2\u00bb\\neurly to labour. bctt gewb bnt werben.\\nReturn (umber).\\n9?unb betum (runb umber).\\niDk (Scbitffel gtng bet bet gan^cn\\nSifcbgefcllfcbaft betum, hU fie rote*\\nt)Ct $um SBirtbc $urucf tain.\\nSBtr fegeftcn urn (Sngfanb berum.\\n(Sic ajngen in ber (Stabt umber, ura\\nibrc tnncren S^crfmurbi^etten tt\\nbetracbtcn.\\nUm t)a$ $a\\\\i$ r)crum geben*.\\n3n bem Jpaufe umbcrgeben*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "321\\nr 5;ine (accus.) @adf)e geroer)nt fetn*\\nTo be accustomed to a thing. (Stnct (gen.) qeroofynt fcin*\\nC2Cn cine (Sac^e cjcroofynt fctn*\\nI am accustomed to it. Set) tun e\u00c2\u00a3 Qcroefynt.\\nI cannot express myself in Ger- Set) fann mid) tm \u00c2\u00a3)cutfd)en nid)t mt\\nman, for I am not in the habit cmSfctutfen, twit id) md)t $u fprcs\\nof speaking it. d)cn Qcroefynt bin (efcer rcetl id)\\ntm @prcd)cn nicfyt gciibt bin).\\nYou speak properly. f (Sic refcen, rcie ficfy S qefyott.\\nTo chatter. Sptoufcew.\\nTo prate. \u00c2\u00aed)tt a\u00c2\u00a7en.\\nA prating man, cm paubercr, \u00c2\u00a9$ro4$tf\\nA prating woman, cine (Sdjrcagettnn.\\nTo practise. Hebem\\nI practise speaking. f 3d) uOe mid) tm @pred)cn.\\nTo associate (to converse) with sjfltt 3emanfcem urocjefjen^\\nsome one.\\nI associate (converse) with him. 3d) Qcfyc mit tfym urn.\\nexercises. 224*\\nHave you been learning German long No, Sir, I have only\\nbeen learning it these six months. Is it possible you speak\\ntolerably (^iemtid)) well for so short a time. You jest (fd)cr$en) I\\ndo not know much (of it) yet. Indeed, you speak it well already\\nI think you flatter me a little. Not at all you speak it properly.\\nIn order to speak it properly one must know more (of it) than I\\nknow. You know enough (of it) to make yourself understood. I\\nstill make many mistakes. That is (tfyut) nothing; yon must not\\nbe bashful besides (liberties) you have made no mistakes in all\\nyou have said just now. I am still timid because I am afraid of\\nbeing laughed at (man mocbtc fid) uOcr mid) tuftig mad)cn). They\\nwould be very unpolite to laugh at you. Who would be (benn) sa\\nunpolite as to laugh at you 1 Do you not know the proverb\\nWhat proverb He who (Lesson XXIX.) wishes to Speak well,\\nmust begin by speaking badly. Do you understand all I am telling\\nyou 1 I do understand and comprehend (bc^retfen*) it very well\\nout I cannot yet express myself well in German, because I am not\\nin the habit of speaking it. That will come in (mit fcer) time. I\\nwish it (may) with all my heart.\\nGood morning, Miss. Ah ((Si) here you are at last. I have\\nbeen waiting for you with impatience. You will pardon me, my\\ndear, I could not come sooner (ef)er). Sit down, if you please.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nHow is your mother She ib oetter to-day than she was yesterday.\\nI am glad of it. Were you at *,ne ball yesterday 1 I was there.\\nWere you much amused (fide; temfftaen) 1 Only so so. At what\\no clock did you return home 1 Af quarter past eleven.\\n14*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "322\\n225.\\nDo you sometimes see my brother I do see him sometimes;\\nWhen I met him the other day (ra uttd)), he complained of you. ll\\nhe had behaved better, and had been more economical (fpavfam),\\nsaid he, he would have had no debts ((Scbulben, plur.) and I\\nwould not have been angry with him. I begged of (bitten*) him\\nto have compassion on you, telling him, that you had not even\\nmoney enough to buy bread. Tell him, when you see him, re-\\nplied he to me, that notwithstanding his bad behaviour towards\\nme, I pardon him. Tell him also, continued he, that one should\\nnot laugh (fpetten) at those to whom (Lessons XIV. and LX.) one\\nis under obligations. Have the goodness to do this, and I shall be\\nmuch obliged to you, added he in going away.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Why do you\\nassociate with that man] I would not associate with him, if he\\nhad not rendered me great services.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Do not trust him, for if you\\nare not on your guard, he will cheat you. Take care of that horse,\\notherwise it wilf kick you. Why do you work so much I work\\nin order to be one day useful to my country. (See end of Lesson\\nXXXIV.)\\nNINETY-SEVENTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Subett ttttb ttemt^igsU\\nSection.\\nHe is too fond of me to do such f (5r ttebt mid) $u fcbt, at a P cr\\na thing. t te[e6 t()un [elite.\\nI will rather die than do that. f 3d) will (teOer fterben, aU fc aj} id)\\nfctefes tfjun follte or at* t tefe$ tljun.\\nShe loved him so much, that she \u00c2\u00a9tc liebte ttm fo fcf)r, Dog fte ifm fc-\\neven wished to marry him. gar t)etratf)en roclltc.\\nHe cannot have said that unless f fcmn t tefe$ ntd)t cjefagt baben,\\nhe is a fool. c* fci term, tag er em 9larr tji.\\nTo get married (to enter into f (Sid) \u00c2\u00bberr;etratt)en.\\nmatrimony). Sid) Deref)Ud)en or t?ermaf)lcn.\\nTo marry somebody. Scmanben f etratf cn.\\nTo marry (meaning to give in 23crl)ctratf)cn (t cref)(td)en).\\nmarriage).\\nMy cousin, having given his 9?ad)t cm mem better feinc Sd)roc*\\nsister in marriage, married fter \u00c2\u00bbed)etratf)Ct atte (Page 280),\\nLady Pommern. fyctratfeete er gr utctn i on g)onv\\nmem.\\nIs your cousin married 1 3ft 36* better Mrfjetrat^et\\nNo, he is still a bachelor. t S\u00c2\u00abein et ift nod) tc%\\nTo be a bachelor. f fceWfl f\u00c2\u00bbn*.\\nEmbarrassed, puzzled, at a loss. 93 e r e g e It.\\nThe embarrassment, the puzzle, fcie SSertcgenfjett.\\nYou embarrass (puzzle) me. (Sic fcgen mid) in aSerfcgenJjeit.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "323\\nu puzzle (perplex) me. Sie macfyen mid) ttcttccjett.\\nThe marriage, Uc fativatf), t te (Sl)c.\\nII demands my sister in mar- (\u00c2\u00a3t t ct(ana,t metne (Sd)J#eftet gut\\nriage. (Sfye.\\nTo take measures. 9}tajh:e$e(rt nefymen* (or ergretfcn*).\\nshall take other measures. 3d) roetfce anbete 9#ajh:ea,e(n crgrei*\\nfen (or nefymen).\\nGoodness how rapidly does 9)Mn G5ott rote Dcrjtrcic^t tie Beit\\ntime pass in your society. in Sbrcr \u00c2\u00a9efettfefyaft.\\nThe compliment, t a$ (Sompttment (plur. e a\\nYou are making me a compli- (\u00c2\u00a3ie macron mit fca ein (Sompttment,\\nment to which I do not know roorauf id) nid)t\u00c2\u00a3 $u antrootten\\nwhat to answer. rc eif\\\\\\nThe least blow makes him cry \u00c2\u00a3)et fteinfte \u00c2\u00aed)la\u00c2\u00a7 mad)t tljn Wt\\\\*\\n(weep). ncn (bttngt tfyn $um SScinen).\\nTo frighten. @tfd)tecfen (a regular active\\nverb)*\\nTo be frightened \u00c2\u00a9rfcftrccfcn* (a neuter irregular\\nl o De mgntened. verb) crfd)rc n/ er fd raf\\nThou art frightened, he is fright- \u00c2\u00a3)u crfd)ricffr, et etfd)ticft.\\nened.\\nBe not frightened. (5rfd)tecfen (Ste nid)t.\\nThe least thing frightens him \u00c2\u00a3)a$ \u00c2\u00a9erinajte erfc^rccft ifjn (fie)*\\n(her, them).\\nAt what are you frightened 1 \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3orufcct etfdjrecfen @ie (See\\nObs. C. Lesson LII.)\\nTo be frightened at something. UeOct ctvoa$ (accus.) erfefyrecfen*.\\nTo depend on, upon. {^nf emmen*-a uf.\\nThat depends upon circumstan- \u00c2\u00a3)a$ f)ana,t son ben Umftanfcen a\\nces\\nThat does not depend upon me. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ fydttgt ntd)t on nut aO.\\nIt depends upon him to do that. (5$ fjangt ocn tfjm a6, fc)tefe$ gu tf)UtU\\nO yes, it depends upon him. [a, t a$ bangt oon ifjm a\\n(fommt auf iljn an).\\nThat man lives at every body s \u00c2\u00a9tcfet 9#ann tebt auf ScfcetmamtS\\nexpense. Unf often.\\nThe expense (cost), tie Unfoften (is never used in the\\nsingular).\\nAt other people s expense (or 2Cuf 2\u00c2\u00a3nbetet Un!often,\\ncharge).\\na Neuter nouns derived from foreign languages and terminating in ertt take\\ne in the plural, except the two words bag $aiiamettt, the parliament ba3\\nRegiment, the regiment, which like all other neuter nouns, take er in all the\\ncas plural.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "324\\nThe fault,\\nIt is not my fault.\\nDo not lay it to my charge.\\nDo not accuse me of it.\\nWho can help it 1\\nW /lose fault is it 1\\nI cannot help it.\\nThe delay,\\nHe does it without delay.\\nI must go (must be off).\\nGo away be gone\\ntrie Sd)u(b.\\ni t 3* bin nid)t \u00c2\u00a9djwlb totem.\\nt S$ ift nid)t meinc 5d)ulb.\\ni f (Skben \u00c2\u00a9te nut tie @d)ulb nicl t\\n2\u00c2\u00a3cr Conn boftir\\n5 t SB\u00c2\u00ab ift @*utb boron\\nSBcffcn 3d)ulb tft e*\\n3d) Conn md)t$ bofur.\\n3d) Conn eg nid)t anbern.\\nber tfuffdnib.\\n\u00c2\u00a3r tr)ut e$ obne 2Cuffd)tib.\\n3d) will mod)en, bop td)\\nfomme*\\nt 9Bod ctt 5ie, bof @te fertf ommett\\nTo 5e astonished (surprised). (S t ft a u n e n, e r ft o u n t fetn*\\nI am surprised at it.\\nAn extraordinary thing happened\\nwhich surprised every body.\\nMany things have passed which\\nwill surprise you.\\nMany days will pass before that\\ntakes place.\\nTo jest.\\nThe jest,\\nYou are jesting.\\nHe is no joker (cannot take a\\njoke).\\nTo beg some one s pardon.\\nI beg your pardon.\\nTo pardon.\\nThe watch goes too fast.\\nThe watch goes too slow (re-\\ntards).\\nMy watch has stopped.\\nTo stop.\\nWhere did we leave off\\n3d) erftoune boruber,\\n3d) bin boraber erftount.\\n(5$ ereigncte fid) etroog 2(uperorbente\\nttd)es, rccrtiber Sebermonn er*\\nftounte (erftount rsor).\\n(S g ift 98te(e$ aefefyefyen, rooriibcr Ste\\nerftouncn roerben.\\n@g bat fid) SSieleg eretgnet, rcorube*\\n\u00c2\u00a9te erftouncn rocrben.\\nSERebrere gage nxrben (jmgerjen, efys\\nbiefeg gcfd tef t.\\n(\u00c2\u00a75 rocrben nie^rere Sage btngefjefl,\\ncbe biefcg gefdjie tr\\nd) c r c n.\\nber (5d)er$.\\nSie fcr)cr$en.\\n(Sr (apt nid)t mit ftdj fdr)crgcn.\\n3enionbcn urn SSeqeibuna, bitten*\\n3d) bitte (Sie urn SSer^eibung*\\nSScrjctf)cn* (tterjtc en, wqieb).\\n3)te Uf)t gef)t t?cr (or $u frub).\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ie Ufrr $cr)t nod) (or $u fpd t\\nOTeirte Ufyr ift fteben gebUeben.\\n(Steven b I e t b c n\\nt o finb mir ftefyen geblieben?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "325\\ninhere did we stop 1\\niVe left off at the fortieth Les-\\nson, page 100.\\nTo wind up a watch.\\nTo regulate a watch.\\nV our watch is twenty minutes\\ntoo fast, and mine a quarter\\nof an hour too slow.\\n[t will soon strike twelve.\\nHas it already struck twelve 1\\nTo strike (beat).\\nThou strikest, he strikes.\\nt 2Bo finb mtt geblteben\\n2\u00c2\u00a3it finb ftet bet wet$tgfien Section,\\n(Seite 100 ftetjen geWckn.\\n(Sine Ufjr cmftieljcn*.\\n(Sine Uftr ftdlcn.\\nSfyte U t ge()t gwanjtg SDrtnuten su\\nfrul) (sot), unb bie metntge ehu\\n23tette(fhmbe $u fpat (nad)).\\nroitb cjteid) gwolf fd)(agen.\\n\u00c2\u00a3at c\u00c2\u00a3 fd)on gro f gefctyagen\\n(Sscfyfogen* (Imperf. fd)lug)\u00c2\u00ab\\n\u00c2\u00a9u fd)tag|i, et fctyagt.\\nTill I see you again.\\nI hope to see you again soon, jt M *W* 8B\u00c2\u00abbcrf\u00c2\u00ab6en\\nTo faili to want, to ail* c 5 t e n\\nWhat ails you\\nWhat is the matter with you 1 3\\nYou look so melancholy.\\n2Ba$ fe ft Sfjncn\\n(Sie fefjcn fo fc^wermutfjtg au\\nOn condition, or provided. 5\\nI will lend you money, provided\\nyou will henceforth be more\\neconomical than yon have hi*\\ntherto been.\\nHenceforth.\\nEconomical.\\nTo renounce gambling.\\nThe game (sport, play),\\nTo follow advice (counsel). j\\nUntet bet 33ebingung, t o%\\nSOttt bem SSebtnge, ba$.\\n3* wttt Sbnen \u00c2\u00a9clb lei^en, untet\\nbet SBebtngung, bap Ste in 3us\\nfunft fpatfamet feien, aU Sie f\\nf)et gemefen finb.\\n3n 3u!unft.\\n\u00c2\u00a9parfam or fyau6f)a(tettfcl)\u00c2\u00ab\\n\u00c2\u00a9cm \u00c2\u00a9ptete entfagcn*\\nba\u00c2\u00a3 Spte(.\\n(Stncm SRatfjc fetgem\\n(Stnen $atf) fcefelgen.\\nEXERCISES. 226.\\nWhat o clock is it? It is half past one. You say it is half past\\none, and by (cmf with the dat.) my watch it is but half past twelve*\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094It w 1 soon strike two. Pardon me, it has not yet struck one.\\nI assure you, it is five und twenty minutes past one, for my watch\\ngoes very well. Bless me how rapidly time passes in your so*\\nciety. You make me a compliment to which I do not know what to\\nanswer. Have you bought your watch in Paris I have not\\nnought it, my uncle has made me a present of it (bamtt). What\\nnas that woman entrusted you with She has entrusted me with\\nb This is the way in which Germans who are intimately acquainted\\ngenerally express themselves when separating. It answers the French au\\nplaisir de vous revoir, or simply au revoir.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "326\\na secret of a (t\u00c2\u00bbon cittern) great count who is in a great embarrass*\\nment about the marriage of one of his daughters. Does any one\\nask her in marriage The man who demands her in marriage is a\\nnobleman of the neighbourhood (qu6 fcet 9fiod)bar| d)aft). Is he rich?\\nNo, he is a poor devil who has not a farthing (fcer \u00c2\u00a3ellct). You say\\nyou have no friends among your scho, lfellows (t ct $flttfd)u(ct) but\\nis it not your fault? You have spoken ill of them (sen tfynen), and\\nthey have not offended you. They have done you good and never-\\ntheless you have quarelled with them (page 278). Believe me, he\\nwho has no friends deserves (t ert tenen) to have none.\\n227.\\nDialogue (\u00c2\u00a3)ci$ dkfprcid)) between a tailor and .lis journeyman\\n(bcr \u00c2\u00a9cfett, gen. en). Charles, have you taken the clothes to the\\nCount Narissi Yes, Sir, I have taken them to him. What did\\nhe say He said nothing but that (au\u00c2\u00a3et tap) he had a great mind\\nto give me a box on the ear (tie Dfyrfetge), because I had not\\nbrought them sooner. What did you answer him Sir, said I,\\nI do not understand that joke pay me what you owe me and it\\nyou do not do so instantly, I shall take other measures. Scarcely\\n($aum) had I said that, when he put his hand to his sword (na$\\nt em ^Dea/n cjtetfen*), and I ran away (fcte glucfyt nefjmen*).\\n228.\\nAt what are you astonished 1 I am astonished to find you still\\nin bed. If you knew how (rote) sick I am you would not be as-\\ntonished at it. Has it already struck twelve 1 Yes, madam, it is\\nalready half past twelve. Is it possible that it is so late 1 That is\\nnot late, it is still early. Does your watch go well (red)t) 1 No,\\nmiss, it goes a quarter of an hour too fast. And mine goes half an\\nhour too slow. Perhaps it has stopped. In fact, you are right. Is\\nit wound up 1 It is wound up, and yet (bennocf)) it does not go.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDo you hear, it is striking one o clock. Then I will regulate my\\nwatch and go home. Pray (3d) bttre) stay a little longer (nod) etn\\nroentcQ I cannot, for we dine precisely at one o clock (nut tern\\n^d)ta$c cin\u00c2\u00a3)\u00c2\u00ab (Adieu), till I see you again.\\n229.\\nWhat is the matter with you, my dear friend 1 why do you look\\nso melancholy 1 Nothing ails me. Are you in any trouble (#aben\\n@tc trgenb etnen Jtunurtet) 1 I have nothing, and even less than\\nnothing, for I have not a farthing and owe a great deal to my cre-\\nditors. Am I not very unhappy When a man is well and has\\nfriends he is not unhappy. Dare I ask you a favour 1 What do\\nyou wish Have the goodness to lend me fifty crowns. I will\\nlend you them with all my heart, but on condition that you will re-\\nnounce gambling and be more economical than you have hitherto\\nbeen. I see now, that you are rny friend, and I love you too much", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "327\\nnot to follow your advice. John What is your pleasure, sir*\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nBring me some wine. Presently, sir. Henry Madam 1 Make\\nthe fire. The maid-servant has made it already. Bring me some\\npaper, pens and ink. Bring me also some sand (ber Strcufcmt or\\nblotting-paper (ba$ Sofltpaptct), sealing-wax (bet (Siegellacf) and a\\nlight (\u00c2\u00a3td)t). Go and tell my sister not to wait for me, and be back\\nagain at twelve o clock in order to carry my letters to (auf) the post\\noffice. Very well, madam. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY-EIGHTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 QUljt tmb lWtStt?lg0fc\\nAction.\\nOut of, except. U u p c t (governs the dative),*\\nOat of, or without doors. 2Cu\u00c2\u00a3ct fcem \u00c2\u00a3aufe.\\nHe works out of doors. (Sr arbeitct cunjet t em \u00c2\u00a3aufe.\\nThey were all present, except Ste ivaxcn atte fca, auper ten fccibett\\nthe two brothers. SBrubern.\\nExcept you and I, nobody was 2Cuf ct Sfyncn unt) mit fefytte 9tte*\\nabsent. ntanb.\\nBesides that, otherwise. 2(u6er cm (ubetbieS).\\nExcepting this, he is an honest 2(u\u00c2\u00a3etbem tft cr em efjtftdjcr 9)iann.\\nman.\\nIt can be done. f jpbt 20?ittet, b e\u00c2\u00a3 311 tfyun.\\nThere is no means of finding f (\u00c2\u00a36 tft md)t mb gUd) (ober e\u00c2\u00a3 cjt t\\nmoney now. h m Sfttttel)/ fid) in btefem tfugen*\\nbltcfe (Mb $u aerfefyaflm\\nAlong, a n a, 5 (governs the dative aa\\nwell as the genitive) c\\nAll the year round. t a 9\u00c2\u00b0K# 3\u00c2\u00ab!)r fjmburd).\\nTo enable to. 3n ben Stanb fcf en $u.\\nTo be able to. 3m (Stcmbe fetn* $u.\\nTo sing. (StttQcn* (Part, past, cjefungen.\\nImp erf. fang).\\na 5lu^er employed as a conjunction may be followed by any case, according\\nto the verb by which the case is governed. Ex. 3d) fyabt s JHemanbcn au\u00c2\u00a3et\\ni\\\\}\\\\i gefefyen, I have seen no one except him eS tt\u00c2\u00bbar Sfttemanb ba, aujjer er,\\nnobody was there except he.\\nb 3\\\\t\u00c2\u00a3 -SJiittet, the means, is here in the plural.\\nc The jfcispoEition langS must not be mistaken for the adverb laitofi, super-\\n.ative of lartge, a long while. Ex. \u00c2\u00a3ang\u00c2\u00a7 ben Ufern be8 -Seeing bin icf) fajon\\nlangfi $eretfet, it is a long time since I travelled along the bo tiers of die\\nRhine.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "323\\nTo the right, on the right side 9Scd)t$, red)tet $a\\\\ib.\\n(or hand).\\nTo the left, on the left side (or mH, (infer \u00c2\u00a3cmfc\\nhand).\\nCould you not tell me which is jtcnnten ,@te mir ntcbt fagcn, rocfofoe*\\nthe nearest way to the city ter ffir$efte 2Beg tft, um an$ Sljot\\ngate $u t ommen\\nGo to the foot of this street, and \u00c2\u00aeef)en @te tie gcmje Strc$e f)inau|\\nwhen you are there, turn to the (fjincib) unt) roenn Sic ctu n\\nright, and you will find a cross- (untcn) fint, roentcn @ic fid)\\nway, which you must take. WnU ta vurten Sic einen\\njtreugroeg pnbcn, ubcr ben (Sic\\ngefycn.\\nAnd then 1 Unt fycrnad)\\nYou will then enter a broad street, Pernod) fommen (Sic in cine \u00c2\u00a7icms\\nwhich will bring you to a great ltd) ftrcite (Strcipc, tie \u00c2\u00a9te auj\\nsquare, where you will see a einen grojkn $)(ci\u00c2\u00a7 ftffyrt, roo \u00c2\u00a9ie\\nblind alley. cine \u00c2\u00a9aefgaffe fefyen rocrten.\\nYou must leave the blind alley \u00c2\u00a9ie laflen tie (Sctcfgafje (infer \u00c2\u00a3ant,\\non your left, and pass under unt gefyen turd) tie \u00c2\u00a9cfynnbbcgcn,\\nthe arcade that is near it. tie tancben ftnt.\\nThen you must ask again. f 2C(5bann frctgen B u tt etter.\\nThe arcade, ter (Scfyrcibbogen\\nthe cross-way, ter Jtreusroeg\\nthe shore (bank), ta\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9eftate\\nthe blind alley, tic @acf gaffe.\\nThrough. aD u r d) (governs the accusative),\\nDo not cross (on horseback) the 9?ctte md)t turd) ten 5Mt\\nforest.\\nHe made his way through the f (5r bafynte ftd) einen \u00c2\u00a3Bcg turd)\\nenemy. tie $ctnte.\\nBy this means the patient was \u00c2\u00a3)urd) tiefcS 93?itte( wart ter Jtranfc\\ncured. gefunt.\\nHe speaks through the nose. (5r retet turd) tie Sftofe.\\nWithout, fj n c, fontcr (govern the\\nace us.).\\nDo not go out without me. \u00c2\u00a9efyen u ofjne mtd) nid)t au$\\nWithout the least doubt. \u00c2\u00a9onter d aden 3rc etfe(.\\nTo last (to wear well). \u00c2\u00a3a(ten tauerm\\nThat cloth will wear well. \u00c2\u00a3)iefc$ ucf) roirt gut Fjaftcm\\nHow long has that coat lasted \u00c2\u00a3Bic (ange l)at Sfynen ttcfeS $(et\\nyou? gefyalten\\nTo my liking. 9la metnem Sedebcn (\u00c2\u00aecfaltcn\\n\u00c2\u00a9onbev instead of of)tte is only used in poetry.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "329\\nTo every body s liking. 9la$ SebetmcmnS S5eUe6cn (2Bc U\\ngefallen).\\nNobody can do any thing to his Sfltemanfc fann iffm etroaS tecfyt ma*\\nliking. d)cn.\\nThe question is, it turns upon.\\nIt does not turn upon your\\npleasure, but upon your pro-\\ngress.\\nYou play, sir, but playing is not\\nthe thing, but studying.\\nWhat is going on\\nThe question is to kn w what\\nwe shall do to pass the time\\nagreeably.\\nI propose (intend) joining a hunt-\\ning party.\\nOn purpose.\\nI beg your pardon, I have not\\ndone it on purpose.\\nA game at chess,\\nA game at billiards,\\nTo play upon the violin.\\nTo play the violin.\\nTo play for something.\\nTo play upon the harpsichord.\\nTo play upon the flute.\\nTo play at cards.\\nThe game of chess,\\nthe card,\\nthe playing at cards (toe card-\\nplaying),\\nthe pack of cards,\\n(5$ fjanbdt fid) urn.\\nt S fcmmt batauf an $u.\\nfyanbett fid) md)t urn Sfyr 93 ct*\\ncmiigcn, fcnbern urn Sfyre ^crts\\nfcfyrttte.\\n@ic fpklen, metn \u00c2\u00a3ctr; after (Sic\\nfeflcn nid)t fptelen, fenbern ftubi--\\nrem\\nUrn roa\u00c2\u00bb (roorum) fyanbett ficfy S\\n2Borauf fommt c$ an\\nfcmmt batauf an gu rotfien, roaS\\nrott tfyim roerben (conversational\\nstyle: Sit mujfen roiffen, roa$\\nnut tfjun follen), urn unfete 3ett\\nangcnefjm f)in$ubttna,en ebct \u00c2\u00a7u$us\\nfcringcru\\n3d) nctjme mtr t?cr, enter Sflgbparttc\\nbei^uroofyncn.\\nmt gtetg, \u00c2\u00bborfa\u00c2\u00a3ttcf).\\n3d) bitte (Ste urn QSer^ctfmna,, id)\\nrjabe es ntdr)t t orfagtict (nut \u00c2\u00a7tctp)\\ngetfjan.\\neine ^artie \u00c2\u00a9cftad).\\ncine 9 a*ttc S3iflarb.\\n2fuf ber Uoltne fptelen.\\n2)te S3teltne eber Violin fptelen.\\nUrn etnxiS fpietcn.\\n2Cuf bem JUamcr (bat \u00c2\u00a3{amet) fpte*\\nten.\\n2Cuf bcr Jflcte (Die pie) fctofen*\\njtatten fpieten.\\nba$ Sd)ad)fptc(\\nbte jtatte\\nt)a$ ^attenfptel\\nba$ (Spiel partem\\n05s The name of the instrument is put in the ac-\\ncusative when we wish to express, with the verb fpte*\\nkit, that a person knows how to play but when we\\nwish to express that he is actually playing, it require?\\nthe preposition auf with the dative. Ex. bte Siottttf\\nfpieteu, to play the violin auf ber 33tcfme fpiefert, to play", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "330\\nupon the violin. The names of games are employed\\nwithout an article, and the rest is as in English.\\nTo blow. 93 1 a f c n (gcblafen, Uc$).\\nThou blowest, he blows. \u00c2\u00a3u btafcft, ct MfU\\nTo hold one s tongue. C r\\nTo stop speaking, to be silent. j\u00c2\u00ae*\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00ab fl cn* (flefowuflen, ftnueg).\\nDo you hold your tongue Sd)n?ctgcn (Sic\\nI do hold my tongue. 3d) fcfyroctgc.\\nAfter speaking half an hour, he 9?ad)t em ct etnc ^atOe (Stunfcc gcre*\\nheld his tongue. bet Ijatte, fc^tvtcg cr.\\nTo suspect. 23crmutr)cn.\\nsuspect what he has done. 3d) tjcrmutfje, xoa$ cc gctfycm fjat.\\nHe does not suspect what is (St scrmutfyct md)t, roaS tfym nribct*\\ngoing to happen to him. fafyrcn nnrfc).\\nDo you intend to make a long \u00c2\u00aecfccnfcn (Sic ftd) (an$c in t)cc (Stabt\\nstay in town cwftufjaltcn\\nI do not intend to make a long 3d) cjefccnfc mid) md)t langc fca auf\\nstay there. $u ()a(tcn.\\nTo make a stay. (Sid) ctuffyattcn*.\\nThe stay, the sojourn, bet: 2Cufcntr)att*\\nTo think. \u00c2\u00a3)ent:cn* (gcbacfyt, foad te).\\nTo think of some one or of some- ZCn 3?ntant crt obcr an cttuag bens\\nthing. fen*.\\nOf whom do you think 2Cn roen fcenftm (Sic\\nOf what do you think 28otan fcenEcn (Stc? (See Rule,\\nLesson LXIV.)\\nEXERCISES. 230.\\nSir, may 1 ask you where the Earl of B. lives He lives near\\nthe castle (Lesson LXVIII.) on the other side (jenfett) of the river.\\nCould you tell me which road I must take to go thither? You\\nmust go along the shore ((d ngS tern (55eftat)c r)tn), and you will come\\nto a little street on the right, which will lead you straight (gerctbe)\\nto his house (auf bag auS $u). It is a fine house, you will find it\\neasily (letd)t). I thank you, sir. Does the Count N. live here?\\nYes, sir, walk in (fid) fjcretn bemtiben), if you please. Is the\\ncount at home I wish to have the honour to speak to him. Yes,\\nsir, he is at home whom shall I have the honour to announce\\n(mc(t)tn) 1 I am from B., and my name is F.\\nWhich is the shortest way to the arsenal ($)a$ 3eugf)au$) Go\\ndown this street, and when you come to the foot, turn to the left\\nand take the cross-way you will then enter into a rather narrow\\nf cno/) street, which will lead you to a great square, where you will", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "331\\nsee a blind alley. TVrough which I must pass 1 No, for there is\\nno outlet (bet 2(u\u00c2\u00a3aanaj. You must leave it on the n^ht, and pass\\nunder the arcade which is near it. And then And then you\\nmust inquire further. I am very much obliged to you. Do not\\nmention it ((5*8 ift nicfyt Utfacfyc).\\n221.\\nAre you able to translate a French letter into German I am\\n(c\u00c2\u00a3). Who has (e$) taught you 1 My German master has enabled\\nme to dc *t. You are singing, gentlemen, but it is not a time for\\nsinging you ought to be silent, and to listen to what you are told.\\nWe are at a loss. What are you at a loss at 1 I am going to\\ntell you it is a question with us how we shall pass our t jne agree-\\nably. Play a game at billiards or at chess. We have proposed\\njoining a hunting party do you go with (us) I cannot, for I\\nhave not done my task yet and if I neglect it, my master will\\nscold me. Every one according to his liking if you like staying\\nat home better than going a hunting, we cannot hinder you. Does\\nMr. K. go with us Perhaps. I should not like to go with him,\\nfor he is too great a talker, excepting that he is an honest man.\\nWhat is the matter with you] you look angry. I have reason\\nto be angry, for there is no means of getting money now. Have\\nyou been at Mr. A s I have been at his house but there is no\\npossibility of borrowing any from him. I suspected that he would\\nnot lend me any, that is the reason why I did not wish to ask him\\nand had you not told me to do so, I should not have subjected my-\\nself (fid) ausfcgcn) to a refusal (t tc aOfd)ta gtgc 2(nut ott).\\n232.\\nI suspected that you would be thirsty, and that your sister would\\nbe hungry that is the reason why I brought you hither.\\nI am sorry, however, that your mother is not here. 1 am aston-\\nished ((SS bcftembet mid)) that you do not drink your coffee. If I\\nwere not sleepy I would drink it. Sometimes (53alt you are slee-\\npy, sometimes cold, sometimes warm, and sometimes something\\nelse is the matter with you (ift Sfynen ctrcaS 2(nbetc$). I believe\\nthat you think too much about (an) the misfortune that has hap-\\npened to your friend (fern.). If I did not think about it, who would\\nthink about it Of whom does your brother think He thinks of\\nme for we always think of each other when we are not together\\n(Oetfammen).\\nI have seen six players (bet \u00c2\u00a9pte(et) to-day, who were all win-\\nning at the same time ($u gtctdjet 3cit). That cannot be, for a\\nplayer can only win when another loses. You would be right if I\\nwere speaking of people that had played at cards or billiards but\\nI am speaking of flute and violin players (bev gtotcn? iml) SSteltnfptcs\\nlet). Do you sometimes practise (macfoen) music 1 Very often, for\\nI like it much. What instrument do you play I play the violin,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "332\\nand my sister plays the harpsichord, My brother, who plays the\\n6ass (bet 33a(5), accompanies (beglctten) us, and Miss Stolz. some-\\ntimes applauds us (Semcinbem SSetfatf guElatfcfecn). Does she not\\nalso play some musical instrument (ba$ muft!a(tfcl)C Snftrument) 1\\nShe plays the harp (bte \u00c2\u00a3atfe), Dut sue s to proud (ftc($) to prac-\\ntise music with us. A very (fefyr) poor town went to considerable\\nexpense (bet bettad)tttd)e 2fujruant in feasts and illuminations (nut\\ngreubenfejlen imb (Sr(eiitf)tuncjen) on the occasion of its prince passing\\nthrough (Oct bet 3)iircf)reifc tt)tc* The latter seemed himseli\\nastonished (crfUumt) at it. It has only done, said a courtier\\n(bet \u00c2\u00a3efmann), what it owed (to your majesty). That is true,\\nreplied (wrfegen) another, but it owes all that it has done. (See\\nend of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nNINETY-NINTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ^eutx tttti lUttttfafite\\nCeriion.\\nEither or. S n t ro e b c t c b e r. (Lesson\\nLXI.)\\nFte either has done it, or will (St ()at c$ enttuebct gctfjan, obet rottD\\nstill do it. c$ nocf) tfyun.\\nObs. A. It has been noticed in many parts of this\\nwork, that certain conjunctions correspond with others\\nthat generally follow them. These conjunctions are:\\n(Less\\nXCI.)\\n(\u00c2\u00a3nttt eber, is followed by:\\n3e a\\n3ftd)t atfem,\\n5itdf)t ttur,\\n06gletd\\nD6fd)on,\\n\u00c2\u00a9o,\\n\u00c2\u00a9ott of)f,\\nSffieber,\\nSBemt,\\nStBenn gleid), b\\n2Bemt fd)ort, S\\nober (Lesson LXL), either or,\\nje, or befto, the the.\\nfonbent aucf) (Lesson LXI.)\\nI not only but also.\\nI fo bod), or gletd)tt)ofy(, or\\nmd)t$ befto menfger, though-\\nnevertheless.\\nfo, however still.\\naU, or aU and) (Lessor\\nt LXL), as well as.\\nnod) (Less. VII. and LXL),\\nneither nor.\\nfo, if so.\\nfo bod), though yet or\\nnevertheless.\\n3e unites two comparatives.\\n2Bemt is not only combined with gletcfy arxl fctyon, but also with atttetft", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "333\\naber, or atfem or gfetd)tt oljl\\n3tt)ar, or jebod), though never-\\ntheless, or but.\\nPrepositions either govern the 3)te ^erfyaftmfwb rtet (^tapofttio?\\ngenitive, or the dative, or the ncn) regtercn entnx bet ben \u00c2\u00aecnU\\naccusative, or finally the da- tit), obet ben \u00c2\u00a3)attt obet ben lie-\\ntive and accusative. cufatb, obet enbdd) ben 3)Ut \u00c2\u00abnb\\n2Cccufatit\\nThe sooner, the better. 3c eftcr je debet.\\nhe greater our pleasures, the 3c Qrojkt unfere gteuben fmb, befto\\nmore we feel how transitory mefyr empfinben rott tfyve 23ets\\nthey are. Cjancjttcbfttt.\\nObs. B. 2)e|T:o may be placed in the first member of\\n**e phrase, in which case je begins the second. Ex.\\nA work of art is the more beau- (Sin Jtunfht et6 tft befto febonct, je\\ntiful the more perfect it is. Dottfommenet e$ tfL\\n(Sulzer.)\\nShe is not only handsome, but @ic tft ntcbt nut fd)b n, fonbetn aud)\\nshe is rich also. rctct).\\nNot only his idleness, but his in- 9tfd)t nut fetne \u00e2\u0080\u00a2Jaut^ctt, fonbetn\\ndiscretion also makes him con- cud) (cine llnbejcfyetbenfyett niad)t\\ntemptible. tfjn wtacbttid).\\nThough this young lady is not Dbgletd) btefeS \u00c2\u00a3tau(etn ntcbt fcf)C\\nvery handsome, she is never- febon tft, fo tft fie bed) fcfjt licbcng*\\ntheless very amiable. nnitbta,.\\nHowever handsome she may be, (So fd)b n fie aud) fein mag, fo tft fie\\nstill she is not amiable. bod) ntcbt ttebenSreurbtcj.\\nFou as well as your sister. Sott of)l @tc, att 3t)t #tau(etn\\n\u00c2\u00a9cbroeftet.\\nShe is as handsome as she is c tft foroobt fd)on aH ftebenSroitts\\namiable and rich. big unb retct)*\\nThey had neither bread, nor meat, @tc batten roebet 23tob, necb $fetfd),\\nnor arms, nor money. nod) SOBaffcn, nod) \u00c2\u00a9elb*\\nf he does not pay you for the SBenn et Sbnen la$ fetb ntcbt be*\\nhorse, tell me. $ab(t, fo fagen ^ie e* nut.\\nThough I should have money, \u00c2\u00a3Benn tcb p/ietcb \u00c2\u00aee(b fjattc, fo cjabe\\nstill I would give him none. id) tbm bod) frinS.\\nIndeed I do not know him yet, 3roat fentu tcb tbn nod) ntcbt, aber\\nbut he seems to be docile. er fd ctnt nut felgfam.\\njebeeb, aud), fetbfi, and nut. Ex. SBcnn cmfcerS, if otherwise tternt jcbodj), if\\nhowever ttjenn auty or roernt felbft, if even roemt nur, if only. All these\\ncompound conjunctions must be considered as two separate words, between\\nwhich the subject and even the case of the verb (when a personal pronoun)\\nmay be placed. The same observation applies to the coi-ibi nation of ob witb\\nother words. (See Lesson XCI. Obs II Note*;.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "334\\nThough I wrote to him, never- 3d) Me t m S^at gcfdjttefcen, a,fetd)*\\nthe] ess he has not answered tvofyt r)at et mir nid)t gcantroottet\\nme.\\n(3d) tv unfcr)te, et fjatte eg md)t ge*\\nScStaVc^baPcre^ntdjt^an\\nbatte.\\nO s. C. The conjunction b a may be omitted\\nbut then the verb immediately follows its subject.\\nI wish you would g o with m e. J gg gSutti^^.\\n3* f cffc, 3f)t \u00c2\u00a3rau(etn \u00c2\u00a3d)roejrer\\nT hope that your sister will\\nmarry my brother.\\ntuttb metnen $Btubet fjetra?\\ntf)cn.\\n3d) r cffc, bap 3fa -Jra ulcin @d)roe--\\nflcr mcinen SBruber fycitatfyen\\nnrirb.\\n{\u00c2\u00a9cfegt, voir rja ttcn roebet 33tob, ncc^\\nSBetn, nccr (Mb.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfegt, bag rott rocbet 93tob, nod)\\nS etn, nod) \u00c2\u00a9elb fatten.\\n(SScttte d5ctt, atle grope \u00c2\u00a3erren Uebtcn\\nben ftttcben\\nSBclltc \u00c2\u00a9ott, bap atle grope ferret*\\nben $tieben ftefcten\\nBy virtue of. t a f t (governs the genitive).\\nBy virtue of his employment St mup ftaft feineS 2CmteS fo (jan*\\n(his office) he must act thus. beln.\\nAccording to (by virtue of). e t m 6 0, e (governs the gen.).\\nAccording to your order I must QScrmftge 3fjre$ SStffetytt mup td) fo\\nspeak thus. fptcdjen.\\nInstead of. 2\u00c2\u00a3nftatt or ftatt (goveras the\\ngenitive).\\nHe sent his daughter instead of 2fnfratt fetneS (SofyneS fdncfte et fetnc\\nhis son. od)tet.\\nHe has adopted him. (gr foot tfjn an .ftinbeS (Statt c an-\\ngenotttmen.\\nGo thither instead of me. (Start metnet gefye u r)tn.\\nc The word \u00c2\u00a9tatr, lieu, place, when thus seoarated from an, must be con\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2idered as a substantive.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "335\\nIn consequence of (according to). a u t (governs the geniti?e).\\nAccording to his letter, he ought \u00c2\u00a3aut (eineS S3rtefe$, mug ct ben\\nto arrive here on the 18th of IBten ttefeS fyitt etntteffctt.\\nthis month.\\nTo exclaim. 2\u00c2\u00a3uSrufen* (Imperf. ricf).\\nTo make uneasy. SBeunrufngen.\\nTo be uneasy (to fret). SBcunruht^t (fccfcrgt) fcttt*\\nWhy do you fret (are you un- \u00c2\u00a3Batum fint Sic bcuntufjtgt (be*\\neasy) 1 fergt)\\nI do not fret (am not uneasy) 3d) bin md)t kforqt (Ocutttufyigt).\\nCompose yourself! 25eruf)tgen @te ftd)\\nTo alter, to change. (Stcf) tterantcrn.\\nThat manhas altered a great deal liefer 9)tann r)at ftdf) fer)r ttctantcrt,\\nsince I saw him. fctttcm td tfyn nicfyt Qcfcfycn Ijafcc.\\nTo alter a coat. (Sittcn SRocf antctn.\\nTo recommend. @rnpfer)(en*.\\nTo take leave (to commend one s @tcr) cmpfcfylcn*.\\nself).\\nFarewell, adieu 3d) empfer)(c mid) Sfyncn\\nI have the honour to bid you 3d) fyafcc tic (Sfjtc, mid) S^ncn $U\\nadieu. cmpfcljkn.\\nObs. D. This and lefcen \u00c2\u00a9te tt of)f, farewell, is the\\ngeneral salute of the Germans when leaving each\\nother.\\nFarewell (adieu) \u00c2\u00a3cbcn \u00c2\u00a9tc roerjt\\nTo bid one s friends adieu. Bdncn gmmtcn \u00c2\u00a3c croof)l fagen.\\nThe recommendation (respects, tic (Smpfcfytuncj.\\ncompliments),\\nPr e ie mcinc m\\nRemember me to him (to her). fal\\nTo cn/oy. (S5 cntcpen* (governs the ace.)\\nEnjoy all the pleasures that vir- \u00c2\u00a9cnicfictt (Sic atte SScrgniigungcn,\\ntue permits. roclcf)C tic Nugent cdauOt.\\nThe past, tic SSctQangcnfjctt, ta$ $cr$angcnc\\nthe present, fca$ \u00c2\u00a9cgcntvdrti^c\\nthe presence, tic \u00c2\u00a9cgenrcatt.\\nIn his presence. 3n fcincr \u00c2\u00a9cgenroatt.\\nThe future, tag 3uf unftujc\\nthe loss, tcr QSettuft\\nthe loss uf time, tc\u00c2\u00abt 3cit\u00c2\u00bbctlujt.\\nNot to fail. 2(uSrid)tcn, md)t ermangefn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "336\\nPray, present my compliments 3d) bttte (Ste, Sfytem $tautetn\\n(my respects) to your sister. (Sd)tt eftct guttajt mcinc (Smyfef)*\\nfung su macfycn.\\n{2\u00c2\u00a3cnn eg Sfjnen gefcifltg iff, 01\\nsimply gcfa tltgfr,\\nSGBcnn \u00c2\u00a9te fo gut fctn molten or\\nsimply gtittgft.\\nI shall not fail. j crman m\\nEXERCISES. 233.\\nI have the honour to wish you a good morning-. How do you\\ndo? Very well, at your service (Sfjnen aufeuroatten). And how\\nare they all at home (beftnfcct man ftd) bet Srrnen $u \u00c2\u00a3aufe) Toler-\\nably well, thank God (\u00c2\u00aeott fet \u00c2\u00a3anf). My sister was a little indis-\\nposed (unpap(icb), but sbe is better (ttucbet bctgcjMtt) she told me\\nto give you her best compliments (fie (aj}t fid) Sfyncn bcjtcnS empfefofen).\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094I am glad ((5s tft nut (tcb) to hear tbat she is well. As for you,\\nyou are health itself; you cannot look better Ste fonnten ntd)t bef-\\nfet ausfefyen). I have no time to be ill my business would not per-\\nmit me. Please to sit down Be(tebcn \u00c2\u00a9tc fid) ntet et$u(affen), here\\nis a chair. I will not detain you from your buiness (son ten \u00c2\u00a9e?\\nfefyaften abbatten*) I know that a merchant s time is precious (t aS\\netnem .ftaufmanne Me 3ett foftbat tft). I have nothing pressing (nicbtS\\n(SiftgeS) to do now, my courier is already dispatched (mcinc Spoft tft\\nfd)0n abqcfetttqt). T shall not stay (fid) auffjalten*) any longer. I\\nonly wished in passing by (tm \u00c2\u00a3?orbctgef)cn), to inquire about (ftd)\\ncrfunMgen nad)) your health. You do me much honour. It is very\\nfine weather to-day. If you will allow me, I shall have the plea-\\nsure of seeing you again this afternoon (nad) tfd)c), and if you\\nhave time we will take a little turn together (fo gefyen tint etn nxntq\\nnut ctnanfcet fpagtcrcn). With the greatest pleasure. In that case I\\nshall wait for you. I will come for you xc abfyolen) about (gegen)\\nseven o clock. Adieu then (atfo), till I see you again. I have the\\nhonour to bid you adieu.\\n234.\\nThe loss of time is an irreparable (unetfcgUcb) loss. A single\\nminute cannot be recovered (tutcbctcttangcn) for all the gold in the\\nworld. It is then of (sen) the greatest importance (Me \u00c2\u00a38td)ttgfctt)\\nto employ well the time, which consists only of minutes (cuts 93?U\\nnuten beftefyen*) of which we must make good use (Me man tvobl be?\\nnu\u00c2\u00a3cn mu|). We have but the present the past is no longer any\\nthing, and the future is uncertain. A great many people (@crjt mclc\\n9)2cnfcben) ruin themselves (ftd) $u \u00c2\u00a9tunt^c rtd)ten), because they wish\\nto indulge themselves too much (n ct( fie fid) afl$u gtitltd) tfyun molten).\\nIf most (tic mctfrcn) men knew how to content themselves (ftd) be*\\ncmugen) with what they have they would be happy, but their gree-\\ndiness (Me \u00c2\u00a9tcttqfett) very often makes them unhappy. In order to", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "337\\nbe happy, we naust (mujj man) forget the past, not trouble ourselveu\\nabout (fid) bcfummcrn urn) the future, and enjoy the present. I was\\nvery dejected (trauricj) when my cousin came to me. What is\\nthe matter with you 1 he asked me. Oh (act)) I my deai\\ncousin, replied I, in losing that money, I have lost every\\nthing. Do not fret, said he to me, for I have found youi\\nmoney.\\n235.\\nAs soon as Mr. Flausen sees me he begins to speak French, n\\norder to practise it (um ftd $u ttOen), and overwhelms me with po-\\nliteness (nut \u00c2\u00a3oflicWcttcn uk rfya ufcn), so that I often do not know\\nwhat to answer (rea\u00c2\u00a3 td) irjm antrcettcn foil). His brothers do the same\\n(c$ cbcnfo mocljcn). However, they are very good people they are\\nnot only rich and amiable, but they are also generous (qreftmutfytoj\\nand charitable (roobltfjattcj). They love me sincerely (aufttcrjtioj,\\ntherefore, I love them also, and consequently (fclgftd)) shall nevei\\nBay anything to their disadvantage (9tacl)tr)etltgc$ son tfynen). 1\\nshould love them still more, if they did not make so much ceremony\\n(t)k llmftanbc) but every one has his faults (t cr Jcrjlct), and mine\\nis to speak too much of their ceremonies.\\n236.\\nHave the enemies surreudered (ftcl) crgc en*) 1 They have not\\nsurrendered, for they did not prefer life to death and though they\\nhad neither bread, nor water, nor arms, nor money, they determined\\nto die rather than surrender. Why are you so sad You do not\\nknow what makes me uneasy, my dear friend (fern.). Tell me,\\nfor I assure you that 1 share (thctlen) your sufferings (ba$ Cetfcen) as\\nwell as (ekn jo roe 1)1 ate) your pleasures (tic Create). Though I am\\nsure that you partake of (\u00c2\u00a3bci( an enter \u00c2\u00a9ache ncljmcn*) my suffer-\\nings I cannot, however, tell you now (in bkfcm 2Cugenbltcf) what\\nmakes me uneasy but I will tell you when an opportunity offers\\n(gcU gcntttcb ct)cr bet \u00c2\u00a9e(ea,enbett). Let us speak of something else\\nnow. What do ycu think of the man who spoke to us yesterday\\nat the concert He is a man of much understanding (cm fcfjr MVs\\njt nfctgcr 932ann), and not at all wrapt up in his merits (twrt fetrten\\nSScrbtcnfrcn etna/nemmen fan*). But why do you ask me that] To\\nspeak of something. It is said (\\\\DZan fagt) contentment surpasses\\nriches (3ufrkt cnf)eit Qdyt iUht 9?etd)tbum) let us then always b\\ncontent. Let us share with each other (nut ctnanber tr)ct(cn) what\\nwe have, and live all our life-time (tin jet ganged \u00c2\u00a3d cn) inseparable\\n(unjertrennltd)) friends. You will always be welcome (rotllfemmcn)\\nat my house, and I hope to be equally so (c\u00c2\u00a3 ami)) at yours. If 1\\nsaw you happy I should be equally so, and we should be more con-\\ntented than the greatest princes, who are not always so. We shall\\nbe happy, when we shall be perfectly (wllfemmen) contented with\\nwhat we have and if we do our duty as we ought (gcf)6riaf), God\\n15", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "338\\nwill take care of the rest (fo wttt t cr lube (S5ott fur fc a$ ttefcnqe far*\\ngen). The past being no longer any thing, let us not be uneasy\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2about the future, and enjoy the present.\\n237.\\nBehold, ladies, those beautiful (fycrdtcf)) flowers, with theii\\ncolours so fresh and bright (mit ifyrcn fo frifdjen unb gtcinjcntcn gar*\\nben) they drink nothing but water. The white lily has the eoloui\\nof innocence (t)ic tfnfd)u(b) the violet indicates gentleness (bit\\n(Scmftmutt)) you may (man farm) see it in Louisa s eyes. The\\nforget-me-not (\u00c2\u00a3)as crgtflmctnntd)t) has the colour of heaven, our\\nfuture (tunfttg) dwelling (tic \u00c2\u00a3Bof)nuna,, repeat the genitive), and the\\nrose (tic SHofe), the queen of flowers, is the emblem (t aS \u00c2\u00a9innlult)\\nof beauty (bte @d)onr)ctt) and of joy (t te Jrciibe). You (Sftcm) see\\nall that personified (t errmrHtd)t) in seeing the beautiful Amelia\\n(2Cma(k)\u00c2\u00bb How beautiful is the fresh verdure (t a$ junge frtfdje\\n($ttm) It is salutary (rocrjl tfnin*) to our eyes, and has the colour\\nof hope (bte $offnun$), our most faithful (ttcu, repeat the genitive)\\nfriend (fern.), who never deserts (\u00c2\u00bberfaflcn*) us, not even in death\\n(tm ot e\u00c2\u00bb). One word more my dear friend. What is your plea-\\nsure I forgot to tell you to present my compliments to your\\nnother. Tell her, if you please, that I regret (befcauern) not having\\nbeen at home when lately she honoured (beer)ten) me with her visit.\\nI thank you for her (in ifyrem 9? amen), I shall not fail. Farewell\\nthen. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)\\nHUNDREDTH LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Qmibtttot* UtilOtl.\\nOF THE ADVERB.\\nWe have hitherto shown by numerous examples for\\nthe practice of learners, the place which the adverb\\nis to occupy in a sentence. Let us now determine the\\nplace of the adverb by standard rules.\\nAs the adverb modifies the signification of the verb,\\nit should always be near it, particularly the negative\\nmcfyt, which, if misplaced, would entirely change the\\nmeaning of a phrase. Ex.\\nI have not the honour to know 3d) fyafre md)t tie (Sfyre, @tc $u\\nyou. fennen.\\nAnd\\nI have the honour not to know 3d) Fmfc tic (Sf)re, Sie md)t $1\\nfennen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "339\\nRules\\n1st. The adverb precedes the adjective, the meaning\\nof which it modifies. Ex. din tt a!)tf)aft guter 9D?amt, a\\ntruly good man extte ttnrfltd) gute \u00c2\u00a9etegenfyett, a truly\\ngood opportunity em fefyr trttge\u00c2\u00a3 $tttb, a very good\\nchild.\\n2d, It follows the imperative and precedes the infi-\\nnitive to which it relates. Ex. D?ebett \u00c2\u00a9te Icmt, speak\\naloud fprecfyen \u00c2\u00a9te md)t fo fd)tteK, da not speak so quick-\\nly fcfyretben \u00c2\u00a9te. tcmgfam, fo n erbett \u00c2\u00a9te fcfyon fcfyretben,\\nwrite slowly, and you will write well id) bttte \u00c2\u00a9te,\\nmd)t $u fifyteU $tt fdE)rex6en, pray, do not write too fast.\\n3d, It follows the simple tense of the verb, but pre-\\ncedes it when the sentence depends on a conjunction.\\nEx. 3d) fage e$ Sfynen fret beratt^, I tell you frankly\\nid) tterftefye \u00c2\u00a9te md)t, tt etf \u00c2\u00a9te $u fcfynell fprecfyett, I do\\nnot understand you, because you speak too fast (Les-\\nson LXIX.) er fontntt itm jefytt Ufjr SSKorgen^ a fcott ba\\njurttrf, he returns from there at ten o clock in the morn-\\ning (Lesson XL VII.) wetttt \u00c2\u00a9te fmtgfam rebeten, fo witr*\\nbe id) \u00c2\u00a9te tterftefyett, if you spoke slowly I should under-\\nstand you.\\n4th, In compound tenses it precedes the past parti-\\nciple. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a7r fydtte taut gelefett, rcemt \u00c2\u00a9te t()tt ofter baju\\ncmgefyatten fyattett, he would have read aloud, if you\\nhad oftener engaged him to do so id) bin fcfyon ba ge*\\nIDefetty I have already been there (Lesson XLI.) tcf)\\nfyabe tf)tt fcorgeftent gefefyett, I saw him the day before\\nyesterday.\\n5th, It follows the case of the verb, but precedes it\\nwhen it is a partitive, or joined to an indefinite article.\\nEx. 3d) fal) tint geftew, I saw him yesterday er fyctt eg\\ntmr fo eben gegeben, he has just now given it to me td)\\ntoiU tt)tt 3f)nett ntorgen fcfyttfett, I will send it to you to-\\nmorrow (Lesson XXVIII.) fyaft 2)u mmtdjmat S^algtu*\\ndjex att^beftent faflen hast thou sometimes had cravats\\nmended? id) fyctbe ntattdjmat ^efc^eau^bejfemfaffen,! have\\na Um $efjtt Uf)t SftovgettS, is an adverbial phrase, and all sorts of adverbial\\nexpressions, or compound adverbs, as they may be called, follow the rules oi\\nsimple adveibs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "340\\nsometimes had some mended (Lesson XLIV.) fyabett\\n\u00c2\u00a9te je etnen \u00c2\u00a9epbanteu gefefyen? have you ever seen an\\nelephant id) babe me emen gefeben, I have never seen\\none er fyatte btefen 90iergen fern \u00c2\u00a9elb, he had no money\\nthis morning er trdgt gent etnen gro\u00c2\u00a3en $)i\\\\t, he likes to\\nvear a large hat.\\n6th, It precedes the case of the verb when governed\\nby a preposition. Ex. 3cf) VDttt tfyn morgen jn 3t)nen fd)i*\\n(fen, I will send him to you to-morrow (Lesson\\nXXVIII.) ftnb \u00c2\u00a9ie fange bet metnem SSater geblteben\\nhave you stayed long with my father (Lesson XL VII.)\\nid) bin erne \u00c2\u00a9hmbe lang bet tfym geblteben, I have stayed\\nwith him a full hour (Lessons XL VII. and XLVIII.)\\nttrir fpracfyen fo eben Don 3fynen/we have just spoken of\\nyou fonnen \u00c2\u00a9te fyente jn nttr fommen can you come to\\nme to-day?\\nPLACE OF THE NEGATIVE nidjt\\nRules.\\n1st, It likewise follows the simple tense and the\\ncase of the verb, when there is one, but precedes the\\ninfinitive and the past participle. Ex. 3d) tterftefye iie\\nfen 5D?ann nicfyt, I do not understand that man bet 9Kann\\nhat ben goffer md)t, the man has not the trunk; bet\\ninnge ?0?enfd) (3itngltng) kfat i\\\\)n ntd)t, the young man has\\nit not (Lesson IX.) \u00c2\u00a9te eften ntd)t, you do not eat tdj\\nfyctbe tfyn nidjt gebabt, I have not had it (Lesson XLII.)\\ner tt tll ntd)t arbetten, he does not wish to work id) l)abe\\ntf)tt ntd)t gefet)en, I have not seen him id) i)abe fte nid)t\\ngefannt, I have not known them (Lesson XLIV.) id)\\ni)i re \u00c2\u00a9te, aber Derfle^e \u00c2\u00a9te ntdjt, I hear, but do not un-\\nderstand you (Lesson XL VI.); id) gebe eg tfyttt ntd)t, I\\ndo not give it to him fte fteben fid) nid)t, they do not\\nlove each other id) fcfymetcfyfe mtr nid)t, I do not flatter\\nmyself; fte fefyen etnanber ntd)t afynltd), they do not re-\\nsemble each other (Lesson LXXXVL).\\nObs. A. When the negative sentence is preceded\\nor followed by an affirmative one, md)t precedes the\\ncase of the verb, but if the affirmative sentence con-\\ntains another nominative with aber, the negative fol", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "341\\nlows the general rale. Ex. 3d) babe nid)t biefcn, fott*\\nbent jenen, I have not the latter, but the former er fyal\\nbtefe\u00c2\u00a3, after mcfjt jeneg, he has the latter, but not the\\nformer (Lesson XL) id) babe 3bren \u00c2\u00a3nt mdf)t, aber ntetn\\n33rnber bat tfyn, it is not I who have your hat, but my\\nbrother.\\nObs. B. A negative, not depending on the nomina\\ntive of the verb, precedes the word the sense of wjiich\\nit modifies. Ex. dv arbextet ben ganjen \u00c2\u00a3ag ntd)t, he does\\nnot w r ork during the whole day and man arbettet ntd)t\\nben ganjen \u00c2\u00a3ag, one does not work all day.\\n2d, The case of the verb being governed by a pre-\\nposition, ntd)t, like other adverbs (Rule 6 above), pre-\\ncedes it. Ex. @r ifit ntcfyt jn \u00c2\u00a3anfe, he is not at home\\n(Lesson XXVI.) id) fitrcfyte mid) nid)t $or tl)tn, I do not\\nfear him (Lesson LXX.).\\n3d, It follows the adverbs of time, but precedes all\\nother adverbs, as adverbs of quality, of place, c\\nEx. 3d) arbette l)ente ntcfyt, I do not work to-day ei\\nfd)retbt ntrf)t fd)cn, he does not write well er tft ntd)t\\nba, he is not there id) gebe ntcfyt bafyut, I do not go\\nthither.\\n4th, It follows the adverb nod). Ex. 3d) bin nod)\\nmd)t ba gercefen, I have not yet been there id) bin nod)\\nnid)t bet tbm geroefcn, I have not yet been at his house\\n(Lessor XLL). The following sentences, however,\\nmust be distinguished from each other tDotten \u00c2\u00a9te nod)\\nnid)t ettva$ eflen will you not eat anything yet and\\nrootfen @ie n t d) t nod) ettva$ efien will you not eat\\nanything more? In the latter sentence ntd)t modifies\\nthe signification of nod) ettt a$.\\nObs. C. The negative precedes the word and), when\\nthe sentence is both interrogative and negative, but\\nfollows it when the sentence is simply negative. Ex.\\n33m id) nid)t and) ba getoefen have I not also been\\nthere nnb id) and) ntdjt, nor I either nnb er and) ntdjt\\nnor he either.\\nTo Dretend r be ill @i f iic !ran6 au\\nlo pretend x he .11. a m m fcflB(i", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "342\\nThis boy always pretends to be \u00c2\u00a3)tefer Jtnafce gtfct fid) tmmet fftt\\nill; but when we sit down to fran! au\u00c2\u00a3 alletn rocnn mart gu\\ndinner, he is generally well \u00c2\u00a3tfd)C qcF)t, fo tft er geroofjnftdj\\nagain. roteber ^crgcftcUt (rotcber gcfunb).\\nTo be said. f @c((cn*.\\nHe is said to have suffered ship- f \u00c2\u00a9r f W cm ber \u00c2\u00a3ufte son \u00c2\u00a9tcttfen\\nwreck near the coast of Sicily. \u00c2\u00a9d)tff( rud) gc(tttcn fyafcen.\\nOut of all his property he is said f (Sr felt t?cn alien fetnen ^afcfettgs\\nto have saved nothing but an fetten mtf)t$ o(l etnen leeren 9teU\\nempty portmanteau. fefacf gcrettet Fjabcn\\nOF TENSES.\\n1st, The present tense is frequently substituted for\\nthe imperfect, to enliven the narrative and excite at\\ntention. This is sometimes done in English, but not\\nso often as in German. Ex.\\nImagine my horror Yesterday iDenft ffindfc metnen \u00c2\u00a9cbrecfen tcf)\\nI went with my child to the gefye gejrcrn nut mctnem ittnbe\\ngate of the town, to see the tier bat 3#or, um ben ?uft6allon\\nascent of the balloon. We aufftetgen ^u fcf)cn, Fommc nut\\nwere soon surrounded by the tfym in\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9ebrange, r\u00c2\u00bbcr(tcrc e$ au$\\ncrowd, when suddenly I lost ten 2Cua.cn, unb ftnbe e$ erft nac!)\\nsight of my child, and it was etner (gtunbe ftetnafte gerbriicft unb\\nnot till an hour afterwards gcrtrctcn retebcr (for: id) gtng,\\nthat I found it, trampled un- ia\\\\\\\\\\\\, rerlor and fanb).\\nder foot and nearly crushed\\nto death.\\nI now ascend the mountain a 3e|t crflimme tcb ten 23crg ctn\\ndeep valley unfolds itself to ttcfes W ereffnet ftci mctnem\\nmy delighted eyes a limpid forfeftenben 2Cugc gnrifefyen $artcn\\nstream murmurs among the (Mutfcfyen rtefelt etn flarcr ^act)/\\nverdant shrubs sheep are gu metnen ^iijk n roctben Scimmer,\\ngrazing at my feet, and I be- unb burd) ben fernen \u00c2\u00a38alb brcs\\nhold the last rays of the set- d)en fid) bte (c|tcn (Straftten bcr\\nting sun breaking through the ftnfrmbcn \u00c2\u00a9onnc.\\ndeep foliage of the distant\\nwood.\\n2d, The present tense is employed for the future,\\nwhen that time is indicated by another word in th6\\nsentence. Ex.\\nWe leave to-morrow for Berlin, Bergen tetfen rotr nacb SBcrfin in\\nbut 1 shall be back within a acpt Sagcn femme tcb after rmebet,\\nweek, and I shall then cer- unb bann bcfud)C tcb td) gettHp\\ntainly comi to see you. (for roerben nrir retfen, rocrbe td)\\nwteberfemmen, c).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "343\\nshall be back in a moment. 3d) fommc ajctcr; ttricbcr.\\nWe scale the castle this very \u00c2\u00a3)tefcs 3d)top crfrctgcn rmr in fctcfct\\nnight. 9?ad)t\\nha\\\\re the keys, we kill \u00c2\u00a3)ct Sd)(uffd bin id) mad)tig\\nitnr crmorbcn\\nThe guards, and deliver thee \u00c2\u00a3)te \u00c2\u00a3utcr, reipen Did) auS ctnet\\nfrom thy prison. jammer.\\nS d) i C 1 c r 1 SDtaria (Stuart).\\n1st, The imperfect has already been touched upon\\nIn Lesson LVIL It is the historical tense of the Ger-\\nmans. Ex.\\nipio Africamis was in the ha- \u00c2\u00a9ctpw, bcr 2Cfrtfancr, fagtc cr wan\\nbit of saying, he never was ntc nxntgcr o!)nc 23cfd)dfttgunA/\\nless idle than when he had alS rccnn cr tudjtS gu tfyun r)atte\u00c2\u00bb\\nnothing to do and in fact his SSHtfttcl). war cr aud) ntc mcbr bez\\nbusiest time was that which fd)a frtgt, al$ in ber (Stnfamfett\\nhe spent in solitude. For it bcnn i)tcr faun cr fetncn n td)ttgen\\nwas there he meditated over llntctncfjunmgcn tint) (Scfcbaftcn\\nhis great enterprises and his nacb btcr, tin 2 d)0fje tec Stubc,\\nfuture deeds. In the bosom cnttvarf cr p{anc gum 9Bcr)l fctncs\\nof retirement, he traced plans 23atcr{anbc\u00c2\u00a3, unb bier, entfernt\\nfor the happiness of his coun- wn tern $rotfc fetner 20Htbura,cr,\\ntry and there, far from the unterrjtctt cr fid) ctngtg unb alictn\\nintercourse of his fellow-citi- intt bem \u00c2\u00ae{Mc berfctben.\\nzens, he devoted his thoughts\\nto the promotion of their wel-\\nfare.\\n2d, Tt is used to narrate an action or event of which\\nthe narrator was an eye-witness, or to express an ac-\\ntion in reference to another which was either simulta-\\nneous with, or antecedent to it (Lesson LVIL).\\nYesterday a child was drowned, dkjrcrn crtranf cm \u00c2\u00a3inb, cd$ id) auf\\nwhile I was on the bridge. ber 23rucfc (rant).\\nHe granted my request because @c gcrearjrtc metric $8tttc, nxtl cr jk\\nhe found it just. gcrccbt fanb.\\nI was playing with my pupil, Set) fpicttc nut mcincm 3b 9ftna,c, ate\\nwhen the news was brought man ir.tr tm 9?ad)rtd)t bracb,tc.\\nto me.\\n1st, The perfect tense is used to express an action\\nor event as perfectly ended without any reference to\\nanother circumstance, and when the narrator was not\\nan eye-witness of it. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "344\\nWere you yesterday at the con- (Stnb Cte geftern tm Concert gerw\u00c2\u00bb\\ncert rcefen\\nHas the army been beaten 1 3ft bte 2(rmce Qefcfyacjen tvorben\\nHas anybody been drowned 3ft Semcmb crtrunfcn\\nWere you ever in Vienna \u00c2\u00a9tnb Ste i\u00c2\u00ab in SBtcn gcroefcn\\n2d, The imperfect may even be used when the nar-\\nrator has not witnessed the event but then he must\\ntake care to add to his narrative a phrase like fagte\\ntx f he said fagt man, it is said, c. Ex.\\nThey say, that day before yester- SSergeftetn, fa gt m a n, roar em\\nday there was a great feast in Qtojk S gejt in bev Stabt.\\nthe town.\\nThey say there was a battle on \u00c2\u00a3)en fttnf unb grocmjigften ttcrtgen\\nthe 25th of last month. SWenats, Fjctjft e\u00c2\u00a3, pel cine @d)(act)t\\nw*.\\nObs. D. We have already seen (Lesson XXXIV.)\\nthat we cannot say with the English, I am writing, I\\ndo write, both of which must be expressed by the only\\npresent id) ffixeibe, I write nor, I was writing, I did\\nwrite, both of which must be expressed by the only\\nimperfect id) fcfyrief), I wrote (Lesson LVIL). Expres-\\nsions such as the following When you come to learn,\\nhe is to write, to go, I am to have it, fyc, cannot be\\ntranslated literally in German. In such cases we use\\nthe future when mere futurity, and the verb fottett when\\nnecessity or a wish is to be expressed. Ex.\\nWhen you come to learn French. SScmn (Sic fran$|ifd) ternen roetben.\\nHe is to write. St ruirt) febretben.\\nAm I to go thither 1 \u00c2\u00a9ell td fyingefyen\\nHe is to go thither. (St fell ()tnqef)en.\\nAm I to have this book? \u00c2\u00a9ell id) btefeS 33nd) fya en?\\nAm I to give you a pen 1 \u00c2\u00a9ell id) Sbnen cine geber gefcen?\\nI was to speak for them all. 3d) fellte file 2Clle fprccfyen.\\nHe was to arrive on the 20th. (St fellte ben $rc an$i$ftcn anfommen*\\nObs. E. At the end of a phrase we sometimes omit\\nthe auxiliary of the perfect and pluperfect tenses, when\\nthe phrase that follows it begins with another auxi-\\nliary. Ex.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "Th jugh 1 have never been in\\nParis, I am nevertheless ac-\\nquainted with all that is\\ngoing on there.\\n345\\ntcfy gtetd) me gu $)an$ geroefett\\nInn, bin id) tod) sen allcm un*\\ntemd)tet, roaS fcafelbjl tJorgefjt\\nor,\\n\u00c2\u00a3)b id) gfctch niemate $u $art$ geroes\\nfen, fo bin id) ted) sen allem un?\\nterrtcfetet, n a$ t afe(bft \u00c2\u00bbergef)t.\\nA.s he did not answer me, I wrote ^)a er mir nid)t gcantmcrtet (hat),\\nto him no more. IjaU id) tf)m mci)t mef)r gefefyrtes\\nben*\\nThe enemy having been beaten, 9?ad)tem bet $etnt gefefyfagen root*\\nit is to be hoped that the war ten (tft), if? $u fyoffen, tap tec\\nwill be at an end. jtrieg geenttgt fein rettt.\\nexercises. 238.\\nHave you seen your niece] Yes, she is a very ^flod girl *vho\\nvrites well and speaks German still better therefore she is hon-\\noured and loved by every one. And her brother, what is he doing 1\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Do not speak to me of him, he is a naughty (bofe) boy, who\\nwrites always badly and speaks German still worse: he is there-\\nfore loved by nobody. He is very fond of dainties (tcr cuite $tffen)\\nbut he does not like books. Sometimes he goes to bed at broad\\nday-light (bet ()eltem So$e), and pretends to be ill but when we sit\\ndown to dinner, he is generally better again. He is to study\\nphysic (tie 2Crgnct6unft) but he has not the slightest inclination for\\nit (gar fctne \u00c2\u00a3ufr ta$u). He is almost always talking of his dogs\\nwhich he loves passionately (lettenfd)aft(id)). His father is ex-\\ntremely (mificrerbentttcb) sorry for it. The young simpleton (tec\\n83(6tftnntge) said lately to his sister: I shall enlist (Soltat wets\\nben* oter fid) anroerben laffen*) as soon as peace is proclaimed (tff*\\nfentltd) befannt macben oter publtciten).\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2239.\\nMy dear father and my dear mother dined yesterday with some\\nfriends at (in dat.) the (hotel) King of Spain (son \u00c2\u00a9pantcn). Why\\ndo you always speak French and never German 1 Because I am too\\nbashful. You are joking; is a Frenchman ever bashful] I have\\n(a) keen appetite give me something good to eat. Have you any\\nmoney 1 No, sir. Then I have nothing to eat for you. Will you\\nnot let me have some on credit I pledge (oerpfanten) my honour.\\nThat is too little.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 What, sir\\nMy dear friend, lend me a ducat (ter Ducat, gen. cn).\u00c2\u00ab Here are\\ntwo instead of one. How much I am obliged to you T am al-\\nways glad when I see you, and I find my happiness in yours. Is\\nthis house to be sold 1 Do you wish to buy it] Why not? Why\\ndoes your sister not speak She would speak if she were not al-\\nways so absent ($erjtrcnt). I like pretty anecdotes (tie 2Cnectote)\\nthey season (roiiqen) conversation (tie Unterha(tung) and amuse (be*\\n15*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "346\\nlufttgen) every body. Pray, relate me seme. Look, if you please,\\nat page 389 of the book (in bem 93ud)0 which I lent you, and (fo)\\nyou will find some. To-morrow I shall set out for Hanau but in\\na fortnight (in tuer$el)n Sacjcn) I shall be back again, and- then 1\\nshall come to see you and your family. Where is your sister at\\npresent She is in Berlin, and my brother is in Leipzic. This\\nlittle woman is said to be going to marry the counseller N., your\\nfriend; is it true] I have not heard of it. What news is there\\nof our great army It is said to be lying (ftcljcn*) between the\\nRhine and the Weser. All that the courier told me seeming very\\nprobable (mctl)tfd)cinlid)), I went home immediately, wrote some\\nletters, and departed for Paris. (See end of Lesson XXXIV\\nHUNDRED AND FIRST LESSON.-\\nCection.\\n-tyunbztt nrib m m\\nTo begin to laugh, to weep, to\\ncry, c.\\nTo pledge.\\nTo pawn.\\nTo destroy by fire and sword.\\nTo look out of the window.\\nI do not know whether this so-\\nciety will admit me.\\nAfter ten o clock you will not\\nfind me at home.\\nThe weather is clearing up.\\nMy hand is asleep.\\nTo smell of garlick.\\nTo smell of wine.\\nThe sermon is over.\\nThat is the question.\\nHe has nearly fallen.\\nI did not find a living soul\\n2Cnfangcn $u lacfycn, $u mcincn, $u\\nfcftrcten u. f. n%\\naScrpfffttfcetu\\n93ctfeg\u00c2\u00abn.\\n93?tt Jeuer unt @d)n ett wtfyecren.\\n2Cu$ t em Jenfter fefjen*.\\n3d) roafi md)t, cb btcfe \u00c2\u00aeefellftf)aft\\nmid) mitb fyaben rvctlcn.\\nf 9lad) ^cr)n Ufjr treflren Bk mid)\\nnid)t mci)V ^u \u00c2\u00a3aufe.\\n3 c$ better fn ttett fid) ouf.\\nt Sflcinc \u00c2\u00a3anb ift etncjefcfylafen.\\nhlad) ^nob(aud) tiecfyen*.\\n$lad) SGScin riectjen*.\\nJDte 9)reMgt ift au\\n(S\u00c2\u00a3 ift tic gragc (eS femmt barauf\\nan),\\nf (St mare bcinabe cjefallen.\\n3d) r)abc fcinc lebenbtge Sec(c angc*\\ntroffen.\\nTo meet with. 2Cntteffen* (Part, past, getrofc\\nfen, Imperf. traf).\\nYou have the wrong key. (Sic baOen t cn unrecbten (Scfytiffel.\\nHe is now on the road. ($r ift je|t auf bem 2Begc.\\nGive me a clean plate, if you \u00c2\u00a9eben \u00c2\u00a9ic nut cjcfadicjft etnen veu\\nplease. nen Seller.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "347\\nVARIOUS WAYS OF TRANSIATING THE VERB, i PUT.\\nTo put one s hand into one s 3n fete Safdf e 3 ret fen*.\\npocket.\\nTo put one s son to school. \u00c2\u00a9cinen \u00c2\u00a9cfyn in t)te (Scfyute t f) u tt*\\n(6 1 i n 3 e n\\nTo put one out to prenticeship Semcmfeen in fete Cefyce t^un*.\\n(to bind one prentice).\\nTo put to account. 3n 9^ed)nung 3 i e I) e n\\nTo put to flight. 3n feie g(ud)t a g c n (ofeer fd^ta?\\ngen*).\\nTo put one s hat on. etncn \u00c2\u00a3ut auffegen*\\nTo jow^ an end. (Sin (Snfec m a d) e n.\\nVARIOUS WAYS OF TRANSLATING THE VERB, TO SET.\\nTo set pen on paper (to take the Die gefeer etgreifen*.\\npen in hand).\\nTo set sail. Unlet (Se$e( 9 c F) e n (a ft f e 9 e n\\nTo se\u00c2\u00a3 in order (to regulate, 3n \u00c2\u00a3)tfenun$ b r i n 3 e n\\nsettle).\\nTo set something on fire. (StnxtS a n 3 ti n fe e n (a n ft e cf e n),\\nTo set to work. \u00c2\u00a9id) an fete 2(rbeit m a d) e n.\\nIDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS DEPENDING\\n1st, On the use or omission of an article.\\nhave read Schiller. 3d) fja c fe e n filler \u00c2\u00a7e(efen.\\nHe broke his neck. (5t (jat fe c n Spalt gebrecrjen.\\nNature is the best instructress. i e 0Jatut iji fete befte \u00c2\u00a3cf)retinn.\\nMan is mortal. e r 9#cnfd) if! fterMtd).\\nHuman life is short. 2) a g nienfd)Ud)e Seben tft \u00c2\u00a3ut$.\\nVice plunges its followers into a Rafter ftuqt feine 2(n ganger\\nperdition. tn$ QSerfeerben.\\nE^quence is powerful. i c SSerefetfamfrit ift madjttg.\\nPoetry is enchanting. i e \u00c2\u00a3)td)tfunft ift k$aubetnfe*\\nGovernment. te ^Ke^tetung.\\nHistory teaches us experience. D i e \u00c2\u00aeefd)td)te (el)rt un$ (Srfafytung\\nSaint Paul. e r fyeittgc $pautu$.\\nMost of his contemporaries. 2) i e meiftcn feiner 3ettgencffen.\\nIn town. 3n feer.^tafet.\\nTo go to church. 3n fe t c JUrcfye cjefyen*.\\nT/13 East Indies. DfHnfeien.\\nThi West Indies. SBefHnfetcn.\\nBefore the conclusion of the dra- 5Sor (Snfeicumg fecS @d)aufpte(e$.\\nma.\\n2d, On the use of a pronoun.\\nI take the liberty of writing to 3$ nefyme m i r feie gtetftett, aft\\nyou. \u00c2\u00a7te $u fd)tei en.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "348\\nHow goes it? How do you do?\\nVery well.\\nI have bought a hat.\\nLet us go on a party of pleasure.\\nHe is quite at home.\\nHe is very conceited.\\nI have it in my hands.\\nI have it before my eyes.\\nI consent to it, (willingly or with\\npleasure).\\n2Btegef)t g Sfjnen?\\n(5g gcbt mir fcf)t rooty*.\\n3d) f}ot e m i t ctncn \u00c2\u00a3ut gefrmft\\n2Btt rceltcn ung focute etn SBergmk\\ngen wrfefiaffen.\\n^r madbt fi cb g kquein\\n(St bttfcct fi d) met etn.\\n3d) fyabe eg in \u00c2\u00a3anten.\\n3d) babe eg tjcr 2Cugcru\\n3d) tun e g juftiefcen.\\n3d, On the use of a verb.\\nWho has said mass to-day 1\\nI am with you in a moment.\\nWe shall have a storm.\\nHow is that 1\\nI do not scruple to do it.\\nWhat do you think of it\\nThey will not dissuade me from\\nit.\\nTo buy a lottery ticket*\\nTo be born*\\nTo bring forth*\\nTo dowZ (to call in question).\\nTo lay the cloth.\\nTo se\u00c2\u00a3 down (to compose).\\n2$cr F)at Ijeute tie Sfflcffe gelefen?\\n3d) f omme gfetd).\\nSBtt rocrtcn cm \u00c2\u00a9enrittet c F o m\\nmen.\\n8\u00c2\u00a3ie g e f) t tag gu\\n3d) trage Fein S3etenFen,\\nc^ $u tfyun.\\n2 a$ fatten @te tawn\\n3d) faffs mir tag md)t augretet*.\\n3n tic Sottcttc f e c tu\\n3ur 2Mt F o m m c n\\n3ur SBeft b r t n g c n\\n3n 3rc ctfc( 5 1 c ty c n\\nen Stfd) tccfen.\\n\u00c2\u00a9djrtftltd) auffejscn.\\n4th, On the use of a preposition.\\nHow is your health 1\\nTo land, to go ashore.\\nHis affairs are in a bad state.\\nI bet six crowns.\\nI forgive you.\\nTo esteem one s self happy.\\nTo make an enemy of some one.\\nI fear to be burdensome to you.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Btc ftefyt eg u m 3fae \u00c2\u00a9cfuttbfjeit\\n2C n g Cant treten*.\\n5g ftefyt tibeC m i t tfym aug,\\n3d) nxtte u m fcd)g -Sfyater.\\n3d) fjatte eg Sbnen 3 u gut*\\n(Std) fur gludltd) fatten*\\n@td) Scmanfcen gum gctnte mad)Cti,\\n3d) fftrcfjtc SDncn gur 2aft gu fallen\\nOBSERVE ALSO THE FOLLOWING IDIOMS.\\nTo prescribe milk-diet.\\nTo copy fair.\\nOf one s own accord.\\nWe shall not live to see it.\\nIt is all over with me.\\ni c SHttcfyFur ttetottnen.\\n3ng 9?ctne fefactben* (rein a fcfyrd*\\nben*).\\n2Cug frcten (Stucfen.\\n2Btr roerten eg md)t etfefcen*\\nSg ift urn mid) gefefafan*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "349\\nMy head turns round (is giddy). nntb nut fcfyttrinbltdft.\\nI faint. 3d) fccfomme cine Dfjnmacf)!.\\nI thought you were a German by 3d) Ijtett (Sic fur cincn QCtwnen\\nbirth. \u00c2\u00a3)cutfd)cn.\\nTo live on bad terms with some Unctntg nut Scmanbcm tckn.\\none.\\nTo follow an unprofitable trade. @td) nut broblofcn jtunftcn a ge cn*\\nThis seems reasonable. \u00c2\u00a3)ct$ (cipt fid) t)5 ten (fdjcint ttetnunfs\\nTo lose one s reputation. (gctnen guten Seamen Bcrtteren*.\\nBy means of. sj^tt t c( ft or crmit t ct ft (go-\\nvern the genitive).\\nHe has succeeded by means of SScrmtttcIft 3f)tc$ SSctjtcmbcS ift e$\\nyour assistance. tf)tn getunqen.\\nWe reached the shore by means \u00c2\u00a3Bit famen nuttetft (ttetmttte(ft) ctncS\\nof a boat. itafyncS an$ Ufcr.\\nTowards (to meet). 6 n t$ C g C n (governs the dative)\\nWe went to meet his father. \u00c2\u00a3Btt gtno/n fetnem 93ater entgegen\\nAgainst (in opposition to). 3 U an b e t.\\nNever act against the laws. \u00c2\u00a3anb(c nic ben (Ucfegen jtinribcr.\\nOpposite. (3 i Q c n u i c r.\\nMy house is opposite his. SBcin #au$ ftcf)t bem fctnigen gecjett*\\niibet.\\nO65. The prepositions etttgegen, juttriber, and gegett*\\nfiber are always placed after the case which they\\ngovern.\\nNext to (after). #1 a cfy ft (governs the dative).\\nNext to you I like him )sst. 9?ctd)ft Sljnen ift et nur bet \u00c2\u00a3ict ftc*\\nTogether with (besides, inclu- SftcOft, fammt (govern the dative),\\nding).\\nHe lost the ducat together with (St ttetlot ben \u00c2\u00a3)ucatcn fammt ben\\nthe crowns, sold the garden \u00c2\u00a3t)ctfcrn, sctfaufte ben fatten\\nincluding the house. nebft bem 6aufe.\\nIf I were now to question you as \u00c2\u00a3Benn id) \u00c2\u00a9ie jcgt fragtc, rote id) in\\nI used to do at the beginning unfern etften Cccttonen $u tf)un\\nof our lessons, what would pfU Qte (rote id) attfotujS gu tfjun\\nyou answer? Pf^te), was rcurben Ste ant?\\nwcrten", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "350\\nWe found these questions at first SBtr fanten anfnng$ tiefe $ta$ett\\nrather ridiculous, but full of etnxis tad)erttd) Tattem t cll 33er*\\nconfidence in your method, we traucn --jf Sfyte Cef)tatt, beants\\nanswered as v ell as the small roertcten tt it ttefe(6en, fo gut e$\\nquantity of word sand rules we un$ tet Heine SScrratr) son \u00c2\u00a3Bots\\nthen possessed allowed us. tern unt SKecjeln (^principten), ten\\ntvir tamalS fatten, cjeftattetc (er\u00c2\u00ab\\n(aubte).\\nWe were not long in finding out \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3it fyakn ftatt gemcrft, tap tie\\nthat those questions were cal- $rao,en t arouf berecfynet nxtren,\\nculated to ground us in the uns turd) tie rciterfprecbenten\\nrules, and to exercise us in 2Cntrcotten, tie rxrir Qcpungen\\nconversation, by the contradic- rcaren, tarauf $u a,cbcn, tic frills\\ntory answers we were obliged cipien ($Kege(n) ein$ufd)arfen unt\\nto make. un$ in tcr ilnterrjaftuno, $u liben.\\nWe can now almost keep up a 3\u00c2\u00abej$t fennen tmr un$ fcetnarje t oll=\\nconversation in German. f ommen cutf teutfd) (tm iDeutfcfyen)\\nuntcrfottetu\\nThis phrase does not seem to us \u00c2\u00a3)iefer \u00c2\u00a9ag fcfyetnt un$ mcf)t (cgifd)\\nlogically correct. rtc^ttcj.\\nWe should be ungrateful if we \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3it roaren imtanftat, roenn nrir\\nallowed such an opportunity cine fo fd)6ne (Sktegcnfyett sorbets\\nto escape without expressing gefyen Itcpcn, obne Sfynen tmfetf\\nour liveliest gratitude to you. tebfyaftefte iDanffcarfctt $u Oe^etgen.\\nIn all cases, at all events. 2\u00c2\u00a3uf [eten gatl.\\nThe native, ter (Stngeborne\\nthe insurmountable difficulty, tie unfibernnntltcfjc (Scfyttnetigfctt\\nthis energetic language, tiefe energifebe (Etaftrotle) \u00c2\u00a9prac^e\\nthe acknowledgment, tie (grfcnnt(icr)6cit a\\ntire gratitude, the acknowledg- tie SDanf forfeit\\nment,\\nexercises. 240.\\nWill you drink a cup of coffee 1 I thank you, 1 do not like\\ncoffee. Then you will drink a glass of wine I have just drunk\\nsome. Let us take a walk. Willingly but where shall we go\\nto Come with me into my aunt s garden we shall there find a\\nvery agreeable society. I believe it (2)as ajattbe id) gern) but the\\nquestion is whether this agreeable society will admit me. You\\nare welcome every where. What ails you, my friend How do\\nyou like (SBte fdjmecft Sfynen) that wine? I like it very well (bert*\\nltd)) but I have drunk enough ($ut \u00c2\u00a9entire otet genua,) of it.\\nDrink once more. No, too much is unwholesome (ungefunt) I\\nknow my constitution (tie 9?atut). Do not fall. What is the mat-\\nter with you I do not know but my head is giddy I think I\\nam fainting.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I think so also, for you look almost like a dead per-\\nson. What countryman are you 1 I am a Frenchman. You\\na (\u00c2\u00a3rfenntlid)feit is derived from erfemten, to acknowledge. S)anffor*eM\\nexpresses both gratitude an 1 acknowledgment.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "351\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2peak German so well that I took you for German by birth. Yob\\nare jesting. Pardon me, I do not jest at all. How long have you\\nbeen in Germany A few days. In earnest] You doubt it per-\\nhaps, because I speak German I knew it before I came to Ger-\\nmany. How did you manage to learn it so well I did like the\\nprudent starling (bet \u00c2\u00a9taor),\\nTell me, why you are always on bad terms with your wife (bte\\ng rau) 1 and why do you engage in unprofitable trades It costs\\nso much trouble feftct fo Mel 93?uljc) to get an employment (lug\\nman ctrt fcefemmt). And you have a good one and neglect it (tf\\nf)tntanfe|en ctcr J?crnad)ld ffiflcn). Do you not think of the future 1\\nNow allow me to speak also (3cj t (affen @w mid) aud) ritatj.\\nAll you have just said seems reasonable, but it is not my fault (e$\\nijt ntd)t nietne (Sdbulb), if I have lost my reputation it is that of my\\nwife (nietne -Jrau ijt (Scbulb baton) she has sold my finest clothes,\\nmy rings, and my gold watch. I am full of debts (t ett \u00c2\u00a3fd)uft)en\\nfetn*), and I do not know what to do (roa$ id) anfangen cber trjun fell).\\nI will not excuse (entfcftulbtcjen) your wife but I know that you\\nnave also contributed (focttragen*) to your ruin (l a$ SSerberften).\\nWomen are generally good when they are left so.\\n241. DIALOGUE.\\nThe master* If I were now to ask you such questions as 1 did\\nat the beginning of our lessons, (viz.) Have you the hat which\\nmy brother has am I hungry 1 has he the tree of my brother s\\ngarden c. what would you answer 1\\nThe pupils. We are obliged (cje^nningen) to confess that we\\nfound these questions at first rather ridiculous but full of confi-\\ndence in your method, we answered as well as the small quantity\\nof words and rules we then possessed allowed us. We were in\\nfact not long in finding out that these questions were calculated to\\nground us in the rules, and to exercise us in conversation, by the\\ncontradictory answers we were obliged to make. But now that we\\ncan almost keep up a conversation in the energetic language which\\nyou teach us, we should answer It is impossible that we should\\nhave the same hat which your brother has, for two persons canno 1\\nhave one and the same thing. To (2Cuf with accus.) the second\\nquestion we should answer, that is impossible for us to know\\nwhether you are hungry or not. As to the last, we should say\\nthat there is more than one tree in a garden, and in telling us that\\nhe has the tree of the garden, the phrase does not seem to us logi-\\ncally correct. At all events we should be ungrateful if we allowed\\nsuch an opportunity to escape, without expressing our liveliest\\ngratitude to you for the trouble you have taken in arranging those\\nwise combinations (Huge SS^egc cinfdhtaqcn* cber (Somtunattenen mcu\\nd)en), to ground us almost imperceptibly (bcincifee unmerfttd)) in the\\nrules, and exercise us in the conversation of a language which,\\ntaught in any other way, presents (bartueten*) to foreigners, and\\neven to natives, almost insurmountable difficulties. (See end of\\nLesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "852\\nHUNDRED AND SECOND LESSON.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 fitxtibttl ttttb\\n^tueite faction.\\nTo avoid death, with which he Um t cm Sobe $u cntgerjen, t)cr tr)m\\nwas threatened, he took to betterftanb (roomtt cr bcbroljct\\nflight. war), nafym (ercjnff) cr bte -gludjt.\\nI warrant you (I answer for it), f 3d) jtcfje Sfyuen bafur.\\nSo goes the world. f (go cjefyt c$ in bcr 2Be(t.\\nBut must one not be a fool to 2Cbcr mupte man ntd)t cin 9?atr fetn,\\nremain in a place bombarded rcenn man an ctnem t on Ungarn\\nby Hungarians 1 bombarbtrtcn \u00c2\u00a3)rte btetben roollte\\nThe deuce take the Hungarians f Dag tic Uncjarn, roelcfce tanc\\nwho give no quarter \u00c2\u00a9nabc cjcben (nx(d)C gar nid)l\\nfdjoncn), betm \u00c2\u00a3cnfet roaren\\nWill you be my guest 1 SMlen Ste metn \u00c2\u00a9aft fctn\\nWill you dine with me 1 SBollcn Ste mit mtr cf]Ten\\nr Semanben gu \u00c2\u00a9aft bitten*.\\nTo invite some one to dinner. Scmanben gum SMtttageffcn ctnlas\\nC ben*.\\nI have ordered your favourite f 3d) f)abe S^e Setbfpetfc $ubcrctten\\ndish. laffen.\\nThere is nothing like a good (Sg cjebt ntd)tS iibcv cin gutc^ Stiicf\\npiece of roast meat. 33raten.\\nX\\nThe roast meat, bcr SBraten, t a$ \u00c2\u00a9ebratcne\\nthe guilty, bcr (Sdnilbtge\\nthe innocent, bcr llnfcbulbtge\\na good (jovial) companion, cin (ufttCjet 23rubcr\\nthe husband, bcr 93?ann (\u00c2\u00a9fyemann).\\ni (Sin en d an ciner 8ad)e haben*\\nTo be disgusted with a thing. (Stner \u00c2\u00a9acl)C (genitive) tA tti ffa\\nfctn*.\\nWho hazards gains. f grifd) flcrcagt tft fcatb gcrcennen.\\nNothing venture nothing have. J (Sprid)ii;ctf.)\\nTo strike (in speaking of light- f (Stnfdjtagcn*\\nning).\\nThe lightning has struck. f (5$ fyat ctngefd)lagcn.\\nThe lightning struck the ship, f \u00c2\u00a3)cr 33tt\u00c2\u00a7 febtug tn\u00c2\u00a3 Sd)tff\\nWhile my brother was on the 2C(6 mem \u00c2\u00a9ruber auf bet effenen\\nopen sea a violent storm rose (See (cber auf bem fyorjen 9}?eere)\\nunexpectedly the lightning roar, crrjob ftd) (!am unt?ermutr)Ct)\\nstruck the ship which it set ctn fjefttger (Sturm ber SBtig\\non fire, and the whole crew fd)(ug tns Sd)tff, %a$ cr anjttnbc*\\njumped into the sea to save tc, unb t a$ cjan^e @d)tff6t otf\\nthemselves by swimming. fpran^ (ftur^te ftd}) tng Sfteer, um\\nftd) mtt Sd)wtmmen ju rctten.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "353\\nHe was struck with fright, (St routbc ten (Sd)tccfen befallen\\nwhen he saw that the fire (crfd)ta\u00c2\u00a3 ^eftt^), otS et faf), toj\\nwas gaining- oh all sides. ba$ gtuet ouf alien \u00c2\u00a9citcn urn\\nftd griff.\\nHe did not know what to do. f gt reupte nicbt, wo$u ct ftcb cnU\\nfebtiepen [elite.\\nTT C (St mecbtc nacbftnnen, rote ct rooUte.\\nHe reflected m yam. ffir fann narf)#\\nIn vain. SScrgcMirf), setgcbcnS, umfonjt.\\nTo reflect (to hesitate). (Sid) fteftmten* (Part, past, tu fons\\nncn).\\nHe hesitated no longer. f (St befann fid) ntdt)t tanker.\\nI have not heard of him yet. 3d) f)dbc ncd) fetne 5^acr rtd)t t?en\\ntbm ctbatten.\\nMy friend who was present told TOcin gtcunb, roelcbet $ugegen wax,\\nme all this. fat nut alleS biefe$ cr^ablt.\\nWhat would have become of \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ic ware cS nut etgangen\\nme %\u00c2\u00a3a$ ware au$ mit gercotben\\nA FEW MORE IDIOMS.\\nIt is a fortnight (a week) since SStcqebn (acbt) Sage lang bin id)\\nI was out. nicbt au\u00c2\u00a3gegangen.\\nWill you not go out to-day \u00c2\u00a9tc roctben t)cd) f)cutc au\u00c2\u00a3gcl)cn\\nI would not importune you. 3d) null Sfynen nid)t befebroctlid)\\nfallen.\\nHe has nothing to live upon. (St bat ntcbt* $u leben.\\nI board and lodge him. 3d) Qcbc t()tn fretcn Sifd) unb \u00c2\u00a3Bcb\\nnung.\\nThe mystery will be discovered. 3 te (Sacbe tvirt) fdjon an ben Sag\\nfommen.\\nThey are going to lay the cloth. 50?an rcitb balb ben Sifd) becfen.\\nHe lives high (feasts, eats, and (St ipt unb ttinft gut.\\ndrinks well).\\nHave you done 1 \u00c2\u00a9tub @te fertig\\nThat is his business. \u00c2\u00a3)a mag et gufeben.\\nTo do one s best. \u00c2\u00a9ein 2Ceu(5erfte\u00c2\u00a7 tbun*.\\nHe has assisted me. (St tft nut $ut \u00c2\u00a3anb gegangen.\\nWe must not be too particular. SSit nuiffen e$ fo genau nid)t neb*\\nmen.\\nHe is not to be blamed for not (S* tft tbm nicbt 311 ttctbcnftn, ba$ ex\\ndoing it. eei nicbt tbut.\\nThe book is out of print it was a* 25 ud) ift ttcrgri^fen c$ wax bet\\npublised by N, fertegt.\\nWill you please to take a plain Snellen (Sic mit cincm cinfacben\\nsupper with us 2(benbeffen bei un$ furlicb (cbet\\ntjorttcb) nebmen", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "354\\nThe general has been defeated et geltfyetr tft aufs \u00c2\u00a3aupt gefd)la\u00c2\u00bb\\nand the army routed. gen imt tte 2Crmce ufcet ten #au\u00c2\u00ab\\nfen geipcrfen tvorten.\\nThe angel, tet (Snget\\nthe masterpiece, ta$ ^etfterjltic!\\nher physiognomy, ifyrc \u00c2\u00aeeftd)t$bUfcung\\nthe expression. ter 2(ustrucf\\nher shape, tt)rc \u00c2\u00a9eftott\\nthe action, tie \u00c2\u00a3cmttung\\nthe look, tet KuUid\\nthe contentment, tie 3ufrietenF)eit\\nthe respect, tie (5l)rfurcf)t\\nthe admiration, tie SBenwnterung;\\nthe charm, the grace, tic tfnmutl)\\nthe demeanour, the manners, ta$ SBenefymen\\nthin (slender), fd)(anf\\nfascinating (engaging), etnnel)ment\\nravish in gly, $um (Sntgticfcn\\nuncommonly well, gang ttortreff(td)\\nperfectly well, t ollfemmcn.\\nHer look inspires respect and 3l)r UnUxd flof t (Sfytfutd)t unt 93e.\\nadmiration. rountcrung ein.\\nAllow me, my lady, to introduce (Srfaufccn Sie, gnatige $xau, ta|5\\nto you Mr. G., an old friend id) Sfincn \u00c2\u00a3ettn t on atg einen\\nof our family. ctlten grcunt metneS \u00c2\u00a3aufe$ t cr\u00c2\u00ab\\nftette.\\n1 am delighted to become ac- 3d) freue mid) fe^r,mctn \u00c2\u00a3ett, Sforc\\nquainted with you. 23e6anntfd)aft 511 macfyen.\\nI shall do all in my power tc 3d) roerte atle^ \u00c2\u00a3ftogltd)e tfyun, urn\\ndeserve your good opinion. mid) Sfytct \u00c2\u00a9ercegenfycit rcutttg\\n511 mad)en.\\nAllow me, ladies, to introduce to (Srfaufccn \u00c2\u00a9to, metne \u00c2\u00a3)ctmen, tag\\nyou Mr. B., whose brother has id) Sfynen ^errn ncn 23. tjerjtcfle,\\nrendered such eminent ser- teffen SBruter S^rem 2Setter fo\\nvices to your cousin. grope Dienfte geletftet t)at.\\nHow happy we are to see you at \u00c2\u00a3Bte fefyr ftnt rotr ctfreut, c Wx\\nour house unS $u fer)cn\\nexercises. 242.\\nWhy do you hide yourself? I am obliged to hide myself, for it\\nis all over with me if my father hears that I have taken to flight but\\nthere was no other means (lein entered 9Ktttcl ftfcrtg cter nicbt ontet\u00c2\u00a3\\nniegtuf) fcin*) to avoid death, with which I was threatened. You\\nnave been very wrong in leaving (tJerlnffen*) your regiment, and\\nyour father will be very angry (fef)t bofc cter ^erntg fcin*) when he\\nhears of it, I warrant you. But must one not be a foo- to remain\\nin a place bombarded by Hungarians The deuce take the Hun-\\ngarians, who give no quarter They have beaten and robbed (aufa\\nfcUmtcrn) ine, and (never) in my life have I done them any harm.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "355\\nSo goes the world, the innocent very often suffer for the guiity.--\\nDid you know Mr. Zweifel I did know him, for lie often worked\\nfor our house. One of my friends has just told me that he has\\ndrowned himself, and that his wife has blown out her brains with\\na pistol (Lesson XCV.). I can hardly believe it; for the man\\nwhom you are speaking of was always a jovial companion, and\\ngood companions do not drawn themselves. His wife is even said\\nto have written on the table before she killed herself: Who haz-\\nards gains I have nothing more to lose, having lost my good hus-\\nband. I am disgusted with this world, where there is nothing\\nconstant (Ocjlanbtg) except (at*) inconstancy (Me Unbeftantuc^ett).\\n243.\\nWill you be my guest I thank you a friend of mine has in-\\nvited me to dinner he has ordered my favourite dish.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 What dish\\nis it] It is milk-food. As for me (;33}a$ mid) anMangt), I do not\\nlike milk-food there is nothing like a good piece of roast beef or\\nveal (liKinC^ etwr jlatbebratcn). What has become of your young-\\nest brother He has suffered shipwreck in going to America.\\nYou must give me an account of that ((Sqdfyten \u00c2\u00a9te nut fced)t a\u00c2\u00a3).\\nVery willingly. Being on the open sea, a great storm arose. The\\nlightning struck the ship and set it on fire. The crew jumped into\\nthe sea to save themselves by swimming. My brother knew not\\nwhat to do, having never learnt to swim. He reflected in vain\\nhe fou.,d no means to save his life. He was struck with fright\\nwhen he saw that the fire was gaining on all sides. He hesitated\\nno longer, and jumped into the sea. W T ell (iflim), what has be-\\ncome of him I do not know, having not heard of him yet. But\\nwho told you all that My nephew, who was there, and who saved\\nhimself. As you are talking of your nephew a Ste Qerafce oca\\nSfyrcm Stfcffen fprcd)en), where is he at present] He is in Italy.\\nIs it long since you heard from him 1 I have received a letter from\\nhim to-day. What does he write to you He writes to me that\\nhe is going to marry a young woman who brings (^ubrtncjen*) him\\na hundred thousand crowns. Is she handsome] Handsome as\\nan angel she is a master-piece of nature. Her physiognomy is\\nmild and full of expression her eyes are the finest in (pen) the\\nworld, and her mouth is charming (allerttebft). She is neither too\\ntall nor too short her shape is slender ail her actions are full of\\ngrace, and her manners very engaging. Her look inspires respect\\nand admiration. She has also a great deal of wit (Oct erftcmt\\nshe speaks several languages, dances uncommonly well, and sings\\nravishingly. My nephew finds in her but one defect (fcet Jchfer).\\nAnd what is that defect] She is affected (mad)t 2Cnfpruchc). There\\nis nothing perfect in the world. How happy you are (SSk qlucHtcfy\\nfinb (Sic) you are rich, you have a good wife, pretty children, a\\nfine house, and all you wish (for). Not all, my friend. \u00e2\u0080\u0094What do\\nyou desire more Contentment for you know that he only is\\nhappy who is contented. (See end of Lesson XXXIV.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "356\\nHUNDRED AND THIRD LESSON. tyntibctt XM6\\nbritte Section.\\nGENERAL REMARKS ON GERMAN CONSTRUCTION.\\nThe fundamental principle of German construction\\nis this the word which, after the subject, expresses\\nthe principal idea, is always placed after those words\\nwhich only express accessory ideas. It has the advan\\ntage of attracting and of keeping up and increasing\\nthe attention to the end of the phrase.\\nThe word which least defines the subject is placed\\nat the beginning of the sentence, then come those\\nwords which define it in a higher degree, so that the\\nword which most determines the meaning of the\\nphrase is at the end.\\nAccording to this we place the words in the follow-\\ning order:\\n1st, The adverb of negation mcfyt, when it relates\\nto the verb of the subject. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9em Setter beanttwvtet\\n1\\nnteuten SSrtef mtf)t, his father does not answer my letter.\\n2d, The other adverbs relating to the verb of the\\n1 2\\nsubject. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9te fcfyretben %t)ten SSrtef ntcfyt gut, you do\\nnot write your letter well.\\n3d, The preposition with the case it governs, or in\\nits stead the adverbs of place ba, fyter, and their com-\\npounds bafyer, baf)ttt, as well as the demonstrative ad\\nverbs compounded of ba and fyter, as: bamtt, battott,\\n1\\nfytemn, barauf, baritber, c. Ex. dv anttoortete ntd)t\\n2 3\\nfyofittdf) auf ttteuien SSrtef, he did not answer my letter\\n1 2 3\\npolitely. @r ctntroortete nicfyt fcfynett betremf, he did not\\nanswer it quickly.\\nObs. When the verb of the subject has several ca-\\nses with their prepositions, that which defines it the\\nmost exactly follows all the others, the determination\\nof time always preceding that of place. Ex. @r ttat", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "357\\ntoegen feitter ttnfcfyulb mit frofylicfyem \u00c2\u00a9effcfyte fcor bag @ertrf)t\\n(which defines most exactly), on account of his inno-\\ncence he appeared before his judges with a joyful\\ncountenance. \u00c2\u00a3er \u00c2\u00a9efitfyllofe blieb an biefem Stage (time),\\nauf berfcfyonften glur (place), bet alter Scfjonljeit ber reijen*\\nben 9iatur (place) bennorf) ofyne alle (Smpftnbung (which de-\\nfines most exactly), the insensible man, remained on\\nthat day without the least emotion, though in the most\\nbeautiful field and surrounded by all the beauty of\\ncharming nature. 1\\n4th, The predicate of the subject. Ex. 3d) bin nicfyt\\n2 3 4\\ntmmer mit feiner Slnttoort gufrieben, I am not always\\nsatisfied with his answer.\\n5th, The separable particles of compound verbs, as\\nwell as all those words which are considered as separ-\\nable particles, inasmuch as they complete the sense of\\nthe verb (Obs. A, Lesson LXVIL), as: au^wenbtg\\nfemen, to learn by heart: in Sid) t .nefymen*, to take\\ncare ju 9Diittag effeu*, to dine, c. Ex. 2Barum gin;\\n12 3 5\\ner ntcfyt offer mit Sbtten gu$ why did he not go out witi\\nyou oftener\\n6th, The verb in the infinitive. Ex. (gr fann %i)Xim\\n12 2 3 6\\ntudjt immer fcfynelt auf S^reit SSrtef antnwten, he cannot\\nalways answer your letter quickly.\\n7th, The past participle or the infinitive, when th3j\\nform with the auxiliary a compound tense of the verb.\\n12 2 3 7\\nEx. (\u00c2\u00a3r i)at mix nicfyt immer fyoflid) barauf geautwortet, he\\nhas not always answered it politelv. @r tt irb S^nett\\n12 2 3 7\\nnicfyt immer fo fyoflid) auf %l)xen SSrief antroorten.\\nThese remarks apply to the natural order of\\nideas; but the German language is so much subject to\\ninversions, that we must sometimes deviate from them,\\naccording to the stress which we wish to put on cer-\\ntain words, or the strength and importance we wish\\nto give them in the sentence. See the following", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "358\\nRECAPITULATION OF THE RULES OF SYNTAX\\nOR CONSTRUCTION.\\n1st, When the adjective which precedes the noun\\nis accompanied by some words that relate to, or define\\nit, they are placed immediately before it. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a3m?\\ngegen Seberntann fyofltdje $vau, a woman polite towards\\neverybody. 3fyr \u00c2\u00a9te fyerjttd) Kebenbeg $tnb, your child\\nthat loves you from all his heart. (Lesson XCIII.)\\n2d, Personal pronouns, when not in the nomina\\ntive, as well as reflexive pronouns (Lesson LXX are\\nplaced after the verb. Ex. 3d) liebe \u00c2\u00a3trf), I love thee.\\n@r ftebt mid), he loves me. 3d) nmnfdje Sfynen etttett guten\\n99?orgett, I wish you a good morning. SD?eine \u00c2\u00a9d)tt efler\\n6eftnbet jTd) ti)of)f, my sister is well.\\nObs. A. When the accusative is a personal pro-\\nnoun, it precedes the dative, if not, it follows it. Ex.\\n\u00c2\u00a9eben \u00c2\u00a9ie metnem 33 r u b e r i a$ S3 ud) do you\\ngive the book to my brother 3d) gebe eg t f) m, I do\\ngive it to him. Wladjen \u00c2\u00a9ie3fyrer$rcm \u00c2\u00a9emafylum ntetne\\nSmpfefyhmg, present my compliments to your lady. 3d)\\ngab e$ bem 93ater, I gave it to the father. (Lesson\\nXXVIII.) But if we wish to put a particular stress on\\nthe dative, we must put it after the accusative. Ex.\\ner gdfylte bie gem ge \u00c2\u00a9efd)id)te fetner grau, he told his wife\\nthe whole history. Here the whole strength of the\\nsentence falls on the words fetner \u00c2\u00a7rau*\\nObs. B. When the case of the verb is a genitive\\nit is always preceded by the accusative, whether a per-\\nsonal pronoun or not. Ex. 3d) fcerjTcfyere \u00c2\u00a9ie metttet\\n\u00c2\u00a7od)ad)tung, I assure you of my esteem. 9D?cm fyat ben\\n\u00c2\u00a9efangenen beg 23erbred)en3 itberwtefen, the prisoner has\\nbeen convicted of the crime. (Lesson LXIV.)\\n3d, The infinitive and past participle are always\\npreceded by their cases, or in other words, the infini-\\ntive and past participle always stand at the end of the\\nsentence. Ex. 3d) tt erbe morgen aufS Scmb gefyen, I shall\\ngo into the country to-morrow. @r tfi geflew bafyin ge*\\ngattgen, he went thither yesterday. 3d) tt erbe Sfynen tae\\n93ud) gebett, I shall give you the book: gr fyat eg mtr ge*\\nfa$t, he has told it to me. (Lessons XXIV. and XLII.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "359\\nObs. A. When two or several infinitives, two past\\nparticiples, or a past participle and an infinitive de-\\npend on each other, the first in English becomes the\\n1 2\\nlast in German. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9te fomtett tfyh fprecfyett fyoren, you\\n2 1 12\\nmay hear him speak id) tt erbe fyeute nid)t fyct$teren getjett\\n3 3 2 1\\nfomtett, I shall not be able to go a walking to-day feitt\\n12 2 1\\n\u00c2\u00a3cw\u00c2\u00a3 ift fcerfcmft ttJOtbett, his house has been sold.\\n(Lesson LXXI.)\\nObs. B. The two infinitives or participles, c, not\\ndepending on each other, follow the English construc-\\n1 2\\ntion. Ex. Wlaxt tmt$ \u00c2\u00a9ott Itefcen tmb fcetefyrett, we must\\n1 2\\nlove and honour God ffe ttrirb geliebt Uttb gefobt, she is\\n1 2\\nloved and praised. (Lesson LXXI.)\\n4th, The verb of the subject (in compound tenses\\nthe auxiliary) is removed to the end when the phrase\\nbegins, (a) with a conjunction, as al\u00c2\u00a7, ba, ob, ba$,\\nVDeil, tt)emt r a c. (b) with a relative pronoun, as ber,\\nIDetdfjer, tt)er r meaning he who, and xva$, that which (c)\\nafter the relative adverb, *tt 0, and all the prepositions\\ncombined with it, as ttwbttrd), ttJOtllit, toofcott, c. Ex.\\nSite td) fte juttt erftett 9Q?ate faf), when I saw her for the\\nfirst time. 3d) nmttfcfyte, ba# er imtgittge, I wish he would\\ngo with us. @r liebt \u00c2\u00a9ie tticfyt, n etl \u00c2\u00a9ie ifytt beleibigt f)a*\\nben, he does not love you, because you have offended\\nhim. SfBarten \u00c2\u00a9te, big id) mem @e(b befotitnte, wait till I\\nreceive my money. 2Betttt tcf) eg gettm^t tyattt, had I\\nknown that. ?efett \u00c2\u00a9te ba$ SBncf) tt ekf)e3 id) Sbtten gefte*\\nl)ett f)abe? do you read the book which I have lent\\nyou SBtflen \u00c2\u00a9ie tticfyt, n o er gewefett tfi do you not\\nknow where he has been $6ttltett \u00c2\u00a9ie ntir ltid)t fagett,\\ntoa$ attg il)tit gett)orben xfl can you not tell me what\\na For conjunctions which do net remove the. verb to the end of the phnuM\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ec Lesson LXI.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "360\\nhas become of him 25ag ift eg ebeit, tooburd) er emeu\\nfo groften \u00c2\u00a9djaben erlitten t)at, n ot)on er ffcf) fcl n erlxct) ttneber\\nerbolen ttnrb, it is precisely that, by which he has sus-\\ntained such a loss, as he will find it difficult to recover\\nfrom. (Lesson XLVIL)\\nObs. A. When a proposition in which the verb is\\nrequired at the end of the sentence, contains one of\\nthe auxiliaries fein and tt erbett, or one of the verbs\\nbiirfen, fomtett, lajfen, ntitflen, fotten, tt often, joined to an\\ninfinitive, these take their place immediately after the\\ninfinitive. Ex. 2Bemt \u00c2\u00a9ie bag *Pferb faufen ttotfen, if you\\nwish to buy the horse. (Lesson LXIX.) But when\\nnot governed by a conjunctive word, they stand before\\nthe infinitive and its case. Ex. SOBoften \u00c2\u00a9te bag *Pferb\\nfaufen Do you wish to buy the horse\\nObs. B. Incidental or explanatory propositions are\\nplaced immediately after the word which they define,\\nor at the end of the principal proposition. Ex. (\u00c2\u00a3g ift\\nfd)tt er, emen $etnb, welcfyer nxtcfyfam ift, ju iiberfaHen, or\\neg tfl fdf)tt er, etnen getnb $u itberfatfen, tt eld)er tt ad)fam ift,\\n(Lesson LX.)\\nObs. C. When there are at the end of a sentence\\ntwo infinitives, two past participles, or an infinitive\\nand a past participle, the verb which the conjunction\\nrequires at the end, may stand either before or after\\nthem. Ex. 28emt \u00c2\u00a9ie Sfyre Section n erben ftabixt fyaben,\\nor: ftubixt tyahen werben, fo werbe id) Sfytten fagen, wag \u00c2\u00a9ie\\njit tijlin fyaben, when you have studied your lesson, I\\nshall tell you what you have to do. (Lesson LXXXII.)\\nON THE TRANSPOSITION OF THE SUBJECT AFTER ITS VERB.\\n5th, Whenever a sentence begins with any other\\nword than the subject or nominative, its order is in-\\nverted, and in all inversions the subject stands after\\nthe verb in simple, and after the auxiliary in compound\\ntenses (Lesson LVIIL). From this rule must be ex-\\ncepted conjunctive words which serve to unite senten-\\nces. They leave the subject in its place and remove\\nthe verb to the end of the sentence (Lesson XI/VTL\\nand Rule 4th above).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "361\\nA German sentence may begin with an adverb, a\\npreposition and its case, a case, an adjective, a parti-\\nciple or an infinitive. Ex. Qmte g e b e id) md)t a\\\\x8 f\\nI do not go out to-day morgen tt e r b e id) \u00c2\u00a9ie befudjett,\\nto-morrow I. shall come to see you tm Slttfattge fcfyuf\\n\u00c2\u00a9ott Qimmel imb (Srbe, in the beginning God made\\nheaven and earth. S3 on feitten $itt bern fprarf)\\ne r, he spoke of his children. S3ei Sfyttett f) a b e i cf)\\nmem 33ud) ttergeflfen, I forgot my book at your house. ett\\nSEftettfdjett madjt fein 2Biffe gro$ unb ftettt (\u00c2\u00a9d)iKer),his will\\nmakes a man great and little. 9?eid) ift er md)t, aber\\ngefebrt, he is not rich, but learned, \u00c2\u00a9ettebt tt)irb er ttidjt\\naber gefiircfytet, he is not loved, but feared. \u00c2\u00a9cftaben famt\\n3cber, aber nfifcen fann ttur ber SGeife itnb \u00c2\u00a9ute, any man\\ncan do injury, but the wise and good only can be use-\\nful. (Lessoii LVIII.)\\n6th, The subject is placed after the verb in an in-\\nversion of propositions, that is, when that which ought\\nto stand first, is placed after, and forms, as it were,\\nthe complement of the other. In other words the\\nsubject is placed after its verb in the second membe?\\nof a compound phrase (Lesson LXXVIL). An inver-\\nsion of propositions takes place, when the first propo-\\nsition begins with a conjunction. Ex. 35ct# er \u00c2\u00a9ie fiebt,\\ntoei$ id) (for: id) mi$, ba$ er \u00c2\u00a9ie licit), I know that\\nhe loves you. %e flei$iger cin \u00c2\u00a9cfyufer ijl, bejlo frfmeflere\\n$ortfd)ritte ttt a rf) t e r, the more studious a pupil is, the\\nmore progress he makes. SfBetttt id) reid) toixve, fo if atte\\nI cf) $remtbe I should have friends, if I were rich. 3la f)\\nbeiK mir bit \u00c2\u00a9tabt fcertafien fyattm, jog ber e i tt b in\\nbiefelbe extt, when we had left the town, the enemy en-\\ntered it (Lesson LXXXL).\\nObs. In transposing the phrase there is no inversion\\nof propositions. Ex. \u00c2\u00a3)er $emb jog in bie \u00c2\u00a9tabt eitt,\\nItacfybent tt)ir biefefbe fc er(afiett fatten, the enemy entered\\nthe town, after we had left it (Lesson LXXVIL).\\n7th, The subject also follows its verb, when in an\\ninversion of propositions, the conjunction tt) e tt tt is left\\nout in the first. Ex. 3(1 bag SBetter giutjtfg (for.\\nfcetttt bag ^Better gunjlig ijt), fo werbe id) biefe D?eife in acfcl\\n16", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "362\\n\u00c2\u00a3agett mttreten, if the weather is favourable I shall *et\\nout in a weeK (Lesson LXXXL).\\nThe same is the case with the conjunctioi ob,\\nwhether. Ex. 3d) n eifji nicfyt, frf) 1 af e obertt ad)t id)\\n(for: ob id) fdjfafe ober tixtdje), I do not know whether I\\nam asleep or awake and all compound conjunctions,\\nsuch as obgfeid), obfdjott, tt etttt gfeid), tt)emt fd)on, though.\\nEx. Sin i d) gfeid) (fcfyon) nid)t retd) (for ob or meitn id}\\ngteid) nid)t reid) bin), fo hin id) bod) jufrieben, though I am\\nnot rich, I am nevertheless contented.\\nObs. Adverbs of comparison, such as ttne, as gleid)*\\ntt ie, the same as nid)t rntr fonbem and), not only but\\nalso, c, make the nominative of the second member\\ngo after the verb, but not that of the first (this ob-\\nservation is included in Rule 6. above). Ex. Sffite (or\\ngteicfyttne) bag 9D?eer fcom SOBinbe bett egt tt irb, atfo tt) i r b\\ne i n Wt a tt tt t ott feittett getbettfdjaftert bett egt, as the sea\\nis agitated by the winds, so a man is agitated by his\\npassions.\\n8th, Some conjunctions, when beginning a sentence,\\nmake the nominative go after its verb, as bod), how-\\never bertttod), nevertheless g(eid)tt oM, notwithstand-\\ning beflen tmgead)tet, for all that vfafyii befto wemger,\\nnevertheless fyittgegett, im \u00c2\u00a9egetttfyeif, on the contrary.\\n(This rule is included in Rule 5.) Ex. Seffett uttgead)*\\ntet f) a b e tt i e ttiemate meitten SGuttfd) erfitttett Gotten,\\nfor all that you were never willing to accomplish my\\ndesire bod) frf) r i eb e r, er fonnte md)t fomtttett, however\\nhe wrote that he could not come.\\n9th, The subject follows its verb when the phrase is\\ninterrogative or ejaculatory. Ex. 2 e r tt e n 3 f) r e\\njperren 23 r it b e r beurfd) do your brothers learn\\nGerman? 2Bte gttttffid) fittb \u00c2\u00a9ie! or SGBie finb \u00c2\u00a9if\\nfo glMItd) how happy you are (Lesson XXXII. and\\nLXXXVIII.)\\nObs. When the subject is a personal or an interro-\\ngative pronoun, the construction of the interrogative\\nsentence is the same as in English. Ex. 3ft er Jtt\\nijaufe is he at home \u00c2\u00a9ittb Sfyre ftxautein \u00c2\u00a9cfyroefiem\\nin bem \u00c2\u00a9artett are your sisters in the garden SGBer\\ntftba? who is there? 2Ba$ babett \u00c2\u00a9ie getfyan? what", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "363\\nnave you done SKMcfyer Sinabe \u00c2\u00a7at btefe SSikfyet- gefcmft,\\n\u00c2\u00abnb tt em fyat er fTe fcerefyrt which boy has bought those\\nbooks, and to whom has he given them 5Bct\u00c2\u00a3 fitr ei*\\n(ten SBagen fraben \u00c2\u00a9ie gefauft what carriage have you\\nbought\\n10th, The subject not only stands after the verb, but\\nalso after all the words relating to it, when the sen-\\ntence begins with the indefinite pronoun e\u00c2\u00a3* Ex.\\nIef)rt Mt\u00c2\u00a3 bte (Srfafyruttg, experience teaches us.\\nift md)t affe \u00c2\u00a3age eute fo gute \u00c2\u00a9elegenfyett, there is not\\nevery day such good opportunity.\\n11th, In inversions where the subject stands after\\nits verb, it may take its place either after or before\\nthe other cases, if they are personal pronouns, and if\\nthe subject is a substantive. Ex. fteute gtbt mem ?et)rer\\nmtr em SSucf), or fyeute gt6t nur mem Sebrer em S3ud), to-day\\nmy master will give me a book, \u00c2\u00a9efterrt gab mem ?et)*\\nrer e3 mtr, or geftem Qab e3 mtr mem ?ef)rcr, my master\\ngave it to me yesterday. \u00c2\u00a96 er gletd) gcmj entfteftt nxtr,\\nerfannte xf n bod) fern \u00c2\u00a9ofyn, or erfannte fern \u00c2\u00a9ofyn it n bodj,\\nthough he was quite disfigured, nevertheless his son\\nrecognized him.\\n12th, But if the subject is likewise a personal pro-\\nnoun, or if the other cases are substantives, it must\\nprecede. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9ejlew gab er e\u00c2\u00a3 mtr (not eg mtr er), yes-\\nterday he gave it to me. \u00c2\u00a3)af)er ftebt ber \u00c2\u00a9cfyttfer ben ?efy*\\nrer (not Itebt ben ?efyrer ber \u00c2\u00a9emitter), therefore the pupil\\nloves his master. efien nngeacfytet erfannte ber \u00c2\u00a9ofyn ben\\nSSater (not ben SCater ber \u00c2\u00a9ofyn), nevertheless the son re-\\ncognised his father.\\nEXERCISES. 244.\\nA stranger having sold some false jewels (ber falfc e (Sbelftetn) to\\na Roman empress (bte romtfefye $aiferinn), she asked (forbcrn con)\\nher husband (to make) a signal example (of him) (btc auffaflenbe\\nvSkuuicjtfyuuna,). The emperor, a most excellent and clement prince\\n(bet ein fcfjr grtabtcjet imb mitbet Jurft war), finding it impossible to\\npacify (ktufnqen) her, condemned the jeweller to be thrown to the\\nwild beasts Qum jtampfe nut ben nntben Sfyteten). The empress re-\\nsolved to be present (3euo,e) with her whole court (ber \u00c2\u00a3cf|laat) at\\nthe punishment of the unfortunate man (fetncS SobeS). As he was\\nled into the arena (auf ben Jtampfptag cjefurjrt nmtbc), he expected to\\ndie (fief) auf ben Sob gefagt macfyen) but instead (jiatt governs the", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "gemtivo) of a wild beast a lamb a$ \u00c2\u00a3amm) came up to nim and\\ncaressed him (tueld)e6 tfym tiebfefete). The empress, furious (d ujkrjl\\naufyebracbt) at the deception (fid) $um 23eften gcr)Qttcn au fcbcn), com-\\nplained bitterly of it (fid) bitter befwegen beftagen) to (Oct) the em-\\nperor. He answered I punished the criminal (bet s $erbred)et)\\naccording (nad)) to the law of retaliation (ba$ ^tebet ctgdtuna^tecrjt).\\nHe deceived (bettitcjen*) you, and he has been deceived in his turn\\n(wiebet).\\n245.\\nThe bakers of Lyons, having gone to Mr. Dugas (gu Sjemcmbcm\\nEonmien*), the provost (bet (Stcibtrtd)ter), to ask his permission (3e*\\nmanben urn (St(aubni\u00c2\u00a3 bitten*) to raise the price of bread (nut bem\\n*Btebe auf3Ufd)la(}en), he answered that he would take their petition\\ninto consideration (er rcolle ben \u00c2\u00a9ecjenjlanb ibtet JBttte untctfucrjen).\\nAs they took leave (nxggerjen*), they contrived to slip (liejjen fie tins\\nbemerft) a purse containing (nut) two hundred Louis d ors (bet \u00c2\u00a3oui\u00c2\u00a3s\\nb cr) on the table. When they returned, in the full conviction (md)t\\ngtueife(n) that the purse had been a powerful advocate in their favour\\n(nnrffam fur einc (Sacfye fprecfyen*), the provost said to them Gen-\\ntlemen, 1 have weighed (abroagen) your reasons (bet \u00c2\u00aerunb) in the\\nscale of justice (Me \u00c2\u00a3BaaJd)a(e bet \u00c2\u00a9erect) tia^ett), and I have found\\nthem wanting (nid)t t clltr tcht tq). I have not thought it expedient\\n(Set) Helt ntcl)t bafur) by a fictitious raising of price (untet etnet un^Ci\\ngrtinbeten Sf)eurunq) to make the public a$ tyMitum) suffer I\\nhave, however (libttgens), distributed (t crtr)ct(cn) your money to (un*\\ntet with accus.) the two hospitals of the town, for I concluded (id)\\nCj(aubte) you could not intend it for any other purpose (bet \u00c2\u00a9ebraud)).\\nMeanwhile (3d) fyabe etnejefefyen) as you are able to give such alms\\n(fe(d)e 2ttmefen $u geben), it is evident you are no losers (oerlteten*)\\noy your tr^de (bat \u00c2\u00a9eroetbe).\\n246.\\nTHE PHYSICIAN TAKEN IN (bettC^Cn).\\nA physician of (in) Dublin, who was rather old (roe(tf)et fcrjOri\\ngtcmttd) bejafyrt war), but who was very rich and in extensive prac-\\ntice (in cjtopem 9?ufc fteljen*), went one day to receive a considerable\\n(jtemttd) grefi) sum of money in bank notes and in gold. As he was\\nreturning home with (belaben mit) this sum, he was stopped (anfyaU\\nten*) by a man who appeared out of breath (cutset 2CtF;eni), owing to\\nthe speed with which he had run (we ll et $u fcfynell gelaufen root).\\nThis man asked him (Unb t)cv ir)n bat) to come to see his wife,\\nwhom a violent diarrhoea retained in bed dangerously ill (an eineni\\nIjeftiqi n Jdiffe gefa br(td) franf barniebet (ie^cn*) he added that it was\\nurgent she should have immediate advice (bojj fcfyleuntge \u00c2\u00a3)i(fe febt\\nnctbnxnbio, incite), and at the same time promised the physican his\\nguinea fee (einc \u00c2\u00a9utnee flit einen 23efud)).\\nThe physician, who was very avaricious (cjet^tg), was pleased at\\nthe prospect of gaining his guinea (elite fie 311 ttctbtenen) he direc-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "365\\nJed (fagen gu) the man to ead the way (Semanbem bai 2Beg getgcn)\u00c2\u00bb\\nand promised to follow. He was led to a house situated (ftefyen*)\\nin a remote (entU gcn) street, and made to ascend to the third story\\n(in fcciS bt itte (Stetfrocrf), where he was admitted into a room, the\\ndoor of which was immediately (alfobatb) locked (\u00c2\u00bbcrfd)(te\u00c2\u00a3en*).\\nThe guide (Dec giifjrcr) then presenting (batretcfyen*) a pistol with\\none hand, and with the other an empty ((eet) purse, which was\\nopen, spoke as follows (bterauf rebete ber gntyrer ten erfctyrocfenen 2Cr$t\\nfolcjenbermafien an, inbem, c).\\n44 Here is my wife yesterday she was seized with a violent\\ndiarrhoea (an etnem r)cftia,en 33aud)ftuffe (etben*), which has reduced\\nher to the state (in ben Suftcmb ttcrfefeen) in which you (now) see\\nher you are one of our most eminent (cjej cf)tcft) physicians, and 1\\nknow you are better able than any one to cure her. I am besides\\n(liberbieS) aware that you possess the best remedy for her haste\\nthen to employ (anroenben) it, unless you prefer swallowing (sets\\nfctyucfen) the two leaden pills (t te Spille) contained in this instru-\\nment. The doctor made a horrible face (bci* obfebeuttebe \u00c2\u00a9cficbt),\\nbut obeyed. He had several bank notes and a hundred and twen-\\nty-five guineas rolled up (in SKelkn) he placed the latter (Cue fegt\\ntern) into the purse, as he had been desired (cjebutMcj), hoping thus\\nto save his bank notes.\\nBut the thief (fcer dfouncr) was up to this, and was perfectly\\naware of his having them in his pocket (nw te, ba$ cr fie in t er \u00c2\u00a3as\\nfd c fjattc). Wait, said he, it would not be fair (biilicj) that\\nyou should have performed (r errtd)ten) so miraculous a cure (Me\\njtur) without remuneration (t ercjebens) I promised you a guinea\\nfor your visit, I am a man of honour (bet 9Jcann sen (Si)re), and\\nhere it is but I know that you carry about your person (bet fid)\\nfyaben) several little recipes (bn$ Sftecept, plur. e) most efficacious\\n(fef)t nnrffam) as preventives against the return (bte $Kucffef)r) of the\\ndisorder (ba$ Hebet) you have just removed (fyetten) you must be\\nso kind as to leave them with me. The bank-notes immediately\\ntook the same road as the guineas had done. The thief, then\\nkeeping his pistol concealed beneath his cloak (ber 9}?ante(), ac-\\ncompanied the doctor into the street (f)tcrcmf furjrte ber \u00c2\u00a9auner, in;\\nbem roieber ^urttcf) requesting him to make no noise. He stopped\\nhim (fteben (ciffen*) at the corner (an ber (Stfc) of a street, and for-\\nbidding (ycrbieten* him to follow, suddenly (plogticb) disappeared,\\nto seek, in a distant part of the town (bas enttegene (Stabtmertet),\\nanother habitation (Die SBoljnung).\\n247. PiALOGUE (bte Unterretomg)\\nBETWEEN A FATHFH AND MOTHER ON THE HAPPINESS (bd$\\n2B0l)t) OF THEIR CHILDREN.\\nCountess. Forgive me for having disturbea (wedfen laflfen*)\\nyou so early but I wanted to speak to you on matters of im\u00c2\u00ab\\npor nce.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "366\\nCount. You alarm (beunrufytgen) me I see that you\\nhave been crying; what has happened, my dear (tfyetier)?\\nCountess. I own I am a little agitated (unrufytg) but I have\\nnothing unpleasant (Unangenef)me$) to communicate (mtttt)etlen)\\non the contrary.\\nCount. From your emotion (bte 23 eroegung), I should guess\\nEmily to be the cause of it (ba$ oon bte 9?efce tjt).\\nCountess. It is true My sister came this morning\\nwith a proposal (etne $etW$ \u00c2\u00bborfd)la$en*) for her.\\nCcwm*. Well\\nCountess. The gentleman who asks her (in marriage) is en-\\ndowed with (befi^en*) all the advantages (ber 93orgug) of birth\\n(bte \u00c2\u00a9eburt) and fortune (ba$ \u00c2\u00a9litdf). His merit is acknowl-\\nedged (cmerf ennen) by all. He is thirty his person agreeable\\nhe loves Emily, and even refuses the fortune (bte SluSjteuer)\\nwhich we should give her, stating his affection to be secured by\\nher only (oerlangt mtr fie).\\nCount. But how comes it that you are not overjoyed at this\\n(auger fief) \u00c2\u00bbor grettbe fetn*)? I am very anxious (cor SSegter*\\nbe brennen) to learn his name.\\nCountess. You know him he often comes here, and you\\nlike him exceedingly (febr).\\nCount. Pray gratify (befriebtgen) my curiosity.\\nCountess. It is the Count of Moncalde\\nCount. The Count of Moncalde a foreigner but he prob-\\nably (roafyrfefyetnltd)) intends to settle (fid) meberlajfen*) in\\nFrance\\nCountess. Alas he has declared that he can promise no\u00c2\u00ab\\nthing (feme a erpfltdjtungemgefyen*) onthatsco-e (bte \u00c2\u00a3tnfid)t)\\nthis is informing us (erf Id ten) clearly (beutttd)) enough, that he\\nintends to return to his own country.\\nCount. And you would nevertheless accept him for your\\ndaughter\\nCountess. I have known him (Utnqang mtt Semanbem fya*\\nben*) for four years. I am thoroughly acquainted with his\\ndisposition (ber Character). There cannot be a more virtuous\\n(tugenbfyaft) or estimable (fdfjafcenSroertW man. He is very\\nclever and agreeable (ooll @etfl imb 2(mte()mftd)fett fetn*), has\\nmuch good feeling (qe fill) to oil), is well informed (unterrfd)tet),\\nand perfectly devoid of affectation (unaffecttrt). He is a passion-\\nate admirer of talent (etnen leibenfd)aftltd)en @efd)macf fi tr %a*\\nlente fyaben*) in short (mtt etnem 28orte) he possesses every\\nquality (bte \u00c2\u00a9genfefyaft) that can answer my daughter s happi^\\nness (qhtcfltd) macfyen). How can I reject him (fie tfym oerfo*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "367\\ngen) Surely, my love (mem greunb), you do not think trie so\\nselfish (eme\u00c2\u00a3 folcfyen SgotSmuS fdfytg fatten*).\\nCount (taking her hand) (fie bet ber anb faffenb). But\\ncan I consent to a sacrifice (ba3 Opfer) that would make you for\\never (auf tmmer) unhappy Besides (Ueberbte3) I never could\\nbring myself to part from Emily. She is my daughter more\\nthan that even, her amiable disposition is your work. In Emi-\\nly I find your sense (ber \u00c2\u00a9etjl) and your virtues. No, I cannot\\npart (fid) trennen) from her. I am looking forward with so much\\ndelight (fid) erne fo fiige SSorftettung son bem 33ergniigen macfyen)\\nto her entrance into the world (fie in bte SfBelt etngefiifyrt $u fe*\\nfyen) I am in much hopes of her shining in it (tfyre$ guten @r*\\nfclgS barm gu gemefien). How gratifying (rote tfyeuer) to me\\nwill be the praise (ba3 Sob) bestowed (ertfyet(en) on her! for\\nI am convinced {bo, id) ba\u00c2\u00a7 SSewugtfem fyabe), that to your care\\nof her (bte \u00c2\u00a9orgfa(t) alone, my love, she will be indebted for\\nwhatever success she may obtain. After having devoted (\\\\v ibt\\nmen) the best years of your life to her education, can you now\\ngive her up, and see her torn from (entretgen* with dative) your\\narms and her country can you consent thus to lose in one mo-\\nment the fruit of (son) fifteen years of anxiety (5ftiit)e unb S(rbett)\\nCountess. I have laboured for her happiness, and (have) not\\n(sought) to educate (bringen*) a victim to my own vanity. I\\nbeseech you, consider (bebenfen*) also the great and unhoped\\nfor advantages of the match (bte SSerbtnbung) now in agitation\\n(welcfye man un$ anbtetet). Think of the smallness (bte 2Rttte(*\\nmdgtgf ett) of her fortune. Consider the excellence and amiable\\ndisposition, the high birth and immense (uner meg lid)) fortune of\\nher future husband It is true, I shall be separated from\\nEmily, but she will never forget me this thought will be\\nmy consolation, and without fear for her future life (iiber baS\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfytcffat ffmtlienS bentfytgt). I shall be able to bear any other\\ntrial (affe\u00c2\u00a3 ertvagen).\\nCount. Bat will Emily herself be able to bring herself to\\nleave you\\nCountess. She has always been accustomed to obey the dic-\\ntates of reason (bte 93ernunft sermag atteS iiber fie). I am wil-\\nling to believe this will cost her some effort (bte 2(njrrengung\\nttnrb tbr fcfywer fatten) but if she does not dislike Qemanbem\\nmtgfatten*) the temper and person of Mr. de Moncalde, I can\\nanswer (auf fid) nefymen*) for her compliance (fie $u beroegen),\\nhowever painful (fctyrotertg) the sacrifice ($u btefem Opfer). In\\nshort I entreat (befcfyrcore) you to entrust entirely to (fid) gan$\\nDerlaflfen* auf) me the care (roegen ber \u00c2\u00a9orge) of her happiness", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "368\\nCount. Well (SBofytcm)* since you wish ft, will give my\\nconsent. You have indeed, my dear, earned (erwerben*) for\\nyourself a right (bct\u00c2\u00a3 3led)t) to dispose of your daughter (iiber tl)r\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfytcffctl su entfcfyetben), which I will not dispute (jtretttg madden).\\nI know you will sacrifice (ctufopfern) yourself for the sake of\\none so dear to you (fiir bt efen fo tfyeuern \u00c2\u00a9egenffrxnb). I fore-\\nsee Oorau\u00c2\u00a3fet)en*) that I shall not have your fortitude (ber 9D?ut{)),\\nbut I admire, and can no longer withstand (tmberftefyen*) (your\\nargument). Still (3 ebod)) think, what sorrow (nnestel Summer)\\nyou are preparing for yourself (fid) beretten) how shall I my-\\nself support your grief and my own, your tears and those oi\\nEmily?\\nCountess, Do not fear (beftircf) ten) that I should cloud (beun*\\nrufytgen) your life by useless (iiberfliiffig) repinings (bte Silage).\\nHow could I give myself up to sorrow when my greatest con-\\nsolation will be the hope of alleviating (mtlbern) your grief?\\nCount. Ah, you alone are every thing to me You know\\nit we.l friendship, admiration, and gratitude are the ties\\n(bte SScmbe, plur.) that bind (feffe(n) me to you. The influence\\n(Die \u00c2\u00a3)errfd)ctft) you have acquired (er(angen) over my mind\\n(iiber ntd)) is so thoroughly justified (red)tferttgen) by your vir-\\ntues, that far from denying (r erldugrten), I glory in it (fetnen\\n9?ut)m barm fef$en, fie anuterfennen). It is to you I owe every\\nthing my reason, my sentiments (ba$ \u00c2\u00a9efiifyl), my principles\\n(ber \u00c2\u00a9runbfa\u00c2\u00a7) and my happiness. In you I find the most ami-\\nable as well as the most indulgent (nad)ftd)ttg) of friends, the\\nwisest (roetfe) and most useful adviser (bte niigltcfyfte 9fatfygebe*\\nrtnn). Be then the arbiter of my children s destiny (bte \u00c2\u00a9cfytebS*\\nrtd)tertnn iiber baS \u00c2\u00a9cfyt.cffal) as you are that of my own. But\\nat any rate (roentgen 3) let us attempt (atleS \u00c2\u00bberfud)en) to per-\\nsuade the Count of Moncalde to settle (fid) mebertaflfen) in\\nFrance. He seemed so struck (geriifyrt) by your affection\\n(bte 3avtlid)teit) for Emily, and to feel for you such sincere\\nattachment (5(nt)dng(td)fett) that I cannot yet believe his inten-\\ntion (bte 5(bfid)t) to be to separate you from your child. I can-\\nnot think his decision (ber (Sntfd)(u\u00c2\u00a7) unalterable (unoerdnber^\\nltd)).\\nCountess. No, do not let us flatter ourselves. He is a firm\\nand decided character (fern tjt fejt unb entfdjlo (fen). He has\\npositively (befrtmmt) told my sister that it would be vain to at-\\ntempt to exact from him a promise (tfym bte 33etttgung ttergu*\\nfcfyretben) of residing in France. His resolution is irrevocably\\n(unwtberrnfltd)) taken to return to Portugal.\\nCount. You grieve (betriiben) me But I lepeat ts", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "369\\nyou, the fate of Emily .s in your hands. Whatever it may cost\\nme, you shall be absolute mistress (bie itnumfcfyrdnfte \u00c2\u00a9ebt ete*\\nrtrnt) of it. I shall consent to whatever you decide on (befcfylte*\\ngen*). Do you intend speaking to-day (ncd) fyeute) (on the\\nsubject) to Emily 1\\nCountess. After dinner But it is late it is time to\\ndress I have not yet seen my sons to-day let us go and\\nsee them.\\nCount. I wanted to consult (urn 3tatl) frctgen) you on (wegen)\\nsomething connected with (angel) en*) them. I am dissatisfied\\nwith their tutor (fcer \u00c2\u00a3)ofmetfter). Another has been proposed\\n(ttorfcfyfogen*) me, I should wish you to speak to him I am told\\nhe speaks English perfectly I cannot judge myself of the latter.\\nCountess. I will tell you if he really understands it well\\nCount. How 1 But you have never learnt English\\nCountess. I beg your pardon. I have been studying it for\\nthe last year, to be able to teach Henrietta, who had asked me\\nto give her (3emanben um etroaS erfuefyen) an English master.\\nIn general (3m Durd)fd)nttt) masters teach so carelessly (mttfo\\nmeler D^acfyldffigf ettO that, however excellent they may be, two\\nyears of their lessons (fcer Unterrtcfyt) are not worth three\\nmonths (ba$ QStertelja^r) of those (ocn tern) given by a mother.\\nCount. What a (wonderful) woman you are Thus\\ntill your children s education is completed, you will spend part\\nof your life with masters. Half of it (\u00c2\u00a3){e etne ^d(fte) you devote\\n(cmroenben) to study (fid) $u unterricfyten), and the other half in\\nteaching what you have learnt Yet in spite of such nu-\\nmerous occupations, whilst you thus multiply (sem elfdlttgen)\\nyour duties, you spare time to devote (nnfcmen) to your friends\\nand to the world (fct e \u00c2\u00a9efeHfcfyaft). How do you manage (e\u00c2\u00a3\\ncmfangen)\\nCountess. It is always possible to find time for the fulfilment\\nof duties that are pleasing to us (bte tin$ tfyenet fmb).\\nCount. You always surprise me (beftdn tg tn Srftctunen fe*\\n\u00c2\u00a7en), I own Ah! if your children do not make you hap-\\npy, what mother could ever expect from hers a reward of her\\naffection And our dear Emily may be for ever lost to\\nyou I cannot bear (ertragen*) the thought of it Shall\\nyou see your sister again to-day Shall you give her your an-\\nswer for the Count of Moncalde\\nCountess. He requested a prompt decision (etne fd)neffe unb\\nbefttmmte) I shall accordingly give (ertbet(en) him the\\nanswer, since you allow it, as soon as I have questioned Emily\\non the subject (gmtltenS \u00c2\u00a9efmnungen pritfen).\\n16*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "370\\nCount. I am certain, Emily will refuse (cutSfdjtagen*) him.\\nCountess. I think as you do, but it is not enough (fytnretcfyenb\\nfern*) that she has no aversion (ab^enetgt fern*) to the Count of\\nMoncalde, and that she feels (fyegen) for him the esteem he so\\njustly deserves\\nCount. Well, I see, we must submit (fid) entfdjliegen*) to\\nthis sacrifice (bte 2(ufopferung) Speak to your daughter\\nSpeak to her alone, I should never have courage to\\nsupport (ctuSMten*) sucn an interview (bie Unterrebung)\\nI feel I should only spoil all your work.\\n248. DIALOGUE.\\nEMILY. AGATHA.\\nAgatha. I was looking for you But, dear Emily,\\nwhat is the matter?\\nEmily. Have you seen mamma (bte 9D?utter)\\nAgatha. No, she is gone out she is gone to my aunt s.\\nEmily. And my father\\nAgatha. He has shut himself up (fid) etnfd)lte\u00c2\u00a7en*) in his\\nstudy (ba$ ^abtnett) But surely, Emily, they are think-\\ning of your marriage (bte SBerfyetratfytmg) 5 I guess (erratfyen*)\\nas much (e3) from your agitation (an Seiner JBenmramg).\\nEmily. Ah, dearest sister, you little dream (me ttnrft T)u\\nben Wamen beSjem^en erratfyen) who is my intended (bem man\\nmtd) bejrtmmt) Agatha, dearest Agatha, how much I\\npity you, if you love me as well as I love you\\nAgatha. Good heavens ((Serecfyter f)tmme() Explain\\n((Srflciren) yourself more clearly (beutltd)).\\nEmily. I am desired (9D?an beftel)(t mtr) to marry the\\nCount of Moncalde, and he is to take (mtt fid) fiifyren) me to\\nPortugal.\\nAgatha. And you intend to obey Could you leave\\nus Is it possible my mother even should consent\\nEmily. Alas (getber) dear Agatha, it is but too true.\\nAgatha. No, I never can believe it it is impossible\\nyou ever can (Sit barfft md)t) obey.\\nEmily. What are you saying Do you think I should\\noppose my mother s wishes (fcmn id) metnet 5SJ?utter ttnbet*\\nmen) 1\\nAgatha. But do you think she herself will ever consent to\\nwich a separation\\nEmily. She only considers (in SSettacfyttmcj jtefyen*) what", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "371\\nshe calls my interest (ber SSortfyetD she entirely forgets her\\nself. Alas she also forgets that I could enjoy (geme\u00c2\u00a3en*) na\\nhappiness she did not witness (befien fie nid)t 3euge ware)\\nAgatha. Dear sister, refuse your consent (tucfyt efmmtttgen)\\nEmily. T have given my word.\\nAgatha. Retract ($uru tfnefymen*) it out of affection to\\nmy mother herself; your unfortunate obedience (ber \u00c2\u00a9efyorfam)\\nwould be (sorberettert) a constant source of regret (bte eange\\n3?eue) to us all.\\nEmily. Agatha, you do not know my mother s fortitude.\\nHer sensibility (3fyr gefiifyfootteS erj), though mastered (gelet*\\ntet) by her superior mind (bte iiberlegene 23ermtnft), can, it is\\ntrue, sometimes make her surfer, but will never be strong\\nenough to betray her even into showing a momentary weak-\\nness (me tmrb eS etnen 2Utgenb(ttf \u00c2\u00a9cfywacfye ttt tfyr fcenwrbrut*\\ngen) She is incapable (unfafytg) of ever regretting\\n(ber en en) she has fulfilled a duty.\\nAgatha. Emily dearest sister, if you go, I shall not sui\\nvive (etroctS iiber(eben) such a misfortune\\nEmily. Ah, if you love me, conceal (from) me the excess\\n(ba\u00c2\u00a7 Uebermct\u00c2\u00a3) of your grief. It can only unfit me for the\\ntask I have to perform (welcfyer mir su fefyr bagu geetgnet tft,\\nmid) nod) fcfyroacr/er $u macfyen). Do not further rend (md)t\\nttottenbS gerretgen*) a heart already torn by the conflict of (ba$\\nfcfyon fo getfyetlt t|t sttnfcfyen) duty, affection and reason.\\nAgatha. Do not expect me to confirm (2)td) gu befefHgen\\ntn) this cruel resolution. I can only weep and lament my own\\nhard fate.\\nEmily. I hear some one Dear Agatha, let us dry\\nour eyes.\\n249.\\nOn the liability to error (2Bte fefyr man ftcf) ixven famt)\\nof our judgments (tn fetnem Urtfyet(e), or the injury\\n(ber \u00c2\u00a9cfyaben) repaid (erfe^en).\\nAn English stage-coach (bte Scmbfntfcfye), full of travellers\\n(ber 9\u00c2\u00a5etfenbe), was proceeding (fctfyren*) to York. Conversa-\\ntion fell on (Sftctr fpracfy met \u00c2\u00bbon) the highwaymen and robbers\\nthat infested (bte man ofterS anf antreffe) those parts (ber\\n$3eg) and on the way of concealing one s money. Each\\nperson had his secret, but no one thought (fetnem ft el e\u00c2\u00a7 em)\\nof telling it (offenbaren). One young lady a\u00c2\u00a7 SDWbdjen) only\\nof eighteen, was less prudent than the rest (ntdfjt fo t (ttg fefn*)\u00c2\u00ab", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "372\\nImagining, no doubt, (Ofyne 3wetfe( n er SSWetmmg) that she\\nwas thereby giving a proof (ber 23ett)et$) of her cleverness\\n(ber 2)erfranb), she said with great self-satisfaction (ganj offerr\\nfyer$tg) that she had a draft (ber 28ed)fetbrtef) for two hundred\\npounds, which was (beftefyen*) her whole fortune, but that the\\nthieves would be very clever (ItfHg) if they thought of seeking\\nfor (roenn fie-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 fuefyen foltten) this booty (ber 9taub) in her shoe,\\nor rather (ja fogar) under the sole of her foot to find it they\\nwould be obliged to (e\u00c2\u00a3 mii\u00c2\u00a3te tfynen nur etnfaften) rob her of\\nstockings.\\nThe coach was soon after (bafb barauf) stopped (anfyalten*)\\nby a gang of thieves (bte 9?ditberbanbe), who called upon Cmf*\\nforbertr) the affrighted and trembling travellers to deliver up\\n(fyergeben*) their money. They accordingly all pulled out\\n(t)erau\u00c2\u00a3$tei)ett*} their purses, fully aware (fief) sorfMen) that\\nresistance (ber SBtberjTanb) would be perfectly useless, and\\nmight prove dangerous (ober gar gefdfyrttdf)). The sum (thu?\\nproduced) appearing too small to these gentlemen (of the road\\nthey threatened (broken) to search (burd)fud)en) all the luggagw\\n(bte Sflfectert), if a hundred pounds were not immediately given\\nthem.\\nYou will easily (let d)t) find double that sum (ba$ \u00c2\u00a9oppek\\nte), said an old gentleman from the corner of the coach (rtef\\nt^nen tjtnten cui3 bem 2Bagert $u), if you examine (burd)*\\nfitcfyen) the shoes and stockings of that lady. The advice was\\n^ty well taken (aufnefymen*), and the shoes and stockings being.\\n*lled off, the promised treasure (ber tterfunbtgte \u00c2\u00a9d)ct\u00c2\u00a7) was\\ndiscovered (jeigt ftrf The robbers humbly (bofltd)) thanked\\nthe lady, paid (macfyen) sundry compliments on the beauty of\\nher foot, and without waiting for an answer, they made off with\\ntheir prize, leaving the coach to proceed on its journey (wetter\\nfafyren*). Hardly were the robbers gone, when the consterna-\\ntion (bte 93efHiratmg) of the travellers was changed (fid) serroan*\\nbeln) into indignation (bte 28utfy). Words could not express\\n(fid) rr cfyt mtt Morten au^brucfen laffen*) the sorrow of the poor\\nwoman, nor the resentment (ber 3 Drn expressed by (empbren)\\nthe whole party against the betrayer (ber QSerrdtber).\\nThe strongest, and even the most insulting epithets of disgust\\n(Die ung(tmpfltd)ften unb befdjtmpfenbften 53etnamen) were lav-\\nished on him by all (fid) au$ alter 9D?unbe fybren (affen*), and\\nmany went even so far as to call him a rascal (ber 93bfe*tttcf)t)\\nand the accomplice of the thieves (ber 9iau berg en og;. To\\nthese marks (bte S(eugeritng) of the general indignation (be$ a1l\\ngemetnert UnmtltenS) (his conduct had excited) was added (set;", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0392.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "373\\nbtnDen*) the threat (bte Suiting) of giving the informer (bet\\nSlngeber) a sound beating, and of throwing him out of the window\\n(gum 2Bagen btnattS), and of instituting legal proceedings against\\nhim (3emctnben gertcfytltd) be(angen). In short (Jturg), all seemed\\nto concur (fid) erfcfyopfen) in forming schemes (ber Sntrourf\\nfor taking exemplary vengeance on the offender (an bem \u00c2\u00a9traf*\\nbaren erne auffatlenbe 3?ad)e), The latter remained perfectly\\nunmoved (fid) gang ftitt serbalten*), and only remarked once in\\nextenuation (fid) mtt ber Sfeugerung entfcfyulbtgen), that a man\\ncould have nothing dearer to him than himself (3 eber fet ftd)\\nfelbft ber Stebjte) and when the coach reached the end of its\\njourney (ate man am $iete ber 9?etfe mar), he suddenly (tinker*\\nfebenS) disappeared (\u00c2\u00bberfd)Wt nben*), before his fellow-travellers\\ncould accomplish (tn\u00c2\u00a7 SBBerf fe\u00c2\u00a3en) any one (etne etnatge) of\\ntheir intended measures (bte beabficfyttgten SQcagregetn) against\\nhim.\\nAs to the unfortunate young lady, it is easy to imagine (fid)\\nDorftetten) that she passed a sad and sleepless night (bte 9iad)f\\nl)0d)jl: traurig itnb fd)tafle$ subringen*). To her joy and aston.\\nishment (ba$ Srftatmen), she received the next day the follow-\\ning letter\\nMadam, You must yesterday have hated (serabfcfyeuen)\\nas an informer the man who now sends you, besides the sum\\nyou then advanced him (ttorfcfytegert*), an equal (gletd)) sum, as\\ninterest thereof (ate 3* n f en *?aiif), an d a trinket (ba3 Stimel)\\nof at least the same value (ber 2Bertb) for your hair (jtt Sbrenl\\n\u00c2\u00a3)aarfd)mucfe). I hope this will be sufficient (fytnretcfyen) to si-\\nlence (mtlbern) your grief, and I will now explain (fagen) in a\\nfew words what must appear mysterious in my conduct (ben ge*\\nfyetmen \u00c2\u00a9rimb metneS 95etragenS). After having spent (fid) auf*\\nbalten*) ten years in India (3nbien), where I amassed (attfam*\\nmenbrtngen*) a hundred thousand pounds, I was on my way\\nhome with letters on my bankers (ber 2Bed)felbrtef) to that\\namount (fur bte gan$e \u00c2\u00a9umme), when we were attacked (ange*\\nfatten merben*) yesterday by the highwaymen. All my savings\\n(bte retd)(td)err Erfparntjfe) must have inevitably been sacrificed\\n(e$ war gefcfyeben urn), had the shabbiness (bte ftargbett) of our\\nfellow-travellers (ber 9?etfegefdf)rte) exposed us to a search from\\n(oon \u00c2\u00a9etten) these unprincipled spoilers (ber S(ngretfer). Judge\\n(Urtt)et(en) for yourself, if the idea of returning to India thorough-\\nly empty handed (mtt ttotttg (eeren dnben), could be support-\\nable (ertrdg(td)) to me. Forgive me, if this consideration (Ote\\n95etrad)tung) led (sermogen*) me to betray your confidence\\n(ba\u00c2\u00a7 gnttciVLtn serratben*) and to sacrifice (aufopfern) a small", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0393.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "874\\n(m5gtg) sum, though not my own, to save my whole fortune. 1\\nam under the greatest obligation to you. I shall be happy to\\ntestify (SSeroetfe gebert son) my gratitude in any way in my\\npower, and I request you to consider (tecfynen) these trifles (fur\\nntdjtS) as only the expressions (fete geringen 3?id)tri) of my\\nreadiness (burcfy toelcfye tcfy mid) beetfere) to serve voiu", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0394.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "SYSTEMATIC OUTLINE\\nOF THE\\nDIFFERENT PARTS OF SPEECH,\\nTHEIR INFLECTION AND USE.\\nBy G. J. ABLER", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0395.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0396.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "SYSTEMATIC OUTLINE\\nOF THE\\nDIFFERENT PARTS OF SPEECH,\\nTHEIR INFLECTION AND USE.\\nPARTS OF SPEECH.\\n1. The German language has ten parts of speech:\\nThe Article, Substantive or Noun, Adjective, Numeral,\\nPronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and\\nInterjection.\\nOf these six are declinable namely, the Article, the\\nNoun, the Adjective, the Numeral, the Pronoun, and\\nthe Verb.\\nThe remaining parts of speech are indeclinable and\\nare called Particles.\\nThe declinable parts of speech have two numbers,\\nthe Singular and the Plural.\\nTo substantives, and to all the other declinable parts\\nof speech, except the verb, belong three genders, Mas-\\nculine, Feminine, and Neuter.\\n2. They have also four cases: Nominative,\\nGenitive, Dative, and Accusative, which in general cor-\\nrespond to those of the same name in the Classical\\nLanguages.\\n1st, The nominative is employed as the subject of a proposition,\\nin answer to the question who? or what? e. g. 3Bct\\nfcmmt? fret 93ater, t tc 50?uttct unt) taS .flint) fommcn who comes 1\\nthe father, the mother and the child are coming.\\n2d, The genitive denotes the relation of origin, possession, mu-\\ntual connection, and many others, which in English are expressed by\\nthe possessive case, or by the preposition of. It answers to the\\nquestion whose V e. g. SSkffen au* tft t) $1 tft t e$ .ftontg*;\\nte$ JlaufmarmS whose house is this 1 It is the king s the mer-\\nchant s.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0397.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "378\\n3d, The dative is the case of the remote object, from which any\\nthing is taken, to or for which any thing is done. It answers to\\nthe question to whom! for what? e.g. 2Bem feting)! \u00c2\u00a3)tt\\nt a$ 23ud) S)cm 2ehtet bem Jtnafeen for whom do you bring that\\nbook For the teacher the boy.\\n4th, The accusative indicates the immediate object of an active\\ntransitive verb, in answer to the question whom? or what?\\ne. g. 2Bag I)af! 2)u (Sine #et et etn Sftcfier what hast thou 1 A\\npen a knife.\\nARTICLES.\\nV\\n3. An article is a word which serves to restrict\\nor individualize the meaning of substantives.\\nThere are in German as in English two articles\\nthe definite ber, bte, ba\u00c2\u00a3, the and the indefinite cut, Cttte,\\netrt, an or a.\\nIn German both articles are declined, i. e. they indi-\\ncate by a change of termination the gender, the num-\\nber, and the case of the substantive to which they be-\\nlong.\\nDECLENSION OF THE\\nDEFINITE\\nARTICLE.\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nMasc.\\nFem. Neut.\\nFor all genders.\\nNom.\\nber,\\nbte, bct$,\\nthe.\\nbte, the.\\nGen.\\nbe3,\\nber, be$,\\nof the.\\nber, of the.\\nDat.\\nbem,\\nber, bem,\\nto the.\\nt en f to the.\\nAce.\\nben,\\nbie, i a$\\nthe.\\nbte, the.\\nDECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE\\nARTICLE.\\nMasc. Fem.\\nNeut.\\nNom.\\nem, etne,\\netn,\\na, an.\\nGen.\\netneS, etner,\\nemeS,\\nof a, an.\\nDat\\netnem, etner,\\netnem,\\nto a, an.\\nAce.\\netnen, etne,\\netn,\\na, an.\\nOBSERVATIONS.\\n4. Obs. 1. The meaning of substantives without the\\narticle is expressed in the most general manner. The office\\nof the article is to point out either definitely or indefinitely an\\nindividual of the genus or species denoted by the substantive\\ne. g. ber 9J?cmn, the man etne SSUime, a flower.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0398.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "379\\nObs. 2. Hence common nouns only, which under one term\\ncomprehend many individuals, can, strictly speaking, assume\\nthe article. The remaining classes of nouns must from the\\nnature of their signification commonly reject it viz 1st,\\nproper names, which already contain the notion of individuali-\\nty as, Goethe, Walter Scott, c. 2d, abstract substantives\\nand names of materials, the meaning of which is so general,\\nthat no individual is distinguished as, virtue, water, gold.\\nObs. 3. The article, however, is employed in various rela-\\ntions before all classes of substantives, even more frequently\\nin German than in English.\\nARTICLE BEFORE PROPER NAMES.\\n5. The article is used before proper names in the\\nfollowing instances\\n1st, When the name of a person assumes the signification of\\na common noun. This is the case, when the same name is com-\\nmon to several individuals as, bic Stuart S, ttc (Eatone, the Stuarts,\\nthe Catos, or when it is employed to express some quality or\\ncharacteristic as, er tft cirt getter tyiato, he is a second Plato bcr\\n(Scifctt unferer 3ctt, the Caesar of our age.\\n2d, If the name of a person is preceded by an adjective as,\\nber fctftge ^ctruS, bcr grope griebrid), St. Peter, Frederick the Great.\\n3d, When the name of an author is put instead of his works\\nas, id) tcfe ben \u00c2\u00a9djatfpeare, I am reading Shakspeare; fyaben \u00c2\u00a9ie\\nb c n ?cffing nod) nictyt have you not yet purchased Lessing s\\nworks 1\\n4th, To denote familiarity or inferiority as, id) mag S unb\\nwill s md)t gfaufcen, t a$ mid) bcr SJtar. oerfaffen M Sd)tHcr), I cannot\\npossibly believe that (friend) Max has deserted me bcr grig fed\\ngefd)tuinb fommen, let Frederick (servant) make haste to come. In\\nthis connection the article may often be rendered into English by a\\npossessive pronoun e. g. too ift bcr 23ater where is your father\\nbic Gutter ift au\u00c2\u00a3gegangcn, my (our) mother has gone out.\\n5th, To distinguish the gender of names of countries and places,\\nsuch as are not of the neuter gender as, bic \u00c2\u00a9djroeij/ bcr S5rci$*\\ngem il\\n6th, The article serves often simply to point out the case of the\\nname as, bcr getbaug b e\u00c2\u00a3 (Snrus, the expedition of Cyrus bcr Sob\\nb e @o crate$, the death of Socrates.\\nARTICLE BEFORE ABSTRACT SUBSTANTIVES AND NAMES OF\\nMATERIALS.\\n6. Before abstract substantives and names of\\nmaterials the article is employed,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0399.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "380\\n1st, To express the distinction of case, when the noun is of th*\\nfeminine gender and therefore indeclinable in the singular 30) 7\\ne. g. tcr Sacj t) c r SRctdje tft gefemmen, the day of vengeance is\\ncome; in fcet gretbett (jettYjcnt Scbuf5, under the sacred protection\\nof liberty b e r \u00c2\u00a3m(fe bet ucfen, to stand in need of help.\\n2d, When their meaning is restricted to some particular in*\\nstance as, t as Staffer bet (Slbe, the waters of the Elbe t er\\ngletjj fc)c\u00c2\u00a3 Sd)ulet$, the diligence of the scholar,\\nARTICLE BEFORE COMMON NOUNS.\\n7. Common nouns are usually connected either\\nwith the definite or indefinite article. Its omission,\\nhowever, becomes necessary in the following cases\\n1st, When the common noun expresses some quality or condi-\\ntion; as, cr iflt Jtctufmann, jlontq, (Sett at cjerootfcen, he has become\\na merchant, king, a soldier.\\n2d, In titles, superscriptions, c, as in English e. g. Sector\\ngutljct err, Jrcm Dietrich, Mr., Mrs. Dietrich; teutfer) r cngtifc^e^\\nSBorterbud), German-English Dictionary.\\n3d, When the common noun, in connection with a preposition,\\nconstitutes an adverbial expression, or when several common nouns\\nare united by a copulative conjunction and form one complex no-\\ntion e. g. $u -Jupe, fiber Scmb, $u @d)tffe retfen, to travel on foot, by\\nland, by sea ftejj unt better fcfynoben, unt) .fties unt) Junfcn jroben\\nO-Mrget), both horse and horseman were panting, and pebbles\\nand sparks were flying nut \u00c2\u00a9ut unt) 23(ut, with property and\\nlife.\\n4th, Common nouns in the plural, denoting several individuals\\nin an indeterminate manner, and corresponding to the singular with\\nthe indefinite article c tn, cine, ctn, do not admit of the article as, id)\\nrjabc e t n e n SB r i c f cr batten, 1 have received a letter plur. id) babe\\n23 r i c f e erbaften, I have received letters. fert e ftnt) niig(id)C Sbtctc,\\nhorses are useful animals.\\n5th, The omission of the article often gives a partitive significa-\\ntion to the substantive, especially, if it be the name of a material\\nsubstance. In this case we supply the English some (the French\\ndu) e. g. gib tfym S3tot 9Jli(d), SBctn, give him some bread, milk,\\nwine, c.\\nIDIOMATIC USE OF THE ARTICLE.\\n8. In a manner peculiar to the German, the definite ar-\\nticle is often put before a common noun, to indicate that the en-\\ntire species is meant e. g. b e r OTenfcf) tjt fterbltdf), man {all\\nmen, every man) is mortal. So also before abstract substan-\\ntives and names of materials, when their meaning is to be taken\\nto its full extent e. g. imb fc t e lugenb, fie tfl feut (eeret", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0400.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "381\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfyaff, and virtue, it is no empty stund fcaS Stfen ijr eta SEJ?e^\\ntad, iron (all iron) is a metal.\\nThe Germans employ the definite article also before the names\\nof seasons, months, days, and in many other cases, where the\\nEnglish idiom does not admit of it e. g. ber fieng, ber \u00c2\u00a9ommer,\\nber Slbenb, spring, summer, evening ba$ Sfyrifrentfyum, christi*\\nanity, bte \u00c2\u00a9fye, matrimony, c.\\nTHE ARTICLE IN SENTENCES.\\n9. When in the same proposition several substantives of\\nthe same gender and number follow each other, the article is\\nexpressed with the first only but if they differ in gender or in\\nnumber, or are otherwise opposed to each other, it must be\\nexpressed with each e. g. bte 2)erroanbten unb $reunbe bte*\\nfe$ 3D?anne3 finb atte tobt, the relations and friends of this man\\nare all dead ber Setter, bte 9J?uttev unb tie fttnber finb gu\\n\u00c2\u00a3)aufe, the father, the mother and the children are at home.\\nWhen a substantive in the genitive case limits the meaning\\nof another, the article is always omitted before the limited sub-\\nstantive, if the genitive precedes it e. g. metneS QSrubev3\\n93ud) ba\u00c2\u00a3 93 ltd) metned 33ruber3, my brother s book auf fei\\nne3 8eben$ erftem \u00c2\u00a9ange, on the first journey of his life.\\n10. If the definite article is preceded by one of the pre-\\npositions an, attf, bet, burcf), fur, tn, t on, \u00c2\u00bbor, iiber, gu, both are\\nfrequently contracted into one word.\\nThe following is a list of the principal contractions thus\\nformed\\nam ifenjier, at the window\\nan$ lifer, to the shore\\naufS Jfctb, into the field\\nbetm Sicfete, near the light\\nt urd)S Jeuer, through the fire\\nfdt$ Satcttanb, for one s country\\ntm \u00c2\u00a3aufe, in the house\\ntn$ SBaffer, into the water\\n\u00c2\u00bbcm \u00c2\u00a3tmme(, from (the) heaven\\nttor* 2Cngeftd)t, before the face\\ntibetm (Srbentebcn, above this earth\\nly life\\nicU SOZeet, over the sea\\nttntevm SSaume, under the tree\\n$Uffl \u00c2\u00a9(tic!, fortunately\\n$ut S^ube to the joy.\\nJCm,\\ninstead of an tern,\\nan$,\\nu\\nan ta$,\\nauf*,\\nauf ba^,\\nbrim,\\na\\nbet bem,\\ntmtcH\\nburcb t\\nflW,\\na\\nfitr ci$,\\ntm,\\na\\nin bem,\\ntn$,\\nu\\nin bat,\\nMm,\\na\\nMn bem,\\nMr*,\\n\u00c2\u00abc\\noor t a$,\\nfibetm,\\na\\ntiber bem,\\nfibers,\\nt;\\niiber bat,\\nuntcrm,\\nu\\nttnter bem,\\nSum,\\na\\n$u bem,\\nU\\n$u ber,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0401.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "382\\nSUBSTANTIVES OR NOUNS.\\n\u00c2\u00a711. A substantive or noun is the name of any\\nperson or thing.\\nSubstantives are divided into three principal clas-\\nses Proper, Common, and Abstract.\\nA proper noun is the name of an individual person\\nor object as, jjewricf), 2)eutfd)Ianb, Henry, Germany.\\nA common noun is a general term comprehending\\na plurality of individuals or parts, and applicable to\\neach of them e. g. SERenfcf), SSaum, *Pferb, man, tree,\\nlorse, c.\\nAmong common nouns may also be included names of materials\\nas, (Stfcn, iron SDWcf), milk, itnd collective nouns, which are singu-\\nlar in form, but plural in signification as, SSclf, people \u00c2\u00a9efotQe,\\nrange of mountains.\\nAn abstract noun is one which serves to denote\\neither a quality, an activity, or mode of being, to which\\nthe mind attributes an independent existence e. g.\\ngxetfyett, liberty iauf, course @ebad)tm#, memory, c.\\nIn German the initial of substantives and words\\nused substantively is always a capital letter.\\nWe shall consider the substantive in a fourfold\\npoint of view namely, as to its Gender, its Number\\nits Inflection, and lastly its Government.\\nI. GENDER.\\n12. The grammatical gender of names of per-\\nsons and animals generally corresponds to their natu-\\nral sex, i. e. the names of all male beings, including\\nthat of the Divinity and other superior beings regard-\\ned as males, are masculine those of all females are\\nfeminine e. g. ber SKcmtt, the man ber \u00c2\u00a9Ott, God ber\\n\u00c2\u00a9etft, the spirit bte \u00c2\u00a9ottintt, the goddess bte SOJutter,\\nthe mother.\\nExceptions. Diminutives in cf) c n and e t n as, fca* STftabcfycn,\\nthe maid t ci6 9Jlann(ctn, the mannikin also, t a\u00c2\u00a3 2Bdb, the woman,\\nand certain compounds as, tie SCftcmn^pctfon, the male; ba\u00c2\u00a3 2Bet\\ntlt Staucngtmmer, the female, woman.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0402.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "383\\nAppellations, comprehending an entire species of living\\nbeings without reference to any distinction of sex, are some-\\ntimes masculine, sometimes feminine, and sometimes neuter,\\ne. g. ber 5Kenfcfy, man (homo) bte SBacfytel, the quail ba3\\n*}Jferb, the horse.\\n13. With respect to substantives in general, their\\ngender, as far as it is reducible to rules, may be deter-\\nmined either by their signification, or by their termi-\\nnation.\\nGENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES DISTINGUISHED BY THEIR\\nSIGNIFICATION.\\nI. Masculines. The name of winds, seasons, months, ana\\ndays are masculine also the points of compass as, ber SftortV\\n\u00c2\u00a9lib, jr, 2Bejr, the north, south, east, west.\\nII. Feminities. Most names of rivers are feminine e. g\\nbte Xfyemfe, Sottcui, 2Befer, the Thames, Danube, Weser. Ex\\ncept ber 9tyem, SWaxn, 9tyone, 9W :c.\\n14. III. Neuters. To the neuter gender belong\\n1st, The names of letters, ba\u00c2\u00a3 3(, 95, S K.\\n2d, All infinitives and other words, which properly are no\\nsubstantives, but are used as such e. g. ba\u00c2\u00a3 2 et)en, \u00c2\u00a3)bren,\\nthe seeing, hearing ba \u00c2\u00a9lite, @cf)Dne, the good, beautiful\\nba3 SBerm, ba\u00c2\u00a3 2lber, the if, the but.\\n3d, Names of countries and places as, Seutfcfylanb, g:ran?s\\nretd), Setpjig, ^retburg, Germany, France, Leipzig, Freiburg.\\nExcept the following tie $rtmm, Crimea bte 2auft\u00c2\u00a3, Lusitania;\\nt tc SKarf, Mark bte $Pfaf$, Palatinate tie Sd)tt ct$, Switzerland j\\nall those ending in e i as, bie Surfct, 9QBa(acl)ci l*., Turkey, Wala-\\nehia and all those compounded with a u or Q a u e. g. ber S$ret$s\\ngau, tie SfBetterau k.\\n4th, Moa: collective nouns and names of materials as, ba3\\nSB^lf, the people 93tefy, cattle Jletfd), flesh $cutr, the hair.\\n5th, Names of metals as, ba3 Stfen, \u00c2\u00a9db, \u00c2\u00a9tlbet, 3 tnn tne\\niron, gold, silver, tin.\\nExcept: bet JtctxUt, cobalt bie latttia, platina bet \u00c2\u00a9to t)l, steel\\nber SomOacf, tombac ber 3tnf, zink.\\nGENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES DISTINGUISHED BY THEIR\\nTERMINATION.\\n15. I. Masculines. To the masculine gender be-\\nlong", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0403.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "384\\n1st, Primary derivatives* of one syllable as, bet $Ut$, \u00c2\u00a9cf)(a$,\\n\u00c2\u00a9prudf), 8auf, $lu$, the flight, beat, sentence, course, river.\\n2d, Most derivatives, both primary and secondary, terminating\\nin el, er, en, tng, I trig; e.g. ber @tpfe(, top; \u00c2\u00a9cfynabel,\\nbeak Summer, sorrow hunger, hunger \u00c2\u00a9artert, garden\\nSfBagen, waggon; faring, herring ^ofltng, courtier; \u00c2\u00a9iinft*\\nItng, favourite.\\nTo these there are many exceptions\\nExc. 1. Substantives, the gender of which is otherwise de-\\ntermined by their signification; e. g. tie gutter, mother; \u00c2\u00a3ed)tcr,\\ndaughter; bie SKcfel, \u00c2\u00a3ber. (rivers); tag (Sifter, silver; gjftfftng,\\nbrass.\\nExc. 2. Most names of animals in c(, and many names ol\\nthings are feminine, e. g. tie 2l mfe(, blackbird \u00c2\u00a3)reffcl, thrush\\n\\\\\\\\\\\\mmi, bumble-bee \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3ad)te(, quail 2Tcbfc(, shoulder S3udfe(, boss\\n(Stdn l, acorn ($c4 el, fork 9?abc(, needle (Scfeacbtet, box (Sd)tnbe(,\\nshingle afe(, table gtemmet, drum 2Buqe(, root, c.\\n16. Exc. 3. Words in el, of Latin origin, which formerly\\nended in la are feminine; as, tie $ermel, formula; Snfel (insula),\\nisland, c. but those which originally ended in lum are neuter,\\ne. g. tag dfrempel (exempZwra), the example (Sapttet, chapter; \u00c2\u00a3)ra=\\nfct (oracu/wm), oracle. So also, bag 23unbel, bundle; $ftttte(, means\\n^tegcl, seal, and others.\\nTftrc. 4. The following in cr are feminine\\n2(ber, vein. liefer, pine.\\n2(ufret, oyster. Mammit, cramp.\\nSBtattct, blister. Stopper, clapper.\\nSButrer, butter. \u00c2\u00a3ef et, liver.\\n(Sifter, magpie. Setter, ladder,\\ngafer, fibre. 9^afcr, speck,\\ngebcr, pen. Matter, adder,\\nfitter, tinsel. \u00c2\u00a3)ttet, viper,\\ngoiter, torture. duller, elm.\\n\u00c2\u00a3atftet, halter. (Scfyleuber, sling,\\nhammer, chamber. (Scfyultct, shoulder,\\njtcltet, wine-press. SBimpet, eye-lash.\\nExc. 5. The following in e t are neuter\\n2Ctrer, age. \u00c2\u00a9titer, udder.\\n(Stter, pus. $uber, load.\\nSubstantives formed from primitive verbs by a simple change of the\\nradical vowel, are called primary derivatives as, 33ruci), breach, from bxt-\\ncfyett, to break 3 U 8 march, from $tel)en to march. Commonly they add no\\nother termination to the root of the verb. But sometimes they assume t X,\\net, ett, and also b, e, t, ft. Secondary derivatives are formed either from\\nverbs, from adjectives, or from other nouns, by means of certain affixes,\\nsuch as et, cr fcetr, feit, ung, fd aft k.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0404.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "385\\ngutter, fodder.\\nfitter, 5 grate\\n\u00c2\u00a3laftet, fathom.\\nSoger, couch.\\nRafter, vice.\\nCcbcr, leather.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ubcr, carrion\\nSuffer, knife.\\n^fttebct, bodice.\\nSftuftcr, pattern.\\ng)clftcr, cushion.\\nSRufcet, oar.\\nlifer, bank.\\n2Bcttcr y weather.\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bunt)cr, wonder.\\nSalter, a measure of corn. Simmer, room.\\nf *c. 6. Of those terminating in en, the following are neutei\\ntfttt JSeden, basin jttffcn, cushion; ZaUn, sheet; happen, escutch-\\neon t Sweden, sign.\\n17, IL Feminines. To the feminine gender belong\\n1st, All substantives having the termination t n n (also writ-\\nten n), which affix is joined to masculine names of persona\\nand animals, to form corresponding terms for females e. g.\\n@ott, \u00c2\u00a9otttnn; Come, goannn, lion, lioness; $elfc, Qeittitin,\\nhero, heroine, c.\\n2d, Primary derivatives in fce, e, t, jt; e. g. bte \u00c2\u00a9djfowjo\\nsnake 5?unt)e, knowledge QSenumft, reason Jhinfl, art.\\nExc, 1. The following are masculine\\n230ft, bast.\\nS3ebacJ)t, reflection.\\n93ettod)t, consideration.\\n3)od)t, wick.\\nJDtenft, service.\\n3)rof)t, wire.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)unft, vapour.\\nDurft, thirst.\\n(Stnjr, earnestness,\\ngorft, forest,\\ngteft, frost.\\n\u00c2\u00aetftf)t, yest.\\n\u00c2\u00a9enrinnft, gain.\\n\u00c2\u00a3cd)t, pike.\\n\u00c2\u00a3erbft, autumn.\\nSD^ift, dung.\\n9Eonb, moon.\\n5ftonot, month.\\nSfteft, must.\\n9?ojr, rust.\\nSd)acf)t, shaft (in mines).\\n(Scrjoft, shaft.\\n\u00c2\u00aecr/uft, rascal.\\n(Soft, pay.\\n(Stift, tag.\\nrejt, comfort.\\nSSerfcocfyr, suspicion.\\nS3ct(uft, loss.\\nSBonft, paunch.\\n2Btd)t, wight.\\nSBuft, filth.\\nStvtft, dispute.\\nExc. 2. The following are neuter fcoS \u00c2\u00a9efpenft, spectre (Se\u00c2\u00bb\\nfld)t, face; \u00c2\u00a3oupt, head; \u00c2\u00a3tnt child JUetnot), jewel; Std)t, .ight;\\nBttft, (ecclesiastical) foundation.\\n18. 3d, Secondary derivatives, formed by the affixes e t,\\ne, e 1 1, fett, una,, fcfyaft, atfy, utfy; as, bte \u00c2\u00a3eucr;etet,\\nhypocrisy; \u00c2\u00a9tdrfe, strength; ^iifynfyeit, boldness; (gttelfett,\\nvanity; gefhing, fortress; ganbfefjaft, landscape; $eima%\\nhome Slrmutl), poverty.\\n17", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0405.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "386\\nExceptions. Many of those in e are masculine as, fc tr #af*\\nthe hare SRabi, crow $ajc, cheese, c, and some are neuter\\nas, t a$ 2\u00c2\u00a3u$e, the eye (Srbe, inheritance (Snt c, end, c.~3tcratl),\\nornament, is masculine, and $)etfd)aft, seal, is neuter.\\n19. III. Neuters. To the neuter gender belong\\n1st, All diminutives ending in cf) e n and I e t n as, fc a3\\n93(iimd)en, the floweret \u00c2\u00a9ofyncfyen, little son aSucfyleirt, little\\nbook graulem, young lady, miss.\\n2d, Collective and frequentative substantives formed by the\\nprefix g e as, bctS \u00c2\u00a9eftnbe, domestics \u00c2\u00a9etbft, noise \u00c2\u00aee*\\nfhw, constellation; fca\u00c2\u00a3 (Serebe, talk; ($Maufe, frequent\\nwalking, c.\\n3d, Most secondary derivatives formed by the affixes f e I,\\nfat, tfyum, rug; as. ba^ UeberMebfef, remainder ^dt^fel,\\nriddle \u00c2\u00a9rangfal, distress \u00c2\u00a9cfytcffal, fete gfyrtjlerttfyum, Chris-\\ntianity; er$ogt()um, dukedom; aSiinbrug, alliance; QBevfedtt\\nm\u00c2\u00a3, relation.\\nExc. 1. CK *hose in tf)um, three are masculine: tec 3rt*\\ntfjum, error $Ketd)tr)um, riches 2Bad)6tfyum, growth. Of those in\\nfat, Stubfat, affliction, is feminine; (Stopfcl, stopper, is masculine\\nExc. 2. The following in n t f are feminine\\nSBetrangrufJ, grievance. (Sttcuibntf?, permission.\\n23etrii0mp, affliction. ^dutntf putrefaction.\\nS3etummcrnt\u00c2\u00a3, sorrow. $tnjtermf5, darkness.\\nSBeforgmp, apprehension. itenntntf}, knowledge.\\n33enxmt ntp, condition. SScrtanunnip, damnation.\\n(Smpfangmp, conception. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3Utmtp, wilderness.\\n(Stfparmp, savings.\\nGENDER OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES.\\n20. Compound substantives generally adopt the gendei\\nof the second component, which contains the emphatic idea\\nas, ber $trd) f) o f, the church-yard a$ 3?att) I) a u the town-\\nhall bte $3utb m ii i) I e, the windmill.\\nExc. 1. Names of places are always neuter, though their prin\u00c2\u00bb\\ncipal component may be masculine or feminine e. g. (fcas) $xeu\\nb u r 9 (t t e SSutg), \u00c2\u00a3am 6 u r bitten c t g (b e r SBcrq), c.\\nExc. 2. A number of substantives compounded with b e\\n80? u t r) are feminine\\ntfnmutf), grace. \u00c2\u00a9anftmutfy, meekness.\\n3)emutf), humility. \u00c2\u00a9cfyrocrmutf), melancholy\\n\u00c2\u00a9topmutlj, generosity. 8 ef)mutfj, sadness,\\ngangmutf), forbearance", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0406.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "387\\nExc* 3. The following likewise deviate from the general rule,\\noet 2(6 f d) e u (t) i e 6d)eu), abhorrence bte 9?cun a u 9 e, lamprey the\\nfollowing compounds of Sfyett, part bat \u00c2\u00a9cgentljetf, the reverse\\n\u00c2\u00a3tntertf)crt, hind part; $orbertf)et(, fore part also, bet SRtttwocf),\\nWednesday, which, however, sometimes is t i c SQZitttvod)*\\nGENDER OF FOREIGN SUBSTANTIVES.\\n\u00c2\u00a721. Those foreign substantives which have preserved their\\noriginal form, retain also the gender which they have in the lan-\\nguage from which they are adopted e. g. ber Sector, \u00c2\u00a9rnibu\\ncu\u00c2\u00a7 bte \u00c2\u00a9tytttaytS, t a$ Sonctlmm.\\nBut those, whose form has become assimiJated to German\\nwords, frequently assume another gender e. g. ber Stttctr\\n(altare), the altar ber $6rper (corpus), the body ber Sinin\\n(ruina), the ruin ba\u00c2\u00a7 Sortfu tat (consulatus), the consulship, c.\\nSome substantives have two genders, and are generally also em-\\nployed in different significations. The following list exhibits the\\nmost important of them\\nta 23ant the ribbon.\\nbat SBauct, the cage.\\nbat Sunt), the bundle.\\nbat (5f)or, the chorus.\\nbat (Srfrmntmp, decision (judicial).\\nbat (Stfre, the inheritance.\\nbag (55ef)alt, the salary.\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9etpet, the whip.\\nbte #etbe, the heath.\\nbte JSunbe, knowledge.\\nbat Sfflenfcrj, the wench.\\nbat SRtit, the twig.\\nbat (Scfyttb, sign (of a house).\\nbte (See, the sea.\\nbat \u00c2\u00a9ttft, charitable foundation\\nbat Zbcxi, the share.\\nbat l)0r, the door.\\nbat aSctbtenft, the merit.\\n3)cr 23anb, the volume\\n3)et Salter, the peasant\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et SBunb, the alliance\\n\u00c2\u00a3)er (Sbor, the choir\\nSDic (Srftnntmfi, knowledge\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ct (SrOe, the heir\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ct \u00c2\u00aeef)a(t the contents\\niDcr \u00c2\u00a9etfel, the hostage\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et \u00c2\u00a3etbe, the pagan\\nDec itunbe, the customer\\njDcc SRenfd), man\\nDec SRetS, rice\\n\u00c2\u00a3)er Sct)t(b, the shield\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et \u00c2\u00a9ee, the lake\\n3)et \u00c2\u00a9rift, the peg\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et SfieU, the part\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et f)Ct, the fool\\n\u00c2\u00a3)et $erbienjl, earnings\\nII NUMBER.\\n22 In German, as in English, substantives have\\ntwo numbers, the Singular and the Plural.\\nWith respect to the termination of the singular no\\ndefinite rules can be given.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0407.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "388\\nThe nominative plural is formed from the nomina*\\ntive singular according to one of the following Rules:\\nRule I. The nominative plural frequently does not\\ndiffer from the nominative singular by any additional\\nletter or syllable, especially in masculine and neuter\\nsubstantives ending el, er r e tl, and diminutives in\\nd) e n and I e t It\\nIt is then either the same as the singular, or is distinguished\\nfrom it by the modification of its radical vowel e. g. ber Si?*\\ngel, the angel, pi. bte (\u00c2\u00a3na,el; ber Stcufer, emperor, pi. bit\\nStaffer 5 ba genjler, window, pi. bte genjter 5 ber Q3ater, fa-\\nther, pi. bte 2)ater; ber Ofen, stove, pi. bte Oefen; ber SSru*\\nber, brother, pi. bte 95riiber.\\nThere are only two feminine substantives belonging to this\\nclass: Gutter, mother; Tocfyter, daughter, pi. SOWttter, Xocfy*\\nter. The change of the radical vowel is restricted to mascu-\\nline nouns of neuters, only ^(ojTer, monastery, has Jttofter in\\nthe plural but, ba$ Saflfer, water, pi. bte Gaffer; i a 3lm\\nber, oar, pi. bte 9?uber.\\n23. Rule II. In all other cases the nominative\\nplural is formed from the nominative singular by an\\nnexing one of the terminations e, er, en (it); e. g. ber\\ngretmb, the friend, pi. bte gxetmbe ber Mnabe, the boy\\npi. bte $ttct ett bag Sud), the book, pi. bte SSitrf) er*\\nObs. 1. The termination c belongs chiefly to masculine substan-\\ntives. It is, however, also added to feminines and neuters e. g.\\nber Sao,, the day, pi.. bte Sage; ber \u00c2\u00a3opf, the head, pi. bte Jtcpfe;\\nbte Jlunft, art, pi. bte Jltinfte bciS SBcrt, the word, pi. bte SBorte.\\nObs. 2. The termination e t properly belongs to nouns of the\\nneuter gender only. Masculines assume it only by way of excep-\\ntion e. g. bag 33Kb, the picture, pi. bte 29tlfcet bat .fttnb, the\\nchild, pi. bte Jltnber- ber \u00c2\u00a9etft, the spirit, pi. bte (Sktfter.\\nObs. 3. The termination e n (n) is assumed principally by femi-\\nnines, also by masculines, and a few neuters e. g. bte Sd)u(c, the\\nschool, pi. bte Scf)it(ert bte 9laM, the needle, pi. bte 9?abcln bet\\n\u00c2\u00a3afe, the hare, pi. bte \u00c2\u00a3afen ba$ \u00c2\u00a3)l)t, the ear, pi. bte \u00c2\u00a3)f)ren.\\n24. Obs. 4. Substantives which form their plural in e x\\nThat part of the substantive which is never affected by the changes of in-\\nflection is called its root. When it contains one of the vowels a, 0, U, or the\\ndiphthong cm, they are frequently changed into a, 6, v, cut in the plural and are\\nthen said to be modified.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0408.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "389\\nalivays modify the vowels of the root (a, D, u, cut) and those\\nwhich form their plural in e n, never modify it. With respect\\nto plurals in e, the modification always takes place when tho\\nsubstantive is feminine, and usually too when it is masculine,\\nbut rarely when it is neuter.\\nRule III. Masculine and neuter nouns adopted from modern\\nlanguages frequently form their plural in as, \u00c2\u00a9eme S, 2orb$,\\n2 dId 3 so also German words, the termination of which is not\\nsusceptible of inflection as, bte U fcte 2% bte ty a p a\\nRule IV. Nouns compounded with SCftann usually take\\n2 e u t e instead of 5)? d n n e r (the regular pi. of 9D?cmn) in\\nthe plural e. g. ber $auf m a n n, the merchant, pi. ^auf I c lite;\\nber \u00c2\u00a3of m a n n, the courtier, pi. fcte \u00c2\u00a3of I eut e.\\n25. Common nouns alone are by their significa-\\ntion entitled to a plural number.\\nThe following classes of substantives want the plu-\\nral:\\n1st, Proper names, except when they assume the signification\\nof common nouns 45) as, 5larf, S^ri**)/ SHom.\\n2d, Names of materials, except when different species of the\\nsame genus are to be denoted as, ba$ Sifen, \u00c2\u00a9Uber, \u00c2\u00a9offc,\\niron, silver, gold but bte Srben, the earths (different kinds)\\nbte Sfttnerctlroafier, mineral waters.\\n3d, Many collectives as, ba$ \u00c2\u00a9eftnbe, the domestics ba\u00c2\u00a7\\n93tefy, cattle, c.\\n4th, All infinitives and neuter adjectives used substantively\\nas, bctS 2Bet\u00c2\u00a7, white (the colour) ba\u00c2\u00a7 ^)dg(tc^e, the ugly baS\\ngtnfommen, the income ba$ 2Btfifen, knowledge.\\n5th, Most abstract substantives, especially such as denote\\nqualities, powers or affections of the mind, c. as, ber ftleift,\\ndiligence bte 3 9 en vout h fete 2*ernunft, reason bte $wcd)t,\\nfear. Sometimes, however, they become concrete, expressing\\ndifferent kinds of the same quality, c, and then they are em-\\nployed in the plural as, lugenben, virtues (Bcfyonfyetten, beau.\\nties.\\n26. 6th, Substantives denoting number, measure, weight\\nwhen preceded by i numeral, are put in the singular, even\\nthough in other connections they may form a plural as, $roei\\ngttg brett, two feet wide fed)3 ^funb 93utter, six pounds\\nof butter em JRegtment sort taufenb Sft a n n (not Wanner, pi.)/\\na regiment of thousand men.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0409.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "390\\nExceptions. Feminine substantives in e, and such as express a\\nmeasure of time as, $roct \u00c2\u00a9lien (t i c \u00c2\u00a9tie) ucf), two ells of cloth\\nfiinf Saljre (ang, for five years; moreover, all names of coins;\\nas, greet \u00c2\u00a9rofctyen, groftf ^rcti^er, two groshes, twelve kreuzers, are\\nput in the plural as in English.\\n27. Some substantives are employed in the plur-\\nal number only\\nSlfynen, ancestors.\\n2(ettern, parents.\\n2Upen, alps.\\ngetn\u00c2\u00abeiber,j trousers\\n\u00c2\u00a3ofen, S\\nSSrieffcfyaften, papers.\\nStnfunfte, revenue,\\ngaflen, Lent.\\nScrten* vacation,\\n\u00c2\u00a9efdfle, rents.\\n\u00c2\u00a9Itebmctgen, limbs.\\nSoften, expenses.\\n2 elite, people.\\nmeasles.\\nStftctfern,\\nSWot eln,\\n$ftolfen, whey.\\nSftern, Easter,\\n^pffngften, Whitsuntide\\n9?dnfe, tricks,\\n\u00c2\u00a9porteht, fees.\\nIrdber, husks,\\ndrummer, ruins.\\nIruppen, troops.\\n2Betfynad)ten, Christmas.\\n3ettlditfte junctures.\\n3tnfen, interest of money.\\n28. There are a number of substantives which\\nhave two forms for the plural, partly as a simple dia-\\nlectic variety, but most commonly with different sig-\\nnifications\\nSingular,\\nSer SScmfc, the volume\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ct$ Scm the ribbon\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a3 Sknfc, the bond\\nOte SSanf, the bench\\n\u00c2\u00a3)te 33anf, the bank\\nSet 93ctuer, the peasant\\n2)a3 SSauer, the cage\\nDer Sorn, the thorn\\n5 3 Smg, the thing\\nDa$ 2)mg, little creature\\nSa3 \u00c2\u00a9effect, the face\\nDa\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00a9eftcfyt, the vision\\nSaS \u00c2\u00a3)orn, the horn\\nPlus a l\\nfcte SSdnbe.\\nbte 23dn\u00c2\u00a3 er,\\nbte 33ant e.\\nbte 23dnfe.\\nfcte aSanfem\\nbte 93auerm\\nfc te 25cuier.\\nSomen.\\nDomer.\\nbte 2)tnge.\\nbte Dinger,\\nfcte \u00c2\u00a9eficfyter.\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9eftcfyte.\\nfcte Corner but o r n e, dif-\\nferent sorts of horn.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0410.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "391\\nSet gctben, the shutter bte gabett.\\n55er i^aben, the shop iDte \u00c2\u00a3aben.\\n\u00c2\u00a3er D* the place J gj\u00c2\u00a3\\nDer \u00c2\u00a9d)t(b, the shield bte \u00c2\u00a9d)t(be.\\nDa\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9cfyilb, the sign; bte \u00c2\u00a9cfytlber.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)a$ \u00c2\u00a9tttcf, the piece bte \u00c2\u00a9tiiife.\\nDa3 \u00c2\u00a9tiicf, the fragment bte \u00c2\u00a9titrfem\\nSer Xfyor, the fool bte Ifyoren-\\nSct\u00c2\u00a3 Xfyor, the door bte Ifyore.\\nS)a$ 2Bort, the word bte 2Bbrter but ffiorte, word*\\nin connected discourse.\\nIIL INFLECTION.\\n29. For the purposes of declension we divide\\nGerman substantives into two classes, which differ es-\\nsentially in their mode of inflection viz 1st, Common\\nand Abstract Nouns 2d, Proper Names.\\nDECLENSION OF COMMON AND ABSTRACT NOUNS.\\n30. Common and abstract nouns have two prin\\ncipal forms of inflection, denominated the earlier and\\nthe later declensions. The characteristic distinction of\\neach is the termination of its genitive singular, which\\nin the earlier declension is or e and in the later\\nIt or en.\\nAll feminine substantives are invariable in the sin-\\ngular hence their mode of declension is determined\\nby the nominative plural.\\nThe nominative, genitive and accusative plural are\\nalways alike, and their difference is pointed out by\\nthe article only.\\nThe dative plural always assumes It, unless its nom-\\ninative already ends in that letter.\\nEARLIER DECLENSION\\n31. The earlier declension comprises nouns of fill\\ngenders, and may be distinguished by the termination", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0411.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "392\\nof its genitive singular, which (feminine n^uns ex\\ncepted) is always g or e\\nThe nominative plural is either the same as the\\nnominative singular, or it assumes one of the termina-\\ntions e, e r, e n or n.\\nIn the plural the radical vowels a, 0, tt, and the dipn-\\nthong cut, are generally modified into d, o, it, cut*\\nHence to inflect a word of this declension, not only\\nthe genitive singular, but also its nominative plural\\nmust be given e. g. ber S3rat er, the brother, gen. be$\\n23rttber3, nom. pi. bte SSritber bie grurfjt/ fruit, nom. pi.\\nbie griicfyte ba$ Mefo, the garment, gen. beg Mkibt^\\nnom. pi. t)k Mkibex.\\nTABULAR VIEW OF THE TERMINATIONS OF THE EARLIER\\nDECLENSION.\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nI. II.\\nIII.\\nIV.\\nNom.\\ngiven.\\nlike the sing.\\ne.\\ner.\\nen, tu\\nGen.\\ne$, i (ett\u00c2\u00a7, n\u00c2\u00a3).\\nu\\ne.\\ner.\\nen, n.\\nDat.\\ne, or like the nom.\\nn.\\nen.\\nern.\\nen, n\\nAce.\\nlike the nom.\\nlike the nom.\\ne.\\ner.\\ne\u00c2\u00ab, %u\\n32. PARADIGMS.\\ni. a. 2)er Setter, the father.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. ber Setter, the father bte Setter, the fathers*\\nGen. be3 Setter^, of the father ber Setter, of the fathers.\\nDat. bem Setter, to the father ben Settern, to the fathers.\\nAce. Sen Setter, the father bte Setter, the fathers.\\nI. b. Die SDIittter, the mother.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. fc te Gutter, the mother; tfe SWtttter, the mothers\\nGen. ber Gutter, of the mother ber 5SJfiitter, of the mothers\\nDat. ber Gutter, to the mother; ben 9Diiittern, to the mothers\\nAce. bte $)?utter, the mother bte 9tRiitter, the mothers", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0412.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "393\\nII, a. 2)er SScutm, the tree.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. ber 93aum, the tree bte SSdume, the trees.\\nGen. be$ SkttmeS, of the tree ber 25dume, of the trees.\\nDat. bem SSaume, to the tree ben SSdumen, to the trees.\\nAce. ben 23cutm, the tree bte 33dume, the trees.\\nII. b. \u00c2\u00a3)te \u00c2\u00a3anb, the hand.\\nSingular. Plural*\\nNom. bte \u00c2\u00a3anb, the hand bte \u00c2\u00a3dnbe, the hands*\\nGen. ber \u00c2\u00a3)cmb, of the hand ber |)dnbe, of the hands*\\nDat. ber .f)anb, to the hand ben \u00c2\u00a3)dnben, to the hands.\\nAce. bte |)anb, the hand bte f)dnbe, the hands*\\nIII. a. \u00c2\u00a3)a$ Steb, the song.\\nSingula*r. Plural.\\nNom. ba$ Steb, the song bte Cteber, the songs.\\nGen. be$ 2tebe$, of the song ber fiteber, of the songs*\\nDat. bem 8tebe, to the song ben Stebern, to the songs.\\nAce. ba$ 8teb, the song bte Sieber, the songs*\\nIII. b. Der \u00c2\u00a9etfl the spirit.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. ber \u00c2\u00a9etft, the spirit bte \u00c2\u00a9etfrer, the spirits*\\nGen. be\u00c2\u00a7 @etire6, of the spirit; ber \u00c2\u00a9etjler, of the spirits.\\nDat. bem \u00c2\u00a9et fte, to the spirit t en \u00c2\u00a9etftern, to the spirits*\\nAce. ten \u00c2\u00a9etft, the spirit bte \u00c2\u00a9etfter, the spirits*\\nIV. a. Ser \u00c2\u00a9tral)t, the ray.\\nSingular. Plural*\\nNom. ber \u00c2\u00a9trctfyl, the ray; bte \u00c2\u00a9trafyten, the rays\\nGen. be\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9trafyleS, of the ray; ber \u00c2\u00a9trafyfen, of the rays*\\nDat. bem \u00c2\u00a9treble, to the ray; ben \u00c2\u00a9trafyfen, to the rays.\\nAce. ben \u00c2\u00a9trafyf, the ray bte \u00c2\u00a9tracer the rays\\nIV. b. \u00c2\u00a3)a3 Stu^e, the eye.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. b x\u00c2\u00a7 2(u je, the eye bte Sdtcjen, the eyes\\nGen. be\u00c2\u00a7 SdtgeS, of the eye ber 9(itc$en, of the eyes\\nDat. bem 2UtO[e, to the eye ben Slug en, to the eyes\\nAce. ba\u00c2\u00a7 Stu^e, the eye bte 2(ugen, the eyes\\n17\\ni", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0413.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "394\\nV. J)er JWame, the name.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. ber Jftctme, the name bte Seamen, the names.\\nGen. be$ 9ictmen3, of the name; ber stamen, of the names.\\nDat. bem Seamen, to the name; ben ffJamen, to the names.\\nAce. ben Stamen, the name bte 5Kamen, the names.\\nOBSERVATIONS.\\nThe laws of euphony alone can decide, whether the termi-\\nnation of the genitive singular is to be or e\u00c2\u00a3, and whether\\nthe dative is to be like the nominative or to have e* Gener-\\nally, however, nouns ending in b, b, t, ft, cfy, cj, f, 3, fefy, p, a\\nform their genitive in e 3, and their dative in e those ending\\nin ant), at, enb, tcfyt, tg, tng, Itng, rtd), fat, t|\u00c2\u00abm\\nhave in the genitive, and the dative like the nominative.\\n33. Like Setter (I. a.) are inflected all masculine\\nand neuter substantives terminating in e e r or e it\\ndiminutives in rf) e U and e t n and neuters in e, which\\nhave the prefix g e as, \u00c2\u00a9erebe, \u00c2\u00a9etofe, talk, noise, c.\\nExamples\\n\u00c2\u00a3)er 2(pfci, apple bci$ ffitiftet, window\\nbet (Snfcl, grandchild bciS \u00c2\u00a9erotttcr, thunderstorm\\nber QSeget, bird ber \u00c2\u00a3)cgen, sword\\nba$ (Skgel/ seal; ber \u00c2\u00a9cirten, garden;\\nber TCbler, eagle ber 2Bagen waggon\\nbet \u00c2\u00a9ruber, brother ba\u00c2\u00a3 SBecfen, basin\\nber drifter, master ba$ 3etd)en, signal.\\n90tfbd)en, girl, maiden 23ud)(etn, little book\\nQSeUcfyen, violet; SMumletn, floweret.\\nGutter and \u00c2\u00a3ed)ter, daughter, are the only feminine substantives\\nwhich retain in the plural the termination of the nominative sin-\\ngular.\\n34. Like ber f anm (II. a.) are inflected the follow-\\ning:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n1st, Masculines and neuters terminating in the affixes attb,\\nat, td)t, tg, tng, Hng, rid); e. g. \u00c2\u00a3)eilanb, saviour; SKortat,\\nmonth ftdftg, cage ^duptltng, chieftain, c.\\n2d, Many foreign substantives, such as, ber 3(bt, SUtar, 23t*\\nfdr)of, Sarbtrtal, ^alaft; the abbot, alter, bishop, cardinal, pal-\\nace, fec.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0414.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "395\\nW, All substantives ending in the affixes ntg and fat;\\nfe\u00c2\u00bb bte gmjtermfj, darkness Senntmg, knowledge ba\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9cfytcfr\\nfca fate Srarujfaf, calamity, c.\\njike bte jpattb (II. b.) are declined the following fem-\\ninizes\\n2Cngft, anguish. Suft, air.\\n2Cu6flud)t, evasion. \u00c2\u00a3uft, delight.\\n2Crt, axe. $Rlad)t, power.\\n93an\u00c2\u00a3, bench. Stfagt), maid-servant.\\ngBtaut, bride. 9J?au$, mouse.\\nSBruJT, breast. $kafyt, night.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2JcmJT, fist. Sflafyt, seam.\\ngrud)t, fruit. Sftotf), distress.\\n(S5an$, goose. 9?ufJ, nut.\\n(5k fd)wutjr, swelling \u00c2\u00a9cm, sow.\\n\u00c2\u00a9vuft, tomb. \u00c2\u00a9cfynur, string.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ctut, skin. (Stafct, city.\\n\u00c2\u00a3(ufr, gulf. $$anfc wall.\\nJtraft, force. 2BulJT, tumour,\\nJtuf), cow. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3urjr, sausage,\\nilunjt, arc. 3unft, guild.\\n2aus, lo\u00c2\u00abu}\\nTo these are to be added the compounds of the words $unft and\\ntoft, which ar^ never employed separately as, t te Sufammetl*\\nfunft, the meeting Siriftoflc, pi., revenues 3eit(attftc, pi., junctures\\n27).\\nRemark. Masculines of this form generally modify the\\nradical vowel in the plural feminines always of neuters only\\nthe following three fca$ St) or, the chorus ba$ ^fof?, the\\nraf 4 ba\u00c2\u00a7 3?ot)r, the reed pi. \u00c2\u00a9bote, gtoge, 9Wfyre.\\n35. Substantives declined like ba^2ieb (III.) are gen-\\nerallj of the neuter gender, and masculine only by\\nway of exception. They always modify the vowel\\nof the root. Examples\\n2Cmt, office. \u00c2\u00a3amm, lamb.\\n33uct), book. $li% nest.\\niDorf, village. JKafc), wheel,\\n\u00c2\u00a9elb, money. (^crjtep, castle-\\n\u00c2\u00a9tab, grave. 83 off:, nation.\\n.Sraut, herb. \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3etfc, woman.\\nSo also all nouns ending in t^um; as, SKetcIjtrjUm, riches $tx*\\njogtfyum, dukedom, and a few foreign words as, 3)avfamcnt, SiegU\\nment, Spttal.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0415.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "The masculines declined like g t e t are as follows *-S5ofe*\\ntttdjt; villain; \u00c2\u00a3ont, thorn; \u00c2\u00a9etft, spirit (III. b.); \u00c2\u00a9ott, God\\ngetb, body 5ftamt, man (vir) \u00c2\u00a3)rt, place JRcmb, border\\nSSormunb, guardian 2Batfc, wood ffiurm, worm.\\n36. Substantives inflected like ber \u00c2\u00a9trafyl (IV.) are\\nof the masculine and neuter genders. They are but\\nfew in number and never modify the radical vowel in\\nthe plural. They are\\n1st, Names of persons terminating in o r 5 as, Sector, tyto*\\nfeflfor, ^ajtor, c. Except gaftor, ectvop$ov, SSatafcor, and\\nalso 93Meor, which have their plural in e.\\n2d, Foreign words which still have, or once had the Latin\\ntermination t u m, as, tut i it m, pi. tni i e n, studies @otfe\\ngtam, pi. Sottegtert, lectures Sftserb, pi. Slbserbten, adverbs\\nalso those ending in ti as, grebttto, \u00c2\u00a9itbfrantt\u00c2\u00a9, e. those\\nterminating in a I or t 1 have t e rt in the plural, as, 3\u00c2\u00a5egal, pt\\nJRegal ten; goffU, pi. gofftl t e it.\\n3d, The following masculine substantives\\notn, thorn. (See 28.) \u00c2\u00a9pern, spnr.\\n$orjr, forest. Stacbe(, sting.\\n(Scatter, god-father \u00c2\u00a9ttefel, boot,\\nfiorbcet/ laurel. \u00c2\u00a9trauf), ostrich.\\n5\u00c2\u00a3ajt, mast. better, cousin.\\n9\u00c2\u00a3ad) at, neighbour. Untertfyan, subject.\\n9 fau, peacock. .Sicratf), finery.\\n(See, sea.\\n4th, To these may be added the following foreign\\nmasculines\\nEonful, consul. sptafect, prefect.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tfmon, demon. sjjtfaim, psalm.\\nSDiamont/ diamond. SHuOtn, ruby,\\ngafctn, pheasant. \u00c2\u00a7taat, state.\\nSmpeft, impost. \u00c2\u00a3l)ron, throne.\\nSDluSUl, muscle. Sractat, treaty,\\n9)antoffe(, slipper.\\n5th, The following neuter words\\ntfuge, eye Snfect, insect.\\nS3ett, bed. spronom, pronoun.\\n(Snfce, end. \u00c2\u00a9tatut, statute.\\n\u00c2\u00a3emt shirt. $erO, verb.\\n37. Like Name (V.) are inflected the following", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0416.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "391\\nmasculines: ber Sucfyfiafce, letter $ete,rock; %xkty\\npeace %unte, spark \u00c2\u00a9ebcmfe, thought \u00c2\u00a9faube, faith\\njjaufe, heap (game, seed \u00c2\u00a9cfyabe, detriment StBitfe,\\nwill. These substantives, however, frequently assume\\nan n in the nominative e. g. ber $unfen, \u00c2\u00a9ebcutfen,\\nand then they follow the inflection of the first form\\n(\u00c2\u00bbater).\\nRemark. The word \u00c2\u00a3er$, heart, has en 3 in the genitive,\\nand retains the e n in the dative singular and in all the cases\\nof the plural, thus\\nSingular. Plural.\\ntie \u00c2\u00a3ct$cn,\\nNom. t)di fytxi,\\nGen. beg \u00c2\u00a3et$en$,\\nDat. bem \u00c2\u00a3cr$cn,\\nAce. ta$ \u00c2\u00a3er$;\\nber cr^n,\\nben cr#n,\\nbtc ^er^cn.\\nThe word \u00c2\u00a9d)mcr$, pain, has either c n or e I in the genitive,\\nand in the dative en or e. Nom. ber \u00c2\u00a9camera, Gen. be\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a9cl)mcr$cn$\\nor (ScfymeqeS, Dat. bem (Scftmcqcn or \u00c2\u00a9demerge Nom. pi. bie\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfemeqcn* The word ^d)recf, terror, is also irregular Nom. t ct\\n6d)recf or \u00c2\u00a9cbrccfen, Gen. be$ Sd)tecfen$ or (Scl)tedfc$, Dat. bem\\nScbrecf or \u00c2\u00a9cfytecfen, Ace. ben Sd)recf or \u00c2\u00a9cfyredfen Nom. pi. bti\\ngefyrecfen.\\nLATER DECLENSION.\\n38. Substantives of this declension are either\\nmasculine or feminine.\\nMasculines form their genitive in tt or ett, and re-\\ntain that termination in all the remaining cases sin-\\ngular and plural.\\nFeminines being indeclinable in the singular, as-\\nsume the n or en in the plural only.\\nNo nouns of this declension ever modify the radica.\\nvowels a, 0, U, or the diphthong an in the plural 24).\\nTABULAR VIEW\\nOF\\nTHE TERMINATIONS OF THE LATER\\nDECLENSION\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nMasculine.\\ngiven, j\\nen, n,\\nen, n,\\nMasc. and Fem.\\nen, n,\\nen, n,\\nen, n,\\nA co.\\ni\\nen, n. I\\nen, n.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0417.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "398\\n\u00c2\u00a739 PARAD.GMS\\nI. Oer \u00c2\u00a9raf, the count.\\nSingular.\\nNom. ber \u00c2\u00a9raf, the count\\nGen. beS \u00c2\u00a9rafen, of the count;\\nDat. bem \u00c2\u00a9rafen, to the count\\nAce. ben \u00c2\u00a9rafen, the count\\nPlural.\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9rafen, the counts\\nber \u00c2\u00a9rafen, of the counts\\nbert \u00c2\u00a9rafen, to the counts\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9rafen, the counts.\\nII. \u00c2\u00a9er Srbe, the heir.\\nSingular.\\nNom. ber (\u00c2\u00a3rbe, the heir\\nGen. be3 Srben, of the heir\\nDat. bem Srben, to the heir\\nAce. ten Srben, the heir\\nPlural.\\nbte (Srben, the heirs;\\nber Srben, of the heirs\\nben (\u00c2\u00a3rben, to the heirs\\nbte \u00c2\u00a9rben, the heirs.\\nSingular.\\nNom. bte $rau, the woman\\nGen. ber $rau, of the woman\\nDat. ber Srau, to the woman\\nAce. bte \u00c2\u00a7rau, the woman\\nIII. \u00c2\u00a3te Srati, the woman.\\njar. Plural.\\nbte $ranen, the women\\nber granen, of the women\\nten grauen, to the women\\nbte $rauen, the women.\\nIV. \u00c2\u00a3)te $eber, the pen.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. bte geber,\\nGen. ber geber,\\nDat. ber geber,\\nAce. bte geber,\\nthe pen\\nof the pen\\nto the pen;\\nthe pen;\\nbte gebern,\\nber gebern,\\nben gebern,\\nbte gebern,\\nthe pens\\nof the pens\\nto the pens\\nthe pens.\\nobservations.\\nObs. 1. When the nominative singular ends in e, or in\\none of the unaccented affixes el, e r, a r, the genitive and re-\\nmaining cases assume n only as, ber 8oroe, the lion, gen. be3\\nSomen; bte ^anjel, the pulpit, pi. bte 5?anseln; ber 93au*\\ner, the farmer, gen. be$ SSauern; otherwise en becomes ne-\\ncessary; e. g. ber^etb, the hero, gen. beS \u00c2\u00a3elben; ber \u00c2\u00a9efeff,\\nthe companion, gen. be3 \u00c2\u00a9efetten ber *}3oet, the poet, gen. be$\\n^Joeten bte $rau, plur. bte granen.\\nObs. 2. Feminine substantives were formerly declined in\\nthe singular number also this practice, however, has been", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0418.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "399\\nretained only in certain adverbial expressions, in which the\\nsubstantive is connected with a preposition e. g. cutf @rbe n,\\non earth; mtt greuben, with joy, joyfully; son Setten fce3\\nSomcjS, from the part of the king; in \u00c2\u00a9naben, graciously;\\nmtt )ven fterben, to die an honourable death nt \u00c2\u00a9chanter\\nroerben, to be put to shame, c. sometimes e n seems to be\\nannexed simply for the sake of euphony as, fetner %vau i M\\n93ater, his wife s father,\\n40. To this declension belong the following clas-\\nses of nouns\\n1st, Masculines of one syllable as, 25dr, ea Stetf, S P\u00c2\u00b0*\\ngiirft, prince; \u00c2\u00a9raf, count; \u00c2\u00a3e(b, hero; \u00c2\u00a3err (has $errn in\\nthe gen. and dat. sing., but err en in the plur.), master;\\n$ftenfcf), man; Sftarr, fool; fj fau, peacock; spring prince;\\nXt)or, simpleton.\\n2d, Masculines terminating in e unaccented e. g.\\n2Cffe, the ape. $nappe, squire.\\nSBarbc, bard. 9?ad)fomme, descendant.\\nS3(irge, surety. S^effc, nephew.\\n3)rad)e, dragon. g)at^c, sponsor.\\nfiaih, hawk. jfetefe, giant.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cftulfe, assistant. \u00c2\u00a9cfa\u00c2\u00bbe, slave.\\n\u00c2\u00a96\u00c2\u00a7e, idol. 3euge, witness.\\n\u00c2\u00a3ttte, shepherd.\\n3d, Names of nations, such as are not derived from\\nthe name of the country. They generally end also in\\ne; e. g.\\nbet JBcuet, the Bavarian. bet Sfiaute, the Moor,\\nbcr SBb bme, the Bohemian. bet $)o(e, the Pole,\\nbet 23tttte, the Britain. bet Spteufk, the Prussian,\\nbet 93u(gat, the Bulgarian. bet SKuffe, the Russian,\\nbet Dane, the Dane. Uv ^ad)fe, the Saxon.\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)etitfd)e, the German. bet \u00c2\u00aeti)Xvabc, the Swabian.\\nbet gxangofe, the Frenchman tcv \u00c2\u00a9cfyrocbe, the Swede,\\nbet (55rted e the Greek. bet Tartar, the Tartar.\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3effe, the Hessian. bet Zmte, the Turk.\\nbet 3ube the Jew. bet Ungcit, the Hungarian.\\n\u00c2\u00a741. 4th, Masculine substantives of foreign origin, termi-\\nnating in ant, a t df), at, e n t, x f, t ft r e t, 1 1, o t, o 3, o p b,\\nem 2C. e. g. bet ^rotejrant, SKonatd), Sanbtbat, ^rcUat, \u00c2\u00a9tit*\\nbent, ^tdfibent, SJat oltf, Sttetfjobijr, Shrift, $oet, hornet, @re\\nmtt, Sefiitt, Sbtct, Ifyeolocj, ^^tlobg, ^tnlofopfy, Sljrronem :c.\\n5th, All the feminine nouns in the language, except", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0419.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "400\\nthose mentioned above 33 and 34). They are\\neither monosyllables, as SBafytt, path *PfKd)t, duty, or\\npolysyllables, chiefly ending in e, el, er, aity. ft, ent\\nfyett, tun, fcfyctft, itng. The following maj serve as\\nexamples\\nMONOSYLLABLES.\\ntfrt, kind. \u00c2\u00a9oat, seed.\\nSButcj, citadel. \u00c2\u00a9d)tad)t, battle.\\ng(ut, plain* \u00c2\u00a9pur, trace.\\nSagb, chase. Sfyat, deed.\\n\u00c2\u00a3afr, burden. 3af)(, number.\\n\u00c2\u00a3lua(, torment.\\nPOLYSYLLABLES.\\n2Ct6cit, labour. Cficttur, nature.\\n(Srntc, duck. \u00c2\u00a3)f)nmad)t, impofawr ja\\nfennel, formula. ^ccfie, poetry.\\n(Regent), region. ^elic^ton, religion,\\n^dnbfung, action. Sd)uffc(, plate.\\nSuncjfer, maiden. Stoube, dove.\\nJUntgtnn, queen. Unttterfttat, univBr*ii\\nPctbcnfcbaft, passion. SBafytfydt, truth.\\n$ttad)rid)t, news. Bungc, tongue.\\nFOREIGN SUBSTANTIVES.\\n42. 1st, With respect to substantives of foreign origin, w\u00c2\u00bb\\nhave already under each declension, noticed such as have ac\\ncommodated their termination to the analogy of German words\\nThere are some, however, which still appear in their original\\nform unaltered as, ber 9Kebtcu6, the physician; ber (\u00c2\u00a3afu$, the\\ncase ba3 factum, the fact ba\u00c2\u00a3 Ifyema, the theme, c. These\\nare cither indeclinable in the singular as, ber Stents, the\\nclergy, gen. be3 Sleru\u00c2\u00a3, dat. bem SleniS, c, or they as-\\nsume 3 in the genitive as, bct\u00c2\u00a3 factum, Sttbttnbuum, the fact,\\nindividual, gen. be$ $actum\u00c2\u00a3, SnbunbmtmS-\\n2d, In the plural, foreign nouns either assume en 36);\\nas, SBerbum, verb, pi. SSerben; \u00c2\u00a9iubutm, study, pi. \u00c2\u00a9tubt en;\\nor they retain in all cases the original termination of the nomi\\nnative plural as, 9!ftebtct, 9Rufict, SafuS, fiacta, tfyemata.\\n3d, Masculine and neuter substantives, adopted from the\\nFrench or English, generally take in the genitive singular,\\nand retain it in all the cases of the plural ber Corb, gen. be$\\n\u00c2\u00a3orb$, pi. bte SotbS ber (Sfyef, tne chieftain, gen. be$ \u00c2\u00a9)ef\\npi. bte (SbefS; botS \u00c2\u00aeeme, the genius, ger. be$ @ente% pi. bte\\n\u00c2\u00a9ente% c 24. Rule III.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0420.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "401\\nDECLENSION OF PROPER NOUNS.\\n43. Proper nouns are either names of Persons^ 01\\nnames of Countries and Places.\\nNames of persons are declined either with or icithout\\nthe article.\\nI. When preceded by either of the articles (em or ber),\\nnames of persons are not varied in the singular, the\\ndifferent cases being sufficiently indicated by the in-\\nflection of the article as, ber \u00c2\u00a9emitter, gen. be3 \u00c2\u00a9emitter,\\ndat. bem \u00c2\u00a9emitter, ace. ten \u00c2\u00a9cfjttfer; em Sutfyer, gen. emeg\\ngutter, dat. ernem Sutler, ace. einen Sutler*\\nException* If the genitive of the name of a male limiting the\\nmeaning of another word is connected with an adjective, and placed\\nbefore the governing word, it assumes the termination g as, eg gte*\\ngen ^ant v 8 cvU, the works of the great Kant be$ bmifymten\\n)D u r e r \u00c2\u00a9emalbe, the paintings of the celebrated Diirer.\\n44. II. When not connected with the article, mas-\\nculine names ending in fd), X f J, and feminines end-\\ning in e, form their genitive in e n 3 all other names,\\nboth masculine and feminine, including also diminu-\\ntives in cfyen, form their genitive in simply; e. g,\\nsfflax, gen. tyflax e n 33og, gen. SSo# e n frmife, gen.\\n?otrifen$; but Hermann, gen. \u00c2\u00a7ermamt (Sari, gen.\\nSari 9 8 \u00c2\u00a3an\u00c2\u00a3df)en (Jonny), gen. \u00c2\u00a3an$d)en iibelfyeib, gen.\\n21beff)eib g.\\nRemark I. In the dative and accusative singular it has been\\ncustomary to annex the termination en. It is better, however, to\\nleave those cases like the nominative, and to prefix the article,\\nwhen ambiguity would otherwise arise; e. g. nom. ^effing, gen.\\nfccfjtnq S, dat. (torn) Ccfftng (better than Ccfjtngen), ace. (fc cn) 2efftn$.\\nRem. 2. Names of Latin or Greek origin were formerly\\ninflected after the manner of Latin nouns e. g. nom. Pciuhi$,\\ngen. tyauli, dat. ^cutte, ace. ^cutlum ^latom S \u00c2\u00a9efprdcfye,\\nPlato s dialogues \u00c2\u00a9cerorriS 3teben, Cicero s orations, c.\\nNow, however, they follow the analogy of German nouns, and\\nthe ancient mode of inflection is only retained in a few expres-\\nsions, as, gfyrifH \u00c2\u00a9eluirt, c; e.g. ^(ato S \u00c2\u00a9efprdcfye St*\\ncero 3 9?ebert ^bdbruS %abd\\\\\\\\ r bte $abe(n ^dbntS, the\\nfables of Phtedrus ber JRetcfytfyum be3 SrofitS, the wealth oJ\\nCroesus.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0421.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "402\\nPLURAL OF PROPER NAMES.\\n45. The plural of proper names is only employed when\\nthe same name is common to several individuals as, bte\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfylegef, bte \u00c2\u00a3ermanne, persons of the name of \u00c2\u00a9cfyfegef, $er*\\nmatin or when they are converted into common nouns\\n(\u00c2\u00a75.); as, bte 9ceutone unferer ^zxt, the Newtons of our\\nage, c.\\nRules. The inflection of proper names in the plural\\nnumber is not influenced by the article, and the radi-\\ncal vowels (a, 0, U, an) are never modified.\\nWhen the names are masculine, terminating in a, e,\\ni, a I, e I, t f, e r, e n or d\u00c2\u00a3) e n, the plural remains unaltered.\\nAll other masculine names of German origin, and\\nforeign names ending in a m, It, form their plural by\\nadding e to the nom. sing. but those ending in o, add\\nne. Examples\\nSing.\\nPlur.\\nSing.\\nPZwr\\n(Setta,\\n(bte) Gotta.\\n2\u00c2\u00a3t Clpf),\\n(tic)\\n2Ct 0(pf}C.\\n(Scimpc,\\n(Sampc.\\n^agefcorn,\\n\u00c2\u00a3aa,et otne.\\n$anmbal,\\nCannibal.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)mt c.\\ngRttetC.\\n9Eeter.\\nSKclanc^tfjon/\\n2Refond)tf)one\\nSKo fyen,\\nSKoScfyen.\\n(Sato,\\n\u00c2\u00a9atone.\\nThe dative plural always assumes the termination\\nIt, unless the nominative already ends in that letter\\nas, ben gutfyer n, SBMattcfytfyone it, c, to the Luthers,\\nMelanchthons, c.\\nNames of females invariably add eitorn in every\\ncase of the plural as, ftlota, pi. gforct tt, SlUfe, Smfett,\\n$ebtt tg, pi. \u00c2\u00a7ebtt igen.\\n46.\\nSingular.\\nNom. gutter,\\nGen. gutter s,\\nDat (bem) gutter,\\nAce. (ben) Sutler;\\nPARADIGMS.\\nMasculines.\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) gutter,\\nGen. bet* gutter,\\nDat. (ben) gutfyern,\\nAce. (bte) gutter.\\nIn the genitive plural the article is necessary to point out the case 5. 6th", "height": "4453", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0422.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "403\\nSingular.\\nNom. 2et6m\u00c2\u00a3,\\nGen. getbmgenS,\\nDat. (bem) getbmg,\\nAce. (ben) getbntg;\\nSingular.\\nNom. Hermann,\\nGen. |)ermann%\\nDat. (tern) Hermann,\\nAce (ben) Hermann;\\nSingular.\\nNom. \u00c2\u00a9otfce,\\nGen. \u00c2\u00a9ot^e S,\\nDat. (bem) \u00c2\u00a96tt;e,\\nAce. (ben) \u00c2\u00a9btl)e;\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) Setbmge,\\nGen. ber Setbmise,\\nDat. (ben) \u00c2\u00a3etbm|en,\\nAce. (bte) getbmge.\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) \u00c2\u00a3ermanne\\nGen. ber \u00c2\u00a3ermanne,\\nDat. (ben) $ermannett v\\nAce. (bte) \u00c2\u00a3)ermanne.\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) \u00c2\u00a9otfye,\\nGen. ber \u00c2\u00a9otfye,\\nDat. (ben) \u00c2\u00a9ctfyen,\\nAce. (bte) \u00c2\u00a9otfye.\\nFeMININES.\\nSingular.\\nNom. SSertfca,\\nGen. Serb s,\\nDat. (ber) SSertfya,\\nAce. (bte) 93ertfya;\\nSingular.\\nNom. \u00c2\u00a9ertraub,\\nGen. \u00c2\u00a9ertraub%\\nDat. (ber) \u00c2\u00a9ertraub\\nAce. (bte) \u00c2\u00a9ertraub\\nSingular.\\nNom. gutfe,\\nGen. gutfenS,\\nDat. (ber) gmfe,\\nAce. (bte) Sutfe;\\nSingular,\\nNom. Suite,\\nGen. 3ulten3,\\nDat. (ber) Suite,\\nAce. (bte) Suite;\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) 9Sertt a n,\\nGen. ber SSertfya n,\\nDat. (ten) 93ertfya n,\\nAce. (bte) 33ertfya n.\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) \u00c2\u00a9ertrauben.\\nGen. ber \u00c2\u00a9ertrauben,\\nDat. (ben) \u00c2\u00a9ertrauben,\\nAce. (bte) \u00c2\u00a9ertrauben.\\nPlural.\\nNom. (bte) Cutfen,\\nGen. ber Sutfen,\\nDat. (ben) Sutfen,\\nAce. (bte) Ctttfen.\\nNom\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nPlural.\\n(bte) %uiitti,\\nber %ulkn,\\n(ben) Sulten,\\n(bte) Sulten,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0423.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "404\\nOBSERVATIONS.\\nOls. 1. The termination en$ of the genitive singular belong*\\nparticularly to feminine names in c. With respect to masculines,\\nin p, I d), r, fa the practice of substituting or a simple apostrophe,\\ninstead of en$, is becoming more frequent e. g. Si tbtug S ^Ijilcjopfyic,\\nthe philosophy of Leibnitz 9#on\u00c2\u00a7 ^cgjcfy S Umttjfe $u (Scroller s 2id\\n\u00c2\u00bboa t cr \u00c2\u00a9Iciic, Retzsch s Illustrations to Schiller s Song of the Bell,\\n47. Ofo. 2. When a family name is preceded by one\\nor more christian names, or common nouns without an article,\\nthe family name alone is inflected e. g. 3^^ attn Spetnrtd)\\n93offert3 (or simply 58og Ueberfeguttgen, John Henry\\nVoss s translations $6mg J r e r cf) 3 Sebert, the life of\\nKing Frederick.\\nOfo. 3d, But if the article precedes, in connection with the\\nword \u00c2\u00a3)err, or a common noun designating some title or office.\\nthe proper name is not inflected as, ba$ an be\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00a3)etrn 5R it k\\nler, the house of Mr. Mailer bte Ifyaten beS ftatferd Sari\\nbe$ 3ft n ft en tne ex pl\u00c2\u00b0its of the Emperor Charles V. \u00c2\u00a9tanb*\\nbttb be\u00c2\u00a3 grofjert StcfyterS 6 tl) e, the statue of the great poet\\nGoethe.\\nNAMES OF COUNTRIES AND PLACES.\\n48. 1. Names of countries, places, rivers, mountains, c.\\nwhich are of the masculine or feminine gender, are generally ac-\\ncompanied by the article 5), and declined like common nouns\\nas, bte \u00c2\u00a9cfywetj, gen. ber \u00c2\u00a9df) wet s, dat. ber \u00c2\u00a9comet s, acc fcte\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfyroets ber SBretSgau, gen. be$ -SretSgau S, c. ber 3?fyetn,\\ngen. be$ 3tyetrteS, c. bte Ifyemfe, gen. ber tfyemfe, c.\\n2. Neuter names of countries and places, not terminating\\nin 3, 5 or x, have the sign in the genitive and remain unal-\\ntered in all the other cases e. g. bte Unttterfitaten Seutfcfj*\\nlanbS, the Universities of Germany 9?u\u00c2\u00a3tcmb$ S(bet, the no-\\nbility of Russia et fommt son 53eritn (dat.), he comes from\\nBerlin nacf) Setpjt g (ace), to Leipzig, c.\\n3. Since names of places which end in g, fa do not admit\\nof an additional in the genitive, for the sake of euphony, it is\\ncustomary to put them in apposition with the genitive of some\\nword like t a b t, o r f, e ft u rt g (town, village, fort), or to\\nprefix the preposition con; e. g. bte @t nwot)net ber \u00c2\u00a9tabt\\n*part$ (or sort ^partS) the inhabitants of the city of Paris bte\\nCage sort SKams, the situation of Mentz", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0424.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "405\\nIV. GOVERNMENT\\n49. 1st, When a substantive is the subject of a proposi*\\ntion, it is always in the nominative case, and governs the verb\\nin number and person. 2Ber raft? \u00c2\u00a9er 93ater, bet $ramb\\nunb bte Sofyne rafen. Who travel? The father, the friend,\\nand the sons are travelling.\\n2d, In the oblique cases, i. e. in the genitive, dative, and\\naccusative, nouns are governed either by other nouns, or by\\nadjectives, verbs, prepositions, c. e. g. bte Wtv tzx b e 3\\na life 3, the mother of the house; ber \u00c2\u00a9tvafe ttntrbtg,\\nworthy of punishment; etnen 35 rt e f fcfyretben, to write a\\nletter auf D e m 8 a n b e, in the country. We shall here\\nonly consider the relation which one substantive may sustain\\nto another.\\n50. Substantives which stand in the relation of equality\\nto each other, are put in the same case. They may be thus\\nrelated\\n1st, When one is added to another, for the sake of explana-\\ntion, or is put in apposition with it; e. g. 2Btlbetm ber (Jro*\\nb e x e r, William, the Conqueror 3fyr f ettnei t brt, ten d) o\\np f e r fiibner \u00c2\u00a3)eere, ye know him, the creator of bold armies\\ntfym, metnem 2Bob(tb iter, to him, my benefactor.\\n2d, When one constitutes the predicate to the other as,\\nfetn 93ater tjl $bntg geroorben, his father has become king;\\ner t jl metit x e u n b, he is my friend.\\n3d, When one is compared with another as, ber Xburm tft\\nbofyer ct($ ber 93 a u m, the tower is higher than the tree.\\n4th, When several substantives constitute a compound sub-\\nject to one verb; e. g. \u00c2\u00a9cfybnbett unb Sugettb- treten in t bre\\nttotte 9ted)te wteber em. Beauty and Youth are fully reinstated\\nto their former rights.\\n51. 1st, A substantive which stands in the relation of\\ncause, origin, possession, mutual connection, c, to another, is\\nput in the genitive; e. g. ber \u00c2\u00a9efcmg ber 93b get, the sing-\\ning of birds ber d) op fer b e v 2S e 1 t, the creator of the\\nworld; bctS \u00c2\u00a3au3 be$ 5taufmctnn3, the house of the mer-\\n3hant; bee @d)roejrer b e$ SJaterS, the sister of the father.\\n2d, The genitive is often employed adverbially to express\\nthe relation of time, locality or manner; be$ 93iorgen3, be$\\n9)?tttagS, be3 2lbenb3, in the morning, at noon, in the evening;\\nbtefigen OrteS, of this place \u00c2\u00a7ute$ s Hhttbe3 fetn, to be of good\\ncheer unoerrtcbteter \u00c2\u00a9acfye, without accomplishing one s pur-\\npose.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0425.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "406\\n8d, A substantive which has a partitive signification is fol\\nlowed by a genitive of the whole e. g. bte SSdttme etneS @ar*\\nten*v the trees of a garden ba\u00c2\u00a7 Sad) be\u00c2\u00a7 aufe$, the roof oi\\nthe house.\\n4th, If, however, the partitive substantive points out a num*\\nber 3 measure or weight, the name of the material numbered,\\nmeasured, c, is more frequently put in apposition with it\\nthan in the genitive as, etne 9Q?ewje t n h e r, a number of\\nchildren; mtt fiinf Dugenb \u00c2\u00a9tern, with five dozen of eggs;\\netn ^actr \u00c2\u00a9ttefel, a pair of boots. But when the thing\\nmeasured has an adjective or other declinable word connected\\nwith it, the genitive is required; as, jroet glctfcfyen f ojHtcfyen\\n2Beme3, two bottles of superior wine; etn ^funb fttfdjer\\nSutter, a pound of fresh butter.\\nADJECTIVES.\\n52. An adjective is a word which limits the\\nmeaning of substantives.\\nEvery adjective may generally be employed in two\\ndifferent relations* viz\\n1st, The quality expressed by it may be conceived as inde-\\npendent of the subject, and be asserted of it by a formal act\\nof judgment as, ba3 \u00c2\u00a3)au3 t)l Q V the house is large tie\\n9?ofe tjt rotl), the rose is red. The adjective thus used is\\ncalled predicative, and is never inflected in German.\\n2d, The quality expressed by it may be so intimately con-\\nnected with the substantive as to form one complex idea with\\nit, and then the adjective is termed attributive as, fcaS 9 r D t\\n\u00c2\u00a3)au$, the large house bte r Dt^ e 3tofe, the red rose.\\nRemark. The predicative adjective stands usually after the\\nverbs f e t n, to be rc c r t e n, to become, and b t e t b e n, to remain\\nsometimes also after certain transitive verbs e. g. t cr \u00c2\u00a3tmmcl toat\\nb I a u, the sky was blue tic 9?ad)t tmrfc) t) u n t e t, the night be-\\ncomes dark; t ci$ $(ctfc bfctbt fauber, the dress remains clean;\\nHug macfyen, to make wise g r ii n fd tbcn, to die green, c.\\n53. Some adjectives can only be employed in the\\npredicative sense, as\\nabtyclfc), disaffected brad), fallow\\ncmcjft, distressed, afraid eincjcfcenf, remembering\\nbetett, ready feint), hostile", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0426.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "407\\ngat, dons net!), needful\\ng ng unb (jefce, current nu\u00c2\u00a7, useful\\ngefyajj, hating quet, diagonal, cross\\ngetroft, of good cheer quirt, free from\\ngram, bearing a grudge tfyeilfyaft, partaking of;\\ntrte, stray unpap, indisposed, ill\\nt unb, known oerlufttg, losing,\\nteib, sorry\\n54. Others again can only be used as attribu\u00c2\u00ab\\ntives\\n1st, Those terminating in e t n, en, and indicating the .Aaterial\\nof which anything is made e. g. bet lebetne \u00c2\u00a3anbfd)uf), the leather\\nglove bog fetbene \u00c2\u00a3al$tud), the silk cravat; but, bet #cmbfd)ufj xft:\\nv o n 2 e b c r, bet 9?tng ift t o n (3 o I b, the glove is (made) of\\nleather, the ring is (made) of gold.\\n2d, All superlatives, ordinal numerals, and certain adjectives\\nformed from adverbs of time and locality e. g. bet greffte, bet\\ngroeite, bet btttte K., the tallest, the second, the third, c. botttCj,\\nfjeurtq, fyieftg, geftrtg, morgenb, from bort, there fjcute, to-day r)ier,\\nin this place geftetn, yesterday mcrgen, to-morrow.\\n3d, Many derivatives ending in tfd) and (id), including also\\nadjective names of nations as, btebtfcf), thievish notbifcrj, northern;\\nroortud), literal anfa ngftd), original beutfd), German frans8fi{d),\\nFrench cng(tfdr), English, c.\\nWe are to consider, 1st, the inflection, 2d, the comparison\\nand 3d, the use and government of adjectives.\\nI. INFLECTION.\\n55. When an adjective is used in the attributive\\nrelation, certain terminations are added to it, indica-\\ntive of the gender, the number, and the case of the sub-\\nstantive to which it is united e. g. QUt e V Sffiettt, good\\nwine etrter fcfyjrten 33fume, of a fair flower bag Mem e\\nSSurf), the small book.\\nAll attributive adjectives of every degree of com-\\nparison are susceptible of three different modes of in-\\nflection, denominated the first, second, and third declen-\\nsions.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0427.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "408\\nfhb following table exhibits the terminations of the\\nthree declensions.\\nSingular.\\nFirst Declension. Second Declension. Third Declension\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nA-cc.\\nMasc.\\nFem.\\nNeut.\\nMasc.\\nFem.\\nNeut.\\nMasc.\\nFem.\\ncr.\\nC\\nC$\\nc\\nC\\nC\\ncr\\ne\\nc$/ en\\ner\\nft, cn\\nen\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\ncm\\net\\ncm\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\nen\\nc\\nc$\\ncn\\nc\\nc\\ncn\\ne\\nNeut.\\nC$\\ncn\\ncn\\ne*\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\n1st 2d Sd\\nDecl. Decl. Decl.\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\ncn\\nNom.\\nc\\ncn\\nGen.\\ncr\\ncn\\nDat,\\ncn\\ncn\\nAce.\\nc\\ncn\\nRemark. The first declension of adjectives corresponds to the\\nearlier declension of substantives, and presents the greatest varie-\\nty of terminations so also the second possesses the characteris-\\ntics of the later declension of substantives (the c n in the genitive\\nand remaining cases). The third declension is composite, partak-\\ning of the character of both.\\nFIRST DECLENSION.\\n56. When an adjective is preceded by no othei\\nlimiting word, or by one which is indeclinable, it as-\\nsumes the terminations of the definite article* in all\\nits cases singular and plural, and is said to be inflected\\naccording to the first declension, thus\\nWith this difference, that in the nom. and ace. neuter singular ti^e jmJ\\niective has c 9 instead of a 8.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0428.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "409\\nNom.\\nSingular.\\nMasc. Fem.\\nguter, gate,\\nHSU}***\\nDat. gutem, guter,\\nAxjc. guten, gute,\\nNeut.\\nguteS,\\ngttten,\\ngutem,\\ngute^\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\nNom. gute, good,\\nGen. guter, of good,\\nDat. guten, to good,\\nAce. gute, good\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nPARADIGMS.\\nI. Masculine\\nSingular.\\n28 em, red wine,\\nSBetneS, of red wine,\\nrotfyer\\nrotbeS\\nrotten\\nrotfyem SBetne, to red wine,\\nrotten 2Bem, red wine\\nPlural.\\nrotfye 2Beme,\\nrotter SBetne,\\nrotten 2Betnen\\\\\\nvotfye SBetne.\\nPlural.\\nfiige grudjte,\\njuger Sriicfyte,\\nfiigen $tiicr)tet\\nfiige $riid)te.\\nPlural.\\ngute \u00c2\u00a9elber,\\nguter \u00c2\u00a9etber,\\nguten \u00c2\u00a9elberr?,\\ngute @eft er.\\nOta. ls\u00c2\u00a3. The following are some of the indeclinable words\\nwhich may precede the adjective without affecting its termination*\\nc t n a some g e n u g, enough a I e t e t, of various sorts m e t,\\nmore t) t e much tt) e n t g, little in the plural the numerals\\nI m e i, b t e t, c. e. g. g c n u g rotfjer \u00c2\u00a3Betn, enough red wine a U\\nI e r c t fupe $rud)t, a variety of sweet fruit to i n i g gute$ SBrob,\\nlittle good bread.\\nObs. 2d. We are to regard e as the regular termination of the\\ngenitive singular masculine and neuter, though en most always\\ntakes its place for the sake of euphony, when the noun itself has\\ne$ in the genitive; e. g. gut en 2Betne5, fatte n SBaffetS, of cold wa-\\nter (mat en \u00c2\u00a9elbeg, of ready money.\\nII. Feminine,\\nSingular.\\nNom. fuge $xud)t, sweet fruit,\\nGen. fuget $rucr;t, of sweet fruit,\\nDat. fiiger \u00c2\u00a7rud)t, to sweet fruit,\\nAce. fiige grucfyt, sweet fruit\\nIII. Neuter.\\nSingular.\\nNom. guteS \u00c2\u00a9eft), good money,\\nGen. U T^ j \u00c2\u00a9eft e$, of good money,\\nDat. gutem \u00c2\u00a9elbe, to good money,\\nAce. guteS \u00c2\u00a9eft), good money\\n18", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0429.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "410\\nSECOND DECLENSION.\\n57. An adjective belongs to the second declen-\\nsion, when it is preceded either by the definite article,\\nbet, tie, bd$, by a demonstrative or relative pronoun, or\\nan indefinite numeral. It then assumes the termination\\ncin the nominative singular for all genders, and in the\\naccusative singular feminine and neuter, and the ter-\\nmination e n in all the remaining cases singular and\\nplural.\\nThe pronouns and indefinite numerals are\\nbtefer, btefe, btefeS, this\\njcner, jene, jeneS, that, yonder;\\nberfclOe, btefdOe, bafielbe, the same\\nberjenige, btejentge, baSientge, that\\nwelder, roefcfye, roe(d)e$, who, which\\nfotc^er, fo(d)e, fotcfyeS, such\\njeber, jet e, jebeS, 7\\njegltrf)er, iegttcf)e$, 5\\nallcr, die, all e$, all\\netntger, eintge, ctntgcS, 8eV er*i-\\nctltd er, etttctK, etlttf e$, some severa\\nmanner, manege, mandjeS, many a, c,\\n58. PARADIGMS.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasc. Fern. Neut. For all genders.\\nN. bet gute, bte gute, ba$ gute, bte guten, the good,\\nG. be$ guten, ber guten, be$ guten,\\nD. bem guten, ber guten, bem guten,\\nA, ben guten, bte gute, t a gute\\nt te guien, uie gooa,\\nber guten, of the good,\\nten guten, to the good,\\nbte guten, the good\\nI. Stefer roetfe 9D?ann, this wise man.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. btefer roetfe $?cmn,.\\nGen. btefeS roetfen 90?anne$,\\nDat. btefem metfen Sftanne,\\nAce. btefen roetfen 9J?ann\\nbtefe roetfen Scanner,\\nbtefer roetfen Scanner,\\nbtefen wetfen SOWnnent,\\nbtefe roetfen Scanner.\\nII. 3ebe fcfyone 33(ume, each fair flower.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom, jebe fcfyone 33lume, I rcekfye fcfyonen 93(umen?\\nGen. jeber fcfyonen 95(ume, welder fcfyonen 93 lumen?\\nDat. jeber fcfyonen SSlume, roetcfyen fcfyimen SStumen?\\nA.cc. jebe fd)6ne SSfume* raelcfye fcfyonen 93fumen?", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0430.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "411\\nIII. ^eneZ grime $etb, yonder green :ield.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom jetted griine $e(b,\\nGen jeneS grirnen SelbeS,\\nDat. jenem crimen $elbe,\\nAce. jene\u00c2\u00a3 grime $e(b\\njene grimen $e(ber,\\njener grimen $elber,\\njenen grimen gelbern,\\njene griinen $etber.\\nSo decline berfctbc rotr;e SBetn, the same red wine tic fceffete\\ngrud t (pi. grfid te), the better fruit roc(d)C$ ncufte JKeib (pi. Jttcit er)\\nwhich newest garment 1\\nobservations.\\n1st, According to the usage of many writers the adjective rejects\\nthe n in the nom. and ace. plural, when it is preceded by one of\\nthe words c t n i g e, some c 1 1 1 cf) e, nie^rf or m c f) r e r c, seve-\\nral moncbe, t t c c, many a I e, all as, alle ftetfnge @d)ftlcr, all\\ndiligent scholars mete ebte OTenfcben, many noble men, c. It is\\nnot necessary, however, to make this exception to the general rule.\\n2d, When the definite article, being preceded by a preposition,\\ncoalesces with it into one word 10), the inflection of the adjec-\\ntive is not thereby altered e. g. burcfysgrune getb, through the\\ngreen field i m g r c p e n \u00c2\u00a3aufe, in the great house.\\nTHIRD DECLENSION.\\n59. An adjective is inflected according to the\\nthird declension, when it is preceded either by the in-\\ndefinite article, by a personal or possessive pronoun, or by\\nthe singular of the indefinite numeral i e t it, no, none.\\nIt assumes the terminations of the first declension in\\nthe nominative singular of all genders (er, e, e$), and in\\nthe accusative singular feminine and neuter (e, e$)\\nand the terminations of the second declension in all\\nthe remaining cases.\\nThe pronouns are personal, td), bu, er, fte, e\u00c2\u00a3, tmr, tfyr, fte,\\nI, thou, he, she, it, we, you, they possessive, mem, bem, fettt,\\ntinfer, euer, ttyr, my, thy, his, our, your, her (the ir).\\nPARADIGMS.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasc. Fem. Neut. For all genders\\nNom. em (jitter, eirte gute, em guteS, feme guren,\\nGen. emeS guten, etner guten, eme$ guten, femer guten,\\nDat. etnem guten, etner guten,, emem guten, fetnen guten,\\nAce. etnen guten, erne gute, em guteS; feme guten.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0431.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "412\\nI. SERetn guter SSruber, my good brother.\\nSingular.\\nNom. mem guter SSruber,\\nGen. metnei gtiten SSruberS,\\nmetnem guten SSruber,\\nmetnen guten 93ruber 5\\nDat\\nAoc\\nPlural.\\nmetne guten 93riiber,\\nmetner guten SSriiber,\\nmei nen guten Sritbern,\\nmetne guten 35riiber.\\nII. 3|rc jungfle \u00c2\u00a9cfywefter, her youngest sister.\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nSingular,\\nitive jungjre \u00c2\u00a9cfywefter,\\nt^rer jungften \u00c2\u00a9dweller,\\ntfyrer jungften \u00c2\u00a9cfyroejter,\\ntfyre jungjre \u00c2\u00a9cfyroefter\\nPlural.\\ntyre jiingjren \u00c2\u00a9cfyweftern,\\nxfyrer jungften \u00c2\u00a9cfyroeftew,\\nifyren jungften \u00c2\u00a9cfywoeftern,\\nifyre jungften \u00c2\u00a9cfyweftew.\\nIII. Unfer gro0e$ $au\u00c2\u00a7 our large house.\\nSingular.\\nunfer grogeS \u00c2\u00a3au$,\\nunfreS grogen \u00c2\u00a3aufe\u00c2\u00a3,\\nunferm grogen aufe,\\nunfer groge\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00a3au3\\nPlural.\\nunfre grogen Jenifer,\\nunfrer grogen \u00c2\u00a3aufer,\\nunfern grogen \u00c2\u00a7)aufew,\\nunfre grogen \u00c2\u00a3)dufer.\\nSo decline fetn fcfyonerer lag (g^n. JageS), no finer day,\\nfeme angenefyme 3?etfe (pi. 3?etfen), his pleasant journey 5 bein\\nguteS fttnb (gen. S?mbe\u00c2\u00a3, pi. Sfr nber), thy good child.\\nRemark. The adjective is declined in the same manner when\\nit follows one of the personal pronouns id), I t u, thou rotr, we\\ntf)t Stc), r ou except in the genitive case, where the definite ar-\\nticle must be supplied e. g. id) ormcr 93?ann, 1 poor man gen.\\nmetncr, b e 6 armen Wlcmm$, of me, the poor man dat. mtr ox*\\nmen 9#cmnc, to me poor man ace. mid) armen 93lann, me poor man.\\nSo also, bu gute Gutter, thou good mother gen. b e t n e r, bet gu?\\nten SOUitter, c. tf)r guten Scute, you good people.; dat. cud) guten\\nSeuten ace. cud) guten Ceute, c\\nobservations on the three declensions.\\n60. Obs. 1st. When adjectives, terminating in c er, en, are\\ninflected, they frequently drop the c of those terminations for the\\nsake of euphony as, ctn ebtcr (instead of cbc(cr) @of)n, a mag\\nnanimons son bcr cbne (for eh c n e) SQBcg, the smooth road bte bits\\nt r c (instead of tutt ere) jrucbt, the bitter fruit. Sometimes this c is\\nretained, and that of the syllable of inflection is rejected in its stead,\\nespecially in the dative case as, ctn fyetttet Jbtmmcl, clear sky, gen.\\netnc$ fyettren \u00c2\u00a3tmme($, dat. etnem fjett em (not belt c r c n or fyett ten)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0432.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "413\\npixtmct, c. ten cb e n, fyett e r n \u00c2\u00a3eqen, to the generous, cheerful\\nhearts.\\nObs. 2d. The attributive adjective is frequently left\\nuninflected like the predicative. This is the case\\n1st, When it is placed after its substantive, as the predicate of\\nan abridged proposition as, bte JUtppc, f cf) r o f f unt) ft e t i, the cliff,\\nrough and steep fctc S3ltcfc, fret unt) f cffcl(o$ ercjcrjen fid) in uns\\ngemepnen SKaumen (@d)tUcr), the eyes, free and unshackled, roam\\nthrough the measureless abyss of space.\\n2d, In poetry and conversational German, the e 5 is often dropped\\nin the ace. neut. sing, of the first and third declensions as, cj u t (for\\ngut c S) 23tetv good bread alt (Sufen, old iron cm u r a t \u00c2\u00a3Bort, an\\nancient saying, c.\\n3d, When the adjective is used adverbially, to limit the meaning\\nof another adjective as, cm gang netted \u00c2\u00a3au$, a house entirely\\nnew; tie uncrroortct frer)e \u00c2\u00a3ftacbrid)t, intelligence cheering be-\\nyond expectation cm n c u ctngcOunfcencg 23uc1), a newly bound\\nbook.\\nIf in these cases the adjective is inflected, the sense is entirely al-\\ntered cin gcrngeg, netted \u00c2\u00a3au$, an entire, new house fete unerroartete,\\nftcfye 9^ad)rtcbt, the unexpected, cheering intelligence em ncucS, etn*\\ngcbunfcenes 53ucb, a new book, bound.\\n61. Obs. 3d. If a substantive in the genitive limits the mean-\\ning of another substantive, and is placed before it, so that the lat-\\nter loses its article 9), the adjective connected with the latter\\nsubstantive must be inflected according to the first declension e. g,\\nfeine\u00c2\u00a3 SSatcrS jiinqircr \u00c2\u00a9er)n, instead of: t ct funajte Sobn fetne$\\nSSatcrS, his father s youngest son unfreS \u00c2\u00a3aufc$ greater Sau(c, in-\\nstead of: t er groftcn Sau(e unfere^ \u00c2\u00a3aufc\u00c2\u00a3, to the greatest pillai\\nof our house.\\nObs. 4th. When two or more adjectives are con-\\nnected with the same substantive, they all follow the\\nsame rules of inflection\\nI. \u00c2\u00a9uter, rotfyer, (autrer 2Betn, good, red, pure wine.\\nNom. filter, rctber^ (autrer 2Bctn,\\nGen tguten, rotten, (autrcn 5 m\\nDat. gutem, retbem, lauterm SBctnc,\\nAce. (wren, rotten, lautern SQBctn.\\nII. 2)te retfe, fefyone, gute $rucl)t, the ripe, fair, good fruit.\\nNom. bte retfe, febone, gute Jrucfyt,\\nGen. fc ct retfen, ftyoncn, gutcn 5rud)t, tu", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0433.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "4ft\\nIII. Unfet fcfyoneS, cjriineS \u00c2\u00a9ta$, our fine, green giver\\nNom. unfer fcboncS,- gtiines \u00c2\u00a9rag,\\nGen. unfreS fc^oncn, Qttmen \u00c2\u00a9tafeS, ic.\\nWith respe .*.t to case I, however, usage is not decidedly estab-\\nlished, as the last adjective frequently follows the inflection of the\\n1st declension in the nom. sing, and plur. only, and that of the\\n2d declension in all the remaining cases rcarme, frifcfye 50?Ucb, warm,\\nfresh milk, gen. and dat. warmer, frifcl) e n 932tld) cjute$, roetpeS S3tot\\ngood white bread, gen. cjuteS, roetpen SStotcS, dat. cjutem, wetpen\\n33tot e,pl. gute, roetpe S3tot e, gen. Quter tvetpen SBro^c, it\\nII. COMPARISON.\\n62. In German, as in English, there are two\\nmodes of comparing adjectives, called the terminational\\nand the compound comparisons.\\nThe former makes the comparative and superlative\\nby adding certain terminations to the simple form of\\nthe positive the latter by prefixing to it the adverbs\\nof comparison m e I) r, more am m e i ft e tt or fy 5 d) ft,\\nmost.\\nRule I. The terminational comparative is formed by ad-\\nding e r, and the terminational superlative by adding ft or e ft\\nto the root of the positive e. g. frol), comp. frot) e r, superl. fro*\\npt ft, glad, glader, gladest retcf), tetcfy e r, vcid) ft, rich, richer,\\nrichest fcfyiirt, fcfyon e r, fcfyon ft, beautiful, more beautiful, most\\nbeautiful.\\nRule II. Adjectives, containing the vowels a, D, u, gener-\\nally modify them in the comparative and superlative degrees\\ne. g. cut, after, atteft, old, older, oldest; grog, groger, grogt,\\ngreat, greater, greatest.\\n63. The vowels of the root, however, are not\\nmodified in the following instances\\n1st, In all participles which have become susceptible of com-\\nparison, by assuming the signification of adjectives as, rctfcnb,\\nmad fdjtojcttt), decisive; t erfd)(acjen, cunning tierroorfen, abandoned,\\nc. e g. tcifcnb, comp. rctfenb cr, superl. vafen Oft.\\n2d, All adjectives containing the diphthong a u as, rcmfj\\nrough, comp. raufyet, superl. taufyeft so cjrau, grey taub deaf,*\\ntout, loud, c.\\n3d, Derivative adjectives terminating in c(, et, en, C, or in one", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0434.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "415\\nof the affixes a x, fa m, r) a f t, t t d) t, 1 1 d) k., e. g. fornfel, dark;\\nftecfen, dry; fyagct, slender; futctytOat, formidable; ratf)fam, advisa-\\nble bosfyaft, malicious tt?alt t\u00c2\u00a7, woody grciftcfyt, grass-like t un?\\nltd), feasible, c.\\n4th, In the following\\nSMag, pale Ffar, clear\\nbunt, variegated fnapp, tight;\\ntafjm, lame\\n(e\u00c2\u00a3, loose\\nmatt, wearied\\nmorfd), brittle\\nrmcft, naked\\nplatt,flat;\\nplump, clumsy\\ntof), raw\\nrunt), round;\\nfanft, gentle\\nfatr, satisfied\\nfcl laff, slack\\nfd)lanf, slender\\nftart, numb\\nftof$, roud\\n(Waff, stiff;\\nftumm, dumb\\ntell, mad\\nMil, full\\n$af)rn, tame.\\nfaf)(, fallow\\nfcilfd), false\\nfret), joyful\\n{jerafce, straight\\nQcfunb, healthy\\n?tatt, smooth\\nCM, hollow\\nl^tt), kind;\\nfaf)(, bald\\nfarg, stingy\\n64. When the adjective ends either in fc, t, ft, 6, p, fcf) or\\nthe e before the ft of the superlatives becomes essential for the\\nsake of euphony. In all other cases it is commonly rejected e.\\ng. merfd), brittle, superl. merfebeft; ftet^ proud, superl. fto($ C ft K.\\nbut, f(ar, clear, superl. Hat ft; tapfer, valiant, superl. tapfcr ft\\nfd)ii(t tg, culpable, superl. fd)u(t tg ft K.\\nPolysyllables terminating in c c r or c n, generally reject\\nthe c of this termination in the comparative, but resume it again in\\nthe superlative; e. g. eM, comp. cSlcr (instead of cMet), superl.\\n!t c ft fyeitcr, cheerful, comp. l)ctt r c r, superl. r)cit e t ft crgeben, de-\\nvoted, comp. ergeb n c t, superl. crgeb e n ft.\\n65. Comparatives and superlatives are inflected\\nlike positive adjectives; thus:\\n1. Better wine 2. fairer flower, 3. greener field.\\nN beffeter 2Betn, fd)b nere SSlume, QtuncteS $ett\\nG belter en \u00c2\u00a3Bctnc$, fcfyoncret 23tume, gruncrcn \u00c2\u00a7elt e$ is.\\nSo fc et kft e \u00c2\u00a3Betn, the best wine, gen. be\u00c2\u00a3 ftcft c n \u00c2\u00a3Beitte$ fci\u00c2\u00ab\\nfd^onft 2\u00c2\u00a7(ume, gen. fcet fcfyonft c n 33(ume jc.\\nIRREGULAR COMPARISON.\\n66. The following adjectives are irregular in their com*\\nparison\\nPosit.\\nflut,\\nrtctfye,\\nComp.\\nbeffer^\\nfyoljer,\\nrtafyer,\\nmet)r,\\nSuperl.\\nnacfjft\\nmetft,\\nmefyrft,\\ngood, better, hest\\nhigh, higher, highest\\nnear, nearer, nearest\\nmuch, more, most.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0435.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "416\\nAlso the adverbs\\ngent, Keber, am Itebften, gladly, more gxadly, most gladty\\n(roemcj), mtnber, am mmbeften, little, less, least.\\n67. There are a number of adjectives, derived from ad*\\nverbs of place, which under a comparative form have a posi-\\ntive signification, and hence their comparative is wanting\\nPosit. Superl.\\nfcer,\\nfcte,\\nfcaS\\naugere, augerjte,\\nouter,\\nextreme, uttermost;\\nt.\\n19\\n19\\nl)tntete, fytnterfte,\\nhind,\\nhindermost\\ntt\\n99\\n19\\ntnrtere, tnnerfte,\\ninner,\\ninnermost\\ntt\\n99\\n99\\nmtrtlerc, mittetfte,\\nmiddle,\\nmiddlemost\\ntt\\n99\\n99\\nm ebere, meberfte,\\nlower,\\nlowermost\\n99\\n99\\nT9\\nobere, oberfte,\\nupper,\\nuppermost\\n99\\n99\\n99\\ntmtere, unterfre,\\nunder,\\nundermost\\n99\\n99\\n99\\nsorbere, ttorberfte,\\nfore/\\nforemost.\\nCOMPARISON OF ADVERBS.\\n\u00c2\u00a763. Adverbs of manner, the form of which is generally\\nthe same with that of adjectives, are likewise susceptible oi\\ncompaiison; as, gefcfymtnb, gefcfyunnber, fcf)i n, fcfycmet, swiftly,\\nmore swiftly, beautifully, more beautifully. They express the\\nsuperlative, however, by prefixing to it am (a contraction for\\nan bem, 10); as, am gefcfymtrtbften, am fcfyonften, most\\nswiftly, most beautifully.\\nBut when no comparison, but simply eminence is to be denoted\\noy the superlative, a u f a contraction of the preposition cmf with\\nthe accusative of the article (ba6), is prefixed, or 3 urn, a contraction\\nof the preposition $u with the dative of the article (bem) e. g. auf$\\nfrcunbftcbftc, $um fcbonften, most kindly, most beautifully; cr empftng\\nmid) a u f b f t i d) |1 c, he received me most courteously. The ad-\\nverbial superlative of eminence, which is also called the absolute\\nsuperlative, may likewise he expressed by the simple form of tha\\ndegree, or by the termination c n 6 as, Qttttgft, most kindly tit-\\nnigft, most cordially f)cd)ften$, at the most; (tfngffotf, at the longest\\nOBSERVATIONS.\\n69. Obs. 1. The plural of the comparative mefjr, more, is\\nm e b r e or m e b r c r e, which is used as an indefinite numeral in\\nthe sense of the English several.\\nObs. 2. The two numerals, t)cr erfte, the first, ber U gtc, the last,\\nthough superlatives in sense, give rise to new comparatives bcr\\nt x ft c r e and t et I e t e r e, which correspond to the English tht\\nformer the latter.\\nObs. 3. The compound comparatt/e becomes necessaiy wh*-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0436.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "417\\niwc adjectives, denoting qualities of different degreed, are predl.\\n\u00c2\u00abated of the same person or thing e. g. er ift m e t) r fait alg warm,\\nhe is rather cold than warm fcu btft m c F) r 9e(cr)rt a(^ t tua,, thou\\nart more learned than prudent.\\nObs. 4. The compound superlative becomes necessary when\\nthe indefinite article precedes e. g. cm f)8d)ft Qtaufamet SRenfd),\\na most cruel man; eme Md)ft gcfar^rdc^e Strife a most dangerous\\njourney.\\nObs. 5. There are a number of particles (adverbs) which are\\nfrequently placed before adjectives of every degree of comparison\\nto render their meaning intensive. They are 1st, With the posi-\\ntive, a u g c t ft, extremely o d) ft, highly f e I) t, very, c. 2d,\\nWith the comparative, JH e t, much rc e 1 1 or b e i nmtc nr, by far\\nnod), yet, c. 3d, With the superlative, bet ro e i t c m, by far\\nand the prefix alter; e. g. fer)r f d) 6 h, very pretty n? e 1 1 Qrcjkr,\\nby far greater a 11 e rfcfyonft, most beautiful of all.\\nObs. 6. In comparisons, a 1 g corresponds to the English than 9\\nand tv i c to the English as e. g. @tc fint) alter a I id), you are\\nolder than I er ift fo cjrop n? i e frin SSater, he is as tall as his\\nfather.\\nIII. USE AND GOVERNMENT OF ADJECTIVES*\\n70. 1. Adjectives of every degree of comparison may\\nbe employed substantively but they even then retain the in*\\nflection of adjectives e. g. iDer 28etf e, the wise (man), sage\\ntin JGetf e r, a sage bte \u00c2\u00a9cr)6ne, the fair woman D*\u00c2\u00a3 Srfya*\\nbene, the sublime*\\n2. With respect to adjectives which are used substantively\\nin the neuter gender, it is necegsary to distinguish\\n1st, Those which assume no termination, and which designate\\neither some abstract quality, or some material named after that\\nquality; e. g. la* 3? e d) t, justice; cr fprtd)t etn reined \u00c2\u00a3)eutfd),\\nhe speaks p ire German tag 8lri ro e i g, white lead SBetUnct\\n$8 1 a u, Prussian blue, c. These are inflected like substantives\\nof the earlier declension, and are used in the singular only as,\\nba\u00e2\u0082\u00ac 23lau, teg 23lau$ c.\\n2d, Those which assume the terminations of the attributive adjec-\\ntive and are inflected like it; e. g. tag G5ute, the good (2d decl.)\\netwag \u00c2\u00a9uteg, something good (1st decl.); ba$ \u00c2\u00a9rune, the green;\\nritt (Stating, a whole.\\n71. With respect to their signification, adjectives are di\\nvided into two classes, viz 1st, such as make complete sense\\nof themselves without the addition of any other word as, qut)\\ngood o,ro\u00c2\u00a3, great, (fee. 2d, Those which of themselves can-\\nnot express an entire idea, but require the addition of some\\n18*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0437.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "418\\ncomplemental notion as, b e W u 1, conscious of; I o free\\nfrom, c. The former maybe termed absolute, the latter ?e*\\nlative.\\nThe complement of a relative adjective may either be the\\nsblique case 49. 2d.) of a substantive (including all words used\\nis such), or a verb in the infinitive with g u\\nADJECTIVES WITH THE INFINITIVE,\\n72. Adjectives signifying possibility, duty, necessity, easi-\\nness, difficulty, and the like, are followed by an infinitive with\\nj u as, e\u00c2\u00a3 xft mtr mcfyt m 6 9 1 1 d) 3 u 9 e fy en, it is not possible\\nfor me to go er t ft genbttjt^t 3 u a r b e 1 1 e n, he is obliged\\nlo work berett 311 fampfert, ready to contend. In this connec-\\ntion the infinitive, though active in form, is often passive in signi-\\nfication letcfyt gu mctcfyen, easy to be done; fcfyroer 311 glauben,\\nhard to be believed, c.\\nADJECTIVES GOVERNING THE OBLIQUE CASES OF SUBSTANTIVES,\\n73. When relative adjectives are followed by a\\nsubstantive, it is put either in the genitive, the dative\\nor the accusative.\\nI. The adjectives governing the genitive are\\nbetmrfttg, in want of; funbtg, acquainted with 5\\nfcefUffcn, diligent in mad)ttg, master of;\\nbefucjt, authorized mut e, tired of;\\nfcenotfugt, in need of; fd)u(t tg, guilty of;\\nfccrcuj^t, conscious of; tfyeUfyaff, partaker of\\nctttgefcenf, remembering 9crt)ad)ttg, suspected of;\\nfafjtg, capable of ttcrtufttg, losing\\nfrof), happy in; t olI full of;\\ngcroarttg, in expectation of; tvutfctg, worthy of.\\nQCttnfJ, certain of\\nExamples. (Stnct \u00c2\u00a9pracfye m a d) t i fetn, to be master of a lan-\\nguage ctne$ 93ettodKn$ f d) u 1 1) t g, guilty of a crime fcer (Strafe\\ntt u r t) i g, worthy of punishment.\\n74. II. The adjectives which govern the dative\\ncase are\\n1st, Such as are derived from verbs which govern the dative;\\nas, gctyotfam, obedient ta frtenflbat, bound in service to wtbutu\\nben bliged to, c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0438.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "419\\n2d. The following\\nfifjntid), resembling\\nongemejTen, suited to\\nctngenefym, agreeable\\ncmjfofitc}, offensive\\nfcefannt, known\\nfrequent, convenient\\nberouf t, known\\nfctenftd), serviceable\\netgen, own\\nfremt strange\\nftcunfcltd), friendly\\ngegenroatttg, present to\\ngclauftg, fluent\\ngemctfj, suited to\\nQenetgt, inclined\\ngercogen, kind;\\ngeroadjfen, equal to\\nQlcid), like\\ngndbtg, gracious\\nfjeUfam, salutary\\nbelt), kind\\nl ftt$, troublesome\\n(tefc, dear, agreeable;\\nnacfyttycUtg, hurtful\\nnafye, near\\nnulttd), useful\\nfdjafcttd), injurious\\nfd)ult tg, indebted\\ntreu, true, faithful\\ntibettegen, superior\\nunsetgej d), ever memorable to)\\nt ert ad)tig, suspected by\\nttcrfcerfrltd), destructive to\\ntterfyapt, odious to\\nttetroanbt, related\\nttortfjetl aft, advantageous\\nttnbttg, loathsome\\nvoiMemmtn, welcome\\ngugetljan, addicted to.\\nExamples bet \u00c2\u00a9o^n tft fetnem 93citet a ^n t d), the son resembles\\nnis father; er if! fetnem 23erufe md)t g e ro a d) f e n, he is not equal to\\nhis calling c$ tft tf)m fj e U f a m, it is salutary to him nne met bin\\nid) Sfyncn f d) u t i 3 how much do I owe you 1 ec tft mir t c r f) apt\\nhe is odious to me, c.\\nIII. Adjectives denoting the measure, weight, or woith of a\\nthing; also age or duration of time, govern the accusative;\\nas, grcotf $pfunt fd)it et, twelve pounds in weight; etnen ginget\\n6 r e 1 1, of the breadth of a finger einen Sljcrtet rc e r 1 f), worth a\\ncrown; er tft ^efyn 3ci\u00c2\u00a7t alt, he is ten years old; funf 3a\\\\)tt tang,\\nfor five years, c.\\nNUMERALS.\\n75. Numerals are either definite or indefinite as,\\ntner, J e I) n, four, ten tu el, a He, many, all.\\nDefinite numerals are divided into two classes\\nCardinal and Ordinal.\\nCardinal numerals are such as express simply the number\\nof persons or things in answer \\\\o the question how many?\\nbtet, three; ftergtg, forty.\\nOrdinal numerals designate the rank of a person or thing fa\\na series as, ber erfte, the first fcer awoffte, the twelfth.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0439.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "420\\nOrdinals are formed from cardinals by annexing the termi\\nnation ft e, when the cardinal ends in q, and the termination\\nte in all other cases; as, fcer 3tt an$tg ft e, merte, the twen.\\nlieth, fourth.\\nExceptions. The ordinal of etn, one, is irregular: bet ecfte\\n(instead of bet e t n t e), the first. Instead of bet ro c 1 1 e, the\\nsecond, it was formerly customary to say bet a n b e r e.\\n76. The following is a list of cardinal and ordinal\\nnumerals\\nCardinal.\\n1. etn, ring, one j\\n2. greet, two\\n3. btet, three;\\n4. trier, four\\n5. fiinf, five\\n6. fed)$, six\\n7. jteOen, seven\\n8. cicbt, eight;\\n9. neun, nine^\\n10. $ebn, ten;\\n11. c(f, eleven;\\n12. gntflf, twelve, c.\\n13. bret$ebn\\n14. meqcbn;\\n15. funftcfyn;\\n16. fecbgebn;\\n17. fkben$ebn or fteb^f)tt\\n18. ad)tgc$n;\\n19. neun$ebn\\n20. $man$tg;\\n21. etn unb $roan$t\\n22. $nm unb $n an$tg, tt\\n30. bretfitg\\n34. etn unt) bmpi g, ft.\\n40i tricqtg\\n50. funfttcj;\\n60, fecl)^;\\n70. fteben^tg or ftet^tg\\n80. ad)t$tg;\\n90. ncun$ig;\\n100. bunbett;\\n101. bunbert unb etn$;-\\n102. bunbert unt) $roet\\n103 bunbert unt) btet tc\\n200 gnxtbunbett\\n30#. btetbunbett;\\nOrdinal.\\nbet, bte, t a$\\nit tt\\ntt tt tt\\nit\\ntt\\nft\\ntt if\\nrt\\nft\\nft ft ft\\nn it\\nit ft tt\\ntt tt tt\\ntt tt tt\\nft tt tt\\ntf tt tt\\netjle,\\n$mette,\\nbrttte,\\nmerte,\\nfitnfte,\\nfeebfte,\\nthe first.\\nsecond.\\nthird.\\nfourth,\\nfifth.\\nsixth.\\nfiebente, seventh.\\neighth.\\nninth.\\ntenth.\\neleventh.\\ntwelfth,\\nacbte,\\nneunte,\\netfte,\\nbreqebnte.\\nmeqebnte.\\nftruftebnte.\\nfeeble bnte.\\nfieben jebttte or fte aebnt\u00c2\u00a3\\nad)t^bnte.\\nneungebnte.\\n$man$tgfte,\\netn unb $wan$t$f!e.\\ngwet unb sroan^tctfte, jg\u00c2\u00bb\\ntrctptgftc.\\nein trnb bretptgfte iu\\niricr$igfte.\\nfedtftgftc.\\nffcben$ig|fc or ftefe$tg{t\\nacbtjtgfte.\\nneun^igfte.\\nbunbertfte.\\nbunbert unb crftc.-\\nbunbert unb gwette.\\nbunbert unb brttte 1%\\naroetbunbertfte.\\nbtetbunbettfte.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0440.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "421\\nCardinal Ordinal*\\n400. mcdjunbert $a f ttt,Ht mcrfyunbcrtfrg,\\n500. ftinfbuttbcrt; fiinftunbertjfo\\n600. fed)$bunbcrt fcdbSbunbertffo\\n700. fkbenl)unt crt ftebenbunbcrtfl*\\n800. cid)tbunt?ert ad)tbunbertfie.\\n900. ncunfnmbcrt; ncunbunbettjfo\\n?000. taufenb; taufenbfte.\\n2000. $rocttaufenb.\\na0OO. bmtcmfenb.\\n100,000. rjimbetttaufenb.\\n1,000,000. cine Stilton.\\n2,000,000. 0ti SDrtUioncn.\\nobservations.\\n77. Obs. 1. When e tn stands in connection with ounei\\nnumerals, it is indeclinable as, e i n unb ateratg, forty one\\ne t n tcutfenb acfytJwnbert fiinf unb sterjtg, 1845. In other ca\\nees it is always inflected. This may be done in four different\\nways\\n1st, If the numeral ctn, either alone or with an adjective, limits\\nthe meaning of a substantive, and is not preceded by any other de*\\nclinable word, it follows the inflection of the indefinite article C in,\\ne i n e, c i n, and differs from it only by a greater stress of accentua-\\ntion; e. g. etn (cuiter) SRann, one (good) man; etnc (cjute) \u00c2\u00a3rcm,\\none (good) woman e i n (QuteS) JrtinD, one (good) child.\\n2d, When it stands entirely alone, either in an absolute sense or\\nrelating to some substantive understood, it is inflected like an ad-\\njective of the first declension e iner, cine, e i n c c. e. g\\naud) ntd)t (S 1 n e r mar t a, not one even was there @i n e n son un$\\nrottb l a$ \u00c2\u00a3oo$ trcffen, the lot will fall on one of us; e t n c mcine?\\n\u00c2\u00a9d)ivejtcrn, one of rny sisters, c.\\n3d, But if it is preceded either by the definite article bcr, btc, t a$,\\nor any other word having the characteristic terminations of the ar*\\ntide 57), it is declined like an adjective of the second declen-\\nsion e. g. bet etnc SQlam, fcie e t n e great, t a$ cine Jttnb, the\\nens man, one woman, one child, c.\\n4th, The numeral c i n follows, finally, the inflection of the third\\ndeclension of adjectives, when it is preceded by a possessive pronoun,\\nm e in, b etn, fe t n, c e. g. mctn c t n e t SBrubcr, my one bro-\\nther [cine e t n e ^cbrcefter, his one sister; (Sucr c in e \u00c2\u00a7)fcrb, you*\\none hone, c.\\n\u00c2\u00a778. Obs. 2. The numerals jnjet and b r e t are in-\\nflected only when they are not preceded by the article or some\\nother declinable word thus", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0441.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "422\\nNom. $wct, brct\\nGen. $roetet, bretcc\\nDat. imhxi, bteien\\nAce. $wet, tret.\\nExamples am a to e i e r obet b v e i c r 3eugen 9}?unb, from the\\nihvuth of two or three witnesses fage e$ t ed) j e n e n b r e t (no\\nb\\\\ i x en) greunben, pray tell those three friends.\\nObs. 3. The remaining cardinal numerals are indeclinable\\nexcept that they assume en in the dative case, when they are\\nused substantively e. g. rmt e d) f e n fctfyren, to ride in a\\ncoach with six (horses); cuif atten SSteren frtecfyen, to crawl\\non hand and foot. But, rmt fecfys SSRarrn, with six men; rmt\\n\u00c2\u00bbier \u00c2\u00a9ofynert, with four sons.\\nObs. 4. Instead of $ro e i, 6 e i b e, both, is frequently used, and\\nis inflected like an adjective in the plural nom. b ci b e, gen. b c u\\nb e r, c. b i e b e t b e n, gen. ber beiben, c. feine beiben,\\ngen. feiner e t b e n, c. e. g. fcine b c i b e n 93tubet ftnb tvanf,\\nboth his brothers are sick bte betben greunbe roaten ta, both friends\\nwere there. The neuter singular, b C i b c refers to \u00c2\u00a3200 different\\nthings but is nevei applied to persons. It corresponds to the Eng-\\nlish both the one and the other as, fyaben \u00c2\u00a9ie 23tob obcr 5Betn?\\n3d) babe 6 C i b e$. Have you bread or wine 1 I have both the one\\nand the other.\\n79. Obs. 5. Most cardinal numerals are adjectives,\\nwhich, however, like all other adjectives, may be used substan-\\ntively. The words u tt b e r t and a it f e n b are employed\\nas collective nouns of the neuter gender, and are inflected as\\nsuch nom. ba3 Spunbtvi, gen. be$ \u00c2\u00a3)unbert3, pi. bte \u00c2\u00a3ttnberte\\ne g- S u n b e r t e n, by hundreds 3 u X a 11 f e Kt b e n, by\\nthousands, gtrte SO? t i I i n is a noun of the feminine gen-\\nder, and occurs only in connection with an article.\\nObs. 6. When numerals serve simply to denote cyphers,\\nor the abstract notion of number, they are substantives of the\\nfeminine gender, the word 3 a M being understood as, bte\\nC3 a ^0 \u00c2\u00a9ret, tne number three bte 95 1 e r g t 9, the number\\nforty.\\nObs. 7. By means of the affixes et and ling, masculine sub-\\nstantives of various significations are formed from cardinal num*\\nbers e. g. ein 2) r c i e t, em (S e d) f e r, coins of three and six\\nkreuzers etn 2C d) t t g e r, a man of eighty 3 ro e i unb ro a n 1 2\\ng e r, wine grown in 1822 Swilling, twin Drilling, triplet.\\nObs. 8 Ordinal numerals are regularly declined after the", "height": "4465", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0442.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "428\\nmanner of adjectives. When used substantive! j, their initia.\\nletter must be a capital, if a person is referred to as, tie\\nSrften roerben bte \u00c2\u00a3e\u00c2\u00a3tert fettt, the first shall be last.\\n80. To the preceding classes of numerals may be added\\nthe following compounds, formed partly from cardinals, partly\\nfrom ordinals, and partly from indefinite numerals\\nI. COMPOUNDS FORMED FROM CARDINAL AND INDEFINITE\\nNUMERALS.\\n1st, Distributives formed by prefixing the adverb j e as,\\nj e ft e b e n, by seven j e 3 e fy n, ten at a time, or as in Eng-\\nlish, 1 w e t tint ro e t, two and two.\\n2d, Iteratives formed by adding the substantive 90? a I,\\ntime, etnmat, once; fun fatal, five times; jebeSmal, each\\ntime melmaf, many times, c. Sometimes 30? a t is separat-\\ned and declined like a substantive; as, etn SO? at, once; ju\\n^efyn 901 a I e n, ten times. This is always the case when it is\\npreceded by an ordinal ba\u00c2\u00a3 erfte, aroette 90?al, the first, second\\ntime.\\n3d, Multiplicatives formed by annexing the affix f a d), or\\nthe obsolete fd(ttg, fold; e. g. etnfad), aroetfad), gefynfad),\\nsimple, twofold, tenfold e I f a d), manyfold fyunbertfal*\\nttcj, an hundredfold, c.\\n4th, Variatives which are indeclinable, and formed\\nby adding the obsolete substantive let (meaning kind,\\nmanner), and inserting e r for the sake of euphony as, e x\\nn c r t e t, of one kind, all the same brexerlet, of three\\nkinds mancfyertet, metertet, of various, of many kinds, c\\nII. COMPOUND NUMERALS FORMED FROM ORDINALS.\\n81. 1st, Dimidiatives indeclinable adjectives formed by\\nannexing bait), half, to the ordinal as, b v 1 1 1 e t) a t b, two\\nand a half (literally third-half, meaning two whole and one half\\nof a third) fiinftefyalb, four and a half, c. Instead of\\njwettefyatb, anbettbatb is used, from the obsolete word ber\\nanbere, the second 75. Exc.),\\n2d, Ordinal adverbs in en\u00c2\u00a7; as, e r ft e n 3, 3 ro e 1 1 e n\\nlefyntenS, firstly, secondly, tenthly, c.\\n3d, Partitives masculine substantives formed by means of\\nthe affix tet (from Ifyetl, part) e. g. ber Dnttel, 33ter*\\ntct, 3ef)Htet, 5)unbertjret, the third, fourth, tenth, hun.\\ndredth part.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0443.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "424\\nINDEFINITE NUMERALS.\\n82. The indefinite numerals are as follows s\\natfe, all mcfytS, nothing\\ngefammt, complete, efatge, 1 some\\nf mmttfy, S entire etHdje,\\ngan$, all, whole manege, J\\neber each id much many\\njetweber, e me r, more\\njegh d er, J gernig, enough\\nfetn, no, no one etroct\u00c2\u00a7, some, a little.\\nOBSERVATIONS.\\nOfo. 1. The indefinite numerals serve either to express n\\\\M\\nher, as, etntge, etltcfye, manege, jeber or jeglicfyer; oi\\nquantity, as, etroaS, gctn$; or 6oZA, as, aU, gefammt, ef\\nntgeS, etntge, fetn, stel, metjr, roentg, genug.\\nObs. 2. Those which may indicate quantity and numbei\\nboth, are generally inflected only when they imply number,\\ne. g. t) t e t e ^ftenfefyen, many men etntge gebern, severa;\\npens; but xtiel 2Betrt, much wine mefyr 33rob, more bread.\\n83. INDEFINITE NUMERALS DENOTING NUMBER ONLY.\\n1st, 3 c b c r, j c b e, i c b e (of which jcgftd)cr and jebroebet are\\nantiquated forms), is disjunctive, corresponding to the English\\neach, every e. g. jebct \u00c2\u00a9tont) f)cit fcine $cfd)tr ctbcn, every condi-\\ntion has its troubles. It is inflected like adjectives, and is often\\npreceded by the article etn as, c t n jeter, e t n c e b e, e i n\\nj e b e S.\\n2d, S t n i g e r, c i n t g e c in t g e some, a few, when applied\\nto number, is used in the plural only, and is synonymous with\\netftdK. In the singular, however, it has reference to quantity;\\nas, c t n t g c SffleW, some flour e t n i g e 3ctt, some time.\\n3d, SQcancfyer, mancrjc, mand)C$, in the singular, answers\\nto the English many a as, m a n d) e r a(te gteunb, many an old\\nfriend m a n d) e foft(td)C \u00c2\u00a9abe, many a precious gift. In tht\\nplural it is to be rendered by many\\n84. INDEFINITE NUMERALS IMPLYING QUANTITY ONLY*\\n1st, t rc a some, is indeclinable, and usually connected with\\ncollective nouns or names of materials e. g. e t rc a (55c(b, some\\nmoney e t ro a frifcf)C$ SGBaffcr, some fresh water. When, as a\\nsubstantive, it corresponds to something, it is an indefinite pronoun", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0444.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "425\\n2d, a n rndicates the completeness of an object and is opposed\\nto half, part, c. t\u00c2\u00bbcr, tie, tag (3 a n e, the entire, whole ctn 9 a n*\\n3 e 6 3faf)t/ a whole year. It is inflected like adjectives but before\\nneuter names of places and countries it is always indeclinable as\\n9 a n 2Cmerif:a Sonton, all America, London.\\n85, INDEFINITE NUMERALS IMPLYING NUMBER AND\\nQUANTITY BOTH.\\n1st, li X I e r, atU, a I e all, in the plural implies number, an\\nin the singular quantity; e.g. aller SB ctn, ail the wine; all\\nSfil t d), all the milk and often without any termination 8\\nOft*. 2.); alt ttefet 2\u00c2\u00a3etn, all this wine; all tag SStct, all tie\\nbread a 1 1 e tic SQBafjler, tie ftefcen (filler), all the electors, seven\\nin number. Its signification does not admit of its being preceded\\nby the article, and hence its inflection is not affected when another\\nword, declined like the article, precedes e. g. roe Id) eg alic$\\n(not a I c, 57), all which bet t t e f c m a I c m, in all this, c.\\nThe neuter singular sometimes designates number in the most inde-\\nfinite manner; e. g. a It c g rennet, retter, fliicfytet, all are running, sa-\\nving, rescuing. When the English all is equivalent to the whole,\\nit is rendered by the German 9 a n$; as, all the hour, all the day,\\ntic 9 a n 3 c \u00c2\u00a9tunte, ben 9 a n 3 c n Sag.\\n2d, c t n, f: c i n e, c i n, no, none, is declined like the indefinite\\narticle ctn, ebe, ctn, when it stands in connection with a substan-\\ntive and like an adjective of the first declension, t tin ex, f c t n c,\\nf e t n e g, when the substantive is not expressed as, Ic i n SJJZenfd),\\nno man fyaft \u00c2\u00abDu cin SBuct) 3d) fyaftc c i n c hast thou a book I\\nhave none et fyat f c t n c greuntc, he has no friends.\\n3d, (Sammtltcfyet, fammtU d) e, fd mmtl td) eg, ter 9c 5\\nf a m m t c, tic 9 c f a m m t e, tag 9 c f a m m t e, are nearly synony-\\nmous wrth a 1 1, entire, the complete. They are regularly de-\\nclined like adjectives as, fcine fdnuntltcftcn SBcrfe, his complete\\nworks \u00c2\u00a3)etne fa mmtttdjen (gefammten) $mmte, all thy friends.\\n4th, $8 t e I and n? c n t g, when they imply quantity, or number con-\\nsidered as a mass, are invariable (\u00c2\u00a782. Obs. 2). 23tct S3tet, i)tcl(5k(t,\\nmuch bread, much money Diet 9)?cnfd)cn, a large mass of men\\nBut if they refer to a number of individuals or things regarded as\\ndistinct, they follow the inflection of adjectives Dieter, M c I C,\\nt) i e c g, xo c n 1 9 c r, n? e n i 9 e, w e n i 9 e g, c. e. g. eg fonnen fid)\\nnur SB e n 1 9 c rcqtcren, but few can govern themselves id) effc ntd)t\\nt t e t c Jrudjt, I do not eat many kinds of fruit. When an article\\nor pronoun precedes, t tc( and rocntg must be inflected, even if they\\nrefer to quantity e. g. tie t e t e n SKortc, the many words fetn\\ntt) c n 1 9 e g \u00c2\u00a9elt, his little money, c.\\n5th, The comparatives m e h x, more, and xo e n i 9 c x, less, are no!\\ngenerally inflected, except m c \\\\)X c r e, the plural of mt\\\\)X, when it\\nassumes the signification of several 69).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0445.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "426\\n8G. OBSERVATIONS ON THE USE OF NUMERALS.\\nObs. 1 If numerals stand in connection with substantives\\nwhich express a definite number, measure, or weight, the Ger-\\nman idiom requires the substantive to be put into the singular\\n26) as, jwolf ty f it n b, twelve pounds a wet t ii cf two\\npieces.\\nObs. 2. Numerals which denote a part of a greater num-\\nber or multitude of objects, are followed by a genitive of the\\nwhole, or by the dative with the preposition a u 3, from among\\nu n t e r, among d n, of e. g. b r e t f e t n e r ftmber, three\\nof his children; ber erfte son metnen greunben, the first\\nof my friends *B t e t e untet tfyrten, many among them.\\nGta. 3. When the genitive of the whole is a personal pro-\\nnoun, it always precedes the numeral as, e^ finb il n f e t\\ntt) a n i g, there are twenty of us e$ werben ifyxex mcfyt\\ntt t e I e fern, there will not be many of them.\\nObs. 4. When a definite number is to be stated approxi-\\nmately, or with uncertainty, the adverbs and prepositions em-\\nployed in German for that purpose are e t tt) a, something\\nlike ungefdfyr, about b e t n a t) e, fa ft, almost f a u m,\\nscarcely g e g e n, bet, an b t e, nearly, about e. g. ba3\\n^3ferb tft ungef fyt fyunbert Xfyaler wevfy, the horse is worth\\nabout a hundred crowns er tft b e t n a 1) e or an b t e fiinfetg\\n3a^r alt. he is nearly fifty years of age.\\nObs. 5. The word h x (till, to) is used when a number can be\\nstated only as fluctuating between two given numbers as, t) i e t\\nbit fun f taufent) SCftann, from four to five thousand men ^tpan^tg\\nbt$ bretptg Abater, about twenty or thirty crowns.\\nObs. 6. The English upward is rendered by u n b c t I i d) C or\\nit n b c i n i 3 e as, bag \u00c2\u00a3au\u00c2\u00a3 tft n c u n t a. unb c t i d e gup bod),\\nthe house is upward of ninety feet high, or in conversational Ger-\\nman often, e 1 1 1 cf) c n e u n 3 t g.\\nOfo. 7. The English either and neither have no corresponding\\nwords in German, and are rendered by e t n e t Don be i ben, one\\nof the two, and Cetnet t) n b e t b e n, none of the two.\\n87. Ofo. 8. Numerals are sometimes employed elliptic\\ntally without a substantive, when a point of time is expressed;\\ne. g. tft e3 nod) nidjt $tt btf is it not twelve yet? @3 bat eben\\nb r e t gefefytacjen, it has just struck three. In these cases the\\nword U b r or an b e r U f) r, o clock, is to be supplied. In\\nthe same manner ordinal numerals are used, when the day of\\nthe month is to be denoted e g. ben w t e a t e I fl: e fyaben", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0446.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "427\\nttur what day of the month is it SStr fyaben ben 3 w a n\\n|t 5 ff e n (lag be$ SiftonatS), it is the twentieth.\\nWhen in connection with a date the name of the month is given,\\nthe preposition of is never expressed in German; as, ten funften\\nSftat, the fifth of May am Written ItUQuft, on the third oj\\nAugust, c.\\nJr PRONOUNS.\\n88. Pronouns are words which serve as the sub*\\nstitutes of nouns.\\nPronouns are divided into Personal, Possessive, De-\\nmonstrative, Determinative, Relative, and Interrogative.\\nI. PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\n\u00c2\u00a789. A personal pronoun is one which simply indicates\\nthe relation of personality i. e. whether the substantive rep-\\nresented be the person speaking (t d), n) t r, I we), or spoken\\nto (b u, i r, thou, ye), or spoken of (e r, ft e, e ft e, he, she,\\nit, they).\\nPersonal pronouns are declined as follows\\nFIRST PERSON (FOR ALL GENDERS).\\nSingular.\\nNom. td), I,\\nGen. memer (mem), of me,\\nDat. mtr, to me,\\nAce. mid), me;\\nPlural.\\nNom. wtr, we,\\nGen. urtfer, of us,\\nDat. an\u00c2\u00a7/ to us,\\nAce. un\u00c2\u00a3, us.\\nsecond person (for all genders).\\nSingular. Plural.\\nNom. bu, thou,\\nGen. betner (bent), of thee,\\nDat. bit, to thee,\\nAce. btcfy, thae\\nNom. tfyr, ye or you,\\nGen. euer, of yon,\\nDat. ettd) A to you,\\nAce. end), ye or you.\\nthird person\\nSingular.\\nMasculine Feminine.\\nNom. er, he, fte, she,\\nGen. fetner (fetrt), of him, tfyrer, of her,\\nDat. t^m r;4% to him, tfyr n4% to her,\\nAlCc. tfyn\\nfi*,\\nhim I fie\\nfid),\\nher:\\nNeuter.\\ne$, it,\\nfetner (fetn), of it,\\n8r]\u00c2\u00bb to it", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0447.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "428\\nPlural\\nFor all genders\\nNom. fte, they\\nGen. tfyrer, of them\\nDat. tfynert r to them\\nAce. fte ,tct}/ them.\\n90. OBSERVATIONS.\\nObs. 1. The genitives m e i n e r, t c i n e r, f e t n c r, now gene*\\nally take the place of the earliei forms mctn, t etn, f e i n, which\\nare found only in poetry, and in certain familiar expressions; as,\\nwrqtjj mctn ntcbt, forget me not ejefcenfr mctn, remember me.\\nObs. 2. When the prepositions f) a t b e n, w e Q e n, on account\\nof, and um unit en, for the sake of, are compounded with the geni-\\ntives mctn, t) c t n, f e t n, i r, the syllable c t is inserted for the\\nsake of euphony; e. g. metn et?, t etn e t?, fei n et?, iftrets\\nf) a I fte n (weejen), on my, thy, his, her account. The genitives\\nunfer and euct take t simply: um u nf e r tw t (e n, for our\\nsaKe curctroegen, on your account\\nObs. 3. The word fid) (sibi. se) is rne reflexive pronoun fir the\\ngen. and dat. of the third person, both singular and plural. It is\\nused in propositions, in which the action of the verb terminates in\\nthe subject itself, from whence it proceeded. The oblique cases\\nof the first and second persons, as well as the gen. of the third\\n(fetner, tf)ret), do not possess a separate form of the reflexive, and\\nhence they are themselves employed in a reflexive sense e. g. id)\\nfd)ame mtd), I am ashamed (lit. I shame myself); bit (obeft fctcf),\\nthou praisest thyself. In these instances, however, the indeclina-\\nble word f e I b ft or f c I b c r is added, whenever emphasis or per-\\nspicuity require it e. g. f e t n e r f c t b ft md)t febonen, not to spare\\none s self; mtr felbcr, to myself; tud) felbft, thyself. When\\njoined to the nominative of the first, second or third persons, felbft\\nor fclbct is intensive as, id) f e b c r farm fie retten, 1 myself can\\nrescue her u f e b ft muff rtcbtcn, thou thyself must be the judge\\nfcer .ftonto, fe lb ft etfebien, the king appeared in person.\\nObs* 4. There is one reciprocal pronoun in German etnanber\\n(contracted for c t n e r ten a n t e r n), one another, each other.\\nInstead of this, however, the reflexive pronouns are often employed\\nin a reciprocal sense in the plural as, wit fenncn u n or etna ns\\nt e r, we know each other fie ganfen ft d) or mi t etnanber, they\\nare quarrelling with each other.\\n91. Obs* 5. In poetry, and when addressing the Supreme Being,\\ntheir intimate friends or families, the Germans employ the second\\nperson singular, \u00c2\u00a3)u. In polite conversation, however, they al-\\nways address each other in the third person plural, S t e, gen. 3 b 5\\nr c r, dat. 3 b n e n, ace. (Sic; e. g. id) fcanfe 3 1) n e n, I thank you\\nrt)0 gefyen (Stc bin? where are you going? It is also customary\\nfor superiors to address their dependants and others of inferio*\\nrank in the second person plural (3 b t, u d), you. to you), or ii", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0448.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "429\\nthe third person singular ((St, (gte, he, she) e. g s \\\\va$ rjat (kt ge.\\n6rnd)t what have you brought 1 In writing*, both the personal\\nand possessive pronouns relating to the person addressed, must al-\\nways begin with a capital letter e. g. td) bttte B te (3)tcb, (Surf),\\n3b \u00c2\u00abm 3f)t (Dctn, (Suer) SBucb, I beg you to give me your book.\\nObs. 6. The neuter pronoun eg is never used in the genitive\\nand dative cases (f c t n cr, i f) m), except when it relates to a per-\\nson. When a thing is referred to, the expressions of it, of them,\\nto it, with it, are either rendered by the demonstrative pronouns\\nbeffen, bercn, or by an adverbial pronoun, b a u, b a mi t,\\ntaran c. e. g. have you much of it? fjaben U beffen \u00c2\u00bbic(\\nwhat do you wish with it? roag ruotien @te bam it (see pages 29\\nand 142)?\\nOfo. 7. The pronoun eg has often a very indefinite significa-\\ntion, sometimes corresponding to the English it, sometimes to\\nthe unaccented there, but frequently it is expletive, and cannoi\\nbe rendered at all. It is employed\\n1st, As the subject of impersonal verbs, or such as appear to be\\nused impersonally as, eg b o n n e r t, e g b i t t, it thunders, it\\nlightens e g f t e u t m i d), I am glad c g 9 i t S e u t e, there are\\nmen.\\n2d, It simply stands as the representative of the subject of a\\nproposition, when its order is inverted and the predicate comes\\nfirst as, c g fullt fid) b e r S p c t cr) c r, eg bebnt fid) bag a -u ti\\n{expletive), the granary is replenished, the house expands e 6 ftnb\\nntd)t efcen f d) t e d) t e banner, they are by no means worthless\\nmen.\\nThe e of the eg is often elided as, bx ina/g nut, bring it to\\nme er (j a t g QCtfjnn, he has done it.\\ni^- INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.\\n9\u00c2\u00a3. Among personal pronouns are properly included the\\nfollowing, which, however, represent the third person only, and\\nin the most indefinite manner 3 eman Stner, some\\none, some body ^ebextnaiitt, every one, every body\\nyt i e m a n b, Seiner, no one, nobody man, one, they\\npeople (corresponding to the French on). To these may be\\nadded ttwa\u00c2\u00a7 something, and n i d) t nothing.\\n9Rart, ctwaZ and nicfytS are indeclinable. Sewanb, 9itemart\\nand 3ekermanrt are declined as follows\\nNom. Semanb, Sfttemanb, Sebermarm,\\nGen mmt s f eman l\\\\ Sebermamrt,\\nJ3=*U \u00c2\u00bbZ J\\na llzt ss J 3*\u00e2\u0084\u00a2~", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0449.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "430\\nThe declension of t n c r and 5\\\\ e t n e r has already beer,\\nnoticed among the indefinite numerals 77 and 85), between\\nwhich and the indefinite pronouns it is difficult to fix the line\\nof distinction. A few examples may illustrate their inflection\\nand use \u00c2\u00a3aft Su erne geber, em 93udf) Hast thou a pen, a\\nbook? 3d) fyabe etne, etti e\u00c2\u00a3, I have one tcf) fyctbe fetne,\\nf e t n e d, I have none e$ tft S t n e r braugen, some one is\\nout of doors R e t n e r tt et\u00c2\u00a3 afteS, no one knows every thing.\\nII. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.\\n93. A possessive pronoun is one which repre-\\nsents the object to which it relates, as belonging ei-\\nther to the speaker (mine), the person spoken to (thine)\\nor the person or thing spoken of (his).\\nPossessive pronouns are formed from the genitive of personal\\npronouns. They are\\n1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person.\\nm e t n, my, mine t e i n, thy, thine f e t n, his, its\\nunfer, our, ours e u e r, your, yours i fy r, her, hers, their.\\n94. When a possessive pronoun stands in connection\\nwith a noun, it is called conjunctive, and is declined like the in.\\ndefinite article in the singular, and like the definite article in\\nhe plural. Thus\\nSingular.\\nFem. Neut\\nmetne, mem, my,\\nmetneS, of my,\\nmetnem, to my,\\nmew, my\\nSingular.\\nFem.\\nunfere,\\nunfre,\\nS unferev,\\nJ unfrer,\\nMasc.\\nNom. mem,\\nGen. metneS,\\nDat metnem,\\nAce mefnen,\\nmetner,\\nmetner,\\nmetne,\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\nmetne, my,\\nmetner, of my,\\nmetnen, to my,\\nmy.\\nmetne,\\nNom.\\nGen.\\nMasc.\\nunfer,\\nNeut.\\nunfer,\\nour,\\nDat.\\nAce.\\nunfereS,\\nunfreS,\\nunferS,\\nunferem,\\nunfrem,\\nunferm,\\nunferen,\\nunfren,\\nunfern,\\ni unferer,\\n1 unfrer,\\nunfere\\nunfre,\\nunfereS,\\nunfreS, of our,\\nunferS,\\nunferem,\\nunfrem, to our,\\nunferm,\\n4nfer,\\nour.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0450.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "431\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\nNoM imfere, unfre, our,\\nGen. ltnferer, unfrer, of our,\\nDat. unfeten, iinfrert, to our,\\nAce. imfere, unfre, our.\\nOBSERVATION^\\n01 s. 1. Of the remaining pronouns of this class, eu er, \\\\om\\nis declined like u n f e t, and the others like m e i n. It will he per*\\nceived that the remark made respecting euphonic changes in ad-\\njectives ending in e cr, en, unaccented 60. Obs. 1st*), is also\\napplicable in the case of u ttf er.\\nObs. 2. The word c t Q c n, own, is often joined to possessive\\npronouns to make the notion of possession more prominent as\\nmem c i 9 n e r SKoc!, my own coat unfet e i g n e Jtinfc, our own\\nchild.\\nObs. 3. It will be perceived, that for the third person singular\\nthere are two forms of the possessive, viz f e in, when the gender\\nof the possessor is masculine or neuter, and i t, when it is femi-\\nnine. Each of these again indicates, by means of its terminations,\\nthe gender of the object possessed, with which possessive pronouns,\\nlike all other adjectives, must agree in gender, number and case\\n0. g. fetn (tf)t) 23atet, fetne (tf)te) Gutter, fetn (tbr) S3ud), his\\n(her) father, his (her) mother, his (her) book.\\nObs* 4. When a possessive pronoun constitutes the predicate\\nto a substantive, or to a pronoun denoting a determinate object, it re-\\nmains like adjectives, uninrlected; as, t as SButf) ift fetn, the book\\nis his rt eS ijt t et SKufjm 9?ut c t n, nut e t n Whose is the\\nglory Thine, only thine 52, 1st.)\\nObs, 5. In addressing persons of rank, it was formerly custom\\nary to use 3 f) t instead of the third person feminine 3 fy r e, her\\nand also in place of (Su c r, your e. g. 3 t (now 3 f) t e) 932qe?\\nflat Me ^ontcitnn, her Majesty the queen; 3 h ((5* u r e) sjftajejtd t\\nrjafcen nut fcefofylen, your Majesty has commanded me. In written\\ncommunications the pronouns (Sure, your, (Seine, his, and (Setn^,\\nto his, are commonly contracted into (S tt S e., and (S r. e. g\\n(Stt \u00c2\u00a3)utd)(cutd)t, your Highness; (St. 93?aieftat, to his Majesty.\\n95. Possessive pronouns are called absolute when they\\naie not immediately connected with a substantive, but related\\nto one already mentioned or understood.\\nAbsolute possessive pronouns with the article are inflected\\nlike adjectives of the second declension, and without it, like ad-\\njectives of the first.\\nWhen connected with the article, they frequently change the\\ntermination e into 1 3 e as, ber m e t n e, m e t n t cj e ber f e u\\ntt e, fetn tge.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0451.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "betne\\na\\nbetntge,\\nthine,\\nfeme\\na\\nfetmge,\\nhis,\\ntfyre\\nu\\nt rtge,\\nhers,\\nunfre\\na\\nunfrtge,\\nours,\\neure\\na\\neurtge/\\nyours,\\ntyre\\na\\nt^rige,\\ntheirs,\\n432\\nThe following list exhibits the absolute possessive pronouns\\nof both declensions in the nominative singular.\\nFirst Declension. Second Declension.\\nmetner, metne, metneS, ber, bte, ba$ metne or metntge, mine,\\nbetner, betne, betneS, u\\nfetner, fetne, fetne$, n\\ntfyrer, tfyre, tfyreS, it tt\\nautferer, unfere, unfereS, n w\\neurer, eure, eureS, it\\ntfyrer, tfyre, tfyreS, tt ft\\nS^rer, 3ftre, 3*)re3, (in polite conversation) 3fyre or^xu\\nge, yours.\\n96. The inflection of possessive pronouns, both absolute ani\\nonjunctive, may be illustrated by the following examples\\nI. My brother and his.\\nSingular.\\nNom. metn 23tubet unb fctncr, bet feintge\\nGen. metner ^rubers unb fetnes, be$ fetntgen\\nDat. metnem 23tubet unb fetnem,bem fetntgen;\\nAce. written SBrubet unb fetnen, ben fetntgen.\\nPlural.\\nNom. metne SBrubcr. unb fetne, bte fetntgen\\nGen. metner 23rubet unb fetner, bet fetntgen\\nDat. metnen 23tubern unb fetnen, ben feintgen\\nAce. metne SBtttbet unb fetne, bte fetntgen.\\nII. Her sister and mine.\\nNom. tf)te \u00c2\u00a9cftrocftct unb metne, bte metmge\\nGen. tfyrer @d)we(!cc unb metner, bet metntgen\\nDat. tfjrer (Scfyroejter. unb meiner, ber metntgen u*\\nIII. Our house and theirs.\\nNom. unfer au^ unb tljreS, t a$ tfyrige\\nGen. unfreS $mfe$ unb tl)re$, be$ tfyttgen\\nDat. unfecm \u00c2\u00a3aufe unb tfyrem, bem ttyrtgen *c.\\nExamples. 3ft ba\u00c2\u00a3 3f)r ^egenfcfytrm (masc), %i)ve Xmte\\nfern.), 3fyr 5l(etb (neut.) 3a, e\u00c2\u00a3 tft m e t n e r, b e r metne,\\nber metntge metne, bte metne, bte metntge met*\\nn e b a 3 metne, ba\u00c2\u00a7 metntge; is this your umbrella\\nyour ink, your garment Yes, it is mine (i. e. my umbrella, m\\nink, my garment).\\nRemark. The absolute possessive pronouns are sometimes\\nployed substantively, in which case their initial must always be a", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0452.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "433\\ncapital letter 11); as, ba\u00c2\u00a3 9ttetntge, \u00c2\u00a3)etntge, (Setntge,\\nmy own (my property), thy own, his own; e. g. \u00c2\u00a3afce id) ntd)t\\nSEacbt, $u tfjun, roas id) wilt, mit bem e t n t 9 c n Is it not lawful\\nfor me to do what I will with mine own 1 So also in the plural,\\ntic m e t n i 3 e n, 2) e i n 1 9 c n, e t n t g e n, 3 f) r i 9 e n, my, thy,\\nhis, their (your) friends, relatives, family.\\nIII. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS?\\n97. A demonstrative pronoun serves to point out\\nthe locality of the person or thing with which it is\\nconnected.\\nThe German language has three demonstrative pronouns\\nviz: btefer, btefe, btefeS, this; jener, jene, jeneS,\\nthat, and ber, b t e, a%, this, that.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tefer and jener are dechned like adjectives of the first de\\nelension, thus\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasc. Fern. Neut. For all genders.\\nNom. btefer, btefe, btefeS (bteS), this, btefe, these,\\nGen. btefeS, btefer, btefeS, of this, btefer, of these,\\nDat. btefem, btefer, btefem, to this, btefen, to these,\\nAce. btefen, btefe, btefeS (bte$), this btefe, these.\\n98. The demonstrative pronoun ber, bte, ba\u00c2\u00a7 may\\nsupply the place of either btefer or jetter. When it stands in\\nconnection with a substantive, or any word used as such, it is\\ninflected like the definite article 3), and differs from it\\nonly by sl stronger accentuation. But when it is used abso-\\nlutely, it deviates from the inflection of the article in the gen.\\nitiv\u00c2\u00bb singular, and in the genitive and dative plural, thus\\nSingular.\\nMasc. Fern. Neut.\\nNom ber, bte, ba\u00c2\u00a7 this, that,\\nGen. Jefe\u00c2\u00bb/ jjeren, j beflfen, of thi that\\nbeg, 1 ber, beg,\\nDat. bem, ber, bent, to this, that\\nA-cc. ben, bte, bct\u00c2\u00a7, this, that\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\nNom. bte, these, those\\nGen. beren, of these, those;\\nDat. benen, to these, those\\nAcg. bte, these, those.\\nI\u00c2\u00a9 I", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0453.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "434\\n99. OBSERVATIONS.\\nObs. 1. \u00c2\u00a3)tefet implies proximity either of space or time tc\\nthe person speaking, and hence it is frequently equivalent to the\\nEnglish the latter. S C n e r, on the other hand, refers to some-\\nthing well-known (the Latin Me), already mentioned, or remote*\\nand hence it is often rendered by the former.\\nObs. 2. The neuter pronouns fc i e and b a are, like the in-\\ndefinite e$ 91. Obs. 7), often employed to represent the subject\\nof a proposition in the most general and indefinite manner, ;^me-\\ntimes even without any distinction of gender or number e. g. fc a\\nift cm grcm^ofe, that is a Frenchman b t c g ft n t) mctne (Sltern,\\nthese are my parents b a ftnt) SRetfen, those are pinks.\\nObs. 3. \u00c2\u00a3)ep is the more ancient form of the genitive singular\\nmasculine and neuter, now only used in the more elevated style of\\npoetry and in composition as, b e $f) a I b, b c rc e 9 c n, on that ac\\ncount b ep frcue fid) fca$ (Srbreicfy, let the earth rejoice in it.\\nIV. DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.\\n100. Determinative pronouns serve to make\\nprominent the person or object which is the antece-\\ndent of a subsequent relative clause.\\nThey are ber, bte, bctS, that berjemge, btejentge, bafijem*\\nge, he, she, it, that person (who) berfelbe, btefelbe, baSfelbe,\\nthe same; the obsolete felbtger, felbtge, felbtgeS, the same; and\\nfolcfyer, fotcfye, folcfyeS (talis), such.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)er, bte, ba3, when standing with a substantive, is inflected\\nlike the article 3), and when used absolutely, like the de-\\nmonstrative pronoun ber, bte, bctS, except that in the genitive\\nplural it has berer instead of ber en; e. g. t a\u00c2\u00a7 \u00c2\u00a9djtdffct!\\nbere r ift fyart, bte fid) fetbjl $u ernafyren mcfyt tm \u00c2\u00a9tanbe ftnb,\\nthe fate of those is hard, who are not able to support them-\\nselves.\\n\u00c2\u00a7101. d I d) e r, when used without the article, follows the\\ninflection of the first declension of adjectives, but when prece-\\nded by the indefinite article etn, etne, em, it is inflected like an\\nadjective of the third declension, thus\\nNom. folcfyer, folcfye, folcfyeS,\\nGen. f D !i e\u00c2\u00a7 I fDtd?ev V Hj eg\\nI fotcfyen, y I folcfyen, c.\\nNom. etn fotcfyer, etne foldfje, etn folcfyeS,\\nGen. efneS folcfyen, etner folcfyen, etneS folcfyen, c.\\ne v e n t 9 e and berfelbe are compounds, of which", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0454.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "435\\nDoth components are declined ber, bte, bctS following the in\u00c2\u00ab\\nflection of the definite article, and j e n i g e and f e I b e that\\nof the second declension of adjectives\\nSingular. Plural,\\nMasc. Fem. Neut. For all genders.\\nNom. berjenfge, btejemge, bctSjemge,\\nGen. beSjem gen, berjemgen, beSjemgen,\\nDat. bemjentgen, berjentgen, bemjentgen,\\nAce. benjemgen, btejem ge, baSjemge\\nNom. btejem gen,\\nGen. berjemgen,\\nDat. benjemgen,\\nAce. btejem gen.\\n102. OBSERVATIONS.\\nObs. 1. Determinative pronouns can always be distinguished\\nfrom demonstratives by the relative clause by which they are gen-\\nerally followed. Examples berjentge, n) e I d) e t bte 2\u00c2\u00a3 t f s\\nfcnfdjciftcn 1 t c b t, tt\u00c2\u00bbeif* feine SDlufe cmf etne angenefyme 2Crt $u be?\\nnugen, he who is fond of the sciences, is never at a loss how to\\nimprove his leisure hours pleasantly; cr f)(\\\\t ben felt) en gtr/ter\\ngenwefyt, ix e I d) c n id) gemacfyt fyabc, he has made the same mistake,\\nwhich I have made traue b e n c n me, b t e *Dic fd)metd)eln, never put\\nconfidence in those, who flatter you.\\nObs. 2. The determinative pronouns may be employed either\\nadjectively or substantively. Dcrjentge serves simply to point out\\nemphatically the antecedent without any other modification berfelbe\\nadds to it the notion of identity, which is often made intensive oy\\nthe particle e b c n as, c b c n berfelbe, the very same, \u00c2\u00a9oleber im-\\nplies a reference to the kind or constitution of persons or things\\ne. g. f o I d) e S ru d)t, such fruit e t n f o I d) e r SSatet, such a father.\\nWhen fctdbcr, in conformity with the English idiom, is followed by\\nthe indefinite article, it is not inflected, f old) e t n 9#ann, such a\\nman fold) eincm Sof)ne, to such son. Sometimes the syllable oi\\ninflection is likewise dropped, when it is accompanied by an adjec-\\ntive as, fold) grope S3efd)etbenr)Ctt, such great modesty.\\nObs, 3. \u00c2\u00a3)et and b erf el be often stand simply as the repre-\\nsentatives of the personal pronouns e r, ft e, c or of the posses-\\nsives fetn, tf)r, his, hers, when two persons mentioned in the\\nsame or in a previous sentence are to be clearly distinguished from\\neach other e. g. er fanb ben 2Satcr unb beff en 3obn $u \u00c2\u00a3aufe, he\\nfound the father and his (i. e. the father s) son at home ber Sting?\\nling fcfyttcb feinem gteunbe tiber ba$ bet otftel)cnbe Scr icffat beffelben,\\nthe young man wrote to his friend concerning his (the friend s) fu-\\nture destiny btefcr sjBann tr)ut olles fur fetnen 33rubet, aber b erf els\\nb e roetp tfym fetnen Dan! bafiir, this man does every thing for his\\nbrother, but he (the brother) is not grateful for it.\\nV. RELATIVE PRONOUNS.\\n103. A relative pronoun is one which serves to\\nconnect a limiting or explanatory clause to a preceding", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0455.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "436\\nloun, to which it relates, and which is called its ante-\\ncedent.\\nThe German language has four relative pronouns, viz bet)\\nbte, ba3, and toelcfyer, weld)?, toelcfyeS, who, which met, toctS,\\nwho, what, and the obsolete and indeclinable f o.\\n104. 23elcfyet is the only pronoun of this class which may stand\\nidjectively in connection with a substantive. It is declined\\nlike an adjective of the first declension, thus\\nSingular.\\nMasc. Fern. Neut.\\nNom. toelcfyer, toelcfye, toelcfyeS, who, which,\\nGen. toelcfye\u00c2\u00a3, toelcfyer, toeldjeS, whose, of which,\\nDat. toefcfyem, toelcfyer, toelcfyem, to whom, to which,\\n\\\\cc. toelcfyen, toetcfye, toelcfyeS, whom, which.\\nPlural.\\nFor all genders.\\nNom. to eld) e, who, which,\\nGen. toelcfyer, whose, of which,\\nDat. weld) en, to whom, to which,\\nAce. to eld) e, whom, which.\\nThe relative b e r is inflected like the demonstrative ber,\\nbte, ba3 98).\\nThe plural of to e r and to a 3 is wanting in the singular\\nthey are thus declined\\nMasc. and Fern. Neut.\\nNom. toer, who, he who, she who, toctS, which, what,\\nGen. w **j} e *v whose, of whom, toeg, of which, of what,\\ntoeg,\\nDat. to em, to whom, too^u, to which, to what,\\nAce. toen, whom; mas, which, what.\\n105. observations.\\nObs. 1 The pronouns to c r and to a never relate to an indi-\\nvidual or determinate object, but to such only as are of the most\\ngeneral and indefinite character. Hence they are commonly em-\\nployed after the neuter demonstrative b a or the indefinite numer-\\nals a c all, ettua^ something, m a n dj c many a (thing),\\nDiet, much, tt e n 1 9, little, n t cl) t 6, nothing; e. g. t a to a tcfj\\njjabc, ejek id) Dtr, that which I have, I give thee a 1 1 c S, to a nut\\ntfycuet tft, all that is dear to me. But, btefct jtnabe (definite),\\nto eld) cr in tic @d)u(e gefyt, this boy who goes to school bte iKofe,\\nto e d) e blufyt, the rose which blossoms.\\nObs. 2. The forms to e r, to e f f c tt, to e m, to e n relate to persons\\nonly, of either sex to a g and the genitiv to e p only to things and", "height": "4327", "width": "2706", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0456.jp2"}, "457": {"fulltext": "437\\nabstract terms. SB e 9 is also used in the compounds roeproegeit\\nand trepljal en, wherefore, on which account.\\nObs. 3. On account of this indefinite signification cf vo 1 t and\\nW a their antecedent is frequently omitted, and they become equi-\\nvalent to b e r I c n t 9 e w e t cb c r, b t e i e n 1 3 e it c t cb e, b a S i c n u\\ng c n e I d) e he who, she who, that which e. g. roer ctnfam figt\\nin fctncr jammer unb febrocte, btttre Sbtanen roetnt (^coatt^), he who\\nsits in his lonely chamber, shedding the heavy, bitter tear; tuaS\\nfctn mup, a,cfd)ef)e That which must needs be, let it come to pass\\nSometimes, however, to give emphasis to the expression, the de-\\nterminative bet, bte, bag is added to the main proposition, which\\nin this construction always follows the relative clause e. g. to e r\\nntd)t atOetten null, b e r foil aud) ntd)t effen, he who is not willing to\\nlabour, neither shall he eat.\\nObs. 4. The compound relatives whoever, whatever, whosoever^\\nc, are rendered in German by annexing a u d) or i m mcr to\\nwet or nxiS e. g. n e r a u d) (i til m e r), w a a u cb (i m m e t), c.\\nOfo. 5. After personal pronouns of the first and second persons,\\nthe relative \\\\v e I d) e r is never used, but always t) e r e. g. t d)/ b e t\\n(not r elcfeet) id) t ot \u00c2\u00a3)tr ftefye, I who am standing before thee 3) u,\\nbet \u00c2\u00a3)u mein etgenet 23tubct bi% thou who art mine own brother.\\nIt will be perceived from these examples, that in German the\\npersonal pronouns (t d), b u) are repeated after the relative when-\\never this is the case, the verb of the relative clause must agree in\\nperson with the personal pronoun otherwise it is put in the third\\nperson, and agrees with the relative e. g. Unfet SSater, b e t u b t ft\\nin bem ^tmmet, our father who art in heaven Du, b c r fo mel\\ntt c f* t unt) fo wemcj ten it, thou, who readest so much and thinkest\\nso little.\\nObs. 6. Instead of xo e 1 d) e xo e I d) e t, pi. xo c d) c t, the gen-\\nitives of the relative nxtcbet, the Germans regularly substitute t e f\\nfen, b e t c n, pi. t) c r e n the genitives of roelcbet being only used\\nwhen the relative is employed adjectively 104); e. g. bet 9^ann,\\nt e f f e n (not xo c I d) e (Sofyn id) fenne, the man whose son I am ac-\\nquainted with; bie SBaume, be t en (not roelcbet) 93Uitr)cn afojefaflen\\nftnb, the trees, the blossoms of which have perished. But, teuton,\\nweld) eg $pf)itofopf}cn ^princtpta id) gelefen ty t, Newton, the Princi-\\npia of which philosopher I have read.\\nObs. 7. The use of the relative f o, instead of xo e 1 d) e r and feet,\\nis antiquated. It occurs only occasionally in poetry, as, $Kb Scben\\nfchtummert, f o bet 9J?uttet gteube, fo bet Sto($ beg \u00c2\u00a3)otfe$ mat, Rosetta\\nBleeps (in death), who once was the joy of her mother, the pride\\nof the place.\\nVI. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.\\n106. Interrogative pronouns are employed in\\nasking questions.\\nThey are 1st, wet? ro a who? what? which are al", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0457.jp2"}, "458": {"fulltext": "438\\nways used substantively 2d, ro e I cf) e r, w e I ct) e, wetcfyeS?\\nwhich, what used substantively and adjectively both and 3d,\\nmag fiir etn, cine, etn? what sort of\\nThe plural of mer, wag is wanting the singular is declined\\nthus\\nMasc. and Fern. Neut.\\nNom. mer, who? mag, what?\\nGen. mefifen or me$, whose? (it) eg), of what?\\nDat. mem, to whom mo^u,* to what\\nAce. men, whom? was, what?\\nThe interrogative metcfyer is inflected precisely like the re*\\nlative 104).\\n107. When mag fiir etn stands in immediate connection\\nwith a substantive, the e t n, which is the only declinable part,\\nfollows the inflection of the indefinite article in the singular\\nnumber. In the plural the pronoun is simply m a g f ii t\\\\\\nWhat sort of a tree, a flower, a book\\nSingular.\\nMasc. Fern. Neut.\\nNom. mag fiir etn 25aum, erne SSutme, em 93ud)?\\nGen. roa\u00c2\u00a3 fiir etneg 23anmeg, etner 93(ume, etneg S5ud)e3?\\nDat. mag fiir etnem 25aume, etner 9S(ume, etnem aSudje?\\nAce. mag fiir etnen SSaum, erne 93lume, etn 93ttcfj?\\nWhat sort of trees, flowers, books\\nPlural.\\nNom. mag fiir SSdttme, 23(ttmen, 23iid)er\\nGen. \u00c2\u00bbon mag fiir SSaumen, 35(umen, aSiictyern?\\nDat. mag fiir 93aumen, S3lumen, SSiicfyern?\\nAce. mag fiir 23aume, SSlumen, Siicfyer?\\nBut If the substantive, to which mag fiir etn relates, is not\\nexpressed, it is declined in the singular only, like an adjective\\nf the first declension, thus\\nMasc^ Fem. Neut.\\nNom. mag fiir etner, erne, etneg,\\nGen. mag fiir etneg, etner, etneg,\\nDat. wag fiir etnem, etner, etnem,\\nAce. mag fiir etnen, et ne, etneg.\\nWith respect to the pronominal adverbs, which supply the place of th\u00c2\u00a9\\noblique cases of demonstrative, relative and interrogative pronouns, see the\\nremarks on Adverbs, below.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0458.jp2"}, "459": {"fulltext": "439\\n108. OBSERVATIONS.\\nObs. 1. The genitive wcffcn, and the dative rocm, are gener*\\nally applicable to persons only, and not to things, except the ab-\\nbreviated form rx e p in composition; as, tt c\u00c2\u00a3 fyaib, rocproc^cn,\\nwherefore, on what account e. g. we^citb biffc 2)u gefommcn\\nwherefore hast thou come? rccpnxgen roeint fie? why does she\\nweep\\nObs. 2. The pronouns was fur ctn and meld), the uninfiected\\nform c f rx ctd)cr, are sometimes used in exclamations of surprise\\ne. g. 2B a S fur ctn SSaum What a tree @cf)t, rr c t d) ctn\\nSO^cnfd) Lo, what a man 2B c d) \u00c2\u00a9Ificf t c$ $iiiime fyaO id) rcca,-\\ngcfd)(cul crt What heaven-sent fortune I have cast away\\nObs, 3. SB e r and n a are employed when inquiry is made\\nafter a person or thing in the most general and indefinite manner.\\n\u00c2\u00a3B c d) c r is more definite, including the notion of the quality or\\ncondition of the individual object inquired after. It is the correlative\\nof feld)cr 102. Obs. 2), and corresponds to the Latin qualis. 335 a\\nfur cin indicates the species or kind, to which the person or thing\\nbelongs; e. g. 835 cr ijt t a (Sin 5Rcmn. SBcs fur etner?\\n(Stn jlaufmcmn cms Hamburg. SB c I d) e r Jtaufmann \u00c2\u00a3crr 9k\\nWho is there 1 A man. What sort of one 1 A merchant of Ham-\\nburg. What merchant 1 Mr. N. 2B a g f^j} 3 u (gi nc S3(umc.\\n2B a fur cine SBtume Sine Kefc. 2\u00c2\u00a3 c I cb c f)te rotfje. What\\nhave you 1 A flower. What sort of a flower A rose. Which\\nrose 1 The red rose.\\nObs. 4. The ctn, of uoa$ fur ctn, is omitted before names of ma-\\nterials, or before substantives of the plural number. 2Ba$ fur\\n2Bctn What kind of wine 1 2Bas fur Scute What sort of\\npeople 1\\nObs. 5. The interrogative m a g is sometimes employed in the\\nsense of to a r u m e .g. 83$ a bctriibfi 3)u 3)td) Why art thou cast\\ntown SB a wetnen \u00c2\u00a9tc Why do you weep 1\\nVERBS,\\n109. 1st, A verb is a word by which either an ac-\\ntivity, a passivity, or a simple mode of existence is predi-\\ncated of a person or thing called its subject e. g. id)\\nfcfyretbe, I write \u00c2\u00aeu ttrirfi gefcfylaqert, thou art beaten\\nbit SHofe bliifyt, the rose blooms.\\n2d, Verbs are divided into two principal classes\\nTransitive and Intransitive.\\n3d, Transitive verbs are active verbs, the sense of which is\\nnot complete without the addition of an object in the accusa-\\ntive case e. g. id) fcfyretbe etnen 23rtef, I am writing a letter.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0459.jp2"}, "460": {"fulltext": "440\\n110. Intransitive verbs are of two kinds:\\n1st, Neuter verbs, which denote either a quiescent state (sim-\\npie mode of existence) as, id) rufye, ft\u00c2\u00a3e, fdjlafe, I am resting\\nsitting, sleeping, or such an activity as does not terminate hi\\nany object e. g. id) laufe, fampfe, gefye, I am running, strug-\\ngling, going.\\n2d, Those active verbs, the object of which is either in the\\ngenitive or dative e. g. id) fcfyone, \u00c2\u00bbergeflfe, erinnere mid) fei*\\nn e r, I spare, forget, remember him td) gefyorcfye, traue, banfe\\ni m, I obey, trust, thank him.\\n111. Transitive verbs have two forms, called the\\nactive and the passive voices.\\nIf the subject is represented as the agent acting upon an-\\nother person or thing {object in the accusative), the verb is said\\nto be in the active voice e. g. td) rttfe, tie be, nenne\\n\\\\\\\\)x\\\\, I love, call, name him.\\nB t if the subject of the verb is the object of the action ex-\\npressed by it, the verb is said to be in the passive voice e. g.\\nid) wevbe gerufert, geh ebt, gencmnt, I am called, loved, named.\\n112. 1st, Intransitive verbs do, from the nature of their\\nsignification, not admit of a passive voice, but have the active\\nform only as, id) reife, ftefye, I am travelling, standing.\\n2d, When, however, the active subject cannot be named, or\\nis designedly left indeterminate, intransitive verbs may be used\\nimpersonally in the third person singular of the passive voice\\ne. g. e\u00c2\u00a3 roirb g eta ngt, gefptett, getrunfen, there\\nis dancing, playing, drinking going on.\\n113. The class of intransitive verbs comprehends also\\nreflexive verbs. Of these there are two kinds\\n1st, Such as are employed in the reflexive form only as,\\nftd) beftnrtert, ftd) fefynen, fid) freiten, to reflect, to\\nlong, to rejoice.\\n2d, Such as are formed from transitive verbs by the addition\\nof the reflexive pronouns mid), iin\u00c2\u00a7, bid), end), ft d) 90.\\nObs. 3) 5 e. g. er firgert fi d), he is vexed id) lege mid), I lie\\ndown fyiite Sit Sid)! beware from a r g e r n, legert,\\nI) h t e n, to vex, to lay down, to guard.\\nThis form of verbs is of extensive use in German, and cor-\\nresponds to the deponent verbs in Latin and to the niddle voice\\nin Greek.\\n114. 1st, Impersonal verbs are employed in the third\\nperson singular only. Their subject is quite indeterminate, and", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0460.jp2"}, "461": {"fulltext": "441\\nis always expressed by the indefinite pronoun e 8 90. O bs. 7) t\\nas, e 8 regnet, e Conner t, e 3 b 1 1 t, it rains, it thun-\\nders, it lightens e$ fyetg t, it is said e3 gtbt ieute, there are\\nmen.\\n2d, Many verbs have an impersonal form in German, which\\nare not used as such in English e. g. e\u00c2\u00a3 fyungert mid), I am\\nhungry; e$ fciirftet mid), I am thirsty; e$ fnert mtd), I am\\ncold e\u00c2\u00a7 ld0t ftcfy m cfyt gut ftrtgen, it is not easy to sing, c.\\n115. Of auxiliary verbs there are two classes in Ger-\\nman\\n1st, Auxiliary verbs of tenses, of which there are three\\nfy a b e n, to have f e t tt, to be and k e r b e n, to become (shall,\\nwill).\\n2d, Auxiliary verbs of mood, not absolutely necessary to the\\nconjugation of the verb. They are seven in number: bur*\\nf e n, to be permitted f o n n e n, to be able (can) m o g e tt, to\\nbe allowed (may) m ii f f e n, to be obliged (must) f 11 e n, to\\nbe under obligation (ought) ro It e n, to be willing (to intend)\\na f f e tt, to let (permit).\\n116. In the conjugation of the German verb, we\\ndistinguish, as in English, the relations of Number,\\nPerson, Mood, and Tense.\\n\u00c2\u00a7117. Verbs have two numbers, Singular and Plural;\\nand three persons, each of which may be distinguished by its\\ncharacteristic termination.\\nThe following scheme exhibits the terminations of verbs as as-\\nsumed by the three persons, singular and plural\\nSingular. Plural.\\n1st Person e or given,\\n2d Person eft, ft,\\n3d Person e t, t, or like the first person\\nexamples\\nSingular. Plural.\\nen,\\net,t,\\nen.\\nid) xti e, I speak,\\nbu lob e ft, thou praisest,\\nCt fptelt, he plays;\\ntoix tefert, we read,\\ntbr fefyet, ye see,\\nfte furf) e n, they seek.\\n1 18. German verbs have four moods, viz the Indica*\\nlive, Subjunctive, Imperative, and the Infinitive the significa-\\ntion of which in general corresponds to that of moods of the\\n19*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0461.jp2"}, "462": {"fulltext": "442\\nsame name in English; e.g. fie rebett, they speak (hr\\ndie); id) t a tt e gerebet, I should have spoken (subj.)\\nr e b e it speak thou (imper.)\\n119. They have, moreover, six tenses the Present,\\nImperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, Simple Future, and Future\\nPerfect. Of these the present and imperfect of the indicative\\nand subjunctive active are simple tenses the remaining ten-\\nses of the active voice, as well as all the tenses of the passive,\\nare periphrastic, i. e. formed by means of the perfect partici-\\nple or infinitive, and the auxiliary verbs of tenses 115) e. g.\\npres. id) 6 r e, I hear imperf id) t)6 r te, I heard perf id)\\nfyabe g e t) 6 r t, I have heard pres. passive, id) roerbe g e\\nt) o r t, I am heard, c.\\n120. There are four forms of the infinitive the present\\nand perfect infinitives active as, I o b e tt, to praise g e I o b t\\nI) a b e n, to have praised and the present and perfect infinitives\\npassive e. g. gelobtwerben, to be praised g e I D b t\\ntt orben f e t tt, to have been praised. The present infinitive\\nactive always ends in n or e tt, and is often preceded by the pre-\\nposition g u as, $u fyelf e it, to help gu tabel tt, to blame.\\n121. The German verb has three Participles the\\npresent, perfect, and future.\\n1st, The present participle is formed from the present infini-\\ntive, by adding b to it as, (obert b, fyorett b, praising, hearing.\\nIt is always active in its signification, and is less extensively\\nemployed than the English participle in ing.\\n2d, The perfect participle generally assumes the prefix g e,\\nand ends either in e t or t in regular verbs as, g e lob e t,\\npraised g e leb e t, lived or in e tt (tt) in irregular verbs as,\\n9 e fet) c tt, seen g e geflf e tt, eaten. When belonging to tran-\\nsitive verbs, it has a passive signification (except in the c#m-\\npound tenses of the active voice), but when formed from in-\\ntransitive verbs, it is active 112), differing from the present\\nparticiple only in the relation of time.\\n3d, The future participle is formed from the infinitive with\\njit, by annexing the letter b as, ju Id belt, to praise\\nSU tobenb, to be praised; $tt serebrertb, to be venerated,\\nverable. Like the Latin participle in dus (amandus, veneran-\\ndus), it always has a passive signification, involving at the same\\ntime the notion of necessity, propriety, or possibility. It is,\\nhowever, employed only as an adjective in the attributive rela*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0462.jp2"}, "463": {"fulltext": "443\\niion (\u00c2\u00a752); as, fcer \u00c2\u00a3u lob en be \u00c2\u00a9cfyfrier, the scholar wiia\\nis to be (ought, may, must be) praised. But not ber \u00c2\u00a9cfyiitet\\ntft g u I o b e n b in the latter case the infinitive with ju is used\\ninstead of the participle ber \u00c2\u00a9d)ii(er tft i u I D b e tt, the\\nscholar is to be praised, is worthy of praise.\\n122. With respect to the perfect participle, it is to be re-\\nmarked, that it does not assume the prefix g e in the following\\ninstances\\n1st, In the verb nj e r b e n, when, as an auxiliary, it stands\\nin connection with another verb as, er ft gefragt *n D r b e n\\n(not (jeroorben), he has been asked.\\n2d, In all German verbs compounded with the inseparable\\nand unaccented prefixes be, beun, emp, ent, er, ge, ser,\\ne r a b, e r u n and e r as, b e I e f) r t, entfaltet,\\nertfyettt, ttercjeffen, gerrtffen, instructed, unfolded,\\nimparted, forgotten, torn not q e beleljrt, g e entfaltet, c.\\n4th, In all verbs derived from foreign languages, which\\nhave the accented termination trenorteren; e. g. ctbfol*\\n\u00c2\u00bbtrt, ftubtrt, bctrbtert, from abfefotren, to absolve;\\n(rub t r e n, to study bctvb i e x e n, to shave.\\n5th, In verbs compounded with the particles bitrcfy, t)tnter,\\nu b e r, am, unter, \u00c2\u00bbotl and void ex, when they are in-\\nseparable, in which case the accent rests not on the particle,\\nbut on the verb; e.g. \u00c2\u00bbo((brad)t, fy tnterg ang en, un*\\nterfefytteben, from ttollbrtngen, to consummate, finish\\nfytntergefyen, to deceive, and unter fcfyrab en, to sign.\\nAUXILIARY VERBS.\\n123. To the full conjugation of German verbs, three\\nauxiliaries are necessary, and only three, namely, the\\nauxiliary verbs of tenses 115) fyab en, to have\\nf e i n, to be, and tt e r b e n, to become.\\n1st, a b c n is used in forming the perfect infinitive (and\\ntenses derived from it), the perfect and pluperfect, both indi-\\ncative and subjunctive, of all transitive and of many intransitive\\nverbs as, cjettebt I) a b c n to have loved perf id) (jafcc geltebt, I\\nhave loved pluperf tdj I) a 1 1 e gcttcbr, 1 had loved future perf.\\nid) roerfee 9 e I i c b t f) a b e n, I shall have loved, c.\\n2d, (S c i n serves to form the same tenses of all verbs in the\\npassive voice and of many intransitive verbs in the active e. g.\\nverf icf) 6 in geltebt ruotfccn, I have been loved future perf. t u nritft\\ngeltebt rootben fetn, thou shalt have been loved id) bin qereipt, I\\nhave travelled.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0463.jp2"}, "464": {"fulltext": "444\\n3d, SB e x b e n is used in the formation of the future tense*\\nwhen it corresponds to the English shall or will, ar *d also in the\\nformation of all the tenses of the passive voice, when it corresponds\\nto the English verb to be e. g. id) m c r t c Itebeti, I shall love;\\nt u r\u00c2\u00bb t r ft geltebt fyaben, thou wilt have loved ex \\\\v t r t gcUebt, he is\\nloved, c.\\n124. The simple tenses of the auxiliary verbs are irre-\\ngular as in English. The compound tenses are regularly\\nformed, as in all other verbs, according to the following\\nRULES FOR THE FORMATION OF THE COMPOUND TENSES.\\nRule I. The perfect tense of any verb is formed by annex-\\ning its peifect participle to the present indicative of either j) a\\nben or fetn; id) tyabe gefyabt, geltebt, gefungen, I have had,\\nloved, sung id) bin geroefen, gegemgen, gereift, I have been,\\ngone, travelled.\\nRule II. The pluperfect is made by joining the perfect par-\\nticiple of the verb to the imperfect tense of either b a b e n 01\\nfein; as, id) fycttte gefyctbt, geitebt, gefungen, I had had,\\nloved, sung id) wax gemefen, gegemgen, getetf t, I had been,\\ngone, travelled.\\nRule III. The first or simple future is formed by annexing\\nthe present infinitive of the verb to the present indicative of\\nthe auxiliary n e rb en as, id) roerbe baben, Kebert, retfen,\\nfein, I shall have, love, travel, be.\\nRule IV. The future perfect is made by joining the perfect\\ninfinitive of the verb to the present of the auxiliary xo e r b e n\\ne. g. id) werbe gefyabt baben, geitebt f;aben, gereift fyaben, I\\nshall have had, loved, travelled.\\nRemark. The corresponding tenses of the subjunctive mood\\nare formed in a similai manner.\\n125. From these rules it will be seen, that in order to\\nform all the compound tenses of a verb, three principal parts\\nmust necessarily be given, viz the present infinitive, the per-\\nfect participle, and the perfect infinitive (which also contains\\nthe auxiliary which the verb employs).\\n126. Instead of the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive\\n(id) batte, id) batte gebabt, I might have, I might have had),\\nwhen they are conditional, i. e. when they denote a possibility\\nnot conceived as really existing, the imperfect subjunctive of\\ntt e x b e n (id) roiitbe), in connection with the present and per-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0464.jp2"}, "465": {"fulltext": "445\\nect infinitive, is often used e. g. id) tt) u x b e I) a b e n, lie\\nben, I should have, love; id) miirfce gebabt, geltebt baben, I\\nshould have had, have loved.\\nThese compound forms of the verb have commonly had a\\nplace among the other tenses, under the name of first and\\nsecond conditionals.\\n127. PARADIGMS\\nTO THE CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS.\\nI. a b e n, to have.\\nC Pres. Infin. baben, to have.\\nPrincipal parts. Perf. Part, gebabt, had.\\nPerf. Infin. gefyabt tjaben, to have had.\\nINDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPresent.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nd) babe, I have, am having, do id) babe, I may have, be hav-\\nhave, ing,\\nfcu baft, thou hast, c. bit babeft, thou mayst have, c.\\ner (fie, e6) bat, he (she, it) has, er (fie, e\u00c2\u00a3) ^abe, he (she, it)\\nc. may have, c.\\nPlural. Plural,\\ntciv baben, we have, c. xvix baben, we may have, c.\\ntbr b *bet (babt), ye or you tyr babet, ye or you may have,\\nhave, dec. c.\\nfte baben, they have, c. fte baben, they may have,\\nImperfect,\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) batte, I had, was having, id) fyixtte, I might have, be hav-\\ndid have, ing,\\nfcu batteft, thou hadst, c. bu batteft, thou mightst have\\nc.\\ner batte, he had, c. er batte, he might have, c.\\nPlural. Plural,\\nwix batten, we had, c. tm r batten, we might have, c\\ntbf battet, ye or you had, c. tbr bartet, ye or you might\\nhave, c.\\nfte batten, they had, fec. fte batten, they might have, fec", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0465.jp2"}, "466": {"fulltext": "446\\nPerfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nifij feabe gefyabt/ I havo had, id) fyabe cjefyabt^ I may have\\nbeen having, had, been having,\\nfcu fyajT: Q^abt, thou hast had, bu babeft gebabt, thou mayst\\na have had, c.\\ner fyat gefyabt, he has had, c. er babe gefyabt, he may have\\nhad, c.\\nPlural. Plural.\\nttJtr baben gefyabt, we have had, mtr baben gefyabt, we may have\\nc. had, c.\\ntbrbctbet(babt) gefyabt, you have ttyr fyabet cjefyabt, you may have\\nhad, c. had, c.\\nfie fyctben getjabt, they have had, fte babert gebabt, they may have\\nc. had, c.\\nPluperfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) bcttte gebabt, I had had, been id) fyatte gefyabt, I might have\\nhaving, had, been having,\\nbu fycttteft gebabt, thou hadst bu fcatteji gebabt, thou mightst\\nhad, c. have had, c.\\ner batte gebabt, he had had, c. er bdtte gebabt, he might have\\nhad, c.\\nPlural. Plural,\\ntioix fatten gebabt, we had had, tmr batten gebabt, we might\\nc. have had, c.\\ntbr battet gebabt, you had had, tfyr ^dttet gebabt, you might\\nc. have had, c.\\nfte batten gebabt, they had had, fte fatten gebabt, they might\\nc. have had, c.\\nFirst Future.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) rcerbe baben, I shall have, td) werbe fyaben, I shall have,\\nbe having, be having,\\nbu toivft baben, thou wilt have, bu merbefl: ^abett, thou wilt\\nc. have, c.\\ner tmrb fyaben, he will have, er werbe fyaben, he will have,\\nc. c.\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive.\\nttjtr werben baben, we shall have, c.\\ntbr roerbet baben, you will have, c.\\nfte werbett baben, they will have, c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0466.jp2"}, "467": {"fulltext": "447\\nFutitce Perfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) roerbe $efyabt fyabett, I shall id) merbe gefyabt tjaben, I shall\\nhave had, been having, have had, been having,\\nbu toixft gefyabt fyaben, thou wilt bit roerbeft cjefyabt fyaben, thou\\nhave had, c. wilt have had, c.\\ner rotrb getyabt fyctben, he will er roerbe Qtfyabt tyaben, he will\\nhave had, c. have had, c.\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive.\\nvoir Herbert cjefyabt fyaben, we shall have had, c.\\ntfyr roerbet cjefyabt baben, you will have had, c.\\nfte roerben cjefjabt fyaben, they will have had, c.\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional. Second Conditional.\\nSingular. Singular,\\nid) roiirbe fyctben, I should have, id) roiirbe gefyabt {jaben, I should\\nhave had,\\nbit wiirbefl: l)aben, thou wouldst bu toiirbeft QtyaU baben, thou\\nhave, wouldst have had,\\ner roiirbe fyctbett, he would have; er roiirbe gefyctbt baben, he\\nwould have had\\nPlural. Plural.\\nvoiv rourben tjaben, we should tmr wiirben Qtfyabt baben, we\\nhave, should have had,\\nii)t nmrbet ^aben, you would tyr roiirbet gebabt fyaben, you\\nhave, would have had,\\nfte nmrben fyaben. they would fte roitrben ge^abt baben, they\\nhave. would have had.\\nImperative.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nbaben rotr, let us have,\\nf)ab e (bit), have .hou), do thou i c et or fyabt (t br), have ye, da\\nhave, fyaben \u00c2\u00a9te, J ye here,\\nbabe er (fte, e\u00c2\u00a3), let him (her, fyaben fte, let them have\\nit) have\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. fyabett, to have, Pres. fyabenb, having,\\nPerf. qefyabt baben,tc have had. Perf. $ebabt, had.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0467.jp2"}, "468": {"fulltext": "448\\n128. II. e t n, to be.\\nC Pres. Infin. fetn, to be.\\nPrincipal parts. Perf. Part, gewefen, been.\\nPerf. Infin. gewefen fern, to have been,\\nINDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPresent.\\nSingular. Singular,\\nid) bin, I am, id) fet, I may be,\\nbu btft, thou art, tit feteft (fetfb,thou mayst be,\\ner (fie, e$) t ft he (she, it) er fet, he may be\\nis;\\nPlural.\\nwit feten (fetn), we may be,\\ntfer fetet, you may be,\\nfte feten (fetn), they may be.\\nImperfect.\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nWtr fmb, we are,\\ntfyr fetb, you are,\\nfte fmb, they are.\\nSingular,\\nid) war, I was,\\nbu warejl (warft), thou wast,\\ner war, he was\\nPlural.\\nwtr waren, we were,\\ntfyr waret (wart), you were,\\nfte warett, they were.\\nid) ware, I might be,\\nbit wareft (wdrjt), thou mightsl\\nbe,\\ner ware, he might be\\nPlural.\\nwtr wdren, we might be,\\niifT wdret (wart), you might be,\\nfte wdren, they might be.\\nPerfect.\\nSingular. Singular,\\nid) bin gewefen, I have been, id) fet gewefen, I may have\\nbeen,\\nbu btftgewefen, thou hast been, tn fetjt gewefen, thou mayst\\nhave been,\\ner tft gewefen, be has been er fet gewefen, he may have\\nbeen;\\nPlural. Plural.\\nWtr fmb gewefen, we have been, wtr feten gewefen, we may have\\nbeen,\\nif)x fetb gewefen, you have been, tfyr fetet gewefen, you may have\\nbeen,\\nfteftnb gewefen, they have been, fte feten gewefen, they may have\\nbeen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0468.jp2"}, "469": {"fulltext": "449\\nPluperfect.\\nSingular. Singular*\\nid) mar gemefen, I had been, id) mdre gemefen, I might nave\\nbeen,\\nbu warjt gemefen, thou hadst bu mareft gemefen, thou mights!\\nbeen, have been,\\ner ra r gemefen, he had been er ware gemefen, he might\\nhave been\\nPlural. Plural.\\nttrir maren gemefen, we had mir maren gemefen, we might\\nbeen, have been,\\nifyv maret gemefen, you had tfyr maret gemefen, you migk*\\nbeen, have been,\\nfie maren gemefen, they had fie mdren gemefen, they might\\nbeen. have been.\\nFirst Future.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) merbe fern, I shall be, id) merbe fein, I shall be,\\nIn mtrft fein, thou wilt be, in merbefl: fein, thou wilt be,\\ner mtrb fet n, he will be er merbe fem, he will be\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive*\\nttrir merben fein, we shall be,\\nifyr merbet fein, you will be,\\nfte merben fein, they will be.\\nFuture Perfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) merbe gemefen fein, I shall id) merbe gemefen fein, 1 shall\\nhave been, have been,\\nbu mt rjl: gemefen fein, thou wilt t u werbefl: gemefen fein, thou\\nhave been, wilt have been,\\ner tmrb gemefen fein, he will er merbe gemefen fein, he will\\nhave been have been\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive.\\nttrir merben gemefen fein, we shall have been,\\ntfyr merbet gemefen fein, you will have been,\\nfte merben gemefen fein, they will have been.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0469.jp2"}, "470": {"fulltext": "450\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional. Second Conditional.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) roiirbe fetn, I should be, id) rcurbegeroefen fern, I should\\nhave been,\\nbu ttmrbejT: fern, thou wouldst bu wutbejl geroefen fern, thou\\nbe, wouldst have been,\\ner rotirbe fetn, he would be er ttmrbe geroefen fetn, he would\\nhave been\\nPlural. Plural.\\nwtr roiirben fetn, we should be, tmr wiirben geroefen fetn, we\\nshould have been,\\ntfyr rotirbet fetn, you would be, tfyr rciirbet geroefen fetn, you\\nwould have been,\\nfte wiirben fetn, they would be. fie roiirben gewoefen fetn, they\\nwould have been.\\nImperative.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nfeten wtr, let us be,\\nfet (bit), be thou, do be, fetb (tfyr), be ye,\\nfeten @te, do ye be,\\nfet er (fte, e\u00c2\u00a3), let him (her, it) feten fte, let them be.\\nbe\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. fetn, to be, Pres. fetenb (roefenb), being,\\nPerf. geroefen fetn, to have been. Perf. geroefen, been.\\n129. III. 203 e r b e n, to become (shall, will).\\nPres. Infin. roerben, to become.\\nPrincipal parts. J J\u00c2\u00bbbp. Paht. gemorbett, become.\\nr r Perf. Infin. geroorben fetn, to have\\nbecome.\\nindicative. subjunctive.\\nPresent.\\nSingular. Singular,\\nid) wevbe, I become, am be- id) roerbe, I may become, be\\ncoming, do become, becoming,\\ntu ttn rjr, thou becomest, c. bit roerbeft, thou mayst be-\\ncome, c.\\ner tm rb, he becomes, c. er werbe, he may become, c", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0470.jp2"}, "471": {"fulltext": "451\\nPlural. Plural.\\nttnr werben, we become, c. wtr werben, we may become*\\nc.\\ntfyr roevbet, you become, c. tfyr werbet, you may become,\\nc.\\nfte werben, they become, c. fie rcerben, they may become,\\nc.\\nImperfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) rourbe (roarb), I became, id) ttutrbe, I might become, be\\nwas becoming, did become, becoming,\\nbu ttutrbeft (roarbjV)/ thou be- bu roiirbeft, thou mightst be-\\nearnest, c. come, c.\\ner ttnttbe (warb), he became, er ttmrbe, he might become,\\nc. c.\\nPlural. Plural.\\ntoiv wurben, we became, c. mtr wilrben, we might be\\ncome, c.\\ntfyr wurbet, you became, c. tfyr mitrbet, you might be-\\ncome, c.\\nfte wurben, they became, c. fte roiirben, they might be-\\ncome, c.\\nPerfect.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nid) bin geworben (worben), I id) fet geworben (rootben), I\\nhave become, been becom- may have become, been be-\\ning, coming,\\nbit btft geroorben (roorben), thou bu fetfl geroorben (roorben),\\nhast become, fcc. thou mayst have become,\\nc.\\ner tft geroorben (worben), he er fet geworben (roorben). he\\nhas become, c. may have become, c.\\nPlural. Plural*\\nrotr ftnb geworben (roorben), n tv feten geroorben (worben),\\nwe have become, c. we may have become, c.\\nifyr fetb geroorben (roorben), tt r fetet cjeroorben (roorben),\\nyou have become, c. you may have become, c.\\nfte ftnb geroorben (worben), fte feten cjeworben (roorben),\\nthey have become, c. they may have become, fcc.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0471.jp2"}, "472": {"fulltext": "452\\nPluperfect.\\nSingular.\\nid) war geworben (worben), I\\nhad become, been becom-\\ning*\\nbu warft geworben (worben),\\nthou hadst become, c.\\ner war geworben (worben), he\\nhad become, c.\\nPlural.\\nwtr waren geworben (worben),\\nwe had become, c.\\ntfyr waret geworben (worben),\\nyou had become, c.\\nfte waren geworben (worben),\\nthey had become, e.\\nSingular.\\nid) ware geworben (worben), 1\\nmight have become, been\\nbecoming,\\nbu warejl geworben (worben),\\nthou mightst have become,\\nC.\\ner ware geworben (worben),\\nhe might have become, c.\\nPlural.\\nwtr waren g-eworben (worben),\\nwe might have become, c.\\nxbr waret geworben (worben),\\nyou might have become, c.\\nfte wdren geworben (worben),\\nthey might have become,\\nc.\\nFirst Future.\\nSingular.\\n,ct) werbe werben, I shall be-\\ncome, be becoming,\\nbu wtrjl werben, thou wilt be-\\ncome, c.\\ner wtrb werben, he will be-\\ncome, c.\\nSingular.\\nid) werbe werben, I shall be-\\ncome, be becoming,\\nbu werbejl werben, thou shalt\\nbecome, c.\\ner werbe werben, he shall be-\\ncome, c.\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive.\\nwtr werben werben, we shall become, c.\\ntfyr werbet werben, you will become, c.\\nfte werben werben, they will become, c.\\nFuture\\nSingular.\\nid) werbe geworben (worben)\\nfetn, I shall have become,\\nbeen becoming,\\nbu wirfl: geworben (worben)\\nfetn, thou wilt have become,\\nc.\\ner wtrb geworben (worben) fetn,\\nhe will have become, c.\\nPerfect.\\nSingular.\\nid) werbe geworben (worben)\\nfetn, I shall have become,\\nbeen becoming,\\nbu werbeft geworben (worben)\\nfetn, thou wilt have become,\\nc.\\ner werbe geworben (worben)\\nfetn, he will have become,\\nc.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0472.jp2"}, "473": {"fulltext": "453\\nPlural, Indicative and Subjunctive.\\ntmr werben geroorben (roorben) fern, we shall have become, c\\ni\\\\)X roerbet geroorben (moreen) fetn, you will have become, c\u00c2\u00ab\\nfie werben geroorben (roorben) fetn, they will have become, c.\\nConditional.\\nFirst Conditional.\\nSingular.\\nid) ttmrbt roerben, I should be-\\ncome, be becoming,\\nfcu wiirbefi: roerben,\\nwouldst become, c.\\nthou\\ner roiirbe werben,\\nbecome, c.\\nhe would\\nPlural,\\nwiv wurben werben, we should\\nbecome, c.\\ntfyr wiirbet roerben, you would\\nbecome, c.\\nf e wiirben roerben, they would\\nbecome, dec.\\nSingular.\\nmerbe (bit), become thou, do\\nbecome,\\ntoerbe er (fte, e$), let him (her,\\nit) become\\nInfinitives.\\nPres. werben, to become,\\nPerf. geroorben fetn, to have\\nbecome.\\nSecond Conditional.\\nSingular.\\ntcf) witrbe geroorben (worben)\\nfetn, I should have become,\\nbeen becoming,\\nbu wiirbefi: geroorben (worben)\\nfetn, thou wouldst have be-\\ncome, c.\\ner roiirbe geroorben v tt)orben)\\nfetn, he would have become,\\nc.\\nPlural.\\nnnr roiirben geroorben (roorben)\\nfetn, we should have be-\\ncome, c.\\ntfyr wtirbet gercorben (roorben)\\nfetn, you would have be-\\ncome, c.\\nfie roiirben geworben (morben)\\nfetn, they would have be-\\ncome, c.\\nImperative.\\nPlural.\\nroerben rotr, let us become,\\nroerbet become ye,\\nroerben \u00c2\u00a9te, do become,\\nwerben fie, let them become.\\nParticiples.\\nPres. roerbenb, becoming,\\nPerf. geroorben, become.\\n130. It has been remarked 123) that the compound\\ntenses of some intransitive verbs are made by means of the\\nauxiliary fy a b e n, and of others by means of f t it, The sig-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0473.jp2"}, "474": {"fulltext": "454\\nmfication of the verb generally decides which auxiliary is to\\nbe employed.\\n131. INTRANSITIVE VERBS WHICH ASSUME THE\\nauxiliary a be it*\\n1st, Impersonal and reflexive verbs; as, e$ t)at geregnet,\\ngebonnert, it has rained, thundered td) 1) a b e mid) gefreut, 1\\nhave rejoiced er I) at fid) gedrgert, he has been vexed.\\n2d, All the auxiliary verbs of mood 115) as, id) b a b e\\ngemugt, I have been obliged er b a t mcfyt fommen fonrten, he\\nhas not been able to come.\\n3d, All intransitive verbs which are followed ty an object\\nin the genitive or dative, or by a preposition as, er I) a t met*\\niter gebacfyt, he has remembered me td) b ab e tfym gebtent, I\\nhave served him er b a t itber Std) gefpottet, he has derided\\nyou.\\nExcept: kitten, to meet; fotgen, to follow, and roeid)en, to\\nyield to, which govern the dative, and take [ein.\\n4th, Verbs denoting a permanent state or such an activity,\\nby means of which an impression on the outward senses is\\nproduced e. g. id) fyabe getegen, gefd)(afen, geftanben, ge*\\nmofynt, I have lain, slept, stood, lived; er bat gebraufet, ge*\\nbrMt, gebuftet, gegtdngt, gerod)en, gefcbtenen, geroetrtt, he has\\nbellowed, roared, exhaled fragrance, glittered, smelled, ap-\\npeared, wept, c.\\n132. intransitive verbs which assume the\\nauxiliary feitt*\\n1st, The verb fetn itself; as, id) bin gewefen, I have been,\\ntd) war geroefen, I had been.\\n2d, Verbs which imply motion either in general, or to some\\ndefinite place or object moreover, such as denote a transition\\nfrom one state to another, especially verbs compounded with\\nthe prefixes er, \u00c2\u00bber, ent, or with the particles art, auf, *u$,\\nem, c. The following list exhibits most of them\\naufroacfyen, to awake erftaurten, to be astonished, and\\nau^arten, to degenerate other compounds with e t:\\nbcgcgncn, to meet fafyren, to move\\nberften, to burst fautcn, to become putrefied\\nbrccfyen, to break fltegen, to fly\\ntrtngcn, to press fttejkn, to flow\\netfen, to hasten frieren, to freeze\\nergrimmcn, to grow angry gefjett, to go", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0474.jp2"}, "475": {"fulltext": "fjclangen, to get, to arrive\\ngenefcn, to recover\\ngetatfycn, to fall into\\ngcrtnrtcn, to coagulate\\n.qefcrjcfyen, to come to pass\\n(Jetfert, to heal\\n{eleven, to run in haste;\\nf emmen, to come\\nfried) en, to creep\\n{anben, to land\\n(cmfen, to run\\nquetlen, to well forth\\nretfen, to ripen;\\nretfen, to travel\\ntetten, to ride\\nrennen, to run\\nrtnrten, to flow;\\ntucfen, to move\\nfcfyetben, to part\\nfcfytefjen, to dart forth\\nfdnffen, to sail\\nfd)tetd)en to sneak\\nfd^tiipfen, to slip\\n455\\nfd)me($en, to melt\\njefymten, to stride\\nfcfyroetlen, to swell\\nfcfyrotmnien, to swim\\nfcrjtmnben, to vanish\\nfecjetn, to sail\\nfinfen, to sink\\nfprtegen, to sprout\\nfpttngett, to leap\\npeigen, to rise\\nfterben, to die\\nftojkrt, to push\\nfttanben, to strand\\nftraucbelrt, to trip\\nfircid)en, to ramble\\nftiiqen, to plunge\\ntteten, to step\\ntrakn, to trot\\ntteratmen, to grow poor\\nttetroefen, to decay, and many othoi\\nverbs compounded with t) e x\\nnxmberrt, to wander\\nroatcrt, to wade\\nroetcfyen, to yield\\natefyen, to pass.\\n133. Some verbs employ fyaben in one signification, and\\nfetn in another. With fyaben they generally imply an activity,\\nand with fetn a state or condition:\\n@r bat ba\u00c2\u00a3 5lamtn auSgebramtt, he has burnt out the chim-\\nney ia$ \u00c2\u00a7euer tfl: au3gebrarmt, the fire has done burning id)\\nfyabe fortgefafyrert 311 lefert, I have continued to read id) bin\\nfortcjefafytert, I drove off; fcte 9tbl)xe t)at gefloflfen, the pipe has\\nleaked fcctS 28af[er tjt cjeflopn, the water has flowed td) fyabe\\ngefrorert, I have been cold bte 9U?t(d) tjl gefrorert, the milk is\\nfrozen id) fyabe mid) mttbe cjegangert, I have become fatigued with\\nwalking id) bin nad) $aufe gegan^ert, I have gone home id)\\nbabe geja^t, I have hunted td) btrt gejagt, I have run in haste\\nid) ^abe etn *Pferb gertttert, I have ridden a horse id) bin ciu\\ngenttert, I have taken a ride.\\nCONJUGATION OF VERBS.\\n134. It has already been observed 119) that only\\ntwo tenses of the German verb are simple tenses, namely, the\\npresent and imperfect of the active voice. Besides these the\\npresent infinitive active (fyabert, werben), two participles (pres.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0475.jp2"}, "476": {"fulltext": "456\\nfcabenb, perf. \u00c2\u00a7et)aht), atnd the imperative mood, are also simple\\nforms of the verb. All other parts are periphrastic or com-\\npound, and formed by means of the infinitive or perfect parti-\\nciple, and one of the auxiliary verbs of tenses.\\n135. In the compound tenses the auxiliary alone is in-\\nflected. Hence it follows, that when the inflection of the aux-\\niliaries is known, and the principal parts of any verb are given,\\nall the tenses of the same may be easily formed according to\\nthe rules given above 124).\\n136. The inflection of the compound tenses being uniform\\nin all German verbs (with this variation only, that some take\\nJ) a ben and others fetn for their auxiliary), all the differences and\\nirregularities of conjugation must be sought for in the simple\\nforms.\\n137. With respect to their simple forms, verbs\\nfollow two different modes of inflection\\n1st, Without changing the radical vowel, they form the im-\\nperfect simply by adding the termination e t e or e t to the root and\\nthe perfect participle, by adding the termination e t or t e. g\\npres. infin. lob e n, to praise, imperf. td) lob t e, perf. part, ge*\\nlobet (gelobt). Verbs thus conjugated are usually called\\nregular verbs.\\n2d, The vowel of the root is changed in the imperfect tense\\nand in the perfect participle, which latter then always ends in\\nen or n, and the first and third persons of the imperfect indica-\\ntive remain without any termination; e. g. pres. infin. be?\\nfet)Un, to command, imperf. tcf), et befctfyl, I, he com-\\nmanded, perf. part, b e f o i e n pres. infin. I e f e n, to read,\\nimperf. id) I a 3, perf. part, g e I e f e n.\\nVerbs of this form of conjugation have heretofore passed under\\nthe name of irregular verbs. As, however, they are very numer-\\nous, comprehending nearly all the primitive verbs of the language,\\nthis name is now generally discarded, and various attempts have\\nbeen made to reduce them to a number of regular conjugations.\\nNote. The classification of the irregular verbs (which name we\\nretain for the sake of convenience), and an alphabetical list of them\\nwill be found below.\\nSixteen verbs are partly regular and irregular, in the forma\\nion of their simple forms. They will be found in the table\\nuf irregular verbs below.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0476.jp2"}, "477": {"fulltext": "457\\n138. The personal terminations of the simple tenses\\nare essentially the same in both kinds of verbs, except in the\\nfirst and third persons singular of the imperfect indicative, in\\nwhich irregular verbs assume no termination. The first and\\nihird persons plural end always in e n, and the second person\\nfloral in e t throughout all the moods and tenses.\\n139. When the root of an irregular verb contains one of\\nihe vowels a, D or it, it is generally modified into a, b, u in the\\nsecond and third persons of the present indicative, and also in\\nthe imperfect subjunctive e. g. id) fyatte, fcu fyaltft, ex fydtt, I hold,\\nthou holdest, he holds id) fanfc, subj. id) fdnbe, I found, I might\\nfind. In like manner the radical e is changed into t or t e in\\nthe second and third persons of the present indicative, and in\\nthe singular of the imperative e. g. id) gebe, bit gtbft, er gtbt,\\ngtb bit, I give, thou givest, he gives, give thou id) fefye, il\\nftefyft, er fiefyt, ftefy bit, I see, thou seest, he sees, see thou.\\n140. The following table presents a comparative view\\nof the terminations of the simple forms of verbs, both regular\\nand irregular.\\nPresent of all Verbs.\\nIndicat. Subjunct.\\nI 1\\nS3\\nS3\\n1st Pers. e,\\n2d Pers. eft, ft,\\n3d Pers. et, t\\nIndicat.\\n1st Pers. en,n,\\n2d Pers. et, t,\\n3d Pers. en,n.\\nSubjunct\\nen,\\net,\\nen.\\nImperffct of Regular Verbs.\\nIndicative.\\nte, ete,\\nteft, eteft,\\nte, ete,\\n1st Pers\\n2d Pers,\\n3d Pers,\\nImperat. of Reg. Verbs,\\nSubjunctive,\\nete, te,\\netejl, tejf,\\nete, te,\\neten, ten,\\netet, tet,\\neten, ten.\\nPres. ettb, rtt).\\np\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00a3 9 et,t\\nImperfect of Irregular Verbs. Imperat. of Ir. Verbs\\nIndicative. Subjunctive.\\n1st Pers.\\n2d Pers.\\n3d Pers.\\nten, eten,\\ntet, etet,\\nten, eten.\\nParticiples.\\n2d Pers. sing, e,\\n1st Pers. pi. en,\\n2d Pers. pi. et,t\\nInfinitive.\\nen, n.\\ni\\n1st Pers.\\n2d Pers.\\n3d Pers.\\n20\\nft, eft.\\ne,\\neft, ft,\\ne.\\n2d Pers. sing. t,\\n1st Pers. pL en,\\n2d Pers. pL et, t", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0477.jp2"}, "478": {"fulltext": "453\\nImperfect of Irregular Verbs\\nIndicative.\\nSubjunctive.\\n1st Pers. en,\\nen,\\nInfiiitivf\\nI-\\n2 2d Pers. et, t,\\nzt,t,\\nf 3d Pers. en*\\nen.\\nen.\\nParticiples. J enb\\nPer/, ge en.\\n141. REMARKS ON TLX TABLE.\\nRemark 1. In the present tense, all German verbs ar* regu\\niarly formed by adding the above terminations to the root of tht\\npresent infinitive.\\nRemark 2. In the imperfect of regular verbs, the t and the c t in\\ndicate the tense, and the remaining part of the termination the\\ndifferent persons. The imperfect of irregular verbs, on the othe\u00c2\u00bb\\nhand, has terminations for the person only, the tense being stiffi\\nciently distinguished by the change of the radical vowel.\\nRemark 3. With respect to the c preceding the terminations\\nt e, c, it is to be observed, that it is always retained in the sub\\njunctive mood, but in the indicative it may either be retained oi\\nomitted, as euphony may require e. g. subjunctive, id) lobe, I may\\npraise, t u lob e ft, thou mayst praise, id) (ob etc, I might praise\\nindicative, bu (oOeft or (oftjr, thou praisest; tcfylo ete ortobte, J\\nwas praising.\\nRemark 4. Verbs ending d n or e r tt, reject the c of the termi-\\nnation of inflection throughout, before ft, t or n. But in the first\\nperson of the present indicative, and in the imperative singular, the\\nc of the original termination is rejected in its stead e. g. fammctn,\\nto collect; pres. indie, id) fammle (instead of fommetc), I collect,\\nbit fammctft, cr femmtett, thou collectest, he collects, fammlc 2)u,\\ndo thou collect es bauet t, it lasts, from baue x n, c. The sub-\\njunctive, however, either retains the c in both cases, or rejects the\\nfirst only e. g. tcb tab e I c or tab e, I may blame, fie tab e I e n or\\nobi en, they may blame, c.\\n142. The tenses of the passive voice are all periphrastic,\\nand are formed by combining the perfect participle of the verb\\nwith the different moods and tenses of the auxiliary ro e r b e n\\nas, pre 3. indie, id) tt erbe Q e t e b X, I am loved imperf. indie.\\nid) ttutrfce a, e 1 1 e b X, I was loved perf. indie, id) bin e I i e b X\\nttwben, I have been loved, c. In this connection the perfect\\nparticiple of t erben always loses its prefix g e. 122. 1st.)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0478.jp2"}, "479": {"fulltext": "459\\nPARADIGMS\\nTO THE CONJUGATION OF GERMAN VERBS*\\n143. I. TRANSITIVE VERBS.\\nSo b en, to praise, regular.\\nPrincipal parts\\n3t u f e n to call, irregular.\\nPres. Infin. loben, rufen,\\nImperf. Indic. id) lobte, rtef.\\nPerf. Part, getobt, gerufen.\\n^Perf. Infin. gelobt, gerufen ^abem\\nACTIVE VOICE.\\nINDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD\\nPresent.\\nI\\nSingular.\\nI praise, call, am praising.\\ncalling, do praise, call.\\nid) lobe, rufe,\\nfcu tobcfl (lobjr), rufefl (ruf(t),\\ner lobet (lobt), rufet (ruft)\\nPZwraZ.\\nwtr loben, rufen,\\ntfer lobet (lobt), rufet (ruft),\\nfte loben, rufen.\\nImperfect.\\nSingular.\\n1 praised, called, was prais-\\ning, calling, did praise, call\\nid) lobte, rtef,\\nkit lobteft, rtefeft (rtefft),\\ner lobte, rtef\\nPlural.\\nanr tobten, rtefen,\\n0)v lobtet, rtefet (rteft),\\nfie lobten, rtefen.\\nSingular.\\nmay praise, call, be prais\\ning, calling.\\nid) lobe, rufe,\\nbu lobeft, rufefl,\\ner lobe, rufe\\nPlural.\\nwtr loben, rufen,\\ntfyr lobet, rufet,\\nfie loben, rufen.\\nSingular.\\nI might praise, call, be praia\u00c2\u00bb\\ning, calling.\\ntd) lobete, rtefe,\\nbu lobetefr, rtefejt,\\ner lobete, rtefe\\nPlural.\\nwtr lobeten, rtefen,\\nii)x lobetet, rtefet,\\nfie lobeten, rtefen.\\nPerfect.\\nI have praised, called, been I may have praised, cnlkti,\\npraising, calling, c. been praising, calling, c.\\nSing, id) fyabe, bu Ijafr, er bat Sing, id) Ijabe, bu tjabeft, er\\ngelobt, getufen; fyabe gelobt, gerufen;", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0479.jp2"}, "480": {"fulltext": "46C\\nPlur. nnr Ijaben, fbr babt, fie\\nbaben gelobt, gerufen.\\nPlur. tmv ^aben, tbr babet, fie\\nbaben gelobt, gerufen.\\nPluperfect.\\n1 had praised, called, been\\npraising, calling, dec.\\nSing, id) fjatte, bit batteft, er\\nfyatte gelobt, gerufen\\nPZwr. mtr batten, ttyr battet, fie\\nbatten gelobt, gerufen.\\nI might have praised, called,\\nbeen praising, calling, dec.\\nSing, id) batte, bit batteft, er\\nbatte gelobt, gerufen\\nPlur. wtr batten, tbr i)attct f fie\\nbatten gelobt, gerufen.\\nFirst Future.\\nI shall praise, call, be prais-\\ning, calling, dec.\\nSing, id) werbe, bit nnrft, er\\nrotrb loben, rufen;\\nPlur. rotr roerben, tbr werbet,\\nfte roerben loben, rufen.\\nI shall praise, call, be prais-\\ning, calling, dec.\\nSing, id) werbe, bu werbejt,\\ner werbe, loben, rufen\\nPlur. wit roerben, x br roerbet,\\nfte werben loben, rufen.\\nFuture Perfect.\\n1 shall have praised, called, I shall have praised, called\\nbeen praising, calling, dec. been praising, calling, dec\\nSing, id) raerbe, bu rotrft, er Sing, id) werbe, bu merbeft, et\\nanrb gelobt, gerufen baben werbe gelobt, gerufen baben\\nPlur. mtr roerben, tbr roerbet, Plur. rotr merben, tbr roerbet\\nfie werben gelobt, gerufen ba* fte roerben gelobt, gerufer\\nben. baben.\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional. Second Conditional.\\nI should praise, call, be prais-\\ning, calling.\\nSing, id) roiirbe, bu wiirbeji,\\ner nntrbe loben, rufen\\nPlur. nnr ttnirben, tbr wiirbet,\\nfte roitrben loben, rufen.\\nI should have praised, called,\\nbeen praising calling.\\nSing, id) roiirbe, bu ttmrbeff,\\ner rourbe gelobt, gerufen ba*\\nben;\\nPlur. rotr roiirben, tbr nmrber,\\nfie ttnirben gelobt, gerufen\\nbaben.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0480.jp2"}, "481": {"fulltext": "461\\nImperative Mood.\\nSingular. Plural\\nlet en rotr, let us praise, be\\npraising,\\nlolbe (fcu), praise thou, do lobet, lobt (tfyr), praise ye,\\npraise, leben Ste, do ye praise,\\nlobe er (fte, e\u00c2\u00a7), let him (her, loben fte r let them praise.\\nit) praise, be praising\\nSingular. Plural.\\nrufen rmr, let us call, be call-\\ning,\\nwfe (bit)/ call thou, do call, rufet, ntft (tfyr), call ye, do\\nrufen (\u00c2\u00a3ie, ye call,\\ncufe er (fte, es), let him (her, rufen fte, let them call, be\\nit) call, be calling calling.\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. loben, rufen, to praise, Pres. lobenb, rufenb, praising\\nto call. calling.\\nPerf. gelobt, gerufen tyaken, to Perf. gelobt, gerufen, praised,\\nhave praised, called. called.\\nPASSIVE VOICE.\\nINDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPresent.\\nI am praised, called, c. I may be praised, called, c.\\nSing, id) roerbe, bit wtrft, er Sing, id) roerbe,- bu roerbeft, er\\nunrb gelobt, gerufen raerbe gelobt, geutfen j\\nPlur. rntr roevben, tt)r merbet, Plur. wtr werben, tt r werbet,\\nfte merben gelobt, gerufen. fte roerben gelobt, gerufen.\\nImperfect.\\nI was praised, called, c. I might be praised, called, c.\\nSing, id) nmrbe, bit ttutrbeft, Sing, id) rsiirbe, bit roiirbeft, er\\ner rourbe gelobt, gerufen; roiirbe gelobt, gerufen;\\nPlur. rrur rourben, tyr nntrbet, Plur. nnr roiirben, tfyr ttmrbet,\\nfte nntrben gelobt, gerufen. fte mitrben gelobt, gerufen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0481.jp2"}, "482": {"fulltext": "462\\nPerfect.\\nI have been praised, called, I may have been prai cd,\\nc.\\nSing, id) bin, bu btft, er tft ge*\\nlobt, gerufen WDrben;\\nPlur. voix ftnb, tfyr fetb, fte\\nftnb getobt, gerufen worben.\\ncalled, c.\\nSing, id) fet, bu feteft, er fet\\ngetobt, gerufen roorben\\nPlur. xvix feien, il r fetet, fte\\nfeten gelobt, gerufen roorben.\\nPluperfect.\\nI might have been praised,\\ncalled, c.\\n\u00e2\u0099\u00a6Swig id) ware, bit roareft, er\\nware gelobt, gerufen roorben\\nPlur. tmr roaren, tt)r roarer,\\nfte roaren gelobt, gerufen\\nroorben.\\nI had been praised, called,\\nc.\\nSing, id) war, bu warft, er wai\\ngelobt, gerufen roorben\\nPlur. mtr rcaren, tfyr waret, fte\\nroaren gelobt, gerufen njor*\\nben.\\nFirst Future.\\n1 shall be praised, called, c. I shall be praised, called, c.\\nSing, id) roerbe, bu tmrft, er\\ntmrb gelobt, gerufen roerb n\\nPlur. roiv roerben, ii)v roerbet,\\nfte roerben getobt, gerufen\\nwerben.\\nSing, id) rcerbe, bu werbeft, er\\nroerbe gelobt, gerufen roer*\\nben;\\nPlur. tmr werben, ii)x werbet,\\nfte roerben gelobt, gerufen\\nwerben.\\nFuture Perfect.\\nI shall have been praised,\\ncalled, c.\\nSing, id) roerbe, bu nnrfr, er\\nrotrb getobt, gerufen roorben\\nfetn;\\nPlur. rotr roerben, tfyr roerbet,\\nfte roerben gelobt, gerufen\\nroorben fetn*\\nI shall have been praised\\ncalled, c.\\nSing, id) roerbe, bu roeibeft, e?\\nroerbe getobt, gerufen roorben\\nfetn;\\nPlur 4 rotr roerben, tbr roerbet,\\nfte roerben gelobt, gerufen\\nroorben fetn.\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional.\\nI should be praised, called,\\nc.\\nP *g. id) roftrbe, bit roiirbeft,\\ner rourbe gelobt, gerufen\\nroerben\\nSecond Conditional.\\nI should have been praised,\\ncalled, c.\\nSing, id) roiirbe, bu rourbeft, er\\nroiirbe getobt, gerufen root*\\nben fetn", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0482.jp2"}, "483": {"fulltext": "468\\n**-ur. \u00c2\u00bb{r umrben, tfyr rciirbet, Plur. tmr rourben, \\\\%x wmrbet,\\nfte roiirben gelobt, gerufen fie roitrben gelobt, gerufen\\ntoerben. rcorben fein*\\nImperative Mood.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nmerben trnr gelobt, gerufen, let\\nus be praised, called,\\nmerbe (bu) gefobt, gerufen, be werbet (tfyr) gelobt, gerufen,\\n(thou) praised, called, roerben @te gelobt, gerufen, J\\nbe ye (you) praised, called,\\naaerbe er (fte, e6) getobt, genu roerben fte gelobt, gerufen, let\\nfen, let him (her, it) be them be praised, called,\\npraised, called\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. gelobt, gerufen merben, to Perf. gelobt, gerufen, praised,\\nbe praised, called called.\\nPerf. gelobt, gerufen tsorben Fut. $u lobenb, \u00c2\u00a7u rufenb, to be\\nfetn, to have been praised, praised, called,\\ncalled.\\n144. II. REFLEXIVE VERBS,\\nx d) f v e e n, to rejoice,\\nf Pres. Infin. fief) freuen.\\nfVfaivd parte. I PEEF p lNDIC\\nJ Ferf. Part. ftd gefreuet or gefreut\\nI Perf. Infin. fid) gefreut fjaben.\\nINDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPresent.\\nrejoice, am rejoicing, do re- I may rejoice, be rejoicing,\\njoice, c. c.\\nSing, id) freue mxd), bu freueft Sm#. id) freue mxd), bu freueft\\n(freuft) btd), er freuet (freut) bid), er freue fid)\\nWi\\nPlur. rcxr freuen un\u00c2\u00a3, tfyr freu* Plur. mxr freuen un$, t^r freu*\\nd (freut) end), fte freuen fid). et eud), fte freuen fid).\\nImperfect.\\nrejoiced, c I might rejoice, c\u00e2\u0080\u009e\\nSing, id) freute mxd),, bu freu* Seng, xd) freuete mtd), bu freu*\\niejt bid), c. etejl bt^ c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0483.jp2"}, "484": {"fulltext": "464\\nPlur. toix freuten un3, ifyr Plw. xoxx freueten un$, c,\\nfreutet eitd), e.\\nPerfect.\\nI have rejoiced, c. I may have rejoiced, c.\\nSing, id) fyabe mid) gefreut, bu Sing, id) tjabe mid) gefreut, bu\\nfyaft btc^ gefreut, c babeft bfc^ gefreut, c.\\nF?wr. ttur baben un$ gefreut, PZwr. \\\\v ix fyabeu un$ gefreut,\\nc. c.\\nPluperfect.\\nI had rejoiced, c. I might have rejoiced, c.\\n$mg-. t(^ fycttte mid) gefreut, Sing, id) l)dtte mtd) gefreut\\ndec. c.\\nFirst Futurb;\\nI shall rejoice, c. I shall rejoice, c.\\n$mg. id) roerbe mid) freuen, Sing, id) roerbe mid) freuen,\\ntm x ixfi bid) c. bu roerbefr t)tc^ c.\\nFuture Perfect.\\ni shall have rejoiced, c. I shall have rejoiced, c.\\nSing, id) werbe mid) gefreut Sm^-. tc^ roerbe mid) gefreut\\nfab bu xx ixft bic^ c baben, tm werbeft c.\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional. Second Conditional.\\n1 should rejoice, c. 1 should have rejoiced, c.\\nSing, id) rciirbe mid) freuen, bu Sing, id) miirbe mid) gefrenl\\nrourbefl: c. fyoben, bu miirbeft c.\\nImperative Mood.\\nrejoice thou, c.\\nPZwr. freuen mix un$,\\nSing, freue btd), freuet (tbr) eud),\\nfreue er (fie eS) fid) freuen fie fid}.\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. fid) freuen, to rejoice. fid) freuenb, rejoicing.\\nPerf. fid) gefreut baben, to fid) gefreut, rejoiced*\\nhave rejoiced.\\n145. III. INTRANSITIVE VERBS.\\ne t) en, to go, takes f e i n for its auxiliary.\\n{Pres. Infin. get) en, to go.\\nImperf. Indic id) qinq, I went.\\nPerf. Part. ge 9 an 3 e\u00c2\u00ab, gone-\\nPerf. Infin. gegangen fein, to have gone", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0484.jp2"}, "485": {"fulltext": "465\\nINDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPresent.\\nI \u00c2\u00a3o, am going, do go, c. I may go, be going, c.\\nSing, td) ge^e, bu ge^eft (ge^jl), Sing, id) gefye, bit gefyeft, el\\nergej t; getye;\\nPlur. wtr gefyen, tfyr gefyet PZwr. wtr gefyen, ifyr ge^et, fie\\n(geW, fie getyen (getjn). gefyen.\\nImperfect.\\nI went, was going, did go, c. I might go, be gcAng, c.\\nSing, id) gtng, bit gtngft, er \u00c2\u00a3mg. id) gtnge, bu gtngejT, er\\n9^3; fltngc;\\nPZwr. wtr gtngen, t^r gtnget, PZwr. wtr gtngen, tfyr gtnget,\\nfte gtngen. fie gtngen.\\nPerfect.\\nI have gone, been going, c. I may have gone, been going,\\nc.\\nSing, id) bin, bu btft, er tft ge* \u00c2\u00a3mg. id) fet, bu feteft, er fet\\ngangen gegangen\\nPlur. wtr ftnb, t r fetb, fie finb Plur. wir feten, it)x fetet, fte\\ngegangen, feten gegangen.\\nPluperfect.\\nI had gone, been going, c. I might have gone, been going,\\nc.\\nSing, id) war, bu war|T, er war Sing, id) ware, bu wdreft, er\\ngegangen ware gegangen\\nPlur. wtr waren, tfyr waret, fte Plur. wtr waren, tfyr waret, fie\\nwaren gegangen. waren gegangen.\\nFirst Future.\\nI shall g-a, be going, c. I shall go, be going, c.\\nSing, id} werbe, bit wtrft er Sing, id) werbe, bu werbeft, er\\nwirb gefyen werbe gefyen\\nPZwr. wtr werben, tfyr werbet, Plur. wtr werben, tfyr werbet,\\nfte werben gefyen. fte werben gefyen.\\nFuture Perfect.\\nI shall have gone, been going, I shall have gone, been going,\\nc. c.\\nSing, id) werbe, bu wtrft, er Sing, id) werbe, bit werbeft, er\\nwtrb gegangen fern; werbe gegangen fetn;\\nPlur. wtr werben, tfyr werbet, Plur. wtr werben, tfyr werbet,\\nfie werben gegangen fetn. fte werben gegangen fetn.\\n20*", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0485.jp2"}, "486": {"fulltext": "466\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Conditional. Second Conditional. x\\nI should go, be going, c. I should have gone, been go.\\ning, c.\\nSing, id) ttnirbe, fcu ttmrbejt, Sing, id) rciitbe, bit ttwrcejt,\\ner roiirfce gefyen 5 er nmrbe gegangen fetn 5\\nPlur. mx roiirben, tfyr nwrbet, Plur. rotr nnirben, tfyr nntrbefc\\nfie ttwtben gefyen. fie nntvben gegangen fetn.\\nImperative Mood.\\nPZwr. gefyen voir, let us go, be\\ngoing,\\n8m#. gefye (6u), go thou, do ^e^et or gefyt (tfyr)/ geben @te,\\ngo, 5 go ye (you), do go,\\ngefye er (fie, es), let him (her, gefyen or gefyn fie, let them go,\\nit) go\\nInfinitive Mood. Participles,\\nPres. gefyen, to go. Pres. gefyenb, going.\\nPerf. gegangen few, to have Perf. gegangen, gone,\\ngone.\\nIV. IMPERSONAL VERBS.*\\n146. Impersonal verbs are conjugated like other verbs in\\nall the moods and tenses, but only in the third person singular\\n(\u00c2\u00a7114).\\nThey want the passive voice, and generally employ the auxi-\\nliary Men 131).\\ne g n c n, to rain.\\nPres. Ind. c\u00c2\u00a3 rcgnct, it rains. Subj. eS rcgnc, it may rain.\\nImperf. Ind. c$ rcgnctc, it rained. Subj. cS rcgnctc, it might rain.\\nPerf. Ind. cS fyat gcrcgnct, it has Subj. c f abe gercgnct/ itmayhavf\\nrained. rained.\\nPluperf. Ind. i$ fjatte gcrcgnct, it Subj. e$ batte gcrcgnct, it mighi\\nhad rained. have rained.\\nFirst Fut. c- trnrb rcgncn, it will Subj. c$ rocrfce rcgncn, it will rain\\nrain.\\nFuture Per/* c$ rotrb gcrcgnct fya? Subj. c$ rocrbc gcrcgnct Ijatcn, it\\nt cn, it will have rained. will have rained\\nConditionals.\\nFirst Cond. cS rciitbe rcgncn, it Second Cond. c$ rofitfce gmgnd\\nwould rain. fyabcn, it would have rained.\\nTmperat. c$ rcgnc let it rain\\nPres. Infin. rcgncn, to rain. p rcgncnb, raining,\\nPerf. Infin. gcrcgnct fyabcn, to hav 3 ar lcl V es gcrcgnct, rained,\\nrained.\\nFor exercises on the unperson il verbs see Lesson L VI.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0486.jp2"}, "487": {"fulltext": "467\\ny jl^ i 3oine impersonal verbs have a reflexive form a%\\ne* fvaqt jlu), il is a question e3 aiemt fid), it is becoming, c.\\nOthers again are active, and are followed by an object in the\\naccusative or dative, which may be either a substantive cr a\\npersonal pronoun e. g. e$ bunged: m i d), b t d), 1 6 n, I am,\\nthou art, he is hungry e$ biirftet, friert, fdjaubert m t d), I am\\nthirsty, cold, shuddering e3 geitngt m i r, I succeed e$ grauet\\n1 t) m, he dreads. The accusative or dative is sometimes placed\\nfirst, and then the e is omitted as, m t d) fyungert, m i d) bur*\\n(let, m t r grauet/ c,\\nV. COMPOUND VERBS.\\n148. 1st, Compound veibs are either separable or inse-\\nparable*\\n2d, In compounds of the first class, the constituent parts are\\nseparated, and the first component is placed after the verb, in\\nall the simple forms of the verb which are susceptible of in-\\nflection, viz in the imperative active, and in the present and\\nimperfect, both indicative and subjunctive e. g. anfangen, to\\nbegin, pres. indie, id) fartge an, I begin, imperf. id) fmcj a n, I\\nbegun, imperat. fange 2)u a n, begin thou. Moreover, in the per-\\nfect participle, the augment g e is inserted between the separable\\nparticle and the verb e. g. an?ge=f angen, au3*ge*gangen, ab-ge*\\nretf t, from anfangen, to commence auSgefyen, to go out ah\\nret fen, to set out on a journey.\\nRemark, In subordinate propositions, however, which are in-\\ntroduced by a conjunction or conjunctive word, such as a I 6, b a, in?\\nb e in, n e n n, \\\\v c t b a c., or by a relative pronoun, this separa-\\ntion of the component parts does not take place; e. g. a(\u00c2\u00a3 cben\\nbie (Sonne aufgtng (from aufgefyen), just as the sun was rising;\\nroe n n cr nur a n I m e (from anfbmmen) would that he might ar-\\nrive 3 n b c m id) am \u00c2\u00a3aufe sotbetging, asl was passing by the\\nhouse. \u00c2\u00a3)te Sbitte, tt) c d) c fid) a u f 1 I) a t, the door which opened.\\n149. In compounds of the second class, the constituen\\nparts remain inseparaily connected throughout the entire con\\njugation of the verb, and the perfect participle does not assume\\nthe augment g e, if the first component is one of those insepa\\nrable particles mentioned above 122) but if it is a noun oi\\nan adjective, the augment is prefixed to the entire compound\\ne. g id) oerttere, I lose, id) \u00c2\u00bber(or, I lost, part, uerforen, lost.\\nBut, friifyjKtcfert, to breakfast (compounded with the adjective\\nfrill), early), perf. part, g e friifyftiicft red)tfertigen, to justify (from\\nred)t,just), perf. part, g e redjtferttgt, c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0487.jp2"}, "488": {"fulltext": "468\\n150. Yerbs compounded with substantives or adjectives\\nare generally inseparable, when they so coalesce in sense as\\nto form one complex conception but when their union is so\\nslight, that they may be regarded as distinct words, they are se-\\nparable e. g. tatt ftriben, to take place t)od) acfyten, to\\nesteem highly (o3 fprecfyen, to acquit perf. parts, \u00c2\u00a9tatt ge*\\nfunfeen, fyod) geacfytet, lo\u00c2\u00a3 gefprocfyen.\\n151. When the verb is compounded with a particle (i.\\ne. with an adverb, a preposition, or a simple prefix), the accent\\ndetermines to which of the two classes the compound belongs.\\nIf the particle is accented, the compound is separable but if\\nthe principal accent falls on the verb itself, the compound is in-\\nseparable.\\nA list of inseparable prefixes has already been sjiven above\\n122. 2d).\\n152. Verbs compounded with the following adverbs and\\nprepositions are separable a b, an, a it f, a u 3, b e t, tit a r,\\ne t n, fort, t er, t) i n, and the compounds of ber and fytn\\nfyerab, fytnetn, c. nad), ntefcer, ob, oor, we ju,\\nI u x h cf\\nEXAMPLES.\\ncmfemmen, to arrive, part. cm^eFommen\\naufftef)cn, to rise, aufgeftanben\\nbarfcringcn, to offer, t arcjef racl)t\\nfottfafjten, to continue, forrcjefafyten\\nroegnxtfcn, to throw away, rccc$croorfen\\ngubringcn, to spend, $ugebtad)t.\\n153. Compounds with Id ti r d), M n t e r, ii b e r, u m, it it*\\nt e r, tt o ft and rot e b e r are separable, when the accent rests\\non the particle they are inseparable, whe*i it rests on the verb\\nitself 122. 5th).\\nIt is frequently the ease, that in one apd th\u00c2\u00ab s^m* compound this\\ndifference of accentuation has given rise to different significations.\\nEXAMPLES.\\nbutcf) t) r i n g c n (inseparable), to penetrate, part. buret) brurtatis\\nb u r d) brtngcn (separable), to press through a crowd, part\\nb u t cr gcfcrimgcn\\nbuttf) x e t f e n (insep.), to travel over, part. burd) x c i f r t\\nb u r d) reifcn (sep.)/ tc travel through, joar\u00c2\u00a3. t) u r cf) gereif t\\nfiber f (if) ten (insep.;, to convince, part. tiberfuf)tt;\\nft b cr fftfyten (sep.), to convey over, part, iibcx jcfiif)rt\\nCompare also the table of separable and inseparable verbs on pagss 59\\nand 53.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0488.jp2"}, "489": {"fulltext": "469\\nUntcr fatten (insep.)/ to entertain, part, untct gotten;\\nu n t c r fatten (sep.), to hold under, part, it n t c r gcfjaftcn\\nMil c n t c n (insep.), to finish, part. t oll c n fc c t\\nC Ugiepen (sep.), to fill by pouring into, part. DeU gegeffen.\\nRemark. Compounds with the preposition nnber (which\\nshould be carefully distinguished from the adverb w t e b c r) are\\nalways inseparable, the accent being invariably assumed by the verb\\nitself; as, rotter I e cj e n, to confute, part, rmbet t c cj 1 rmbcrftcfyen, to\\nwithstand, part, nnberftanben. The adverbial prefix mi 6 cannot be\\nreduced to any definite rule, as the accent does not in all instances\\ndecide whether it is separable or inseparable.\\n154. With respect to the infinitive of compound verbs,\\nit is to be remarked, that the particle in 120) is placed be-\\nfore it, if the verb is inseparable if separable, it is inserted be-\\ntween the two components, and constitutes one word with\\nthem e. g. 3 u entroet ert, to desecrate 5 u jerfatten, to fall\\ninto pieces but, an^farrcjen, to begin rcecpsu^roerfert, to\\nthrow away $tmtcf*$it4ret ben, to drive back, c.\\n155. Compounds generally follow the conjugation of\\ntheir simple verbs. The following is a specimen of the simple\\nforms of a separable compound\\n9( b v e t f e rt to set out on a journey.\\nINDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPresent.\\nSingular. Singular.\\nId) reife ab, bit retfeft ab, cc rcifct id) retfe ab, bu retfeft ab, er rctfet\\n(retf t) ab ab\\nPlural. Plural.\\n\u00c2\u00abnr retfen ab t*)r rcifct (rctft) ab, roit retfen a tr)r retfet ab, fte retfett\\nfte retfen ab ab.\\nImperfect.\\nSingular. Singula?\\nid; retf te ab, bu retf tcjt ab, er reipte tel) rcifetc ab, tit reifetcft ab, cr ret\\nob fete ab\\nPlural. Plural.\\nwtr rciptcn ab tfjr rctftct ab, ftc ttrir rcifctcn ab, tf)t rctfetet ab, fti\\nretftcn ab. rcifctcn ab.\\nImperative.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nretfe (hi) ab, retfe cr ab retfen renr ab, rcifct (rcift) tljr afj\\nretfen fte ab.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0489.jp2"}, "490": {"fulltext": "470\\nInfinitives. Participles.\\nPres. abtetfen or ab$utetfen. Pres. Part, abtetfenb.\\nPerf. afcgerctf t fetru Perf. Part, at^etetft.\\nSYNTAX OF THE VERB.\\nI. AGREEMENT.\\n156. The verb agrees with its subject nominative in\\nnumber and person. In German the subject cannot bo\\nomitted as in the Classical languages, in which the termina-\\ntion of the verb is sufficient to indicate the difference of per-\\nson and number except in the second person of the impera-\\ntive singular, when bu, like the English thou, is expressed only\\nfor the sake of emphasis e. g. t d) (efe, I read b it rebejl,\\nthou speakest ber \u00c2\u00a9turm \u00c2\u00a7at cmSgetobt, the storm has ceased\\nto rage bte ^rtabert fptelen, the boys are playing. But, im-\\nperat. re be! lefe! read, speak (thou) \u00c2\u00a9ptele, 5?tnb, cmf\\nber Sautter \u00c2\u00a9cfyooS Play, my child, on thy mother s lap\\n(Schiller.)\\nException 1. When several verbs constitute a compound predi-\\ncate to one subject, it is only expressed with the first. \u00c2\u00a3)u arOetteft\\nmet, r t d) t c ft abet roenta, au$, thou labourest much, but accomplish-\\nest little; unb et fojjtt g mtt fiiunmem Sfrcxm, retpt fid) blutent) (c$,\\np r e p t fie fjcfttg in tie 2Crme, fd) m t n g t fid) fliif fetn $op Sd)Utet),\\nand with mute grief he hears it, tears himself bleeding away, ea-\\ngerly folds her to his breast, springs upon his steed.\\nExcep. 2. The neuter personal pronoun e 6 and the demonstra-\\ntives ties and ba$ are followed by a verb in the plural, when\\nthe substantive after the verb which they represent is plural bte\u00c2\u00a3\\nft n b metne 23riiber, these are my brothers eg ft n b efyrUcfye banner,\\nthey are honest men.\\nExcep. 3. In reciting the multiplication table, the Germans use\\nthe singular where the plural would seem proper trier mat furtf t fl\\n$rc an$tg, four times five are twenty, c.\\nExcep, 4. When the subject of a verb is a pronoun of the first\\nor second person, it is sometimes omitted by poetical license as,\\njtafrc nun, a\u00c2\u00a7\\\\ ^Uefeptric Suttjteret unb 93?ebum butdjauS ftubtrt,\\nI have now, alas completely mastered philosophy, the jurist s craft,\\nani medicine (Goethe s Faust).\\n157. When the verb refers to several subjects equally\\nrelated to it, it must be put in the plural as, Wlatfyt ntxi lag\\nft x x it tn mtt etrtcmber urn t en 93orsug, night and day were\\ncontending with each other for the preference. When, how-\\never, the subjects are connected by disjunctive conjunctions,\\nor when they are regarded as one complex notion, the verb is", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0490.jp2"}, "491": {"fulltext": "471\\nin the singular; e. g. roeber ber SSater nod) fetn \u00c2\u00a9ofyn tjt ba\\ngeroefen, neither the father nor his son has been here 93er*\\nratty nnb Slrgroof/tt I a u f cf) t ttt alien (\u00c2\u00a3cfen, treason and suspi-\\ncion (combined) lurch at every corner t)ter t ft ^Pfeffer unb\\n\u00c2\u00a9a($, here is pepper and salt.\\n158. After several subjects of different persons, the verb\\nin the plural agrees with the first person in preference to the\\nsecond^ and with the second in preference to the third e. g. id)\\nitnb Du iroix) ft n b SSriiber, I and thou are brothers J)u itnb\\nber 2)ater (Sfyt) fetb etnanber dfynltcf;, you and your father\\nresemble each other. Sometimes, however, the verb agrees\\nwith the nearest nominative id) bcuf reben, ntcfyt \u00c2\u00a3)u, am per-\\nmitted to speak, not thou.\\nII, TENSES.\\n159. It will be perceived from the paradigms, that the\\nGerman verb has no separate forms to express the distinctions\\nobserved in English between I praise, and I am praising, do\\npraise, I praised, and I was praising, did praise, c., all of\\nwhich are implied in the one form id) lobe, id) lobte (see page\\n279).\\n160. In German, as in English, the present is often em-\\nployed instead of the imperfect, to give greater animation to\\nhistorical narration (see page 342).\\n161. The present is used in place of the future, espo\\ndally if the event is regarded as certain as, moreen f D m m t\\ner roteber, to-morrow he will come again tunftt^e SBocfye ret\\nfe id) nad) gonbort, next week I am going to London sertag\\nT)id) btauf, id) laffe fecfytenb f)ter baS geben, ober fiifyr e fte\\nau\u00c2\u00a3 ^tlfen, depend upon it, I shall either fighting lose my life\\nhere, or lead them out of Pilsen (Schiller). (See page 342).\\n162. So also, on the other hand, the first future is used\\ninstead of trie present, and the future perfect instead of the\\nperfect, to give an air of probability to the expression e. g.\\ner vo tr b root; I mcfyt git \u00c2\u00a3)aufe fetn, he is not likely to be at\\nhome, er tturb au^egangen fetn, he has in all probability\\ngone out (literally, he will have gone out) \u00c2\u00a3)u tmrft T)id) ge*\\ntrrt r/aben, you must have made (have probably made) a mis-\\ntake.\\n163. The imperfect, the perfect, and the pluperfect cor\\nrespond on the whole to the tenses of the same name in Eng", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0491.jp2"}, "492": {"fulltext": "472\\nlish, with this exception, that when simply a division of time*,\\nand not another event is referred to, the Germans sometimes\\nemploy the perfect, when the English idiom requires the im\\nperfect e. g. geftern ft n b Sfyre 93ud)er angefommen, yes\\nterday your books arrived er t ft legte 2Sod)e gefrorben, he\\ndied last week. On the meaning and use of these tenses, and\\non the omission of the auxiliary, see pages 343, 344, and Les\\nson LVII.\\n164. As to the moods of the German verb, the Indica\\nlive, the Subjunctive, as well as the Conditionals and the Im-\\noperative, have been treated at large and illustrated with numer-\\nous examples in the former part of the book, so that a further\\nanalysis of them in this place would be superfluous. On the\\nSubjunctive and Conditionals see Lessons XC. and XCL, anJ\\non the Imperative, page 305.\\nIII. THE INFINITIVE.\\n165. Besides serving to form the compound tenses of\\nthe verb 134), the infinitive mood is used in various other\\nrelations, either with or without the preposition giu\\n166. All infinitives may be regarded as abstract verbal\\nsubstantives of the neuter gender, and are frequently employed\\nas such in every case, generally in connection with the arti-\\ncle e. g. a$ \u00c2\u00a9tt$en tft tt)m fcfyabftrf), sitting is injurious to\\nhim id) bin b e\u00c2\u00a3 d) r e t b e n 3 miibe, I am tired of writing\\nSum 3? e t f e n btjr Du mcfyt gefcfytcft, you are not fit for travel-\\nling.\\n167. The infinitive is employed without $u in the follow-\\ning instances\\n1st, When it stands as the subject of a proposition as,\\ngeben tflt fettcjer a(3 net) men, it is more blessed to give\\nthan to receive jTerben tjl m cfytS, aber lebert unb mcfyt feben,\\nba3 ifl etn Ungliicf (\u00c2\u00a9cfytlfer), to die is nothing, but to live and\\nnot to see, that is a wretched lot indeed.\\n2d, In connection with the auxiliary verbs of mood b ii r\\nfen, fonnen, (affen, mogen, mtiffen, follen, rool*\\nten 115. 2d), and in particular expressions, also with fyctben\\nand t it it e. g. er I a g t em \u00c2\u00a3cut$ b a tt e n, he orders a\\nhouse to be built; id) barf fpt el en, I am permitted to play;\\n!Dtt f o U (I mcfjt ft e M e n, thou shalt not steal faf? fie jef)en\\nlet them go \u00c2\u00a9it t) a ft Qlit r eben, it is easy for you to speak\\nfie t but ntcfytS al3 roetnen, she does nothing but weep.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0492.jp2"}, "493": {"fulltext": "473\\nRemark. When the auxiliary laffen, in the sense of to order\\nis followed by an infinitive, the latter, though active in German,\\nmust generally be rendered by the passive in English as, er (apt\\ncin 25 ud) c t n l i n t c n, he orders a book to be bound, c.\\n3d, In connection with the verbs e t e n, to order I) e t e n\\nand n e n n e n, to call e I f e n, to help I e f) r e n, to teach\\nI e r n e n, to learn, and m a d) e n, to make e. g. fyetg tfyn ge*\\n()en tell him to go\\n4th, When joined to certain verbs denoting an exercise of\\nthe senses; as, fefyen, to see; fyoren, to hear; f it f; ten,\\nto feel; fin ben, to find; as, id) fefye ipn fommert, tefen, getdj*\\nnen, I see him coming, reading, drawing, c. id) t)i)re ifyn\\nfingen, fpieten, I hear him singing, playing id) fcmb t^n fcfyfafen,\\nfi\u00c2\u00a7en, I found him sleeping, sitting. In this connection the in-\\nfinitive has the signification of the present participle.\\n5th, The infinitive is employed without ju in connection with\\nthe following verbs b I e i b e n, to remain g e e n, to go\\nf a fy r e n, to ride in a carriage r e 1 1 e n, to ride on horseback\\ne. g. bfetben @te fi\u00c2\u00a7en, keep your seat er gefyt betteltt, he goes\\na begging fie fafyren fpa$teren, they take an airing, a ride in\\na carriage er xrettet fpct$teren, he takes a ride on horseback.\\n168. By an idiom, peculiar to the German, the auxiliary\\nverbs of mood fciirfen, Wnnen, mogen, miiffen, fatten, rooffen,\\nlaffen, and also the verbs fyetgert, fyetfen, fyoren, fefyen, {ernen,\\nlefyren, assume the form of the infinitive, instead of the perfect\\nparticiple, when they stand in connection with another infini-\\ntive e. g. er i)at fief) mcfyt riibrert bitrf en (instead of getmrft),\\nhe has not been permitted to stir Su fyattefl f ommen f o 1 1 e n\\n(instead of gefottt), you ought to have come 3fyr fyabt bte $etnbe\\nSngtanb S fennen 1 ernen, ye have learnt to know the enemies\\nof England. It. is now customary, however, regularly to employ\\nthe participle of the verbs tern en and lefyren instead of the in-\\nfinitive as, er t)at iijn fennen g e t e r n t, he has become ac-\\nquainted with him; id) xk$ tfyn jeicfynen geteljrt, I have\\ntaught him drawing.\\nTHE INFINITIVE WITH JU*\\n169. The infinitive with in is sometimes employed in-\\nstead of the simple infinitive, as the subject of a proposition,\\nespecially when in an inverted proposition it comes after its\\npredicate; e.g. e\u00c2\u00a3 gegtemt bem Sftanne, tfyattg in fetn, it\\nbehoves man to be diligent, c.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0493.jp2"}, "494": {"fulltext": "474\\n170. When the infinitive with ju is not the subject of a\\nproposition, it is equivalent to a verbal substantive in an\\noblique case, corresponding either to the Latin supine {ama-\\nlum, amatu), or to the gerund (amandi do dum do). It is\\nthus used\\n1st, After substantives j especially such as signify an inclina-\\ntion or affection of the mind, opportunity, time, fyc. as, 9tet*\\ngung, inclination; gntfcfylug, resolution; \u00c2\u00a9tfer, zeal; 3JJur(),\\ncourage gujt, desire 3ett, time \u00c2\u00a9elegenfyett, opportunity\\ner i)at 2ujt in ret fen, in effen, c, he has a mind to\\ntravel, to eat, or he is desirous of travelling, of eating, c. e$\\ntft it 3 u a r b e 1 1 e n, u f d) I a f e n, it is time to work, to\\nsleep.\\n2d, After adjectives signifying possibility, duty, necessity,\\neasiness, difficulty, and the like as, mogttd), unmogltd), tter*\\npfiicfytef, genotfytgt, (etd t, fcfywer, fyart, c Die SSiirbe tft fcfywer\\n$u tragen, the burden is hard to be borne e$ tft mtr immogltd)\\nin Fommen, it is impossible for me to come, c.\\n3d, After verbs, generally as the object to which an activity,\\na desire, or emotion of the mind implied by them, is directed\\ne g* f*$ freuen, to rejoice ftd bemiifyett, to strive fyoffert, to\\nhope; gebenfen, to intend; notfytgert, sttnngen, to necessitate,\\ncompel; \u00c2\u00bbetgeflfen, to forget serbteten, to forbid, c. e\u00c2\u00a3 freut\\nmtd), \u00c2\u00a9te gu fefyen, I am glad to see you er bemiifyte fid), tfyn\\netnguMen, ne strove to overtake him id) ratfye Sir, sit fcfyrcet*\\ngen, I advise you to be silent.\\n171. 4th, After many verbs which serve to designate the\\ntime or mode of an action as, anfangen, to begin auffyorerr,\\nto cease fortfafyren, to continue etlen, to hasten pflegen, to\\nbe wont sevmogen, to be able braudjen, to need fcfyetnen, to\\nappear; anfifen, to know; e. g. er fdngt an $tt ftngen, in teamen,\\nhe begins to sing, to dance er sermag nidjt in fprecfyen, he is\\nnot able to speak \u00c2\u00a3)u fcfyetnft eS mcfyt in nnflfen, you appear not\\nto know it, c.\\n5th, The infinitive with ju is sometimes employed as the\\npredicate of a proposition in connection with the copula f e t tt,\\nto express the possibility or necessity of an action. The infin-\\nitive, in this connection, though active, has generally a passive\\nsignification as, e$ tft feme it in settteren, there is no time\\nto be lost fetn \u00c2\u00a9rernbtlb tft in fefyen, no star is to be seen; er\\ntft ntrgenb\u00c2\u00a3 angtttreffen, he is nowhere to be found. It occurs\\nalso in the same signification with I) a ben er J) at tjter ntcfytS in\\nfhqen, he has nothing to say here wa3 fyaft \u00c2\u00a9it in tfyitn? what", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0494.jp2"}, "495": {"fulltext": "475\\nhave you to do It is .his construction of the infinitive, which\\nhas given rise to the future participle 121. 3d).\\n6th, The infinitive with $u serves sometimes to denote\\nthe purpose or design of an action or state expressed by a\\nprevious verb, in which case the particle urn usually is pre-\\nfixed to add emphasis to the expression e. g. id) f omme, ll m\\n\u00c2\u00a3)tr SSiicfyer gu brtngert, I come for the purpose of bringing you\\nbooks er gefyt tn bte tabt, u m nut etnem $mtnbe $ufcmv\\nmen $u f ommen, he goes into town in order to meet a friend.\\nIV. PARTICIPLES.\\n172. Participles are declined like adjectives, and follow\\nthe same rules of inflection. Ser (tebenbe ^Better, the\\naffectionate father etrt geltebteS $tnb, a beloved child. So\\nalso substantively ber \u00c2\u00a9enefene, one who has recovered from\\nsickness bte \u00c2\u00a9terbenbe, the dying woman ba3 93er(angte,\\nthat which was wished for, c.\\n173. The present and perfect participles are frequently\\nused as adverbs of manner e. g. \u00c2\u00a9te fprecfyen ft t e e n b,\\nyou speak fluently; ertbtfyenb fblgt er tfyren \u00c2\u00a9paten,\\nblushing he follows her steps. This is especially the case\\nwith perfect participles, in connection with the verb fontmen,\\nto come fyeufenb f ommt ber \u00c2\u00a9turm g e fl d g e n, ber bte $lams\\nme braufenb fuc^t (\u00c2\u00a9cfytfler), howling the blast comes flying,\\nand roaring seeks the flame er Bmmt gelaufen, gentfen, he\\ncomes running, riding, c.\\n174. Participles, like adjectives, serve either to form\\nthe predicate of a proposition, or they are joined to a noun in\\nan attributive sense 52) e. g. ber 9)?ann tft g e I e t) r t,\\nthe man is learned, and ber getefyrte 90fcmn, the learned\\nman; bte Sftacfyt tft tfetfloffen, the night is past, and bte\\nserfloffene Sftacfyt, the past night; ba$ 2Baffer tft fte*\\nb e n b, the water is boiling, and ba\u00c2\u00a3 ft e b e n b e SBaffer, the boil-\\ning water bte ^anbfefyaft tjt entgucfenb, the landscape is\\ncharming, and bte entgScf ettb e ?cmbfd)aft, the charming\\nlandscape.\\nThe present participle, however, is not generally used in the\\npredicative sense, unless it has entirely assumed the signification\\nof an adjective; thus we cannot say tcf) bin tufcnb/Ucbcnt^fefycnb,\\nI am calling, loving, seeing; but id) tufe, lick, fefye. 159\\n175. In connection with another verb, the present par.\\nticiple, either alone or qualified by other words, frequently", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0495.jp2"}, "496": {"fulltext": "476\\nstands as the abridged form of a subordinate proposition, serf\\ning to express the time, manner, cause, or condition of the ac\\ntion denoted by the verb as, bte$ bet mtr b e n f e n b, fcfyltef tdf)\\netn [time), revolving these things with myself, I fell asleep, in-\\nstead of, tnbem id) bte$ bet mtr felbft bad)te, c, whilst I was\\nrevolving, c. tb/m bte \u00c2\u00a3dnbe b r ii cf e n b, nafrm er 2fbfcf)teb\\n(manner), shaking his hands he took leave fetn Slbbtlb bill*\\nbet fie, afletn a% fbrperlofe 2Bort ser efyr en b; i. e. njeil fie\\nafletn ba3 fbrperlofe 2Bort x erel)rt (cause) (\u00c2\u00a9cfyttfer), she tole-\\nrates no image, adoring the incorporeal word alone.\\nThis construction, however, is not as extensive in German\\nas in English, and entirely inadmissible, when the subject of\\nthe participle is different from that of the verb, or when in\\nEnglish we employ the compound participle. Thus we cannot\\nsay, the sun being risen, I set out on my journey, but when the\\nsun had arisen, c, a 1 3 bte \u00c2\u00a9onne aufgegattgen war, retf te id)\\nab after having breakfasted, he read his paper, n a cf) b e m er\\ngefriibftiicft focttte (after he had breakfasted), (ct3 er feme ^eiU\\nfcfyrtff (see page 279).\\n176. In certain expressions only, both the present and\\nthe perfect participle are used absolutely in the accusative\\ncase e. g. ba$ aSttcf) f oftet, t en Stnbanb abgerecfynet,\\ngreet Ifyater, the book costs two crowns, exclusive of the bind-\\ning fie feufget fymauS tn bte ftrtftere $l xd)t, b a 6 2( u g e som\\n2B e t n e n g e t r it b e t (\u00c2\u00a9emitter), she sighs out into the murky\\nnight, her eyes bedimmed by the gushing tears er trctt tn ba%\\n3tmmer, ben \u00c2\u00a3utt auf bem $opfe, ten \u00c2\u00a9tocf tn ber anb, he en-\\ntered the room, with the hat on his head, and cane in his hand.\\nIn this last example the participle fyabenb, having, may be sup-\\nplied, to link the expression to the subject of the proposition.\\n177. The perfect participle, when formed from transitive\\nverbs, has always a passive signification, and is therefore used ad-\\njectively only by way of exception. When formed from reflexive\\nor impersonal verbs, it is employed neither in an attributive nor in\\na predicative sense, but serves simply to form the compound ten-\\nses as, tcf) babe unci) g c f r c u t, g e a r g c r t, g e f cf) a m t, I have\\nrejoiced, been vexed, ashamed; e$ r)at get eg net, gefefynett, it\\nhas rained, snowed but not, ber gefrcute, gefcrjcimte 9J?ann; nor, ber\\nSQfann tft gefreut, gefebamt, c. Of intransitive verbs those only,\\nwhich take the auxiliary fetn, may be used in the attributive re-\\nlation, as well as in the predicative; e. g. baS #au$ tfii cibge*\\nb t a n n t, the house is burnt down, and ba$ aOgebrct nnte au\u00c2\u00a3,\\nthe house which has burnt down ber #reunb t ft a n g e f m m e n,\\nthe friend has arrived, and ber a n g c 1 m m e n e Jreunb, the friend", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0496.jp2"}, "497": {"fulltext": "477\\nwho ha3 arrived. Some participles have assumed the signification\\nof adjectives, and may even be compared. (See 63- 1st.)\\nNote* The government of verbs is treated of at the close of the\\ntable of irregular verbs below.\\nADVERBS.\\n178. An Adverb is a word which limits the\\nmeaning of verbs, of adjectives, and of other adverbs.\\nAdverbs correspond to the questions where when\\nhow to what degree c.\\nEXAMPLES.\\n\u00c2\u00a38 o tft ta$ $pferb Where is the horse\\n(5r ift n t r 9 c n t 6 $u finben. He is nowhere to be fcand.\\n.ftcmmcn Ste herein! Walk in\\nSB a n n ijl ct ana,c\u00c2\u00a3emmen WAerc did he arrive 1\\n@r tft 9 eft e tn geftorfcen. He died yesterday.\\n2)cc nabe febreibt febon, after er The boy writes beautifully, but\\nItcf t f cf) t e d) t. reads poorly.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)ct SSatcr ift fe b t bctttibr. The father is very sad.\\niDie $ofe ift a u g n e I) m e n t) The rose is exceedingly beauti-\\nfdjon. ful.\\n179. With respect to their signification, adverbs\\nmay be divided into six classes\\n1st, Adverbs of Place. These may either designate rest in a\\nplace, in answer to the question where as, iiberafl, attentat*\\nben, every where tv^enbroo, any where ntrgenbS, nowhere\\nbier, bet, bort, here, there roo, where augen, without trmen,\\nwithin oben, above tmtert, below r btrttert, behind vcvxx, be-\\nfore red)t$, on the right hand ItnfS, on the left hand and\\nthe compounds broben (bemeben), there above bnmten (bat*\\niirtten), below brctu^ert, out of doors bteruebert, here below\\nbteflTettS, on this side jertfett^, on that side or, motion 01\\ndirection towards a place, in answer to the question whither\\nbaber, along bterfyer, hither bctbtrt, thither berab, down\\n{towards the speaker) btnab, down (away from the speaker)\\nbergemf, up hill benjab, down hill serroattS, forward tM*\\ntt)art$, backwards btmmelroartS, toward heaven, c.\\n2d, Adverbs of Time. These denote either a point or pe-", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0497.jp2"}, "498": {"fulltext": "478\\nriod of time, in answer to the questions when how long\\nsince by what time as, barm, then warm, when bamal\u00c2\u00a3,\\nat that time mm, jefct, now etnft, once nod), still fcfyon,\\nberettS, already sormafe, fonft, heretofore, formerly balb,\\nsoon fiinfttg, hereafter neultd), jurtgfl:, recently anfangS, at\\nfirst beS SKorgenS, be$ SlbenbS, in the morning, in the eve*\\nning; gejlern, yesterday; fyeute, to-day; morgen, to-morrow;\\nje, j em a 13, ever me, never, c. or a duration of time as,\\naflesett, at all times tmmer, ftet$, always lange, long.\\n3d, Adverbs of Modality, which are either affirmative, nega\u00c2\u00bb\\ntive, potential, optative, interrogative, or imperative as, ja, yes;\\nbod), however; fretltd), sroar, though, however fitrwafyr, roafyr*\\nltd), tmrflid), verily, truly, actually, in very deed; ftcfyerltd),\\nsurely netn, no md)t, not fetrte3roeg$, by no means\\nx iettetc^t, perhaps; roafyrfcfyemltd), probably; etuoa, n of)l, per-\\nhaps, indeed; wemt bod), bag bod), would that ob, if; et*\\nma, rcofyt, perhaps, perchance; mm, now; betm, then; bttrd).\\nau\u00c2\u00a7, allerbtngS, fd)led)terbtrtg\u00c2\u00a3, by all means, absolutely, c.\\n4th, Adverbs of Quantity, derived from numerals, and an-\\nswering to the questions how much how many e. g. etroaS,\\nsomewhat gang, entirely gemtg, sufficiently xnel, much\\nroemg, little tf)etl$, partly meijtenS, metjrerttljetlS, mostly, for\\nthe most part; erftenS, firstly amettenS, secondly, c. f enter,\\nfurther, moreover let3tert\u00c2\u00a7, lastly awetmal, twice, c. em*\\nfad), simple melfad), many fold, c. 80.)\\n5th, Adverbs of Quality or Manner, which answer to the\\nquestion how? as, gliicfttd), fortunately; fcfyort, beautifully;\\nfd)(ed)t, badly; ftetfKg, diligently, c. fo, so, thus; rote, as,\\nhow; ebert fo, just so, c. Many of this class are originally\\nadjectives or participles.\\n6th, Adverbs of Intensity as, fefyr, very gar, quite fo.\\ngar, oven augerjr, j()od)fr, ungemetrt, extremely, highly, uncom-\\nmonly; gan^ttd), ttolltg, entirely, fully; bemafye, faft, almost,\\nnearly mtr only faum, scarcely t)0d)ften\u00c2\u00a3, at the most\\nraentgjTenS, at least roett, bet rcettem, by far, c.\\n180. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ADVERBS.\\nObs. 1. Beginners should carefully mark the distinction be-\\ntween the adverbs f) t n and I) e r, for which there are no correspond-\\ning terms in English ft i n denotes motion away from, and F) e t\\napproximation towards the person speaking. These words have\\ngiven rise to a number of compounds, all of which participate in\\ntb\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00ab original signification. Examples", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0498.jp2"}, "499": {"fulltext": "479\\nAway from, towards the speaker.\\nf)tnat\\nfjerafc,\\ndown\\n(jtnauf,\\nFjerauf,\\nup;\\nfyinau*,\\nfycrauS,\\nout;\\nfytnctn,\\nherein,\\nin;\\nfyiniiber,\\nfyetubcr,\\nacross.\\nSo also b q f) t n, thither, to that place b a r) e t, thence, from tha 4\\np race b o r t f) i n, to yonder place t) r t fy c t from yonder place\\nroof) in, whither; roofjer, whence, c.\\nObs. 2. To adverbs of intensity may be added the compound\\nproportionals \\\\c [c, or j[c 1 e ft C, or [c urn f o, the the; as,\\nj e grofkr, b e ft o freffet, the greater, the better e lander er Ubt, u m ft)\\nfd)(cd)tcr rottb et, the longer he lives, the worse he becomes.\\nObs. 3. The adverb of place, b a, is derived from the demonstra-\\ntive pronoun b e r, and is an abbreviated expression for an biefem \u00c2\u00a3)rte,\\nin this place. So the adverb rco, the correlative of ba, is derived\\nfrom the relative pronoun xoix, and stands instead of an roctdjem\\n\u00c2\u00a3)rte, in which place. Both ta and roo, therefore, are termed pro-\\nnominal adverbs. As adverbs of place they are combined with f) i n\\nand e r, and form the compounds bafytn, bafjer, roofytn, roofyer.\\nObs. 4. Besides serving as adverbs of place, ba (bar), and wo\\n(rocr), are often compounded with prepositions, to supply the place\\nof the dative and accusative neuter of the demonstrative b e r, and\\nof the relative or interrogative \\\\v e v, n? e cf) e r Thus the Ger-\\nmans regularly say\\nbabct, therewith, instead of 6et bem\\nrocbet, wherewith, Oct roetcfyem\\nbamit, thereby, nut bem\\nroonut, whereby, mit roetcfyem\\nbaburd), through, by it, burd) bat\\nroeburd), through, by which, burd) roelcfyeS\\nbafiir, for that, fur a$\\nroefitr, for which, fur roe(d)e$\\nbaran, thereon, an bem\\nroeran, whereon, an roe(d)em\\nbarren, thereof, son bem\\nroot cn, whereof, son roelcfyem\\nba$u, thereto, $u bem\\nroo*u, whereto, gu roetcfyem.\\nObs. 5. Some adverbs are compared like adjectives.\\nTheir mode of comparison has already been explained 68).\\nObs. 6. On the position which the negative nxdfjt and\\nadverbs generally are to occupy in sentences, see Lesson C.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0499.jp2"}, "500": {"fulltext": "48G\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\n181. A preposition is a word which is joined to\\nnouns or pronouns, to point out their relation to some\\nother word in the sentence.\\n182. The following is a list of the German pre-\\npositions\\nan, on, by, near\\n-^instead;\\ncmf, on, upon\\nau\u00c2\u00a3, out, out of;\\naujkt, without, on the\\nauf ctfyatb, outside\\nbet/ near, with, by\\nbtnnen, within\\ntueffett, on this side\\nturd), through\\ncntgccjcn, over against\\nfur, for, in favour of;\\naerf S towards a g ainst 5\\nwk\\nfyalben, on account of;\\nf)a(bct, J\\nfytntet, behind\\nin, in, into\\noa J^f^\\njenfett, beyond\\nCraft, by virtue of;\\nlan^, along;\\ntout, according to\\nnut, with\\nnad), after\\nnext to\\nnacf)fr,\\nneben, beside\\nnebft, together with\\noberfycilb, above\\n,H thout;\\nfammt, together with\\nfett, since, from\\ntre\u00c2\u00a7, in spite of;\\ncr j above, over;\\nurn, about, round\\nurn rmllen, for the sake of\\nungead)tet/ notwithstanding\\ni. 1* 7 below, on the lowej\\nunlets, j side of\\nt)crmb QC, by virtue of;\\nt)0n, from, by, of;\\nt)cr, before\\ntx af)tent during\\nnxgen, on account of;\\ntt)tt)er, against\\n$U, to\\n3ufofc;c, in consequence of\\n$unrit et, against\\n$nnfd)cn, between, betwixt.\\n183. Prepositions require the substantives, with which\\nthey are connected, to be put either in the Genitive, the Dative*\\nor the Accusative, Some few require the dative in one signi-\\nfication, and the accusative in another.\\nI. PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE GENITIVE.\\n184. The prepositions which govern the genitive case,\\nare: cmftatt or ftatt, fyalben \u00c2\u00b0r Mber, attgerfyatb, t mtetMb,", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0500.jp2"}, "501": {"fulltext": "481\\ncber alb, mitctfaib, bteffett, jenfett, tYaft, laut, mtttelft or ser*\\nmittetft, ungeacfyter, umuett or unfern, setmrige, roafyrenb, roegett,\\nurn rotffen, and (dng\u00c2\u00a7, gufotge, tro\u00c2\u00a7 (see 188),\\nEXAMPLES.\\n2C n ft a 1 1 fefncd Waters, instead of his father bet (Sfyte r) a t b e n,\\nfor the sake of honour a u \u00c2\u00a3c t r) a I b bet \u00c2\u00a9tafct, without the city\\njenfeit be\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c2\u00aerabe$, beyond the grave; ftaft metne$ 2Cmte$, by\\nvirtue of my office (aut beS SSttefeS, according to the letter; un?\\nro e 1 1 be$ JUrdjbefS, not far from the church-yard to a f) t en b teg\\ntteges, during the war u nt be\u00c2\u00bb -gricbcnS rot en, for the sake of\\npeace 1 t o feinet \u00c2\u00a3ftad)t, in spite of his power.\\nII. PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE DATIVE ONLY.\\n185. Prepositions which govern the dative case alone,\\nare cm3, auger, bet, btnnen, entgegen, gegeniiber, gemag, mit,\\nnad), nadjft, sunacfyjr, rtebft, fammt, fett, son, su, stttmber, and o\\nwhen it is equivalent to to e g e it, on account of.\\nEXAMPLES.\\n(5r fommt au^ bet ^ttdje, he comes from church; auger 2)tt\\nroaren Me ba, all were present except you et roofynt b e i m *8acfer,\\nhe lives with the baker; bin n en (always refers to time) gwei\\n\u00c2\u00a3Bed)cn, within two weeks et geljt ifym entgegen, he goes to\\nmeet him m it metnet Gutter, with my mother n a d) bem \u00c2\u00a3aufc,\\nto the heuse n e b ft femem greunbe, together with his friend f e it\\nbem Sage, since that day u bet \u00c2\u00a3Xuelle, to the spring.\\nIII. PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE ACCUSATIVE ONLY.\\n186. The following prepositions require the accusative\\nonly butd), fur, gegen, cfyne or fonber, urn, and wotber.\\nEXAMPLES.\\n(St tetf t b u t d) gan$e 8anb, he travels through the entire\\ncountry b u t eft tf)n bin id) gtM(td), by him I am made happy ct\\nbetefynt mid) fitt metne Dtfufye, he rewards me for my trouble bet\\nSSatet fcrgt flit fetne Jtuibet, the father provides for his children;\\nsjftann fur Sftann, man by man; id) fjalte t a$ f tit (Scrmietdbclet, I re-\\ngard this as flattery g e g e n ben (Strom, against the stream g e-\\n9en etnanber, towards each other; ot)nc 3\u00c2\u00ab etfef, without doubt;\\no n b e t \u00c2\u00ae(etd)en, without an equal u m etn Ut)t, at one o clock\\nurn bcn omg, about the king; tdt faufte e$ urn grodlf Jtteugct, I\\nbought it for twelve kreuzers rot b et feinen gfreunb, against hit\\nfriend.\\n21", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0501.jp2"}, "502": {"fulltext": "482\\nXV. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING BOTH THE DATIVE A3D\\nACCUSATIVE.\\n187. The following prepositions are sometimes connect\\ned with the dative, and sometimes with the accusative\\nan, cmf, fytnter, m, neben, fiber, unter, \u00c2\u00bbor, and jtrnfcfyen.\\nWith respect to all the prepositions of this class it is to be ob-\\nserved, that when they imply rest or motion in a place, they are\\nfollowed by the dative, in answer to the question where bat when\\nthey imply a tendency or motion from one place to another, they\\nare followed by the accusative, in answer to the question whither\\nEXAMPLES.\\n(Sr roof)ttt an b e m SJicete, he lives near the sea er gefjt a n t a 4\\nilfer, he goes towards the shore er fcfyretbt a n fetnen greunb, he\\nwrites to his friend a n bcr \u00c2\u00a9ran$e, at the frontiers er arbettet\\na u f bem $elbe, he labours in the field a u f ber d)\\\\xU, at school\\ner $tef)t a u f bag 2anb, he moves into the country a u f ben 2Cbenb,\\nfor the evening; Winter bem \u00c2\u00a3aufe, behind the house; er fegt ftcfe\\nWinter t m Dfen, he takes his seat behind the stove er ifi in ber\\nta\\\\)t, he is in the city; id) gefye in bte \u00c2\u00a9tabt, I am going into the\\ncity; tm Some, in anger; in bte \u00c2\u00a3cmb nefymen, to take into the\\nhand; er ftefyt neben mtr, he is standing by my side; tct) fegte\\nnud) n e e n tf)n, I seated myself by his side u b e r ben (Sternen,\\nabove the stars u b e r ben g(up cjefycn, to go across the river u n*\\nter fretem \u00c2\u00a3tmmel, under the open sky; unter fetnen SSritbern,\\namong his brothers t) o r tfym, before him er ftetlt fid) Dor ben\\n(Spiegel he takes his position before the looking-glass 5 ro tfcl) en\\nmtr unb tfym, between me and him, c.\\n188. Of those prepositions which govern the genitive\\n184), the following three may also be connected with the\\ndative a n 3 as, (cmg\u00c2\u00a7 beS UferS, or tana,\u00c2\u00a7 bem Ufer, along\\nthe shore j a f 1 9 e, which with the genitive precedes, and\\nwith the dative follows the noun; as, sufof^e beS SSertcfyteS, or\\nbem SSertcfyte sufol^e, according to the report and tvofyy as,\\ntro\u00c2\u00a7 fetrtem fyerben \u00c2\u00a9dfjfcffafe, in spite of his hard fate trog ber\\n\u00c2\u00a9efafjr, in spite of the danger.\\n189. When prepositions precede the definite article, thej\\noften coalesce with it into one word, as, t m, for ttt bem, c\\nlist of these contractions has been given above 10}", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0502.jp2"}, "503": {"fulltext": "483\\nCONJUNCTIONS\\n190 A conjunction is a word by which two simple\\nsentences are united into one compound sentence*\\n191. Conjunctions have been variously classified accords\\ning to their different significations. They are\\n1st, Copulative; mtb, and a ud), also fowofyl ate, as well\\nas gubem, moreover augerbem, besides meter nod), nei-\\nther nor md)t rnir or m cfyt attetn fonbent and), not only\\nbut also fcrner, furthermore sugletd), at the same time.\\n2d, Disjunctive; erttroeber ober, either -or; e. g. ertt*\\ntt) e b e r grog ober i lem, either large or small.\\n3d, Adversative aber, affetn, but fonbent (used only\\nafter a negative), but bod), jebod), yet bemtod), nevertheless\\nfonft else melmefyr, rather fytngegen, on the contrary md)t\\nforce!) t ate tuelmefyr, not so much as rather.\\n4th, Conditional; wenn, fo, too, wofern, if; falB or tm\\ngatt, in case mo nidjt, if not e.g. wenn id) mir em SOctrtet\\nroiigte, ben \u00c2\u00a9cfyaben txneber \u00c2\u00a7ut in macfyen! if I only knew some\\nmeans of repairing the damage In German the conjunction\\nroerm is often omitted, and then the verb (if the tense is simple)\\nor the auxiliary (if the tense is compound) takes the place of\\nthe conjunction n r e ft Su fyter gewefen, mem SSruber mare\\nntcfyt geftorben, for roenn X)n fyter geroefen rodrefiy c, if\\nthou hadst been present, my brother would not have died.\\n5th, Concessive groar, to be sure, indeed, true ttueroofyl,\\nobroot)!, obfefyon, obgletd), roenn gletd), though, although e. g.\\no b to o t) I ba$ SBetter fd)i n ifi, fo fann er bod) nidjt au\u00c2\u00a7ge(jett,\\nthough the weather is fine, he is nevertheless unable to go out.\\nCompare also page 296.\\n6th, Causal benn, for ba, roetf, nun, since e. g. td) gefye\\nnut \u00c2\u00a3)tr, to e t I t)u ten vecfyten 2Beg md)t fennjt, I go with you,\\nbecause you do not know the right way ttorrodrtS mugt 2)u,\\nbenn riicfrodrtS fannjl: Sit mcfjt mefyr, you must go onward,\\nfor back you can no longer go.\\n7th, Illative a(fo, barum, therefore bafyer, hence beg*\\nfjatb, begroegen, urn begnuu en, on that account; fo(gh d), conse-\\nquently e. g. er tft franf, f o I g 1 1 d) mug er ju aufe blctben,\\nhe is sick, consequently he must remain at home e3 g eft el\\ntl)m nidjt mebr unter ben S9?enfd)en, beg meg en gog er fid) in btc\\nStnfamfett aitritcf, he was no longer pleased air ong men, there,\\nfore he retired into solitude.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0503.jp2"}, "504": {"fulltext": "484\\n8th, Final ba0, that ouf fcaf, fcamtt, in order that um\\nju, in order to nut jtrafen t^rt, t a m x t er ftd) befifere, we punish\\nhim in order that he may reform etlen \u00c2\u00a9te, bctmtt \u00c2\u00a9ie md)t\\nin fpdt fommen, make haste, lest you come too late.\\n9th, Comparative al$, ttne, gletcfywne, as, just as fo, so\\nthus a(3 roerm, al3 cb, as when, as if; g(etd) al$ ob, just as\\nif; er fiircfytete fid), aU ob er attetn mare, he was afraid, as if\\nhe were alone er ftellte fid), aU fcfyltefe er, he acted as if he\\nwere asleep.\\n10th, Conjunctions expressing a relation of time bamal\u00c2\u00a3,\\nbarm, at that time, then tnbefifen, meanwhile sorter, au\u00c2\u00bbor,\\nefyer, before, sooner fcarctuf, thereupon fyernad), afterward\\nfettbem, since ctl$, t a, when warm, when roafyrenb, whilst\\ntnbem, tnbejfen, in that, during which time bt3, until, c.\\n192. For those conjunctions which require the verb to\\nbe put at the end of the sentence, see page 180. On com-\\npound conjunctions, entweber ober, c, see page 332.\\nINTERJECTIONS.\\n193. Interjections are words or articulate sounds\\nexpressive of sudden emotion.\\nThe most important interjections used in German, are\\nad) alas ab fjotta holla\\naf) ah fyut hurrah quick\\nauf up I fyufd) hush\\nbrat) bravo fnadfa crack snap\\nei why eigh letter alas\\nfrifd) brisk quick of) o oh\\nfort! away! paff puff! puff!\\n(SMucf $u success to you pfut fy\\nf)a ha pogtaufent) zounds\\nhush silence\\nml \u00c2\u00a3ha,na. n! f\\nl)c t)e ta soho ho there fd)t\\nr)a(t hold topp agreed\\n^cxt Kail PA I 0jbehold\\nf)eifn fief fca 3\\n(uc^etfa Chusza hey-day ml) l wo alas\\nnuf)r)e J o roefye 3\\nf)Uf, |)immel heaven help roofytan well then", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0504.jp2"}, "505": {"fulltext": "485\\nRemark 1. As interjections express no thought, but simply out*\\nbreaks of feeling, they neither govern other words, nor are they\\ngoverned by any.\\nRem. 2. They stand in connection with every case, but more\\nparticularly with the nominative, grtfcf) \u00c2\u00a9cfcltcn, fctt) $ut \u00c2\u00a3ant\\nBrisk my workmen, be at hand t)cm Sfyorcn Qcfcfytefyt e$ rcd)t\\nthe fool deserves it\\nRem. 3. The use of rocf)(, rocfyc, \u00c2\u00a3ctf, is elliptical, fct being\\nunderstood. They always require the dative which depends on\\nthe omitted verb e. g. rocbe (fct) tfym wo be to him Jpctl (fct)\\n\u00c2\u00a3)it Lail thou The interjections c, a d), and p f u i are frequent-\\nly put with the genitive e. g. pfui ct (Sd)cmt e for shame ad)\\nbc$ (\u00c2\u00a7lcnt)e$ alas, the misery\\nNote. For the general principles of Construction and a\\nrecapitulation of the Rules of Syntax, which are scattered\\nthrough the book, see Lesson 103, pages 356 363.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0505.jp2"}, "506": {"fulltext": "486\\nTABLE OF CLASSIFICATION\\nOF THE\\nIRREGULAR VERBS.\\nRemark. From this table must be excepted the sixteen irregu\\niaT \\\\eibs, which in our list form the first class.*\\nCO\\n09\\n1\\na\\ni\\nCD\\na\\nInfinitive.\\n0)\\nPast\\nParticiple.\\nI\\ne\\na\\ne\\n\u00c2\u00a9efjen, to see,\\ngefefjen.\\nII\\nc\\ni\\na\\nc\\n\u00c2\u00a3elfcn, to help,\\n\u00c2\u00a9innen, to reflect,\\nfann,\\ngefyclfen.\\ngefennen.\\nIII\\nt\\na\\nu\\nSrinFen, to drink,\\nttcmr 5\\ngettunfen.\\nIV\\na\\nie\\na\\ngoiter to fall,\\nPer,\\ngefaEen.\\nV\\nci\\nt\\nie\\ni\\n\u00c2\u00a9cfytetfren, to write,\\nS3etfen, to bite,\\nfcfyrieb,\\ngefdjttefcen.\\ngetriffen.\\nVI\\nx, cm,\\ne, h ie,\\no, ft.\\n\u00c2\u00a9d)tepen, to shoot,\\nf**P,\\ngefdjofien.\\nfii\\na\\nu\\na\\n\u00c2\u00a9cf)(agen, to beat,\\nf*t\u00c2\u00ab9/\\ngestagen.\\nThe 5th and 6th classes include the greater part of the irregular verbs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0506.jp2"}, "507": {"fulltext": "487\\nEXPLANATORY REMARKS.\\nL The first class changes the radical vowel e into a in the\\nimperfect, and resumes it in the past participle. Ex. @eben, to\\ngive imperfect gab past part, gegeben. To this class must\\nbe added bitten, to entreat (beg), which changes the radical\\nvowel in the same manner, as imperfect bat j past part,\\ngebeten.\\nII. The second class changes the radical vowel e or i into\\na in the imperfect, and in the past participle into o. Ex. Sftefy*\\nmen, to take imperf. naf)m past part, genommen gewtnnen,\\nto win imperf. geroann past part gewonnen. To these must\\nbe added, gebaren, produce (to give birth to), which has a in-\\nstead of t hi the root, as imperf. gebar past part, geboren*\\nIII. The third class changes the radical vowel into a in\\nthe imperfect, and in the past part, into u. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9cfylingen, to\\nsling; imperf. fctylang, past part, gefcfyhmgcn except fcnngen,\\nto hire imperf. bung past part, gebungen 5 fcfyinben, to flay\\nimperf. fcfyunb; past part, gefcfyunben; and fyun, to do imperf\\nfyat) past part, geifyan.\\nIV. The fourth class changes the radical vowel a into te in\\nthe imperfect, and resumes it in the past participle. Ex. QbU\\nten, to hold; imperf. fytelt; past part, gefyatten except fangen,\\nto catch imperf. ftng past part, gefangen. The following\\nconform to the principle of the rule, resuming in the past part,\\nthe radical vowel or diphthong of the present laufen, to run\\nimperf. lief; past part, gelaufen 5 gefyen, to go; imperf. gtng;\\npast part, gegangen t)ti$en, to order imperf. fyief past part.\\ngefyeigen; rufen, to call imperf. rtef past part, gerufen ftofien,\\nto push imperf. fHeg past part, gejregen.\\nV. The fifth class changes the radical vowel ei into te in\\nthe imperf. and in the past part, or before a double consonant\\ninto i. Ex. SSleiben, to remain; imperf. btieb; past part.\\ngebtteben fcfyneiben, to cut imperf. fdjmtt past part, ge*\\nftymtiett.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0507.jp2"}, "508": {"fulltext": "488\\nVI. The sixth class changes the radical vowels a, cut, e, i$\\nie, b, u, into o in the imperf. and past participle. Ex. \u00c2\u00a9d()tt o*\\nren, to fester; imperf. fcfywor; past part, gefcfyrcoren; faugen,\\nto suck imperf. fog 5 past part, gefogen faufen, to drink to\\nexcess; imperf. fofjr 5 past part, gefoffen fyeben, to lift imperf.\\nfyob past part, gefyoben ttertturren, to embroil (to confuse)\\nimperf. sermon* past part, roerroorren bieten, to offer imperf.\\nbot; past part, geboten; fcfyrooren, to swear, imperf. fcfyroo*\\nfdjumr) past part, gefcfymoren liigen, to lie imperf. log\\npast part, gefogen.\\nVIL The seventh class changes the ladical vowel a into u\\nin the imperfect, and resumes it in the past participle. Ex.\\nSBacfyfen, to grow imperf. mid) past part, geroacfyfen fle^en,\\nto stand, has jtcmfc) in the imperfect (formerly, however, fhutb)\\nand \u00c2\u00bbn the past part, geftanfcen.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0508.jp2"}, "509": {"fulltext": "489\\n1 A\\nco\\nIX cd\\n00-5\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a25 bJD\\nO CD\\n^a m\\nr d\\no cd\\n-C\\nCD\\nP*\\n8\\ng^\\nair\\n1\u00e2\u0080\u00941 CD\\nit? ~s\\nPh\\neg\\nCD\\nJzzj\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0B\\n-d\\na\\nn3\\ncd\\n93\\no\\nCD\\nfc\\n-d\\na*\\ncd\\nnrt\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009ed\\no\\n*d\\n~0\\nCD\\n-d\\n^3\\nD\\nbJO\\nCO\\nra\\nCD\\no\\nr\\nJS\\nrt\\no\\nCO\\n0)\\n,d\\naa\\n+j\\n-O\\nbe\\nS3\\nt\\nc\\n*-t\\ncd\\nft!\\n3\\nfl\\nbn\\n(J\\nCD\\nl l\\nl l\\na a\\n-m +S +S u f*\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009e0 yO /O sC-m2 iS C 2 CwS.\\nC?3C?5 55 5}cr)Cf5 3^ j}cy5C 3 33 33\\na a\\n33 Cft\\nJ\\nt_ j- -d -c$\\n*2 \u00c2\u00a3j\\nC u 2\\na a\\nr-e*e*e*e*e*e*s e*G*8*e s*S\\nS3 rt 3\\n-3 ho\\n^^/^jo^o^siwsnc^t^ 1 a a\\n3 ^_:\\njo a\\njo o\\nJ3\\n2\\nc\\ns =3 =j\\nS 2\\n3 22 \u00c2\u00a32\\njo *c\\n^e ^e^e\\na a\\ns a\\n5 =5\\niO\\na a\\n21*\\ncd\\nsi\\nbo J\\n.s-a\\nCD\\nO\\no\\nen\\nS CD\\ncd\\n.d\\nCO\\nnd\\nCD\\n^bJD\\nbf\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2x^d\\ns\\ndo 1\\nc^^Q\\nS s\\nN c s: J\\n-d\\ng lo 3\\no jg a S S o-^^\\no o o.o o\\ng i s g s c I c\\nS 5 g\\ns sg^S cccd= fc^g", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0509.jp2"}, "510": {"fulltext": "490\\na\\nHH\\nd\\nO\\nI\\na\\nd\\n-d\\n1\\nT3\\n05\\n5 s g\\nCO\\n*d\\ni b:\\n.5\\n3 ft\\nd\\nP\\nCO\\nd\\n1\\n2 P\\na. a\\n2 2\\nS s\\n3 \u00c2\u00a3p\\n5\u00c2\u00b0\\no 3\\neS\\ne3\\no\\n8 -.2\\nsi a\\nd\\n\u00e2\u0099\u00a6fife\\nd g\\n1\\nH\\nd\\no\\na.\\ne\\nJ=S\\n.5 o t\\ni\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\ndig 5\\nS.bJT\\n^5\\ns 2L W\\n45\\nl\\n1\\nCI\\ntf\\nr2\\n3,\\nC\\nJ:\\nto o\\no\\nc\\n\u00c2\u00a33\\n\u00c2\u00bbo H\\ns\u00c2\u00a3\\nfe:\\nc\\nPn\\n,Q\\no\\nCO\\no\\no\\nC0*O\\nVO\\nso\\n^s\\ntk*\\n6\\nA^\\n^s^\\n5-i\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a22,\\nCT2\\n^4!\\n3 c\\n3?\\ng\u00c2\u00a3\\no J^-\\nnO sO t\\no o\\ns\u00c2\u00bb\\nt\\nV-^\\nB\\nCO\\n*e*e\\n*S\\ns\\nen.\\n3\\no o\\nft*\\nrt\\nW\\ne^^\u00c2\u00b0\\nSO\\nsO\\n^e^e\\ne\\ns\\n\u00c2\u00bbe\\nM\\no\\n09\\ng\\n2\\n1\\nT3\\nCO\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a20\\n\u00c2\u00a9Ctt.g\\n\u00c2\u00bbtt\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2S3\\nU\\nO\\n1\\no\\nft*\\n*3\\n43\\n^O\\nSO\\nVt-I\\nSJ\\nS5\\nO\\njo\\nJO\\nCO\\nT3\\nS*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0f-\\nfl\\no-\\n*43\\nC3\\ns\\nB\\nO\\nTo\\n8?\\n,Js4 co\\no\\n^3\\nI\\nC3\\no\\no\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a04J\\nO\\nJ\\ne\\no\\nc\\nw\\nsO CO\\nc\\n5\\nsX\\nc\\n\u00c2\u00a35\\n*cn\\n1\\ns\\n1^ c\u00c2\u00ab\\ne*\\nift\\nCM", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0510.jp2"}, "511": {"fulltext": "491\\nt i i 11 $i i i i if i\\ns\\nen\\nS8\\ndr.\\no\\nn\\nS3\\nn e\\nncn\\nO O\\ns g^ g J.^^^\\ncn43 E: 43 13 es o c*\\nO O S O s-5 \\\\S *,T* S- i-\\nes\\nv\u00c2\u00bb sO\\nvO\\ntSL\\ndsO^NO^^AsOiOO\\nsO\\ne\\n\u00c2\u00abs\u00c2\u00bb\\nQ\\nO Ck\u00c2\u00bb\\nOSi S 0\u00c2\u00bb\\ne^\\nen en\\nen\\no\\na\\nso *o\\nen en en en n en en en en en\\nii\\nc\\nto\\nU3-\\nS3\\n$3\\nC\\nto\\nen n\\nto to\\nB\\ncn~ cii^\u00e2\u0082\u00acSl5\\n*o to CJ \u00c2\u00ab-CS ^i J- w w\\n;S^\\n^o\\nsO sO\\nAA AA^sO^OA A^\\nsO\\ne^\\nS\\n*e *s e B B\\ne\\n1\\nen\\ntt\u00c2\u00b1* E\\nex s- \u00c2\u00ab2L\\nc5.\\nt Ct\\ncben\\no o\\nS\\nen+5 C^^^j^.Sicse:\\nes\\ni\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23T 3\\nO\\no\\ne\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00bb\\nooc*cs ,I3%Ii^3j-\u00c2\u00bbJ\\nJ-*\\nvO\\nsD *0\\no\\n*o\\n^*^diOA^*A^\\nsO\\n-e^\\n*e w\\n*e\\ne\\nff\\n*S *S* *6 *3*\\ns\\n.1\\n85\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2s\\nt 5P\\n*s\\n\u00c2\u00bb.s\\ns S\\n.a\\n1\\nl!3.\\ni* S\\nio S\\n2 5 1\\nw\\nU\\nO tci -g-s\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2gsf\\nJO\\nss\\nJO\\nI 8\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a22\\nI\\nS o\\no 3\\n2\\nO\\n2 5 ,.S\\nS\\n^Q\\nS3 C M g\\nu\\no o\\no o 2\\nD fO\\nbD O\\nJ3\\n3?\\n03\\nI\\nc c\\nfig,?\\nr-i ?D \u00c2\u00ab5\\nvo 43 *e c\\n^*v2 2 w c a\\n^^^^g-|\\nci ^j m h ifi m* w w\\n*SS\\ncj\\n^3 O\\ns-s\\nSR", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0511.jp2"}, "512": {"fulltext": "499\\n1\\n1\\nJO\\nS3\\n$3\\nc\\n^2\\nJ 4\u00c2\u00ab.\\nn\\ns tt\\nv\u00c2\u00bb\\nJ-\u00c2\u00bb S3\\njo ya\\nS) 2)\\n53 ?3\\nt I\\nsi\\nc S3 f3\\nan is\\nS3 S3 w\\n2- 2-\\ns s\\nr\\nft\u00c2\u00bb\\n.6:\\no\\nd\\n2\\nw\\nto\\n3\\n*S v *P U *S3\\nS3 S3\\nS c\\ns- s-\u00c2\u00bb\\ns*\\nJO\\nyOiO^yO^\\ni\\ns e,~\\nO O\\n03\\n4r\\n*B* W *S\\n^e^e\\n*e*e -e\\ne^\\n*r\\n._\u00e2\u0096\u00ba\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23\\n53 W g _ 3\\nS S\\nalii P~\\nS3 e \u00c2\u00a3S\\nS3 r\u00c2\u00bb *i j-\\no\\nc\\njO^/ iO\\no\\nc S\\no\\ng-\\nSS^S.I?\\nS^^S\\n1\u00c2\u00a7S\\nS\\nSt\\nSS c\\n*\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00b1-i*3-\\na. a-\\nS S\\n?|*QQ\\nQ\\nO Oh\\nco Q\\n;a\\nD O\\nCD\\nQ M\\np-5 C3\\nCD\\nCD O\\nv S3\\nO o\\n73\\no\\nbfl\\no\\nCD\\nCD g\\no\\nO\\no p\\nH3\\nS3\\nS. S3\\nC \u00c2\u00a33\\nit9\\nS3 -o\\nS3\\n^3 .2 *S\\nP-S3\\nTt N \u00c2\u00abW\\nm\\n\u00c2\u00abo \u00c2\u00abo", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0512.jp2"}, "513": {"fulltext": "493\\n2 S\\ng w, b\\n.2\\nI I J_= I ko bb ho I 3 S*\u00c2\u00a7\\ny__ ijL g S m\\nS_L\\no\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23\\n03\\nC\\ng\\na.\\ni\\nI ge g ^ggslggg g g I 5 fl\\nW _. _._._._.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2_.-_\u00c2\u00bb_. _\u00c2\u00bb !_ o t -S3 SOT\\n?3 _0 S5 en CJ) 35 C_0 Cfi ~0 33 CO 3) _Cl O tjO\\nX\\nsT _ Crs. i3 J_ 5 ro -o i0 ro V? *S to\\n.,_.,. __: s^-a.^\\n__ o c -2\\n3-Q OB g.S i3\\nS *1 P \u00c2\u00abes v. fl\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0g- N e Sfif a j\u00c2\u00a3 s !S.s\\np \u00c2\u00a3-g..j_\\nll-5\u00c2\u00a7i8\\n.1 if\\n53 m\\nos .2 _T^\\nE__ G\\nd\\n3 m C) 3 3 ^rt .2i Si S3\\nt v\u00e2\u0080\u0094 _ -o _ .S r\\ns\\nQ O r\u00e2\u0080\u0094 i H\\n5\u00c2\u00bb Uh l Tj3 rf O CO fi \u00c2\u00ab5 O W h h CO 50", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0513.jp2"}, "514": {"fulltext": "494\\nU\\nCO\\nu\\nCO\\nf\\nCT*\\nCO\\n.25\\n5s-2\\ne*\\ns\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n3\\ni 53\\nIp,\\nsH\\nbo,\\nt^\\nZt\\n1\\nI\\nw\\nbog\\n1 1\\nt3\\na\u00c2\u00bb\\n*23s\\n0)\\no\\nC*\\nco\\nCO J-l\\nCO\\nM\\nIn\\nHi\\no\\ni o\\nil\\n?CO\\nS c\\nco,E\\nS5\\n3 *C-\\nt5\\nc\\no\\ntf\\nco^o\\njo\\nCO\\ns s\\n3-\\nen en\\no\\ns\\no o\\n~a c\\ne-\u00c2\u00bb\\nCk\\nCO\\ncoco\\nCO\\ncoco\\nCO\\ncoco\\nCOCO\\nCO\\ncoco\\nr\\n1\\nt*\\nJ CO\\nCO\\n5\\na\\n1\\n11\\nK3 to\\na\\nco\\ncoco\\nCO\\n*^CO\\n*co\\nCO CO\\n^CO\\n^COCO\\nts\\nw\\n*e^\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2e\\n*S\\n!\u00c2\u00a7S\\n^y\\ne\\ne^\\ni\\nc\\n^r\\nS3\\n3\\ncon\\nc ^2\\n*5\\nS5\\ncs\\ng\\nc5.^\\nc\\n3 \u00c2\u00abi*\\no t-\u00c2\u00bb\\no c\u00c2\u00a3\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00ba3\\nco\\nCOCO\\nCD\\n*^\u00c2\u00abi\\nco\\nCO CO\\n^CO\\nCO\\nco en\\nS\\n*e\u00c2\u00ab\\ne^\u00c2\u00bb\\ns\\n!\u00c2\u00a7.1?\\n^6*w\\n^e\\n^e\u00c2\u00bb@\\nI\\no\\n\u00c2\u00bbr- trf-\\nVm\\n\\\\1\\nO\\ns\\nCO\\n*s\\no\\n2*\\nuxx.\\ns\\ns\\na\\nWCO\\nCO\\nn3\\n-w V\u00c2\u00bb\\nu\\n\u00c2\u00ab9l\\n^4*\\nOX\\na?\\n_, GO\\nS3\\nIS\\no\\nco\\nti\\n^8 s\\n*CO\\nCO\\ns\\nJO\\nS3\\nCO\\nS3\\n.1\\n3fc\\nCO**\\nso O\\nv- Si\\nJO\\no\\nCO\\nS3 o\\n*CO\\nbog\\n^CO\\nbo\\n*3\\ny=\u00c2\u00bb\\nJO\\nH\\nyO\\nr-t\\nO\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a04-\u00c2\u00bb\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0a\\nC3\\n^3\\no\\nO\\n*2-\\n1\\n3\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2a a\\no\\no\\nbo o\\nO bJD^\\no\\n2 ts\\nsO T3 .O\\no\\nm\\no\\n-J S g\\nO O\\nr c cp n p t\u00c2\u00bb^l S\\n5\\nS l! jt\\n1\\n8\\ns\u00c2\u00ab\\nex.. is\\n1\\nP-t\\no\\ni\u00c2\u00ab?\\no o\\nE3.\\na*\\nS,es\\nPi5\\ngg\\ni C*\\nH O\\n10\\nT^ C*5\\nyj\\nF-H \u00c2\u00abD\\nTH rH\\ny\u00c2\u00bb\\nCO if)", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0514.jp2"}, "515": {"fulltext": "495\\ni I I I I i i I III\\nS3\\nS3\\no* 53\\n5 ^s\\nsO\\n3\\nen\\n\u00c2\u00a32 S3\\nCS CS\\nc e\\n3 O o*\\nS3\\n\\\\j3^_\\nS3\\nS3\\nS3\\ncs\\nS3\\ng \u00c2\u00a7cn\\nso S3\\no o S3\\ncn cn\\ncr.cn\\nse-\\niC 0\\n^j-^- \u00e2\u0096\u00a0fcf-^ v^^\\ns\u00c2\u00a3J*\\nV4-\\nW-*\\nSU_ SU-* U4-\u00c2\u00bb\\n^cn\\nen en\\nen\\nen en\\ncn en en\\nen\\nen\\nen\\nen en en\\nQ\\n^5\\nsO\\nvl\\nO\\ns 55\\no\\n53\\nis s\\no\u00c2\u00bb\\nJet\\n\u00c2\u00a33 en\\no S3\\no* o\\nO* lO 0\\nict\\nfe\\nS3\\n5- cn\\nsO S3 r-\\n:o o .ti\\nen en\\nen en\\niO\\nsS 1\\nu-t\\n^\u00c2\u00ab-52\\ne*\\n*e*e-\\ne\\n*S*S\\n^^S^\\nS^\\ne\\n*6**#A\u00c2\u00bb\\n1\\n*S\\nIf\\nct\\n\u00c2\u00b12 en\\n2 .5\\nsO irn.\\na\\nfe\\nS3\\net\\nsSsS\\n1\\nchen\\nencn\\nvG-sO\\nsC s c *53\\nv\u00c2\u00a3\\n\u00c2\u00abc\\n\u00c2\u00ab4^\\nSJ\\n^S-e\\nss\\ns *\u00e2\u0082\u00acs\\n^e-\\n^e\\nS\\n^*S x\u00c2\u00bb\\ni\\nT*\\nOi\\n.s\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a28\\n1\\na\\nes\\ni\\nkC-\\n*2\\nsO\\n1*\\nSri\\n*3 S3\\nIS\\ng.\\n3\\nen\\no*\\nvS-\\nt 3\\nS3\\nu s\\nS=*\\n*N*^\\nen\\nSO\\ncs\\n^cr en\\nv^ 53\\nsO\\nI\\n.\u00c2\u00a71\\n3\\n1.8\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0si\\nII\\nS3\\n*S*\\n55 S3\\n53\\nJO\\nM\\niO\\n.2\\nCO\\no\\no\\nI\\nCO\\nCO\\n1-H\\nn3\\n53\\n=3 s\\nCO r-4\\n^d\\n;3 o\\no v\\nS3\\neg\\n.*z\\no\\nr, CO\\nd3 53 C\\no-^ rt\\n^n5 S?^S3\\nG C CO J w\\n5 *Q^g\\n-a\\nS\\na\\n^2\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i\\nCO\\nCO\\nC3\\no\\n53\\nbD\\n.a i\\nS- \u00e2\u0080\u009e53\\no\\nbD\\nU .3\\nr\u00e2\u0080\u0094 l w M\\n53\\nS3 SS\\nS ?3 o\\n5 cn\\nto\\nt^ iO\\no^\\nTj5\\nrt CO\\no\\n^O\\n\u00c2\u00ab5\\nco CO CO", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0515.jp2"}, "516": {"fulltext": "496\\nl\\n3\\n2 *w\\n.5\\n2|U\\nM\\nS 1\\n1 1\\nl^f 1 1 J\\n1\\nO\\nCD\\n1\\nl\\n\\\\u-\u00c2\u00bb\\nw\\n$5\\nS s\\nggiss=\\nc\\nC\\n04\\n*c 5*\\no o\\n^S ^S ;S ^j\\n\u00c2\u00ab5\\nS-5\\no\\ns\\ns\\no ^5 t o\\no\\nO CO CO CO\\nCO\\nCT3 35 X) CJ2 CJ5 C?5 Ti\\nJ)\\n^i\\nen\\n2*\\n\u00c2\u00bb2i_\\nis\\nSi c\\nt* \u00c2\u00abS *J\\no\\no\\n3\\n3\\nS g\\n^2\\nen\\nbJD\\neg\\n\u00c2\u00a3^\u00e2\u0080\u00a23\\n3 C\\ntn\\n.1fS.1f.1l\\nS 5 S S S\\ns\\nS S\\nCm\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2e\\nJ\\no\\ne c a S\\nA4~ \\\\U 4W\\ns .Si .2 .ts .S5\\n55\\nO\\n8\\nH c\\nB 5\\nO\\n^e\\no\\n05\\nS5\\ns\\nQ*\\n*5\\nT3\\nvw\\n3-\\nfe\\nwS\\nCO\\nJ^\\no\\ntS M 3\\n\u00c2\u00a9j! bfi\\nN .S\\ns\\nxsx 3 \u00c2\u00ab2i-\\nU ^03\\ns\\n^2^2 -S*\\nw\\nJO\\nS3\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23\\nI $2\\nss\\ni\\n^=3 *^T\\no\\n3\\n^2^2\\n05\\n3 3\\nbo\\no\\nM\\nPP J\u00c2\u00bb\\nH\\n\u00c2\u00abs\\nr-\\nD\\n/^N\\nCM\\nS3\\n0)\\njH\\nC3\\no\\nO\\npX3\\nO\\nfc\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t5 T3\\no\\nv\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nO\\no\\n.2\\nS3\\n*Z5\\n.5\\nt5\\ni\\na\\no\\nO cd\\n4-3 r-Q\\nc o\\no 4-s\\nEQ\\nto\\n83\\no\\n(D\\nO\\nc o S o o M\\nbo\\no\\nc\\no\\nc e \u00c2\u00a32\\ng\\nXIX\\nCD\\nGO\\nC C C u o v 5\\nen\\nJO\\n\u00c2\u00bbn vfj\\n\u00c2\u00abfc$\\n\u00c2\u00ab5 tO\\nr^ r\u00c2\u00a3 rj5 o \u00c2\u00bbrs i-I\\nr-H\\nO\\nr^\\nfcO", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0516.jp2"}, "517": {"fulltext": "497\\n.11 II\\n^w ir* j ,f7- .^t 5 qo\\n*2\\no c s\\nss.^s cc o- be 1\\ncd. 3\\nso t 3 .-to\\nox\\n\u00c2\u00ab0\\ntfczrto\\n*j3\\nto\\no\\no\\ng\\n2 S S S\\n2\\nC\\nc\\na- o.\\ny\\ns\\n*2\\n*J*\\n*e*e*e*s\\nS\\ns*e\\n^e^e-\\nH?\\nI\\n^e\\n^a\\nI\\n1\\n2\\nwo\\n3\\n2\\no\\n1\\no\\nC3\\nHcSS\\n2\\nc\\n\u00c2\u00bb-a-\\na-\\nor\\n1\\n*fc\\nw\\ns\\n^*6*\\ne^\\n3\\n1\\n*e\\n^e\\n.s\\nST*\\n-s\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2s\\nS3\\ns\\no\\nC y\\n^-5\\nJ2\\nS3 ^j v\\n25* eg- 2 \u00c2\u00a32;\\nn g u a\\n2\\n2\\nM\\n*2\\n2\\nor\\n5\u00c2\u00ab\\nc3\\nu X s\\n2\\nJ^\\nIs 5\\nX **it\u00c2\u00a3s\\n3\\nP.\\n3\\nCfcL\\ns\\n2\\n2\\n\u00c2\u00a31\\nN\\nBO\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a05 \u00c2\u00a3S\\n2 2 2 5\\n2\\n*2\\nor\\nc\\ni\\n3 33^\\ng\\nS\\n3\\n2.S o\\no\\nJO\\nJO\\n^O\\nt to disgust with any\\nb must not be confoui\\n3 paint, without the f)\\nto nurse, to be accus\\nto milk,\\nto measure,\\nn, to displease,\\ndesire, like (see\\nh3\\n.2P\\no\\nWit\\nD\\nCD\\nCO\\no\\nCD\\nCO\\n4J M\\nCO CD\\no 3 B#\\no\\n8\\ncp\\nCD\\nW\\ncZ\\nCO\\nS\\nbo\\n9\\nbe\\n1\\nS\\no\\no\\nCO\\nO\\nO\\n4-\\nJLfLS.\\nso t\u00c2\u00a3 fc?\\n2\\ni\\nc\\nS\\noil\\nO \u00c2\u00abJ\\n4^ CO\\n5 co\\nOL52-^\\nkO CO\\nid\\nCO\\no\\nS5\\n\u00c2\u00a33\\nO\\nm M 8", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0517.jp2"}, "518": {"fulltext": "498\\n.1\\nSv*\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J2 c\\ncJ fig\\n|s\u00c2\u00ab\\n|\u00c2\u00a7,-a\\nft* 1\\nl l\\n1\\ni\\n1 1\\n1 1 II\\n1\\nr3\\nft*\\nC*\\nS,\\nto 3\\ncS\\\\3\\nP4\\nS= c\\no ft* rj\\n,TT.t2 es\\nS\\nen\\no 33\\nS3\\nft*\\nS3\\nS3\\no\\nS3\\nC S3\\nft* t^\\nCiS= ^S\\n^a .Si\\nJ\u00c2\u00a3jtl s\\nS3\\nft*\\nS3\\nft*\\nft* ft*\\nft*\\nft*\\nft* ft*\\nft* ft* ft*\\nen en en\\nen en\\nen\\nen\\nen en\\nenen en\\nen\\nS3\\nso\\ni\\nd\\nft*\\nm J ft* c\\nfc=t3 S3\\nJ-\u00c2\u00bb J-\u00c2\u00bb J-\\nft* 5k\\nft*\\n\u00c2\u00a33\\nS3 V|\\n*cs .2*\\nI s\\nft\u00c2\u00bb\\ntill\\nftj\\nS3\\nft*\\no\\n03\\n^s*s^\\n^e^e\\nc\\n5*\\n1\\n.\u00c2\u00ab_\u00c2\u00bb\\n3\\nft*\\nS3\\n^id\\nS3\\no\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a23\\nd\\n#5\\nS\u00c2\u00bb\\nJ- V*\\nS3\\nCS\\nft*\\nMM\\nig\\ne e^\\n*e*s\\ne\\n^e\\nssss\\n^s\\nv\\n\u00c2\u00ab4-l\\nO\\n(A\\no\\n1\\nr)\\nCO\\nd r2\\nd J3 s?\\nbe\\non rd cs\\n*L\\ng gn\\nS3\\nPi\\n22\\nJj\\ni-\\ntf\\nft*\\n3\\nS#\\n.3\\nS3\\n?C*\\nS3\\nA\\ngo\\n05\\nJ*\\n1 tab\\no\\nA 4\\ns\\nO %H\\nPS .2\\no\\nM\\nd\\n.iff 8-\\nPi\\nI\\n03.H fi\\np?\\n33\\nr e3 -J\\n2 c o\\nO o\\nCO iS\\no\\nM P*\\no o ^-22\\n4T o\\no23\\n\u00c2\u00a33\\n5 o\\ne c\\nft* r!\\ns ft*\\nCO\\nCO\\nC\\nS3 c\\nft* ec\\n4-\\nS3\\no c S\\nS\\ng e i\\nft*\\n\u00c2\u00bbo to 8$\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00944\\n+3\\nD 00\\nS\u00c2\u00a98", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0518.jp2"}, "519": {"fulltext": "499\\n3\\ns\\nll|l\\n1 1 1 \u00c2\u00abs i\u00c2\u00a3\\nf\\nen cnen cncnen en en en en en en en en\\n1 3 ^_. to 10 t _. ._\u00c2\u00bb S\u00c2\u00bb _\u00e2\u0096\u00a0 -^J ;_ SO =C3 jj \u00c2\u00a3j\\nSe_i;\u00c2\u00a7l \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3S^SSjSj\u00c2\u00a7! S S\\n^\u00e2\u0096\u00a0^^g^g i?1?eeeee^ e *g\\no **3 vsn.\\ng,\\nit t\u00c2\u00a7i^\\n5 3\\n.g^|\\n\u00c2\u00a7T S sail\\no\\n+3 o oi\\n\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a7Q\\n53\\nITT bee 2 S^.fi\\ny=\u00c2\u00bb x S _f S3\\n*a s 5\\nm 5 ^5 Y^ -2 -S S\\n2 w g 1 S 8 .s rt\\n^M ^..^O^nS +T O 1 So el JJ J\\nSl \u00c2\u00a7\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a7-:3S.5*f_ o.-2 S .s-sS*-S\\n3 o\u00c2\u00b0oo-ooo CS 2S\\n_~g||l||- f t-cf .s 1 I a f\\nei ^o o \u00c2\u00abjd co i o o \u00c2\u00abr5 cd", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0519.jp2"}, "520": {"fulltext": "500\\no\\nI 1 1 I I\\nI I\\ne C c\\n282\\n*r *g-Jg-*g g g g-\u00c2\u00bbg,g\\nc\u00c2\u00a3 cr; 3^ a en \u00c2\u00abcna3\u00c2\u00ab)\\no .S\\na a\\na a\\nB\\n.S 1? S r l\\nc v *n *2 *w a a a\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2g* -g \u00e2\u0096\u00a0B -rR B~\\nR*R R*R ^R^R^R^R\\na a\\n*0\\na a\\nx a _\\n*g*gHg~*g *QB *B^\\nsgsg^vgsg vgsg g-^g\\na a\\n^8\\nsi 2 ^i\\n^T3 sg-,2_\\nC 53 3\\n2\\nCO\\nsi\\nrG\\nu^US v*\\no\\nS3\\na\\nSc\\\\S\\n*s*\\no\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a25\\nun^\\nO\\nJO\\nJBSS\\no\\n5\\nD\\no\\n\u00c2\u00a3*tT\\nt5\\nhD\\n-9\\nO CQ\\n\u00c2\u00ab5 lo!?\\nT3 -p\\nC OT m\\n.3\\n02 l\\nI\\n^oOo2\\nCQ /-v\\nO\\nC g C S\\n-3\\no\\no M\\n4J O\\nCO\\nso\\no S\\nC i- j-\u00c2\u00bb\\no\\n3\\n*c\\nS\\nG y o 3\\n28888\\na a\\na a\\n*B\\n*S\\n^S^B^B^B\\na\\n^-s- S\\n^e\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i\\no\\n05\\n\u00c2\u00a949\u00c2\u00a9^)^\\ng\\nCO\\nCO\\n\u00c2\u00bbf)\u00c2\u00ab) iftkO\\n0\u00c2\u00abDtf50\\n5^ CO\\nCO CO\\n^H", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0520.jp2"}, "521": {"fulltext": "50J\\nI I I I I I III I f fr| I cs i -4\\nC ~I 53 jr 2*. r-\\nc ^J? S 3 c S\\nc C i^L\u00c2\u00abRfer C o\\nx\u00c2\u00a3ziBli\u00c2\u00a3^ c2:u2:l2i iH: l^. t\u00c2\u00a3L\\n0S0S0S g^oSoS aS oS oS\\n\u00c2\u00bbg *g*g-,g,g^ 0 I I s g-.g s \u00c2\u00bbg jg,g* vg*^- ^g-^g-vg-^\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nI\\n2- iS. S n P\\ne\\ngj rf\\nw\\nViQ\\nd d k 2\\nf\u00c2\u00abM\\ng c\\nO^.\\nT3\\n63\\nI 5 J itff E.J 1 Jl si\\n1 \u00c2\u00abH \u00e2\u0082\u00acl 3** 2 Iff if\\n10 o 5 o o o p 2 o o c 3 B S\\nM -F^SS o 03 e u^^ g 5 S g g^S-4i", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0521.jp2"}, "522": {"fulltext": "503\\n*h J\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a243 c\\nfig\\n1\\n\u00c2\u00a33.\\nO\\nIS\\nIB 3\\n03 O\\nPh\\n3 S\\n8\\nJ\\nE\\nQ o o .^i\\n*C J_ j- J-\\noa\\no\\no\\nSow\\nj-\\nPh\\nd=L\\n\u00c2\u00a33ti=L\\nd=i\\nd=L\u00c2\u00a33d=i\\nen\\nJ- J-\u00c2\u00bb\\no t\\nc-\u00c2\u00bb\\no c* ej\\nCD\\nen en\\nCn\\nJ)CQcn\\nen\\ncncn J2 3)\\ncn cr.\\nf\\n5k\\no\\nS3\\n..C3\\n\u00c2\u00a33-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2-C3\\n$5\\n\u00c2\u00ab5 ~1\\n.*3 C^ltl^\\n3\\n3\\nrfe!\\nto\\n3 .2 *S\\n3 .25\\nt 3 to\\n3\\nw\\n*B\\n*s\\n*S*\\n-B^s^e\\niC g^ 5\\no^\\nH\\n._, ._ ._\u00c2\u00bb\\nU3. \u00c2\u00a33-\u00c2\u00a33_\\ncfcLctiifcl c=t\\nsO* J- W J_\u00c2\u00bb\\n*5lt=\\n*B*S *S*S~ *S^\\nC=L\\ne=i\\nsO\\n*o\\nJ-\u00c2\u00bb\\nd=t\\n\u00c2\u00a33-\\nss\\nS3\\nen.\\nto\\n\u00c2\u00a33.\\nS3\\nh-*\\nS3 i S\\nS3 tc; .TT\\nJO t\\nvC- S3 S3\\n.2i a jo\\nS3\\nP4\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0^3\\n^JT\\nS\\nKJ\\nD\\nO\\nCO\\nrt n3\\no\\no o\\nc\\nS2 c\\nS-\\n.2^fj\\nXI w\\no o\\nS3\\nPh\\nf3 C S3 S3\\nci .j_.\\ns.\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00ab\\np s-\\nS3 r^\\nhi)\\nCD\\nX\\nJ^\\nG w o\\nW W j\\nS3\\nV\u00c2\u00bb S3\\nJO\\n.ti o\\nS3\\n#C a*\\n*1 P^ g\\nPh O CD\\ns^\\ntrs\\nO w\\nk c\\n1- G ift ^-t c^o ?JD", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0522.jp2"}, "523": {"fulltext": "503\\n5\\nJ\\nI I\\n\u00c2\u00a3S c c\\np W J-r J-\\nl l\\na a\\nIs\\n55\\nCO.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2S ^2 =o\\no\\nto *t\\n^s^^s* s* *s-\\ns\\n1?\\nr e*S *e\\n*2\\nt\\nw\\nen\\nvX ca.\\nO\\nQ*\\nw\\nS H\\ns\\nc\\nS3\\nCD\\n55 *vo\\nS\\njO\\nJ-i\\ns\\nJO\\no\\n1\\n0)\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0099\u00a6-3\\ns\\nCD ^a\\nCD\\ni\\nPi\\nUS\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009eo\\no\\nT3\\nC3\\nrn\\nM\\ng\\no\\nS\\nCD\\nO\\nCS5\\nc3\\nCD\\nO\\no\\no\\no\\n13\\no\\no\\nr.\\nbJO CD\\nCD\\n03\\nO\\ns oT\\nS3\\nc^\\n.Q- V g\u00c2\u00bb\\n*s\\nCD v^/\\nw\\nP-\\nCD O\\nbe o\\ncT\\n1\\ng\\nee i oT o\\nM CO ^Q\\no o -S\\n^3 +J O v\\nc g\\nC 0=- cd\\nbe\\nn\\nt-\\nC3\\nPh\\no\\n.a.\\nJ-\\nCD\\nCD\\nsO t\\ns i f^\\nCO\\nCD\\no\\nO\\nCO\\nto\\nc\\nCO\\nvn\\nC^\\niO\\nS? rjJ \u00c2\u00ab5 CO\\nqo\\n1ft", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0523.jp2"}, "524": {"fulltext": "504\\nes a 3\\no bn\\ns\\nI\\nw 3\\nen\\nc 2 g\\na\\no\\n3 O CJ\\nO o\\no o 3 o\\nP-i\\na\\na\\n2BSBS\\na a\\na a a a\\n\u00c2\u00abs o o o\\no\\nen\\nen\\nno 5iocn\\nn en\\nen cd en en\\nr\\nsO\\n*+i-\\n,P\\ntc:\\ni 3\\no\\n5\\nen\\nto\\ntrJ ;o\\n2\\na 2 a a\\na\\ng\\na a a a a\\n\u00c2\u00a72\\no\\n00\\n*e\\ng \u00c2\u00bbg- vg- sg 1\\n\u00c2\u00ab^-e\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac^\u00e2\u0082\u00ac\u00e2\u0082\u00ace\\n1\\ns\\nrs\\na\\nen\\nspu^i\\n3\\nCr\\n3 o .\u00c2\u00a3S c:\\nct S\\ne$ o a o\\nT3\\nS3\\na\\nH\\na a a a a\\na a-^ 2 a a a\\nsg^\\nvgsg igvgsg\\n1?\\nS\\na\\nw\\na\\nid\\na\\na\\nS3\\na\\nS5\\ns\u00c2\u00ab\\n^3\\nCD\\n2 it w\\n.2ofl\\n2J2\\nCO v c\\nrt Si,\\n*t3 CD en _ u^-^o\\nC M C C C o\\nrC r ^o\\no c o\\n-^2 o2\\nCO V* S- CD J-\u00c2\u00bb\\nS P\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nCD 03 nrj\\nrs\\nrs\\n\u00c2\u00a95\\n.SJ.S.JS bjD\u00c2\u00a9\\nCM OW\u00c2\u00abD", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0524.jp2"}, "525": {"fulltext": "505\\nI\\n2\\nen.\\n2\\n2\\n4?\\nca.\\n2\\ne\\nMO O\\na a\\n.1\\ns?\\nse\\n2\\n2\\n3\\n=5\\nrt\\n2\\n2\\n|S\\n^B-\\n*T\\nd.S\\n09\\nm\\nCO\\n5\\nCO\\n|1\\na;\\nPh \u00c2\u00a33\\na\\no\\nCS\\nho\\n.3\\n03\\nclass),\\nto accuse\\nonvict, im\\na legal se\\nto draw,\\nto force,\\nI!\\no\\no\\n+a\\nv ^5\\n5\\nCO\\ni\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1\\nCD\\n00\\nS 52\\n09\\nJD\\n^r\\na\\n3\\na3 e3\\n\u00c2\u00ab5\\nCD\\nS\\nCO\\nfn\\nw\\no\\nt\u00c2\u00a3\\nFh\\nt=\\n:\u00c2\u00abj\\nX5\\n1\\n*4_\\ns\\nm\\nPU\\na\\nj2\\nCO\\na\\n*^3\\n.3\\n^d\\nCO\\nt*-t\\n5\\nO\\ned\\nCO*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0a\\nFh\\ns\\n**0\\ng\\no\\nPL\\no\\nB\\no\\n5-*\\na\\nT3\\nti\\n4-1\\no3\\n-fc\\nH\\n$3\\ntS\\nH\\n6\\nCD\\nCD\\nDO\\nCD\\ng\\n*l\\nw-\\n*j\\no3\\nC\\n,4\\na.\\n^H\\nfl\\no\\nbD\\nCD\\n*a\\nO\\nFh\\nbD\\ne\\n^3\\nCl\\n2\\n5\\nCO\\nct\\nO\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0*-J\\nPS\\ntJD\\nCO\\n5\\nCO\\no\\ns\\nh5\\n4*\\nCO\\n1\\n2\\nc\\nW\\nPI\\ne5\\n1\\ntf\\n1\\n11\\n22", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0525.jp2"}, "526": {"fulltext": "506\\nOF THE GOVERNMENT OF VERBS.\\nThe subject of the verb is always in the nominative the di\\nrect or immediate object is put in the accusative. Ex. Sari\\nfcfyretbt etnen 33rtef, Charles writes a letter. Sari is the sub-\\nject or nominative, etneit 25rtef is the immediate object or accu\\nsative.\\nI. VERBS WHICH ARE FOLLOWED BY THE NOMINA HVE.\\nThe following verbs take after them only the nominative ii\\nthey have an attribute, it is in like manner put in the nomi.\\nnative\\nS c t n, to be. Sein \u00c2\u00a33r.ubet war etn gvcpct pelt, his brother waa\\na great hero.\\nSB c 1 1 e n, to become. (St reutbc etn retcfyet 9Eann, he became a\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ich man.\\n23 1 e t 6 c n, to remain. (Sr. Ukb ftet$ mein gctteuer gtounk/ he al\\nways remained my faithful friend.\\n\u00c2\u00a3etfjen, to call (be called). SSJldn aiteftcx SStuber f ctpt (Sad,\\nmy eldest brother is called Charles.\\nd) e t n c tt, to appear. \u00c2\u00a3)er Sag fd^ten mtt cine (Stunbe, bag Sal)*\\ncin Sag, the day appeared to me an hour, the year a day.\\nWith some passive verbs, such as gencmrtt werben, to be\\ncalled, named. Ex. @r f emit etn braver 3Jf ann genannt uwben,\\nhe can (may) be called a good man; gefcfyolten werbert, to be\\nchided.\\nII. VERBS WHICH GOVERN THE GENITIVE.\\na) The following verbs, besides the direct object in the accu\\nsative, have an indirect object in the genitive\\n2C n M a g c tt, to accuse. 9}2an Hagte tfjtt be$ *DtcfcjlaF)t$ an, they\\naccused him of theft.\\n23etcr)ren, to instruct. (St Ijat mtcf) etnc\u00c2\u00a3 SScffern Meljtt, he has\\ninstructed me in something better (put me right).\\n25 e t a u c n, to deprive, rob. 9J?an fjat tf)tt fetnc^ SSetm genS 6c?\\ntaufct, they have deprived (robbed) him of his fortune.\\nSBefcfyutbtgcn, to charge. 93]an fyat tr)n be$ \u00c2\u00a3odj\u00c2\u00bbetratfj$ 6c\\nfcf)U(btgt, they have charged him with high treason.\\nS n t I c b i g e n, to exempt, dispense. 9J?an fjat tr)n fctttcS 2(mtc$\\nentfegt, they have dismissed him from his office.\\nUeberftifjrctt, uOctwctfcn, to convict. %flcin bat ifytt cb\\nnc$ 23etbred)en6 uOetfiif)tt (tiOetnncfen), they have convicted him of a\\ncrime.\\nUeOetbeben*, to exempt. Semanbem cuter \u00c2\u00a9acl)C aOctfje en, to\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2tempt a person from any thing (or trouble).", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0526.jp2"}, "527": {"fulltext": "507\\ntlebet$eugen, to persuade, convince. \u00c2\u00a3t \\\\)at mid) beffen 1\\nfibctgeugt, he has convinced me of it.\\n9Serftd)ern (see Obs. Lesson 64), to assure. 3d) fcerftdjer*\\n(Sic metner \u00c2\u00a3cd)ad)tung unb metner \u00c2\u00a3iebe, I assure you of my esteem\\nand affection.\\n33etroetfen*, to banish. \u00c2\u00a9ncn be\u00c2\u00a3 Canted rerroetfen, to\\nbanish a person from his country.\\n\u00c2\u00a3B u r b t g e n, to honour, estimate. (Sr nrittfctgt mtd) feineS S3er*\\ntrauenS, he honours me with his confidence.\\nb) A considerable number of reflexive verbs require an ill-\\ndirect object in the genitive, as\\n(Sid) anne^mcn*, to interest one s self. (St nafym ftd) be$ tn*\\nbe$ an, he interested himself in (for) the child.\\n(Std) bebt en en, to avail one s self. 3d) bebtene mid) btefer\\nfdjb nen \u00c2\u00a9clcgenljeit, 1 avail myself of this good opportunity.\\n(Std) b c f I c t p e n or befletjngcn, to apply, attach one s\\nself. SBcftcipige id) ber Sugcnb, attach yourself to virtue.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) f e t n e 2C m t e f e i n c r o r b e r u n a b e g e b e n*, to\\nresign one s office, to desist from, renounce one s claim, pretension.\\n(Bid) b e m a d) t i g e n, ft d) c nu t ft c r n, to possess one s self,\\nto make one s self master. \u00c2\u00a7Jlan 6emad)ttqtc ftd) be$ \u00c2\u00a3)tebe\u00c2\u00a3, they pos*\\nsessed themselves of (captured) the thief.\\n(Sid) e t n e r t c 6 b e ft n n e n to remember a place.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) beg 2B e i n c S entfoctlten*, to abstain from wine.\\n(Std) etner (S a d) e cntfdjlagcn*, to divest one s self c f\\n(give up) any thing.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) b e r 2C t m e n e r b a r m e n to take upon one s self the\\ncause of the poor.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) eineS 33 e r f p r e d) e n S (or an fetn2Serfpred)en)\\nertnncrn (Obs. D. Lesson 71), to remember a promise.\\n(Sid) f e t n e 3 o r n e erroeljren, to check one s anger.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) etner 21 n t rc o r t getroften, to console one s self with\\nan answer (await a reply in confidence).\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) f e t n e *ft e t d) t Ij u m til f) me n, to boast of one s riches.\\nSid) etner fd) led) ten \u00c2\u00a3anbtung fdjffmcn, to blush\\n(feel ashamed) at a bad action.\\n(Sid) etner Sad)e unterfangen* (ober untetftefyen), to\\nventure upon (undertake) any thing.\\n(Sid) etncS f o I d) e n t ii cf t e r m u t fy e n, to anticipate\\n(calculate upon) such good fortune.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) etner S a d) c t e t f e t) e n, to be aware of (prepared for)\\nany thing.\\n(Std) etner (Sad)C n e t g e r n, to hesitate upon (refuse) any\\nthing.\\nThis verb is used also with ttott, as 3d) bin \u00c2\u00bbott Sfynx ^reunbfdjaft itbcr*\\ngcugt, I am convinced of your friendship.\\nb This may also take after it the preposition CMS, as 3emanbett att$ bent\\n^anbe t evtt\u00c2\u00bbetfen, to banish a person from his country.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0527.jp2"}, "528": {"fulltext": "508\\nc) Many verbs are used indifferently with the genitive 03\\naccusative but with the genitive they mark a sense more gen*\\neral and more absolute than with the accusative, as\\n2f cb t c n, esteem. 3d) ctdfete fritter (ober tfyn), I esteem him.\\nS3 c t u r f e n, to be in need, 28tr bebttrfen Sfyrer (ober Sforc) $$U\\nfe, we are in need of your aid.\\n(Sntbefyrett, to spare, do without. 3d) fann fritter (ober ifyn) nid)i\\nentbefyren, I cannot spare (do without) him.\\n(Strodfyttctt, to mention, make mention. (Sr errocifynfe 3f)rcr\\n(ober (Sic), he mentioned (made mention of) you.\\n\u00c2\u00a9cntcpen, to enjoy, \u00c2\u00a9entepe be$ SebenS (ober baS Ce^cn), en-\\nioy life.\\nf e 9 e n, to take care. (Sr pflcgte fritter (ober fritte) \u00c2\u00a9efunbfyctt,\\nhe took care of his health.\\nSd) on e tt, to spare (take care of). 9#an mug fritter (ober tfjn)\\nfcfyonett, they must spare him.\\nd) The verb fettt, to be, requires the genitive in the following\\nexf /essions\\ne ro fj tt t f e t tt, to be accustomed. (\u00c2\u00a3r if! beffen md)t gercofynt,\\nne if not accustomed to it.\\nt r 93? e i tt u n g f e i tt, to be of opinion.\\nU t e n 9tt u t e 9 u t e r a u tt e f t tt, to have courage,\\nto be in a good humour, in spirits.\\n\u00c2\u00a3B i I e n 5 f e i tt, to have the intention.\\n3) e b e f e i tt, to die, be dead. (\u00c2\u00a3r tfi: bc\u00c2\u00a3 SobeS, he is\\na dead man.\\n\u00c2\u00a9uter #offttuttg fetn, to be with child.\\nRem. Verbs always require after them the same case as\\nthe past participles used adjectively. (See the government of\\nadjectives, Lesson 93.)\\ne) Verbs referring to time, require in like manner the geni-\\ntives, although not followed by a preposition, as\\nc WlctQent, b e 2C b e n b 6 f p a 3 1 e r e n a, e r) e n to\\ntake a walk in the morning, in the evening.\\n\u00c2\u00a3)e$ 3fU*t* c (bet Sfcacftt or bte 9Zad)t rjtnburd))\\nar bet ten, to work at (all) night.\\n3) eg S3 ormttta 9$ abrctfen, to depart (start, set out)\\nin the morning, forenoon.\\n*De$ 91 ad) mittagg fpajteren retten, to ride out (on\\nhorseback) in the afternoon.\\ne 6 a g (bet ober otttScige) arbetten, to work\\nby day, in the day time.\\nCustom requires that the word 9latf)t, although feminine, takes here an\\nIn the genitve.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0528.jp2"}, "529": {"fulltext": "509\\n@onntag$ unb SftontagSgeJjt bie 9)oft ah, the mail\\nAeaves on (every) Sunday and Monday.\\n9#ein t e u n b o m m t f c d) m a f b e 3 a J) t (o b e t\\ntin 3 a t) r c), ^eimal be$ SCttonatS (obet im SJttonat),\\neinmal bte \u00c2\u00a3Bcd)e (accusative), my friend comes six times a\\n(in the) year, twice a month, once a week. (See Lessons 31 and 54,\\nObs. B.)\\nIII. VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE.\\nBesides the direct object in the accusative, verbs often have\\nan indirect one, which is put in the dative. Ex.\\n3 c m a n b c m itwa g e b e n, to give something to some-\\nbody.\\n3 e m a n b e m f a g e n, m c b e h, fcfytetben, antwot*\\nten, to say to, mention to, write to, reply to somebody.\\nThe verbs which require the dative are\\na) Most neuter verbs which do not admit of a direct object\\nin the accusative, as\\nSemanbetn a n g c f) 6 t e n, to belong to somebody.\\n3 e m a n b e m ausn?etd)en*, to avoid somebody.\\n(55 e f a I 1 e 11/ to please. (St gefatft mitfefjt, he pleases me much.\\n3 e m a n b e m g e fj o r cr e n, to obey somebody.\\n3 c m a n b e m g e t d) c n to resemble someboay.\\nb) The following reflexive verbs\\ni tf) ctnbilben, to imagine to one s self. u btCbeft \u00c2\u00a9it\\nein, you imagine to yourself.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) e t g c b e n to yield, surrender. (St crgibt ftcft bet \u00c2\u00a3us\\ngenb, he yields to virtue.\\ni d) n tf f) e t n (o b e t ft d) n a r) e n), to approach. Sfl Xr)ettt\\nSte fid) bem $euet, approach the fire. (St nafyet fid) mit, he approaches\\nme.\\n\u00c2\u00a9id) tt 1 ft e U e n, to represent to one s self, to imagine. 3$\\n(telle nut \u00c2\u00bbot, I represent to myself.\\ni d) m i b m e n, to devote (consecrate, dedicate) oneself. (St\\nnribmet fid) t)m \u00c2\u00aeefd)aften, he devotes himself to business.\\nc) Certain impersonal verbs. See page 158, Obs. A.\\n(S i ft m i t a n g ft, I am afraid.\\n(S f cfy e t n t i t, it appears to you (thee).\\n\u00c2\u00a3B e n n e 3()nen b e 1 1 e b t, if you please, like.\\n(S f) a t m i t g e 1 1 a u m t, I dreamt, c.\\nIV. VERBS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE,\\na) All active and transitive verbs are followed by the accu\\nsative of the direct object, which in the passive voice becomes\\nthe subject nominative, as", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0529.jp2"}, "530": {"fulltext": "510\\nACTIVE. PASSIVE.\\n3* f d) a c metnen t e u n b, 9)?em gteunb rctrb Don nut gefcfytfgfc\\nI esteem, appreciate my friend.\\n3d) ebte t ie SGSa^rfjcit, I Die \u00c2\u00a3Ba\u00c2\u00a7rfjeit roitb t?on mit geefjtt\\nhonour the truth.\\n@tltebtba$.fttnb he loves \u00c2\u00a3)a$ fttnb roitb wn tr)nt gcltefct\\nthe child.\\nb) Most of those reflexive verbs, which ought to be consid-\\nered as active, expressing an action which terminates in the\\nagent himself (see Lesson 70), as\\n3d) freue mid), I rejoice.\\nu f d) a nt ft i d), you are (thou art) ashamed.\\nS3 e m u c n t e ft d) n i d) t, do not trouble yourself.\\nc) Certain impersonal verbs. (See page 158, Obs. A.), as\\nIj u n 9 e t t mid), I am hungry.\\n(5 f r i e r t i f) n, he is cold.\\nd) The following verbs govern two accusatives, the one of\\nthe person, and the other of the thing\\ne t p e n to call, be called, order. (St fjctpt mid) cincn fatten,\\nhe calls me a fool. 32$et fyat Did) bag gcr)cipcn who ordered you to\\ndo that?\\n9? e n n e n to name, call. 3d) nenne ifjn metnen gtsunb, I call\\nhim my friend.\\nd) e 1 1 c n*, f d) t m p f e n, d to abuse. (St fdr att (fdjtmpfte)\\nmid) etnen Stfatren, he called me a fool by way of reproach.\\nIt must not be forgotten that the verbs \u00c2\u00a7ei{jen, ttemten, fc^elten, %nd fdjjtot*\\nfett have two nominatives in the passive.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0530.jp2"}, "531": {"fulltext": "D. APPLETON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nHAND-BOOK OF GERMAN LITERATURE.\\nCONTAINING\\nSchiller s Maid of Orleans. I Tieck s Puss in Boots.\\nGoethe s Iphigenia in Tauris. TheXenia. By Goethe Schiller\\nWith Critical Introductions and Explanatory Notes to which is added\\nAn Appendix of German Prose, from the Middle of the Sixteenth\\nto the Middle of the Nineteenth Century.\\nBY J. G. ADLEE,\\nPROFESSOR OF GERMAN LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF THE CITY OP\\nNEW YORK.\\n1 vol. 12mo. $1 50.\\nThis work is intended for the use of snch students, as, having mastered the rudiraenta\\nof the language, and acquired some facility of translation, are prepared to enjoy tho\\nbeauties of the great German authors. It contains Schiller s Maid of Orleans,\\nGoethe s Iphigenia, Tieck s Puss in Boots, a large number of the choicest and most\\npiquant epigrams from the Xenia 1 of Goethe and Schiller, and a variety of selections\\nfrom the best prose writers of Germany. The German text is illustrated and explained\\nby a profusion of notes in English, the greater portion of which are of a critical or his-\\ntorical nature, 11 Savannah Republic.\\nPRACTICAL GERMAN GRAMMAR.\\nBY PKOF CHARLES EICHHOEN.\\n12mo. Price $1 00.\\nThe plan of this work consists in teaching the pupil by what is called the natuiai\\nmode, in opposition to the Grammatical method. A child is taught to speak its native\\ntongue by learning the words and the construction of sentences, without the assistance\\nof rules. We have seen Grammars in other languages formed on this system, but this\\nis the first systematic attempt to introduce the plan into the study of the German. We\\nhave no doubt the author has succeeded in producing an excellent text-book. 1 Prot\\nChurchman.\\nBRYAN S\\nGRAMMAR FOR GERMANS TO LEARN ENGLISH.\\nEDITED BY PBOF. SCHMIEDEE.\\n1 vol. 12mo. Price 62 Cents.\\n50", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0531.jp2"}, "532": {"fulltext": "APPLET ON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nA PROGRESSIVE GERMAN READER.\\nBY J. G. ADLEB.\\n12mo. Price $1 00.\\nThe favorable reception which Ollendorff s German Grammar hai\\nreceived fron. the American public, has induced the Publishers and the\\nEditor to comply with the very general demand for a German Reader.\\nThe plan of this reader is as follows, viz.\\n1. The pieces are both prose and poetry, selected from the best au-\\nthors, and are so arranged as to present sufficient variety to keep alive\\nthe interest of the scholar.\\n2. It is progressive in its nature, the pieces being at first very short\\nand easy, and increasing in difficulty and length as the learner advances\\n3. At the bottom of the page constant references to the Grammar\\nare made, and the difficult passages explained and rendered. To en-\\ncourage the first attempt of the learner as much as possible, the twenty-\\none pieces of the first section are analyzed, and all the necessary\\nwords given at the bottom of the page. The notes, which at first are\\nvery abundant, diminish as the learner advances.\\n4. It contains five sections. The first contains easy pieces, chiefly\\nin prose, with all the words necessary for translating them the secona\\\\\\nehort pieces in prose and poetry alternately, with copious notes and\\nrenderings; the third, short popular tales of Grimm and others; the\\nfourth, select ballads and other poems from Buergek, Goethe, Schiller,\\nUhland, Schwer, Chamisso, fec. the fifth, prose extracts from the best\\nclassics.\\n5. At the end is added a Vocabulary of all the words occurring in\\nthe book.\\nPRONOUNCING GERMAN READER.\\nTO which is added, a method of learning to read and understand thb\\nGERMAN WITHOUT A TEACHER.\\nBY J. O. (EHLSCHLAGEE.\\n12mo. Price $1 00.\\nThe author has been for many years a successful teacher of the German, his nativo\\ntongue, in Philadelphia, and he has given in this book the fruits of an intelligent expe-\\nrience. The time has come when the old, humdrum method of learning languages-\\nliving languages certainly\u00e2\u0080\u0094 should be abandoned, once and forever. A living language\\nshould be learned by foreigners, just as it is by children. Pronunciation comes by imi-\\ntation, phrases and idioms by example and repetition. The logic of language is an after-\\nthought, something to be applied after the language is learned, not as a means of learn\\ntag if\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -United States Gazette.\\n51", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0532.jp2"}, "533": {"fulltext": "11. APPLE TON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nITALIAN ENGLISH, AND ENGLISH ITALIAN\\nPRONOUNCING DICTIONARY.\\nBT F. 0. MEADOWS, M. A.\\nOf the University of Paris.\\n12mo. 714 pages. Price $1 50.\\nThis work is printed from the stereotype plates of the thirteenth\\nEnglish Edition.\\nThe First Part contains all the old words, contractions, and licenses\\nused by the ancient Italian poets and prose writers.\\nSecond Part contains all of the various meanings of English verbs,\\nWITH A NEW AN3 CONCISE GRAMMAR,\\nin which is exhibited the pronunciation by corresponding sounds, the\\nParts of Speech, Gender of Italian Nouns, New Conjugation of Regular\\nand Irregular Verbs also containing a list of useful, Christian, and\\nproper names, names of countries, nations, c, c.\\nITALIAN EEADER.\\nBy E. FELIX FORESTI, LL.D.\\nPiiOFESSOR OF THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITEEATUEE IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE AND\\nIN THE UNIVEESITY OP THE CITY OP NEW YORK.\\nOne neat vol. 12mo. 298 pages. Price $1 00.\\nA Collection of Selected Pieces in Italian Prose, designed as a Class\\nReading-Book for beginners in the study of the Italian language.\\nThe selections in the Italian Keader are from popular authors, such as Botta, Man-\\nzoni, Machiavelli, Yillani, and others. They are made so as not to constitute mere\\nexercises, but contain distinct relations so complete as to gratify the reader and engage\\nhis attention while they instruct. This is a marked improvement on that old system\\nwhich exacted much labor without enlisting the sympathies of the student. The selec-\\ntions from Manzoni, for example, are from the Promesi Sposi^ one of the noblest\\nworks of fiction ever issued from the press a work so popular as to have gone through\\nan incredible number of editions in Italy, while it has been translated into every language\\nof Europe. The Eeader contains six extracts from this novel, among which are the\\nbeautiful episodes of Father Christoforo and the Nun of Monza, and a description of the\\nfamine and plague of Milan in the year 1530. The account of the plague rivals the cele-\\nbrated one of Boccacio in his Decameron. The idioms that occur in the selections are\\nexplained by a glossary appended to each. The Italian Reader can with confidence\\nbe recommended to students in the language as a safe and sure guide. After master-\\ning it, the Italian poets and other classics may be approached with confidence. 1 Sa\\njannah Republican.", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0533.jp2"}, "534": {"fulltext": "D. APPLETON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nTHE WORLD IN THE MIDDLE AGES.\\nAN HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY, with accounts of the origin and devel-\\nopment, the institutions and literature, the manners and customs oi\\nthe nations in Europe, Western Asia, and Northern Africa, from the\\ndose of the Fourth to the middle of the Fifteenth Century accompa-\\nnied by complete Historical and Geographical indexes. By Adolfhus\\nKceppen, Professor of Plistory, Greek, and German Literature in Frank-\\nlin and Marshall College. 2 volumes, 12mo. 850 pages. Price $2.\\nACCOMPANIED BY\\nAN HISTORICO-GEOGRAPHICAL ATLAS OF THE MIDDLE AGES.\\nContaining a Series of six General Maps, delineating the migration of the\\nNorthern and Eastern nations, together with the States arising from\\ntheir fusion with the ancient Roman Empire in Europe, Western Asia,\\nand Northern Africa, from the close of the Fourth to the middle of the\\nFifteenth century. Published from the great Historico- Geographical\\nHand-Atlas of Charles Spruner, LL.D., Major of Engineers in the\\nKingdom of Bavaria. With a Concise Explanatory Description. Folio.\\nPrice, $2 50.\\nTHE SAME WORK. 1 volume, folio, 232 pp., containing the Historical\\nGeography and the Atlas complete. Price $4 50.\\nThis truly excellent work supplies, in a very satisfactory manner, a want which has long\\nbeen felt by every student of history. Evening Post.\\nOne of the most valuable contributions of the day to American literature. It reflects\\ngreat honor upon the author. Springfield Republican.\\nThis work is one of a very high character, and is replete with valuable information.\\nPhila. Inquirer.\\nThe arrangement of this valuable work is at once ingenious and tasteful, and we are sure\\nit will find great favor with students and readers generally. City Item.\\nA more valuable or important aid to historical reading and study has never appeared.\\nN. Y. Churchman.\\nThe volumes are indispensable to eveiy reader who wishes for accurate information re-\\nspecting the period in question. Boston Courier.\\nA work of elaborate learning and industry\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a monument of the patient and laborious in-\\nvestigation of the Teutonic intellect. A 7 0. Bee.\\nA more comprehensive and reliable view of the world in the Middle Ages has never been\\ngiven to the public. Prot. Churchman.\\nThe importance of this work is evident at a glance, and the extensive attainments and\\nripe scholarship of the author are a guarantee for the accuracy of its execution. N. Y. Tribune.\\nu It is distinguished by great method, faithful research, and concise style. We have sel-\\ndom met so much historical information so ably condensed. Hartford Courant.\\nIt is evidently prepared with great care, and by one thoroughly conversant with the\\nsubject. Its arrangement is excellent, and its lucid descriptions and the ease with which it\\ncan be consulted, must make it an indispensable book of reference. Traveller.\\nA faithful, scholarly, and valuable work. Christian Mirror.\\nThis book is a wonder of learning, and justly reflects great credit on American literature.\\nLife Illustrated.\\nThis work evinces great and laborious researches on the part of the author, as well as a\\niudicious, succinct, and careful arrangement of his materials, and supplies a great desideratum\\nin the study of history. Boston Atlas.\\n11 ^hi? -york will be found exceedingly valuable, not only for general reading, but as a text\u00c2\u00ab\\nH*\u00c2\u00bbk in all our nigher institutions. iv. Y. Observer.\\n53", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0534.jp2"}, "535": {"fulltext": "D. APPLETON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nADVANCED OOUESE\\nCOMPOSITION AND RHETORIC\\nA Series of Practical Lessons on the Origin, History, and Peculiarities\\nof the English Language, Punctuation, Taste, the Pleasures of the\\nImagination, Figures, Style and its Essential Properties, Criticism, and\\nthe various departments of Prose and Poetical Composition illustrated\\nwith Copious Exercises. By G. P. Quackenbos A. M. 1 vol. 12mo.\\n450 pages. Price $1 00.\\nThe title of this work fully set3 forth its scope and character. It is an\\neminetly clear and practical text-book, and embraces a variety of important\\nsubjects, which have a common connection, and mutually illustrate each\\nother; but which the pupil has heretofore been obliged to leave unlearned,\\nor to search for among a number of different volumes. Claiming to give a\\ncomprehensive and practical view of our language in all its relations, this\\nAdvanced Course views it as a whole, no less than with reference to\\nthe individual words composing it shows how it compares with other\\ntongues, modern and ancient points out its beauties indicates how they\\nmay best be made available and, in a word, teaches the student the most\\nphilosophical method of digesting and arranging his thoughts, as well as\\nthe most correct and effective mode of expressing them.\\nFew works have received such unqualified commendations from the\\npress and the public.\\nWe think this an excellent treatise excellent both for self-instruciion and for the use oi\\nEchools. We are not familiar with any work of a similar character that is equally accu-\\nrate and comprehensive. JV. T. Com. Adv.\\nIt is admirably adapted to self-instruction as well as for the use of schools and colleges.\\nN. Y. Daily Times.\\nA carefully prepared and thorough educational text-book by an accomplished teacher\\nN. Y. Tribune.\\nA skilfully prepared manual, clear and practical throughout. Churchman.\\nProf. Quackenbos is well known as the author of numerous works of high standing in the\\ndepartment to which the Course of Composition belongs. The present work is thorough\\nin its treatment, and excellently arranged. Southern Lit. Messenger.\\nThe pupil who studies this book, under the tutoring of a capable instructor, cannot fail\\nto become an efficient English scholar. Ledger, Lancaster, S. C.\\nGRAHAM S ENGLISH SYNONYMES,\\nClassified and explained with Practical Exercises, designed for schools and\\nprivate tuition with an introduction and illustrative authorities. By\\nHenry Reed, LL.D. 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1 00.\\nThis is one of the best books published in the department of language,\\nand will do much to arrest the evil of making too common use of inappro-\\npriate words. The work is well arranged for classes, and can be made a\\nbranch of common school study.\\nThe Synonymesare treated with reference to their character, as generic\\nand specific as active and passive as positive and negative and as misccl\\nlaneous* synonvmes.\\n54", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0535.jp2"}, "536": {"fulltext": "D. APPLETON CO., PUBLISHERS.\\nGILLESPIE S LAND-SURVEYING;\\nTHEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL.\\nBy W. M. Gillespie, A. M., C E., Professor of Civil Engineering in Unioc\\nCollege; Author of Manual of Roads and Railways, c. 1 vol. 8vo.\\n400 pages. With, four hundred engravings, and a Map showing the\\nVariation of the Needle in the United States. (Nearly ready.)\\nThis is the most complete, and, at the same time, fundamental work on\\nfchis subject ever published in any country. Among its leading peculiarities\\nare these\\n1. All the operations of surveying are developed from only jive simple principles.\\n2. A complete system of surveying with only a chain, a rope, or any substitute, is fully\\nexplained.\\n3. Means of measuring inaccessible distances, in all possible cases, with the chain alone,\\nare given in great variety, so as to constitute a Land Geometry. It occupies 26 pages, with\\n58 figures.\\n4. The Rectangular method of Compass-surveying is greatly simplified.\\n5. The Traverse Tables gives increased accuracy in one fifteenth of the space of tho usual\\ntables.\\n6. The effect of the changes in the variation of the needle, on the re-survey of old lines, id\\nminutely illustrated.\\n7. Correct tables of the times of elongation of the North Star are given those in common\\nuse being in some cases nearly half-an-hour out of the way.\\n8. The adjustment of the engineer s Transit and Theodolite are here, for the first time,\\nfully developed.\\n9. Methods of avoiding obstacles in angular surveying. Occupy 24 pages, with 85 figures.\\n10. Topographical Mapping is fully described with illustrations.\\n11. Laying out, Parting off, and Dividing up Land, are very fully explained, and illustrated\\nby fifty figures.\\n12. The most recent improvements in the methods of Surveying the Public Lands of the\\nUnited States, with the methods used for making corners, are minutely described from\\nofficial authorities.\\nA double object has been kept in view in the preparation of the volume viz to make an\\nintroductory treatise easy to be mastered by the young scholar or the practical man of little\\nprevious acquirements, the only pre-requisites being Arithmetic and a little Geometry and,\\nat the same time, to make the instruction of such a character as to lay a foundation broad\\nenough and deep enough for the most complete superstructure which the professional student\\nmay subsequently wish to raise upon it.\\nThe volume is divided as follows\\nPart I. General Principles and Fundamental Operations. II. Chain Surveying. III.\\nCompass Surveying. IV. Transit and Theodolite Surveying. V. Trigonometrical Survey-\\ning.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 VI. Tri-linear Surveying.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 VII. Obstacles in Angular Surveying.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 VIII. Plane Table\\nSurveying. IX. Surveying without Instruments. X. Mapping. XL Laying out, Parting\\noff, and Dividing up Lands.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 XII. United States 1 Public Lands.\\nAppendix.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A. Synopsis of Plane Trigonometry. B. Demonstrations of Problems. 0.\\nLevelling.\\nTables.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Chords for Platting.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Latitudes and Departures.\\nFIELD-BOOK FOR RAIL ROAD ENGINEERS\\nBy John B. Henck. Civil Engineer. One volume, with fifty eight Diagrams\\npocket-book form, $1 15.\\nContaining Formula for laying out Simple, Eeversed, and Compound Curves, Paraboli\\nCurves, Vertical Curves, Determining Frog Angles and Radii of rum outs and Crossings, Lev\\noiling, Setting Slope Stakes, Elevating Outer Rail on Curves, Curving Rails, c, c. together\\nm ith many Miscellaneous Problems, and a New System of Earth-work. Also, Tables of Radii\\nOrainates, Chord and Tangent Deflections, Ordinates for Curving Rails, Long Chords, Eleva\\ntion of Outer Rail, Frog Angles, Properties of Materials, Magnetic Variations, Squares, Cube*\\nSquare Roots and Cube Roots, Logarithms of Number, Logarithmic Sines, Cosines, langentt\\nand Cotangents, Natural Sines and Cosines, Natural Tangents and Cotangents, Rise per mile ol\\nGrades, c.\\n55\\nA", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0536.jp2"}, "537": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0537.jp2"}, "538": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0538.jp2"}, "539": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0539.jp2"}, "540": {"fulltext": "A\u00c2\u00b0\\n.9* v\\n4\\nDeacidified using the Bookkeeper proces\\nNeutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide\\nTreatment Date: Nov. 2006\\nPreservationTechnologie\\nA WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATK\\n1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive\\nCranberry Township, PA 16066\\n(724)779-2111", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0540.jp2"}, "541": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2541", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0541.jp2"}, "542": {"fulltext": "qp\\nZ r ofc \u00c2\u00b0^s S", "height": "4492", "width": "2732", "jp2-path": "ollendorffsnewme00ol_0542.jp2"}}